The Journal of the Linnean Society of London

: : 6
— 7 a4 14" pA " Ai
: ' Cg : , iy i Non hit
4
5 werd - V
‘ " #\, c
, 7 Pisiey ead ‘ ek f
; fs Wee ay } e
ANCA TALC
My
oan :
‘ 7 i

oa
z
af sly
, te
;
no
J “4
' yp
| '
" - ¢
| * nee et
ar » , bets Ly eae -
| a \ vanse 4 a rat tea gt i , ahr: TS ats Ra earl ae
Me
; .
a
j F
( PAY y
4 A 7 . ‘ ‘ fA ’ ‘ §
] i : ‘ ; ‘ : : ' . ’ ran Marion a : ghee 4
V« ‘ ae he ’ } . F t ora Vantaa ss on Neth
; ; fi 5s he ‘ : ney) ‘ :
: i est ay (ieee te anne tl ;
vars ber ad ey ete

‘

Peers ee ed

Se ae ee
ae A

ae ake

ar

Me, :
He

ee

6 169S%22

THE

JOURNAL

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

ZOOLOGY.

VOL. XV.

LONDON:
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE,
AND BY
LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER,
AND
WILLIAMS AND NORGATE.
1881.

Dates of Publication of the several Numbers included in this Volume.

No. 81, pp. 1- 78, published March 30, 1880.
82, ,, 73-137, 5 July 31, 1880.
83, ,, L3d7—187, = September 3, 1880.
84, ,, 187-241, i November 20, 1880.
85, ,, 241-290, a3 March 25, 1881.
86, ,, 291-332, A September 29, 1881.
87, ,, 333-412, 3% October 4, 1881.
88, ,, 413-509, ss November 3, 1881.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,
RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

Bv6 AW

LIST OF PAPERS.

Page
AuimaN, Professor G. J., M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., &.

The Anniversary Address of the President for 1879.—Some Re-
cent Additions to our Knowledge of the Structure of the
Wife OMI OVA Gy fetes eles csvset sheen atom Mceyoeaneie: evap atc te cape 1

On Limnocodium victoria, a new Hydroid Medusa of Fresh
Water. (With 3 woodcuts.) ...... GO UIOO | GU OE Oe o ONC O 131

BELL, F. Jerrrey, Professor of Zoology, King’s College, London.

Note on an Abnormal (Quadriradiate) Specimen of Ambly-
pneustes formosus. (Plate V. in part.) (Communicated by Dr.
Pa OH Le Se) a verve mretele ayes avers Strate Cates aie lai ereraies ecole 126

On the Apparent Retention of a Sur-anal Plate by a Young
Echinometra. (Communicated by Dr. J. Muniz, F.L.S.)
(VAivabwiOOdeUt.)) ciaclaetsc spate eleleleyo a= Meme Ton BU COOOL CIS 318

Busx, Grores, F.R.S., Vice-President Linn. Soe.
List of Potyzoa collected by Capt. H. W. Feilden in the North-
Polar Expedition, with Descriptions of New Species. (Plate

oO) 5 bid mb lgin bles disc Arwen Rea SMES IAL Pherae Satta eda cs 231
Descriptive Catalogue of the Species of Cellepora collected on
the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition. (With 4 woodcuts.)........ 34]

Supplementary Note respecting the Use to be made of the Chi-
tinous Organs in the Cheilostomata in the Diagnosis of

Species, and more particularly in the Genus Cellepora. (Plates
EOL, OG OUI) 3c 06 ce einai bal o enon bic ceo eC OUD 357

Burier, ARTHUR G., F.L.S. &., Assistant Keeper in the Zoological
Department of the British Museum.
Description of a new Genus of Moth of the Family Liparide
from Madagascar. (With a woodcut.) ...............055 84

CAMPBELL, F. Mavtez, F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.M.S.
On supposed Stridulating-Organs of Steatoda guttata, Wider.,
and Linyphia tenebricola, Wider. (With 2 woodcuts)...... 152
O certain Glands in the Maxillee of Tegenaria domestica, Black-
Waa (Withyo wOOdCUtS.)) oii 6. se wea eos miagee alain ». 165

iv
Page
Carpenter, P. Herpert, M.A., Assistant Master at Eton College.
On the Genus Solanocrinus, Goldfuss, and its Relations to Recent
Comatule. (Communicated by Dr. W. B. CARPENTER,
lds diols) (abies IDG O.G sag adodnndcoodss 35256 187

CoxBBoxp, Dr. T. Spencer, F.R.S., F.L.S., Professor of Botany and
Helminthology Roy. Vet. Coll.
The Parasites of Hlephants. (Abstract.) ..........0+++++0 333

Day, Francis, F.LS. &c., Deputy Surg.-Gen. Madras Army (re-
tired).

iistinetsyand timotionsan Wishher).. tien ree eee 31
On the EHebridal Arcentine.” (Plate IV.) Fa 2-. s.osm eae 78
On the Specific Identity of Scomber punctatus, Couch, with
SascomberMornn-y a Oelate Wa) ive a. eiekley alerts eet 146
Observations on some British Fishes ................ 0000: 310

Dosson, GEorGE Epwarp, M.A., M.B., F.LS., &e.
Notes on Aplysia dactylomela. (With 2 woodcuts).........- 159

Duncan, Prof. P. Martin, M.B. Lond., F.R.S., F.L.S., &.
On a Synthetic Type of Ophiurid from the North Atlantic.

@Plate se) eae teen eee eee ee Se eagele oe Seance peeaees 73
On an unusual Form of the Genus Hemipholis, Agass. (Plate
ATES) BRN Ces tous iy rt SEA rR RS RRC Ri B EN ASE IE G's > G5 138

On a Lithistid Sponge and on a Form of Aphrocallistes from the
Deep Sea off the Coast of Spain. (Plates XXIV. & XXV.) 320

Duncay, Prof. P. Martin, M.B. Lond., F.R.S., F.L.8., and Stuart
O. Riptery, M.A., F.L.S.

On the Genus Plocamia, Schmidt, and on some other Sponges of

the Order EcurnoneMATA; with Descriptions of two addi-

tional new Species of Dirrhopalum. (Plates XXVIII. &

DO AD. GN pia aA ahs Biber od alien anita hed eens, ete iis Comcinke bos 476
Epwarp, Tuomas, A.L.S., Curator, Museum, Banff.
On the Occurrence of the Norwegian Argentina silus on the Shore
of the Moray Hinth Banttshine yr cneteleeir bier eels ee 304

Ewart, Dr. J. C., Professor of Natural History, University of Aber-
deen.

On the Nostrils of the Cormorant (Phalacrocorax carbo). (Com-

municated by G. J. Romanus, F.R.S., Sec. Linn. Soc.) .... 465

19)

i Page
Gopwin-Avsten, Lieut.-Colonel H. H., F.R.S., F.L.S.
On the Land-Molluscan Genus Durgella, W. T. Blanford ; with
Notes on its Anatomy and Description of a new Species.
GEMS UNO OOO Solar Ud dute a ai dasele! dele die ele 'e e's 291

Happon, AtFrep C., B.A., Scholar Christ’s Coll., and Curator Mus.
Zool. and Comp. Anat., University of Cambridge.
On the Extinct Land-Tortoises of Mauritius and Rodriguez.
(Communicated by Prof. A. Newron, F.R.S.) (Abstract.) 58

Hammonp, Artuor, F.L.S.
On the Thorax of the Blow-fly (Musca vomitoria). (Plates IL. &
NUE merit cca et cal oa ay oetaoe: aun Syrrokay by Act ctalwichisdosteiedsodages ane, Ma epn 5x 9

Herpman, W. A., D.Sc., F.R.S. Edinb., F.L.S., Demonstrator of
Zoology, University of Edinburgh.
Notes on British Tunicata, with Descriptions of new Species.
I. Ascidiide. (Plates XIV.—XIX. and 3 woodcuts.) ...... 274
On Individual Variation in the Branchial Sac of Simple Ascidians 329

Lanxester, E. Ray, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., Professor of Zoology and
Comparative Anatomy in University College, London.
On the Tusks of the Fossil Walrus found in the Red Crag of
pSontho anda CNDStLACU |) hayeueysbaueds esl spslerlpele ejexeleo¥ 9 xfc'e oiebah all's uc) 144

Lussock, Sir Jonny, Bart., M.P., D.C.L., LL.D., F.BS., F.LS.,
Vice-Chancellor of the University of London.
Observations on the Habits of Ants, Bees, and Wasps :—
Part VII. Ants. (Plate VIII. and 5 woodcuts.) .......... 167
Panty, Oey Ants.) (CWabhy oi wood cuits.) isc. ces oe eis © 362

Macponatp, Dr. Joun Dennis, F.R.S., Inspector-General R.N.
On the Natural Classification of Gasteropoda. Part I. (Com-
minicated by DriGs HH. Dosson, RS.) 5 ween. 16]
Part II. (Communicated by Dr. G. E. Dosson, F.L.S.) .... 241

MicHagri, ALBERT D., F.L.S., F.R.MS.
Observations on the Life-histories of Gamasine, with a view
to assist in more exact Classification. (Plates XXII. &
PONG ireco a Mendis den easies chars ai RMR eT er Sel ig css och siaanc chances 297

Miers, Epwarp J., F.LS., F.Z.S., Assistant in the Zoological
Department of the British Museum.

On a small Collection of Crustacea made by Edward Whymper,
Hsq., chiefly in the N.Greenland Seas; with an Appendix on
additional Species collected by the late British Arctic Expe-

SDE CHMME eae UP UPI SAUSIM Haa a a2 uate 6) aPalay wl ehol sella alee ara aie 59

Notice of Crustaceans collected by P. Geddes, Esq., at Vera Cruz 85

vi

Ripiey, Stuart O., F.L.S8., Assistant in the Zoological Department,
British Museum.

On two Cases of Incorporation by Sponges of Spicules foreign to
them

nyie| Lae lie) eile) |v \>l)s lia) o) = Jie) ele) 6] fol» eke elielelip\ nse yellelisl © lel (elles) (eMeltelis) |v isiivilsltsialtaitents

Roviey, Stuart O., M.A., F.L.S., and Prof. P, Martin Duncan,
M.B. Lond., F.R.S., F.L.S.

On the Genus Plocamia, Schmidt, and on some other Sponges
of the Order Hcuinonrmara ; with Descriptions of two
additional new Species of Dirrhopalum. (Plates XXVIII. &
XXIX.)

oe

Sorsy, Henry C., LL.D., F.B.S., F.L.S., Vice-Pres. Geol. Soe.
On the Green Colour of the Hair of Sloths. (With a woodcut.)

STEWART, CHaRuzs, F.L.S., Lecturer on Comp. Anat., St. Thomas’s
Hospital.

Note on an Abnormal Amblypneustes griseus. (Plate V. in part.)

Watson, Rev. Ropert Boog, B.A., F.R.S.E., F.L.S., F.G.S., &e.
Mollusca of the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition :—

Part V. Families SonENoconcuia, Trocuipm, HETERO-
PHROSYNID®, LITORINIDM, CERITHIIDA, and genera and

SUSes Oe (Cid B yOOCleM)o 56 uoanodbaacocanoccss

Part VI. TuRRITELLID#Z. (With a woodcut.)............

Part VII. Families PyramMIpELLIDm, Naticripm, CassrpEA,
TRITONID&H, and genera and species of

Part VILL. PLEvRoToMIDz

eee ee ee ec he oe ew
CC

Part IX. PLEUROTOMID# (continued)

ere ee ere oe se eo oe ow

Page

149

130

413

Part X. PLEUROTOMID# (continued). (With 2 woodcuts.). 457

Vil

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PLATE

I. } DissEctTIons.—Thorax of Blow-fly and other Insects, illustrative
It, of Mr. A. Hammond’s researches.

III. Entarcep Views and Drtaits of Polypholis echinata, as de-
seribed by Prof, Duncan.

IV. ARGENTINA SPHYRHNA in side view, and stomach and cecal

appendages.
V. Ampiypyevstes.—Abnormal specimens of, illustrating Prof.
Bell’s and Mr. Stewart’s papers.
VI. Hemipnoris Waxzicut, a form of Ophiuran described by Prof.
Duncan.
VII. Macxeren figured by Dr. Day, as combining the characters of
Scomber punctatus, Couch, and S. scomber, Linn.
VIII. Camponotus INFLATUS, a new species of Honey-Ant. Charac-
teristic parts referred to by Sir J. Lubbock.
i Sprcrmens of Solanocrinus, Antedon, Actinometra, Pentacrinus,
XL and Promachocrinus, illustrating Mr. Carpenter’s paper on
XIL their relations to recent Comatule.

XIII. Arctic Potyzoa, illustrating Mr. Busk’s account of specimens
obtained in the North-Polar Expedition.

XIV. )

2 Ne Ascrp1ans, and Structural parts of same magnified, being figures
ae | illustrative of Mr. Herdman’s researches on the British

Tunicata.
XVIII.
XCIXG)

2 EE a as of the genus described by Lieut.-Col.
XXI. Godwin-Austen.

XXII | GAMASINH, as coming under the observations of Mr. A. D.
XXIII. Michael.
poet

Spicuta of Lithistid Sponge and of a species of Aphrocallistes
XKXV.

| from the coast of Spain, described by Prof. Duncan.
XXVI. \ Cuitinous APPENDAGES of species of Cellepora, illustrating Mr.
XXVII. Busk’s views on their value as characters for classification.
ag
XXIX.

EcuINODICTYUM, new species of.
STRUCTURAL DETAILS of species of Dirrhopalum.

The two plates illustrating Mr. Ridley and Prof. Duncan’s
paper on Sponges=Schmidt’s genus Plocamia.

ERRATA.

In page 78, Prof. Duncan’s description of Plate III.: fig. 4 should read
fig. 4, a, 6, ec; and fig. 5, a, 6, e, should read fig. 5.

In page 186, top line, for “incredible” read inevitable; and on line 15
from top, after “ Australiam” discard the note of interrogation.

THE JOURNAL

OF

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS OF THE PRESIDENT,
Professor Anuman, M.D., LL.D., F.RS.

Some Recent Additions to our Knowledge of the Structure of the
Marine Polyzoa.

[Read May 24, 1879.]

In following the course which I have hitherto chosen of making
the address given at our Anniversary Meeting an exponent of
recent progress in certain departments of biological science, 1
propose in the present instance to call your attention to some
additions to our knowledge of the marine Polyzoa. The short-
ness of the time at my disposal compels me to omit all reference
to the embryological researches of which these animals have of
late years been the subject ; the facts which I am about to bring
before you must therefore be confined to those of a purely struc-
tural character.

I, Structure or tHe Enpoprocrat Ponyzoa.

Nitsche, several years ago, contributed some very important
facts on the anatomy of Pedicellina and of LZoxosoma*. He

* Sitzungsberichte der Gessellsch. naturforsch, Freunde zu Berlin, 1869, and
Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zoolog. vol. xx. 1871.
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XY. 1

2 PROF. ALLMAN ON THE

especially called attention to the relations of the intestine, which
in these genera opens, like the mouth, within the tentacular crown.
This character thus becomes the index of a very distinct type of
structure, in accordance with which Nitsche divides the Polyzoa
into two great sections :—the Expoprocta, in which, as in Pedi-
cellina, the intestine opens within the tentacular crown ; and the
Ectoproctra, in which, as in the great majority of the Polyzoa, it
opens outside of the crown.

Besides the long-known Pedicellina and the more recently dis-
covered Loxosoma of Keferstein and Ciaparéde, the group of the
Endoprocta now embraces the beautiful freshwater genus URNa-
TELLA, described by Leidy*; while to the same group must be
referred the remarkable marine genus AscopopariA, Busk MS.,
determined and carefully investigated by Busk in specimens from
the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition, but not yet made the subject of a
published notice.

Loxosoma has recently been studied by Oscar Schmidt +, who
believes that he finds evidence that the apparent buds in this
genus are really eggs detached from the ovary and developed on
the body of the parent—a view which cannot be reconciled with
other observations, especially those of Nitsche and of Salensky,
who found such buds borne by other buds, in which, in consequence
of their immature state, no ova could have as yet existed.

Salensky{ has described two new species of Loxosoma, and has
made some important observations regarding the structure of this
genus. Like all the other endoproctal forms, Loxosoma consists
of a cup-shaped body supported on a peduncle. The peduncle
consists of a parenchyma and a muscular layer surrounded by a
cellular layer (endocyst), which is overlain by a homogeneous
membranous layer (ectocyst). Its form differs much in the two
species described by him. In one (L. Tethye) the peduncle is
provided with a terminal gland-like organ ; in the other (L. cras-
sieauda) no such organ exists. JL. crassicauda, however, fixes
itself by means of a hardened homogeneous secretion, probably
produced while the animal is young, and before the disappearance
of the peduncular gland. The fixation of the animal by means of
such a secretion seems to be characteristic of the species ; for the

* “On Urnatella gracilis,’ in Proc. Acad. Se. Philad, vol. vii. p. 191 (1854).

+ Arch. f. mikr. Anat. Bd. xii. p: 1 (1875).

t Salensky, “Etudes sur les Bryozoaires Entoproctes,” Ann. Sc. Nat. 6™*
sér. tome y. 1877.

STRUCTURE OF THE MARINE POLYZOA. 3

other Loxosomas, which in their adult state are destitute of the
gland (ZL. singulare and L. Kefersteinii), form no such secretion,
but fix themselves by means of a sucker which terminates the
peduncle.

The peduncular gland of L. Tethye is imbedded in a three-lobed
terminal enlargement of the peduncle, and is composed of five or
six large pyriform cells, with large nucleus. ach of these cells
is prolonged into a very fine canal that unites with its fellows
into a common tube, which traverses the middle lobe of the pe-
duncular enlargement, and here opens externally by a pore.

It is a remarkable fact that even the species of Lowxosoma
which when adult do not possess the peduncular gland, have it
when young. The observations of Nitsche have proved this for
L. Kefersteinii; and Salensky has confirmed it in the case of
L. crassicauda, and Vogt in that of L. phascolosomatum.

The cup-shaped body of Loxosoma has its margin directed ob-
liquely to the vertical axis, thus differing from the condition of
the same part in the other genera, where the margin of the cup is
transverse to the axis. Its wall cousists, like that of the peduncle,
of a layer of nucleated cells which forms the endocyst, overlain
by a homogeneous membrane which corresponds to the ectocyst.

The body-cavity, as in all the Endoprocta, is filled with a con-
tinuous parenchyma. This consists of cells apparently destitute
of membrane and provided with processes, which, by their union
with one another, form a network between the body-walls and
the contained organs—a condition which would seem to be uni-
versal among the Endoprocta, and which separates them by a
well-marked character from the Ectoprocta.

The form of the tentacles is that of a prism whose inner or oral
side is provided with a ciliated groove. The outer side is com-
posed of a layer of flattened cells, quite similar to those forming
the outer layer of the body-walls. The axis of the tentacle is
occupied by a parenchymatous tissue like that which fills all the
body of the animal.

Large unicellular glands are described by Salensky as dispersed
in the body-wall of L. crassicauda and L. Tethye. They are
easily detected, being of a blackish colour and in considerable
number. They occur chiefly at the edge of the cup and base of
the tentacles, and consist of pyriform cells having their narrow
ends turned towards the free surface of the body. Lach cell is
filled with a brownish finely granular matter enveloping a sphe-
rical nucleus.

4, PROF. ALLMAN ON THE

The muscles are nearly confined to the peduncle. Only a few
fibres are found under the integument in the body, into which
they are continued from the well-developed muscles of the pe-
duncle. As in all the Endoprocta, the muscles which in the
Ketoprocta are engaged in the retraction of the polypide are en-
tirely absent.

Kowalewsky believed that the digestive canal of L. neapolitanum
had but a single orifice common to the functions of ingestion and
egestion—an error which Salensky rectifies by pointing out the
difficulty of observing the commencement of the cesophagus from
the point of view in which this part had been sought for by
Kowalewsky, namely from the ventral side of the body.

Salensky has drawn attention to a remarkable gland-like appa-
ratus unnoticed by other observers. It has the form of two
bunches of cells plunged in the parenchyma of the body, one on
each side of the intestine. The cells in each bunch are eight in
number, of an ovoid figure, and consist of a transparent proto-
plasm apparently destitute of nucleus, and surrounded by a deli-
catemembrane. Hach cell is carried on a tubular peduncle, which
is a continuation of its membrane ; and all the peduncles of each
bunch unite into a common canal, which opens on the side of the
body by a very minute orifice. Salensky regards these giand-like
organs as having an excretory function, probably renal ; and it is
impossible not to see in them bodies of great morphological sig-
nificance, which admit of a comparison with the segmental organs
of worms, and have an important bearing on the vexed question
of the Vermal relations of the Polyzoa.

Salensky has further succeeded in demonstrating in Loxosoma
a central nervous system, in the form of a ganglion which is
placed above the stomach, between the end of the cesophagus and
the beginning of the intestine. It is of an oval shape, and gives
off nerves in different directions. Most of these lose themselves
in the parenchymatous tissue of the body. The largest direct
themselves from the two sides of the ganglion to the dorsal part
of the animal. Hach of these, besides giving off many lateral
branches, presents in the middle of its course w small thickening
composed exclusively of nerve-cells, and, on approaching the in-
tegument, at first attenuates and then enlarges into a pyriform
knot, which becomes enclosed in one of a number of tubercles which
form elevations of the integument on the dorsal part of the body,
on each side of the longitudinal axis. These are doubtless sense-

STRUCTURE OF TIE MARINE POLYZOA. 5

organs. ach carries ou its summit a bunch of immovable sete.
The cavity of the tubercle is filled by the pyriform nerve-knot,
which thus lies just under the surface of the integument, and 1s
in contact with the bases of the sete. Salensky compares these
organs with the setigerous calcar of the Rotifera, and points to a
close correspondence of structure between the two.

Nearly simultaneously with Salensky, and quite independently,
Vogt* describes another previously unnoticed species of Lowosoma.
It occurs parasitically in small tufts on the caudal extremity of
two species of Phascolosoma, a genus of worms, and is hence named
by its discoverer Loxosoma phascolosomatum.

The oblique direction of the cup-like body by which all the
species of Loxosoma are distinguished, has suggested to Vogt a
comparison to the hood of a cloak tied in front by astring. The
space within the hood he names the vestibule; it contains the
mouth, anus, and place of exit of the generative organs.

The peduncular gland observed in certain other species of Loxo-
soma is altogether absent in the adult state of L. phascolosomatum,
though it exists in the larva. Vogt further describes setigerous
papille which he regards as organs of sense. Unlike the similar
organs described by Salensky, these are only two in number, one
on each side of the body. Vogt, however, has failed in his attempts
to find any trace of a central nervous system.

The mouth, which, in the form of a very wide funnel, opens into
the vestibule at the base of the tentacular crown, is provided with
two projecting lips, one a button-shaped prominence on the ven-
tral side, the other, longer and hook-shaped, on the dorsal, where
it projects into the vestibule.

Vogt has convinced himself that L. phascolosomatum is dicecious.
He describes in the male a thick-walled sac, which lies in the
mesial line over the stomach, and which becomes filled with sper-
matozoa. This communicates, by two very short canals, with two
gland-like organs, which are situated one on each side of the
stomach, and which he regards as testes, in whose cells the sper-
matozoa are generated before passing into the median seminal re-
ceptacle. He has seen the spermatozoa expelled from this recep-
tacle into the cavity of the vestibule, and has noticed them esca-
ping thence into the surrounding water.

* Carl Vogt, “Sur le Loxosome des Phascolosomes,” Archives de Zoologie ex-

périmentale, 1877. See alsoa translation and condensation of that memoir by
Hincks in Quart. Journ. Mier. Sc. vol. xvii. new series.

6 PROF. ALLMAN ON THE

The ovaries, according to Vogt, occupy in the female exactly
the same position as the testes in the male. The ovaare expelled
from them one after the other, and pass into the vestibule, which
may become loaded with them. Here they run through certain
early stages of development, and are ultimately expelled as ciliated
larve.

One can scarcely overlook the close correspondence between
the organs here described by Vogt as ovaries and testes and those
which Salensky describes as a glandular apparatus with a probable
excretory function.

Loxosoma is regarded by Vogt as an archetypal form, from which
that of the ordinary Polyzoa has been derived by successive modi-
fications.

Il. HypoPHORELLA EXPANSA.

We are indebted to Ehlers for a valuable memoir on a very
remarkable burrowing polyzoon, to which he gives the name of
Hypophorella expansa*.

He met with it on the coast of Spickeroog, where it occurred
in burrows which it had formed in the thickness of the tube-wall
of Terebella conchilega. The completely developed colony is com-
posed of two kinds of dissimilar members or zooids. Of these the
one set is destitute of intestinal canal, and is capable of only non-
sexual reproduction, while the other hasa developed intestinal tract,
as well as sexual organs which give rise to fertile eggs, non-sexual
reproduction occurring here only exceptionally. The intestineless
members have the shape of long thin threads; he designates them
‘as “Stengelthiere.”” The intestine-bearing members are urn-
shaped, or flask-shaped, and are called by Ehlers “ Nihrthiere.”’

The filiform zooids, or “ Stengelglieder,’’ form stolons by which
the colony extends itself, and on which the nutritive zooids or
‘“‘Nahrthiere”’ are borne. The starting-point of the entire colony
is a thread-like Stengelglied, which is developed from the larva.
From the distal or growing end of this are produced in linear
order a succession of similar filiform zooids, which together form
a progressive filament, which burrows between the layers of the
Terebella-tube. The distal end of this filament thus represents
the youngest, as yet undeveloped filiform zooid.

From the single members (Glieder) of this long filiform stolon

* HE. Ehlers, “Hypophorella expansa, ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der minenden
Polyzoa,” Abhandl, der konigl. Gesellsch. der Wissenschaften, 1876.

STRUCTURE OF THE MABINE POLYZOA. 7

(if we except the oldest or basal member and the youngest or ter-
minal) there spring in regular order lateral shoots, by which the
stolon sends out on one side a series of filiform zooids like those
of which it is itself composed, and on the other the zooids which
form the flask-shaped or nutritive members of the colony. Hach
component member of the burrowing stolon may thus carry on its
distal end two opposite zooids, one of which is a filiform zooid,
the other a nutritive zooid.

The filiform zooids push themselves between the layers of the
tube-wall of the Annelid ; the nutritive zooids, on the other hand,
perforate the inner layer, forming a circular orifice through which
the animal projects its crown of tentacles into the lumen of the
tube.

The component members of the stolon are dilated at their distal
ends (where they carry the two opposite zooids) into a kind
of flattened capsule. In the rest of their extent they present,
under a low magnifying power, an obscurely ringed appearance.
Each forms a completely closed tube filled with a clear non-cor-
pusculated liquid. The wall is composed of a laminated chitinous
ectocyst lined by a soft endocyst*, in which granules and fusi-
form nuclei lie embedded, but which shows no differentiation into
distinct cells. In the capsule-like dilatations there occur peculiar
structures in the form of glistening, thin, straight bands, which
are stretched from one side of the capsule to the other, and at
their points of attachment pass into the protoplasmic substance of
the endocyst. Hach of these bands contains a very distinct nu-
cleus, but shows no further differentiation. They closely resemble
muscular fibres such as are developed in the nutritive zooids; but
Ehlers could obtain no evidence of contraction.

Unlike the filiform zooids, the nutritive zooids possess in most
respects the typical structure of a Gymnolematous polyzoon. A
peculiarity by which they are characterized consists in the pre-
sence of two hollow horn-lke processes, which arise, one on each
side, a little behind the orifice of the zocectum. Nothing can be
asserted as to the significance of these processes. Their cavity
does not appear to communicate with that of the zocecium.

The body-wall of the nutritive zooids consists of the same layers
as that of the filiform zooids; the endocyst, however, is seen to

* Ehlers, on grounds which cannot be regarded as sufficient, refuses to

employ the terms “ectocyst” and ‘“endocyst,’ as well as “polypide,” “zow-
cium,” and others now generally accepted by writers on the Polyzoa.

8 PROF, ALLMAN ON THE MARINE POLYZOA.

be much more distinctly differentiated into cell-territories. Em-
bedded in its substance are oval nuclei, each of which is surrounded
by a small area of protoplasm, from which fine filiform off-runners
pass out to unite with neighbouring ones. We thus obtain the
appearance of a set of stellate cells united by their radiating ex-
tensions, and believed by Ehlers to undergo slow changes of form.
Ehlers believes these to be of the same nature as the stellate cells
which Claparéde* has observed in the walls of the marine Polyzoa,
and to which he has referred the canal-system noticed by Smittt+
in the body-wall of Membranpora pilosa. Similar cells have been
described by Nitsche in the marine Polyzoa.

In the completely retracted state of the polypide the appear-
ance of a radially striated circular disk, perforated in the centre,
may be seen a little within the orifice of invagination stretching
across the tentacular sheath in the manner of a diaphragm. In
the exserted state of the polypide this appearance is seen to be
due to folds in the wall of the tentacular sheath; and this part of
the sheath will then be found to form a transparent, short, cylin-
drical neck with longitudinal ridges.

Tt will thus be seen that the great interest of Ehlers’s memoir
consists in its making known to us a type of Polyzoa in which
there is expressed a strongly marked dimorphism of the zooids
with distinct functions allocated to each of the two forms which
thus make up the complete colony.

* Claparéde, “ Beitrage zur Anat. und Entwickel. der Seebryozoen,” Zeit. f.

wissens. Zool. 1871.
t+ Smitt, “Om Hafs-Bryozoernas utveckling,” Gifversigt, 1865.

ON THE THORAX OF THE BLOW-FLY. 9

On the Thorax of the Blow-fly (Zusca vomitoria).
By Arrnvur Hammonp, F.L.S.

[Read June 19, 1879.]

(Puarss I. & IT.)

General Remarks and Descriptive Anatomy.

Tur following observations on the structure of the thorax of the
Blow-fly embody a portion of the results obtained from a series of
investigations conducted by myself at different times within the
last few years on the thoracic structure of insects generally, and
are offered to the Society with some diffidence.

Some time ago, on attentively considering the phenomena of
wing-development in that common pest of our cellars and kitchens,
the Cockroach (Blatta orientalis), I was induced to form the
opinion that there exists in the prothorax of this insect parts
which, however disguised, are the true homologues of the wings on
the succeeding segments. My present object, however, is to submit
such evidence as appears to me to bear upon the problem of the
limits of the several segments of the connate thorax of the Di-
ptera as exemplified in the insect which gives the title to this paper.
So far as I am aware, our knowledge upon this subject has been
confined to the statement that, in common with the two other
orders of the Lepidoptera and Hymenoptera, the thorax of the
Diptera consists mainly of the central portion of the thoracic
region greatly enlarged at the expense of the other two. No
definite attempt though has been made to fix by any process of
reasoning the boundary which separates one of these segments
from the other. According to M. Audouin, referred to by
Newport *, “The parts capable of demonstration in each segment
are:—on the upper or dorsal surface, the prescutum, scutum,
scutellum, and postscutellum; on the inferior or pectoral surface,
a single piece, the sternum, and on the lateral, two pieces, the epi-
sternum and epimeron, on each side ; in addition to which there
are also two evanescent pieces, which are of considerable size in
some species, but scarcely distinguishable in others. These are
the paraptera, portions of the thorax not articulating with the

_ * Article “Insecta,” Cyclop. of Anat. & Physiol., p. 911, where Newport
summarizes from M. Audouin, Ann. d. Sci. Nat. vol. i.

LINN. JOURN.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XV. 2

10 MR. A, HAMMOND ON THE

sternum, but with the episternum anterior to each wing, and the
trochantin, articulating with the epimeron and coxa of the leg
—the paraptera of the prothorax being, according to Audouin,
absent.”

These parts constitute the external casing of each thoracic
segment exclusive of the appendages, viz. the wings and the legs,
and of the internal process known as the entosternum. Of those
on the dorsal surface the scutum is the most prominent piece,
and to it, in the alary segments, the articulations of the wings are
affixed. In front of it is the prescutum, forming the anterior
boundary of the segment, and generally bent downwards to form the
horny partitions between the segments known as the phragmata.
Following the scutum is the scutellum, a prominent portion of the
thoracic skeleton, to which also, in conjunction with the scutum,
the membranous portions of the wings (the alulets of the Diptera
and Dyticide) are attached. Lastly, we have the postscutellum,
which, like the prescutum, is generally bent downwards to form
the phragma. These four pieces were regarded by Audouin* as
the dorsal portions of four subsegments or annuli, of which the
pectoral portions are less easily demonstrable on account of their
being frequently confluent and not nearly so greatly developed.
The parts forming the pectoral surface have been already sufii-
ciently alluded to for my present purpose in the quotation from
Newport. Although I cannot indorse the whole series of rela-
tions thus indicated by Audouin, and typically exemplified in the
structure of the Dyticide, the general correctness of his views is
evidenced to my mind by the fact that on those chief points
which separated him from Macleay +, Burmeister {, Westwood §,
and Newport ||, to which I shall again have occasion to refer, I find
the interpretation which Audouin has put upon these questions
the more consonant with my own.

Where the separation of the three thoracic segments is distinct,
as, for instance, in the Coleoptera, the determination of the limits
of each is a matter of little difficulty. Where, however, on the
contrary, they are more or less connate, as in the Hymenoptera,
and especially in the Diptera, the difficulty is proportionally
increased. In the former case this is illustrated by the fact of
the dispute which raged over the question as to whether the piece

* Ann. d. Sci. Nat. tom. i. p. 118 (1824.) t Zoological Journal, yol. y.

+ ‘Manual of Entomology,’ translated by W. HE. Shuckard.,
§ Introduction, vol. ii. || Op. cit.

THORAX OF THE BLOW-FLY. 11

called by Kirby * the collar was a portion of the prothorax or of
the mesothorax, a question which is, I believe, generally now
regarded as settled in the former sense. The different plates of
which the thorax is composed can be conveniently studied by
viewing them in their different aspects as seen from a dorsal,
ventral, or lateral, an anterior or a posterior point of view, as the
case may be. Let us first look at the thorax from an anterior
point of view, as seen on removal of the head. Surrounding
the cephalothoraciec foramen on the dorsal surface is a slightly
thickened margin, the tergum of the prothorax (Burmeister’s
pronotum f). <A pair of rami project from it. On either side
of this are two small plates, bounded inferiorly by the coxa and
posteriorly by the anterior thoracic spiracle ; these are the lateral
plates of the prothorax, Audouin’s episterna. The cephalothoracic
foramen is bounded inferiorly by two plates, which Mr. Lownet
has called condyles, regarding them as parts of the last sub-
segment of the head. From this opinion, however, I must dissent,
as I shall have occasion hereafter to show$. Between the con-
dyles is a small plate forming a peculiar organ, which he has called
the cephalo-sternum, also looked upon by him as parts of the last
cephalic subsegment. All these parts are indicated in my
figure 5, Pl. I. Let us now turn to the dorsal surface. Here
we find at its anterior angles two prominent portions, which in
many species are somewhat lighter in colour than the surround-
ing integument ; they are not marked off by distinct sutures, but
their extent is sufficiently indicated by their colour and their
protuberance. Burmeister (op. cit.) gives them the name of
humeri, and says they are the same as his pronotum||. Lowne
apparently does not notice them, or regards them as part of the
mesonotum ; for, speaking of the anterior spiracle, he says (J. c.
p- 72), “The mesothoracic tergum reaches over its superior
margin and joins the prothorax in front of the spiracle.”

It will be evident from a consideration of my figure 6, Pl. I,

* ‘Introd. to Entomology,’ vol. iii. p. 548.

+t Burmeister’s terms, pro-, meso-, and metanotum, as applied to the entire
dorsal surface of the respective segments, appear to supply a defectin Audouin’s .
nomenclature, and will be used in the course of this paper as occasion requires,
as also their opposites, viz. pro-, meso-, and metasternum.

t B. T. Lowne, ‘The Anatomy of the Blow-fly’ (Lond, 1870).

§ Posted, p. 28.

|| Shuckard’s translation, p. 82,

Ox

12 MR. A. HAMMOND ON THE

that the part here referred to as overreaching the spiracle, and
described as part of the mesothoracic tergum, is none other than
Burmeister’s humerus. I shall give reasons for thinking that
Burmeister’s view is the correct one*. The anterior portion of
the dorsal surface is formed by a rectangular plate, the anterior
angles of which are cut off by the humeri. In front it extends
almost to the margin of the cephalothoracic foramen, its central
portion being only separated therefrom by the narrow ring of the
prothorax. Behind the humeri it extends the whole breadth of
the dorsal surface, and is bounded behind by a straight transverse
suture just in front of the articulation of the wings. From the
circumstance that this piece is distinctly marked off from the fol-
lowing portion by a very evident external furrow and internal
ridge, and, moreover, from the fact that it lies wholly in front of
the articulation of the wings, I believe that it is the homologue
of that part which in the Coleoptera especially is seen to occupy
a similar position, viz. the prescutum, though in this order, as
illustrated chiefly in the metathorax, it is bent inward to form the
mesophragma. Following the prescutum is the large dorsal plate,
the scutum, to which, as in all other insects, the wings are attached ;
and this is again followed by the prominent and subtriangular scu-
tellum, to which belong the alulets. These parts are shown in
my figure 1, Plate I.

We will now look at the thorax from a lateral point of view as
illustrated in Plate I. fig. 6. We here notice first the parts
already mentioned, and in addition the following, viz. first, the
anterior spiracle immediately behind the humerus, which is fol-
lowed by a large subquadrangular plate, bounded in front by the
spiracle, above by the prescutum, beneath by the sternum, and
behind by a smaller plate to be presently described. Mr. Lowne
(i. c.) has called this piece the episternum ; but although its rela-
tion to the sternum would seem to justify this appellation, there
are yet circumstances which seem to me decidedly to remove it
from the piece so designated by Audouin. It will be noticed
that, hke the preescutum, it is wholly and entirely anterior to the
wing-socket, the latter being situate behind its superior posterior
angle ; andin this important respect it differs entirely fromthe piece
which in all the Coleoptera I have been enabled to identify with |
Audouin’s episternum. It appears to me probable that this plate is

* Posted, p. 22.

‘

THORAX OF THE BLOW-FLY. 13

M. Audouin’s parapteron rather than his episternum. A similar
difficulty attends the identification of corresponding portions of the
thoracic casing of the Lepidoptera and Hymenoptera, whose con-
formation in many other respects runs somewhat parallel. Behind
this comes a succession of two or three smaller pieces, extending
beneath the wing, and perhaps doubtfully distinct from each other.
The first of these only requires special notice, as it is this piece which
I look upon as Audouin’s episternum. It will be seen that it, too,
may justly dispute the title with the piece in front of it, while its
situation under the wing brings it more into harmony with the
piece described by Audouin under the same name, and by Chab-
rier* under that of “ clavicule scutellaire’”’ in the mesothorax and
“plaque fulcrale”’ in the metathorax respectively, the anterior
superior angle running up ina point under the wing-socket, which
I regard as Chabrier’s “appuis de Vaile.”’ The remaining pieces
of the series extend between the alulet and the posterior spiracle.
Their precise relations I can say little about, save that, in common
with other parts forming the posterior surface of the thorax, I
purpose to show that they belong to the meso- and not to the
metathorax ; the last of them is Lowne’s lateral plate of the me-
tathorax. There yet remain two pieces seen in profile, viz. the
sterna of the meso- and metathoracic segments, as they are re-
garded by Lowne. This designation is unquestionably correct as
regards the first, which is a large rectangular plate forming the
greater portion of the ventral surface, and marked by a groove in
the mesial line ; but with respect to the second I shall give reasons
for thinking that this also is mesothoracic and not metathoracict.
tt will be observed here that it is bounded superiorly by the pos-
terior spiracle, where it is broadest. Towards the mesial line it
is much contracted, and passes between the intermediate and pos-
terior cox; a portion of its anterior border also abuts upon
the sternum and another upon the episternum. The parts visible
on the ventral aspect have been already mostly described. In
front_are seen the humeri, and between them the condyles of
Lowne; then follow the anterior spiracles, the episterna of Lowne
(query, Audouin’s paraptera ?) ; and between them the large ster-
num of the mesothorax, followed by the acetabula and coxe of the
intermediate and posterior legs; and on either side of these are

* See Chabrier, “Essai sur le Vol des Insectes,’ Mémoires du Muséum

d'Histoire Naturelle.
t Posted, p. 27.

14, MR. A. HAMMOND ON THE

the posterior spiracles, the plates between them and the wings,
and Lowne’s metathoracic sternum (?). One portion, however,
has not yet engaged our attention, viz. the narrow plate between
the acetabula of the anterior coxe. This is called by Mr. Lowne
the prosternum. He says*:—‘ It consists of a central portion
and two cornua. ‘The central portion is a long narrow plate
widest anteriorly ; it is grooved along the mesial line externally,
and presents a slight ridge internally; posteriorly it sends a
narrow plate along the edge of the mesosternum and between it
and the posterior edges of the coxe on either side. This plate
becomes broader externally to the coxa, and extends along the
outer edge of its articulation, reaching the lower anterior margin
of the anterior spiracle, where it unites with the lateral plate of
the prothorax, and terminates in a curved point in front of the
articulation of the coxa near its outer anterior angle behind the
condyle.”

The description appears mainly correct, though I shall have
occasion to differ from it in two particulars—first, the dissociation
of the condyles from the central carina between the coxa, owing
to their allocation in the “ fifth or last cephalic segment’’+ ; and,
secondly, the association therewith of the cornua, by which I un-
derstand the narrow plate which, as stated, runs along the edge
of the mesosternum, and which I believe to be Audouin’s epime-
TOM ste

Lastly, we will lock at the thorax from behind, having first
carefully removed the abdomen. Some of the parts already re-
ferred to appear again. Above is seen the scutellum, on either
side the posterior spiracles with the plates surrounding them,
and beneath are the coxe. In addition to these we have the two
capitate organs called halteres, which, as I shall show, take the
place of the posterior wings and a large surface of integument
lying between them, separated superiorly by a narrow membra-
nous conjunctiva from the scutellum, and having an emarginate
contour beneath to allow a passage to the viscera. A semilunar
space intervenes between its inferior margin and the lateral plates
forming Lowne’s metasternum, into which project two slender
apodemes connected with the halteres. About the centre of its
length runs the junction of the first abdominal seement with the
thorax, which extends between the bases of the halteres and

* Anatomy of the Blow-fly, p. 63. t+ Posted, p. 28.
{ Postea,'p. 27 (footnote).

THORAX OF THE BLOW-FLY. 15

separates the superior or external portion from the inferior or
internal.

The whole of this large surface forms Lowne’s metathoracic
tergum*, so that, according to his view, we have the whole of the
pieces surrounding the thoracic abdominal foramen metathoracic,
viz. the metathoracic tergum and the lateral and sternal plates of
the same segment. That the same opinion was held by Bur-
meister appears from the fact that he recognizes the same plate
between the coxe as the metasternum}; and his figures on
pl. xiv. of the thorax of Zubanus bovinus and Myopa testacea
afford similar evidence. In assigning these plates, therefore, to
the mesothorax, I am conscious that I shall differ from a weight
of authority. With respect to the posterior spiracles also, I must
differ from Westwoodt in assigning them too to the mesothorax
instead of to the metathorax, whilst agreeing with him in regard-
ing the halteres as appendages of the latter segment, in opposition
to Audouin and Latreille, who looked upon them as abdominal.

So much for the external integument of the thorax. We must
now shortly notice the internal processes which form the ento-
sterna of the several segments. In the first place, we find the pair
which are found at the posterior extremity of the presternum and
reach the lower margin of the anterior spiracles; they are re-
ferred to by Lowne§, and form, I believe, the prothoracic ento-
sternum||. Similar horny rami arise from the extremity of the
sternum in many Coleoptera: for example, in the mesothorax of
Geotrupes stercorarius, Dyticus marginalis, and Rhizotrogus sol-
stitialis. The mesothoracic entosternum extends the whole length
of the sternal piece as a thin triangular vertical plate, with a pair
of lateral processes for the insertion of muscles. The entoster-
num of the metathorax arises between the posterior coxe and is
much narrower. A projecting point of integument between them
represents the whole breadth of Lowne’s metasternum (my meso-
thoracic epimeron) in the mesial line.

Now in deciding the question as to which segment any one of
the parts here described belongs, we may be guided by three con-
siderations :—

1st. The analogy presented by other insects ;

* Anatomy of the Blow-fly, p. 65. t Shuckard’s translation, p. 85.
t Westwood’s Introduction, p. 500. § Op. cit. p. 63.
|| Posted,”p. 28.

16 MR. A. HAMMOND ON THE

2nd. The evidence derivable from developmental change ;
3rd. That obtainable from a consideration of the nervous and
muscular systems.

Considerations of Analogies in divers Insects.—I may observe
that the three orders of hexapod insects associated by Packard*
under the name of Metabola, viz. the Lepidoptera, the Hymeno-
ptera, and the Diptera, beside the point of resemblance pointed
out by him, have this in common, viz. the excessive development
of the mesothorax at the expense of the preceding and following
segments. That thisis broadly the case is, I believe, an admitted
fact irrespective of questions at present under discussion; and
it will be worth our while to consider what relation this prepon-
derance of the mesothoracic over at least the metathoracic region
bears to the development of the wings and to their effectiveness
as organs of flight. Of the three orders it may be said that the
Lepidoptera is that in which the size and effectiveness of the pos-
terior wings are most nearly approximated to that of the anterior f.
The posterior wings of the Hymenoptera are decidedly inferior
to the anterior in size ; and it may perhaps be presumed that their
efficiency as organs of flight 1s subordinate to and dependent upon
the former, whose movements they are evidently formed to follow.
Lastly, in the Diptera, the posterior wings are only found under
the guise of halteres, and for purposes of flight are entirely ob-
solete.

Thus in these three orders we are brought, by a succession of
stages, from a condition in which the size and effectiveness of the
wings are somewhat equal, to one in which the posterior are atro-
phied, and the power of flight is entirely concentrated in the me-
sothorax. Let us see if we can trace a similar succession in the
development of the segments themselves. If we can succeed in
showing that the comparative development of the two alary seg-
ments in the Lepidoptera and the Hymenoptera is in proportion
to their wing-power, as I may term it, we shall then have an
a priort ground for thinking that the comparative development of
the segments of the Diptera follows the same rule; in fact, that
the metathorax is almost as obsolete as the wings, and that nearly
the whole of the thoracic region is mesothoracic.

* Guide to the Study of Insects, p. 104.

t From the absence of longitudinal dorsal muscles in the metathorax of the

Lepidoptera, I incline to the opinion that even in this order the posterior wings
are subordinate to the anterior.

THORAX OF THE BLOW-FLY. 17

But in order to do this we must first decide any disputed ques-
tions that may arise as to the limits of the thorax in these two
orders. I believe that as regards the Lepidoptera there is no
dispute as to the limits of the metathorax. In Liparis salicis
(Pl. II. fig. 9), behind the lozenge-shaped scutellum of the meso-
thorax, we find the metathoracic scutum visible as a triangular
Space on each side, the mesothoracic. postscutellum and the
metathoracic prescutum both being developed inwardly ; this
is followed by a minute scutellum and postscutellum, the latter
also developed inwardly. Thus it will be seen that though of
considerably less extent than the preceding segment, the meta-
thorax has still a very appreciable breadth to correspond with its
wing-development. Turn we now to the Hymenoptera. Here
we are at once met with an old and hotly-disputed controversy.
Audouin* and Latreille* believed that the posterior portion of
the thorax in this order is not strictly thoracic—that is, that a
portion of the fifth segment of the body entered into its ccm-
position; while Macleay} was of opinion that the said portion
was the scutellum of the metathorax enormously enlarged; and
Westwoodt seems also to have regarded it as thoracic§. Ido
not know that this question is regarded as settled even now,
although the view taken by Packard || is, so far as concerns the
Hymenoptera, similar to Audouin’s and my own; and I think the
balance of opinion inclines that way]. It will be evident, how-
ever, on a little consideration that the decision of this question
must largely affect the course of our reasoning, for if we adopt
Macleay’s views we shall have in the Hymenoptera a metathoracic
development out of proportion to that of the posterior wings. I
will therefore advance a few arguments to show that in this
matter Audouin and Latreille are right as opposed to Macleay ;
and in the first place draw attention to the two figures illustra-
ting different stages of the development of the pupa of the

* See Westwood’s ‘ Introduction,’ vol. ii. p. 75.

t Zoological Journal, vol. v. p. 172. : t Tom. cit.

§ Burmeister and Newport were also opposed to Audouin on this point. See
Shuck. Transl. Burm. p. 235, and Newport’s “ Insecta,” Todd’s Cycl. Anat. and
Physiol. p. 55.

|| Packard’s Guide to the Study of Insects, pp. 67 & 109.

{| Subsequent to the reading of this paper, I have noticed that Sir John Lub-
bock and Dr. Ratzeburg take the same view. See abstract, ‘The Anatomy of
Ants,” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. (No. 80), vol. xiv. p. 7388. I may also quote H.
Reinhard as supporting a similar view, vide Berlin. entom. Zeitschr. 1865, p. 207.

18 MR. A. HAMMOND ON THE

Humble-Bee from Packard *. In the first of these the fifth seg-
ment of the body, the thoracico-abdominal segment of Newport,
is seen to follow the alary segments and to be very similar to the
succeeding abdominal ones, differing only from them in the form
of its oblong spiracle, by which, however, it is easily and certainly
recognized in the succeeding stage, where it is seen that the tho-
racic abdominal incisure has taken place behind it, including it
with the thorax. Iffurther evidence be required, I would point
out that the Hymenoptera are not so exceptional in this matter
as may be thought, and that the Coleoptera, as a rule, if not also
the Heteroptera, exhibit a similar structure. That the Coleo-
ptera do so has long come under my notice ; and I believe Audouin
pointed out the same thing. If we look at the dorsal surface of
Rhizotrogus, Geotrupes, or Dyticus, we find in either case the
dorsal plate of a segment whose ventral are has disappeared (the
segment is ventrally atrophied). This dorsal plate is unmis-
takably the first of the abdominal series, and furnished, like all
_ the succeeding ones, with a pair of spiracles, differing from the
others chiefly in being larger. It is quite distinct from the meta-
thorax, following, as it does, the inwardly developed and obtusely
triangular postscutellum (see Pl. IT. fig. 15, for postscutellum of
Rhizotrogus). In default of its own ventral arc, however, it is
thrown forward, as it were, upon the dorsal surface of the meta-
thorax, or the ventral surface of that segment is produced under-
neath it so as to supply the place of the lost ventral are. It is as
if the great development of the ventral surface of the metathorax
had absorbed that of the next segment. A like conformation, I
believe, prevails in many Heteroptera. Newport +, I ought to add,
has noticed a general atrophy of the fifth segment of the larva in
insects, though he does not appear to have connected it with the
ventral atrophy of that segment in the imago to which I have re-

* «On the Morphology of Insects,” Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Feb. 1866,
p- 282, and the figures on p. 294.

t+ I cannot quite understand how it is that Packard seems to have ignored
this fact ; for, in the paper alluded to in the previous note, he says (p. 291),
“The Hymenoptera differ from all other insects in having the basal ring of the
abdomen thrown forward upon the thorax.” The phenomenon is, I admit, not
so strikingly marked in the two other orders as in the Hymenoptera; still
it is, I venture to think, very pronounced, as I have endeavoured to show.
Amongst the Heteroptera I would adduce the case of Coreus marginatus as the
result of my own observation.

{ Todd’s Cyclopedia of Anatomy, “ Insecta,” p. 28.

THORAX OF THE BLOW-FLY. 19

ferred. In general the dorsal plate of the atrophied segment is about
equally united with the thorax and the abdomen; but instances
occur in which it approximates more closely to the former ; and
as this brings it nearer the structure of the Hymenoptera, I have
illustrated it in the case of Goerius olens (Pl. II. fig. 18). It will
be remarked that the metathoracic postscutellum, which is usually
developed inwardly to form the metaphragma, is here raised to
the surface, forming the triangular piece between the two halves
of the dorsal plate of. the atrophied segment, which, as usual, is
furnished with a pair of spiracles, and is separated by a broad
membranous conjunctiva from the first of the true abdominal
series, its lateral margins being conterminous with the epimera of
the ventral surface of the metathorax. Precisely the same thing
has happened in the Hymenoptera, both petiolated and non-
petiolated, only that in the former the thoracico-abdominal incisure
being so much deeper and taking effect more on the dorsal sur-
face, the union of the dorsal plate of the atrophied segment with
the thorax becomes more striking, and therefore seems to have
attracted exclusive attention.

The phenomenon is well seen in the Humble-Bee, of which I
have given a drawing (Pl. II. fig. 6), where it will be seen how
large a portion of the posterior surface of the thorax is occupied
by this plate, reducing the metathorax in the mesial line at least
to a mere ridge between it and the scutellum of the mesothorax,
with a small triangular expansion on either side, to which the
bases of the posterior wings are affixed. The section of the me-
tathorax in the mesial line is shown in fig. 5, and it will at once
be seen that, viewed in this light, that segment is now reduced
to something like conformity with the subordinate character of
its alary appendages. It might be expected that these organs,
which are (in virtue of the hooklets by which they are united with
the anterior pair) evidently formed to follow the movements of
the latter and depend on them for their motive power, would
require little or no provision of muscular force for themselves ;
and accordingly we find an almost atrophied metathorax and no
muscles in it.

We now see therefore that in the two orders of the Lepi-
doptera and Hymenoptera the development of the segment is
proportioned to the development of the wings. Surely, therefore,
there is good @ priori ground to expect that in the Diptera the
same rule will hold independently of the reasons to be presently

20 MR. A. HAMMOND ON THE

adduced, and that we shall find the metathorax of this insect
to be as obsolete as are the alary appendages it carries.

Let us see now how the view of the thoracic structure of the Hy-
menoptera thus advocated bears upon the position of the spiracles.
Does it introduce an element of harmony into the study of this
order as compared with other insects, or one of additional per-
plexity ? and, finally, what is its effect on the location we may give
to these organs in the Diptera? I gather from a passage in
Westwood* that Latreille has made the observation that the
metathorax in insects is never provided with spiracles. The
observation is a good one, though not free from error, I venture
to think, in the induction he draws therefrom, that they (and the
halteres in consequence) are abdominal appendages. Of course,
on his view of the Hymenopterous structure, they are excluded
from the metathorax of that order inasmuch as, in his opinion also
(as I have just mentioned), they occur on that portion of the body
which belongs to the fifth or atrophied segment; and so far as I
am acquainted, with the exception of the Diptera, there is no
other order of insects in which a metathoracic spiracle may even
be thought to be observable in the zmago. By regarding, there-
fore, the posterior spiracle of the Diptera as mesothoracic, we
shall introduce this element of agreement into the structure of
the class-—not indeed by thrusting it, as Latreille did, into the
abdomen, that is, by removing it backward from the metathorax,
but by the converse process of removing it forward to the meso-
thorax. We shall then have the metathorax in every order of
insects devoid of a spiracle. That the posterior spiracle should
be mesothoracic is absolutely essential to my argument, since it
is surrounded by plates which I propose to show also belong to
that segment.

But again, so far as I am acquainted, in every case where the
limits of the thoracic segments are not subject of discussion, the
position of the thoracic spiracles is, roughly speaking, between
the segments, one pair between the pro- and mesothorax, and
another pair between the meso- and the metathorax, though in some
orders the latter are suppressed. Both pairs occur, for example,
in the Ccleoptera and Lepidoptera; one only in the Hymeno-
ptera, viz. the anterior. I say roughly, because I think there is
really no debatable ground between the segments, and that any

* Westwood’s ‘ Introduction,’ p. 500.

THORAX OF THE BLOW-FLY. 21

given portion of the tegumentary structures must belong to one
or other of those between which it seems to occur; and it will, I
think, be found that the spiracles are in every case more nearly
approximated to the segment in front of them than to that behind.
Indeed I have noticed that the largest tracheal branch of the spi-
racle between the pro- and mesothorax of Acrida viridissima pro-
ceeds immediately down the fore leg to that peculiar organ in the
fore tibia which has been supposed to be connected with the
sense of hearing.

From this and similar indications I think that the spiracle is
always the property of the posterior surface of the segment in
front of it. And this is an additional reason for thinking that
the posterior spiracles of the Diptera are mesothoracic, viz. that
they are thus made to occupy the posterior or postscutellar region
of the segment to which they belong. That they should in the
Blow-fly be surrounded by well-developed corneous plates instead
of membranous integument, is only an indication of the general
fact that the postscutellar region has participated fully as much
as the other portions of the mesothorax in the exceptional
development which the segment has received in this order.

Evidence fram Developmental Change.—In a paper read three
years ago before the Quekett Microscopical Society, “On the
Metamorphosis of the Crane-fly and of the Blow-fly,” I took
occasion to notice the dorsal appendages on the thorax of the
pupa of these insects. I believe that these processes, which are
indicated in my figures (Pl. II. fig. 1 and Pl. I. fig. 18), are
the proper dorsal appendages of the prothorax, corresponding on
that segment to the wings on the following one. The purport
of their being seems to terminate with the pupa state; and in
the imago their development as appendages seems to be arrested.
As I endeavoured to show on that occasion, the fact of their
being the serial homologues of the wing is not only attested by
their position, but by the manner of their development, arising,
as they do in either case, from a special imaginal disk, which, in
the Blow-fly at least, had hitherto escaped notice from its
minuteness.

This disk is shown in the case of the Crane-fly (PI. II.
fig. 12), where it will be seen to correspond exactly in position
to those of the wings and halteres which follow it, viz. a little
outside of, and posterior to, that of the corresponding leg. The
corresponding disk of the Blow-fly is situated just behind the

22 MR. A, HAMMOND ON THE

anterior spiracle of the larva immediately under the integument,
and partially surrounding the anterior termination of the main
trachea. I think that in this case similarity of development is
a strong argument in favour of similarity of homological relation-
ship ; and again it may be asked, if they be not the homologues of
the wings, how are we to regard them? To look upon them as
abnormal productions would, I submit, be contrary to the whole
spirit of philosophical inquiry ; and what other opinion we can
form I know not. If, then, they be the proper dorsal appendages
of the prothorax of the pupa, then the imaginal structures found
immediately underneath them must in all probability correspond,
and be prothoracic too. But these structures are the humeri to
which I have had occasion to refer. Therefore, with Burmeister,
I must look upon these parts as prothoracic*, and consider them
as the homologues of the posterior angles of the collar of the Hy-
menoptera, the homologous parts in both orders being followed
immediately by the spiracle.

But it is not only in the prothorax that the observation of de-
velopmental change will afford a clue to the division of the seg-
ments. In the pupa of the Crane-fly the dorsal surfaces of the
meso- and metathorax are sufficiently and distinctly marked, the
former being as conspicuous for its extent as the latter for its
contracted dimensions ; and, strange to say, their dorsal appen-
dages are not yet recognizable as a pair of wings and a pair of
halteres, but as two pairs of undoubted wing-cases similar to each
other in every respect but that of size. It is only when we sepa-
rate the latter pair and examine them carefully with a lens that
we can persuade ourselves that the nascent organs within them are
not really wings, but the familiar halteres (see Pl. II. figs.3 & 4).
They are, so far as I judge, unquestionably modified and abortive
posterior wings, appendages of a metathoracic segment, however,
reduced, and by no means abdominal, as was supposed by
Latreille.

Again, on carefully removing the integument from the dorsal
surface of the Crane-fly pupa over the posterior portion of the
mesothorax, in front of its junction with the metathorax I
disclosed the plate marked ps in the drawing of the imago
(Pl. II. fig. 2), which I must therefore regard as mesothoracic.
This plate is nearly horizontal in the Crane-fly ; but a compa-

* Anted, p. 12,

.
THORAX OF THE BLOW-FLY. 23

rison of the two insects convinced me that it corresponds with the
upper or external portion of the vertical surface which Mr. Lowne
(op. eit.) calls the metathoracic tergum. Tor this reason also,
therefore, I must hold this to be a mistake, and that the external
portion at least of the surface in question belongs to the meso-
and not to the metathorax.

As to the Muscular and Nervous Parts—But fully as cogent
as either of the foregoing considerations is the evidence to be
derived from an examination of the muscular structure. The
nervous system of insects presents, to some extent, the repetition
of parts observable in the integument. ‘There is generally in the
larva a pair of ganglia with corresponding nerves for each seg-
ment. Owing, however, to the concentration of the neryous
centres in the thorax of the imago (a concentration which, in the
Diptera, is carried to an extreme point), and their consequent
fusion into one large nervous mass, it is less adapted to the study
of homological relations than the muscular structure. ‘The latter,
however, appears to me so obvious and so comparatively easy a
means of discrimination, that any diagnosis of external relations
that does not take it somewhat into account must of necessity be
pro tanto imperfect. The subcuticular muscles of larve present
a very uniform repetition. Hach segment has its own set of mus-
cles distinct from those preceding and following it. I will not
say that such a thing never occurs as the existence of a muscle
extending across two or more segments, for I know at least of
one instance in which this certainly appears to be the case*;
still, as arule, observable not less in the imago than in the larva,
each segment is provided with its own muscles; and the connate
condition or any approximation to it of two or more segments is
not, so far as | know, accompanied by any fusion, either real or
apparent, of their respective muscles.

To illustrate this, it will be necessary to mention that the tho-
racic muscles of insects assume two different principal directions f,
a longitudinal and a lateral or vertical one. The former occupy

* This occurs in the larva of the Crane-fly; and a similar instance is men-
tioned in Sir John Lubbock’s paper “‘On the Muscles of the Larva of Pygera
bucephala” (Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xxii. p. 174), being that marked No. 2 in the
first Plate attached thereto.

+ For a more complete account of the muscular structure of the thorax, sea
“ Hssai sur le Vol des Insectes,” par J. Chabrier, in Mémoires du Muséum d’His-
toire Naturelle, p. 410.

24 MR. A. HAMMOND ON THE

the central portion of the thoracic cavity towards the dorsum,
and are chiefly conspicuousin the alary segments, and (with the
exception of the Libellulide) more especially of such insects as
are remarkable for their power of flight, in the production of
which, as is shown by Chabrier, they are chiefly instrumental.
They fallin two divisions, one on either side of the mesial line, as
may be seen in Plate I. figs. 8,10, & 11, and in Plate II. figs. 5,
10, & 11. They extend from the prescutum to the post-
scutellum of the segment to which they belong, in every insect
with which I am acquainted, and are the “‘ muscles dorsaux au
abaisseurs des ailes”’ of Chabrier, the recti dorsales of the
larva.

In the Coleoptera, where the thoracic segments are unmistak-
ably distinct and the phragmata well developed, their attachments
are equally clear; here, however, they are chiefly confined to the
metathorax, as the faculty of flight in those insects resides in
that segment. In Acrida viridissima we have an example where
that faculty is resident in both segments; and accordingly we
find that the longitudinal muscles are present in both (see Pl. IT.
fig. 11); and though the two alary segments are much more inti-
mately united in this insect than they are in the Coleoptera, the .
two sets of muscles are perfectly distinct, the length of each
being coextensive with the limits of the segment to which it
belongs.

In the Lepidoptera the same rule holds. The anterior wings
of these insects would appear to be the chief agents of flight ; for
we find the dorsal longitudinal muscles confined to the meso-
thorax, the vertical ones only being found in the succeeding seg-
ment. They extend from the prescutum to the postscutellum,
from the pro- to the mesophragma, both of which partitions are
well marked. See Pl. II. fig. 10, which represents a section of
the thorax of Liparis salicis.

In the Hymenoptera a somewhat singular conformation exists,
which was first, I believe, pointed out by Macleay. The meso-
thoracic postscutellum is detached in the mesial line from the
scutellum, and only remains attached by its lateral extremities,
so that the narrow rim of the metathorax follows immediately
upon the scutellum of the preceding segment. Nevertheless
that the detached septum thus formed is the postscutellum of the
mesothorax is evidenced, as Macleay says, by the fact that when

THORAX OF THE BLOW-FLY. 25

the meso- is separated from the metathorax, it always comes away
with the former. In the mesial line it projects far backwards
into the posterior portion of the thoracic cavity so as to leave but
little space between it and the posterior wall, which, as I have
said,is formed by the dorsal plate of the fifth segment. Thus the
longitudinal muscles of the mesothorax, which are the only tho-
racic longitudinal ones developed, pass from it to the prescutum,
across the minute groove of the metathoracic tergum and the
cavity of the mesothoracic scutellum, as may be seen in Plate IT.
fig. 5, which represents a longitudinal section in the mesial line
of the thorax of the Humble-Bee. ‘There is no fusion of the
muscles of the two segments. The mass of muscles which nearly
fills the united cavity of three segments belongs but to one of
them, viz. the mesothorax ; the metathoracic muscles, both longi-
tudinal and vertical, being no longer required, are altogether
obsolete.

Now for the application, so far as the longitudinal muscles are
concerned. Plate I. fig. 8 shows the longitudinal muscles of the
Blow-fly. They are seen to extend from the mesothoracic pre-
scutum in front to that vertical posterior surface which Bur-
meister and Lowne regard as the metathoracic tergum, but which,
I venture to submit, is again, as it has been shown to be in all
previous cases, the mesothoracic postscutellum, the mesophragma,
and not the metaphragma. If it be otherwise, we shall have what
I can find no other instance of, viz. a commingling of the prin-
cipal muscles of two segments into one homogeneous muscular
mass.

Again, be it observed from Plate I. figs. 8 & 11, that although
the longitudinal muscles extend in the mesial line almost to
the verge of the cephalothoracic foramen, they have not suffi-
cient breadth to reach the anterior angles where the humeri are
situated. It will be obvious that if this were the case, I could
no longer hold the humeri to be prothoracic; but as it is, the
avoidance by the mesothoracic muscles of these portions of the
integument is, 1 submit, significant of the correctness of my
view.

Further, let us see what may be learnt from a study of the
transverse or vertical muscles of the thorax, proceeding on the
assumption, warranted by general observation, that none at least
of the principal of these can have their origin in one segment and

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XY. 3

26 MR. A. HAMMOND ON THE

their insertion in another*, and that where two segments are
concerned there is sure to be more or less repetition of the mus-
cles presented to view.

Let us glance for one moment at the muscular structure of
4ishna grandis. This insect is remarkable for its power of flight,
and yet, contrary to the general rule, the longitudinal muscles are
almost obsolete, the deficiency being made up by the number and
high organization of the vertical ones. The alary segments are not
very clearly separated externally, but internally an inspection of
these vertical muscles shows clearly that the united cavity they
occupy is formed of two segments. After removing the two
principal masses which towards the mesial line are attached to
the bases of the wings, and which obstruct the view of those
behind, we find a number of others which have their insertions
formed in a peculiar and very beautiful manner by a round plate,
or “cupule”’ as Chabrier calls it, to the concave surface of which
the muscles are attached, while from the other proceeds a tendon
to the point requiring motion. These muscles, with the excep-
tion of the last, are repetitions in two sets, 1234,1234 (see
Pl. II. fig. 14), showing the existence of two segments.

But there is no such repetition in the vertical muscles of the

* Tf there be any doubt felt as to the correctness of such an assumption, let
us look a little further into the matter. Passing by my own observations on the
point, though the statement is founded mainly upon them, I may refer to
the figures of Lyonet, in his Anatomy of the Larva of Cossus ligniperda, and
to Sir John Lubbock, “On the Larva of Pyg@era bucephaia,” Linn. Trans. vol. xxii.
p- 173. Of the following corresponding lateral muscles in the two insects,
viz.

a Lyonet = 37? and 38 Lubbock,

B ,, =49 and 50 3
yy ae ena
6 ” = 51 ”
2 4 sieenle 9,
Op sSaiipemclats — 4,
m ” = 40 ”
n ” = 43 ”

only the four marked thus (?) appear to offer a shade of doubt in this respect ;
and these cases are indeed, as I may say, doubtfulones. The question is not ex-
actly whether they actually cross the border-line between the segments, but rather
whether they are attached by one extremity thereto, and that, in the caseof 0 =35,
only in a partial sense, the anterior fasciculi only being in question.

s

THORAX OF THE BLOW-FLY. QT

Fly, in which three principal masses are observable (Pl. I. figs. 9,
10, & 11), the anterior being the “ sternali dorsaux ’’ of Chabrier,
and the posterior his “ costali dorsaux”’; the intermediate one I
am uncertain about.

Inasmuch, therefore, as there is no repetition, the muscles, I
submit, are those of one segment. Again, the central mass of
vertical muscles connects the anterior portion of the mesothoracic
scutum with the plate that Burmeister and Lowne call the meta-
sternum. How can this be? There is only one answer. ‘This
plate is not, as they regard it, metathoracic*.

In addition to its muscular connexion with the mesothoracic
scutum, I would suggest the following reasons for regarding it as
the mesothoracic epimeron. We have seen from Mr. Lowne’s
account (op. cit.) that the prothoracic sternum sends out posterior
to the coxe two “cornua,” which, passing outwards, expand into
small plates that surround the acetabula of the fore legs and reach
as far as the anterior spiracles (see Pl. I. fig. 2), the condyles, and
the lateral plates of the prothorax. Ina perfectly similar manner
it appears to me that the mesothoracic epimera, if I may be
allowed so to call them, originate from the posterior extremity of
the sternum of that segment, and, passing outwards, surround
the acetabula of the intermediate legs, and are there brought into
contact with the spiracles, the sternum of the segment, and the
posterior lateral plates of Lowne, Audouin’s episterna. It is a
character of Audouin’s epimeron that it is always in connexion
with the coxa, and articulates with the sternum and episternum
of the segment. Again, the posterior mass of vertical muscles,
the costali dorsaux of Chabrier, unites the posterior portion of the
mesothoracic scutum with Lowne’s lateral plate of the metathorax
just above the posterior haltere. This, too, appears inconsistent
with the rule of muscular structure adverted to; and I must
regard this plate also as part of the mesothorax, though I am
unable to identify it certainly with any of Audouin’s pieces; I
think it probably forms part of the postscutellum, together with
the central portion between the bases of the halteres.

Thus it appears to me that the analogy of other insects, the

* Anted p. 13. ;

+ Cyclop. of Anat. and Physiol., “Insecta,” p. 48, for which reason also I re-
gard the above-mentioned cornua as the epimera of the prothorax, as stated

anted p. 14.
3*

28 MR. A. HAMMOND ON THE

phenomena of development, and the study of the muscular system,
all combine to show that the thorax of the Diptera as illustrated
in this insect is almost exclusively mesothoracic. Nothing is
left of the metathorax except the halteres, a narrow strip possibly
along the posterior edge of the mesothoracic epimera, the coxe,
and the entosternum of the segment, to which must be added the
posterior surface of the mesophragma, formed, as in many other
cases, by the inversion and adherence together of the two layers
of integument of the postscutellum of the one segment and the
prescutum of the other. The only remnants of the metathoracic
muscles which exist are two thin slips which, originating at the
posterior surface of the mesophragma close to the halteres, pass
downward and forward, and are inserted in the entosternum of the
metathorax. The fact of their being so inserted proves that they
are metathoracic muscles. The further fact of their originating
on the posterior surface of the mesophragma again shows that
that posterior surface is metathoracic, as just stated, and that the
cavity of the metathorax, if cavity it can be called, is posterior to
this surface and continuous with that of the abdomen. Again,
if a further proof be sought, it may be found in the projection
into that cavity of the two slender apodemes of the halteres before
referred to.

Lastly, I may add a few words on the light the muscular system
throws on the boundaries of the prothorax. We have seen how
the longitudinal muscles of the mesothorax avoid the humeri. I
would now point out, from Pl. I. figs. 9 & 11, that the vertical
muscles do the same, not being sufficiently advanced anteriorly to
reach them; while, on the other hand, a muscle of considerable
size, which, passing as it does to the anterior coxa, must, I submit,
be regarded as prothoracic, takes its origin from the same parts
(see Pl. I. fig. 12). Furthermore, that the condyles form part of
the prothoracic segment *, I must conclude from the observation
that a pair of muscles connect their interior surfaces with the
rami which represent the entosternum 7 at the posterior inferior
margin of the segment behind the cox; they represent pro-
bably the anterior lateral processes of the prosternum of the
Coleoptera.

I shall only further remark that truth is frequently only to be

* Anted, pp. 11 and 14, t Anted, p. 15.

THORAX OF THE BLOW-FLY. 29

arrived at through a series of errors, and that I can scarcely
hope that all my observations will prove exceptions to the
general rule.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.
All the illustrations are necessarily much magnified.

The parts of the thorax are designated in accordance with my own view of
their relations, except where indicated in brackets, and are lettered the same
throughout the series of figures, viz.:—.

h. The humerus. prs. The prescutum of the mesothorax.

sem. The scutum of the mesothorax.

sem’. . ne metathorax (not found in the Blow-fly).
sel. The scutellum of the mesothorax.
sel. 5 as metathorax (not found in the Blow-fly).

con. Lateral processes of the prosternum (Lowne’s condyles).

epis. The lateral plates (episterna) of the prothorax.

sp. The anterior (prothoracic) spiracle.

sp'. The posterior (mesothoracic) spiracle.

sp*. The spiracle of the fifth segment.

cox, cox', cox’. The anterior, intermediate, and posterior coxe.

par. The parapteron (Lowne’s anterior lateral plate of the mesothorax).

epim. The epimeron of the prothorax (Lowne’s cornua).

st. The sternum of the prothorax.

st’. 3 5 mesothorax.

epis'. The episternum of the mesothorax (Lowne’s posterior lateral plate).

zw. Uncertain (Lowne’s lateral plate of the metathorax).

epim'. The epimeron of the mesothorax (Lowne’s metasternum).

ps. The postscutellum of the mesothorax (in Pl. I, Lowne’s dorsal plate of
the metathorax).

ps'. The postscutellum of the metathorax (not found in the Blow-fly).

lm and vm. Longitudinal and vertical muscles of the mesothorax of the Blow-
fly (Pl. I.).

mes. Mesothorax (Pl. II.); mez. Metathorax (Pl. IT.).

%. The dorsal plate of the fifth segment (Pl. IT.).

m. The longitudinal muscles of the mesothorax (Pl. IT.).
m'. . 5) metathorax (Pl. II.).

Puate I.

Fig. 1. Dorsal surface of thorax of Blow-fly.
2, Ventral surface of ditto: f, the cephalothoracie foramen; ae, aceta-
bulum of fore leg; hal, the haltere.
3. Entosterna of meso- and metathorax, side view,
4, The same, from above.

30
Fig. 5.

12.

13.

Fig. iL

ON THE THORAX OF THE BLOW-FLY.

Anterior view of prothorax ; p7, pronotum.

. Lateral view of thorax.
. Posterior view of ditto: ps, postscutellum of the mesothorax; mph,

mesophragma formed by the united postscutellum of the mesothorax
and the preescutum of the metathoraxt; al, alulet; mm, metatho-
racic muscles proceeding to metathoracic entosternum ; ap, apodeme
of haltere; z, narrow margin, probably remains of lateral plate of
metathorax ; 7, line of junction of thorax and abdomen.

. Longitudinal vertical section of thorax in the mesial line, showing lon-

gitudinal muscles: prov, the proventriculus followed by the chyle-
stomach.

. The same, with the longitudinal muscles removed, showing :—vm', wm?,

vm*, the vertical muscles ; 7, prothoracic muscle inserted in the fore
coxa; mm, metathoracic muscle to entosternum.

. Transverse vertical section of thorax, showing muscles.
. Horizontal longitudinal section of ditto.

Internal view of a portion of the thoracic cavity, showing :—pm, the
muscle of the fore coxa; m*, small muscles connected with the wing
beneath the parapteron. A strong process, g, of the prescutum is
seen to bridge across the humerus without touching it.

The pupa of the Blow-fly: 0, the compound eyes ; pa, the prothoracic
dorsal appendages.

Prats IT.
Pupa of Crane-fly. Anterior portion, showing :—pa, the prothoracic
appendages; mes, the posterior portion of the mesothorax (upon
removing the integument at this part, the postscutellum of the me-

sothorax (ps, fig. 2) of the imago is revealed) ; met, the metathorax ;
w, w', the anterior and posterior wing-cases.

- The thorax of the Crane-fly. The plate, ps, between the halteres, cor-

responding to the posterior wall of the thorax of the Blow-fiy, is
shown to be mesothoracic, @. e. the mesothoracic postscutellum as it is
developed beneath the mesothoracic integument of the pupa.

3 & 4. The anterior and posterior wing-cases of the pupa of the Crane-

5.

6.

fly. The haltere is shown in course of development within the latter.
Longitudinal vertical section ‘of the thorax of the Humble-Bee: ps, the

postscutellum of the mesothorax, to which the muscles, 7, are attached.
The thorax of the same, showing the reduced extent of the metathorax :

col, the collar ; a, its posterior angle; sp*, spiracle of fifth segment.

7 & 8. Figures adopted from Packard, showing the two stages in the deve-

a
10.

lopment of the pupa of the Humble-Bee. In the latter the thoracico-
abdominal constriction is seen to include the fifth segment (2) with the
thorax: sp*, the spiracle of the fifth segment.

The thorax of Liparis salicis.

Longitudinal vertical section of the thorax of Ziparis salicis: parts the
same as in fig. 5.

+ Consult antet, p. 28.

ON THE INSTINCTS AND EMOTIONS IN FISH. bl

Fig. 11. Ditto of Acrida viridissima, showing two sets of longitudinal muscles.

12. The marginal disks of the Crane-fly attached to the nerve-centres:
U', 7’, 0", those of the legs; pa, that of the prothoracic appendage ;
w, w', those of the wings and halteres.

13. Thorax of Goerius olens, showing the dorsal plate of the fifth segment,
z, attached thereto and separated from the succeeding abdominal
ones: ps', the postscutellum of the metathorax.

14. Vertical thoracic muscles of Zishna grandis, showing a distinct repe-
tition, 1 2 3 4, 1 2 3 4, in each segment.

15. The subtriangular metaphragma of Rhizotrogus solstitialis formed by
the postscutellum of the segment, for comparison with the postscutel-
lum in fig. 13.

Instincts and Emotions in Fish.
By Francis Day, F.L.S.

[Read November 6, 1879.]

Durtine the last few years the instincts of brutes have received
much attention from biologists, while those of fishes have been
generally passed over. Some naturalists have not hesitated to
assert that the lives of the finny tribes are destitute of the joys
and sorrows generally appertaining to vertebrate animals, attri-
buting to them an almost vegetative existence. In a work lately
published in this country, Cuvier’s low estimate of their intelli-
gence has again been adopted in its entirety, although during the
course of this century much information has accumulated point-
ing in an opposite direction. Irrespective of this, the ancients
must have had a higher opinion of the finny tribes than the
authors of the present time, if we are to judge from the attributes
they accorded to fish.

But returning to half a century since, we find that Cuvier had
no very exalted opinion of the intellect of fishes, considering that
among all the vertebrate animals they show the least signs of
sensibility, which of course might be expected, as they are the
lowest division. Nearly or quite destitute of any voice, with im-
movable eyes and a fixed osseous face, their physiognomy has no
play, their emotions no expression, only capable of hearing the
loudest sounds, for, condemned to reside in an empire of silence,
they have but small occasion for the sense of hearing. No tear

32 MR. F. DAY ON THE

moistens, no eyelid shelters or wipes the surface of the eye, which
is but an indifferent representative of that organ as existing in
the superior classes of animals. Delicate sense of taste is said
to be wanting, and that of smell to be but small; while feeling
on the surface of their bodies is almost obliterated, due to the
interposition of scales, and, in some species, even their very
lips are converted to the hardness and insensibility of bone. To
pursue their prey or escape an enemy is the constant occupation
of their lives, determines their place of abode, and is the principal
object of the diversities of form among them. Their sexual emo-
tions, cold as their own blood, indicate merely individual wants.
With scarcely an exception, fish do not construct a nest; they
neither feed nor defend their offspring. The inhabitant of the
waters knows no attachments, has no language, no affections ;
feelings of conjugality and paternity are not acknowledged by
him ; ignorant of the art of constructing an asylum, in danger
he seeks shelter among rocks or in the darkness of profound
depths: his life is silent and monotonous.

What a gloomy picture is here sketched out respecting fishes !
Eager in the pursuit of prey in order to satisfy the cravings of
hunger, or terrified at the approach of danger, their lives, which
are said to be silent, monotonous, and joyless, would appear to be
scarcely worth preserving ; death itself, one would imagine, must
be a happy release from a burdensome existence. But fishermen
are well aware that the finny tribes are as eager to escape from
danger, or avoid capture, as are the inhabitants of the earth or the
frequenters of the air, which compels us to question whether their
lives are so joyless as has been represented—if anger or affection
are really among their unknown passions.

I will first observe upon the means possessed by fishes enabling
them to demonstrate their emotions. First, we find that they are
capable of erecting their dermal appendages, as scales or fin-rays,
under the influence of anger or terror, similarly as feathers or hairs
are erected in birds and mammals. But special expressions, as
those of joy, pain, astonishment, &c., we could hardly anticipate
being so well marked in fishes as in some of the superior grades
of animals, in which the play of the features frequently affords an
insight into their internal motions. Eyes without movable eye-
lids, cheeks encased with bony plates or covered with hard scales,
are scarcely suitable for smiling or developing into a laugh. Ex-

INSTINCTS AND EMOTIONS IN FISH. 30

ternal ears likewise are wanting. Still we perceive one very distinct
expression in this vertebrate class which is absent, or but slightly
developed, in many of the higher animals, namely, change of colour*.
Most of us are aware that when a fish sickens its brilliant tints
become less and less, or even entirely fade away, while the same
result may follow being vanquished by a foe. But when in good
health and residing in suitable localities, especially during the
breeding-season, their colours become vivid, and even a temporary
accession of anger may cause a similar result.

The first subject for investigation is, Are the finny tribes desti-
tute of affections? Here I purpose inquiring whether fish are
monogamous or polygamous, whether they show signs of affec-
tion to their companions, if they construct nests, guard their
nests or eggs, protect their offspring, and, lastly, if they are
ever known to exhibit traits of affection for human beings. In
some parts of the world, more especially in fresh waters, we have
monogamous as well as polygamous fishes—the former, as a rule,
not depositing so many eggs as the latter, probably for two
reasons, (1) that they breed more frequently, and (2) that they
generally protect their offspring. The Gouramy (Osphromenus
olfax) at the Mauritius commences breeding at six months of
age, while their fecundity is astonishing. During the breeding-
season they frequent the sides of tanks, where shelter is afforded
them by the grasses and weeds growing in the water, or several
days they are very active, passing in and out of their grassy cover,
and in some places thickening it by entangling all trailing shoots,
and forming what is generaily considered the spot under which
the ova are deposited?. They continue to watch this place with

* Tt is not here held that change of colour is always due to emotional
sensations. Thus Professor Agassiz observes that in young Plewronectoids the
embryos were very sensitive to light, both sides changing colour rapidly at will.
He considers that as soon as the two eyes become situated exclusively on one
side of the head, the nerve controlling the colour-cells, of what has now become
the eyeless side, becomes gradually unable to act, consequently the under or
blind side becomes colourless. It seems to be an almost invariable fact that
the under surface in fish is less vividly coloured than the upper surface, and
that such is occasioned by the influence of light ; but whether such is entirely
due to the action of the optic nerve is open to grave doubt, for were it so, all
blind fish would be colourless; and here, again, we must distinguish between
those which are sightless owing to living in dark caves, and others which are
80 consequent upon accidental loss of vision in their embryonic stage.

t On nest-building fishes, see Martens, Zool. Gart. 1872, pp. 107-111.

34 MR. F. DAY ON THE

the greatest vigilance, driving away any interloping fish; and at
the end of a month numerous fry appear, over which the old
Gouramies keep guard many days*. M. Carbonnier, who has
studied the habits of the Chinese Butterfly-fish (Macropodus) in
his private aquarium in Paris, where he had some in confinement,
observed? that the male constructs a nest of froth of considerable
size, 15 to 18 centimetres horizontal diameter, and 10 to 12 high.
He prepares the bubbles in the air (which he sucks in and then
expels), strengthening them with mucous matter from his mouth,
and brings them into the nestt. Sometimes the buccal secretion
will fail him, whereupon he goes to the bottom in search of some
conferve, which he sucks and bites for a little in order to stimu-
late the act of secretion. The nest prepared, the female is in-
duced to enter. Not less curious is the way in which the male
brings the eggs from the bottom into the nest. He appears
unable to carry them up in his mouth; instead of this, he first
swallows an abundant supply of air, then descending, he places
himself beneath the eggs, and suddenly, by a violent contraction
of the muscles in the interior of his mouth and pharynx, he
exhales the air which he had accumulated by the gills. This air,
finely divided, partly by the lamelle and fringes of the gills, es-
capes in the form of two jets of veritable gaseous powder, which
envelops the eggs and raises them to the surface. In this
manceuvre the MWacropodus entirely disappeared in a kind of air-
mist, and when this had dissipated he reappeared with a multitude
of air-bubbles like little pearls clinging all over his body.

In Asia there are several species of Snake-headed or Walking-
fishes (Ophiocephalus). 'The male of the common striped form,
O. striatus§, constructs a nest with his tail among the vegetation
at the side of tanks, biting off the ends of the weeds that grow in
the water. Here the ova are deposited, the male keeping guard ;
but should he be killed or captured, the vacant post is filled by his
partner. It is a curious sight to see them with their fry swim-
ming along near the surface of the water, the latter generally

* General Hardwicke, Zool. Journal, iy. 1829, p. 309.

+ Bulletin de la Société d’Acclimatation, Paris, 1872.

{ The same fact has been observed of the Gasterosteus aculeatus by Mr. Mabel,
the Curator of the Weston-super-Mare Museum.

§ Pristolepis malabaricus, which is not amphibious, constructs a nest accord-
ing to Mr, Thomas.

_ INSTINCTS AND EMOTIONS IN FISH, 35

going in single file above them. The parents are very fierce at
this period, and defend their offspring with great courage*. I
have likewise personally witnessed in Canara the young of the
orange Walking-fish, O. awrantiacus, swimming about with their
parents, by whom they are protected, according to native fisher-
men, until they are able to shift for themselves, when they are
driven away by their progenitors. The fishes enumerated as
monogamous, viz. Osphromenus, Macropodus, and Ophiocephalus,
are all amphibious Acanthopterygians and inhabitants of Asia. I
will now pass on to examples taken from other localities.

Pennantt remarks that the river Bullhead (Cottus gobio) de-
posits ity spawn in a hole it forms in the gravel, and quits it with
ereat reluctance. We are told of a Russian fish, Bitshkit, that
it is one of the most remarkable of those in the Black Sea, and
always occasions fever in whoever eat it, while it builds for its
young a nest like a bird. The male and female unite their cares
in its construction, gathering seeds and soft seaweeds, and de-
positing them in small holes on the shore. In this the female
not only lays her eggs, but watches them carefully like a hen; and
when the little ones are hatched, they remain near the mother till
they are sufficiently grown to venture forth alone into the world
of waters.

In South America two species of monogamous fish, termed
“Hassar”’ and also “ Hardback,” of the genus Callichthys, have
been observed to construct nests—the flat-headed form (C. asper)
of leaves, and the round-headed kind (C. punctatus) of grass; in
these they deposit their eggs, which they carefully cover, and both
sexes watch and defend them till the young come forth. The late
Dr. Jerdon§ remarked of the beautiful little Htroplus maculatus,
an inhabitant of the streams of Southern India and Ceylon, that
the eggs, which were not very numerous, were deposited in the
~ mud at the bottom of a stream; and when hatched, both parents
guarded their young for many days, vigorously attacking any large
fish that passed near them. It is evident, in this case, that they
must have remained in the vicinity of their eggs and watched over
them until the young came forth. The Lump-sucker, Cyclo-

* Col. Puckle, Report on the Fishes of Bangalor.
t Brit. Zool. iii. 1776, p. 216

} Koht’s ‘ Russia.’

§ Madras Journ. Lit. and Sc. 1849, p. 148.

36 MR. F. DAY ON THE

pterus lumpus, is, according to Yarrell and others, a fish that
shows attachment for its eggs. At the spawning-time the female
precedes and deposits her ova among the larger alge and in fis-
sures of the rocks; the male shortly follows and fructifies the
eges, adhering so closely to the mass of roe that the impression is
left upon the hollow surface of the shield formed by the ventrals,
after which he keeps watch over the deposited ova and guards them
from every foe with the utmost courage. If driven from the spot
by man he does not go far, but is continually looking back, and in
a short time returns. Dr. Johnston observes that the fishermen
in Berwickshire believe that the male covers the spawn and
remains covering or near it until the ova are hatched, and that
the young soon after birth fix themselves to the sides and on to
the back of their male parent, who sails, thus loaded, to deeper
and more safe retreats.

Agassiz remarks* that while examining the marine products of
the Sargasso Sea, Mr. Mansfield picked up and brought to him a
round mass of sargassum, about the size of the two fists, rolled up
together. The whole consisted, to all appearance, of nothing but
gulf-weed, the branches and leaves of which were, however, evi-
dently knit together, and not merely balled into a roundish mass.
The elastic threads which held the gulf-weed together were beaded
at intervals, sometimes two or three beads being close together,
or a branch of them hanging from the cluster of threads. This
nest was full of eggs scattered throughout the mass and not
placed together in a cavity. It was evidently the work of the
Chironectes. This rocking fish-cradle is carried along as an un-
dying arbour, affording at the same time protection and after-
wards food for its living freight. It is suggested that they must
have used their peculiar pectoral fins when constructing this
elaborate nest.

The well-known Tinker or ten-spined Stickleback, Gasterosteus
pungitius, is one of our indigenous fish which constructs a nest.
On May Ist, 1864, a malet was placed in a well-established aqua-
rium of moderate size, and in which, after three days, two ripe
females were added. Their presence at once roused him into
activity, and he soon began to build a nest of bits of dirt and dead
fibre and of growing confervoid filaments ,upon a jutting point of

* Silliman’s American Journal, Feb. 1872.
t Ransom, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1865, xvi. p. 449.

INSTINCTS AND EMOTIONS IN FISH. 37

rock among some interlacing branches of Myriophyllum spicatum—
all the time, however, frequently interrupting his labours to pay
his addresses to the females. This was done in most vigorous
fashion, he swimming, by a series of little jerks, near and about the
female, even pushing against her with open mouth, but usually
not biting. After a little coquetting she responds and follows
him, swimming just above him as he leads the way to the nest.
When there, the male commences to flirt—he seems unaware of its
situation, will not swim to the right spot, and the female, after a
few ineffectual attempts to find the proper passage into it, turns
tail to swim away, but is then viciously pursued by the male.
When he first courts the female, if she, not being ready, does not
soon respond, he seems quickly to lose his temper, and, attacking
her with great apparent fury, drives her to seek shelter in some
crevice or dark corner. ‘The coquetting of the male near the nest,
which seems due to the fact that he really has not quite finished
it, at length terminates by his pushing his head well into the
entrance of the nest, while the female closely follows him, placing
herself above him, and apparently much excited. As he with-
draws she passes into the nest, and pushes quite through it, after
a very brief delay, during which she deposits her ova. The male
now fertilizes the eggs and drives the female away to a safe distance;
then, after patting down the nest, he proceeds in search of another
female. The nest is built and the ova deposited in about twenty-
four hours. The male continued to watch it day and night, and
during the light hours he also continually added to the nest.

The marine “15-spined Stickleback,” Gasterosteus spinachia,
affords another instance of nest-constructing fishes. The places
selected for their nests are usually harbours or some sheltered
spots to where pure sea-water reaches. ‘The fish either find
growing or even collect some of the softer kinds of green or red
seaweed, and join them with so much of the coralline tufts (Janie)
growing on the rock as will serve the purpose of affording firm-
ness to the structure, and constitute a pear-shaped mass five or
six inches long, and about as stout as a man’s fist. A thread,
which is elastic and resembles silk, is employed for the purpose
of binding the materials together ; under a magnifier it appears to
consist of several strands connected by a gluey substance, which
hardens by exposure to the water. In one instance the situation
selected was the loose end of a rope, from which the separated
strands hung at about a yard below the surface in five or six

38 MR. F. DAY ON THE

fathoms of water, to which the materials must haye been con-
veyed at least thirty feet. The nest, which was of the usual
construction, was matted together in a hollow formed of the
untwisted strands of the rope, and in it were deposited the ova
in the usual way. It was watched over by the parent, who
did not appear to quit his station ; still imstances have been ob-
served when more than one watcher was present.. When the
guardian is compelled to retreat, owing to a receding tide, he
returns again with the first suitable wave; and in three or four
weeks the young emerge. So intent is this fish on the object
over which he keeps guard, that at this time he may be easily
captured, but he resents all interference with the nest; if the
ova are exposed, he at once repairs the breach by dragging fresh
materials into a position by which they are again concealed and
protected*.

Not only will some fishes protect their nests in which
are deposited the ova, but forms which do not construct any
receptacle for their eggs have interesting modes of protecting
them or removing them from localities where they may be
exposed to danger. The Siluroid, or scaleless, also termed
Sheat-fishes (Stlurid@), although almost unknown in the colder
regions of the North, become numerous as the tropics are ap-
proached, some being marine forms, others restricted to the fresh
waters. These fishes delight in muddy localities, and seek their
food by means of feelers placed around the mouth, as well as by
means of hearing, their air-bladder forming an acoustic organ. The
marine and estuary genera of which the group Ariwna is com-
posed, all deposit large eggs from 0:5 to 0'6 of an inch in diameter ;
and while examining the fishes along the western coast of India, I
found many of the males of this group with from fifteen to twenty
of these large eggs in their mouths. Some of these eggs were in
an early stage of development, others ready for hatching, while
one example contained a young fry hatched, but having the yelk-
bag still adherent. They filled the cavity of the mouth and
pharynx of these male fishes. Whether the male carries these
eges about in his mouth until they are hatched, or merely removes
them from some spot when danger is imminent, of course may be
open to question ; but it is a significant fact that in none of the

* Couch, Brit. Fishes, i. p. 182. M. Gerbe (Rev. et Mag. Zool. xvi. pp. 255,
278, 337, 1865) observes that fishes of the genus Crenilabrus build a nest of
seaweed ; here the ova are deposited; both sexes assist in its construction,

.
INSTINCTS AND EMOTIONS IN FISH. 39

examples which I dissected could I find a trace of food through-
out the intestines of the males who had been engaged in this in-
teresting occupation*. The same phenomenon was observed in
two examples of Arius fissus which came from Cayenne, and were
presented to the British Museum+, and by Dr. Hensel in the
Brazilian Arius Commersonii. A fish from Lake Tiberias, Chromis
paterfamilias, has been describedt, the male of which carries the
eggs in the buccal cavity, the young even remaining there some
time after they have been hatched. It has been remarked of the
Siluroid genus Aspredo, that they take care of their progeny, and
the females possess appendages for the purpose of keeping the eggs
attached to the belly of the mother§. Some fishes, as the Salmon,
the Trout, and the Shad, have been known to discontinue feeding
during the breeding-season||._ . Among Batrachians we also see
that the males may carry the eggs until hatched: thus, in Rhino-
derma Darwinii, the males have an extraordinary brood-sac deve-
loped as a pouch from the throat, and extending over a great
portion of the ventral surface of the animal. In this cavity a
number of living tadpoles have been observed by the Spanish
naturalist Jimenez de la Espada{.

Fish, however, have other modes of showing solicitude for the
welfare of their eggs, some of which I have already mentioned; but
a few more instances perhaps will not be considered superfluous.
In some interesting'observations respecting the construction of the
nest and the habits of the “ Three-spined Stickleback,” Gaster-
osteus aculeatus**, it has been remarked that after the depo-
sition of the eggs the nest was opened more to the action of the
water, and the vibratory motion of the body of the male fish,
hovering over its surface, caused a current of water to be propelled

* Day, ‘ Fishes of India,’ p. 456.

t Lortet, Compt. Rend. 1875, Ixxxi. p. 1196.

{ Giinther, Catal. v. p. 173.

§ L. c. p. 268.

|| Max Weber, Arch. f. Nat. (2) xlii. p. 169.

{| Sprengel, Zeitschrift fiir wissensch. Zool. vol. xxiv. part 4 (1877).

** The Gasterosteus aculeatus, says Baker, Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc., seek, out
and destroy all the young fry that come in their way, which are pursued with
the utmost eagerness and swallowed down without distinction provided they are
not too large. He continues that one did (on 4th of May) “devour in five hours’
time seventy-four young dace, which were about + of an inch long, and of the
thickness of a horsehair; two days after it swallowed sixty-two, and would, I
am persuaded, have eaten as many every day could I have procured them for it.”

40 MR. F. DAY ON THE

across the surface of the ova, which action was repeated almost
continuously. After about ten days the nest was destroyed and
the materials removed ; and now were seen the minute fry flutter-
ing upwards here and there, by a movement half swimming, half
leaping, and then falling rapidly again upon or between the clear
pebbles of the shingle bottom. This arose from their having the
remainder of the yelk still attached to their body, which, acting
as a weight, caused them to sink the moment the swimming effort
had ceased. Around, across, and in every direction the male fish,
as the guardian, continually moved. Now his labours became
more arduous and his vigilance was taxed to the utmost extreme,
for the other fish (two Tench and a gold Carp), some twenty times
larger than himself, so soon as they perceived the young fry in
motion, continuously used their utmost endeavours to snap them
up. The courage of the little Stickleback was now put to its
severest test ; but, nothing daunted, he drove them all off, seizing
their fins and striking with all his strength at their heads and
at their eyes. His care of the young brood when encumbered
with the yelk was very extraordinary ; and as this was gradually
absorbed and they gained strength, their attempts to swim carried
them to a greater distance from the parent fish; his vigilance,
however, seemed everywhere, and if they rose by the action of
their fins above a certain height from the shingle bottom, or
flitted beyond a given distance from the nest, they were imme-
diately seized in his mouth, brought back, and gently puffed or
jetted into their place again*. The same care of the young,
bringing them back to their nest up till about the sixth day after
hatching, has been remarked by Dr. Ransom in the 10-spined
Stickleback, G. pungitius.

The usual time for the Lamprey, Petromyzon fluviatilis, leaving
the sea, which it is annually seen to do, in order to spawn, is
about the beginning of spring ; and after a stay of a few months
it returns again to the ocean. Their preparation for spawning is
very peculiar: their manner is to make holes in the gravelly
bottoms of rivers; and on this occasion their sucking power is
particularly noticeable, for if they meet with a stone of conside-
rable size, they will remove it and throw it out. Their young
are produced from eggs; the female remains near the place where
they are excluded, and continues with them till they come forth.

* Warrington, ‘‘ On the Habits of the Stickleback,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist
1855, xvi. p. 830.

INSTINCTS AND EMOTIONS IN FISH. AL

She is often seen with her whole family playing about her, and
after some time she conducts them in triumph to the ocean.
(Buffon.) _

Among the Lophobranchiate order of fish, or those in which the
gills consist of small rounded tufts attached to the branchial arches,
and which are represented by the Pipe- and Horse-fishes of the
British seas, we find that in most of the species the males perform
the function of hatching the eggs, which for that purpose are
deposited up, to the time of the evolution of the young, either be-
tween the ventrals (in the genus Solenostomus), or in tail-pouches
(in Hippocampus), or in pouches on the breast and belly Gn Dory-
rhamphus), or in rows on the breast and belly (in Werophis), and
are thus carried about by the fish*. M. Risso notices the great
attachment of the adult Pipe-fish to their young, and this pouch
probably serves as a place of shelter to which the young ones
retreat in case of danger. I have been assured by fishermen
that if the young were shaken out of the pouch into the water
over the side of the boat, they did not swim away, but when the
parent fish was held in the water in a favourable position the
young would again enter the pouch.

M. Carbonnier has recorded how the male of the curiously

srotesque Telescope-fish, a variety of Carassius auratus, Linn.,
acts as accoucheur to the female. Three males pursued one
female which was heavy with spawn, and rolled her like a ball
upon the ground for a distance of several metres, and continued
this process without rest or relaxation for two days, until the ex-
-hausted female, who had been unable to recover her equilibrium
for a moment, had at last evacuated all her ova ¢.
- That adult fish are capable of feeling affection one for another
would seem to be well established: thus Jesse relates how he
once captured a female Pike (sow luciws) during the breeding-
season, and that nothing could drive away the male from the spot
at which he had perceived his partner slowly disappear, and
whom he had followed to the edge of the water.

Mr. Arderon§ gave an account of how he tamed a Dace, which
would lie close to the glass watching its master ; and subsequently

* Kaup, Catal. Lopho, Fish in Brit. Mus. 1856, p. i.
+ Yarrell, Brit. Fishes, 2nd ed. ii. p. 436.
¢ Compt. Rend. Noy. 4th, 1872, p. 1127.
§ Phil. Trans. Royal Society, 1747.
LINN. JOU RN,—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XV, 4

42 MR. F. DAY ON TIE

how he kept two Rufts(Acerina cernua) in an aquarium, where they
became very much attached to one another. He gave one away,
when the other became so miserable that it would not eat, and this
continued for nearly three weeks. Fearing his remaining fish might
die, he sent for its former companion, and on the two meeting they
became quite happyagain. Jesse gives a similar account of two gold
Carp. Mr. Oliver has recorded how a Trout was placed in a well
at Dumbarton Castle, and died in 1809, after having inhabited that
locality twenty-eight years. It had become so tame that it would
receive its food from the hands of the soldiers. Lacépéde relates
how some fish, which had been kept in the basin of the Tuileries
for upwards of a century, would come when they were called by
their names ; while in many parts of Germany, Trout, Carp, and
Tench were summoned to their food by the ringing ofa bell. “ Ata
passage-place near to the city of Kandy, the fish formerly have been
nourished and fed by the king’s order, to keep them there for his
majesty’s pleasure; whither, having been used to be thus pro-
vided for, notwithstanding floods and strong streams, they will
still resort, and are so tame that I have seen them eat out of
men’s hands”’*. Ellis, in his ‘ Polynesian Researches,’ speaks of a
native chief of the island of Hawaii who had brought eels to that
degree of tameness that he could call them from their retreat with
the shrill sound of a whistle. Pliny also remarks that eels may
be tamed so completely that they will eat out of your hand. At
Erritara Carvee, in the Cochin state of Malabar, is an umbalum
situated on the bank of the deep river, which is 500 yards
wide, where the fish receive a supply of food every week ; here
hundreds of Carp (Barbus) flock up to obtain rice from passers-
by, and are so tame that they will take food from a person’s hand f.
At many temples in India fishes are called to receive food by
means of ringing bells or by musical sounds. Lieutenant Conolly
remarks upon seeing numerous fishes coming to the ghaut at
Sidhnath to be fed when called; and on expressing our admiration
of the size of the fish, “‘ Wait,” said a bystander, “ until you have
seen‘ Raghu.’” “ The Brahmin called out his name ina peculiar
tone of voice, but he would not hear. I threw in handful after
handful of ottah (flour) with the same success, and was just
leaving the ghaut, despairing and doubting, when a loud plunge
startled me. I thought somebody had jumped off the bastion of the
* Knox, Ceylon, 1681, p. 56.
t Day, ‘Land of Permauls,’ 1863, p. 502,

INSTINCTS AND EMOTIONS IN FISH. 43

ghaut into the river, but was soon undeceived by the general
shout of ‘ Raghu,’ ‘ Raghu,’ and by the fishes large and small
darting away in every direction. Raghu made two or three
plunges, but was so quick in his motions that I was unable to
guess at his species” *. In Burma, in the Irrawaddi river, there
are fish so tame as to come up to the sides of the boat, and even
allow themselves to be handled. The Fakeers of the place call
them together, but they are not much disposed to come for mere
calling, seeming to require more substantial proof of being wanted
in the shape of food; they are found in still waters in a small
bay, which is closed up still more from the influence of the stream
by a round island constructed superficially on a rocky base, and
on which the pagodas are built. They resemble a good deal the
Gooroo mas, a Siluroid of Assam, but have no large teeth as it
has (most probably the fish was a Fifa). They are very greedy,
of a bluish-grey colour, occasionally inclining to red (Griffith,
p- 104). Carew, in Cornwall, is said to have called his Grey

Mullet together by making a noise like chopping with a cleaver ;
and Sir Joseph Banks collected his fish by means of sounding a
bell.

The manifestations of anger are well described in the accounts
we possess of the Fighting Fishes of Siam. After remarking on
the cock-fights of that country, Sw J. Browning adds, there is
a little bellicose fish, too, which attacks its fellow with great
ferocity, bristling its fins and exhibiting the most intense excite-
ment ; one of these, seeing its reflection in a glass, will violently
advance head foremost against the shadow. Dr. Cantor+t ob-
serves, respecting this fish, Macropodus pugnaa, that when it is in
a state of quiet, with the fins at rest, the dull colours present
nothing remarkable. Butif two are brought within sight of each
other, or if one sees its own image in a looking-glass, the little
creature becomes suddenly excited, the raised fins and the whole
body shine with metallic colours of dazzling beauty, while the
projected gill-membranes, waving like a black frill round the
throat, add something grotesque to the general appearance. In
this state it makes repeated darts at its real or reflected antago-
nist; but both, when taken out of each other’s sight, instantly

* Conolly, “Obs. on past and present Condition of Onjein,” J. As. Soc. Beng,

vi. p. 820.
+ ‘Kingdom and People of Siam, p. 155.
t ‘Catal. Malay. Fish.’ 1850, p. 87.

4A. MR. F. DAY ON THE

become quiet. When a few examples of the three-spined Stickle-
back (Gasterosteus aculeatus) are first turned into a tub of water,
they swim about in a shoal, apparently exploring their new habi-
tation. Suddenly one will take possession of a particular corner
of the tub, or, as will sometimes happen, of the bottom, and will
instantly commence an attack upon his companions; and if any
one of them ventures to oppose his sway, a regular and most
furious battle ensues; the two combatants swim round and
round each other with the greatest rapidity, biting and endea-
vouring to pierce each other with their spines, which on these
occasions are projected. I have witnessed a battle of this sort
which lasted several minutes before either would give way; and
when one does submit, imagination can hardly conceive the vin-
dictive fury of the conqueror, who, in the most persevering and
unrelenting way, chases his rival from one part of the tub to
another, until fairly exhausted with fatigue. I have occasionally
known three or four parts of the tub taken possession of by as
many other little tyrants, who guard their territories with the
strictest vigilance; and the slightest invasion invariably brings
on a battle. These are the habits of the male fish alone*. After
a fight between two examples a strange alteration takes place
almost immediately in the defeated party: his gallant bearing
forsakes him, his gay colours fade away, he becomes again speckled
and ugly, and hides his disgrace among his peaceable companions,
who occupy together that part of the tub which their tyrants have
not taken possession of ; he is, moreover, for some time the con-
stant object of his conqueror’s persecutiont. We here perceive
how the disgrace of defeat affects the spirits of the vanquished,
and this reacting on the health, causes his brilliant hues to fade
away. The conqueror, on the other hand, exulting in his victory,
becomes more resplendent : he does not forget his former triumph,
and considers it no disgrace to occasionally lord it over his fallen
foe. Under the influence of fear, the Indian Climbing-Perch
(Anabas scandens) not only erects its spiny-rayed fins, but also its
scales, even down to those situated at the base of its caudal fin.
Every one who possesses an aquarium knows how, on a spiny-
rayed fish being frightened or angry, he at once elevates his fins.
The Diodon has several means of defence. It can give a severe

* Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 330.
t Couch, ‘ British Fishes,’ i. p. 172.

INSTINCTS AND EMOTIONS IN FISH. 45

bite ; while by inflating its body, the papillze with which the skin
is covered become erect and pointed*. Mr. Whitmee observes :—
“T have seen a Balistes (File-fish) swim rapidly past its anta-
gonist and graze its side with its file-like lateral spines.”’ “I once
tried to catch a Letrodon nigripunctatus which was in my aqua-
rium, when it inflated itself and elevated the fine spines with
which the body was covered, and which were previously buried
in its loose and flabby skin. This of course was under the influ-
ence of fear’’t. Siluroids are furnished with more than one mode
of attack. Inthe Ohio exists a species of this family, in which the
first dorsal ray is formed of a very strong and short spine, which
the animal uses to kill others of a smaller size ; for this purpose
it gets beneath the fish it intends to attack, and then sud-
denly rises and wounds it repeatedly in the belly. There is ano-
ther curious form in Burma (Macrones leucophasis) said to swim
with its belly uppermost, therefore termed by the Burmese the
“Topsy-turvey fish;’’ it probably ascends to above its prey,
Lately I have been favoured with the sight of a drawing of a fish,
Bagrus, existing in the Nile which is observed, while in an aqua-
rium, to swim ina similar manner. Siluroids likewise erect the
osseous and armed spines of their dorsal and pectoral fins. Some
years since, while stationed at Madras, I obtained several live ex-
amples of these fishes, Macrones vittatus, termed the Fiddler-fish
in Mysore. I touched one which was lying on some wet grass ;
it became very irate, erecting its armed spines and emitting a
sound resembling the buzzing of a bee, evidently a sign of anger
or terror. Having placed some small Carp in an aquarium con-
taining one of these fish, it rushed at a small example, seized it
by the middle of its back, and shook it as a dog kills a rat: at
this time its barbels were stiffened out laterally like a cat’s
whiskers. Couch observes of the Stickleback, or Pricklebacks, that
“the bite of these little furies is so severe, that I have frequently
known it, when inflicted on the tail, produce mortification and con-
sequently death. They also use their lateral spines (ventral fins)
with most fatal effect, that, incredible as it may appear, I have
seen one during a battle absolutely rip his opponent quite open,
so that he sank to the bottom and died.”’

Jesse mentions a gentleman walking by the side of the river
Wey who observed a large Pike in shallow water. Pulling off
* Darwin, ‘ Voyage of Beagle,’ iii. p. 13.

+ Whitmee, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 135.

46 MR. F. DAY ON THE

his coat and tucking up his shirt-sleeves, he entered the water
and tried to intercept the fish’s return to the river, endeavouring
to get his hands beneath it and throw it on to the bank. The
Pike finding his escape likely to be cut off, assumed the offensive,
seizing one of the gentleman’s arms with bis teeth and severely
lacerating it: it had evidently argued that it must by force put the
cause of its impediment to rout. Mr. J. Faraday, at the Man-
chester Anglers’ Association, read a paper, in December 1878, re-
cording an instance of apparent intelligence in a Skate which he
observed while officiating as Curator of the Aquarium. A morsel
of food thrown into the tank fell directly in an angle formed by
the glass front and the bottom. The Skate, a large example, made
several vain attempts to seize the food, owing to its mouth being
on the underside of its head and the food being close to the glass.
He lay quite still for a while as though thinking, then suddenly
raised himself into a slanting posture, the head inclined upwards
and the under surface of the body towards the food, when he
waved his broad expanse of fins, thus creating an upward current
or wave in the water, which lifted the food from its position and
carried it straight to his mouth*.

Certain fishes likewise are endowed with specific means of
showing their being affected by anger or terror, as the Electric
Hel (Gymnotus electricans), which possesses electric organs of
such power as to be capable of causing death even to large ani-
mals. Humboldt and others have recorded how the Indians in
South America, when they desire to capture these fish, drive horses
and mules into waters which they inhabit, when, as soon as dis-
turbed, these eels attack the mtruders. They first glide under
the horses’ bellies and prostrate them by repeated electric shocks,
which, however, by degrees become of less and less intensity,
as long rest and nourishment are required to repair the galvanic
force which they have expended. It has been considered that the
possession of this power is for the purpose of protecting the
Electric Hel against Alligators; and it is certainly employed
against other fish which it requires as food; but its onslaught
on intruding horses must clearly be the effect of anger or terror.
The power decreases, and is perhaps eventually lost, in exam-
ples which are kept in confinement. Even in British seas, we
know, exists a fish endowed with this electric property, viz.

* Nature, Dec. 19, 1878.

INSTINCTS AND EMOTIONS IN FISH. 47

the Electric Ray or Torpedo, commonly known as the Cramp-
fish, Zorpedo hebetans and T. marmorata. The instant it is
touched it numbs not only the hand and arm, but its effects are
said sometimes to extend to the whole of the body. This electric
shock is thus described by Kempfer:—The nerves are so affected
that the person struck imagines all the bones of his body, and
particularly those of the limb that received the blow, are driven
out of joint. It is accompanied with a universal terror, a sick-
ness of the stomach, a general convulsion, and a total suspension
ofthe mind. Asexamples of the Surmullet and Plaice have been
found inside Torpedos, while it is manifestly impossible they
could have captured such by outswimming them, it has been con-
jectured that they must have taken their prey by means of stupefy-
ing them with electric shocks. Whether we are to consider
attacks made by Sword-fishes upon passing vessels as due to
anger at being disturbed, or under the impression that they are
attacking their enemies the Whales, is questionable; but it is a
well-ascertained fact that the planks of numerous ships, especially
in the Indian seas, have been pierced by the strong rostral appa-
ratus with which these fishes are provided either for offence or
defence.

Fear is frequently shown ; as small birds mob those of prey, so
little fish will mob others that they dread. Some small species
were kept by Mr. Whitmee in an aquarium with an Antennarius,
and were evidently in great dread of their carnivorous neighbour,
which they continually tried to torment. In attacking it they
always took care to strike at its posterior part, although this was
protected by a rock of coral *.

Likewise fish, when hooked or netted, sometimes empty
their stomachs by an instinctive act of fear, or to facilitate
escape by lightening their load}. Hooker remarks respecting.
Gulls, Terns, Wild Geese, and Pelicans in the Ganges valley,
that these birds congregate by the sides of pools and beat the
water with violence so as to scare the fish, which then become
an easy prey, a fact which was, I believe, indicated by Pallas
during his residence on the banks of the Caspian Seat. Along
the muddy shores of tropical countries and up the sides of large

* Proce. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 133.
+ Owen, ‘Comp. Anat.’ p. 419.
t ‘Himalayan Journal, i. p. 80.

48 MR. F. DAY ON THE

rivers are many forms of fish, especially belonging to the family
of Gobies or Blennies, that wander over the mud or climb rocks
left uncovered by the water, or on to the damp stems of trees left
exposed by an ebbing tide; and here they craw] about searching
for insects: but let them be alarmed, and what an instant com-
motion ensues; some dive down at once into the soft mud, others
fiy over the water to a place of safety hike a piece of slate sent
skimming by a school-boy. Many small fishes, as Blennies &c.,
when the tide ebbs, are left in small pools, where they conceal
themselves under stones. The larger Blennies quit the water, —
and using their pectoral fins as organs of prehension and
locomotion, creep into suitable holes, where, with their heads
towards the sea, they await the flow of the tide, which they know
will restore them again to their native element. Often does the
observer in the tropics see fish jumping out of the water in terror
from some unseen foe ; and should a net be skilfully placed, the
cause of this commotion may be taken. I have found the Gar-
fish (Belone) is occasionally the form which the smaller herrings
are flying from or else the Bonito. The Skipper (Belone vul-
garis) of the British seas is observed at times to show great
terror at being pursued by Porpoises, Tunies, and Bonitos.
Multitudes, observes Couch, then mount to the surface and
crowd on each other as they press forwards. When still more
closely pursued, they singly spring to the height of several feet,
leap over each other in singular confusion, and again sink beneath.
The Flying-fish (Hxocetus) is likewise a form which springs out
of the water to escape its rapacious pursuers. Friar Odoric, who
visited Ceylon about 4.p. 1820, observe that there are “fishes in
those seas that come swimming towards the said country in such
abundance, that for a great distance into the sea nothing can be
seen but the backs of fishes, which, casting themselves on the
shore, do suffer men for the space of three daies to come and to
take as many of them away as they please; and then they return
again to the ocean.” *

Among the coral reefs of the Andaman Islands I found the
hittle Heliastes leprdurus abundant. As soon as any thing splashed
into the water, they appeared to retire for safety to the branch-
ing coral, a locality where no large fish could intrude ; so fright-
ened did they become, that on an Andamanese diving from the

* Hakluyt, ii. p. 37.

.

INSTINCTS AND EMOTIONS IN FISH. 49

side ofa boat, they at once took refuge in the coral, remaining in
it even after it was removed from the sea. In Burmese rivers,
where weirs are not permitted to entirely span rivers (as such
would impede navigation), the open side as far as the bank is
studded with reeds ; these, as the water passes over them, vibrate,
thus occasioning an unusual sound, alarming the fish and fright-
ening them over to the weired side of the stream. Every angler
knows the natural timidity of fish; and keepers are aware how
easily poachers deter Salmon from ascending fish-passes.

At the Andaman Islands fish are captured by the convicts by
means of weirs fixed across the openings of creeks. After exist-
ing a week or so, it is observed that captures invariably cease ;
and it is believed that such is due to barnacles &c. clustering on
to the wood of which they are composed. It does not seem impro-
bable that the fish have learned to avoid a locality out of terror
at those which enter but do not again return.

Many fishes when captured emit sounds which appear to be
due to terror, as a Scad or Horse-Mackerel (Caranx hippos), a
Globe-fish (Tetrodon), and others grunt like a Pig. A Siluroid
found in the Rio Parana, and called the Armado, is remarkable
for a harsh grating noise which it emits when caught by hook
and line: this can be distinctly heard while it is still beneath the
water*. The Cuckoo-Gurnard (Zriga pini) and the Maigre
(Sciena aquila) utter sounds, not only while being removed from
the water, but the latter likewise, when swimming in shoals, emits
grunting or purring noises that may be heard from a depth of 20
fathomst. Herrings (Clupea harengus), when the net has been
drawn over them, have been observed to dothe same. The fresh-
water Bullhead (Cottus gobio) emits similar sounds.

Speaking of the river on which Brunei is situated in the king-
dom of Borneo proper, St. John remarks :—“ I have described in a
previous chapter the appearance of the river; but I have not men-
tioned that here I have most often heard the Singing or Hum-
ming-fish, which sticks to the bottom of the boat, and produces a
sound somewhat like that of a Jew’s harp struck slowly, though
sometimes it increases in loudness, so as to resemble the full
sound or tones of an organ. My men have pointed me outa fish
about 4 inches long as the author of the music. It is marked

* Darwin, ‘ Nat. Journal,’ vol. vii.
+ Yarrell, ‘ Brit. Fish.’ 2nd edit. i. pp. 44, 106.

50 MR. F. DAY ON THE

with alternate stripes of black and yellow across tke back’’*.
Pallegroix observes that in Siam the Dog’s-tongue isa fish shaped
like a Sole: it attaches itself to the bottom of boats and makes a
sonorous neise, which is more musical when several are stuck to
the same boat and act in concert+. While on board the brig
‘Ariel,’ observes Adams, in the ‘ Journal of the Samarang,’ “ then
lying off the mouth of the river of Borneo, I had the good fortune
to hear that solemn aquatic concert of the far-famed Organ-fish or
Drum-fish, a species of Pogonias. These singular fishes produce
a loud monotonous singing sound, which rises and falls, and
sometimes dies away, or assumes a very low drumming character,
and the noise appeared to proceed mysteriously from the bottom
of the vessel. This strange submarine chorus of fishes continued
to amuse us for about a quarter of an hour, when the music, if so
it may be called, suddenly ceased, probably on the dispersion of
the band of performers.”’ Sir Emerson Tennant observed that a
Siluroid fish (Clarias) found in the lake at Colombo is said by
the fishermen to make a grunt under water when disturbed.
ZElian tells us that the Shad (Clupea) appears to take pleasure in
the sounds of musical instruments; while should it thunder
during the period they are ascending rivers, they rapidly return
to the sea.

Companionship or friendship (as apart from affection) is shown
in fishes, while we sometimes perceive such inspired by motives
of gain. Mr. H. Shaw, of Shrewsbury, informs me that a gentle-
man near that town made the acquaintance of a Trout, over a
pound weight, then residing in a brook at Borton Cliff, and wag
accustomed to constantly supply it with caterpillars which he
obtained from the gooseberry- and other bushes and carried in a
cabbage-leaf to the stream. He flicked them off into the water
with a small stick, as one day he found that having taken a cater-
pillar up in his fingers and thrown it to the fish, it apparently
seized it, but seemed at once to eject it, and with a whisk of his
tail it immediately disappeared. The same result occurred after
every repetition of the experiment, although it latterly returned
more quickly than at first. The amount of caterpillars it con-
sumed was enormous. Friendship here was doubtless due to
this supply of food, while taste or smell must have induced fear,

* Life in the Forests of the Far Hast,’ vol. ii. p. 276.
+ Pallegroix, /. c. p. 93.

INSTINCTS AND EMOTIONS IN FISH. 51

and caused its rapid flight. Many species are gregarious, moving
about in large schools; others, again, merely in pairs.

During the breeding-season most, if not all, Teleostean fishes
have more resplendent tints than at any other period of the year,
and which may be for the purpose of mutual attraction. A good
example is seen in the Salmon, while I have observed the same
circumstance occur in the beautiful little Goby (Periophthalmus
Schlosseri) which frequents the river Irrawaddi and its banks.
Jordan and Copeland*, observing upon the John Darters (£theo-
stoma blennoides), remark upon a male in their aquarium which
underwent, almost in an instant, an entire change of pattern (in
the colours of his body) upon the introduction of a female fish of
the same species. Hvyen after two weeks the novelty had not
worn off, though his body-colours varied much from hour to hour,
but had not reverted to his original dress.

There is a curious instinct of some fishes to take up their resi-
dence inside other animals, or else to attach themselves to them
in order to profit by the greater power of locomotion in their
host, from whose body, however, they draw no sustenance, but
merely partake of such food as comes within their reach. These
latter, termed Commensalst by Van Beneden, may be either free
or fixed to their host ; and a common example of a Commensal is
the Sucking-fish (Heheneis), which, having but weak fins, attaches
itself to any large swimming or floating object, animate or inani-
mate, as ships, sharks, whales, &c., not for the purpose of feeding
upon them, but to enable it to profit by their powers of locomo-
tion, and so enable it to capture other small fishes, upon which it
mostly subsists. Commerson assures us that, having applied his
thumb to the adhesive organ of a living Sucking-fish, the adhesion
was so strong that it became numbed, and an almost partial para-
lysis continued for some considerable time subsequently. During
stormy weather it adheres like limpets to a rock. Another cir-
cumstance related by Commerson is, that in the Indian seas a ring
is fastened round the tail of one of these fish so as to prevent its
escape; to the ring is attached a long cord, and it is thus carried
in a vessel of salt water; and when boatmen observe a turtle
asleep on the surface of the water, they approach as close as they
can, then throw the Sucking-fish into the sea: it attaches itself
to the breast of the turtle, and is thus drawn into the boat. The

* American Journal, 1878, p. 338.
t Bulletin Ac. Belg. 1869, xxvii. p. 621.

52 MR. F. DAY ON TIE

Lump-sucker (Cyclopterus) is said to fix itself by its ventral sucker
to the neck of the savage Wolf-fish (Anarrhichas lupus), and
adheres thus immovably, tormenting it in such a manner as to
cause its death *.

When investigating the fishes at the Andaman Islands in
1870, one of the aborigines brought an example of the pretty
yellow-and-white banded Amphiprion percula; and on being told
that it was good, observed that she could get numbers more. She
took us to an Actinia, which she detached from the coral rock by
inserting her hand behind the attachment of this polype; and
on shaking it, two more of these little fish fell out. Subsequently
this was repeated to twelve others, and all had two living fishes
inside them except one, which had three. They asserted that
this was their usual abode. A few days previously Captain
Hamilton had observed to me that some little striped fishes lived
inside a polype at North Bay. One day he dug one out, dragged
it to the shore, and captured three little fish from its interior ;
replacing them in the sea, they appeared not to know what to do,
swimming round and round as if searching for something. The
living polype was now returned to the sea, and they at once swam
to it, following it as it was dragged back again through the water
to its original locality. As Iwas going over to North Bay fishing,
he came with me to see if he could not find a specimen. Unfor-
tunately, after discovering one and obtaining a fish from it (Am-
phiprion bifasciatum), he was stung by the polype, which I
did not seef. Dr. Andrews{ has observed upon the Holothuria,
or Trepang of the seas of China, that fish live inside it; in
fact he saw instances of living fish entering the Trepang. On
the Coromandel coast of India at Gopaulpore I found the smail
perciform Therapons residing inside Meduse, and which the fisher-
mep asserted to be of common occurrence. Gill observes § :—-
“In the eastern waters of the United States, however, so far as
I am aware, the Stromatoid fish Poronotus similis (Stromateus
similis of some authors) seems to be the most common, if not the
only associate of several Acalephs, viz. Dactylometra quinquecirra,
Zygodactylon groenlandica, aud Oyarea arctica. Under the um-
brellas of these species small Poronoti are to be found in the late

* Shaw, Zool. iv. p. 96.

Tt Day, ‘“‘ Obs. on the Andamanese,” Proc. As. Soc. Beng. 1870, p. 176.

{ Meeting Brit. Assoc., Aug. 17th, 1878.

§ Nature, Aug. 30th, 1877, p. 362.

INSTINCTS AND EMOTIONS IN FISH. 58

summers swimming, sometimes even to the number of twenty or
more, but generally much fewer.”

It can scarcely be denied that some fishes are endowed with a
certain amount of intelligence: thus flat fishes, Pleuronectide,
conceal themselves beneath the sand, as, owing to their shape, but
little is required to cover them ; consequently by setting up an
undulating body movement, this is easily effected. Skates and
Rays similarly conceal themselves in the sand. The Sand-Launce
(Ammodytes lanceolatus and A.tobianus),commonly frequenting our
coasts, lies imbedded in the sand, in which it conceals itself at the
depth of about afoot, with its body rolled into a spiral form*. The
Stargazer (Uranoscopus scaber) chiefly frequents shallows, where
it remains hidden in the mud with merely its head exposed. In
this situation it waves the beards of its lips, and especially the
long cirrus of its mouth, in various directions, thus allowing the
smaller fishes and marine insects which may happen to be swim-
ming near, and which mistake these organs for worms, to become
instantly seized by their concealed enemy. I obtained in March
1868 at Madras a living example of a fish belonging to this family
(Ichthyscopus inermis), the Tamil name of which signified “a diver
into the mud.’ It was placed in an aquarium which possessed
a bed of mud, into which it rapidly worked itself, first depressing
one side and then the other, until merely the top of its head and
snout remained above the mud, while a constant current of water
was kept up through its gills. While in the mud it resembled a
frog ; if lifted out of the aquarium, it ejected water from its
mouth to some distance, making a curious noise, half croaking
and half snappmgyt. An Indian freshwater Siluroid (Chaca
lophioides) conceals itself among the mud, from which, by its lurid
appearance and a number of loose filamentous substances on its
skin, it is scarcely distinguishable; and with its immense open
mouth it is ready to seize any small prey that is passing along ¢.
The Angler, or Fishing-Frog (Lophius piscatorius), crouch-
ing close to the ground, by the action of its ventral and pectoral
fins stirs up the sand and mud; hidden by the obscurity thus
produced, it elevates its appendages (situated on the upper sur-
face of its head), moves them in various directions by way of
attraction as a bait, and the small fishes approaching either to

* Shaw, Zool. iv. p. 81.
t Day, ‘ Fishes of India,’ p. 261.
+ Ham. Buch. ‘Fish. Ganges.’

oA MR. F. DAY ON THE

examine or seize them, immediately become the prey of the fishes
(Yarrell). The Weaver (Lrachinus vipera) buries itself in the
sands, leaving only its nose out, and if trod on immediately
strikes with great force; and we have seen them direct their
blows with as much judgment as fighting-cocks*. The Conger-
Kel (Conger vulgaris), remarks Couch, is able to insinuate the
point of its tail through a crevice and so dilate it as to obtain a
passage for its body by a retrograde action; or if that cannot be
accomplished, it will examine by its powers of sensation, draw
itself along, and, using the tail as a fixed point, elevate its body
as a lever and lift itself over any opposing obstacle of considerable
height; so that neither the Hel (Anguilla) nor the Conger can be
confined within a limited space when their inclinations prompt
them to wander from it.

The Jaculator-fish (Chelmon rostratus) frequents shores and
sides of rivers near the sea in Asia in search of food. When
it sees a fly sitting on the plants that grow in shallow water, it
swims to the distance of 4, 5, or 6 feet, and then, with surprising
dexterity, it ejects out of its long and tubular mouth a single drop
of water, which never fails striking the fly into the sea, when it
becomes its prey. This aroused Governor Hommel’s curiosity,
and he had a large tub filled with sea-water, in which he placed
some of these fish. When they were reconciled to their situation,
a slender stick with a fly pinned on its end was placed in such a
direction on the side of the vessel that the fish could strike it. It
was with inexpressible delight that he daily saw these fish exer-
cising their skill in shooting ata fly ; and they never missed their
mark. Pallas continued this account from Governor Hommel’s
letters two years subsequently, remarking that when the Jacu-
lator-fish intends to catch a fly or any other insect which is seen
at a distance, it approaches very slowly and cautiously, and comes
as much as possible perpendicularly under the object ; then the
body being put in an oblique situation, and the mouth and eyes:
being near the surface of the water, the Jaculator stays a moment
quite immovable, having its eyes fixed directly on the insect, and
then begins to shoot without ever showing its mouth above the
surface of the water, out of which the single drop shot at the object
seems to rise. With the closest attention, Governor Hommel
never could see any part of the mouth out of the water, though

* Pennant’s ‘ Brit. Zool.’ iii. p. 170.

INSTINCTS AND EMOTIONS IN FISH. 55d

he has very often seen the Jaculator-fish shoot a great many
drops one after another without leaving its place and fixed
situation *.

The Common Eel, it is affirmed, voluntarily leaves the water at
certain periods and wanders about meadows and moist grounds in
quest of particular food, as snails &c.; it is also said to be fond of
new-sown peas, which it has been observed to root out of the
ground and devour during the night. Ifwe may credit Albertus
Magnus, it bas been known during very severe frosts to take
refuge in adjoining hay-ricks.

Captain Arn, in a voyage to Hemel in the Baltic, gives the
following interesting narrative :—“ One morning during a calm,
when near the Hebrides, all hands were called up at 2 a.m. to
witness a battle between several of the fish called Threshers or
Fox-Sharks (Alopecias vulpes) and some Sword-fish on one side,
and an enormous Whale on the other. It was in the middle of
the summer; and the weather being clear and the fish close to the
vessel, we had a fine opportunity of witnessing the contest. As
soon as the Whale’s back appeared above the water, the Threshers
springing several yards into the air, descended with great violence
upon the object of their rancour, and inflicted upon him the most
severe slaps with their long tails, the sounds of which resembled
the reports of muskets fired at a distance. The Sword-fish in
their turn attacked the distressed Whale, stabbing from below:
and thus beset on all sides and wounded, when the poor creature
appeared, the water around him was dyed with blood. In this
manner they continued tormenting and wounding him for many
hours, until we lost sight of him; and I have no doubt they in the
end completed his destruction.”

The master of a fishing-boat{ has recently observed that the
Thresher-Shark serves out the Whales, the sea sometimes being
all blood. One Whale, attacked by these fish, once took refuge
under his vessel, where it lay an hour and a half without moving
afin. He also remarked having seen the Threshers jump out of
the water as high as the mast-head and down upon the Whale,
while the Sword-fish was wounding him from beneath, the two
sorts of fish evidently acting in concert.

The Thresher or Fox-tailed Shark attacks its enemies or defends

* “On the Jaculator-Fish by Schlosser,” Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. 1764,
vol. liv.
+ Shaw, Zool. iv. p. 17. t ‘Land and Water,’ 1879.

56 MR. F. DAY ON THE

itself by blows from its elongated tail; and Couch remarks that
it is not uncommon for one to approach a herd of Dolphins (Del-
phinus) that may be sporting in unsuspicious security, and by
one splash of its tail on the water put them all to flight like so
many hares before a hound.

The Pilot-fish (Naucrates ductor) appears to be a very compa-
niable disposition, even though we omit the older legends that
recorded how they pointed out the course of doubtful navigators,
accompanying their ships throughout their voyages, and leaving
them only when they had arrived at their desired haven. It is
well known that they attach themselves to certain vessels for weeks
and even months together, perhaps to obtain the food daily thrown
overboard: but why they should accompany Sharks is a doubtful
question. Some assert that this large and predacious fish is con-
ducted to its prey by these fishes ; others that they eat what the
Shark leaves: however this may be, that they are oftenin company
is anevident fact. Captain Richards, R.N., during his last station
in the Mediterranean, saw on a fine day a Blue Shark, which fol-
lowed the ship, attracted perhaps by a corpse which had been com-
mitted tothe waves. After some time ashark-hook baited with pork
was flung out. The Shark, attended by four Pilot-fish, repeatedly
approached the bait; and every time that he did so, one of the
Pilot-fishes preceding him was distinctly seen from the taffrail of
the ship to run his nose against the side of the Shark’s head to
turn it away. After some further delay, the fish swam off in the
wake of the vessel, his dorsal fin being long distinctly visible above
the water. When he had gone, however, a considerable distance,
he suddenly turned round, darted after the vessel, and before the
Pilot-fish could overtake him and interfere, snapped at the bait,
/ and was taken. In hoisting him up, one of the Pilots was ob-
served to cling to his side until he was fairly above water, when
it fell off. All the Pilot-fishes then swam about awhile, as if in
search of their friend, with every apparent mark of anxiety and
distress, and afterwards darted suddenly down into the depths of
the sea*. Col. Smith states that he witnessed a precisely similar
circumstance. M. Geoffrey, on the other hand, mentions how a
Piiot-fish took great pains to bring a Shark to a bait.

Two Pilot-fishes accompanied a ship in 1831. from Alexandria
to Plymouth. After she came to an anchor in Catwater, their

* Griffith, Cuy. An. King. x. p. 636.

INSTINCTS AND EMOTIONS IN FISH. 57

attachment appeared to have increased; they kept constant
guard at the vessel, and made themselves so familiar, that one of
them was actually captured by a gentleman in a boat alongside,
but by a strong effort it escaped from his grasp and regained the
water. After this the two fish separated; but they were both
taken the same evening, and, when dressed next day, were found
to be excellent eating *.

Contempt does not seem to be unknown in this class of ani-
mals, and which appears to be sometimes shown by a stroke
of the tail. Anglers frequently observe a fish swim up to their
bait, not only refuse it, but give it a lash with their tail, and de-
cline to have any thing more to do with it. This may, however,
be a symptom of curiosity, which is largely developed in the finny
‘tribes.

The poet Cowper crossing a brook, “ saw from the foot-bridge
something at the bottom of the water which had the appearance
of a flower.”” ‘‘ Observing it attentively,” he continues, “ I found
that it consisted of a circular assemblage of Minnows: their
heads all met in a centre, and their tails diverging at equal dis-
tances, and being elevated above their heads, gave them the ap-
pearance of a flower half-blown. One was longer than the rest ;
and often as a straggler came in sight, he quitted his place to pursue
him; and having driven him away, he returned to it again, no
other Minnow offering to take it in his absence. This I saw him
do several times. The object that attracted them all wasa dead
Minnow which they seemed to be devouring”’ f.

I would submit that the foregoing facts respecting fish, collected
from the writings of naturalists made in various parts of the globe,
or else the result of personal observation, must lead us to doubt the
very low estimate of the instincts and emotional sensations of the
piscine tribes which has been attributed to them by some authors.
At the same time we can hardly anticipate that these, the lowest
forms of vertebrate life, have their faculties so acutely developed
as they are in the higher races. Still it appears we are jus-
tified in claiming for some at least of this class of animals that
they have attachments, whether in the form of conjugal feelings,
paternal and maternal affections, or even of platonic friend-
ship. Some construct nests, which they defend, as well as
the young when hatched out. The males may act the part

* Yarrell, ‘Brit. Fish.’ 2nd. edit. vol. i. p. 172.
+ Mag. Nat. Hist. v. p. 290.
LINN. JOURN.— ZOOLOGY, VOL, XV. 5

58 MR. A. GC. HADDON ON EXTINCT LAND-TORTOISES.

of nurses to the eggs, either carrying them about in purses on
even in their mouths. Lastly, I would allude to the fact that
members of two distinct families may combine together for the
purpose of attacking another inhabitant of the deep, and thus
obtain a supply of food.

On the Extinct Land-Tortoises of Mauritius and Rodriguez. By
Atrrep C. Happon, B.A., Scholar of Christ’s College, and
Curator in the Museum of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy
of the University of Cambridge. (Communicated by Prof.
A. Newton, F.R.S.)

[ Abstract, read November 20, 1879. |

Turovaes the generosity of Mr. Edward Newton, C.M.G., F.1L.S.,
Lieutenant-Governor of Jamaica (late of Mauritius), a fresh
collection of the remains of the Mascarene extinct gigantic
land-tortoises has been added to his former gift to the Zoological
Museum of the University of Cambridge.

- An examination of these bones corroborates the two Mauritian
species, Zestudo triserrata and T. inepta, described by Dr. Giin-
ther*, but adds no fresh example to that apparently unsatisfac-
tory species, 7. leptocnemis. Although possessing a large series
of remains from the island of Rodriguez, I am unable, like Dr.
Ginther, to distinguish more than the one species, 7. vosmert.

As examples of the inherent tendency to variation in these
animals, I may draw attention to the ankylosis of the coracoid
with the rest of the shoulder-girdle in one example of 7. inepta,
a circumstance which is unique ; also to the variations in the cora-
coid of 7. triserrata as to form, markings, &c. The free coracoid
of T. inepta is also described for the first time.

From the large number of specimens examined, it is now found
that the coracoid of 7. vosmeri was very irregular as to the time
of its ankylosis with the rest of the shoulder-girdle, and that it
was not the “apparently individual aberration ’’ which Dr. Giin-
ther supposed.

Measurements are given of all the most interesting bones, in a
manner similar to that adopted by Dr. Ginther in his monograph,
to facilitate comparison.

* <The Gigantic Land-Tortoises (living and extinct) in the Collection of the

British Museum.’ By Albert C. L. G. Giinther, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.
London, 1877.

MR. E. J. MIERS ON GREENLAND CRUSTACEA. 59

In conclusion, I would draw the attention of herpetologists to
these collections of Mascarene Tortoise remains now in the Zoolo-
gical Museum at Cambridge, since they form the most complete
series of specimens of these very interesting extinct reptiles.

On a small Collection of Crustacea made by Epwarpd WuympPer,
Exsq., chiefly in the N. Greenland Seas; with an Appendix
on additional Species collected by the late British Arctic
Expedition. By Epwarp J. Miers, F.LS. &e.

[Read November 20, 1879.]

Tae North-European and Greenland seas have heen so thoroughly
explored by British and Scandinavian naturalists, that it was not
to be anticipated that the collection of Crustacea made by Mr.
Whymper would contain much of novelty or great rarity, more
especially as he appears to have had but few opportunities of col-
lecting, several, indeed, of the species having been obtained by
purchase from Danish sailors and others. A considerable propor-
tion of the species were, however, collected by Mr. Whymper at
a single locality—Hare Island, north of Disco Island, in about
30 fathoms of water, concerning which I transcribe the following
note :—

“‘T oot three hauls of a dredge as the ship was drifting, and got
an immense assemblage of beasts and fishes. These were the
richest hauls I have ever made with a dredge. I had to throw
away the greater part of the hauls, from the impossibility of
preserving the specimens. Thousands of Echinoderms and
Mollusks came up.”

It is very much to be regretted that the means of presery-
ing the whole of the material dredged on this occasion did
not exist; for, as it is, out of a total of twenty-seven species re-
corded below, no fewer than twelve were obtained at this locality,
although unfortunately several of these are represented by but
one or two examples in imperfect condition. The remainder of
the collection chiefly consists of parasitic Isopoda and Copepoda
and a few marine Copepoda obtained by washing from seaweed.
The oceanic Copepoda are not included in the present Report,
but have been submitted to Mr. Brady for examination.

5

60 MR. E. J. MIERS ON GREENLAND CRUSTACEA.

The occurrence in fine condition of adult specimens of both
sexes of the Branchinecta arctica of Verrill, affords me the op-
portunity of correcting an error in the figure of that species
in my Report on the Crustacea collected by the naturalists of
the late Arctic Expedition; and in an Appendix to the pre-
sent paper I have added descriptions of two additional species
collected in that expedition and not included in the Report.

The geographical range of species is given, except where I had
previously noted it in my Report on the Arctic Crustacea; and
some additional localities are cited from Prof. Smith’s recently
published “ Report on the Crustaceans of the Atlantic Coast of
N. America.”

Dercapopa.

HYAS COARCTATUS.

Hyas coarctatus, Leach, Linn. Trans. xi. p. 329 (1815); Mal. Ped.
Brit. pl. xxi. B, fig 13, 29; M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. 1. p. 312
(1834); Bell, Brit. Caust. p.35 (1853); Goés, Gifu. Vet.-Ahk. Férhandl.
p. 161 (1863).

Lissa fissirostra, Say, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. i. p. 79 (1817); Gibbes,
Proc. Amer. Assoc. p. 171 (1850).

Several specimens are in the collection from North Greenland ;
no definite particulars are recorded with respect to their habitat.
This is a very widely distributed species, as it is known to oceur
on both the eastern and western coasts of the N. Atlantic, and its
circumpolar distribution extends eastward to the Sea of Okhotsk,
where a variety of this species has been found which has been de-
signated “ alutacea”’ by Brandt.

Crancgon (CHERAPHILUS) BOREAS.

Cancer boreas, Phipps, Voy. North Pole, p. 190, pl. xii. fig. 1 (1772).

Cancer homaroides, O. Fabr. Fauna Greenland. p. 241 (1780); Mohr,
Isl. Naturh. p. 108. no. 245, pl. v. (1786).

Crangon boreas, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Supp/. p. 410 (1798); M.-Edw. Hist.
Nat. Crust. ii. p. 342 (1837); Kréyer, Nat. Tidsskr. iv. p. 218, pl. iv.
figs. 1-14 (1842-43).

Cheraphilus boreas, Kinahan, Proc. Royal Irish Acad. viii. p. 68 (1864);
Miers, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 4), xx. p. 57 (1877).

Hare Island, north of Disco Island (in about 30 fathoms), two
males and four females. From Umenak, several specimens
(some purchased of a Danish sailor, and said to have been taken
from the “stomach of the frog-fish”’). It is widely distributed

MR. HE. J. MIERS ON GREENLAND CRUSTACEA, 61

through the circumpolar seas; and 8. I. Smith records it from
several localities on the North-Atlantic American coast.

Mr. Kingsley, who is engaged upon a monograph of the North-
American Caridea, and who has recently published, in the ‘ Bul-
letin of the Essex Institute,’ vol. x., a most useful critical list of
all the North-American species, is of opinion that the genus
Cheraphilus as defined by Kinahan cannot be maintained, as “it
has not a single character common to all the species to separate
it from Crangon, as restricted by him.” Even if this be the case,
it does not follow that the name, having been published, should
not be used with a slightly modified definition of the genus, more
especially as the genus Crangon, even in the sense accepted by
Sars, includes species so diverse in the sculpture of the carapace
and postabdominal segments. In my Report on the Arctic
Crustacea I adopted Kinahan’s term Cheraphilus, as I considered
it would be useful to retain it as a separate designation for those
species of Crangon which, like C. boreas and C. salebrosus, Owen,
are of very large size, with median and lateral series of spines on
the cephalothorax, and with all the segments of the postabdomen
longitudinally keeled above, in contradistinction to the smaller
less robust species (e. g. C. vulgaris, franciscoruwm), in which the
cephalothorax and postabdominal segments are nearly smooth.
Nevertheless, not being acquainted with all the species, I retain
the name here merely as a sectional division of Crangon in the
sense indicated above; intermediate forms undoubtedly occur,
and there is no modification in the structure of the limbs of the
cephalothorax, such as exists, for instance, in the allied genus
Sabinea, Owen.

HIPPOLYTE SPINUS.

Cancer spinus, Sowerby, Brit. Miscel. p. 47, pl. xxii. (1806).

Hippolyte Sowerbei, Kroyer, Monogr. Hippolyte’s nord. Arter, p. 90,
pl. u. figs. 45-54 (1842).

Hippolyte Sowerbyi, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 380 (1837).

Hippolyte spinus, Bell, Brit. Crust. p. 284 (1855) ; Miers, Ann. & Mag.
Nat. Hist. (ser. 4), xx. p. 59 (1877).

Two small specimens were dredged off Hare Island in the same
rich haul in which so many of the species here noticed were
obtained. One is a female with ova. In this specimen the two
last teeth of the median dorsal crest are simple. In the other
specimen the teeth of the dorsal carina are themselves denticu-

62 MR. E. J. MIERS ON GREENLAND CRUSTACEA.

lated, and the minute denticules interposed between the teeth on
the upper margin of the rostrum are far more numerous; there
are four small teeth at the distal extremity of the rostrum, and
one or two on the inferior margin. Compared with the much
larger specimens obtained during the British Arctic Expedition,
the denticulations are more numerous and the dorsal carina not so
prominent; yet I do not doubt that the species are identical.
On account of the variability of the rostral teeth, I am inclined to
doubt the distinctness of H. seeurifrons, Norman (H. Liljeborgz,
Danielssen and Boeck), from H. spinus. Many species, it has
been observed, increase in size as they advance into the colder
regions of the extreme north; and at the same time considerable
variation may often be noted in the sculpture and armature of
the body. In addition to the localities mentioned in my Report
on the Crustacea of the Arctic Expedition, I may note that
Stimpson and Smith record this species as common on the coasts
of Maine and Massachusetts, and also in the Grand Manan.

HIPPOLYTE POLARIS.

Alpheus polaris, Sabine, Append. Parry’s 1st Voy. x. p. 60, pl. i.
figs. 5-8 (1821).

Hippolyte polaris, Ross 8 Owen, Append. Ross’s 2nd Voy., Zool., Crust.
p- Ixxxv (1835); M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 376 (1837); Kréyer,
Monogr. Hipp. nord. Art. p. 116, pl. ui. figs. 78-81, pl. iv. (1842) ;
Miers, Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 4), xx. p. 61 (1877).

Hippolyte borealis, Owen, Append. Ross’s 2nd Voy., Cr. p. 1xxxiv, pl. B.
fig. 3 (1835); Miers, Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 4), xx. p. 61
(1877), 3.

Several specimens were dredged off Hare Island. The only
two perfect specimens have the rostra *—* toothed, and thus agree
more nearly with Kroyer’s diagnosis than do the specimens col-
lected in the Polar Sea by the late British Arctic Expedition.

Prof. S. I. Smith, in his “ Report on the Crustaceans of the
Atlantic Coast,” records the occurrence of this species on the
coast of Labrador, Nova Scotia, and Massachusetts.

HIPPOLYTE GR@NLANDICA.

Astacus groeenlandicus, J. C. Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 416 (1775).

Cancer aculeatus, O. Fabr. Fauna Greenlandica, p. 289 (1780).

Hippolyte aculeata, Owen § Ross, Crust. in Append.. Ross’s 2nd Voy.
p- Ixxxin (1835); M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 380 (1837);

MR. E. J. MIERS ON GREENLAND CRUSTACEA. 63

Kroyer, Monogr. Hippolyte’s nord. Arter, p. 126, pl. iv. figs. 83-98,
pl. v. figs. 99-104 (1842).

Hippolyte groenlandica, Miers, Ann. § Mag. Not. Hist. ser. 4, xx. p. 62
(1877), ubi synon.

Two specimens (male and female) were collected at Hare
Island ; and another male was purchased at Umenak of a trader.
It occurs, according to Prof. Smith, on the Atlantic coast of
Northern America. As in the case of the specimens collected by
the late British Arctic Expedition, the male now before me is
much smaller than the female.

PANDALUS BOREALIS.

Pandalus borealis, Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskr. 2 R. i. p.469 (1844-45); Voy.
en Scand. Atlas, Crust. pl. vi. fig. 2; Goes, Aifv. Vet.-Akad. Forhandl.
p- 168 (1863).

One. female individual is in the collection, purchased of a trader
at Umenak, with Cheraphilus boreas. It is unfortunately muti-
lated, the rostrum being broken off at a short distance beyond the
eyes; but there can be no doubt of its identity with Kroyer’s
species, with the description of which it agrees in all essential
characters. This species is found eastward as far as the Sea of
Okhotsk, where its occurrence is recorded by Brandt; and its
occurrence in Massachusetts Bay and on the coast of Maine and
Nova Scotia is recorded by Smith.

ScHIZOPODA.

MYsIs OCULATA.

Cancer oculatus, Fabr. Fauna Grenland. p. 245. no. 222 (1780).

Mysis Fabricii, Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. xi. p. 350 (1815).

Mysis oculata, Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskr. ii. p. 255 (1838-39), 3 R. 1.
pp- 13, 41 (1861); Voy. en Scand. Atlas, Crust. pl. vii. fig. 2; Buch-
holz, Zweite deutsche Nordpolarf. p. 284 (1874); Miers, Ann. § Mag.
Nat. Hist. (ser. 4) xx. p. 63 (1877).

A single specimen was purchased of a Danish sailor at Umenak.
It agrees with Kroyer’s description and figure in all particulars,
except that the lateral spinules on each margin of the telson are
somewhat less numerous, about twenty-five instead of thirty-two ;
but this is probably a character varying with the age of the indi-
vidual. Its length (excluding appendages) is about 8 lines.

64 MR. E. J. MIERS ON GREENLAND CRUSTACEA.

CUMACEA.

Diastyuis RaTuKit.

Cuma Rathki, Aréyer, Nat. Tidsskr. ui. p. 513, pls. v. & vi. figs. 17-30
(1840-41), (N.R.) ii. pp. 144, 207, pl. i. figs. 4 & 6 (1846-49); Voy.
en Scand. Atlas, Crust. pl. v. figs. 1 a-u.

Diastylis Rathkii, G. O. Sars, Aberrante Krebsdyr. Cumacea, in Christ.
Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhandl. p. 160 (1864); Svensk. Vetensk.-Akad.
Handl. 11. (No. 6) p. 7, pl. iii. figs. 8, 9 (1873).

A single individual was included among the species dredged off
Hare Island in-about 30 fathoms. Its length is about 63 lines.
It is found on the Atlantic coast of Northern America and in the
seas of South Greenland, Scandinavia, and Britain, but more
abundantly in the higher latitudes, and is perhaps the most
common of the northern species of this curious group.

Tsopopa.

IpoTEa, sp. yg?

There is in the collection a specimen, apparently referable to
this genus, which, on account of its very small size and imperfect
condition, cannot be made the type of a detailed specific deserip-
tion, yet seems to be quite distinct from all the species known to
me. The head is comparatively large, the frontal margin with a
very slightly prominent broad median lobe. The eyes (black) are
placed in the middle of the lateral margins of the head. The
sides of the body are parallel, the segments of equal width, the
three last segments haying the postero-lateral angles subacute.
There are four perfectly distinct postabdominal segments, the
first three very short ; the terminal segment is triangulate in
form, with the angles rounded, broadest at base, where it exceeds
in breadth the preceding segments, and with the sides convergent
to the distal extremity, which is broad and obiusely rounded.
The antennules are apparently four-jointed ; the antenne have
six joints exposed, the four first thickened, and the two terminal
slenderer and more elongated; the terminal ends in a pencil of
fine hairs. The legs are imperfect, but are armed with subter-
minal as well as a terminal claw. The operculiform caudal ap-
pendages are not oblong, but rather oval in shape, narrowing to the
distal extremity. Length 13 line.

The only example collected was obtained by washing seaweed
taken on the surface of the North mid-Atlantic in lat. 57° 59’ N.,

MR. E. J. MIERS ON GREENLAND CRUSTACEA. 65

long. 19° 1’ W., with a few specimens of larval Cirripedia. On
account of its very small size, I doubt if this specimen can be
regarded as adult; but should the characters given prove con-
stant, it may be designated after its discoverer, I. Whymperi.

In the parallel sides of-the body and the existence of three per-
fectly distinct tail-segments besides the terminal segment, it has
much affinity with the Idotea parallela, S. Bate & Westwood,
‘ Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust.’ ii. p. 391 (1868); but in that species
(not to speak of other differences) the terminal segment bas the
sides parallel, und is semicircularly rounded at its distal ex-
tremity.

The Idotea rugulosa of Buchholz, ‘ Zweite deutsche Nordpolarf.
Crust.’ p. 285, 1874, note, from Spitzbergen, is also a species with
subparallel sides, but has the terminal segment emarginate at its
distal extremity.

Idotea bicuspida, Owen, ‘ Cr. in Zool. of Capt. Beechey’s Voyage,’
p. 92, pl. xxvii. fig. 6 (1839), is at once distinguished by its more
oval form and the emarginate tip of the terminal tail-segment.

AEGA CRENULATA.
Higa crenulata, Liitken, Naturhist. Foren. Vidensk. Meddelelser, p. 70,
pl. i. figs. 4, 5 (1858).

A specimen of this fine species is in the collection, which was
purchased from a sailor at Umenak, who stated it to have been
parasitic on a Greenland Shark. A specimen also from Green-
land, in the British-Museum collection, presented some years ago
by Mr. Whymper, is said to have been parasitic either on the
Shark or the Cod.

Its length is no less than 2 inches 53 lines (60 millims.).

Aiea psora, Linn.

Oniscus psora, Linn. Syst. Nat. (ed. xii.) 1. p. 1060 (1766); Pennant,
Brit. Zool. iv. pl. xviii. fig. 1 (1777).

figa emarginata, Leach, Linn. Trans. xi. p. 370 (1815); M.-Edw.
Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. p. 240 (1840); Crust. in Cuv. R. A. (ed. 3),
pl. Ixxvii. fig. 1.

figa psora, Kréyer, Danmarks Fiske, 2nd deel, p. 40 (1843-45) ;
Liitken, Naturhist. Foren. Vidensk. Meddelelser, p. 65 (1858); S.
Bate § Westwood, Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust. p. 238 (1862).

Four specimens are in the collection, obtained with 4. crenu-
lata. The largest measures about 1 inch 73 lines. It is found in
the British, Scandinavian, Icelandic, and Greenland seas; and

66 MR. E. J. MIERS ON GREENLAND CRUSTACEA.

there is, according to Messrs. S. Bate and Westwood, a specimen
from Nova Scotia in the Hopean Collection at Oxford.

AMPHIPODA.

HYPERIA MEDUSARUM.

Cancer medusarum, Miiller, Zool. Dan. Prodromus, p. 148 (1776).

Cancer (Gammarus) galba, Montagu, Linn. Trans. xi. p. 4, pl. ii. fig. 2
(1815).

Hyperia Latreillei, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. p. 76, pl. xxx. fig. 16
(1840).

Hyperia galba, S. Bate, Cat. Amphip. Brit. Mus. p. 292, pl. xlvui.
fig. 9 (1862); S. Bate § Westwood, Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust. ii. p. 12
(1868).

Hyperia medusarum, S. Bate, Cat. Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 295,
pl. xlix. fig. 1 (1862); Boeck, Skandin. og Arktiske Amphip. p.79, pl. i.
fig. 1 (J872), ubi synon.

A single adult female individual was obtained from a Danish

trader at Niakornet.

The synonyma of this species, which appears to be as variable
as it is common, is given at such length by Boeck (J. ¢.), that it
appears unnecessary to reproduce it in full; and I must refer to
his work for further information on the subject. It is commonly
distributed throughout the N. Atlantic, British, Scandinavian, and
Greenland seas.

ANONYX NUGAX.

Cancer nugax, Phipps, Voy. North Pole, Append. p. 192, pl. xii. fig. 2
(1774).

Anonyx lagena, S. Bate, Cat. Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 77, pl. xii.
fig. 7, 2 (1862); Boeck, Skand. og Arktiske Amphip. p. 152
(1872).

Anonyx nugax, Miers, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 4) xx. p. 96 (1877),
ubi synon.

This common species is represented in the collection by three
individuals collected, with so many other species, with the dredge
off Hare Island.

Onzrsimus EpWARDSII.

Anonyx Edwardsii, Kréyer, Nat. Tidsskr, 2R. ii. pp. 1, 41 (1846);
Voy. en Scand., Crust. Atlas, pl. xvi. fig. 1.

Onesimus Edwardsii, Boeck, Skand. og Arktiske Amphip. ui. p. 167,
pl. vi. fig. 4 (1876) ; Miers, Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 4) xx. p. 99,
pl. iii. fig. 3 (1877).

MR. EH. J. MIERS ON GREENLAND CRUSTACEA. 67

I refer here, with some hesitation, a number of small specimens
obtained by the dredge off Hare Island. The colour of the eyes
is indistinguishable in all the specimens. The terminal segment
appears to vary somewhat as to the degree of its distal emargina-
tion. These specimens agree, however, in all respects with those
described by me in the Report on the late Arctic Expedition.

LAaPHYSTIUS STURIONIS.

Laphystius sturionis, Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskr. iv. p. 157 (1842); Lillje-
borg, Gifv. Vet.-Akad. Forhandl. p. 132 (1855); S. Bate, Cat. Amphip.
Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 110 (1862).

Laphystius sturionis, Boeck, Skandin. og Arktiske Amphip. ii. p. 252,
pl. xix. fig. 6 (1876); Schiddte, Nat. Tidssk. 3 R. x. p. 237, pl. v.
figs. 9-18 (1876).

Darwinia compressa, S. Bate, Brit. Assoc. Rep. p. 58 (1855); Cat.
Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 108, pl. xvii. fig. 7 (1862); S. Bate &
Westwood, Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust. i. p. 184 (1863).

This species was parasitic on a species of Cod caught by line
in 100 fathoms in the North Sea in lat. 58° 53’ N., long. 1° 2’ E.
Unlike the Cahgus curtus, parasitic on the same animal (which
was distributed over the body of the fish), this species was found
only behind the pectoral fins at their bases; and was, as Mr.
Whymper notes, sluggish in its movements compared with the
other. Only a few specimens were preserved, the adults being
females. It has been recorded, as Boeck notes, in the seas of
Norway, Denmark, and Britain; but its range does not, as far as
I am aware, extend northward to the coast of Greenland.

CEDICERUS LYNCEUS.

{Hdicerus lynceus, M. Sars, Forhandl. Vidensk.-Selsk. Christiania,
p. 143(1858); S. Bate, Cat. Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 372 (1862);
Boeck, Skand. og Arktiske Amphip. uu. p. 259, pl. xii. fig. 4
(1876).

Cidicerus arcticus, Danielssen, Nyt Mag. f. Naturvidensk. p. 7 (1857).

(Edicerus propinquus, Goés, Gifv. Vet.-Ak. Férhandl. p. 526, fig. 19
(1865).

Two specimens are in the collection (one in much mutilated
condition), obtained in the dredge-haul off Hare Island in 30
fathoms.

They agree with the descriptions of the species in the form of
the body and limbs, the absence of the spur-like prolongation of
the wrist of the first pair of legs, and all other characteristics.

68 MR. E. J. MIERS ON GREENLAND CRUSTACEA.

The rostrum, which is obtusely rounded at its apex, has at the
apex on the lower margin an almost imperceptible point. It
is found in the seas of Spitzbergen, Greenland, Iceland, and
Norway.

ATYLUS CARINATUS.

Gammarus carinatus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 515 (1793).

Atylus carinatus, Leach, Zool. Miscell. iii. p. 22, pl. lxix. (1815); M.-
Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. p. 68 (1840); S. Bate, Cat. Amphip. Crust.
Brit. Mus. p. 134, pl. xxv. figs. 1-3 (1862); Buchholz, Crust. in
Zweite deutsche Nordpolarf. p. 357, pl. x. (1874) ; Boeck, Skandina-
viske og Arktiske Amphipoder, ii. p. 324 (1876); Miers, Ann. § Mag.
Nat. Hist. (ser. 4) xx. p. 100 (1877).

Amphitho earinata, Kréyer, Kongl. Danske Vid. Selsk. Afh. vii. p. 256,
pl. ii. fig. 6 (1838); Voy. en Scand., Atlas, Crust. pl. xi. fig. 1; M.-
Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. p. 41 (1840).

A good series of specimens was dredged from a boat at Noursak

at about 20 fathoms.

It is to be noted that these specimens are all of moderate or

even small size, very much smaller than the specimens obtained
by the British Arctic Expedition.

GAMMARUS LOCUSTA.

Cancer locusta, Linn. Syst. Nat. (ed. xii.) p. 1055 (1766).

Gammarus locusta, Fabr. Ent. Syst. u. p. 516 (1793); M.-Edw. Hist.
Nat. Crust. iui. p. 44 (1840); S. Bate, Cat. Amphip. Crust. Brit.
Mus, p. 206, pl. xxxvi. fig. 6 (1862); Boeck, Scand. og Arktiske
Amphip. ii. p. 366 (1876); Miers, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 4) xx.
p- 101 (1877), ubi synon. -

An adult female is in the collection, taken in the rich haul off

Hare Island.

Several specimens were also washed out of seaweed floating on
the surface of the sea at the entrance to Davis Straits, lat. 63°27'N.,
long. 54° 12' W., with specimens of a species of Copepod (Lhales-
tris serrulata, Brady).

Mr. Whymper notes that the species in this tube “ lived in
fresh water, and were as lively in it as in salt water.”

The specimens taken from the seaweed are probably none
of them fully adult, and some are quite young. In these, the
eyes are oval, not uniform in shape; the fasciculi of hairs (in
the larger specimens) on the dorsal surface of the fourth to the
sixth postabdominal segments are long and slender, there are two
hairs in the middle and two or three in each lateral fasciculus; the

MR. E. J. MIERS ON GREENLAND CRUSTACEA. 69

accessory flagellum of the antennules isabout 5-jointed, and ter-
minates in a slender filament.

AmPELisca EscHRICHTIL.

Ampelisca Eschrichtii, Kroyer, Nat. Tidssk. 1 R. iv. p. 155 (1842)
Boeck, Skand. og Arktiske Amphipoder, pt. 2, p. 528, pl. xxxi. fig. 7
(1876); Buchholz, Crust. in Zweite deutsche Nordpolarf. p. 375,
pl. xiii. fig. 1 (1874).

Ampelisea ingens, S. Bate, Cat. Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 92, pl. xv.
fig. 2 (1862).

A mutilated specimenis in the collection, dredged off Hare Island
in 80 fathoms, with the greater number of the species collected.
Its range extends from the Scandinavian seas, through those of
Iceland and Greenland, to the coasts of Labrador and the Grand
Manan.

KUSTRUS CUSPIDATUS.

Eusirus cuspidatus, Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskr. 2 R. i. p. 501 (1844-45) ;
Voy. en Scand. pl. xix. fig. 2; S. Bate, Cat. Amphip. Crust. Brit.
Mus. p. 154, pl. xxviii. figs. 6, 7 (1862); Buchholz, Zweite deutsche
Nordpolarf. Crust. p. 313, pl. iii. fig. 2 (1874); Boeck, Skandin.
og Arktiske Amphipoder, pt. 2, p. 502 (1876); Miers, Ann. & Mag.
Nat. Hist. (ser. 4) xix. p. 137 (1877).

A single individual (female with ova) was dredged off Hare

Island. It has been found in the seas of Scandinavia, Spitzber-
gen, and Greenland.

CAPRELLA SEPTENTRIONALIS.

Squilla lobata, O. Fabr. Fauna Grenl. p. 248 (1780), nee Muller.
Caprella septentrionalis, Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskr. iv. p. 590, pl. viii. figs.
10-19 (1843); Voy. en Scand. pl. xxv. fig. 2; S. Bate, Cat.
Amphip. Crust. B. M. p. 355, pl. lvi. fig. 3 (1862); Boeck, Skan-
dinav. og Arktiske Amphip. p. 696 (1876).
Caprella cercopoides, White, in Sutherland’s Journ., Crust. p. 207
(1852). 1
A large number of specimens were dredged from a boat at
Noursak at about 20 fathoms. It is probably common in the
seas of Scandinavia, Spitzbergen, and Greenland.

CYAMUS NODOSUS.
Cyamus nodosus, Liitken, ‘Kong. Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk. Skrift. 5 R.
x. p. 274, pl. iv. fig. 8 (1873). ‘
A large number of specimens, including males, females, and
young, of this parasite of the Narwhal (Monodon monoceros) were

70 MR. E. J. MIERS ON GREENLAND CRUSTACEA.

obtained of a Danish sailor at Umenak, who stated that they were
parasitic on the nose around the horn, and that they were found
only at Umenak ; but this is certainly erroneous.

CYAMUS MONODONTIS.

Cyamus monodontis, Liitken, J. c. p. 256, pl.i. fig. 2 (1873).

This species, like the C. nodosus, is parasitic on the Narwhal,
but only a few specimens obtained with the preceding have been
preserved. These are very easily to be distinguished by the ©
broader, more flattened segments of the body, which are not
roughened and longitudinally suleated as in C. nodosus, and the
coxee of the joints of the fifth to seventh legs are not armed with a
spine as in that species. Some of the examples collected are, more-
over, larger than any of C. nodosus obtained by Mr. Whymper.

PHYLLOPODA.

BRANCHINECTA ARCTICA.

Branchipus (Branchinectus) arcticus, Verrill, Amer. Journ. Sci. 5
Arts (ser. 2), xlviii. p. 253 (1869); Miers, Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist.
(ser. 4) xx. p. 105, pl. iv. fig. 1 (1877).

Branchinecta arctica, Packard in Hayden, U. 8S. Geol. § Geogr. Survey,
p- 621 (1874); Amer. Naturalist, xi. p. 53 (1877).

A good series of specimens, males and females (several fully
grown), were taken by hand by Mr. Whymper in stagnant pools
near Godhavn Harbour. They agree very well with Verrill’s
original description (which I had not seen when I wrote the
Report on the Crustacea of the Arctic Expedition last year); the
second joint of the claspers in the male are bluntly pointed at the
tip. They are even larger than the specimens collected by Verrill,
attaining a length of 23 millims.

The examination of this series has shown that of the few in-
dividuals collected at Discovery Bay, none are nearly fully-grown,
nor are there any females among them. It is not impossible
that they may prove to be a distinct species, as suggested by me
in my Report, on account of the straighter claspers (the basal
joint of which has fewer teeth, and the second is less slender),
the shorter, broader-lanceolate caudal appendages, &c. ; but more
and larger specimens are needed for comparison. In the specimen
figured by me the male genital appendages are incorrectly drawn.
The ovary is very long and narrow, considerably exceeding half

MR. E. J. MIERS ON GREENLAND CRUSTACEA. Msc

the abdomen in length, and so different from that of Branchipus
(B. stagnalis) that I cannot doubt of the generic distinctness of
Branchinecta. The terminal joint of the claspers in the female
is very much abbreviated. The external male genital appendages
are slender, and armed with a curved spine-like fleshy process
near the base.

CoPEPODA PARASITICA.

Catieuvs curtus, Muller.

Caligus curtus, O. F, Miiller, Entomostr. p. 130, pl. xxi. figs. 1-2, 2
(1785); Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskr. i. p. 619, pl. vi. fig. 2 (1837); Steen-
strup & Liitken, Dansk, Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. (5) v. p. 363 (1861);
Olsson, Prodr. Copepod. parasitant. Scand., in Acta Universitat. Lund.
p: 6 (1868), ubi synon.

Several specimens, including both males and females, were taken

_ from a species of Cod caught by line in 100 fathoms in the North

Sea in lat. 58° 53’ N., long. 1° 2! E., and, unlike the Laphystius

sturionis, occurring on the same fish, this species was distributed

over the whole body of the animal.

DINEMATURA FEROX.

Dinematura ferox, Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskr. ui. p. 40, pl. i. fig. 5 (1838-
39); Steenstrup and Liitken, Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk. Skrift. (ser. 5)
v. p. 376, pl. vii. fig. 14 (1861) ; Olsson, Acta Universitat. Lundensis,
p- 17 (1868).

Three specimens were obtained in the rich haul off Hare
Island, and two were taken from the “Greenland Shark”? at
Umenak. Mr. Whymper notes that they are usually, but not
always, found attached to the eyes of the fish. The specimens are
in fine condition.

LERNZOPODA ELONGATA.

Lernza elongata, Grant in Brewster's Edinb. Journ. of Sct. vii. p. 147,
pl. ii. fig. 5 (1827).

Lernzopoda elongata, Nordmann, Mikr. Beitr. p. 99 (1832);
Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskr. i. p. 259, pl. u. fig. 12, pl. ii. fig. 3 a-k
(1837); M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 515 (1840); Baird, Brit.
Entomostraca, p. 333, pl. xxxv. fig. 5 (1849); Steenstrup 8 Liithken,
Vidensk. Selsk. Skrift.| (ser..5) v. p. 422, pl. xv. fig. 37, 5 2, yg.
(1861); Olsson, Copepod. Scandinavia, in Acta Universitat. Lund.
p. 37 (1868).

Four female specimens in fine condition of this well-known

72 MR. E. J. MIERS ON GREENLAND CRUSTACEA.

species were bought of a Danish sailor at Umenak, who had taken
them from the ‘‘eye of the Greenland Shark,” the situation in
which they are always parasitic.

A specimen of a second small species of this genus is in the
collection, said to have been taken from the gills of a Trout, and
closely allied to, if not identical with, L. salmonea or L. Edwardsii ;
as, however, it is in imperfect condition, and the bulla terminating
the arms is wanting, it cannot be identified with certainty.

APPENDIX.

Notice of two Additional Species collected during the British
Arctic Hxpedition in 1875-76.

A box containing Invertebrata collected by naturalists of the
late British Arctic Expedition was brought to the British Mu-
seum, after the various groups had been distributed to the natu-
ralists entrusted with the working out of the collections, and after
my report on the Crustacea had been published. It contained
several species from Discovery Bay, among them some additional
specimens of Munnopsis typica dredged in 30 fathoms, and the
following species, which were not represented in the collections
previously examined.

NYMPHON ROBUSTUM.
Nymphon robustum, Bell, in Belcher, Last of the Arctic Voyages, ii.
Crust. p. 409, pl. xxxv. fig. 4 (1855).

A single individual (adult female with ova) was taken at Dis-
covery Bay, in 30 fathoms, off specimens of Crinoids, which I do
not hesitate to refer to this species. It is of large size (length be-
tween legs when fully extended nearly 4 in.). It is distinguished
from LV. hirtwm, which occurred abundantly in the same locality,
and more particularly from the variety described by me (Ann. Nat.
Hist. 1877, xx. p. 109, pl. iv. fig. 3) as obtusidigitum, by the chele,
which have the palmar portion very short and globose, and the
fingers long, slender, arcuated, and acute at the tips. Moreover,
the whole animal is clothed with a pubescence so short as to be
scarcely discernible by the naked eye (on which account, I
suppose, the legs are described by Bell as “quite naked ’’), while
in NV. hirtwm and obtusidigitum the hairs that cover the animal are
long. Bell’s examples were obtained in Northumberland Sound,
in 33 fathoms.

ON A SYNTHETIC TYPE OF OPHIURID. 73

BALANUS CRENATUS.

Balanus crenatus, Bruguiére, Darwin, Monogr. Cirripedia, Balanide,
p. 261, pl. vi. fig. 6 (1854).

I refer here, but with some hesitation, a small specimen col-
lected in Discovery Bay at 30 fathoms. The shell is regularly
and steeply conical, white, the compartments smooth, without lon-
gitudinal carine, except one, rather obscure, on the carinal valve ;
the radii are very oblique, the opercular valves much thinner than
is usual in B. ecrenatus; the scutum has, however, scarcely any
trace of an adductor ridge, and the spur of the tergum is rounded,
but rather longer than in Darwin’s figure of that of B. crenatus,
and placed at rather less than its own width from the horizontal
angle. The walls of the shell are internally ribbed. Specimens
of B. porcatus were collected at the same locality in 20 fathoms.

On a Synthetic Type of Ophiurid from the North Atlantic.
By Prof. P. Martin Duneay, F.R.S., F.LS., &e.

[Read December 4, 1879.]

(Puate ITI.)

THERE is a very remarkable Ophiuran which forms part of @ col-
lection obtained by Dr. Wallich, during his voyage in H.M.S.
‘Bulldog’ in the year 1860, off the coast of East Greenland.
The Ophiuran was presented by him to the Royal Microscopical
Society, and I have been permitted to examine and describe it.
At first sight, the little form might be considered to be an Am-
phiuran of the Hemipholis group, but a glimpse at the upper part
of the disk and at the sides of the arms discovers a spinulose con-
dition of the upper surface of the first and a hooked arrangement of
the latter structures. Theresemblance to species of Ophiothria then
becomes more or less striking; but the large scaling of the disk,
the absence of the tooth-papille, and the presence of accessory
pieces around the aboral edge of the upper arm-plates are dis-
tinetive characters, which are, to a certain extent, suggestive
of Ophiolepian and Ophiopholian affinities. Nevertheless the
dental apparatus does not resemble that of these last genera.
There is much in the form under consideration which recalls the
shape and spinulation of Ophionyx, M. & T.; but the absence of
tooth-papille and the presence of accessory plates to, and
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. Xv. 6

74 ‘PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON A

gpinules on, the upper arm-plates removes the form from that
doubtful genus.

Description—The length of the specimen is ;°5 inch, and the
body is +4; inch in diameter.

The disk is circular in outline, is swollen inferiorly in the inter-
brachial spaces, and is slightly tumid on the upper surface.

The radial shields are small, longer than broad, broadest aborally,
and they are separated orally by one or two plates: A central
rosette of six subequal plates has the central one pentagonal in
shape, the others being more or less rounded. Around the
rosette is a row of alternately large and small plates; the smaller
fit in between the radial shields, and the others cover much of the
interradial spaces, there being only another row reaching to the
margin of the disk. A microscopic, transparent, cellular scaling
covers the plates of the disk and the spaces between them. There
are no long spines to the disk nor accessory scales ; but the radial
shields are covered with short, broad-based, bulging, conical
spinules, terminating in three small glassy thorns. Similar
spinules exist on the edges of all the plates of the rosette, and
rarely on the minutely scaled derm between them, and algo, usually,
on the plates which separate each radial shield from its fellow.
The spinules increase in number towards the margin of the disk
and become crowded there.

Beneath the disk and in the interbrachial spaces the ee
are there abundant, and they are close externally, but rarer near
the mouth-shields. A small scaling separates the mouth-shields
from the spinulose part, and there are no large plates on the under-
part of the disk, which appears to be covered with skin.

The generative slits, two in each space, are large and wide, and
reach to the sides of the mouth-shields.

The mouth-shields are small, more or less irregularly lozenge-
shaped, broader than long, the aboral edge being broadly curved or
produced into a blunt angle, and the oral angle being more acute
and less pronounced. The madreporic shield is more rhombic -
in shape than the others. The side mouth-shields are small,
narrow, slightly enlarged atthe ends, and the oral margin is slightly
concave ; they do not quite unite within, and they do not reach
far across, below the arm-plate.

The jaws are short and stout, separated slightly, and each angle
is widely apart from its neighbours.

There are no true mouth-papille, but a small flat spine with
a ragged top is situated on the side mouth-shield close to the

SYNTHETIC TYPE OF OPHIURID, 75

jaw; it projects downwards and outwards, and is in relation to
the tentacle-opening. The jaws are swollen just externally to the
very distinct jaw-plate. The true teeth are five in number,
and the lowest is small and knobbed; it aborts in some angles ;
the next is long, broad and concave orally; and the others are
shorter, flat, and slightly rounded wherefree. There are no tooth-
papille, neither are there mouth-papillz on the sides of the jaws,

The first upper arm-plate is small, broader than long, widest
and curved distally, and narrower near the disk ; it has spinules on
it resembling those on the disk. The second plate is larger than
the first, is about as broad as long, is broadest distally, the edge
being curved outwards. The sides slope in towards the short
oral edge, and the whole plate is convex from side to side; it has
a few spinules on it in someinstances, There are several(five) small
accessory plates which are attached to the curved distal edge, and
each one carries a spinule. An accessory plate is also on each
side of this upper arm-plate near the proximal edge. The third
upper arm-plate is longer than broad and is narrowest proxi-
mally ; the accessory plates are in contact with its distal edge,
and there is a knob on each side near the proximal edge,
but it is not thorned. Three accessory plates are found in re-
lation to the next plate and to the eighth; they are not fixed on
to the edges, for they separate readily. Theside knobs are found
on these plates also, and usually there is a thorn on each.

The first lower arm-plate is very small, rounded distally, and is
prolonged towards the mouth upwards, and it bounds part of the
wide space between the jaw-angles; the second is much larger,
and is square with a slight re-entering aboral curve; the outer
angles are rounded, and the inner are incurved for the passage of
thetentacle and theincoming of theside arm-plate. Thenextplates
are longer than broad, are broadest without, have a more or less
straight edge distally, and the oral edge is narrow and rounded;
far out on the arm they are longer than broad.

The side arm-plates are stout, long, tumid at the sides when
seen from above, and the spines project at right angles from them.
The plates encroach on the upper arm-plates, but do not meet
along the median line. On the lower surface of the arm they
form stout processes, which reach nearly, but not quite, to the
median line and form much of the surface. They form large
flaps on the sides of the arms, and their free and spined distal
edge projects outwards beyond the narrow proximal edge of the
plate beyond,

6*

76 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON A

The arm-spines are usually four in number, and the upper and
lower are the smaller, All are rather short, none being longer
than a lower arm-plate, and they are cylindro-conical, constricted
at the base and bulging above it, and thence tapering to the end,
They are serrate and have large terminal, and occasionally lateral,
glassy thorns, and they are striated longitudinally. The lowest
spine of the third or fourth side arm-plate has a large thorn on
one side, and this is larger on the spine of the next plate; still
further out this lateral thorn becomes a curved hook; and
at the seventh or eighth plate there is a double transparent
claw forming part of a hooked spine; these hooks are large
and are continued to the end of the arm.

One tentacle-scale is seen on the arm, and it is large, thin,
ragged and spinuled at the free edge, and it is longer than broad.
There are no tentacle-scales within the angles of the mouth, and
the first is thus absent.

This remarkable Ophiuran came up with the sounding-apparatus
from off the sea-floor at a depth of 228 fathoms, about 50 miles
north and east of Cape Valloe, East Greenland, and about 200
miles from Cape Farewell, date July 19, 1860, North latitude 60°
42', longitude 41° 42’ W. Dr. Wallich informs me that the “cup”
came up full of fragments of granite and felspar, to which were
adherent small corallines. Some of them were very delicate, and
their perfect condition indicated an undisturbed state of the bottom
water where they occurred. There was a sudden decrease of depth
close to the spot, and the water shallowed 578 fathoms in three
miles,

Although a young form, this specimen presents the normal
structures of an Ophiuran, and it is in no way deformed or
abortive. Theextreme simplicity of the oral apparatus is in itself
remarkable: there are true teeth, but the spines on the side mouth-
shields are the only mouth-papille, and they are so called because
it is the fashion, erroneously, so to call all growths from the sides
of the jaw-angles and side mouth-shields. The use of the small
spines on the side mouth-shields is that of tentacle-scales, and
they can have nothing to do with alimentation. This remark
holds good in the majority of instances where the spine arises
from the jaw, close to the side mouth-shield and tentacle-opening,

There are no tooth-papille, and the knob-like projection within
the jaw-plate beneath the true teeth, so like that of some Amphiu-
rans, isnot seen on all the angles. It comes doubtfully, however,
within the description of mouth-papille, and appears to be a true

SYNTHETIC TYPE OF OPHIURID. vi

tooth. The regularity of the pentagon surrounding the oral
apparatus is very striking,and go is the extreme separation of the
jaw-angles, much of which, however, may be due to post mortem
contraction. All the plates on the upper surface of the disk have
Separate, broad-based, two- or three-thorned, short spinules on
their edges and rarely elsewhere, but the spinulation is not dis-
tinct between them. The radial shields have the greatest number
of spinules on them. All the spines on the side arm-plates pro-
ject at right angles to the arm, and the hooks are glassy at their
top. The combination of Amphiuran characters and those of
Ophiothrix is thus remarkable.

Miiller and Troschel established the genus Ophionyx and gave
its diagnosis in their ‘System der Asteriden, 1842. It has the
disk furnished with isolated many-thorned spinules, the mouth
has only tooth-papille, there are two generative openings in
each interbrachial space, and the arm is furnished beneath with
echinulate spines and hooks. Ophionywx armata, M. & T., is des
lineated by them and O. scutellum, Grube, is noticed. This genus
can hardly be separated from Ophiothriv ; and although Ophionya
armata is not without the aspects of the form now under con-
sideration, the structural distinctions of the absence of tooth-
papille and the presence of accessory plates to the upper arm-
plates are incompatible with the union of the species under one
genus.

The genus Ophiopholis, Mill. & Trosch., has the upper arm-
plates surrounded by a rim of minute accessory plates, and the
lower spine of the under arm-platesis a hook ; moreover, the disk
is more or less covered with grains or little spines*. There
are mouth-papille on the sides of the jaw-angles. In Ophio-
lepis, Mull. & Trosch., the disk has naked plates or scales, there
are small accessory scales on the disk and arms, a row surround-
ing the disk-plates ; there are mouth-papille, and the arm-spines
are arranged along the outer edge of the side arm-plates, and there
are usually two tentacle-scales. It1is evident, as was suggested at
the commencement of this communication, that the alliances of the
form are more with these last two genera, but still the distinctness
is decided. The extreme simplicity of the dental apparatus, there
being no tooth- or mouth-papille on the jaw-angles, only a spine
on the side mouth-shield or arising from its junction with the
jaw, and evidently a tentacle-scale, is remarkable ; the true teeth
are well developed. The disk is symmetrically plated, spinules

* See Liitken, Addit, ad hist. Ophbiurid. p. 11, pl. ii. fig. 16a (1861).

78 MR. F. DAY ON THE HEBRIDAL ARGENTINE.

being between and on the plates in small numbers, but no
accessory plates exist on it ; beneath, the disk is covered with skin
Spinules are found on the upper part of the arm, and the first and
second upper arm-plates are spined. The spines of the side arm-
plates project, and there are hooks; there is one tentacle-scale.
These characters distinguish the form, and necessitate its entry
jnto a new genus, Polypholis. The species is Polypholis echinata.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE III.

Fig. 1. The disk and part of the arms from above, magnified.
2. The disk from below, magnified.
8. The spinules from the disk, magnified.
4, The arin spines and hooks, magnified.
5, a, 6, c. The tentacle-scale, magnified.
6. Diagram of the mouth-shield, side mouth-shield, and angle of jaw.
7. Polypholis echinata, nat. size.

On the Hebridal Argentine. By Franots Day, F.LS.
[Read March 4, 1880.]
(Pure IY.)
ARGENTINA SPHYRENA,

Sphyrena parva, Rondel. i. p. 227, c. fig.; Gesner, pp. 883, 1061.

Argentina, Willughby, p. 229; Ray, p. 108; Artedi, Synon.
p. 17, and Genera, p. 8.

Argentina sphyrena, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 518; Gmel. Linn.
p. 1894; Risso, Ichth. Nice, p. 836, and Europ. Mérid. iii. p. 462 ;
Cuv. Mém. Mus. i. p. 228, pl. x1.; Nilsson, Skand. Fauna, Fisk.
p- 476; Ginther, Catal. vi. p. 203 ; Collett, Norges Fiske, p. 171.

Argentina silus, jun., Nilss. Obs. Ichth. 1835, pp. 3-7.

Osmerus hebridicus, Yarrell, Supp. Brit. Fishes, and ed. 2, ii.
p. 183; Rudd, Zoologist, 1852, p. 8504; White, Catal. Brit. Fish.
p. 79.

Argentina Cuvieri and Yarrelli, Cuv. & Val. xxi. pp. 418, 418.

Argentina hebridica, Nilss. Skand. Faun., Fisk. p. 474; Yarrell,
Brit. Fishes (ed. 3), i. p. 800; Gunther, Catal. vi. p. 203.

Hebridal Smelt, Couch, Fishes of the British Isles, iv. p. 297.

Argentina decagon, Clarke, Trans. & Proc. New Zealand Insti-
tute, 1878, xi. p. 296, pl. xiv. f. 2.

Stromsild, Christiania.

BvD 1G Pa V1, Ale @)) Cp hes
Ltr. Cee. pylor. 5.

a?

MR. F. DAY ON THE HEBRIDAL ARGENTINE. 79

Length of head 42, of caudal fin 73, height of body 6} in the
total length. Hyes with moderately wide adipose lids, the ante-
rior of which rather overlaps the posterior above the centre of the
upper edge of the orbit; diameter of eye 34 in the length of the
head, 1 diameter from the end of the snout and also apart. The
shape of the fish is as follows :—The back, sides, and abdominal
surfaces flattened, so as to giveit a general tetragonal form, these
various surfaces being divided one from the other by a well-
developed ridge. These four flat surfaces are further subdivided
by other parallel ridges, one of which is a short distance internal
to the upper orbito-caudal ridge; a second a little above the
pectoro-caudal ridge. In addition to these four secondary ridges,
there exists another short one from the lower edge of the base of
the pectoral fin to the ventral. Snout conical and somewhat de-
pressed; upper surface of the head flat, its sides compressed.
Upper jaw slightly longer than the lower; the maxilla scarcely
reaches above two thirds of the distance to beneath the front edge
ofthe eye. The suborbital ring of bones, the preopercle, opercle,
and upper portion of the subopercle with a rather thick adipose
covering. eth: none in the jaws; an arched row of small ones
across the head of the vomer, and continued on to the anterior
and contiguous portion of the palatines; a single row of eight
large and somewhat recurved ones are placed on the upper sur-
face of the front portion of the tongue. Gill-rakers rather
widely separated, thick, and the longest about one fourth the dia-
meter of the orbit in length. Mins—First dorsal as high ante-
riorly as the body beneath it, its posterior rays about two fifths the
height of its front ones; adipose fin placed above the last anal
rays; pectoral if turned forward reaches the middle of the eye ;
ventral inserted in the middle of the distance between the end of
the snout and the base of the caudal fin, while it is beneath the
last dorsal ray ; anal highest anteriorly, where it equals the length
of the base of the fin; caudal forked. Scales large, thin, higher
than long; those along the back adherent, those on the sides more
deciduous. Minute ossicles, having a stellate or spinate form,
exist on the scales of the back, and also on some of those in the
abdominal region. The row of scales immediately beneath that of
the lateral line is the largest ; most have somewhat crenulated
edges. Lateral line on a row of smaller scales, well marked, and
passing to the centre of the base of the caudal fin. Cccal appen-
dages—tfive long ones, loaded with fat. The example is a male, full
of milt. Colowrs—of a light olive along the back, becoming silvery

80 MR. F. DAY ON THE HEBRIDAL ARGENTINE.

white on the sides; a black spot at the upper edge of the
orbit and a smaller one on the snout a darkish longitudinal
mark along either lobe of the caudal fin near its outer edge.

I now propose considering whether Argentina sphyrena, Linn.,
and A. hebridica, Yarrell, are or are not identical, and which
Collett, as I believe, with good reason states they are. Valen-
ciennes gives the formula thus :— ;

Argentina sphyrena...... DOF PAL 2 VOLO een
Gls [UBUPUWIGD 5m oce20000000- DR ilee VAR STOPS Ve lel yeaa

But these numbers evidently are subject to great variation ;
and no undoubted criterion can be deduced from the number of
fin-rays or scales. Nilsson found from 14 to 20 cecal append-
ages in A. hebridica, whereas A. sphyrena is said to have only 12.
If so great a variation as 6 can occur in one undoubted species
(especially as the present example had only 5 long ones), it would
be hazardous to consider that these variations in number are suf-
ficient to constitute distinct species.

The principal difference pointed out in the British Wineemn
catalogue is that in Argentina sphyrena the height of the body is
8 in the total length, while in A. hebridica it is 54 (this should be
51). The following are the proportions of some I have examined
or obtained the accurate dimensions of, as Collett has stated that
the proportionate length to height varies with age ; fractions are
omitted if very trivial :—

1 from Sicily ...... 5 inches long, height 1 in 8 of totallength. British Museum.

1 ,, Norway ..6 +5 ae le LS i Collett.

ee eB utemn we GP UaM dD Genet eben clu maa 5 Yarrell.

1 , N.Zealand69_,, st herleey: 0 Clarke.

a ee Osi temenntes Ti 5 silane Liussin dey es British Museum.
Wg. Nites cscs TB 5 1, tela (GE * British Museum*,
1 ,, Norway ...83 ,, oH ieedbesaeta) oy Collett.

res) NEV C vacua Oe a eas sl GE a Day.

There can be no doubt but that my Skye example agrees with
Yarrell’s, wherein he found the height as 1 in 57, but does not dis-
tinctly say whether his specimen was a skin or in spirit. Valen-
ciennes states his examples of the same species were 1 in 8 of
the total length, or similar to what he found existed in A. sphy-
vena. As we seein those examples which have been preserved in
alcohol, some the height of whose body is 6, others 62,7, or 8, in
the total length, it is evident that this proportion varies, and

* ‘Ihe length of the caudal fin is deduced from the average of other speci-
mens, as this fin is often broken in museum examples.

MR. F. DAY ON THE HEBRIDAL ARGENTINE. 81

cannot be taken as a means for the discrimination of the two so-
called species, which must be considered as one.

There is one subject respecting the air-bladders of the fishes of
this genus which is of great interest, belonging, as they do, to the
family Salmonide, wherein this organ is of the Physostomous
variety, but destitute of any chain of ossicles connecting it with
the internal ear, as seen in the true freshwater Cyprinide, Cha-
racinide, and Siluride*. Valenciennes mentions that the museum
at Paris had received a very good example of Argentina silus, a
little more than a foot in length, from the Bergen Museum. He
supposed that it had been captured at a great depth, for its sto-
mach was inverted. This inversion of the stomach is observed in
fishes suddenly brought up from great depths; and is known to
be caused by the pressure of the water being rapidly lessened or
entirely removed, causing the gases in its interior to expand and
either burst the air-bladder or force the stomach into the mouth.
I do not think this phenomenon has been observed in Physosto-
mous fishes, to which the Salmonide belong, as the pneumatic
tube, which is pervious throughout life, acts as a safety-valve,
and would permit this rapidly expanding gas to find an exit by
the alimentary canal. This brings us to the question of whether
the Argentines are or are not Physostomi, the same as the
remainder of the Salmonide. Valenciennes states that they
belong to the Physoclisti, as, so far as he could ascertain in three
well-preserved examples, no pervious pneumatic tube could be
detected.

Ifthe Argentines undoubtedly belong to the class of fishes
having closed air-bladders, it is an exceedingly interesting fact—
one, however, I have as yet had no opportunity of investigating.
The genus Salmo contains fish, some of which are anadromous,
others freshwater; but their affinities are unmistakably marine.
And here we observe another link in finding Atherina, one of the
deep-sea Salmonide, possessing a closed air-bladder smaller than
perceived in other genera of the same family, perhaps due to the
depths at which it resides. For were it large and of the Physo-
stomous type, probably it would be unable to keep it distended
with gas, as such would be pressed out through its pneumatic
tube, unless the same mechanism were adopted as we see in the

* Physostomous fishes are mostly freshwater forms, haying a chain of
ossicles as described ; or if marine, they are mostly surface-swimmers or littoral
Species, with a tubular prolongation of the air-bladder instead of a chain of
ossicles. Physoclistous fishes appear to be, as a rule, marine or of marine origin,

82 MR. F. DAY ON THE HEBRIDAL ARGENTINE.

ground-feeding Loaches and some of the Siluroids, where this organ
is protected from pressure by being enclosed in bone by a deve-
lopment of the parapophyses of the anterior vertebre.

We find a figure and description of this species in Rondelet’s
Marine Fishes, which was reproduced by Gesner. Willughby gives
“Pisciculus Rome Argentina dictus. Sphyrena parva sive Sphy.
rene secunda species, Rondeletio Gesner 1061,’—very clearly in-
dicating that this author referred to the fish described by Ron-
delet and Gesner ; while it was likewise his Roman deep-sea fish
from whose air-bladder materials were obtained for the manufac-
ture of artificial pearls. Ray copies almost verbatim from the
authors I have quoted. Doubtless Artedi’s species was identical
with Argentina sphyrena of Linneus, but not with Gronovius’s fish.
Risso, in his ‘ Ichthyology of Nice,’ refers to the same fish, under
Linneus’s name, as being captured throughout the year in the
sea, as well as to its air-bladder being employed in artificial pearl-
making. The synonyms I have given likewise show how it has
been observed upon by Cuvier, Nilsson, Yarrell, Valenciennes,
&e., the last-mentioned author, as is well known, having a par-
tiality for changing specific names. Thus he gives Argentina
sphyrena of Linneus and Cuvier as A. Cuvieri, admitting the two
to be identical: and he changes Osmerus hebridicus, Yarrell, into
Atherina Yarrelli.

Up to the present time I have only been able to find three
British examples of this fish recorded, and all mentioned by
Yarrell. Two were from the S.W. coast of Scotland, where the
fishermen reported it as well known, but rarely seen: one of
these was 83 inches long, taken in 1836, full of roe, in the
bay of Rothesay, Isle of Bute; the second, 6} inches in length,
in November 1837 near the same spot, on a hand-line baited with a
piece of mussel, and in 12 fathoms of water, about 200 yards from
the shore. The third, of which I have been unable to obtain any
description, came from the German Ocean off Redcar, in York-
shire, where it was obtained by Mr. Rudd, who showed it to
Mr. Yarrell. -

Couch, when he published his work on the Fishes of the
British Isles in 1862, did not appear to have met with the spe-
cies, although he observes that it “is not rare in the sea near the
islands to the north of Scotland,” but omits giving his authority
for the statement. He likewise remarks, “I am informed by Mr.
John Iverach of Kirkwall, in Orkney, that it is not known to the
fishermen of that island.” Four years subsequently (1866) Dr.

MR. F. DAY ON THE HEBRIDAL ARGENTINE. 83

Giinther, in the ‘ Catalogue of the Fishes of the British Museum,’
vi. p. 203, quotes “ Zhe Argentine, Low, Fauna Orcadensis, p. 225,”
as a synonym of Argentina hebridica, which reference, were it cor-
rect, would show that both Yarrell, Couch, and other antecedent
authors had been in error in believing that this fish had not, pre-
viously to the capture of the Bute example in 1836, been recorded
from the British seas. On referring, however, to Low, it will be
seen that he terms his single example of an Orkney fish (which
was not above an inch in length) “the Argentine,” and refers to
Pennant, who applied this name of Argentine to the Maurolicus
borealis, pertaining to the family of Sternoptychide ; and Low’s
references to Willughby, Ray, and Linneus may have been
copied from Pennant’s ‘ British Zoology.’ Irrespective of this,
in vol. v. p. 389 of the British-Museum catalogue, Low’s single
Specimen is also referred to Waurolicus borealis, while it is mani-
festly impossible that one fish can pertain to two distinct families.

The example I have to record is one of 9°5 inches in length, in
a good state of preservation, having been placed in whiskey imme-
diately after it had been captured. It was taken in October 1879,
near Lochalsh, off the Skye shore, by a fisherman using a hand-
line, the hook being baited with a piece of mussel; its captor con-
sidered it very rare, stating that he had only once previously
taken an example. Not only is the specimen an interesting one,
but likewise the locality from which it was received, the N.W.
coast of Scotland, showing that it is by no means improbable
that it may exist all round that country.

The Argentine is found extending from the shores of Norway
to those of the west coast of Scotland and the German Ocean
on the east coast of Yorkshire; thence through the Mediter-
ranean to the Balearic Isles and along the southern shores of
Europe, being taken, we are informed, all the year round in the
sea off Rome; while most authors state it to be a deep-sea fish.

Mr. Clarke has described and figured Argentina decagon from
New Zealand, where a unique example was procured, and which
does not differ from my specimen, except that it is stated to have
four rows of scales between the lateral line and base of the dorsal
fin, whereas I only count three. At first sight it would seem
strange that this species could stray from the North Atlantic to
the South Pacific ocean, even if we accepted Mr. Clarke’s sug-
gestion that “ it would be of excessive interest to have more proof
than mere imagination that our antipodean species had gradually
worked its way ‘sub mari’ in those cold lower strata of water to

84, ON A NEW GENUS OF THE FAMILY LIPARID#.

our coast.” Several European species of fish have been found
existing in more or less plenty in that portion of the world and in
Tasmania—as Chondropterygian fishes destitute of air-bladders,
and Sciena aquila, Zeus faber, and Trachurus trachurus (species
with the air-bladder of the Physoclisti type), all of which, we might
perhaps imagine, could work their way “ sub mari” in a colder
stratum ofthe water. But Clupeasprattus and Hngraulis encrasi-
cholus (var.), physostomous surface-swimming European forms,
have likewise been taken in Tasmania; and it does not seem cre-
dible that such forms would live at great depths in the tropics and
travel in safety through the warmer regions of the globe, to pass
from the North Atlantic to the South Pacific ocean. Whatever
the explanation may be, the fact remains; and to the European
forms of fish which have been recorded as existing in the anti-
podes, the Argentina sphyrena must be added.

[Since the foregoing “paper was read, Professor Giglioli has
published the following remark in his ‘ Catalogo degli Anfibi e
dei Pesci Italiani,’ under the head of Argentina sphyrena :—“ Non
frequente, ma neppure rara; cosi sul mercato di Roma nel gen-
naio 1879 ne ho veduto ceste piene. Credo poter affermare che,
se basata sulla mancanza di denti linguali, lA. lioglossa, C. e V.
va cancellata, giacche nella serie raccolta a Messina si vede ogni
possibile gradazione nelle sviluppo di quei denti ed alcuni esem-
plari ne sono privisenza per altro differire dagli altri.’”’]

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Fig. 1. Argentina sphyrena, Linn., reduced.
2. Diagrammatic outline, transverse section of body.
3. Stomach and cecal appendages.

Description of a new Genus of Moth of the Family Liparide
from Madagascar. By Artuur G. Bururr, F.LS., F.Z.8., &e.

[Read April 1, 1880. |

Tux following new genus was received last year in a collection
made by Mr. Shaw at Fianarantsoa, Madagascar; but I had at
the time so strong an impression that I had somewhere seen
a ficure or a named example of the species, that I hesitated to
describe it: it is probable that I had in my mind the New- World
genus Megalopyge of the family Lasiocampide, which bears a
vague resemblance to it in some respects. I now have no doubt

af, E. J, MIERS ON CRUSTACEANS FROM VERA CRUZ, 85

Hat the species is perfectly new, and that its structural pecu-
liarities warrant its being regarded as the type of a hitherto
unknown genus.

PYRAMOCERA, gen. nov.

Tymantrie affine, costa autem alarum anticarum longiore, an-
tennis longioribus, ad basin latioribus, gradatim ad apicem pyra-
midatis, pectinibus longissimis cirratis: corpus aleque subtus
lanugines. Gen. typ. P. fuliginea.

PYRAMOCERA FULIGINEA, Sp. 0.

g. Wings above smoky brown; primaries with a cuneiform
white patch enclosing two black
spots within the outer half of
the discoidal cell; fringe spotted
here and there with pale buff:
thorax smoky brown; sides of
stamen of antennx and collar
carmine, remainder of antenne
brown internally and testaceous
externally ; abdomen Carmine, =,
with a dorsal series of blackish 7
spots; centre of anal tuft black.
Wings below smoky brown,with
the fringe as above: primaries
with a spot on the costa and
an indistinct interno-median
streak pale yellowish; base of costa orange: secondaries with
a whitish spot before the middle of the costa: body below black,
an orange spot in front of each antenna; the palpi, legs, and
venter banded with orange; collar carmine; femora carmine in
front. Expanse of wings 3 inches 3 lines.

Fianarantsoa. Type in Brit. Mus.

ty yy
Myplig
lpg ® mu

mt
mut
Coron
LOTT
CTT
My

Head and antenne, ‘Twice nat. size.

Notice of Crustaceans collected by P. Geddes, Esq., at Vera Cruz.
By Epwarp J. Mimrs, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

[Read April 1, 1880.]

Mr. P. Geppes has kindly presented to the collection of the
British Museum a few Crustaceans collected by him at Vera
Cruz on the eastern coast of Mexico, which appear worthy of
@ notice in the Society’s Journal. They include :—(1) a female

86 MR. E. J. MIERS ON CRUSTACEANS FROM VERA CRUz

and immature male of a species of Panopeus, which at preset
can scarcely be determined with certainty; (2) three small ex-
amples of Pachygrapsus socius, Stimpson, which is very probably
merely a variety of P. transversus, as it is distinguished only by
the absence of the dark patch on the immobile finger, which is
always present in the typical transversus ; (3) a series of females
of a species of Pinnotheres, which I identify, although with some
hesitation, with P. angelicus, Lockington, and of which the follow-
ing is a description :—

PINNOTHERES ANGELICUS.

P. angelicus, Lockington, P. Cal. Ac. Sci. vii. p. 154 (1876).

Carapace convex, smooth, shining, and naked, of a somewhat
quadrate form, with rounded angles, the lateral portions of
the cervical suture defining the gastric region usually distinct.
Front rather broad, rounded or subtruncated anteriorly ; its
antero-lateral angles are prominent and dentiform. Merus joint
of the outer maxillipedes robust, with the outer margin regularly
convex ; the inner margin with a bluntly rounded angle near the
distal extremity ; carpus and propodus thick and robust, the latter
rounded and ciliated at its distal end; dactyl very slender, styli-
form (not at all spatulate), and about reaching to the extremity
of the propodus. Anterior legs (in the female) slender, smooth,
and unarmed; propodus enlarging slightly to its distal end;
dactyl a little shorter than the superior margin of the propodus,
and as long as the immobile finger; both meet alone their inner
margins when closed, and are clothed with a few hairs near the
distal ends. The ambulatory legs are slender and naked, with the
dactyli nearly straight; the penultimate joint of the first is not
dilated distally, and the dactyl is very short; the dactyl of the
second legs is nearly as long as the penultimate joint, that of the
third and fourth pairs relatively a little shorter, the last-men-
tioned being thinly ciliated on its inferior margin.

Hab. Vera Cruz. (Several specimens, adult females with ova,
were taken from oysters, but no males were observed.)

The specimens described by Mr. Lockington differ in having
the sutures of the carapace wholly obsolete, and the dacty] of the
anterior legs only half as long as the palm. If distinct, this
species may be designated P. Geddesi. If it be not distinct,
P. angelicus must be added to the rapidly increasing list of species
occurring on both the eastern and western coasts of America;
and Pachygrapsus socius has a similar distribution.

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 87

The specimens before me seem to be quite distinct from all the
other American species of Pinnotheres. From P. ostrewm they
differ in the non-dilated penultimate joint of the first pair of
ambulatory legs, and in the much shorter dactyli of the second
ambulatory legs ; from P. maculatus in the form of the carapace
and the much shorter dactyli of the fifth ambulatory legs; from
P. Guérini and P. hirtimanus, M.-Edwards, both from Cuba, in
the non-spatulate dactyl of the outer maxillipedes ; and from the
latter also in the non-ciliated inferior margins of the chele.
P. margarita, Smith, from the Bay of Panama, is at once distin-
guished by its pubescent carapace and legs; P. lithodomi, Smith,
from the same locality, by the form of the merus joint of the
outer maxillipedes and the proportionate length of the dactyli of
the ambulatory legs.

Moruusca or H.M.S. ‘ Coattencer’ Expepitron.—Part V.
By the Rey. Rozrrt Booe Warson, B.A., F.R.S.E., F.LS., &e.

[Published by permission of the Lords Commissioners of the Treasury. ]
[Read April 15, 1880.]

Families and Genera.

SoLENOCoNCHIA, viz. Siphodentalium honoluluense (omitted).
TRocHID», viz. T’rochus (omitted).

HrrrropuRosynip = * , viz. Jeffreysia.

Lirorinip”®, viz. Echinella, Lacuna, and Fossarus.
CERITHIID®, viz. Cerithium, Litiopa, and Cerithiopsis.

Tats group of shells includes some inadvertently omitted before,
two families sparingly and unsatisfactorily represented, and a
considerable number of Cerithiide. They are chiefly from shallow
water, and need little remark. I may therefore take the op-
portunity to say a word regarding the identification of ‘ Chal-
lenger’ specimens with known species, a work already embracing
over six hundred species, and now nearly completed. This work
of identification, with the labour of hunting up references, even
though no such exhaustive citation of authors as is suitable for a
monograph of a limited group has been attempted, has been a

* This formidable name of Clerk’s is adopted here in preference to Gray’s
name of /issoellide, in deference to the arguments of Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys, who
assures me, Ist, that Clerk’s name has priority (of which I am not quite con-
vineed); and, 2nd, that Fissoella, Gray, was founded on Pyramis glabrus (sic),
Brown, “ which is evidently an Odostomia.”

88 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

very heavy task. From the study of this material a few points
stand out with special prominence.

1. Depth is an important condition of mollusean life. That is
to say, there really are shallow and deep water species and genera,
though their bathymetric limits are not absolutely constant.

To some this may seem too self-evident and universally ac-
cepted a proposition to need statement. Such would have been
the case some years ago; but dredgings from the deep sea have
presented facts which demanded a revisal of received opinions on
this point; and while the result in the main cannot be said ever
to have been doubtful, and while the evidence of other branches
of natural history has already been obtained in this same sense,
it is desirable also to record the witness of the Mollusca of the
‘Challenger’ expedition.

2. Temperature, even more than mere depth, seems an im-
portant condition in molluscan life.

It is needless to speak here of other conditions, such as light,
or food, or oxygen, because, though there are extreme differences
in these respects, and though their influence must be very great,
still their precise amount, and the nature and direction of their
effects, are too little known to afford foundation for more than
guessing.

Pressure seemed likely to form a very important condition in
marine animal life ; the enormous figures representing the square-
inch amount of that pressure stirred men’s imagination, and their
fancies were supported by the fact that rapid transference to the
surface from even a moderate depth destroys life; but these im-
pressions were removed by a remembrance of the laws of hydro-
static pressure, and by substituting a gradual for a rapid transition
from deep water to the surface. Temperature, however, remains
as an undoubtedly important factor.

3. Great differences in these respects of depth and temperature
prove barriers to distribution.

4, Great length of time naturally helps escape from these
barriers, for in the lapse of years accidents are likely to occur
enabling species to evade difficulties which would in ordinary
circumstances prove insurmountable. Hence the finding of a
living species in a fossil state will always justify the expectation
of its having a wide local distribution.

5. Where barriers of depth and temperature do not check dis-
tribution, there seems, in ordinary circumstances, no limit to
universality of distribution.

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. » 89

6. There actually are existing species whose distribution is
universal, no barriers having availed against their passage.

7. Still there is no trace, even in these species, of essential,
lasting, and progressive change.

I do not intend to overpress this point, for I allow that it pre-
sents merely negative evidence. I do not assert that there are
no species of Mollusca which have essentially, permanently, and
progressively changed. I only say there are some, even many,
which have nof done so, that I do not know any which have, and
that the burden of proof lies with those who assert the positive.
Eyolutionists are in the way of saying that a thing being
possible, is therefore probable, and consequently is true unless
the contrary be proved. I only wish to note that this is a
reversal of all the laws of evidence in any case of fact whatever,
and to add that, so far as I have had opportunity of observation,
no proof has reached me of progressive, permanent, and essential
change in molluscan development.

In accomplishing so much as I have already overtaken, I have
been aided kindly, often, and in many ways, by Mr. EH. A. Smith,
of the British Museum, who has, in the case of myself, as of
many others, helped with his great knowledge of the Museum
collection, and his large acquaintance with the literature of the
subject. I very gladly take this opportunity also of offering my
thanks to Dr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys, to Dr. H. Woodward, to Prof.
Seguenza, to Prot. G. O. Sars, to Prof. v. Martens, to the Mar-
quis de Monterosato, to Mr. William Dall, to Mr. Marrat, and to
many other friends.

SIPHODENTALIUM, Sars.
8. S. honoluluense, n. sp.

8. SIPHODENTALIUM HONOLULUENSE, 0. sp.

July 1875. Reefs off Honolulu. 40 fms.

Shell.—Cylindrical, bent and attenuated from about the middle
to the apex, toward the mouth very slightly contracted; of a
dull white translucency, and not glossy. Sculpture. The surface,
especially toward the apex, is faintly marked by microscopic, re-
mote, oblique, raised, encircling rings, parallel to which there are
fine scratches in the intervals. Hdge of the mouth very oblique,
blunt. Apex not small, broken. Length 0°21; breadth, greatest
0031, at mouth 0:028, at apex 0:016.

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XV. 7

90 REV. BR. BOOG WATSON ON THE

This species closely resembles S. tetraschistum, W.; but, be-
sides the obvious difference in size, that species is a little more
cylindrical and is much more strongly and uniformly sculptured.
I say nothing of the peculiar feature of the apex of that species,
because, the point being broken in the solitary specimen of the
present species, comparison is impossible.

Trocuvs, L.
17. T. (Gibbula) leaensis, n. sp. 20. T. (S.) lamprus, n. sp.
18. T. (Ziziphinus) arruensis,n.sp. 21. T. (S.) albugo, n. sp.
19. T. (Solariella) philippensis,
Nl. Sp.

17. TrocnHus (GIBBULA) LEAENSIS, 0. sp.

Oct.—Dec. 1873. Lea Point, Cape Town.

Shell.—Small, conoidal, scalar, having a rounded periphery, a
flattened base, no umbilicus, and with purple spiral threads on a
dull whity ground. Sculpture. The whole surface is longitudi-
nally obliquely striate, in hair-like puckerings; of spirals there
are on the last whorl above the corner of the mouth 7 purple
threads ; they are pretty equal, and are parted by furrows as wide
as themselves ; the third and fourth are somewhat stronger than
the others, and the three last, at the periphery, are closer than
the others. In some of the upper furrows traces of other fine
spirals can be seen. Within the base lies one purple thread,
and inside of this there are nine feebler, flatter, more crowded
spirals, surrounding the closed, umbilical depression. Colour. A
ruddyish white, with dark purple spirals above; those on the
base, with the exception of the exterior one, being uncoloured ;
the apex is yellow. Spire conoidal, with a slightly raised rounded
apex. Whorls 6, small, the last tumid, the earlier ones rounded,
a little flattened below the suture; the embryonic whorls two,
minute, smooth, rather immersed. Suture linear, but strongly
marked by the angulation of the whorls. Mouth round, but
pointed above, and with an angulation at either end of the pillar.
Outer lip thin, sharp, and coloured by the purple spirals. Inner
lip sharp, on the edge of the pillar, round which it is reflected
and flattened, extending on the umbilicus in a small, thin, de-
fined pad. There is a slight obtuse tooth near the front of the
pillar. Jnside dull, with a bright nacreous border within the dull
extreme edge. Umbilicus closed, but with a marked depression.
H. 0-2. 3B. 0°22, least 0175. Penultimate whorl 0‘065.
Mouth, height 0°125, breadth 0°11.

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 91

In many respects this species is very like Z. zonatus, Wood
(= T. menkeanus, Phil.), but than that species this is much smaller
and higher; the last whorl, which is the sixth in both, is here
much smaller and narrower, and the umbilicus is not covered by
the broad semicircular plate which characterizes that species. In
that, too, the coloured bands above are fewer and are very unequal,

and there are three of these on the base. Z. (G.) fulgens, Gould,
is not unlike, but is higher, and the spirals are more numerous
and smaller.

18. Trocuvus (ZIzIPHINUS) ARRUENSIS, 0. sp.

Sept. 18, 1874. Arru Islands, 8.W. of Papua.

Shell Conical, carinated, with a flattened base, strong, opaque,
covered with tubercles, and coloured with grey and pink.
Sculpture. There are eight spiral rows of small round tubercles
on each whorl. The tubercles on the first two rows are larger
than the others; these, as well as the next three rows, are parted
by distinct depressions ; the lowest three rows are much closer to-
gether, but project a little, especially the centre and largest row
of the three. On the base there are about nine less strongly
tubercled spiral threads, with feebler threads between, these in-
termediate threads becoming feebler towards the centre. The
tubercles are smooth and polished, but the whole intervening sur-
face is sharply fretted witb fine oblique puckerings. Colour
white, beautifully flecked above with greyish-purple blotches, and
closely spotted with purplish pink on thebase. Spire high and sharp-
pointed, its concavely conical slope being slightly broken at the
sutures by the projection of the two superior rows of tubercles.
Whorls about 10, flat and of very regular increase. Swéure slight,
but distinct, being defined by the slight carinal spiral above, and
the double row of larger tubercles below. Mouth rather small,
square and very oblique. Outer lip sharp but strong. Inner lip
strengthened internally by a buttress of porcellanous nacre, which
ends abruptly towards the point of the pillar, forming a tooth. The
pillar, bevelled off to a sharp edge, is pressed back on the umbilicus,
which it completely closes, leaving only a central depression and
a postcolumellar furrow. Operculum thin, yellow, normal. H.
0°64. B. 0°58, least 0°52. Penultimate whorl 0°18. Mouth,
height 0°42, breadth 0:3.

This species very much resembles 7. decoratus, Phil., but that
speciesis more highly narrowly conical, is flatter on the base,and the

whole system of spirals is different. In Z. decoratus also the earlier
vhs

92 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

whorls are simply spiralled; here the spirals are cross hatched.
T. nobilis, Phil., is much larger, is flatter on the base, and is not
so closely spiralled. 2. euglyptus, Ad., has the whorls much
rounder.

19. TrRocuus (SOLARIELLA) PHILIPPENSIS, 0. sp.

St. 161. April 1, 1874. Off the entrance to Port Phillip,
Australia. 88 fms. Sand.

Shell.—Rather like 7. twmidus, but with a broader base, more
conical, and less scalar, with a large open umbilicus and brilliant
colour. Sculpture. The shell is gathered into small regular flat
puckers below the suture; these are weaker on the last whorl.
The whole surface is covered with very fine oblique longitudinal
strie. Spirals. There are very numerous, fine, sharp, undulating
scratches, which on the middle of the base are shallower and
wider apart, but toward the umbilicus again become sharper
and more crowded. Within the umbilicus are four or five
somewhat beaded spirals, the first and strongest of which forms
an umbilical carina. Colowr faintly iridescent all over, creamy
white, flecked with zigzag lines of crimson, which on the upper
whorls are narrow and regular, on the penultimate whorl are
remote, and on the last are irregular, broken, and crowded.
On the base there are eleven to twelve elongated radiating
crimson spots. The first three whorls are a pale orange-yellow.
Spire rather high, scalar. Apex small, bluntly pointed. Whorls
64, with a flat shelf below the suture, angulated at about + of
their breadth, and rounded from the angulation to the suture.
The last whorl is bluntly angulated at the edge of the rounded
base. Suture strong, being slightly impressed and very distinctly
marked by the angle at which the adjoining whorls meet. Mouth
little oblique, round. Outer lip thin and sharp, not at all ex-
panded. nner lip thin and sharp, a very little patulous on the
pillar, where it also retreats a little, so as to form a slight open
sinus; brilliantly iridescent within. Umbilicus wide and per-
vious, and deeply impressed at the suture, which runs spirally up
to the apex within. H.0°275. B. 0°33, least 0'3 Penultimate
whorl 0:085. Mouth, height 0°15, breadth 0°14.

Solariella is a MS. generic name of Searles Wood, published
in his Catalogue of Crag Moll. in 1842, and suppressed by him as
a mere synonym of Margarita in his Crag Moll. (Pal. Soc.) vol. I.
p- 134. Adams revives it in his ‘ Genera’ asa subgen. of Wonilea,
with which it has nothing specially to do; but it may not be amiss

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 93

to retain it for the Australian group of Trochide, whose brilliant
colours distinguish them from the Wargaritas. There is a Marga-
rita tasmanica of Tenison Wood, from Bass Straits, which, from
his description, seems to present some features of resemblance to
this species ; but he says of it that the upper part of the whorls
is not angulated. Than 7. angulatus, A. Ad., this Port Philip
species is much larger and higher. It approaches most nearly
to T. bellula, Ang.; but that is larger, with the same number of
whorls, has a transparently white apex, has the shoulder below
the apex not flat nor drooping outwards, but gouged out as a
concave depression, the last whorl is more spread out, and the
base is without colour, the umbilicus is wider and less deep,
and the spiral which defines it is stronger, while there are no
other spirals within it; the whole surface of the shell, too, is
smooth, with a few strong clean-cut impressed spirals, instead of
being closely and minutely fretted with spirals all over.

20. Trocuus (SOLARIELLA) LAMPRUS, 0. sp.

July 29, 1874. Levuka, Fiji. 12 fms.

Shell.—Depressedly conoidal, angulated at the periphery,
rounded on the base, umbilicated, polished, finely sculptured,
solid. Sculpture. The glossy surface is closely fretted with fine,
curved, oblique, longitudinal scratches, crossed by very similar
but slightly stronger and more equal spirals; these both are
stronger near the suture, and feebler on the base, where, indeed,
the spirals almost disappear. Colour pellucid pale yellowish
white, with many narrow, opaque, pure white spirals, which
are flecked with fine zigzag brown longitudinal lines, aggregated in
spots, and most abundant near the suture. The strongest opaque
spiral is at the periphery, and on it are minute linear interrup-
tions of the fundamental colour, and very regularly recurring
little brown spots, which are about half the width of their inter-
spaces. On the base the brown spots are very few and minute.
There is very little iridescence anywhere. Spire low. Apex
minute and projecting. Whorls 6, depressed, equally curved,
slightly angulated at the periphery, more flattened on the base
than above, of regular, but rather rapid increase. Suture slightly
depressed. Mouth small, round. Outer lip thin and perfectly
simple. Jnner lip porcellanous, thick and flat, projecting in a
minute ear across the umbilicus, and having toward the point of
the pillar a broad backward bevel, cut out of the thickness of
the shell round the umbilicus. Umbilicus, a shallow open depres-

94. REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

sion, with a deep narrow hole in the centre. H.015. 3B. 0-24,
least 0:2. Penultimate whorl 0:05. Mouth, height 0°13, breadth
Ol.

The specimen from which this species is derived is not quite
full-grown. The whorls are not angulated, nor the umbilicus
open, nor is the colour ruddy, nor the texture thin, as in 7. (S.)
angulatus, Ad. From T. (8.) vitiligineus, Mke., from which it
differs in these respects, but in a less degree, it may further be
distinguished by its greater depression, its smaller mouth, its
weaker sculpture, its greater glossiness, its feebler iridescence,
and its minute umbilicus.

21. Trocuus (SoLARIELLA) ALBUGO, 0, sp.

Apr. 17-18, 1874. Port Jackson, Sydney. 2-10 fms.

Shell—S wall, conoidal, with a tumid conical base, bluntly bi-
carinate, umbilicate, with a resinous lustre, brown, flecked with
crimson and white. Sculpture. Very many irregular oblique
faint lines of growth, with a few remote rounded spirals, which
are very weak above, stronger on the base, and of which two at the
periphery form a feeble double carina. Colowr. A pale transparent
resinous brown, flecked below the sutures and at the periphery
with alternate spots of white and crimson; the latter colour
runs in minute zigzag streaks down the shell; there are also,
both above and on the base, a few delicate spirals of alternate
crimson and white specks. Spire rather low, with curved con-
tours and a blunt round apex. Whorls 5, rounded and sloping
above, flat at the periphery, and tumid on the base. Suture
linear and very slightly depressed. Mouth rather large, round.
Outer lip thin. Inner lip thin, hollowed out backwards, and
bending somewhat across the umbilicus. Umbilicus a broad
shallow funnel, contracting to a small deep hole. H. 0°125.
B, 0:2, least 0°15. Penultimate whorl 0:05. Mouth (in conse-
quence of obliquity), height 0:125, breadth 0:1.

This species differs from 7. lamprus, W., in being higher, with
a larger mouth, and very unlike in colour and in sculpture. It is
perhaps most like 7. (S.) vernicosus, Gould, but that is flatter
and has a much wider umbilicus.

EcuIneLia, Swainson.
EcuIneELis (?) TECTIFORMIS, 0. sp.
St. 235. June 4, 1875. Lat. 34° 7! N., long. 188° B. Japan.
Bottom temp. 38°1 F. 565 fms. Mud.

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 95

Shell.—High, conical, tectiform, carinated, umbilicated, with a
flattish depressedly conical base. Sculpture. There are many
sinuous, rather remote, longitudinal puckerings, minute below the
suture ; then evanescent, but on the whole lower half of the
whorls rising into rarer, narrow, sharply rounded riblets, sepa-
rated by flat intervals of fully twice their width; on the carina
they rise into sharpish little longitudinal tubercles ; below this
they rapidly and almost wholly disappear, showing on the base
only as slight undulations marking the very curved lines of
growth. Besides these there are minute round threads which fret
the whole surface. Spirals. The base of each whorl is thrown out
into a narrow sharp expressed carina, which is rendered more
prominent both by the longitudinal tubercles and by the imbri-
cation of the whorls, which project markedly above the suture ;
the whole surface of the shell is, moreover, covered with fine un-
equal rounded threads, which are coarser in proportion to the
development of the longitudinal puckerings, and which are crisply
crimped by the finer longitudinals. On the base a slight swelling
runs round near the outer edge. Colour a dead, faintly yellowish,
chalky white, but which is not altogether without polish. Spire
very high and narrow. Apex broken. Whorls. Only 4 remain,
of very regular increase; flatly and very straightly sloping down
from the deep suture to the carina, below which they are sharply
constricted ; each whorl is thus imbricated over the one which
succeeds it. Sutwre squarely angulated and deeply impressed.
Mouth squarely rounded, rather small. Outer ipthin. Pillar-lip
broadly reflected over the umbilicus. Umbilicus small but deep,
with a narrow swollen edge. H. 0°9(?). B. 0°65, least 0°58.
Penultimate whorl 0°2. Mouth, height 0:25, breadth 0:25.

The only specimen of this species is badly broken, so that the
measurements, that of height in particular, are somewhat ima-
ginary. It is so remarkable a form, however, that it is well worth
preservation and description. In the absence of apex, operculum,
and animal, its generic place is somewhat doubtful. The texture
of the shell rather suggests a Solarium, but its extraordinarily high
and narrow form, its almost poriform umbilicus, and the character
of its sculpture point more to Hchinella. In shape it resembles
Helix Schramm, Fischer (Journ. de Conch. 1858, p. 184, pl. vii.
f. 8), more than any thing else I know.

96 REY. BR. BOOG WATSON ON THE

Lacuna, Turton.
1. ZL. picta, n. sp. 2. L. (Hela) margaritifera, u. sp.

1. Lacuna PIOTA, 0. sp.

St. 122. Sept. 10,1873. Lat. 9° 5'S. to 9° 10'S., long. 34°
49' W. to 34° 53’ W. 350fms. Mud.

Shell.—Pointedly and squarely subglobose, small, thin, trans-
lucent, dull yellowish with crimson stains. Sewlpture. The
lines of growth are few, faint, and irregular. Spirals. The
whole surface is covered with minute, close-set, scarcely raised,
rounded threads, about 0-002 in. apart. About 4 of the whorl’s
breadth below the suture there is a slight angulation, and a still
fainter angulation surrounds the base. Colour yellowish, with
maroon stains markedly on two zones, one below the sutural an-
gulation, the other above that of the base, on both of which there
are arrow-headed, irregularlydefined blotches, with small irregular
zigzags over the whole surface. pidermis. There are traces of
an excessively thin horny epidermis. Spire rather high. Apex
small, rounded, and a little flattened and compressed. Whorls 5,
convex, flattened in the middle, which gives a certain squareness
of outline; towards the upper part there is a slight angulation,
between which and the suture there is a slight constriction. The
mouth is 2 of the whole length. Swtwre distinct and slightly
impressed. Zouth very perpendicular, oval, bluntly pointed
above, and a little squarish from the straightness of the pillar and
of the outer lip. The owter lip is thin. The pillar is narrow,
bends a little to the left, is somewhat straight, but is a little
excavated, with a slight angulation at its junction with the body
and also in front. Inner lip crosses the body in a thin glaze;
down the pillar it is flat, patulous and sharp-edged, behind it lies
the narrow shallow groove-like wmbilicus, the exterior edge of
which, as in the genus generally, is continuous with the outer
lip. H. 0:15. 3B, 0:12, least 011. Penultimate whorl 0-04.
Mouth, height 0:1, breadth 0:075.

This species a good deal resembles the young of LZ. crassior,
Mont., but is smaller, more globose, and much less angulated on
the base. It is very like the L. fragilis, Mke., but that species
is much more membranaceous, has the pillar more curved, and
the umbilical groove is wider and larger ; the coloration, too, is
quite unlike. Dr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys claims this species for his
genus Hela; or Cithna, ashe now proposes to call it, Hela having

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 97

been already used by Minster, in 1830, for a genus of Crustacea
—a change this in which it is to be hoped he will not persevere.

2. Lacuna (HELA) MARGARITIFERA, 0. sp.

St. 246. July 2,1875. 36°10’ N.,178° E. Mid-Pacific, E. of
Japan. Bottom temp. 35°1 F. 2050 fms. Grey ooze.

Shell.— High, conical, strong, white, smooth, with a spiral of
small beads just below the suture. Sculpture. ‘There are many
unequal not strong lines of growth. There are, on the upper
part of each whorl, longitudinal puckerings stretching down from
the infragsutural row of beads, strongest on the last. The sur-
_ face is also finely scratched Jongitudinally. Spirals close, below the
suture there is a fine beaded thread with a slight spiral furrow
below it; there are many rounded, but very slightly raised spiral
threads; the whole surface is also finely spirally fretted. Colour
dead white, procellanous. Hpidermis. None preserved. Spire
high and conical. Apex broken. Whorls 3 (remaining), flatly
convex ; the last disproportionately long. Suture fine, but rather
deeply impressed. Mouth oval, pointed above and at the end of the
pillar, where it is also somewhat patulous, but the little expanded
angle there is hardly enough to suggest a canal. Outer lip rather
strong, very regularly curved from its junction with the body to
the point of the pillar. Pillar very much curved. Inner lip
carried across the body by a pretty strong callus, thin, sharp-
edged, and projecting on the pillar. Umbilicus not large, but a
well-marked and clearly defined furrow, whose exterior edge,
however, is not, like that of Zacwna, continuous with the outer lip.
H. 02. B.0:13, least 0-1. Penultimate whorl 0:06. Mouth,
length 0-1, breadth 0:07.

This is a much stronger shell than L. tenella, Jeffr., usually is;
in form it is much higher in the spire, and narrower in proportion
to breadth ; the whorls are much more compressed, and the narrow
sharply impressed suture is much less deep; the mouth is oval,
not round, and the sculpture of the surface is very different from
the hyaline gloss and texture of that other. It is unfortunate
that the apex, which is so characteristic a feature in L. tenella, is
broken in the ‘ Challenger’ specimen.

Fossarus (Adanson), Phil.
FossaRUs CEREUS, 0. sp.

St. 184, Lat. 12° 8!’ S., long. 145° 10’ EH. Hast of Cape York,
Australia. Aug. 29, 1874. Bottom temp. 36° F. 1400 fms.
Grey ooze.

98 REV. RB. BOOG WATSON ON THE

Shell. Globosely conical, not thin, but waxily translucent, with
a thin polished yellow epidermis. Sculpture. There are many
oblique, fine, rather obsolete lines of growth. Spirals. There are
several irregular, unequally parted, rounded and rather obsolete
spiral threads, which are closer on the base. Colour. That of the
shell is a translucent white; it is covered with a very thin, most
persistent, hard, smooth, and horny epidermis. Spire somewhat
turreted. Apex eroded. Whorls 3 (remaining), convex, but a little
compressed towards the middle, round on the base, of very rapid
increase, the mouth being fully two thirds of the whole length.
Suture deep and irregular, but not canaliculated, except where
eroded. Mouth oval, bluntly pointed above, glossy within. Outer
hip thin and sharp, with a very regular curve, prominent on the
base, and a little patulous towards the point of the pillar, where
it is slightly, openly, and a little obliquely canaliculate. Pillar
rather short, hollowed above, bending over a little to the left and
terminating in a slight oblique tooth, which results from the slight
canaliculation in which the mouth terminates, and which, as in
Rissoina, is hollowed out of the point of the pillar. Inner lip
porcellanous white, slightly reverted, and very closely appressed ;
avery thin glassy layer across the body unites the lips. Um-
bilicus none. H.02. B. 0°19, least 0:15. Penultimate whorl
0:065. Mouth, height 0°17, breadth 0-1.

The generic place of this shell cannot be considered as satis-
factorily determined. The whole aspect removes it from Admete
and even more from fissoina, which presents in a stronger form
the basal sinus. The absence of an umbilicus removes it from
Isapis, of which the J. fenestrata, Carp., has a swelling on the
pillar-lip, strongly suggestive of this Australian species. On the
whole the general appearance of the shell is liker that of a Fos-
sarus than any thing else; and though Philippi’s generic diagnosis
of Fossarus (Arch. f. Naturg. vii. 1, 42) gives an edentulate inner
lip as a characteristic feature, yet in Fossarus Adansoni, which is
the original type of the genus, there is a blunt tooth and a slight
sinus or groove on the front of the pillar. As to the large um-
bilicus which is constantly attributed to the #. Adansoni, it is
often a mere chink, and occasionally it is quite absent. Of an
epidermis, I confess I have never seen a trace. In the absence
of animal and operculum it is better to avoid the creation of a new
genus, though this may probably be necessary in the end; and
I am glad in this difficult classification to have the support of
Dr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys.

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 99

JEFFREYSIA, Alder.

JEFFREYSIA EDWARDIENSIS, 0. Sp.

St. 145a@. Dec. 27, 1873. Lat. 46° 41' S., long. 38° 10! BE,
Prince Edward Island, between Cape of Good Hope and Ker-
guelen. 50 to 150 fms.

Shell.—Tumidly conical, flattish on the base, thin, glassy.
Sculpture. The whole glossy surface is covered with extremely
fine lines of growth, and with still fainter and more minute spirals,
which are only vaguely discernible under the microscope and in
very favourable light. Colour whitish, hyaline. Spire conical.
Apex bluntish, and a little obliquely rounded. Whorls 43, tumidly
convex or rounded, of regular increase until the last, which is
somewhat disproportionately swollen. Swtwre rather shallow and
open. Mouth perpendicular, oval, rather large. Outer lip sharp
and thin, with a slight sinus at its junction with the body; incurved
above, slightly flattened in the middle, advancing below, patulous
and longitudinally prominent, but slightly sinuated towards the
point of the pillar. Inner lip just connected with the outer by a
film across the body, closely and shortly bent back on the um-
bilicus, and sharp on the edge of the pillar. Pillar straight,
angulately springing from the body-whorl, bending a little to the
left. Umbilicus a minute chink, almost covered by the inner lip.
H. 0:075. 3B. 0:048, least 0°04. Penultimate whorl 0:017.
Mouth, length 0:037, breadth 0-028.

The general aspect of this shell resembles that of Jeffreysia, but
the inner lip by no means presents so continuous a peristome as
any of our British species of the genus, and the junction of the
pillar to the body is quite distinctly angulated, which is not the
case in any Jeffreysia known to me. If assigned to this genus,
therefore, it is rather because none else lies nearer, and in the
absence of the animal and of the operculum, a new genus would
be absurd here.

Crrituium (Adanson), Brug.

1. C. (Triforis) levukense, n. sp. 12. C. (B.) luscine, n. sp.
2. C.(T.) bigemma, un. sp. 13. C. (B.) philomele, n. sp.
3. C.(T.) hebes, n. sp. 14. C. (B.) gemmatum, n. sp.
4. C. (T.) inflatum, nu. sp. 15. C. (B.) pupiforme, n. sp.
5. C. matukense, n. sp. ~ 16. C.(B.) enode, n. sp.

6. C. phoxum, n. sp. 17. C. (B.) oosimense, n. sp.
Hea On PBittium) lissum, n. sp. 18. C. (B.) cylindricum, n. sp.
8. C. (B.) amblyterum, n. sp. 19. C. (B.) abruptum, n. sp.
9. C. (B.) mamillanum, n. sp. 20. C. (B.) delicatum, n. sp.
10. C. (B.) amboynense, n. sp. 21. C. (B.) aédonium, nu. sp.
11. C. (B.) pigrum, u. sp.

100 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

1. CerirHium (TRIFORIS) LEVUKENSE, N. sp.

July 29,1874. Levuka, Fiji. 12 fms.

Shell.—Sinistral, sharply conical, with a narrow and produced
base, solid, yellowish white, glossy. Sculpture. Longitudinals—
there are (on the last whorl) about twenty longitudinal rows of
round tubercles, which rows form a small rib across the whorl,
and are more or less continuous up the spire; these continue
on the base as strongly as on the upper part of the whorls.
These rows are parted by shallow rounded depressions. Spirals—
the longitudinal rows are cut by narrow little rounded grooves,
whose intersection with them forms the tubercles. Onthe upper
whorls there is only one such spiral groove, so that there are only
two tubercled spirals, but the groove gradually widens, and there
appears in the bottom of it a minute additional spiral, which finally
becomes as large as the other two; on the base are 3 equally
divided tubercled spiral threads, of which the inmost is the smallest,
and it ceases at the siphonal tube. The apex consists of 6 small
rather elongated narrow whorls, of which the first 14 have about
ten rows of minute tubercles faintly connected by spirals; the
next 43 whorls are crossed by about 24 longitudinal sharp
little ribs, rising into points at the carina, which is a continuous
spiral thread. This carina on the first of these whorls is near the
base, but later it rises so as to encircle the upper part of the
whorl. The minute spiral rows of tubercles, which alone appear
on the first whorl and half, cover the whole surface (both ribs and
interstices) on the later apical whorls. The regular
sculpture does not begin abruptly and at once, but a
tongue of this new sculpture breaks across the top of the
whorl, while the lower part retains the earlier ornamen-
tation. Colour. The apical whorls are amber, the rest of the shell
yellowish white, with a narrow amber-coloured thread within
the contraction of the base of each whorl; this spiral thread is
not continuous, being interrupted by each of the longitudinal
rows of tubercles. Spire high, sharply conical, with a very slight
convexity in its lines of profile, which are not perfectly alike.
Apex a narrow and perfect cone, ending in a small rounded point.
Whorls 17, of very regular increase, flat on the side; the whole
last whorl is contracted and a little elongated ; the base is narrow
and flat. Swtwre sharply impressed, and broader than the spiral
grooves, being marginated on its upperside by a minute flat
surface, which runs round the base of the superior whorl. Mouth
almost more than perpendicular, square, with a largish auricle at

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 101

its upper corner, and a small and very transverse rift at the
pillar. Outer lip sharp, thin, straight, perpendicular, angulated
at the basal corner, flat across the base, turned in towards the
mouth and pinched in at the pillar, where it joins the pillar-lip,
closing in the side of the small siphonal canal, whose edge
is sharp and straight, or avery little contracted allround. Pillar
straight in front, then very much bent back, so that its posterior
line almost stands on the edge of the base. Pillar-lip expanded
but abruptly defined on the base, blunt but projecting on the pillar,
where it is covered by and cemented to the outer lip. H. 0°22.
B. 0:07, least 0°06. Penultimate whorl 0°032. Mouth, length
0-037, breadth 0:035.

This beautiful little species is very like in general aspect to
C. perversum, L.; but, apart from other obvious differences, the
sculpture of the apex is quite distinct. In that species the
extreme apex has about seven spiral scatches, parted by rough-
ened threads, and the following whorls are beset with much closer-
set and more numerous riblets, and they have two close-set
spirals at the carina. The whole of this sculptured apex (in
C. perversum) is stumpier, and the whorls are not so angulated,
and the extreme point is blunter.

T. Hindsii, Desh. (Bourbon Moll. p. 99), is very near, but is
less contracted in front towards the base, has not there near the
mouth four rows of pearls, has the pearls white on a brown ground,
has not the single amber thread, and is a little narrower in
proportion. i

2. CreriTHivuM (TRIFORIS) BIGEMMA, 0. sp.

St. 24. Mar. 25,1873. Lat. 18°38! 30" N., long. 65° 5’ 30” W.
St. Thomas, N. of Culebra Island, Danish West Indies. 390 fms.
Coral-mud.

Shell.Sharply conical, high and narrow, solid, opaque, brilliant,
yellowish white. Sculpture. Longitudinals—the whorls are crossed
by rows of tubercles with broad and rounded hollows between ;
of these longitudinal rows there are 17 to 18 on the last, and
about 14 on a great many of the preceding whorls; besides these
the surface is sharply, distinctly, and pretty closely scored by
minute lines of growth. Spirals—a prominent spiral band
encircles the whorls formed by two rows of rounded tubercles,
which in each row are connected by a spiral thread; of these
threads the lower is rather the larger, sharper, and more pro-
minent. The distance between these threads is very nearly —

102 REY. B. BOOG WATSON ON THE

the same as that between the longitudinal rows, so that each
group of four adjoining tubercles forms nearly a rhomb. Round
the upper part of each whorl is an impressed flat surface, in
which, very near the suture, lies another smaller spiral, which
becomes minutely tubercled where it crosses the longitudinal
rows. At the bottom of each whorl is a very minute spiral
thread, which forms a pouting edge to the suture. Besides
these the surface is faintly reticulated by microscopic spirals
crossing the longitudinal lines of growth. This reticulation is
best seen on the flat and glossy base, which is unbroken except
by a small sharp spiral, about 0-012 in. within the edge.
Colour yellowish white, pure white on the upper part of the
spire ; round the base of each whorl is a suffused pale tint of
brown, which is more or less the colour of the base of the shell ;
the point of the pillar is white. Spire high, narrow, and conical,
slightly slewed to the left; so that while the left slope is
straight, almost concave, the right slope is just perceptibly
convex. Whorls probably 22, but of these the 3 or 4 apical
ones are broken off; they are of very slow increase, flat, con-
stricted on their upper part, flatly prominent:in the middle,
and contracted at the lower part; the base of the shell is flatly
conical. Suture strongly defined by the depression in which it
lies, but itself linear and projecting, being minutely marginated
both above and below. Mouth squarely oval, pointed above and
at the front of the pillar by the canal, which is small. Outer lip
broken. Pillar short, small, straight, scarcely excavated or
twisted, at the poimt sharp and slightly advancing outwards.
Inner lip. A very thin layer of glaze is carried across the body,
and turns round the pillar in a few microscopic lines, by which
alone it can be traced. H.0°6. B.0:12. Penultimate whorl 0-072.
Mouth, length 0°08, breadth 0-06.

This has a good deal the proportions of C. metula, Lov., with a
narrower base. It slightly resembles the Triforis Pfeiffert, Crosse,
and (apparently, for the B. M. tablet has more than one species on
it) the 7. scitula, A. Ad., both from 8S. Australia; but these have
only one series of gemmules, the upper row being very much
smaller, and in both the whole shell is very much smaller and
slenderer. 1. gigas, Hinds, is a much thinner and less strongly
tubercled and sutured shell. Z. angustissima, Desh. (Moll. de
Bourbon), is larger, broader in proportion, has the lower (in his
description “ supérieure,” as he reverses the shell) row of tu-
bercles larger, and lacks the infrasutural flat constriction with its
small and finely tubercled spiral.

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 103

3. CertrHium (TRIFORIS) HEBES, 0. sp.

St. 185. Oct. 18, 1873. Nightingale Island, Tristéo da Cunha
Islands, S. Atlantic. 100-150 fms. Rock; shells.

Shell.—Cylindrically conical, blunt, uncontracted towards the
base, strong, translucent, hardly glossy. Sculpture. Longitudinals
—on the last whorl there are about 20 longitudinal rows of rounded
tubercles, parted by depressions of much the same breadth and
- form as themselves; theyrun more or less continuously and straight
up the spire from whorl to whorl. There are indistinct lines of
growth. Spirals—on each whorl the tubercles are arranged in
three spiral rows, parted by rather deep but narrow squarish
furrows. The highest row is rather smaller and less prominent
than the others. The base of each whorl is sharply but not deeply
constricted ; the edge of this constriction appears on the margin
of the base as a rounded thread, defined by a slight furrow, which,
with the exception of microscopic radiating lines of growth, is the
only ornament of the flat and very slightly conical base. Colour
pure somewhat translucent white. Spire high and conical, but
contracting very little, and hence more cylindrical than usual.
Apex very blunt, but almost mucronated; this arises from the
three embryonic whorls, which are smooth, being formed of two
tumid threads, of which the lower is the larger, but the upper is
at first the more prominent, and at its origin stands up minute,
round, and prominent, like a small eccentric blunt spike, remind-
ing one of the mucronated mamillary plug of some of the Cecums.
Tt is not a plug, however, but the true embryonic form. This
embryonic shell is smooth and glossy, but has some faint trace of
spiral sculpture. Whorls 12, of very gradual increase, flat on
the sides, constricted below, flat and hardly conical on the base.
Suture well defined by the contraction of the whorl above it, and
by a minute thread on which it projects. Mouth angulately oval,
with a small straight canal in front. Outer lip broken. Pillar
perpendicular, straight, short, narrow, pointed. Inner lip a
thickish porcellanous glaze. H. 0:24. 3B. 0:06. Penultimate
whorl 0:03. Mouth, length 0-032, breadth 0-02.

This species has some resemblance to 7. suturalis, Ad. & Rve.,
but is easily distinguished from that by its blunt apex and the
less sunken suture.

4, CERITHIUM (TRIFORIS) INFLATUM, N. sp.
St. 24. Mar. 25,1873. Lat. 18° 38’ 80” N., long. 65° 5'30" W.

104 REV. B. BOOG WATSON ON THE

St. Thomas, N. of Culebra Island, Danish West Indies. 390 fms.
Mud.

Shell.—Small, narrow, conical, with a blunt inflated apex, solid,
opaque, glossy. Sculpture. Longitudinals—there are on the last
whorl 16 rows of small rounded but not blunt tubercles, which
more or less continuously run obliquely down the spire in lines
from right to left; the hollows which part them are in form
much like themselves; there are also faint microscopic scratches
on the lines of growth. Spirals—on each whorl the tubercles are
arranged in two spiral rows, in which the tubercles have their
sharp tips tilted up the spire, and they are parted by a triangular-
shaped furrow, narrower than the spirals of tubercles. Below
the under row of tubercles is a broader furrow, in the bottom of
which runs the suture on the spireward face of a fine rounded
thread occupying the extreme upper edge of the subjacent whorl.
This thread is undulated rather than tubercled where it crosses the
longitudinal rows ; on the spireward side this thread is defined by
a minute deep square-bottomed trench, while on the basal side
it lies close in to the foot of the upper spiral row of tubercles.
Round the edge of the base is a slight sharp narrow keel, which
the succeeding whorl as it grows buries in the spiral thread
mentioned above. At 0004 from the edge, andthere forming a
ledge, the whole centre of the base is slightly projected: with
this exception, the flat and scarcely conical base has no orna-
mentation beyond the radiating lines of growth and the micro-
scopic spirals, which, though visible on the rest of the shell, are,
as usual, more distinct on the base. Colour dull translucent
white. Spire high, narrow, and conical. Apex blunt and in-
flated. The two embryonic whorls are larger, but otherwise very
much like those of C. metula, Lov., being turban-shaped and pro-
jecting beyond the succeeding whorls; they are glossy and quite
smooth but for some very faint microscopic longitudinal and
spiral lines. Whorls 13, of very gradual increase, flat on the
sides; the base, too, is flat, and very little conical. Sutwre linear,
almost hidden by the overlap of the subjacent whorl. Mouth
very small and square, with a minute, round, very short canal in
front, whose edges are reverted all round. Outer lip broken.
Pillar very small, extremely short, straight, but reverted at the
point. nner lp not fully formed. H.02. B.0-06. Penulti-
mate whorl 0°02. Mouth, length 0:028, breadth 0:025.

This species, which in shape resembles 7. sutwralis, Ad. & Rve.,
may be easily distinguished from that species by the absence of

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 105

the deep suture and by the inflated apex. From C.(7.) hebes,
W., its sculpture and its apex distinguish it at once.

5. CERITHIUM MATUKENSE, 0. sp.

St. 173. July 24, 1874. Lat. 19° 9’ 32’-35” S., long. 179° 41’
50"-55" E. 310-315 fms. Coral.

Shell.—A. tall, narrow, sharply-pointed cone, somewhat tumid
in the last whorl, with little sculpture, but with largish white
varices, and beautiful glossy brown spiral threads, speckled with
white on a dull translucent white ground. Sculpture. Longitudi-
nals—the upper whorls are thickly set with narrow, close, curved,
tubercled ribs, which run with a slight twist almost continuously
from whorl to whorl ; irregularly, but on nearly each whorl, one
of these ribs swells and broadens as a white varix. On the later
whorls the ribs are much less marked and the tubercles crowd
closely together on the spiral threads ; the varices, too, become
larger, and appear at the distance of 14 whorl; the surface is also
thickly set with fine sharpish hair-like lines of growth. Spirals—
Besides one in the suture concealed by the succeeding whorl,
there are on the small apical whorls 3, but on the last 18 or 14
whorls there are 4 narrow well-defined rounded glossy spiral
threads ; on the last whorl, in its latter half, one or two more
narrower threads appear on the upperside of the whorl; on the
base they are narrower and set more closely, and four or five
delicate ones ornament the pillar. On the last whorl especially
the upper spirals are studded with close-set small round tubercles.
The interstices are about three times as broad as the threads
themselves, and are delicately fretted with very fine spiral lines.
Colour a translucent white, dead towards the apex, with some
irregular brownish stains on the spire, dead-white varices, and
brilliant brown spiral threads spotted with white tubercles. Spire
tall, conical, and a little bent. Apex sharp but rounded. Whorls
20, of very slow and regular increase, scarcely convex, but the
last is a little tumid, flattened on the base, but not at all angulated,
and bisected by an exceptionally large varix. Swtwre linear, but
with avery slight impression. Mouth nearly semicircular, from
the great sweep of the outer lip, and the very slight relative con-
cavity of the whole inner lip from the upper corner of the mouth
to the point of the pillar; porcellanous within. At its upper
angle there is a narrow little corner formed by a slight contraction
of the lip towards the body, and by the elevation of the second
basal thread into a tooth by a porcellanous thickening at this

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XV. 8

106 REY. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

point. Outer lip ascends slightly on the body-whorl, towards
which at the same time it is a very little pinched in. From this
point to the edge of the canal it forms a very equable curve;
slightly retreating at first so as almost to form a shallow open
sinus, it is thrown out into a wing-like projecting expansion in
the middle. It is patulous, reverted, thin on the edge, but
thickened within by a glossy porcellanous callus, stained dark
brown at the ends of the spiral threads. The short anterior
canal bends over towards the pillar, is well defined, round, with
the oral lips a little contracted and its front margin a good deal
reverted. The pillar is short, straight, narrow, at the point
sharp and bent to the left, with a narrow and twisted edge; in
colour porcellanous white. Inner lip is glossy, rising into a
tooth on the first intraoral thread, spread out on the body, with a
slightly thickened and well-defined edge on the pillar. H. 16.
B. 0°47, least 0:34. Penultimate whorl 0:23. Mouth, length
0°32, breadth 0°27.

This species in form and colour is not unlike Cerithiwm
longicaudatum, Ad. & Rve., or C. attenuatum, Phil., but in details
of whorls and of sculpture it is totally different.

6. CERITHIUM PHOXUM, n. sp. (gokds, tapering.)

July 29,1874. Levuka, Fiji. 12 fms.

Shell.—Sharply conical, on the base contracted and a little ob-
liquely flattened, longitudinally ribbed with spiral tubercled
threads, of a certain waxy whiteness tinged with yellow and ruddy
brown. Sculpture. Longitudinals—there are from ten to eleven
straight but oblique riblets on each whorl; on the earlier whorls
they are pretty continuous, with a sinistral twist round the spire,
but on the later whorls they become less regular. Besides these
there are fine scratch-like lines of growth. Spirals—on the
upper whorls there are four, on the later five, which, as they cross
the riblets, rise into tubercles. They are parted by intervals of
two to three times their width, and in these intervals two or three
narrower but similar threads appear, as they do also on the base,
where there are two stronger circumbasal threads and a multi-
tude of finer hair-like spirals, which extend to the point of the
pillar. Besides these the whole surface is covered with finely
fretted microscopic spirals. Colour a delicate waxy straw-
colour, with stains of a brownish flesh tinge. Spire very slightly
scalar, straight, and very sharply conical. Apex fine. Whorls 14,

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 107

of slow increase and straight outline, with about one varix on
each. Suture a very little impressed at the base of each whorl.
Mouth oval, with a sharp angulation at the canal and at the upper
corner, where the lip is sinuated and pinched in against the body-
whorl, and where the corner is further narrowed into a little
canal by the strong tooth which rises nearly on the interior basal
thread. Outer lip sharp, fluted on the edge, thickened by an ex-
ternal varix ; ascending a little at its junction with the body-whorl,
it retreats so as to forma slight sinus ; it sweeps round with a very
equable curve, advancing about the middle into a patulous wing-
like projection ; across the base it is flat, advancing, but scarcely
patulous. The anterior canal is rather narrow and deep, short,
bent back, and with its front margin reverted all round except
on the pillar. Pillar short, angulated, and slightly twisted in
front where it bends to the left, sharp-pointed. Inner lip thick-
ened, and forming a ledge along its whole length. H. 08.
B. 0°27, least 0°22. Penultimate whorl 0:12. Mouth, length
0:2, breadth 0°17.

7. Crerirutum (Brrrivm) LissvM, n. sp. - (Acssés, smooth.)

July 29,1874. Levuka, Fiji. 12 fms.

Shell.—Conical, rather stumpy, a little contracted and drawn out
on the base, longitudinally ribbed, smoothed, of a brownish-white
colour. Sculpture. Longitudinals—towards the apex there are
on each whorl about twelve small, rounded, rather hunchy,
straight and regular ribs, parted by hollows broader than the
ribs; these very soon become less regular, and, though larger,
are less so relatively to the size of the whorls and to the breadth
of the hollows between them. On the penultimate whorl they
become nodose, especially on the lower part of the whorl, and on
the last whorl they are almost entirely replaced by unconnected
rows of tubercles. The surface is very faintly scratched with lines
of growth. In the middle of the last whorl there is a pretty strong
white varix, broad above and projecting below. Spirals—there
are many (on penultimate whorl about 20) irregular, unequal and
une qually-parted scratches, three or four of which are markedly
larger than the rest. Raised between these lie minute hair-like
lines, with here and there a flat thread, which, :a crossing the
ribs, rise, at the top and especially near the bottom of the whorls,
into rounded tubercles. On the last whorl there are four rows
of these tubercles—one just below the suture, where they are

Q*

108 REY. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

broad and flat; the second small and indefinite; the third at the
periphery, where, transversely long, the tubercles are sharp and
small; the fourth row is within the base, and there they are very
small. The pillar is feebly scored with many remote very small
threads. The surface is otherwise smooth and rather glossy. Colour
dead white, with minute longitudinal lines and spots of faint ruddy
brown, with suffused stains of fainter brown ; on the penultimate
whorl there are five, on the last ten very fine spiral lines of the
same colour. Spore sharply but slightly convexly and a very little
gibbously conical. Apex sharp. Whorls about 14, of regular in-
crease, flat ; the lastis contracted and drawn out and slightly bent
from the axis of the shell, while the base is a little pinched in.
Suture very faint. Mouth oval, but pointed at the canal and at the
upper corner, where it 1s narrowed by a slight contraction of the
lip and by the basal tooth; porcellanous and glossy within. Outer
lip ascends markedly on the body-whorl, sinuated, contracted, and
a little turned in above, expanded, patulous, and wing-shaped in
the middle, flat and slightly turned in on the base. It is on the
edge rounded, thin, irregularly channelled, with an external, nar-
row, projecting varix. The canal is longish, narrow, and very
much cut off obliquely backwards. Pil/ar is short and narrow
though strong, but rises from an elongated base; it bends to
the left, and has a long fine edge on the margin of the canal.
Inner lip. Above and at the basal tooth it is thick and abrupt on
the edge, but below this thin though defined; it is somewhat
thicker along the canal. H.1. B. 0°36, least 0°29. Penultimate
whorl 0:17. Mouth, length 0:28, breadth 0°19.

8. CerituiuM (BITTIUM) AMBLYTERUM, 0. sp. (auPdAdrepos,
rather blunt.)

St. 75. July 2, 1873. Lat. 38° 388’ N., long. 28° 28’ 30” W.
Fayal, Azores. 500 fms. Sand.

Shell.—In general aspect very much like C. metula, Lov., but
narrower, and having a sharper apex, and in texture and orna-
mentation recalling an Odostomia of the Chemnitzia group.
Sculpture. Longitudinals—there are on the last whorl twenty-
one small longitudinal ribs, which run more or less continuously
straight up the spire; they are curved so as to be posteriorly
convex, and each bears two tubercles—one, the smaller, near the
top, the other near the bottom of the whorl; their interstices
are shallow, flat,andnarrow. There are, besides these, faint lines

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 109

of growth, which, on the base, are curvedly radiating and strong.
Spirals—there is a spiral thread near the top of each whorl, con-
necting the upper series of tubercles, and the adjacent tubercles
at the lower ends of the ribs are confluent, forming a continuous
spiral; round the edge of the base is a fine round carinal thread ;
of microscopic spirals there seems to be no trace. Colowr trans-
lucent white. Spire high, narrow, and conical. Apex small,
glossy, roundly pointed and oblique, the extreme point rising
slightly on one side. The embryonic whorls are two, slightly
oblique, convex and perfectly smooth, but for some very faint
spiral scratches. After these faint and sparse riblets begin to
appear, and only ‘after two more whorls do these reach distinctness.
The second, though narrower, is higher than the third. Whorls 12,
of very gradual increase, flat on the sides, slightly cariated by the
projection of the lower thread of tubercles, a little contracted into
the suture, on the base scarcely convex but conical. Suture
linear and very minute. JMowth squarish, with a largish oblique
opening into the canal, which is semicircular, a little oblique, and
with very shortly reverted edge. Outer lip thin, straight, but
strongly angled at the corner of the base. Pillar very short,
perpendicular, rather broad, rather sharp-edged at the point,
where it is obliquely truncate and tilted to one side. Inner lip
a very thin layer of glaze. H.0-25. B.0:065. Penultimate
whorl 0:03. Mouth, length 0°033, breadth 0-027.

While the general form of this species resembles C. metula,
Loy., the sculpture is very distinct, and the apex, though blunt,
is much finer and sharper, and not inflated as in that species.

9. CrRITHiuM (BITTIUM) MAMILLANUM, 0. sp.

St. 120. Sept. 9, 1873. Lat. 8° 87'S., long. 34° 28' W. Per-
nambuco. 675 ing Mud.

Shell.—In general aspect very much like C. metula, Loy., but
narrower, and having a still blunter and more swollen apex.
Sculpture. Longitudinals—on the last whorl there are twenty-one
small, narrow, longitudinal ribs, which are curved so as to be pos-
teriorly convex; they appear faintly on the outer circumference
of the base; the line of these from whorl to whorl runs very
straight up the spire. The whorls are also microscopically striate
in the lines of growth. Spirals—near the suture a spiral thread
encircles the top of the whorls, and rises into minute tubercles
where it crosses the ribs; near the foot of the whorls is a strong

110 REV. B. BOOG WATSON ON THE

carination, and here each longitudinal rib projects strongly into
a rounded, narrow, longitudinal tubercle; the base is encircled
by a small sharp thread, which is undulated but not tubercled by
the longitudinal ribs. Colour translucent white, more ivory than
porcellanous. Spire high, narrow, and conical. Apes blunt, in-
flated, and projecting beyond the contour-lines of the spire, as if
the two embryonic whorls had been squeezed down and spread
out in the operation. They are glossy and quite smooth, but
with a trace of spiral arrangement in the microscopic texture.
Faint traces of the longitudinal ribs appear toward the end of
the second whorl, and the spiral threads appear pretty strongly
on the third. Whorls 12, of very gradual increase, slightly con-
cave on the sides, and below the carina sharply contracted in
toward the suture. Sutwre well marked by the contraction of
the whorl above it and the slight angular prominence of the
whorl below it. Mouth square and small. Pillar very short, per-
pendicular, broad, with a small, blunt, oblique but not reverted
point. Inner lip a very thin layer of glaze. H. 0-22. B. 0-06.
Penultimate whor] 0:025. Mouth, length 0:03, breadth 0-023.

The sculpture in this species resembles a good deal C. ambly-
terum, W., as they both do C. metula, Lov.; but the details of the
sculpture are quite different, and the peculiar form of the apex
distinguishes it easily from both. The only specimen of this
shell was unfortunately broken before it was figured.

10. Ceriraium (BirtivM) AMBOYNENSE, 0. sp.

October 6, 1874. Amboyna. 15-20 fms.

Shell. Small, narrow, conical, with convex outline, a narrow,
contracted and bluntly conical base, solid, opaque, dull, light
brown. Sculpture. Longitudinals—there are on the last whorl
about 20 broad, shallow depressions, parted by longitudinal rows
of small tubercles, which, toward the mouth, tend to crowd out
the depressions. These rows preserve no relation to each other
in adjoining whorls. There is about the middle of the whorl a
broad, feeble varix, which includes several of these rows of
tubercles; there are besides many irregular lines of growth.
Spirals—there are on the last three whorls four, and on all the pre-
ceding whorls three spiral threads, which are beset with small, low,
round tubercles, which become smaller toward the mouth. Above
the suture another very small spiral appears; it lies just within
the contraction of the base, and has no tubercles. Within this,

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. TTL

on the base and close to it, is another and stronger spiral. A broad,
shallow, but well-defined furrow lies within this, having a minute
spiral in the bottom of it. The pillar rises within this furrow,
encircled by a rather strongish spiral thread, and three more finer
spirals twine round it. Only on the base is there the faintest
trace of most minute microscopic spirals. Colour pale yellowish
brown, quite uniform throughout. Spire high and narrow, with
convex contour-lines, which are strongly impressed at the suture.
In the upper part of the spire the whorls are a little scalar. Apew
broken. Whorls 9, flat, of very gradual increase. Sutwre im-
pressed. Mouth square. Outer lip broken. Pillar straight, short,
and broad. Jnner lip formed by a thick layer of glaze, which
presents a narrow edge on the pillar. H.014. B.0:05. Pen-
ultimate whorl 0:025. Mouth, length 0-03, breadth 0-02.

This species very much resembles C. reticulatum, Da Cos., but
there is appreciable difference in its contour-lines, which are
much more curved, and the upper whorls are scalar, while in the
young of that species, with the same number of whorls, the con-
tour-lines are straight and the outline perfectly conical. In this,
too, the base is more contracted and hollower than in that. The
apex 1s unfortunately broken ; but the basal part of the embryonic
shell is broader, less oblique, and has not the characteristic fine
spiral threads which encircle the base of the second and third
whorls in that species.

11. Ceriruium (BITTIUM) PIGRUM, nN. sp.

St. 185. October 18, 1873. Nightingale Island, Tristéo da
Cunha Islands. 100-150 fms.

Shell.—Tall, narrow, conical, with convex outlines, blunt, flat
on the base, strong, opaque white. Sculpture. Longitudinals
—there are on the last whorl twenty-one flattish, rounded, narrow
ribs, parted by depressions of about the same form and size; the
surface is also very faintly microscopically striate. Spirals—on
all the whorls, except the first two, there are three fine narrow
spiral threads, which rise into feeble tubercles where they cross
the longitudinals. The first and second are a little closer together
than the second and third, which are separated by a flat space of
about twice the breadth of the spirals. Below the lowest spiral
there is a rather abruptly sloping but broadish contraction into
the suture, close above which lies a plain, narrow, spiral thread,
which on the last whorl forms the edge of the base, and is there

112 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

defined by an inferior minute spiral furrow. With the exception
of this and of very faint microscopic spirals and lines of growth, the
base is quite plain. Colowr dead white. Spire high and narrow,
with slightly convex outlines ; the lowest tubercled spiral on each
whorl slightly projects beyond the top of the whorl which follows.
Apex blunt and smooth. Whorls 13, flat on the sides, narrowed
upwards, constricted at the bottom above the suture. Suture
minute, but well defined by the furrow and by the thread which
lies in the bottom of it above the suture. Mouth square. Outer
lip broken. Pillar short but rather narrow. Inner lip incom-
plete. H.036. B.0:095. Penultimate whorl 0:04. Mouth,
length 0:08, breadth 0:05.

This, as regards its sculpture, also belongs to the C. reticulatwm
group.

12. Ceriratum (BIrTiIuM) LUSCINIA, n. sp.

St. 135. October 18, 1873. Nightingale Island, Tristéo da
Cunha Islands. 100-150 fms.

Shell.—Small, narrow, conical, blunt, with straight outlines,
rounded but not contracted at the base, solid, translucent, glossy,
white. Sculpture. Longitudinals —there are 17-18 longitu-
dinal rows of coarse, flat, rounded tubercles, parted by fur-
rows narrow and shallow; these lines run very straight up
the spire. Spirals—on all but the first three whorls there are
three equally-parted spiral threads, which rise into tubercles in
crossing the longitudinals ; of these three spirals the highest is
the smallest and least prominent. The first whorl is smooth and
glossy, with a few irregular wrinkles ; the second is regularly and
curvedly ribbed and furrowed longitudinally; on the third the
general sculpture of the shell begins, but the highest spiral is
absent, only its place is indicated by a broader infrasutural de-
pression. The base has round its margin a sharp-edged thread,
and close within this a very faint furrow. Colour translucent
glossy white. Spire is high, narrow, and has straight outlines.
The base of each whorl projects shghtly beyond the top of that
which succeeds it, and the suture is sunk in a well-marked furrow.
Apex is abrupt and rounded, but the extreme point is obliquely
prominent. Whorls 9, flat on the sides, narrowed upwards, and
constricted at the bottom above the suture. Swtuwre linear and
very minute, but well marked by the furrow which lies above it.
Mouth squarish. Outer lip incomplete. Pillar straight, short,

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 113

and strong. Inner lip unformed. H. 0147. B. 0:06. Penulti-
mate whorl 0:02. Mouth, length 0:03, breadth 0-028.

The sculpture of this species is after the fashion of the C. reti-
culatum, Da Costa, group, but the form of the shell, its details
of sculpture, and the shape of the apex are very distinct. It is
not quite full-grown, so that the form of the base is not entirely
developed.

13. Creriraium (Birrrum) PHILOMELA, 0. sp.

St. 185. October 18, 1873. Nightingale Island, Tristéo da
Cunha Islands. 100-150 fms.

Shell—Small, narrow, conical, blunt, outlines scarcely convex,
rounded at the periphery into the blunt square base, solid, dead
white, not glossy. Sculpture. Longitudinals—on the last whorl
there are 21 rows of rather coarse round tubercles, parted by very
narrow furrows; these lines run very straight up the spire.
Spirals—on all but the first two whorls there are three very
equal spiral threads, which rise into tubercles as they cross the
longitudinals; these threads do not appear on the first two
whorls; they are parted by shallow furrows. The base of the
whorls is sharply but shallowly contracted, and in the bottom of
the contraction, above the suture, lies a small spiral, which is un-
dulated in crossing the longitudinals, and which, on the base,
forms a weak, feebly-tubercled circumferential border. Spire is
high, narrow, and has its outlines barely curved. Apes is blunt
and rounded, with a very minute oblique projection. Whorls 8,
just barely convex on the sides. Swtwre very minute and linear,
but well marked by the furrow at the base of the whorls. Mouth
squarish. Outer lip broken. Pillar straight, short, and broad.
Inner lip a layer of glaze crossing the body and twining round
the pillar. H.0-128. B.0:05. Penultimate whorl 0:025. Mouth,
length 0:08, breadth 0:02.

This species, in its sculpture, belongs to the C. reticulatum
group. Than C. luscinie, which it resembles, it is much smaller,
more delicate in sculpture ; the apex is less squeezed down than
in that species.

14, CeritHium (BirriuM) GEMMATUM, DN. sp.

St. II. Jan. 13,1873. Lat. 38°10’ N., long. 9°14! W. Setubal.
470 fms. Globigerina-ooze.

Shell.—High, conical, not narrow for the genus, blunt, with

114 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

straight outlines, distinct suture, rounded base, tubercled, thin,
translucent white. Sculpture. Longitudinals—the whorls are
crossed by oblique, curved, and tubercled ribs, of which there are
on the last whorl 17, on the preceding 14, and they diminish
rapidly in number. They are quite obsolete near the mouth, and
die out on the base; they are parted by open longitudinal fur-
rows fully wider than themselves. The furrows and ribs run
down the spire from whorl to whorl without a twist, but with
a strong dextral obliquity. There are avery great many fine
irregular and unequal lines of growth. Spirals—each whorl is
carinated by two strongish rounded spiral threads, which rise
into largish tubercles on the longitudinal ribs; the upper is
rather the stronger and more prominent; near the mouth they
both become feebler: the tubercles on the upper thread are
smaller, while on the lower they disappear. These spirals are
parted by a flat shallow furrow about twice as wide as themselves.
Below the under spiral the whorls contract into the suture,
above which is a very narrow flat thread, which on the base
forms the strongish marginal border. Above the upper spiral the
whorls also contract, and immediately below the suture there is
a very small and feebly tubercled spiral. On the base, within the
marginal thread, is another. The centre of the base is plain and
a little impressed; round the base of the pillar are two fine
threads, while a third, very minute, twists up the pillar. The
whole surface is fretted with minute microscopic spiral scratches.
Colour translucent white. Spire is high, and has straight out-
lines. Apex, which is blunt and perfectly rounded and glossy,
has two whorls. Whorls 12, of regular increase, convex, being
constricted above and below. Suture linear, but well marked.
Mouth oval, scarcely pointed above, and with an open shallow
canal in front, resembling that in C. reticulatum. Outer lip very
thin, very slightly ascending where it joins the body, forming an
equable, nearly semicircular curve to the edge of the canal. Pillar
very short and little projecting, with a distinct twist ; at the point
small, rounded, and narrow-edged. Inner lip forming a con-
tinuous curve across the body and up the pillar; on the body it
is a thin glaze, but its edge on the pillar is thicker and more de-
fined. Height 0°31. B.0:09. Penultimate whorl, height 0-04,
Mouth, length 0:066, breadth 0:05.

15, Cerirutum (BirTIuM) PUPIFORME, n. sp.

St. 186. Sept. 8, 1874. Lat. 10° 30'S., long. 142° 18’ E.
Wednesday Island, Cape York. Coral-sand. 8 fms.

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 115

Shell—Small, narrow, conical, blunt, with convex outlines,
contracted both toward the apex and the point of the base, reti-
culated, tubercled, solid, translucent, glossy, white. Sculpture.
Longitudinals—there are on the last whorl about 25 rows of
small, roundea, adjacent tubercles; they are parted by mere
lines, and run pretty straight, but with a slght sinistral turn
down the spire. On the upper part of the spire the rows are
straight, but in the penultimate whorl, where the shell begins to
contract toward the base, the rows have a slight concave and
dextral curve. Spirals—on each whorl there are three equal
spiral threads, which form the tubercles as they cross the longi-
tudinal rows ; they are parted by two narrow and shallow fur-
rows; there is a strong deep sutural furrow. Besides these
there are quite inconspicuous microscopic longitudinal and spiral
lines on the surface. The very narrow base is encircled by a
strong rounded prominent thread, within which a deep furrow
surrounds the pillar. Colour translucent white. Spire high
and narrow, with convex outlines. Apex extremely abruptly
truncate, rounded. The smooth embryonic shell consists of
one and a half whorls, and the tip of it scarcely rises into sight.
Whorls 9, contracted upwards, flat on the sides. The base is
extremely contracted; and as the contraction begins in the
penultimate whorl, the form of the shell resembles the pupa of
an insect. Suture only defined by the deep furrow in which it
lies. Mouth oval, with avery small channel in front. Outer lip
broken. Pillar very short, strong, but not broad; the point is
in the only specimen slightly broken. L. 0:1. B.0-037. Pen-
ultimate whorl 0:02.

In general form, but in that alone, this is very ike some of
the ill-thriven looking forms of Cerithiopsis minima, Brusina, but
is obviously very different.

16. CEerirHium (BITtTIuM) ENODE, 0. sp.

St. 120. Sept. 9, 1873. Lat. 8° 37'S., long. 34°18’ W. Off
Pernambuco. 675 fms. Mud.

Shell.—Small, narrow, conical, apex blunt and mammillated, out-
lines straight, square on the base, finely ribbed, but not reticulated
nor tubercled, thin, white. Sculpture. Longitudinals—there are
on each whorl about 26 small, narrow, sharp, curved distant ribs,
which run continuously from whorl to whorl, and very straight
down the spire. The ribs are about 0:001 in. wide, and the in-
terstices five to six times as much; toward the apex they become

116 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

more crowded. In the interstices a feebler riblet is occasionally
intercalated. They die out on the base with a strong, posteriorly
convex curve. Spirals—near but not just at the suture the top
of each whorl projects ina sharp minute carina, defined by a spiral
thread, which forms a small knot in crossing each riblet; about
one third down the whorl a very fine sharp thread runs round the
shell, rising over, but scarcely forming knots on the riblets.
Another one third down a very faint thread appears. The margin
of the base is defined by a sharp, minute, knotted, carinal thread,
the edge of which may just be traced at the bottom of each whorl,
just above the suture, all the way up the spire. ‘The base is plain
but for a very faint submarginal thread. The apex is smooth
and glossy, with nothing but microscopic evanescent superficial
spirals. Over the whole surface of the shell there is a micro-
scopic reticulation of faint, pretty equal, longitudinal and spiral
scratches. Colour ivory-white. Spire high, narrow, with per-
fectly straight conical outlines. Apes truncate, and then finished
with a slightly depressed mammillate, glossy, pure white tip, con-
sisting of a whorl anda half, which is straight on the top and not
oblique. Whorls 9, straight or just faintly concave on the side,
slightly scalar as they rise out of one another. The base is not
in the least contracted, and is barely convex. Suture only re-
cognizable from the slight shoulder of the whorl below it. J/outh
small, angularly oval, with a blunt and laterally directed point
above, and an oblique canal in front, which, relatively to the size
of the mouth itself, is very large. Outer lip very straight, being
neither incurved nor patulous, except round the edge of the
canal, where it is slightly so. Pillar very short and conical, with
an abrupt little, broad, parallel-sided style, with a very oblique,
fine, rounded edge, and ending in a fine point on the left. nner
lip a fine glaze on the body and edge of the pillar. H. 0:19.
B. 0:06. Penultimate whorl, height 0-028. Mouth, length
0-039, breadth 0-028.

This is a peculiarly beautiful shell, and, like C. mamillanum
from the same locality, departing widely in sculpture from the
coarse type common to the genus. From that species it differs
markedly in its being much stumpier in form and in the carina
being placed at the top and not at the bottom of the whorls.
From C. amblyterum, another deep-sea form, and which it also re-
sembles slightly, it differs in being stumpier and in having a much
blunter and shorter apex.

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. ULF

17. Cerrraium (BiTTIuM) OOSIMENSE, 0. sp.
~ May 14, 1875. Oosima, Japan.

Shell.—Small, broadish, conical, pointed, whorls angulated,
semi-imbricated, corrugated longitudinally, not reticulated, tuber-
cled, variced, thin, brownish grey, with white and brown spots.
Sculpture. Wongitudinals—there are on the penultimate whorl
13 depressed, rounded, slightly oblique ribs or corrugations,
parted by furrows, shallow, rounded, and narrower than the ribs.
These ribs diminish in number upwards on the spire, down which
they run from whorl to whorl, with a slight oblique twist from
left to right. On the last whorl one of these is strengthend into
a feeble varix, but the rest become increasingly inconspicuous, and
at last scarcely recognizable; on the base they are still traceable
as faint corrugations. Spirals—each whorl, at about one fourth
of its height from the suture, projects in an angular carination,
which carries a small, but distinct rounded thread, rising into
transverse tubercles where it crosses the longitudinal corrugations.
Above this carinal thread there are four very small flat spiral
threads, equal, and equally parted by three small furrows, in each
of which lies a minute spiral thread. The furrow which separates
the lowest of these four spirals from the carinal thread is plain,
haying no minute spiral in it. Below the carinal angulation the
whorls are constricted. Within this constriction there are on
each whorl two small alternating furrows and threads, then a
comparatively broad and deep furrow, below which a small spiral
thread lies immediately at the suture, but above it. It is this
suprasutural thread which forms the edge of the base, and is there
nearly as strong as the carinal thread. Its inner side is defined
by a strongish furrow, within which the whole base to the point of
the pillar is covered with small alternating threads and furrows,
in number about 9, of which the first and the fifth thread are a
little stronger than the rest. Besides these, the whole surface is
microscopically covered with sharpish spirals and slight lines of
growth. These last are very distinct toward the point of the
pillar. Colour brownish grey, with porcellanous white spots
where the spirals cross the corrugations, and with a good deal of
suffused ruddy brown, especially on the base and about the
suture; the edge of the pillar is deeply tinged with this colour.
Spire pointed, conical, with straight profile lines, angulated by
the pagoda-like projections of the whorls at the carina, and their
constrictions below this into the suture. Apex small and rounded.

118 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

Whorls 11, of very gradual and regular increase, straight on the
side, contracted upwards into the suture, and overhung by the
projection of the preceding whorl above. The base is conical
and very slightly concave. Suture invisible, though the situation
is strongly defined by the suprasutural furrows. Jouth rather
large, oval, bluntly pointed at the upper outer corner, and with a
small open canal beyond the point of the pillar. Outer lip thin,
corrugated, slightly expanded above, extremely patulous and
projecting on the whole base, slightly pinched in at the side of
the canal, advancing markedly beyond the point of the pillar,
with a patulous and very slightly reverted sharp edge round the
canal. Pillar straight, prominent, rounded, not short, but not
projecting so far as the outer lip; its edge is finely rounded, but
not sharp; its point is cut off quite straight, transversely, and is
rounded. Inner lip a thin glaze on the body, but with a dis-
tinct edge, which is slightly thickened toward the point of the
pillar. H.021. 5B.0-084. Penultimate whorl, height 0-035.
Mouth, length 0:06, breadth 0:047.

The peculiar semi-imbricated growth of the whorls in this
species recalls somewhat the curious C. dubiwm, Sow.; but the
species differ obviously in size, form, and sculpture.

18. CerrrHtum (BITTIUM) CYLINDRICUM, 0. sp.

April 17-18, 1874. Port Jackson, Sydney. 2-10 fms.

Shell—Small, high, narrow, pointed, cylindrically conical, reti-
culate, tubercled, strong, dark brown. Sculpture. Longitudinals—
there are on the last whorl about 25 narrow, posteriorly convex,
curved riblets, which cannot be followed from whorl to whorl
down the spire, and which hardly appear on the base amidst the
strong curved lines of growth found there. These riblets are
parted by squarish furrows about as broad as themselves. Spirals
—there are on each whorl three pretty equal, squarish, not much
prominent, spiral threads, which become prominent themselves
and give prominence to the longitudinals by expanding into
round-topped tubercles as they cross the riblets; they are parted
by furrows, which are of about the same breadth as themselves ;
the sutural furrow is slightly deeper and broader than the others.
The edge of the base is squarish, and is defined by a narrow
sharpish-edged spiral thread. The base, which is flatly conical,
is plain but for the lines of growth; the pillar is defined by a
minute, sharpish spiral thread, which runs round its base and
meets the slit of the canal. Besides these the whole surface of

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 119

the shell is microscopically scored with irregular lines of growth
and fine spiral scratches. Colour dark ruddy brown, uniform all
over. Spire high, narrow, pointed, with straight but shghtly an-
gulated contour lines. The first eight whorls expanding regularly,
so as to form a minute cone, while the last four expand more
slowly, so as to give more of a cylindrical shape. -Apew small,
blunt, rounded, slightly oblique, and a little immersed. Whorls
13, flat, except the last, which is slightly convex, with a somewhat
flat but conical base. Swtwre in the bottom of a deep furrow is
concealed by a projection of the inferior whorl. Mouth oval, with
a small rounded sinus at the upper outer corner, and a largish
and deepish canal running in behind the pillar. Outer lip not
expanded, deeply corrugated by the ends of the spirals, with a
deep V-shaped fissure forming the canal. Pillar straight, not
short, pretty strong, with a rounded, narrow, twisted edge, and a
small but not sharp point, which is very slightly reverted. Inner
lip little more than a film on the body and pillar. H.027. B.
0:064. Penultimate whorl 0°031. Mouth, length 0:042, breadth
0:028.

19. CeritHivum (BITTIUM) ABRUPTUM, Nn. sp.

St. 75. July 2, 1873. Lat. 38°38’ N., long. 28° 28’ 30” W.
Fayal, Azores. 450-500 fms. Sand.

Shell.—Small, narrow, conical, blunt, in general form very like
a decollated Cerithiopsis metaxa, solid, translucent, white. Sculp-
ture. Longitudinals—there are on the last whorl about thirteen,
on the earlier, fewer longitudinal ribs, which are low and narrow,
and are parted by flat and broader furrows. They come down
the spire, from whorl to whorl, with a strong sinistral twist. The
embryonic whorls have ten or twelve small ribs. Spirals—ex-
cept on the first two whorls there are on each whorl four narrow,
rounded, prominent spiral threads, which rise, as they cross the
longitudinals, into pointed high tubercles. The furrows which
part them (except that between the third and the fourth) are
narrower than the spirals. The highest of these spirals is the
weakest and least prominent, being pinched in by the superior
contraction of the whorl into the suture. Close above this highest
spiral runs the suture, The base of each whorl is roundly but
rather abruptly contracted, so that the sutural furrow has its upper-
side abruptly, its underside gradually, declining. The base, which
is oblique, concave, and contracted, has a strong plain spiral thread
round its edge, and a very minute thread encircling the base of

120 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

the pillar, the scar of the siphonal cut. Besides the larger sys-
tems of sculpture, there are some faint and irregular traces of
microscopic rounded longitudinals and sharper spirals. Colour
translucent white. Spire high, narrow, with very straight out-
lines, and scarcely contracted. Apex excessively blunt and
abrupt, the extreme point being rounded and barely rising into
view; it is quite smooth and polished. The second whorl is
longitudinally ribbed and polished; on the third the ordinary
sculpture begins. Whorls 11, convex, constricted suddenly
below and gradually above. Suture excessively minute and faint
in itself, but its place strongly marked by the constriction of the
whorls above and below. Mouth very small, oval, perpendicular,
pointed above, and with a large open rounded slit in front, whose
edge is hardly reverted. Outer lip thin, advancing on the base
much beyond the point of the pillar. Inner lip a thin glaze,
with microscopic corrugations on the pillar. Pzllar very short,
with a broad base spreading out to meet the outer lip, straight,
with a broad but sharp point. H. 0:23. B.0-05. Penultimate
whorl, height 0:03. Mouth, length 0:028, breadth 0-02.

This species in general aspect is very like Cerithiopsis metaxa,
della Chiaje, but differs in not having the sharp sculptured apex ;
the whorls, in consequence of the sutural contraction, are more
rounded ; the longitudinals are swellings of the whole shell, not,
as in that other, mere projecting tubercles ; the spirals are more
definitely continuous ; the longitudinal rows of tubercles run
less definitely from whorl to whorl, and have a strong sinistral
twist as they proceed down the spire, while in C. metawxa their
continuous lines are very straight.

20. CERITHIUM (BITTIUM) DELICATUM, 0. sp.

St. 185. Oct. 18, 1873. Nightingale Island. Tristaéo da
Cunha Islands. 100-150 fms.

Shell.—Small, narrow, conical, blunt, with slightly convex out-
lines, rather tumid on the base, ribbed, but not reticulated, thin,
translucent, glossy, white. Sculpture. Longitudinals—there are
on each whorl about 17 narrow, straight, rather tumid ribs,
parted by furrows of about the same breadth. These ribs run
straight down the spire, but are on the body-whorl slightly ob-
lique. This whole system of ribs and furrows ceases abruptly at
the edge of the base through a levelling up of the surface. There
are many microscopic rounded lines, which are most distinct in
the furrows, but especially on the base. Spirals—there are faint

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION, 121

and minute spiral threads, best seen near the suture; and there
are also indistinct close-set microscopic threads. The base of
the pillar is encircled by a minute sharp thread, which is the
sear of the siphonal cut. Colour clear, translucent, and glossy
white. Spire high, narrow, with slightly convex outlines, which
are strongly impressed at the suture. Apex rather abrupt, blunt
and rounded; the extreme point hardly rises above the general
eurve. Wehorls 9, rounded, but a little flattened on the sides, and
constricted at the top and bottom of each; they are of slow and
regular increase; the last is a little larger in proportion than
the rest. The base is rounded and a little tumid. Swtwre, a
minute line lying in a deep, open, and rounded depression.
Mouth bluntly pointed above, with a rather broad rounded open-
ing for the canal at the side of and behind the pillar. Outer lip
rounded, slightly incurved above, patulous and projecting on the
base, slightly retreating towards the canal, the edge of which is
straight all round, Pillar rather short, but not stumpy, scarcely
at all twisted, and very little truncated, the end being very much
rounded, though there is a slight point on the left side. Inner
lip. There is a very thin glaze on the body, which runs straight
out on the pillar with a thinnish, but distinct edge. H. 0°133.
B. 0:04. Penultimate whorl, height 0:02. Mouth, length 0:03,
breadth 0:019.

In many of its features this shell is like a minute Zerebra, but
the form of the whorls rather suggests Cerithium. Unfortunately
the canal is slightly chipped. It is much smaller than Cerithi-
opsis costulata, Moller; the ribs, too, are much smaller and the
apex is more turbinate. Than Cerithiwm Naiadis, Woodward*,
this species is much slimmer, and has not the well-marked
spirals.

21. CrrirHium (BITTIUM) AEDONIUM, n. 8p. (a7yédr00s, belong-
ing to a Nightingale.)

St. 135. Oct. 18, 1878. Nightingale Island. ‘Trist&o da
Cunha Islands. 100-150 fms.

Shell.—Small, narrow, conical, blunt, with faintly convex out-
lines, which are deeply broken at the sutures, rather abruptly
truncate at the base, reticulately tubercled, solid, translucent,
glossy, white. Seuwlptwre. Longitudinals—there are on the last

* Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys assures me this species of Woodward is really the same
as the Cerithiopsis costulata, Moll. Not having opportunity now of comparing
them, I state the fact on his authority.

LINN, JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XY. 9

122 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

whorl 19 rows of small, narrow, but longish, rounded, rather
coarse tubercles, parted by furrows, which are shallow, rather un-
equal, and fully broader than the ribs. There are over the whole
surface fine irregular lines of growth, which are, as usual,
strongest on the base. Spirals—on all but the first two whorls
there are three spiral threads, which rise into tubercles as they
cross the longitudinals; they are parted by deep narrow furrows ;
of these three the two lower are strong, the upper of the two
being a little the stronger and more prominent. The third and
highest spiral is not materially smaller than the others, but is
much less prominent, the whole whorl being at this part con-
stricted. The suture lies immediately above this spirale Beneath
the lower spiral the whorl is sharply constricted, and a very
minute plain spiral lies in the bottom of the furrow and imme-
diately above the suture; this minute spiral is the edge of the
strongish spiral which encircles the base. Round the base of the
pillar isa minute sharp spiral thread, which runs round the back
into the columellar canal. There are microscopic spirals over
the whole surface. Colour pure translucent white. Spire is high
and narrow ; its outlines, which are a good deal interrupted by
the sutural constriction, are slightly convex. Apex, of 14 whorls,
is tumid, bluntly rounded, a little oblique, and glossy white.
Whorls 9, rounded, contracted above and constricted below.
The base is rather truncate and rounded. Suture very minute,
but well indicated by the broad open furrow in which it lies.
Mouth oval, little pointed above, with a small well-rounded canal
at the pillar. Outer lip sharp, scarcely incurved above, not pro-
minent, but patulous below, angulated at the corner of the canal,
round which it is scarcely reverted. Pillar straight, prominent,
and pretty strong, with a sharp twisted edge at its point. Inner
lip a mere glaze on the body, but forming a thin distinct edge
along the length of the pillar. H. 017. B. 0:057. Penulti-
mate whorl, height 0:032. Mouth, length 0:039, breadth 0-025.
This species is more like Cerithiwm cinctwm, W., and C. depaupe-
vatum, W., than any thing else 1 know. These are both Madeiran
species. lis whorls are much more rounded than in either of these.
The base is not produced into arounded cone as in C. cinctwm, but
is rather abruptly truncate and very slightly contracted ; it is
also plain, and has not the spiral threads which appear on these
two species. The contraction of the whorls into the suture
makes the outlines of the spire very different, and the apex

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 123

(which, as in the case of these two species, is mammillate and dis-
tinct from the acute form of OC. reticulatum, della Chiaje) is more
oblique than it is in these.

The last four species, C’. cylindricum, C. abruptum, C. delicatum,
and C. aédonium, I keep here together. They have undeniably the
deep oblique siphonal cut on the base toward the point of the
pillar which is a very marked feature in Cerithiopsis; but the
form of the canal is very variable in all the group, and the elon-
gated and sculptured apex, which is a still more characteristic
feature of Cerithiopsis, is wanting ; and thus, in the absence of the
animal and operculum, I prefer classing them as above with Bit-
tiwm. I confess, however, that on both of these grounds Cerithi-
opsis costulata, Moll., seems quite as doubtfully entitled to rank
as a Cerithiopsis.

Liriopa.

Lirropa (?) LIMNZIFORMIS, n. sp.

St. 144.¢. Dec. 27,1878. Lat. 46° 48’ S., long. 37° 49’ 30” E.
Prince Edward Islands, between Cape of Good Hope and Ker-
guelen. 50-150 fms.

Shell.—Obliquely ovate, thin, smooth, whitish, horny, with a
slight, almost covered umbilical chink. Sculpture. There are many
faint oblique lines of growth, but none other of any kind. Colour
whitish, horny. Spire conical, slightly scalar. Apex small, but
bluntly rounded, and neither sharp nor sculptured. Whorls 33,
of regular, but rather rapid increase, a little tumid, and convex,
but flattened, in a line parallel to the axis; the base is tumid
and somewhat produced. Suwtwre strong, impressed, and almost
a little canaliculate. Mouth perpendicular, oval, not at all
pointed. Outer lip thin, a little incurved above, slightly patulous
in front, and projecting beyond the pillar, between which projec-
tion and the pillar it retreats as a slight and open sinus. Pillar
perpendicular, a little hollowed, twisted, and truncate. nner
lip spread out over the body-whorl and behind the pillar, so as to
conceal and almost close the umbilicus, below which it crosses,
with an oblique thin edge, to join the front of the pillar below its
twisted truncation. Umbilicus not small in itself, but aimost
quite hidden. H. 0-089. 3B. 0:06, least 0°047. Penultimate
whorl, height 0:02. Mouth, length 0:052, breadth 0:039.

This is another of the unsatisfactory cases where a species is
classed under a genus for want of a better. The texture of the
shell is somewhat like that of Litiopa, but it utterly wants the

124, REY. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

pointed and sculptured apex; the truncation of the lip is blunt,
and the species much more resembles a Limnea than any thing else.
There are no varices, nor any thickening of the outer lip, to connect
it with Alaba (see Adams’ ‘ Genera,’ I. 241, and Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist. 1862, x. 294, and E. A. Smith, P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 5387); and
the truncated column distinguishes it from Diala. Of course if
Alaba (Diala) picta, Ad., with a faint approach to a truncation,
may be admitted to the subgenus whose characteristic features
already at each important point contradict those of the genus
itself, it is hard to say what may or may not be united to so
elastic a group; but it seems safer at present to classify this
species as a Litiopa, to which, at the same time, I do not believe
it to belong.
CERITHIOPSIS.
1. C. balteata, n. sp. 2. C. fayalensis, un. sp.

1. CERITHIOPSIS BALTEATA, D. sp.

July 29, 1874. Levuka, Fiji. 12 fms.

Shell.—Small, dumpy, oval, reticulate, tubercled, strong, yellow,
with an inferior brown band. Seulptwre. Longitudinals—there are
on the last whorl about twenty rows of tubercles, parted by narrow,
deepish furrows; they diminish in number on the upper whorls,
but run very straight from whorl to whorl down the spire; they
are largest and most widely parted on the penultimate whorl,
being rather crowded and narrow on the last. Spirals—on each
whorl there are two broad spiral threads, which rise into coarse
rounded tubercles, of which the upper row is the stronger. The
lower row is coloured brown. They are parted by a strong
furrow. On the last whorl the upper spiral divides into two
rather feeble ones, and the tubercles on the brown spiral diminish
in size. On the contracted base is a small furrow, within which
is a spiral broken into flat round tubercles. Within this is a
squarish-cut furrow, and within this a small spiral forms the base
of the pillar, which hardly projects beyond it. The whole surface
of the shell is microscopically cross-hatched with longitudinal
lines of growth and spiral scratches. These latter are strong on
the point of the piliar. Colowr is yellowish white, with a broadish
spiral band of brown, which embraces the whole lower spiral.
The whole surface is in this way pretty equally divided between
a white and a brown spiral band. The brown colour is probably
more crimson when the shell is fresh. Spzre is short, contracting
rather abruptly, with a conyexly curved contour. Apex broken.

MOLLUSOA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 195

Whorls 7, excluding those of the embryonic apex, flat, contracted
upwards on the spire, on the base contracted downwards and
produced. Swtwre invisible, in the bottom of a deep narrow
furrow. JJowth minute, roundly oval, with a rather large round
canal, which turns in at the back of the pillar. Owter lip con-
tracted. Pillar very short, strong, rounded and pointed. Inner
lip thick and strong, and on the pillar projecting so as to leave
rather a deep fissure behind it. H.0°087. B.0045. Penulti-
mate whorl, height 0°019. Mouth, length 0:016, breadth 0:014.

This beautiful little species very much resembles C. pulchella,
C. B. Ad., from the West Indies; but that is a slenderer shell,
being longer in proportion to its breadth, and has a longer pillar ;
its whole system of sculpture also is more delicate.

2, CERITHIOPSIS FAYALENSIS, ll. sp.

St. 75. July 2, 1873. Lat. 38° 38’ N., long. 28° 28’ 30” W.
Fayal, Azores. 450-500 fms. Sand.

Shell.—Small, narrow, conical, not contracted on the base, reti-
culated, tubercled, with a marked sutural furrow, of a light ruddy
brown. Sculpture. Longitudinals—there are on the last whorl
from 15 to 25 small, straight, longitudinal ridges, parted by
narrow deepish furrows ; they cross the whorls a little obliquely,
and run pretty straight down the spire from whorl to whorl,
with a slight sinistral twist. Spirals—there are on each whorl
three equal rounded threads, which rise into rounded tubercles
as they cross the longitudinal ridges; they are parted by rather
narrow and deepish furrows. The bottom of each whorl is very
slightly constricted into the sutural furrow, which is thus a
little more distinct than the other furrows; and from this the
succeeding whorl projects with a very straight and perpendicular
edge. This furrow encircles the edge of the base, which is
sharply defined and contracted by a spiral thread, whose rounded
edge projects a little prominently on the inner side of the furrow.
On the base the microscopic markings, irregular hair-like lines
of growth, and very faint spirals are most visible. Colour uni-
form light ruddy brown. Spire high, narrow, pointed, very
slightly scalar, with very slightly convex contour lines. Apex
broken. Whorls (excluding the embryonic) 11, straight, or very
slightly convex on the side; the base is very flat and hardly
conical. Suture only recognizable from the furrow in which it
lies. Mouth very small, narrowly oval, with a small, but well-
marked sinus at its upper outer corner, and with a largish and

126 PROF. F. J. BELL ON AN ABNORMAL

deepish canal turning in bebind the pillar. Outer lip not ex-
panded above, and but little so on the base; strongly furrowed
by the spirals of the sculpture. Pillar short, stoutish, well
rounded, fine-edged, obliquely truncate, and sharp-pointed. Inner
lip a thin glaze on the body, but becoming thicker toward the
point of the pillar. H. 0173. B. 0:04. Penultimate whorl,
height 0°02. Mouth, length 0-029, breadth 0015.

This species seems to be somewhat variable in size, one of the
five specimens which represent it being a good deal larger than
the rest, with the same number of whorls. Another specimen is
more dumpily conical.

It has some resemblance in a general way to C. metaxa, della
Chiaje, but in that the contour lines are more regularly conical,
the spire is not at all scalar, the whorls are conyvexly rounded,
there is no deep sutural furrow, the tuberculations are long
across the shell, and each whorl has four, not three spirals ; the
form of the base is a good deal like, but the pillar is shorter,
stronger, straighter, rounder, and has not the sharp flanged edge
of that species. From C. tubercularis, Mont., which it resembles
in sculpture, it differs not only in its slender form, but in the
absence of the cireumcolumnar thread on the base.

Note on an Abnormal (Quadriradiate) Specimen of Amblypneustes
formosus. By Prof. ¥. Jerrrey Ber, M.A., F.R.MS.

[Read April 15, 1880].
(Puate VY.)

Ir is now forty-three years since that accurate and painstaking
zoologist Rudolph Philippi described a monstrous specimen of
Eechinus melo*, which was especially remarkable for the excentric
position of the mouth and of the anus, and for the almost com-
plete disappearance of one of the five segments of which the test
of every Hchinid is typically composed. Being at present en-
gaged in an examination of the group to which the name of
Temnopleurid has been applied, I have, among others, taken in
hand the three specimens of Amblypneustes formosus, which, named
by Prof. Alex. Agassiz, have come as an earnest of the harvest of
the ‘Challenger’ Expedition. The smallest of these at once
arrested my attention by the curious asymmetry which revealed
* Arch. fir Naturges. iii. (1837), p. 241, pl. v.

SPECIMEN OF AMBLYPNEUSTES. 127

itself even to the touch; when the spines, light green at their
base, were removed, I saw, what indeed I had long hoped to see,
evidence that even among the regular Echinoidea circumstances
may obtain which lead to the incomplete development of that
pentamerous arrangement of parts which is the general rule
among the Echinodermata. Just, however, as in Dr. Philippi’s
Echinus melo, indications of the fifth segment can be observed
on the actinal surface, though they are not so well marked as in
that form, for there is, apparently, no representative left of the
interambulacral series, and there is not so large a number of
ambulacral pores.

Adopting the ordinary mode of orientation of the test, or, in
other words, regarding the madreporic plate as being placed in the
right anterior interambulacrum™*, we find that the abactinal region
has been pushed backwards, and that it is some of the parts on
the left side of an axis drawn through the median ambulacrum
anteriorly and the median interambulacrum posteriorly that have
undergone loss. Closer examination reveals the fact that it is
here, just as in Hehinus melo, the left anterior segment or area
which has thus suffered: the actinostome has been pushed for-
wards and to the left. Turning now to the abactinal region, we
find that it is composed of ten plates. This is especially interest-
ing, inasmuch as Philippi’s specimen presented a tetramerous
arrangement of the plates of the abactinal area The two genital
plates in the modified area are small, the ocular between them hag
become considerably enlarged, is obtusely triangular, and has its
apex directed downwards. About nine plates down the side of the
test the characters of the bare median space alter in character:
there is a moderately sized and then a large tubercle; about
halfway between these and the regular row of primary tubercles
there is, on either side, a sutural line; and the two lines unite
above the just-mentioned moderate tubercle ; so that, as it seems,
a wedge-shaped piece is intercalated into the side of the test ;
and we have first a large single plate, and then, as is shown by
the presence of three primary tubercles on either side, there
are three pairs of coronal plates, while on either side of these
there are seven pairs of ambulacral pores.

From this description it should be apparent that at a compara-

* The magnificent researches of Lovén confirm the results ofi earlier Hchi-

nologists. ‘‘Htudes sur les Hehinoides,” Kongl. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akad.
Hand, Band. ii. no. 7 (1872).

128 ON AN ABNORMAL AMBLYPNEUSTES.

tively early period in its life-history the specimen of Ambly-
pneustes now under description met with some powerful external
influence, which affected the development of one of its five ares ;
the plates that had been formed were, with the growing down of
the neighbouring plates towards the actinostome, gradually forced
down and off. At the period of its capture some three pairs of
complete plates remained to give an indication of its experiences ;
had its capture been a little delayed, the plates of the fifth
segment or area might have been completely forced off; and a
specimen which would perhaps have been unique among recent
forms would have been collected by the officers of H.M.S. ‘ Chal-
lenger.’ What has been prevented here may, however, some day
happen. One such test has already been preserved as a fossil.
This, fortunately for the credit of science, came into the hands of
Hermann von Meyer, who, far from elevating it into a new genus,
put on record his belief that it was not even specifically separable
from the Cidarites coronatus* of Goldfuss. Von Meyer’s spe-
cimen does not appear to have presented any indications of
injury. The chief object of the present communication is to make
any other course than such as this extremely difficult. The zoo-
logist who proposes to differentiate a quadriradiate species, on
the ground of the absence of one area, will first have to show that
the specimens in his hands have not suffered from some accident.

With more or less reason, some naturalists have looked on the
possession of other than five rays as a character of some specific
value among the Asterida and Ophiurida, and have considered
that, on account of its gréater rarity among the latter, it is of
greater value as a mark of distinction. There is much to be said
for this view, but it must not be carried too far; and even with-
out the restrictive influence of Dr. Philippi’s abnormal Hehinus
melo and this A. formosus, a naturalist would be hardy indeed
who would ascribe to a difference in the number of rays of a
regular Hchinid any other value than that which is justly due to
an interesting accident.

Dr. Philippi, indeed, concludes his notice of his monstrous
form by saying, “ Ueberhaupt scheint bei den regelmiissigen
Echiniden die Natur nicht selten wenig auf die Symmetrie der
einmal vorkommenden Organe zu geben;” and he instances the
four anal plates of Hcehinocidaris and the strange elongation of
Echinometra. As to the former case, on which I will now only

* Nova Acta Leop.-Car. Acad. xviii. i. (1836) p. 287.

ON AN ABNORMAL AMBLYPNEUSTES. 129

make any observation, it may be pointed out that the anal plates
are hardly to be compared with any part of the corona or of the
genital or ocular plates. The anus is, as Prof. Lovén tells us*,
“produit par une résorption locale de la substance calcaire ;”
even if the anal plates have a deeper morphological significance,
they are not so constantly four in Hehinocidaris as has been
ordinarily supposed f.

The pentamerous arrangement of parts in the regular Echinida
is, then, only disturbed heretofore in one example{; information
and specimens are, however, at hand to show how this may have
happened; the rarity of any divergence from this five-part dispo-
sition, in face of the numerous variations which occur in other
Echinodermata, will doubtless become more and more important
as a factor in determining the genealogical history of the group.

The following are the more important measurements of the
specimen (in millims.) :—

Diameter. Height. Abactinal area. Anal area. Actinostome.

135 iat 35 1 55

The specimen was collected at Station 162 (off Hast Moncceur
Island ; depth 38 to 40 fathoms).

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE YV.

Fig. 1. Test, seen from abactinal surface.
2. Test, from actinal surface.
3. Apical area. ;
The lettering to the above figures applies as follows:—7za, interambulacral,
ap, ambulacral plates; m, madreporic plate; 0, ocular, g, genital plates.
For figs. 4, 5, and 6, see Mr. Stewart’s paper, posted.

* « Btudes sur les Echinoides,” Kongl. Svensk. Vetensk.-Akad. Hand. ii. no. 7,
p. 90.

t Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1879, p. 436.

{ [Mr. Stewart’s example of an opposite kind of malformation was not known
to me when this paper was written. |

LINN. JOURN.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. Xv. 10

180 MR. C. STEWART ON AMBLYPNEUSTES GRISEUS.

Note on an Abnormal Amblypneustes griseus. By CHaRrius
Stewart, F.L.S., Lecturer on Comparative Anatomy, St.
Thomas’s Hospital.

[Read April 15, 1880.]
(PuatE V.)

Heanrine that Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell was about to give before this

Society an account of an abnormal Amblypneustes, in which the

upper portion of an ambulacrum was deficient, with an associated

abnormality of the apical system of plates, I thought that a short
note on a malformed Amblypneustes in my own cabinet might be
of interest in relation to it.

The specimen in question is one of the red-spined variety of
A. griseus, which measures 16 millims. in height and 194 millims.
in breadth. Attention is at once attracted by a crest-like eleva-
tion of what appears to be one of the ambulacra, which through-
out its entire length is raised above the general level of the rest -
of the corona. At the ambitus it measures 12 millinis. in breadth,
whilst the width of the four other ambulacra is 63 millims. On
examination, it is found that the increased size is really due to
its being formed of two ambulacra laying side by side; each, as
usual, is composed of a double row of plates, with an ambulacral
area and two poriferous zones. The areas and external poriferous
zones are like those of a normal ambulacrum ; but the poriferous
zones which touch one another are fused together, with the pores
irregularly arranged. The combined poriferous zones are not
quite equal to the sum of two normal ones, and they form the
most prominent part of the crest alluded to. The apical system
is quite normal. Owing to the close crowding of the tubercles
and the slight development of the pits at the angles of the plates,
the outlines of the latter were difficult to determine.

The chief interest, then, in this specimen lies in the fact of its
abnormality being in direct opposition to that described by Prof.
F. Jeffrey Bell (preceding paper), namely, instead of a reduction
we have here an increase in the number of ambulacra. The two
cases well illustrate Echinoid irregularities, and may lead to other
instances being noted.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE VY.
Figs. 1, 2, and 3 are referred to in Prof. Bell’s paper, anted.

Fig. 4, Enlarged diagrammatic side view of corona. A, ambulacra.
5. Enlarged diagrammatic aboral view.
6. Portion of abnormal double ambulacrum, x 74 (semidiagrammatic).

PROF. G. J. ALLMAN ON LIMNOCODIUM VICTORIA. 131

OnLimnocodium victoria*, anew Hydroid Medusa of Fresh Water.
By Prof. G. J. Arran, M.D., LU.D., F.R.S., President L.S.

[Received June 14, 1880; Read June 17, 1880.]

I am indebted to Mr. Sowerby, of the Botanical Society’s Gardens
in Regent’s Park, for having called my attention to the fact that
certain medusoid organisms had shown themselves in the gardens,
where they had become developed in great abundance in one of
the warm tanks devoted to the cultivation of the Victoria regia.

So startling a fact as the occurrence of a medusa in fresh water
demanded immediate examination, and, through the kindness of
Mr. Sowerby, I was enabled to make a careful study of the re-
markable phenomenon to which my notice was drawn by him.

A visit to the tank made apparent the correctness of Mr.
Sowerby’s observation, for the water, which had a temperature of
86° Fahr., was literally swarming with little medusz, which varied
in size from about a line in transverse diameter to nearly half an
inch. They were most energetic in their movements, swimming
with the characteristic systole and diastole of their umbrella, and
apparently in the very conditions which contributed most com-
pletely to their well-being.

A closer examination showed them to be true hydroid meduse,
and revealed some very interesting structural features. The
umbrella varies in form with the state of contraction, passing
from a somewhat conical shape with depressed summit, through
figures more or less hemispherical, to that of a shallow cup. The
radiating canals are four in number and open into a wide mar-
ginal canal; and the manubrium is large and, when extended, pro-
jects beyond the margin of the umbrella; its lips are destitute
of tentacles, but everted and plicated (fig. 2).

The marginal tentacles are filiform; they are numerous,
nearly 200 in old individuals, and are of unequal size. The longest
and thickest correspond to the points where the four radiating
canals open into the marginal canal. In each interval between
these, and at equal distance from one another, occur seven some-
what smaller tentacles, and between these again other still smaller
ones. The velum is of moderate width, and the extreme margin
of the umbrella is wavy and thickened and loaded with brownish-
yellow pigment-cells.

* Instead of “victoria,” Prof. Lankester employs the specific name Sowerbii,

after Mr. Sowerby, the discoverer of the medusa—a modification of the nomen-
clature used above, which I am quite willing to adopt.

132 PROF. G. J. ALLMAN ON LIMNOCODIUM VICTORIA.

The marginal bodies are about 128 in number, and consist of a
highly refringent spherical corpuscle surrounded by a delicate trans-
parent capsule. This capsule isvery remarkable, for, instead of pre-
senting the usual spherical form, it is of an elongated piriform shape.
Inits larger endislodgedthe spherical refringent body, anditthence
becomes attenuated, forming a long, tubular, tail-like extension,
which is continued into the velum, in which it runs transversely
towards the free margin of this membrane, and there, after becom-
ing more or less convoluted, terminates in a blind extremity (fig. 3).

The reproductive sacs are borne on the radiating canals at a
short distance beyond the exit of these from the manubrium.
They are of a piriform shape, and spring by their narrow ends from
the canal, whence they hang down free into the cavity of the um-
brella. Their colour is a brownish yellow, derived from the
pigment-cells developed in their endoderm.

The manubrium is of a similar brownish-yellow colour, due also
to the pigment-cells of its endoderm.

Fig. 1.

The following notes have been made
since the above was received :—

The attachment of the tentacles is
peculiar. Instead of being free con-
tinuations of the umbrella-margin, they
are given off from the outer surface
ef the umbrella, at points a little above
the margin and at three or four different
levels. From these points, however, each
may be traced centrifugally in the form of
a ridge as far as the thickened umbrella-
margin (fig.1). This ridge consists of the
proximal portion of the tentacle, which is
here adnate to the outer surface of the
umbrella. It holds exactly the position of Diagrammatic meridional
the “ Mantelspangen,” or peronia, so well Shame or eal g he
developed in the whole of the Narcome- x, umbrella; m, thickened
dusze of Hickel and in some genera of hig 244 pigmented margin; 2,

velum ; /, lithocyst ; 7, radial
Trachomedusze*. Its structure, however, canal; ¢, circular canal; 2,
differs from that of the true peronia, which ponte aa ; 7%, tentacles ;
are rib-like lines of thread-cells marking SE:

* Relations of Limnocodium to the Trachomeduse are maintained by Prof. Lan-
kester, who refers the medusa to the Trachomedusal family Petaside. See ‘Nature’
for June 17, 1880, and his paper of the same date read at the Royal Society.

PROF. G. J. ALLMAN ON LIMNOCODIUM VICTORIA. 133

the path travelled over by the tentacle as its insertion moved in
the course of metamorphosis from the margin of the umbrella to
a point at some distance above it; while in Limnocodium the
ridges are direct continuations of the tentacles, whose structure
they retain. They suggest a comparison with the root-like con-
tinuation of the tentacles, which are plunged into the substance
of the umbrella in the Narcomeduse and in certain Trachome-
duse. Just before reaching the margin they become narrower,
and are ultimately inserted on the summits of the sinuses into
which the thickened margin is thrown. The intrant angle between
the free portion of the tentacle and the umbrella is rounded off
by a frenum-like extension (fig. 1, /) of the outer epithelium of
the umbrella.

I could find no indication of a cavity in the tentacles, a feature
in which they resemble the solid tentacles of the Narcomedusz
and Trachomeduse. Instead, however, of possessing the peculiar
axis composed of large cylindrical or disk-shaped cells laid one on
the other like coins in a rouleau, which is so prevailing a character-
istic of the tentacles in these orders, the axis is here formed of an
irregular tissue of polygonal cells. This pith-like axis is sur-
rounded by a membranous tube (which probably consists of the
“ Stiitzlamelle”’ with muscular fibres), and this, again, by a layer of
flattened membraneless cells, whose confluent walls form a con-
tinuous naked protoplasmic stratum, which is raised into nume-
rous small conical elevations arranged somewhat spirally round
the tentacle from its base to its apex. In each of these little
protoplasmic tubercles are imbedded three or four very minute
fusiform thread-cells, the distal ends of which may be often seen
projecting beyond the summit of the tubercle.

A further affinity of Limnocodium may be traced in the direc-
tion of Obelia, as shown not only by the tentacles being in both
destitute of a cavity, but by the fact of their not being free in
their entire extent, for in Odelia the basal end is plunged, in
the form of a root-like continuation, into the substance of the
umbrella. Though Obelia is in systematic descriptions included
among the Leptomeduse, I have elsewhere pointed out indica-
tions of affinity between it and the Narcomedusal form Cunina*,
Its affinity with the Trachomeduse is still closer; but from both
groups, as well, indeed, as from the Leptomeduse, a marked point
of divergence is found in the suppression of a velum.

Notwithstanding the absence of a cavity, the tentacles of Limno-

* British Association Reports for 1867.

- 134 PROF. G. J. ALLMAN ON LIMNOCODIUM VICTORIA.

codium differ from those of the Trachomedusz and Narcomeduse, as
well as from Odelia, in their great extensibility, the four primary or
perradial tentacles admitting of extension in the form of long,
greatly attenuated filaments to several times the height of the ver-
tical axis of the umbrella, even when this height is at its maximum,
and being again capable of assuming by contraction the form of
short thick clubs. Indeed, instead of presenting the comparatively
rigid and imperfectly contractile character which prevails among

Fig. 2.

The Medusa with its tentacles extended, and the umbrella in a medium state
of contraction. Magnified about 8 diameters.

the Trachomeduse and the Narcomedusse, the tentacles of Limno-
codium possess as great a power of extension and contraction as
may be found in those of many Leptomedusx (Thawmantide &c.).

PROF. G. J. ALLMAN ON LIMNOCODIUM VICTORIA. . 185

The four perradial tentacles contract independently of the others,
and seem to form a different system.

The outer surface of the umbrella (exumbrella) is covered with
an epithelium composed of flattened hexagonal cells, with very
distinct and brilliant nucleus. The subumbrella is also covered
with an epithelium formed of broad clear hexagonal cells, in which
the nuclei are distinct, but the cell-boundaries far less obvious
than in the outer epithelium.

Between these two layers is included the gelatinous substance
of the umbrella. This is a clear homogeneous mass with stellate
cells scattered through it. The stellate cells consist of small
spherical masses of granular protoplasm, destitute of a membrane,
usually containing a vacuole, and emitting from two to six long,
radiating, very slender, simple or branched processes, which are
extensions of their granular substance.

The manubrium is composed of an outer, clear colourless ecto-
derm and an inner, coloured endoderm. The ectoderm is a con-
tinuation of the epithelial covering of the subumbrella, here much
thickened, and consisting, like it, of hexagonal nucleated cells. The
endoderm, in that part of the manubrium which lies between its
dilated base and the mouth, is composed of narrow prismatic cells,
whose long axes are perpendicular to the surface, and which con-
tain granules of a yellowish-brown, or, in some specimens, of a
greenish colour. The endoderm of the wide basal portion of the
manubrium is very remarkable. It consists of a greatly vacuo-
lated granular protoplasm, in which every vacuole contains a dis-
tinct granular nucleus. These vacuoles may be regarded as re-
presenting the cavities of so many membraneless cells whose
boundaries, in consequence of the confluence of their walls, are no
longer obvious. This form of tissue, which may be also found in
the manubrium of other hydroid Medusz, passes into that formed
by the prismatic cells of the rest of the manubrial endoderm.

The radial canals consist of a thin ciliated endodermal layer
continued from the endoderm of the manubrium and surrounded
by a thicker ectoderm, which is composed of hexagonal nucleated
cells and continued from its ectoderm. Between the ectodermal
and endodermal layers is a distinct fibrillated layer, the fibres of
which, after accompanying the canal to the point where this
enters the marginal canal, here spread out on either side and lose
themselves in the subumbrella. Beside these longitudinal fibres,
the indications of a fibrillated tissue in the subumbrella are very

136 PROF. G. J. ALLMAN ON LIMNOCODIUM VICTORIA.

indistinet—a condition which contrasts strongly with the highly
developed musculature of the subumbrella in the Trachomeduse.

The velum is composed of two layers of nucleated cells having
between them an annular layer of muscular fibres ; while between
the muscular layer and the lower or abumbral cellular layer are
the marginal vesicles, with their caudal extensions running from
- the attached to the free edge of the membrane.

Part of the margin, enlarged.

mm m, thickened and sinuated margin ; vv, velum ; JZ, /,/, lithocysts; 7, radial
canal; ¢¢, circular canal; ”, nerve-ring. .

The reproductive elements are developed between the endoder-
mal layer (spadix) of the sporosac and its ectodermal layer. I
believe they take their origin in cells of the endoderm. After a
sporosac has become naturally emptied of its contents, it will be
found that the space which these had occupied between the
endoderm and ectoderm is now traversed by irregular bands of
granular protoplasm, which extend from the walls of the spadix
internally to the ectoderm externally, being attached by their ends
to both these membranes. Some of these bands are simple, others
branched. They present here and there fusiform enlargements
irregularly distributed along their length.

In many instances a thin layer of clear spherical cells may be
seen still closely adhering to the spadix. These I regard as the
remains of the spermatogenic tissue ; and their intimate relation
with the walls of the spadix, while they are separated by a wide

PROF. G. J. ALLMAN ON LIMNOCODIUM VICTORIA. 137

interval from the outer ectodermal walls of the sporosac, is quite
in favour of the endoderm being the seat of their origin.

The marginal nerve-ring can be traced running round the whole
margin of the umbrella, and in close relation with the lithocysts*.
A filament is given off from it in each of the four interradial
spaces, and thence ascends in the subumbrella between the radial
canals. Ocelli are not present.

The refringent body which occupies the interior of the litho-
cyst consists of an aggregation of highly refringent spherical cor-
puscles. I have counted from five to ten such spherules in a
single lithocyst. This structure becomes very obvious in speci-
mens which have remained for a day or two in a weak magenta
solution f.

The generic characters of Zimnocodiwm may be brought together
as follows :—

Genus Limyocopium (Aluvn=pond, codwy=bell).

Radial canals 4, each carrying a single reproductive sac ; manu-
brium destitute of peduncle, 4-lipped ; marginal tentacles filiform,
solid, very numerous, adnate to the outer side of the umbrella
for some distance from their insertion into its thickened and
sinuous margin; marginal vesicles each sending into the velum a
tubular extension, which terminates blindly at the free edge of
this membrane.

* The terms “ otocysts” and “ otolites,” employed for the marginal bodies of
a medusa, are very unsatisfactory. Their significance depends on the assumption
that these bodies are organs of hearing. Their being endowed with an auditory
function, however, is very far from haying been proved. Mr. Busk had long
ago given morphological reasons for regarding them as organs destined to
receive and transmit impressions of light, while the recent beautiful physiolo-
gical experiments of Mr. Romanes give results which point quite in the same
direction. Though observation is thus in favour of ascribing to the marginal
bodies of the Hydroid Medusz a photsthetic function, the very convenient
term of “lithocyst” proposed for them by Prof. Huxley, involving, as it does,
no idea of disputed function, may be adopted with advantage,

t To this peculiar structure of the otolite my attention was first called by
Mr. Busk.

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XV. et

138 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON AN

On an unusual Form of the Genus Hemipholis, Agass.

By Prof. P. M. Martin Duncan, F.RBS., F.LS., &e.

[Read May 6, 1880. |
(Puate VI.)

Amonest some dredgings from off the Agulhas Bank, south-west
of the Cape of Good Hope, given to me by Dr. Wallich, I found
several small Ophiurans. One of them struck meat once as pre-
senting a very unusual combination of structures. The disk was
symmetrically plated above, the arms were almost moniliform
and had a few spines projecting from their sides, and the oral
apparatus, elongated downwards, had its teeth in close apposi-
tion. A non-plated skin covered the interbrachial spaces; and
no proper mouth-papille or tooth-papille were visible. These
characteristics were so suggestive, that a careful examination of
the form was necessary.

The specimen is a dry one and brilliantly white in colour. The
disk is sightly pentangular in outline, and it is tumid above,
where it is covered with a few large and regularly placed plates
united at their edges.

There is a large central rosette occupying the greater part of
the upper surface, and the central plate (a regular pentagon) is
the largest. The other five which surround it are slightly smaller,
and are united to it and to their neighbours by straight edges.
Their external margin is curved, and they are rather unequal in
Size.

The radial shields are large, and some are separated, orally, by
a minute triangular scale, which is in contact with one of the
plates of the rosette; but where this scale does not exist, the
radial shields are united together, and are in broad contact with
the outer rosette-shields.

Their distal margin is broad, sharp, and slightly incurved where
it arches over the upper surface of the arm. In the interradial
spaces there are only two plates, which are large, one being in
contact with the rosette and the other extending to the margin of
the disk, where it ends in a sharp edge.

Underneath, the disk is more pentagonal in outline than when
seen from above, and the margin is sharp and distinct. There
are no plates in the interbrachial spaces; but there is a skin
there, which is covered with a very delicate cellular coat.

UNUSUAL FORM OF HEMIPHOLIS. 139

The mouth-shields are small and triangular in outline; they
are about as long as broad, are pointed orally, and are outwardly
curved distally. Their position is very oblique; and their free
surface passes downwards and inwards, so that the proximal end
is on a lower plane than the broad distal curve. The sides are
slightly incurved.

The side mouth-shields are very small and narrow; they do
not meet orally, and they are as long as about one half of the
side of the mouth-shield. Each supports a long and slender
spinule, which projects downwards and slightly outwards, and is
situated at the end of the inner third of the shield and ab-
orally to a-large tentacular opening. The oral ends of the jaws
are close together, and are on a lower plane than the side mouth-
shields ; hence the jaws and the lowest true teeth project down-
wards. Their mutual contact forms a small pentagonal area with
curved edges, closed by the lower teeth; and this is at the end
of a process which projects downwards in consequence of the
downward curving of the jaws.

There are thus no true mouth-papille, and tooth-papille are
absent. The first tentacle-spine is not visible high up at the
side of the jaw, and the spaces between the jaw-angles are nearly
covered with a delicate skin. The lowest tooth of each jaw is
in close contact with its neighbours; they are all on a level
plane and completely close the oral passage. The teeth are
triangular in outline. The spaces between the jaw-angles are
mere slits, and no tentacle passes through them. The first
tentacle is in the place occupied in other forms by the second
tentacle, and it is large and in relation to the spine on the
side mouth-shield. This spine, according to ordinary termino-
logy, would be a mouth-papilla, so that each angle has two of
these.

The arms, five in number, are unequal in size; and there are
only two joints within the disk, but they are broad, and encroach
upon the interbrachial spaces.

The first lower arm-plate is very small, and is faintly covered
with the extension of cellular skin; and its shape is rather that
ofa hatchet. The distal edge is the broadest, and is curved dis-
tally, whilst the inner or oral edge is narrow. The sides are
greatly incurved for the tentacular opening. The second plate,
small and about as broad as long, is broadest aborally, where it is

boldly curved. It is narrowest orally, where it is in relation to
ale

146 _ PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON AN

a space covered with skin between the side arm-plates. The sides
are re-enteringly curved, and much of their space corresponds to
the large tentacular opening. The third, fourth, and fifth lower
arm-plates correspond in shape with the second ; but towards the
tip of the arm the plates become smaller and longer than broad
and more constricted.

The upper arm-plates are slightly broader than long, and are
convex from side to side; they are boldly curved distally, and
their sides are outwardly curved. The first is hidden, and the
second is partly hidden proximally, by the meeting of the side
arm-plates. Towards the tip they become longer than broad and
rather angular distally. The side arm-plates form much of the
arm, and meet, both above and beneath the arm, along the median
line, and they form a long cylindrical tip tothe arm. They are
narrowed just beyond the upper arm-plates ; they then swell out
and have convex sides. They are long, down the arm, and three
long, sharp, slender spines are on each near the disk ; but further
out two are seen on either side. The spines project outwards
from the arm, and are as long as the side arm-plate, or longer.
The lowest spine is the smallest; and it is so placed on the
lower aspect of the side arm-plate as to occupy the position of a
tentacle-scale ; it projects downwards and sideways. Beneath
the arm the side arm-plates are large, and their length of median
junction is greater than above. The first pair are large, are
united orally, and in the midst, but at the distal end there is a
space which has already been mentioned, and it elongates towards
the tip of the arm. There are no proper tentacle-scales, and the
tentacles are long and stout.

The colour of the specimen, which is dry, is white, and the
upper arm-plates are beautifully cellular.

The length of the specimen is about + inch.

Locality. Agulhas Bank. Collected by Dr. Wallich.

Remarks.—Although the specimen to which this description
alludes is young, it is not immature, except in regard to the ends
of the arms. Its large plating on the disk, the naked under-disk,
the downward projection of the oral apparatus, the absence of
true mouth- and tooth-papille, the comparative occlusion of the
interangular spaces, and the close fitting of the triangular-shaped
teeth, one and all, belong or relate to an Ophiurid which has all
its normal and most of the adult structures.

The zoological position of the form is not without doubt; for

UNUSUAL FORM OF HEMIPIOLIS. aie HA)

the classification of the Ophiuroidea is at present full of anoma-
lies, and the admission of unusual forms into any group is beset
with difficulties. The naked interbrachial spaces and the paucity
of oral accessories (admitting, for the sake of argument, the spines
on the side mouth-shields to be “ mouth-papillx ’’), and the gene-
ral shape and anatomy of the arms, permit of the association of
the species with Hemipholis, Agass. But the great plates on the
upper part of the disk are not invariable in the genus, and the
long curved and downward projecting jaws would be abnormal to
it. This genus, however, is the most convenient, and therefore I
place the species therein, subject to the concurrence or opposition
of a classificatory dogma which insists upon the primary value of
characters relating to the very variable dermal structures.

But the zoological position is the least important part of the
environment of this remarkable species. The nature of the so-
called dental or “ chewing” apparatus is full of interest; and its
consideration suggests the necessity of employing new terms and
of deciding the physiology of the oral structures.

The mouth-papille of Ophiurans, whatever may be their num-
ber, breadth, or length, should arise from the sides of the jaw-
angles; and there are instances where they may originate at the
junction of the jaw and the side mouth-shield. The origin of a
mouth-papilla from the side mouth-shield alone is often seen, and
it is always in relation to the tentacle-opening close by. Anc-
ther mouth-papilla is said to exist high up in the jaw-angle, and
it is close to the first tentacular opening. It is clear, to my mind,
that the so-called mouth-papille arising from the side mouth-
shields, and also those coming from the side of the jaw close to the
first tentacular opening, are more or less modified tentacle-scales,
and should be called tentacle-scales or spines. They may be ab-
solutely like tentacle-scales or sharp spines. Tentacle-scale is
therefore their proper name. This will restrict the term mouth-
papilla to its proper limit, on the lower sides of the angles and below
the jaw-plate. They partly cover over the lower outlet of the
jaw-angle, whose cavity communicates with the true oral pas-
sage. They are dermal structures. In the species now under
consideration the derm from the sides of the jaw-angles is not
in the form of denticulations, spinules, or angular processes, but is
a lamina, so closely approximated to that of the neighbouring
angle-side that a mere slit exists, so perfect is the closure.
The use of this dermal prolongation, this continuous analogue

142 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON AN

of the mouth-papilla, is the same (but ina greater degree) as that
of the ordinary mouth-papille at the sides of the jaw-angles. All
are filterers, and prevent large pieces of substance from enter-
ing the digestive cavity. So far as the mouth-papille of many
genera are concerned, their shape and position contraindicate
the possibility of any individual movement of the jaw-angles
towards or from the oral axis.

It is evident that the specimen under examination has the
true teeth horizontally placed, although the position of the jaws,
and necessarily of the jaw-plates, is oblique, and also that these
triangular teeth are so closely in apposition that no substance of
a visible size can pass up into the stomach.

In the Ophiuroidea, as a whole, there is a gradation between
this almost occluded condition and a wide separation of the points
of the true teeth after death. The true teeth are attached at
right angles to the long axis of the jaw-plate, which is fixed exter-
nally to the jaw, and they project into the canal leading to the
stomach according to their size. Sometimes pointed bluntly,
they are at others broad, and are either convex or concave at their
free internal surface. ‘They are capable of passive up-and-down
flap-like movement to a slight degree; but the statement that
they are fixed on to the jaw-plate by muscles I have not been able
to verify. Certainly no muscular fibres like those in the arms
are to be found; and the substance which really connects teeth
and jaw-plates is connective tissue. The microscopic character
of the so-called teeth in the majority of instances indicates that
the granules of calcareous matter are arranged more or less in
acellular fashion. There is nothing lke a worn surface to be
seen on any of the teeth, which in some genera are finely orna-
mented with spinules ; and, indeed, usually they have an axial space
between their free internal edges.

There may be a dermal growth below the end of the jaw-angle ;
and this may be of all shapes, from the nodular to that of a true
tooth. It is a mouth-papilla according to systematic writers, and
probably correctly so. Often sufficiently difficult of distinction
from the lowest true tooth, this papilla has the same physiological
significance.

In several genera, Ophiothrix being the best example, a num-
ber of dermal gspinules of different lengths are arranged on the
inner side of the lower end of the jaw-plate, in the position of the
lowest true teeth; they are the dental tooth-papille. Usually

UNUSUAL FORM OF HEMIPHOLIS. 148

their free surface slants downwards and outwards and away from
the axial line. They clearly cannot be approximated to chew.

The use of the teeth and other structures on the end of the
jaw-angle and of the tooth-papille is to filter the water which is
constantly passing into the stomach, to keep out particles which
might be too large and also living intruders. A movement of the
jaw-angles towards each other and the central axis of the mouth,
sufficient to bring the teeth in forcibie apposition, does not seem
possible. Butin some species there is aslight enlargement pos-
sible of the so-called mouth ; and the series of teeth of each jaw-
plate may be more or less distant from their fellows. Contrac-
tion, however, beyond a certain limit would cause crushing of the
delicately spinuled teeth of such forms as Ophioscolex. The en-
largement of the mouth and consequent separation of the jaws is
common in those genera the species of which can move the arms
upwards; but this appears usually to be a convulsive action pre-
ceding death, a rigor mortis determines the persistence of the
condition, and post mortem rigidity permanently widens the space
between the jaw-angles in many forms. Nevertheless there are
species which have the circle of side mouth-shields discontinuous,
whose arms are capable of a slight upward and aboral movement,
and whose mouth-canal can be widened and narrowed during life.
Mr. W. Percy Sladen, F.L.S., is now investigating the disk and
arm attachments and insertions of some hitherto unnoticed mus-
cular slips which appear to explain this movement.

I have named this species after its discoverer, Hemipholis
Wallichit.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

Fig. 1. Hemipholis Wallichii, Duncan, about nat. size.
2. The under part of the disk and arms, magnified.
3, The upper part of the disk and arms, magnified.
4, Diagrammatic section from above downwards of the disk, showing
the projecting spine on the side mouth-shield.
5, Arm-spine, magnified,

144 PROF. E. RAY LANKESTER ON THE

On the Tusks of the Fossil Walrus found in the Red Crag of
Suffolk. By E. Ray Lanxester, M.A., F.B.S., F.L.S., Pro-
fessor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in University
College, London.

[Read May 6, 1880. Abstract.]

In this communication (which will be published in full in the

Society’s Transactions, with illustrations) the author explains that,

at the suggestion of Prof. P. J. van Beneden in 1864, he had

generically named the fossil Walrus-tusks obtained from the

Suffolk Crag Trichecodon, and that in his account of the speci-

mens published in the Geological Society’s Journal, 1865, they

accordingly were denoted as Trichecodon Hualeyi. With more
perfect specimens since at his command, he now withdraws the
generic term, substituting that of Zrichechus, desiring that the
remains then and now described should hereafter be recognized

as Trichechus Hualeyi (Lankester sp., 1865).

With further reference to the nomenclature of the fossil Wal-
ruses of the Pliocene deposits of Suffolk and Belgium, in the
splendidly illustrated memoir of the fossil remains of marine Car-
nivora obtained from the environs of Antwerp, Prof. van Beneden
describes* various bones of Walrus-like animals under two genera,
viz. Trichecodon and Alachtherium. Without discussing the value
of the generic characters, Prof. Lankester, nevertheless, points
out that Vicomte du Bus + had previously proposed the name
Alachtherium, and that Trichecodon had been preoccupied by
himself (1865), swprd@. In default of specimens showing both
bones and tusks in juxtaposition, it is perfectly hopeless to attempt
to identify either Prof. van Beneden’s own fragment of a tusk or
the Suffolk specimens with those bones which he calls Alachthe-
vium, on the one hand, or with those which he calls Prichecodon,
on the other. At the same time, should there really be only one
Walrus-like animal proper to this period, neither Alachtherium
Cretesit of Du Bus (1867), nor Trichecodon Koninckit of Van
Benedent (1871) have priority as its title, but Trichecodon Hua-
leyi, Lankester (1865).

The conclusion then arrived at by the author, from a careful
consideration of Prof. van Beneden’s statements in his large
monograph (1877), and from that of his shorter memoir (1871),

* Annalesdu Musée Royale d’Histoire Naturelle de Belgique, tome i. (1877).

+ Bulletin de l’Acad. Roy. Belg. 1867, p. 562.
t Bull. de Acad. Roy, Belg. 2¢ sér. tom. xxxii. p. 164.

TUSKS OF THE FOSSIL WALRUS. 145

and of Du Bus’s account of Alachtherium (1867), is :—that there
is no evidence for the association of the tusks of Trichechus (Tri-
checodon) Hualeyi of Suffolk with any one set of the bones of Walrus
discovered at Antwerp rather than with any other; and inas-
much as the tusks which we now possess furnish as sound a basis
for generic and specific characterization as do detached and frag-
mentary bones of the general skeleton, the title Trichechus Hux-
leyi should hold its place. Whilst further, if the generic term
“ Trichecodon”’ is to be used at all, it is applicable, not to bones
which give no specific information relative to the teeth, but to the
teeth themselves in the sense in which Prof. Lankester made use
of it fifteen years ago at Prof. van Beneden’s suggestion.

Having disposed of the question of nomenclature, Prof. Lankester
proceeds to describe the fine set of large tusks of Trichechus
(Lrichecodon) Hualeyi from the Suffolk Crag, which are depo-
sited in the Ipswich Museum. These he compares with those of
the recent form of Walrus (Zrichechus rosmarus) in the College
of Surgeons Museum; and he draws certain conclusions there-
from as to absolute size, sectional diameter, curvature, fluting,
and attrition of tusks at different ages andin the two sexes. He
finds that in the recent and fossil canines of the Walrus there is
a precisely parallel variation. He recognizes four kinds of differ-
ences of form resultant from age and sex :—1. Small tusks, almost
straight, with unworn points and large pulp-cayity: these belong
to young individuals. 2. Full-sized tusks, more slender and
curved and with less pronounced fluting and ridges than in no. 3:
these appear to belong to females. 3. Full-sized tusks not longer
than the last, but less curved and more massive, and having a
greater transverse diameter and a more marked grooving and
ridging of the flattened sides of the tusk. 4. Short massive tusks
with the pulp-cavity filled by osteodentine: these are worn-
down tusks of old individuals, and exhibit a difference in girth
accordingly as they have belonged to male or female.

With regard to curvature, maximum size, and fluting of the
Crag Walrus as compared with the living form, while there is a
certain agreement between them, the former (Z. Hualeyi) are dis-
tinguished by their greater size and curvature, their relative lateral
compression (the recent tusks of 7. rosmarus havinga more circular
contour), and a some what deeper and more constant longitudinal
fluting.

In an ap pendix the author reasons concerning the conditions of

146 MR. F. DAY ON THE SPECIFIC IDENTITY

growth and attrition of the Walrus-tusks. He observes that
growth does not necessarily proceed part passu with attrition, and
consequently tusks of the same age may be of various lengths;
the biggest tusks, ceteris paribus, will be those which have suffered
least rubbing during the process of growth. The causes of attri-
tion are not merely due to friction of the points upon ice studded
with sand particles, but rather to the digging up of the sea-
bottom when the Walrus is in search of mollusca, or when scraping
rock-surfaces to detach limpets and such like. As regards the
sea-bottom and shore, it is hardly possible to doubt that the
Miocene (Diestien) sea, with its Pyrula, Voluta, Cassidaria, Pho-
ladomya, and such forms, and its Teuthophagous whales (Ziphi-
oids) and its huge sharks, was not an ice-bound sea. The Walrus’
tusks, then, are only secondarily, and not primarily, related to its
movements upon shore-ice. With no very hard rocks against
which to wear down its tusks, the Diestien Walrus accordingly
had them longer, of greater primitive curvature, and a greater
lateral compression, as compared with the Walrus now inhabiting
the seas of the northern regions.

On the Specific Identity of Scomber punctatus, Couch, with
S. scomber, Linn. By Francis Day, ILS.

[Read June 3, 1880.]
(Puate VII.)

In the ‘ Zoologist ’’ for 1849, Mr. Couch described a Mackerel,
which he had obtained the previous year in Cornwall, as “ the
Dotted Mackerel,” Scomber punctatus. Prior to that period it
had not been observed, while since that time it has remained
unrecognized until April 21st this year, when I received a speci-
men from Mr. Dunn, of Mevagissey, in Cornwall, where it had
been taken the previous day. Iwas exceedingly gratified at ob-
taining this specimen (which was uninjured and quite fresh), as I
particularly wished to examine some of the species of British fish
which are least known and merely doubtfully admitted to the rank
of species. Pennant, ‘ British Zoology,’ ed. 1776, and Fleming,
‘ British Vertebrates,’ merely record the “ Common Mackerel”
(YS. scomber) as existing in the British seas. Turton, ‘ British

OF SCOMBER PUNCTATUS WITH S. SCOMBER. 147

Fauna’ (1807), adds the “Spanish Mackerel” (S. colias) which is
likewise included by Jenyns, ‘ British Vertebrate Animals’ (1835),
Yarrell, ‘History of British Fishes’ (editions 1836 and 1841),
White, ‘ Catalogue of British Fishes (1851),’ and Thompson,
‘Natural History of Ireland (1856)—the last three authors con-
sidering S. maculatus, Couch (Mag. Nat. Hist. v. p. 832), as a
synonym of S. colias. Sir John Richardson, in the 3rd edition of
Yarrell’s ‘ British Fishes,’ included S. punctatus, Couch, as a
distinct species, observing, at the same time, that, “as no second
example has yet been met with, and the chief peculiarities in the
Dotted Mackerel are its colours and markings, its specific rank
may remain a question until the acquisition of other specimens
furnish the means of investigating its internal structure.” Dr.
Giinther, ‘Catalogue of the Fishes of the British Museum,’ 1860,
places the S. punctatus among the doubtful species upon which
no opinion is offered; while S. seriptus, Couch, which may prove
to be merely another variety of the Common Mackerel, had not
been described at that period.

Couch’s example of the Dotted Mackerel (S. punctatus) was
-a female, 15°5 inches in length, captured in a mackerel-seine at
Looe, in Cornwall, July 6th, 1848. It was erroneously said to
possess an air-bladder, which, however, Couch, in his ‘ Fishes of
the British Islands’ (1868), observes was a mistake of Sir John
Richardson’s, the specimen having been “destitute of a swimming-
bladder.” He considered that it differed from the common
Mackerel in that there “were scales which covered the surface
of the sides and belly, where none at all appear in the common
species.” The example of the common species under that author’s
eye at the time appears to have been thickiy covered with mucus;
as in the specimens I have examined scales were present “on the
sides and belly;’’ consequently, in this respect, no difference
exists between the two forms. Next Couch draws attention to
the length of the interspace between the dorsal fins in the two
forms ; but if a pair of proportional compasses is employed, it will
be found that distance is identical in the two figures given in the
‘History of the Fishes of the British Isles.’ In short, Couch
justly concludes that “the most remarkable distinction between
this and the other British species of Mackerel was in the colour,
which was of an uniform dark neutral tint over the head and back,
without any bands or variegations ; it might be termed an olive
bluish-green, with green reflections at the sides ; and from before

148 ON SCOMBER PUNCTATUS AND S. SCOMBER.

the eyes, along the back and sides to the tail, the surface was
thickly covered with (black) spots of the size of a small pea, gene-
rally round and well defined, but a little larger, and elongated
transversely on the summit of the back. The spots ended a little
below the lateral line, and the belly was pure white ; the surface
between the carinations of the tail a bronzed yellow colour.”
Certainly if the description of the colours had been taken from
the specimen I am recording, it could hardly have been more
accurate ; while, as it is, by such, or markings alone, that the distine-
tion can be shown between the ‘“ Dotted” and the “Common ”
Mackerel, it must be conceded that the example here figured
(Pl. VII.) represents the former variety.

Dig |aty. P. 21... V. 1/5. A. 1|_+v. -C. 17.

Extreme length 14, to base of caudal fin 12°75, of each caudal
lobe 2:25, of head 3°2 inches. Dorsal fin, length of base 2 inches, of
second spine 1°38, of interspace between two dorsal fins 2:3, of base
of second dorsal 1-0, of base of anal fin 1:1, length of pectoral fin1°5.
Lower jaw very slightly the longer. yes, diameter one fourth
of the length of the head, 13 diameter from the end of the snout
and 1 apart. The posterior extremity of the maxilla reaches to
beneath the middle of the eye. Air-bladder absent. Length of
intestines from pylorus to vent 10°5 inches. The example was a
female, and the ova not quite mature. The number of its fin-rays,
and even scales, as well as its proportions, agree so well with
some British examples of S. scomber, that further description
appears to be unnecessary, except to remark that the interorbital
space is slightly broader in this specimen than some of the
Common Mackerel; but I find such liable to individual varia-
tions.

The European forms of Mackerel may be subdivided, for the
sake of convenience, into (1) those possessing an air-bladder and
(2) those in which this organ is deficient. They are as follows :—
Scomber pneumatophorus, which extends from the Mediterranean
southwards, and S. colias, also a Mediterranean form, but visiting the
British isles, have both an air-bladder ; consequently the “ Dotted
Mackerel” cannot bea variety of either of those species. S.scomber,
however, has no air-bladder, and is (excepting in colour) identical
with the form under review,whileit yet remains to ascertain whether
the ‘Scribbled Mackerel,” also destitute of an air-bladder, is not
merely another variation in colour of the same species. Respect-

ON INCORPORATION BY SPONGES OF FOREIGN SPICULES. 149

ing the variety placed by Couch in plate xxx. below the “ Spanish
Mackerel” (S. scriptus), but which he observes that he “ supposes
it to be a different species,” it seems to be another variety in
colour of the common form, in which the first dorsal fin is a
little more forward and the second spine is slightly higher, if such
is not an error in the figure. He also observes that this variety
“has no air-bladder ;’ and likewise expressed his belief (p. 82)
that none is present in S. colias, although such has been described
in Cuvier and Valenciennes’s ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Poissons,’
1831, viii. p. 47; but not believing in its existence, Couch appears
to have fallen into an error.

On two Cases of Incorporation by Sponges of Spicules foreign
to them. By Sruart O. Ripuey, F.L.S., Assistant in the
Zoological Department, British Museum.

[Read June 17, 1880.]

Two cases of this phenomenon, to the common occurrence of which
Mr. Carter has already called attention*, have recently come to
my notice while working out some Sponges from the southern
hemisphere, and they seem to me to be of some interest. The
one is that of a specimen assigned to the genus Ciocalypta, Bower-
bank, in which the dermis would be almost naked (a very unusual
character) but for the occurrence in it of certain long acuate
spicules having a very slight elongated basal inflation or head.
They are found scattered through the membrane, singly or in
loose bundles. The superior ends of the main skeleton-fibres
themselves reach the dermal surface, and there spread out like
the branches of the date-palm ; but they do not extend across the
surface to the same amount as in Ciocalypta penicillus and C. Leet,
Bowerbank ; for here they do not meet their fellows to form the
lattice-like surface meshwork which is so conspicuous a feature
of those species. It is therefore in the vacant spaces left be-
tween the freely-terminating ends of the skeleton-fibres that the
subcapitate acuate spicules above mentioned are found. They
measure from 426 to ‘468 millim. in average greatest length by
O11 to ‘01267 in thickness ; they taper gradually to a fine point,
and the head, which is only plainly discernible under a high power

* Ann. N. H. (4) xvi. pp. 11, 16, xviii. pp. 280, 232. Cf. also Md. op. cit. (5)
il. p. 358,

150 MR. 8. O. RIDLEY ON INCORPORATION

of the microscope, is of a very elongated oval shape, sometimes of
irregular outline; the spicule diminishes in diameter just below
the head, which is of about the same diameter as the thickest
part of the shaft, although, from its superiority in size to the
“neck,” this is notat first evident. Had the spicule not been of
So interesting a type, it might perhaps have been set down as the
proper dermal spicule, as “ occurring irregularly scattered or fasci-
culated,” especially as a special dermal spicule is wanting, and
the dermis presents otherwise an unusually bare appearance. Also
the characters of the skeleton-spicule of the sponge would rather
lead one to believe the dermal form to be merely one slightly
altered, owing to position, from its type, as its relative short-
ness (a character commonly distinguishing dermal and skeleton
spicules), identical thickness, and similar shape would lead one
to conclude. The skeleton-spicule is acuate, slightly bent,
sharply pointed, with a well-rounded basal end, without inflation,
size 577 by ‘01267 millim.

However, a reference to sketches of the spiculation of another
Sponge, an Hsperia, from exactly the same locality, and obtained,
as its association in the same vessel with the Ciocalypta would
seem to show, at the same haul of the dredge, demonstrated an
identity in form between this spicule and the one which forms
the main skeleton and the dermal network of that sponge. As
the drawings were not both made to scale, measurement was ne-
cessary to satisfy the doubt as to the possible common origin of
the two spicules, with the result that the main skeleton-spicule
of this second was found to measure ‘544 by -01267 millim.;
while the average largest size of the dermal spicules, which agree
precisely with the skeleton-forms as to shape and proportion, is
‘468 by ‘01267, just the size, as will be seen by comparison with
the measurements given above for the spicule from the dermis of
the Ciocalypta, of the largest of those there discovered. ‘The in-
ference is unavoidable, that the latter sponge has adorned and
strengthened its dermis with elements derived from the dermis
of the Hsperia, which probably grew close by, and which, from the
friable character of its surface, even in the spirit-specimen which
we possess, probably frequently lost its surface-spicules either by
attrition against tide-borne objects or by their natural shedding
in the course of growth. The former hypothesis is not an im-
possible solution, for the depth at which the sponges grew was
only 7-10 fathoms. Of their being lost by natural shedding, I know

BY SPONGES OF FOREIGN SPICULES. E51

no analogous facts in confirmation, the evidence rather tending
to show that as growth continues the surface-spicules, if of the
same kind as those of the main skeleton, become incorporated
with it either by adhesion to the perpendicular (primary) lines or
by remaining horizontal to form the latest-formed “secondary
lines”; at any rate, the appearances seen in perpendicular sections
of some of the regular Jsodictya seem to point to this conclusion.

The other instance is that of Alebion (Gray) sp., and needs no
special detailed account, as the circumstance of occurrence of the
foreign spicules is essentially the same. It is also the same spi-
cule (measuring here slightly less, 45 by ‘01056 to ‘01108 millim.)
which is the intruder. It occurs scattered or in bundles in the
dermis. The sponge is also from the same locality and depth as
the Esperia above mentioned ; but, unfortunately, the number of
the jar in which it arrived is not preserved, so that it cannot be
presumed with such probability that it is from the same haul of
the dredge.

Tt only remains to draw the attention of workers at sponges to
these two cases, by way of warning against being misled by spi-
cules occurring chiefly in the dermis of sponges, which are not so
universally distributed there as to lead to the conclusion that they
belong to the sponge, even though, as in this case, the fine preser-
vation of the spicule and absence of enlargement of the central
canal would not suggest their being foreign toit. Sometimes this
may be seen ata glance, as when an obviously calcareous triradiate
spicule is found in a sponge whose complement is made up (e. g.)
of siliceous acerates, or when an unmistakable Geodia-ball occurs
under similar circumstances. But the present is one which
differs essentially from such cases; the spicules are well pre-
served, present some degree of regular arrangement, and are
not radically distinct from the type which would be expected in
the sponge. Still the difference of form and the manner of
occurrence are sufficient to point out their foreign origin in
this case; and if, as is far the most usual, they had been
broken, or their central canals were enlarged by absorption, or
the heads had projected outwards and the points inwards, these,
which are the safest proofs of the foreign origin of a spicule, would
have infallibly guided to a correct judgment as to their nature.

152 MR. F. M. CAMPBELL ON SUPPOSED

On supposed Stridulating-Organs of Steatoda guttata, Wider., and
Linyphia tenebricola, Wider. By F. Matin CaMpsett,
E.LS., F.Z.8., F.R.M.S.

[Read June 17, 1880.]

Proresson Westrine (Naturhist. Tidsskrift, vol. iv. 1842-44,
p- 859, and vol. i. 1846-1849, p. 342, and ‘ Aranez Suecice ’)
discovered stridulating-organs in the following Spiders, viz. :—
Assagena phalerata, Panz., Theridion hamatum, C. Koch, Steatoda
bipunctata, Linn., S. castanea, Clk., S. albomaculata, De Géer, and
S. guttata, Wider. In ‘Aranez Suecice ’ (1862) Prof. Westring
writes of the Assagena phalerata (p. 175) “ Femina organis iis
caret;’’ but does not mention the female of the other species as
not possessing the stridulating-apparatus. Throughout, how-
ever, he refers only to its presence in males, as when speaking
of the male Steatoda bipunctata, he adds :—“ hic sexus similiter
ac ¢ Th. serratipedis, hamati, castanet, guttati et albomaculati stri-
dere potest. Mas descriptus post captivitatem minus libenter
sonum reddit, quare, si hunc audire velles, animalculum statim
ut capitur inter digitos ad aures est tenendum” *. My, Darwin
(‘ Descent of Man,’ 2nd ed. p. 278) and Professor Wood-Mason
(Trans. Ent.Soc. 1877, p. 282), apparently quoting Westring, state
that the apparatus consists “ of a serrated ridge at the base of the
abdomen, against which the hard hinder part of the thorax is
rubbed; and of this structure not a trace could be found in the
females.” The Rey. O. P. Cambridge (‘ Spiders of Dorset,’ vol. i.)
refers to these organs as a distinction of species in Assagena pha-
lerata, Panz., Steatoda bipunctata, Linn., 8. guttata, Wider., and
S. sticta, Cambr. He describes certain of them as possessing, in
“the fore extremity of the abdomen, a sort of socket, serrated or
denticulated on its upper edge; and into this the hinder extremity
of the cephalothorax fits.”

I am indebted to the last-named araneologist for specimens of
male and female of Steatoda guttata, Wider., and S. bipunctata,
Linn. In the male of the former the socket is a complete ring
with some strong chitinous spurs on the inside of its external
edge (fig. 1, A), which is also roughly serrated. That of the female
is divided into two parts, the inferior being the smallest, while
the superior, as in the male, is the deepest. In the female

* J have had no experience of this.

STRIDULATING-ORGANS OF STEATODA, ETC. 153

(fig. 1, B) there are no spurs; the inner edge, however, is undu-
lated, and in points becomes angulated, while a little below are
stiff hairs on small protuberances. The chitinous thoracic exten-
sion of the male is marked on its superior surface with many
fine parallel transverse grooves, which are absent in the female
(fig. 1, C); while in the same position on both sexes are several

Fig. 1.

Stridulating-organs of Steatoda (Theridion) guttata, § and 9.

A. Male. View, from above, of chitinous ring or socket attached to ab
domen covering the union with thorax. do, dorsal surface.

B. Ditto of the female. do, dorsal surface.

C. View, from above, of chitinous extension of thorax; female. do, dorsal
surface.
ridges, which are less numerous in the male. It is quite likely
that individuals may vary in details; but it appears that the
female of Steatoda guttata, Wider., has, as well as the male, organs
adapted to stridulation.

I have also examined both sexes of Steatoda bipunctata, Linn.,
and find that the socket of the male is much shallower than
those of the male and female of the last-named species. The
inside of the external edge is rough, and the sides are lined with
a row of bristles seated on prominences ; and the only opposing
surface 1s a spinate ridge on the base of the thorax, which has no
chitinous extension covering the abdominal union. In the female
there is no trace of these organs.

Tn the same paper dnenie quoted (inane Ent. Soc. 1877, My-
gale stridulans), Prof. Wood-Mason describes the totally different
sound-producing apparatus in male and female of “Mygale stri-
dulans”’ of Assam, “on the inner face of the basal joint of the

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XV. 12

154: ON THE STRIDULATING-ORGANS OF STEATODA, ETC.

palps”’ and “ the penultimate joint of the chelicere.”’ The organs
which I venture to call stridulating in both sexes of Linyphia tene-
bricola, Wider. (= Linyphia terricola, Blackw.,= Linyphia tenuis,
Blackw.}), are also seated on the falces and palpi, but are of
different structure. I observed them while examining the palpal
organs with a ? objective, and defined them with higher powers as
follows :—On the outer side of the basal joint of each falx are
about twenty parallel transverse chitinous bands, placed so that
their inferior edges are free (fig. 2, A), as is easily seen in section
(fig. 2, B). The eflect, when viewed from the front, is that each
falx has a distinctly serrated outer edge, which becomes more de-
cided towards the base. The opposing surface is that of the
humeral joint of each palpus, which is marked with amore or less
regular series of curved grooves, deep enough to give the ap-
pearance of serration on its sides under a 2 objective. On the
inside of this joint close to its base is a curved enlargement,
and on the top a prominent, horny, somewhat triangular, knob-
lke plate (fig. 2, C* and D*) with arounded apex. This differs in
form, size, elevation, and position from the chitinous prominences
usually seen in connexion with spines, of which there is one near
its side, but of which in some individuals it is independent.

Fig, 2.

Stridulating-organs of Linyphia tencbricola, Wider., 3.
A. Right falx as viewed obliquely from the right side.
B. Part of three stridulating-bands. The broken edge is to the reader's right.
C. Humeral joint of left palpus, the spines being omitted, except those on
the inside. * Horny plate.
D. Basal portion of third joint, showing at « the horny plate.

These organs persist in all adult members of both sexes of this
species ; but those on the palpi of the females are not so highly
developed, the chief difference being the size of the enlarge-

t See Thorell, ‘Remarks on Synonyms of European Spiders,’ p. 66; and
Cambridge, ‘ Spiders of Dorset.’

ON GLANDS IN THE MAXILLE OF TEGENARIA. 155

ment at the base of the third joint. When confined in a small
glass tube, these Spiders often move their palpi backwards and
forwards with a slight rotatory motion in such a manner that
the horny plate crosses the bands on the falces; but hitherto I
have been unable, even with the aid of a microphone, to detect
sounds in connexion with these movements.

The bands appear to be a modification of grooves which are to
be found on the falces, and which are similar to those already men-
tioned on the palpi, and are also present, without any specialized
form, on the falces of Linyphia clathrata, Lund, whose habits re-
semble those of the L. tenebricola, Wider. They are sufficient
to give an appearance of slight serration; but up to the present
I have been unable to find any opposing surface which could be
used for stridulation in Linyphia clathrata.

The absence of specialized stridulating-organs in most Aranez
does not, however, imply that they are mute. It is a common
practice with many to rub the falces against the maxille; and
were the serrated edge of these latter found in another part of the
body, similarly opposed to a hard toothed chitinous surface, it is
most likely they would be pronounced stridulating-organs.

On certain Glands in the Maxille of Tegenaria domestica, Black-
wall. By F. Mavzz Campsett, F.L.S., F.Z.8., F.R.MS.

[Read June 17, 1880.]

Dr. A. Wassmany, in “ Beitrige zur Anatomie der Spinnen”
(Abhandl. aus dem Geb. der naturwiss. Hamburg, Erster Band,
1846), and M. Felix Plateau, in his “ Recherches sur la Structure
de Pappareil digestif, et sur les Phénomenes de la Digestion chez
les Aranéides dipneumones” (Bull. Acad. Roy. ae Belgique,
sér. 2, t. xliv. 1877), describe a gland which is seated in the
labrum; but they, like all other writers to whom I have referred,
make no mention of those which I am about to describe. In
the Legenaria domestica the apertures are on the inner side of
the median line of the upper face of each maxilla, where they
commence to incline towards the mouth, as seen in woodcuts
figs. 1 and 2, A. The external form consists of a ring (figs. 1
and 2, B), 005 millim. in diameter (average outside measurement)
in adults, enclosing a raised disk, in the centre of which is the

opening leading to a shallow cavity, from which runs the
12*

156 MRE. F. M. CAMPBELL ON CERTAIN GLANDS IN

Fig. 2.

A. Upperside of left maxilla of Tege- A. Upperside of maxilla of Tege-
naria domestica, Blackw., immature 9°, naria domestica from the first exuvi-
x40. B. One of the gland-openings, um: go,gland-opening, X66. B,single
x770. gland-opening on above, x770.

duct, gradually increasing in size, until it terminates in an
elongated bulbous point (fig. 3, A). I have been unable to
trace any further continuation of the organ; but in a Lycosa
campestris, Blackw., where-the apertures are of similar form and
position, I have found fine filaments, as shown in fig. 8, C,
while in some species the ducts are ramose.

Fig. 3.

A. Gland from maxilla of Tegenaria domestica attached to inner skin. That
marked with an asterisk (x) has its terminal point broken. x 250.

B. Chitined-gland attached to maxilla of Ciniflo feror, Blackw.. and, as
here shown, is foreshortened. x 250.

C. Chitined-gland from maxilla of Lycosa campestris. 250.

The surface on which the glands discharge their contents is
crossed by many interlacing open channels formed by folds in the
integument (see fig. 5, E), and which run backwards and down-

THE MAXILLE OF TEGENARIA DOMESTICA, 157

wards towards the mouth. I am inclined to think that these
glands have a function equivalent to salivary ; andin many species
of the Linyphiide, Theridiidz, Salticidsz, and Epeiride there are
similar organs, but distributed at the side of the maxille close to
the mouth in a cup-like cavity, as seen in the accompanying fig. 4,
from an Hpeira similis, Blackw.

A peculiarity of the ducts is that in many species they become
chitinous (fig. 4) ; and this is common in adults, so that it cannot
be considered the result of a condition preceding a moult.

Fig. 4.

Chitinous gland-opening on maxilla of Hpeira similis ( $), as seen from
outside of maxilla, with one chitined-gland attached, x 200.

In the Tegenaria domestica, Blackw., and also in other species,
the number of these glands, together with the integumental
channels, increases with age. I found only one aperture on each
maxilla of the first exuvium of ten of this species and two on
the second. A young one which last year I kept in confinement
gave the following results, viz. :—

Date of exuvium, Number of gland-
1879. openings.
USidol DUE au nogendeee Woodcut fig. 5, A 13
Gila, dW) eSeopooeace eS B 21
TIS AUUIADIG Coo goood si C 31
21st September ... D 46

In the diagrammatic woodcut (fig. 5, C, D, H, and F) the relative
positions on each exuvium are indicated; and it will be seen that
the number on each maxilla is the same, though the distribution
is not. Unfortunately this Spider was allowed to escape in
December, so that I cannot give more figures ; but fig. 5, G,
represents eighty gland-openings on an adult Tegenaria domes-
tica (female), while in others I have found as few as sixty.

These remarks are the result of an investigation which was

158 ON GLANDS IN THE MAXILLE OF TEGENARIA.

Fig, 5.
A
@ if Sie (2)
Oia, © CN i So. 2 8 6 @
@ e S eae 2 9 69,9
) e e e @ 96°g 698 @ & 6
@ 2 ee % ® 6 @ o2 %9%.2 2 9
G eo? e e 8 & @ @ @
e 8 e

Diagrams representing the gland-openings on the maxilla of Tegenaria
domestica at different stages; about x 200.

A. As in the exuvium of right maxilla, 15th May. B. Ditto, 9th June.
©. Ditto, Ist August. D. Ditto, 21st September. EE. As in the exuvium of left
maxilla, Ist August: the integumentary channels’ are here shown. F. As in
exuvium of 21st September. G. Gland-openings in an adult female of TJ. do-
mestica,
necessarily prolonged, owing to the continual rupture of the duct
and terminal portion of the glands “on opening the maxille. I
first observed the external organs with a 2 objective, and think
that the reason why they have hitherto escaped notice is that
under such a low power they appear like simple rings, and
resemble the integumental structure at the base of some minute
sete distributed about the same surface. Even with a + and
ty this definition might at first be confirmed, and the form
of the raised disk attributed to the approximate focusing of
different points in an attached open duct. By using the bleach-
ing process described by Dr. Braxton Hicks (Linn. Trans. 1st ser.
vol. xxii. p. 396) and mounting in balsam, the form of the external
organ, however, is clearly seen with a + objective.

MR. G. E. DOBSON ON APLYSIA DACTYLOMELA. 159

Notes on Aplysia dactylomela.
By G. E. Dosson, M.A., M.B., F.L.S., &e.

[Read June 17, 18380.]

THE specimen which forms the subject of the following notes was
obtained by Mr. R. Vacy Ash, M.B., Surgeon, Army Medical
Department, in February last, at Bermuda. It agrees so closely
in size, and in the coloration and shape of the body and shell, with
the figures and description given by Rang of his Aplysia dactylo-
mela*, from the Cape-Verd Islands, that I have little hesitation
in recognizing it as an example of that species, though from the
opposite side of the Atlantic.

The specimen in question was fouud in shallow water inside
the reef fringing the island, and was seen through the clear water
moving along on the bottom, the lateral swimming-lobes keeping
up a gentle undulatory motion. Mr. Ash describes its colour as
a rich drab, marked all over with circles and streaks of velvet-
black, the latter most abundant on the mantle covering the shell
and on the lateral swimming-lobes. The shell agrees in all re-
spects with that of A. dactylomela as figured by Rang, and the
only difference observable is that the margins of the swimming-
lobes are not tinged with violet. This might be accounted for
by supposing that such a fugitive colour had disappeared in the
alcohol, but the captor does not remember to have seen it in the
living animal.

The following points appear not to have been previously
noted :— _

The lingual ribbon is nearly as wide as long, and supports
about 75 rows of recurved teeth, having the formula 43-1-43, re-
presenting the number in a row taken at the widest part.

In fig. 1, where portions of two tooth-rows from the centre
of the lingual ribbon are shown, the median or rhachidian
tooth is smaller than the lateral teeth, and has a blunt central
cusp with two small lateral cusps. The bluntness of the central
cusp may, however, be due to wear, although throughout the 75
rows this cusp presents the same character. It may also be ob-
served that the first teeth to left and right of the median tooth
are not symmetrically developed, the left tooth being much larger

* Rang, ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Aplysiens,’ p. 56, pl. ix. (1828).

160 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON APLYSIA DACTYLOMELA.

than the right; and this inequality is continued throughout the
series*.

Fig. 1.

Lingual teeth of Aplysia dactylomela, * 58 diam.

The mandibles, or labial plates, are invested internally with a
rough leathery substance, which, as seen by a z objective, con-
sists of indurated cylindrical rod-like bodies, imbricated, with
rounded extremities, forming a depressed pile, very similar to the
corresponding structure in Triton.

Fig, 2.

Gizzard of A. dactylomela cut open, showing position and relative sizes of
spines (natural size).

The gizzard is armed with about thirty-three horny tooth-like
spines, the arrangement cf which is shown in fig. 2, a, above, where
the position of their buses is indicated. The leading forms of
these spines are shown at b and c, where two of the largest are
figured of the natural size. The very capacious stomach of the
animal was found to be filled with undigested food, consisting
chiefly of a minute species of Algz.

* Asin other species of Gasteropoda, an abnormality occurring in one of the
lingual teeth is repeated in the longitudinal series to which it belongs,

NATURAL CLASSIFICATION OF THE GASTEROPODA. 161

On the Natural Classification of Gasteropoda.—Part I.
By Dr. J. D. Macponaxp, R.N., F.B.S.

[Read June 17, 1880.]

In the year 1860, just twenty years ago, Professor Huxley com-
municated to this Society a paper of mine, on the “ Classification
of the Gasteropoda,” founded respectively, Ist, on the sexual
characters, 2nd, on the lingual dentition, and 3rd, on the auditory
concretions ; and, notwithstanding all that has been done of late
years in this department of natural history, the General Table
then given would still appear to hold its ground as a natural
arrangement.

The object of this paper is to add some additional remarks and
suggestions to the former one, adopting a fourth guide to the dis-
covery of natural affinities, namely, “ Representative Relation-
ships.”

The faculty of comparison should be well developed in the sys-
tematic naturalist ; but we often find that it is misapplied, and
superficial resemblances are assumed to be indications of genuine
affinity, so that, apparently, like things are grouped together,
though intrinsically bearing no natural alliance to each other.
Indeed, underlying nearly all the mistakes that have been made in
matters of classification, we find the occurrence of representative
relationships or analogous characteristics repeating themselves
in particular members of the orders, suborders, families, or even
smaller groups of the Animal Kingdom. ‘The recognition of such
representative relationships, as distinguished from those of affinity,
must depend upon a more general comparison of structure. Thus,
breathing in air, for instance, can be easily shown to be a repre-
sentative character amongst larger groups, and, of course, of
great importance in neighbouring species; but it can by no means
warrant the association of the members of two otherwise quite —
distinct groups. Yet, if we analyze the Pulmonifera of authors,
what do we find? First, that all air-breathers are placed in one
category ; secondly, that they are recognized to be either operculate
or inoperculate ; and, thirdly, that the momentous question of being
monecious or dicctous is either not noticed at all, or referred to
in a casual way, the latter being indicated by the presence and
the former by the absence of an operculum—though, unfortu-
nately, some Diplommatine, which are unisexual, are inoperculate,
and the anomalous bisexual genus Amphibola is furnished with an
operculum.

162 DR. J. D. MACDONALD ON THE

If we now turn to the analogy of shell-characters in a general
way we find :—

1st. That some Gasteropodous families are altogether naked,
having no representatives furnished with a shell.

2nd. That some have both naked and shell-bearing species.

3rd. That others are all furnished with a shell, having no naked
representatives.

Under the first head would come the Nudibranchiata of authors,
and the second would include the Tectibranchiata, the bisexual
Pulmonifera, and the Heteropoda; while the third would comprise
all the remaining families. But for the position here given to
the Heteropoda, this arrangement would seem to answer very
well. If, however, we take a formula derived from the above
heads and apply it to the second division, some interesting results
will be obtained. Referring to the Heteropoda, first, by way of
illustration, we find six typical genera ; two of these are entirely
naked, namely Firola and Cerophora; two others have a shell of
only sufficient size to protect the viscera, viz. Cardiapoda and
Carinaria; while the two remaining genera have an operculate
shell, completely including the retracted animal, Oxygyrus and
Atlanta. On attempting to arrange the shells we see that those
of Cardiapoda and Oxygyrus are cartilaginous with an involute
nucleus, while those of Oarinaria and Atlanta are hard and
vitreous-looking with a spiral nucleus. Two distinct groups are
thus clearly indicated.

First Group.

EHe)<1 2) eal eae an aacac ordre ann baaanensaiacnclicoadeccocoSuracess Cerophora.
Shell protecting the viscera ...... Cardiapoda.
* ) present (cartilagi- 4 operculate, including the 0
nous, involute) retracted animal ......... } PEE
Second Group.
BOSOTL Ginpis saisids'e stop reigeemeececdaeeesepe ee tare omegaenase Firola.
Shell protecting the viscera ...... Carinaria.
"') present (calcareous, , operculate, including the Whine
Spiral) aeecesres retracted animal ......... | Beg

It might be asked, why Firola should be placed with Carinaria
and Cerophora with Cardiapoda. But the only reason that need
be given is, that the general appearance of the animals and the
comparison of their lingual dentition would appear to indicate
the position assigned to them.

Many persons think that the Heteropoda should be separated
from the Gasteropoda as a distinct class, but this would scarcely
appear to be necessary. There isa much wider difference between

NATURAL CLASSIFICATION OF THE GASTEROPODA. 163

a Bulla and a Strombus than between the latter and an Aélanta,
for example ; andin reference to the genus Phorus, I find the fol-
lowing remarks in my note-book:—“ The animal of Phorus is
strikingly suggestive of Atlanta or Oxygyrus, and it has been
remarked that the dentition closely resembles that of the Hete-
ropod (Mérch). I am strongly inclined to think that the Phoride
will be found to form the connecting link between the Gastero-
poda proper and the Heteropods.” To return to the subject from
this digression, it will be easy to see that Hirola and Cerophora
are representatives in the two groups above given—that Carinaria
represents Cardiapoda, and Atlanta Oxygyrus. Now if we deal
with the moncecious Gasteropoda as a whole, we shall have the
results as given in the following Table :—

Class GASTEROPODA.

Division I. MONCICIA (sexes combined).
Subdivision I. Lingual dentition typically pavemental *.

Order I. PNEuMonoPuHORA (lung-bearing, or respiring in air).
Suborder 1. Punmonara (with air-chamber only).

A. Habit terrestrial.

Analogy of Shell-characters. Illustrative Genera.
BIDSEMb yes cannes este iics suaetae si cise iseciisteesecties Janella.
Shell ... TMURERORD| Gono sao nocdanneonasaencsegacouddeads Aneitianat.
present ce toeaal { oar blal eee cena alec Omalonyx.
general or investing ...... Succinea.
AUDSOMb Hei eee A ISE an ecg s ceuciahe im dads eeebael Megimatiwin.
Shell ... ID TWEV COED Wen adn GuBr care aban enc namin Dun raltn Limacx.
epresent ay Sey { [ORI socanbocsgoondeen 3000 Parmacella.
WOAVESTNN soodooocansadonsac Helix.
BOSSI Eo ca paesoounnand dade sobnecH end anbedanooEnbesEEaschosue Philomycus.
Shell ... sheeer gota LBs snamaetin sa cnBaene unas a Beancoas Viquesnellia.
present 4 oxtornal { ALMA ce cnt e cones wees Daudebardia.
I HOV CSGENS! CearAgoooosonceo: Vitrina.

Suborder 2. Punmoprancutata (having both an air-chamber and a ciliated
surface or branchia for respiration in water).

B. Habit aquatic.

Perec et ere et eons seer es esses reessseca

present patelliform ............... Ancyelus.
Savanah { Sj oval eA naroda cancer aceHnas Thmnea.

* In some instances apparently strap-like, by reduction of the members of
the pleure.
+ A bitentaculate slug, occurring in N.S. Wales and the New Hebrides; de-
scribed by me in Ann, & Mag, Nat. Hist. 1856, ser. 2, vol. xviii. p. 38,

164 DR. J. D. MACDONALD ON THE

C. Habit. Estuary and marine.
Analogy of Shell-characters. Illustrative Genera.

FIOSENB ~ oogoacogobsoondenoecosnonnoacnoonodeducadosaconcber Oncidium.
Shell .. POCOP MAL ite a esiejes/sen pete lace oreo hee ee eat
present | patelliform.................. Siphonaria.
external | ol { inoperculate ... dAwricula.
ae | operculate ...... Amphibola.

Order II. APNEUMONOPHORA (having no air-chamber).
Suborder 1. NuDIBRANCHIATA.

( A. Cryptobranchiata ...... Limapontia.
Elysia.

Phyllirrhoé.
All naked, having norepre- 4 Eolis.

sentative with a shell ...
| B. Phanerobranchia .........

Tritonia.
Doris.

| Phyllidia.

| Diphyliidia.

Suborder 2. TEcTIBRANCHIATA.

Shell BV ot siallify mag odacdaebecneoonbncnoudactiadenssees Posterobranchea.
: mmternalir.sscsese aceon sees Pleurobranchus.
(CELGEIEG) DHEEINCED))oco, || (GIADSEINE { GABA sqsoncansnoo0080000 .. Umbrella.
Shell aibsentreeeeeeeeres eee eer a Notarchus.
: internal ............000..-008 Aplysia
(Aplysiade)...... ) present { external fenpnccnecciecea cece Icarus
Pils) dM oseapan onda epeananopsoeecnconsancnss Gasteropteron.
(Balas) UTULOLTI ALY resetees cen emeeeee Philine.
se" | present Nucleus in- } pi 719
external volute ...... ;
Nucleus spi- | Aplustrum.
(Goxnatelllidee) Mia cecweeccereeeeccnecsneete PAL Macc Tornatella.

Subdivision II. Lingual membrane strap- or ribbon-like *.

Order I. Hrtzrocuossa. ‘Teeth in five to eight longitudinal series, variable
in form, the larger ones with opaque tips. Foot without any lateral fringe.
Shell symmetrical.— Gray.

Suborder 1. PonyptacopHora. Shells forming a linear imbricate series on
the middle of the back.

Ex. Chiton, Chitonellus, &e.

Suborder 2. CyctoprancutA, Gill lamellar, forming a more or less complete
ring beneath the mantle.

Ex. Patella, Patina.

Suborder 3, CervicoprancuiA. Gill single, to the left on the back of the
neck.

Ex. Tectura, Gadina, Lepita.

* Dentition typically multiserial, with rhachis and pleure distinctly differ-
entiated, the dental processes being recurved from the fore part of the basal
plates (anaclodontous).

NATURAL CLASSIFICATION OF THE GASTEROPODA. 165

Suborder 4. Crrroprancuis. Gills two, symmetrical, tufted on the back of
the neck.
Ex. Dentalium, Entalis.

Order II. Rarurpoeuossa. Teeth in numerous longitudinal series, the central
5.1.5, variable in form ; lateral very numerous, more slender, curved at the tip.

—Gray.
Suborder 5. DicranoprancuiA. Gills two, symmetrical on the back of the
neck.

Ex. Deridobranchus (a naked form), Scutus, Emarginula, Puncturella, Fis-
surella.

Suborder 6. ScuismAToBRANCHIA. Gills in two plumes on the left side of the
gill-cavity ; body and shell spiral.
Hx. Teinotis, Padollus, Haliotus, Scisswrella.

Suborder 7. Scutrsrancura. Gills in a spiral line on the left side; body,
shell, and operculum spiral.

Ex. Stomatella, Trochus, Turbo, Rotella, Nerita, Neritina, and Navicella.

Suborder 8. PsEuposprAncuiA. Having no distinct gill, being in reality
pulmonate.

Ex. Helicina, Proserpina, Ceres.

As to the propriety of the application of the term Pulmonata
to the terrestrial moncecious Gasteropoda there need be no ques-
tion; but to justify the use of the second subordinal term
Pulmobranchiata the following reasons may be adduced.

1st. Siebold mentions that the raised vascular network of the
lining of the pulmonary cavity is coated with cilia in the aquatic
species, and he further says that he found ciliated epithelium in
the pulmonary cavity of the Limneide, though not in that of
Limax or Arion. Ancylus was formerly placed in the Infero-
branchia, though really having no alliance with them; and a simple,
probably ciliated enlargement on the left side, concealed under
a fold of the mantle, has been accepted and figured as a true
branchia by both Treviranus and Vogt. 8. Clessin thinks that
the Limneide normally respire water, though it should be re-
membered that water only finds access to the lung-chamber when
the animals are very young, though the recorder of this fact (A.
Pauly) is of opinion that this may be permanently the case with
those species which habitually live in deep water.

2nd. In the amphibious genus Oncidiwm, Ehrenberg noticed
the occurrence of more than twenty small ramified organs at the
posterior part of the back, which he regarded as true branchie ;

166 NATURAL CLASSIFICATION OF THE GASTEROPODA.

and I find that Jhering has observed the same structures in the
genus Peronia, which lives between tide-marks, thus confirming
Ehrenbereg’s view.

3rd. I can vouch myself for the coexistence of true branchie
within the pulmonary chamber in both Siphonaria and Amphibola,
having made drawings of them from the recent animals.

The branchial characters of the Nudibranchs have been so
worked upon and variously represented by different writers, that
I have only for the present made two sections of them. The first,
or the Cryptobranchia, to include those forms which at best only
present a ciliated surface for respiration ; and the second, or Pha-
nerobranchia, those in which the branchial organs are plainly dis-
cernible. Perhaps a much more satisfactory guide to classifica-
tion will be found in the lingual and labial dentition, which,
though exceedingly perplexing to the student, will, 1 am quite
sure, be better understood when opportunities are more favourable
for direct comparison and legitimate deduction.

There are, indeed, certain principles to be borne in mind when
we enter upon the study of the dentition of a family or larger
group exhibiting great diversity as to the number of the elemen-
tary parts and their particular form. The essential points to
know are the following :-—

The typical lingual dentition presents a central region, or
rhachis, and two lateral parts, or pleure so-called. The dental
organs are disposed in transverse rows succeeding one another from
before backwards ; and the lingual membrane upon which they are
arranged is quite homogeneous and more or less corneous in con-
sistency, supported by the lingual cartilages, and forming the
floor and sides of the lingual sac, which latter usually projects
downwards and backwards below the cesophagus from the floor of
the mouth.

When the lingual membrane is comparatively short and broad
and the teeth numerous and similar, the dentition assumes the
form of a pavement; but, on the contrary, if the membrane is very
much longer than it is broad, and there is a marked distinction
between the rhachis and pleure, it acquires the character of a
“ribbon”? or ‘‘ strap.”

It is curious to remark, and it bears largely on the soundness
of the primary division in the foregoing table of classification,
that the dentition is typically pavemental in the Monecious and
vibbon-like in the Dicecious Gasteropoda; and, with certain ex-
ceptions, even admitting of explanation, the auditory sacs contain

SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 167

otoconia in the former case and single spherical ofoliths in the
latter. The dental organs themselves usually consist of a basal
plate of attachment, with which the dental tubercles or fangs,
which always point backwards, are connected. They are subject
to depreciation or suppression, and further development or in-
crease, both wholly or as to their component parts, which has, no
doubt, given rise toall the diversity of character which we observe
in the different families of Gasteropoda. Thus we often find the
dental processes so large as to quite absorb the basal plates, while
in other cases the basal plate alone remains, as it were prepara-
tory to its complete extinction. It will be seen therefore that if
the pleura on each side gradually undergoes suppression, a typi-
cal pavement will be made to assume a more or less strap-like
appearance ; and this character will be made more deceptive by the
coincident development of the rhachis*. On the other hand, if
the rhachidian series is suppressed, the dentition will, of course,
be divided into two lateral portions and thus become more or less
decidedly double, the effect being enhanced by the greater deve-
lopment of the central part of each pleura. Illustrations of these
conditions are to be found in all the principal sections of the
Gasteropoda. I have only to regret at present that my time wiil
not permit me to make this subject clearer by special reference
to examples; but I hope to do so at some future period as an
introduction to the second part of this paper, taking up the
classification of the Gasteropoda Diecia.

Observations on Ants, Bees, and Wasps; witha Description of a
new Species of Honey-Ant.—Part VII. Ants. By Sir Jonny
Luszzocx, Bart., M.P., F.R.S., F.L.S., D.C.L., LL.D., Vice-
Chancellor of the University of London.

[Read June 17, 1880.]
(Puare VII.)

Power of Communication by something approaching to Language.
In my previous papers many experiments have been recorded, in
which I have endeavoured to throw some light on the power of

* For example, in the Holidx and neighbouring genera, the affinity of which
cannot be doubted, the gradual reduction from a typical payemental dentition
to the pseudo strap-like form may be easily observed.

168 SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS.

communication possessed by ants. It is unquestionable that if
an ant or a bee discovers a store of food her comrades soon flock
to the treasures, although, as I have shown, this is by no means
always the case. But it may be argued that this fact taken alone
does not prove any power of communication at all. An ant obsery-
ing a friend bringing food home, might infer, without being
told, that by accompanying the friend on the return journey she
might also participate in the good things. JI have endeavoured
to meet this argument in my third paper (Linn. Journ. vol. xii.
p- 466) by showing that there was a marked difference in the
result, if on experimenting with two ants one had access to a large
treasure, the other only to a small one.

It also occurred to me that some light would be thrown on the
question by compelling the ant who found the treasure to return
empty-handed. If she took nothing home and yet others re- ~
turned with her, this must be by some communication having
passed. It would be a case in which precept was better than
example.

I selected therefore a specimen of Atta testaceo-pilosa, belonging
to a nest which I had brought back with me from Algeria. She
was out hunting about six feet from home, and I placed before
her a large dead bluebottle fly, which she at once began to drag
to the nest. I then pinned the fly to a piece of cork, in a small
box, so that no ant could see the fly until she had climbed up the
side of the box. The ant struggled, of course in vain, to move
the fly. She pulled first in one direction and then in another,
but, finding her efforts fruitless, she at length started off back to
the nest empty-handed. At this time there were no ants coming
out of the nest. Probably there were some few others out hunt-
ing, but for at least a quarter of an hour no ant had left the nest.
My ant entered the nest, but did not remain there; in less than
a minute she emerged accompanied by seven friends. I never
saw so many come out of that nest together before. In her ex-
citement the first ant soon distanced her companions, who took
the matter with much sang froid, and had all the appearance of
haying come out reluctantly, or as if they had been asleep and
were only half awake. The first ant ran on ahead, going straight
to the fly. The others followed slowly and with many meander-
ings; so slowly, indeed, that for twenty minutes the first ant was
alone at the fly, trying in every way tomoveit. Finding this still
impossible, she again returned to the nest, not chancing to meet

SIE J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 169

any of her friends by the way. Again she emerged in less than
a minute with eight friends, and hurried on to the fly. They
were even less energetic than the first party; and whenthey
found they had lost sight of their guide, they one and all returned
to the nest. In the meantime several of the first detachment
had found the fly, and one of them succeeded in detaching a leg
with which she returned in triumph to the nest, coming out again
directly with four or five companions. These latter, with one
exception, soon gave up the chase and returned to the nest. Ido
not think so much of this last case, because as the ant carried in
a substantial piece of booty in the shape of the fly’s leg, it is not
surprising that her friends should some of them accompany her
on her return; but surely the other two cases indicate a distinct
power of communication.

Lest, however, it should be supposed that the result was acci=
dental, I determined to try it again. Accordingly on the follows
ing day I put another large dead fly before an ant belonging to
the same nest, pinning it to a piece of cork as before. After
trying in vain for ten minutes to move the fly, my ant started
off home. At that time I could only see two other ants of that
species outside the nest. Yet in a few seconds, considerably less
than a minute, she emerged with no less than twelve friends. As
in the previous case, she ran on ahead, and they foliowed very
slowly and by no means directly, taking, in fact, nearly half
an hour to reach the fly. The first ant, after vainly labouring for
about a quarter of an hour to move the fly, started off again to the
nest. Meeting one of her friends on the way she talked with her
a little, then continued towards the nest, but after going about
afoot, changed her mind, and returned with her friend to the fly.
After some minutes, during which two or three other ants came up,
one of them detached a leg, which she carried off to the nest,
coming out again almost immediately with six friends, one of whom,
curiously enough, seemed to lead the way, tracing it, I presume,
by scent. Ithen removed the pin, and they carried off the fly in
triumph.

Again, on the 15th June, another ant belonging to the same
nest had found a dead spider, about the same distance from the
nest. I pinned down the spider as before. The ant did all in her
power to move it; but after trying for twelve minutes, she went
off to the nest. For a quarter of an hour no other ant had come
out, but in some seconds she came out again with ten companions;

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL, XY. 13

170 SIR J, LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS.

As in the preceding case, they followed very leisurely. She ran
on ahead and worked at the spider for ten minutes; when, as
none of her friends had arrived to her assistance, though they
were wandering about evidently in search of something, she
started back home again. In three quarters of a minute after
entering the nest she reappeared, this time with fifteen friends,
who came on somewhat more rapidly than the preceding batch,
though still but slowly. By degrees, however, they all came up,
and after most persevering efforts carried off the spider piecemeal.
On the 7th July I tried the same experiment with a soldier of
Pheidole megacephala. She pulled at the fly for no less than fifty
minutes, after which she went to the nest and brought five friends
exactly as the Atta had done.

In the same way, one afternoon at 6.20 I presented a slave of
Polyergus with a dead fly pinned down. The result was quite
different. My ant pulled at the fly for twenty-five minutes, when,
as in the previous cases, she returned to the nest. There she re-
mained four or or fiye minutes, and then came out again alone,
returned to the fly, and again tried to carry it off. After working
fruitlessly for between twenty and twenty-five minutes, she again
went back to the nest, staying there four or five minutes, and then
returning by herself to the fly once more. I then went away for
an hour, but on my return found her still tugging at the fly by
herself. One hour later again I looked, with the same result.
Shortly afterwards another ant wandering about found the fly,
but obviously, as it seemed to me, by accident.

Aug. 2. At 3 o’clock I put a dead fly pinned on to a bit of cork
before a Formica fusca, which was out hunting. She tried in vain
to carry it off, ran round and round, tugged in every direction,
and at length at ten minutes to four she returned to the nest;
very soon after she reappeared preceded by one and followed by
two friends ; these, however, failed to discover the fly, and after
wandering about a little returned to the nest. She then set
again to work alone, and in about forty minutes succeeded in
cutting off the head of the fly, which she at once carried into the
nest. In a little while she came out again, this time accompanied
by five friends, which all found their way to the fly ; one of these,
having cut off the abdomen of the fly, took it into the nest, leaving
three of her companions to bring in the remainder of their prey.

These experiments certainly seem to indicate the possession by
ants of something approaching to language. It is impossible to

SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 171

doubt that the friends were brought out by the first ant; and as
she returned empty-handed to the nest, the others cannot have
been induced to follow her merely by observing her proceedings.
I conclude, therefore, that they possess the power of requesting
their friends to come and help them.

Recognition of Relations.

In my last paper (Linn. Journ. vol. xiv. p. 611) I recorded some
experiments made with pups, in order if possible to determine
how ants recognized their nest companions. The general result
was that pups tended by strangers of the same species, and then
after they had arrived at maturity put into the nest from which
these stranyers had been taken, were invariably treated as inter-
lopers and attacked. On the other hand, if they were tended by
ants from their own nest, and then after arriving at maturity put
back in their own nest, they were invariably recognized as friends ;
and, lastly, if as pups they were tended by strangers, but then
after arriving at maturity put back in their own nest, they were
generally received as friends. In all these experiments, however,
the ants were taken from the nest as pup, and though I did not
think the fact that they had passed their larval existence in the
nest could affect the problem, still it might do so. I determined
therefore to separate a nest before the young were born, or even
the eggs laid, and then ascertain the result. Accordingly I took
one of my nests, which I began watching on the 13th Sept., 1878,
and which contained two queens, and on the 8th Feb., 1879,
divided it into halves, which I will call A and B, so that there
were approximately the same number of ants with a queen in each
division. At this season, of course, the nest contained neither
young nor even eggs. During April both queens began to lay
eges. On the 20th July I took a number of pupe from each
division and placed each lot in a separate glass, with two ants
from the same division. On the 30th August I took four ants
from the pupe bred in B, and one from those in A (which were
not quite so forward), and after marking them as usual with paint,
put the B ants into nest A, andthe A ant into nest B. They
were received amicably and soon cleaned. ‘Two, indeed, were once
attacked for a few moments, but soon released. On the other
hand, I put two strangers into nest A, but they were at once
killed. or facility of observation I placed each nest in a closed
box. On the 31st I carefully examined the nests and also the

13*

172 SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS.

boxes in which I had placed them. I could only distinguish one
of the marked ants, but there were no dead ants either in the
nests or boxes, except the two strangers.

I carefully examined the box in the same way for several suc-
cessive mornings, but there was no dead ant. If there had been
I must have found the body, and I am sure therefore that these
ants were not attacked.

Again, on the 31st Aug. I put two more of the ants which had
emerged from the pupe taken out of nest B, and nursed by ants
from that nest, into nest A at 10 a.m. At 10.30 they were quite
comfortable amongst the others. At 11 I looked again and they
seemed quite at home, as also at 11.30, after which I looked
every hour. The next morning I found them evidently quite at
home in the nest.

On the 15th September I put three of the ants which had ~
emerged from the pup taken out of nest A, and nursed by ants
from that nest, and put them into nest B at 1.30. They seemed
to make themselves quite at home. I looked again at 2.30, with
the same result. At 3.3801 could only find two, the third having
no doubt been cleaned, but no ant was being attacked. At 5.30
they were no longer distinguishable, but if any one was being
attacked we must have seen it. The next morning they all
seemed quite peaceful, and there was no dead ant in the box. I
looked again on the 17th and 19th, but could not distinguish them.
As, however, there was no dead ant, they certainly had not been
killed. I then put in a stranger; she was soon attacked and

‘killed—showing that they would not tolerate an ant whom they
did not recognize as in some way belonging to the community.

These observations seem to me conclusive as far as they go, and
they are very surprising. In my experiments of last year, though
the results were similar, still the ants experimented with had
been brought up in the nest, and were only removed after they
had become pupe. It might therefore be argued that the ants
having nursed them as larve, recognized them when they came
to maturity ; and though this would certainly be in the highest
degree improbable, it could not be said to be impossible. In
the present case, however, the old ants had absolutely never
seen the young ones until the moment when, some days after
arriving at maturity, they were introduced into the nest; and
yet in all ten cases they were undoubtedly recognized as belong-
ing to the community.

SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS, 173

It seems to me therefore to be established by these experiments
that the recognition of ants is not personal and individual ; that
their harmony is not due to the fact that each ant is individually
acquainted with every other member of the community.

At the same time, the fact that they recognize their friends
even when intoxicated, and that they know the young born in their
own nest even when they have been brought out of the chrysalis by
strangers, seems to indicate that the recognition is not effected
by means of any sign or password.

Mr. McCook states that ants more or less soaked in water
are no longer recognized by their friends, but, on the contrary,
are attacked. Describing the following observation, he says*:—
“ T was accidentally set upon the track of an interesting discovery,
An ant fell into a box containing water placed at the foot of a
tree. She remained in the liquid several moments and crept out.
Immediately she was seized in a hostile manner, first by one, then
another, then by a third: the two antenne and one leg were
thus held. A fourth ant assaulted the middle thorax and petiole.
The poor little bather was thus dragged helplessly to and fro for
a long time, and was evidently ordained to death. Presently I
took up the struggling heap. Two of the assailants kept their
hold; one finally dropped, the other I could not tear loose, and
so put the pair back upon the tree, leaving the doomed immer-
sionist to her hard fate.”

After repeating one or two other similar observations, he
adds +:—‘“ The conclusion, therefore, seems warranted that the
peculiar odour or condition by which the ants recognize each
other was temporarily destroyed by the bath, and the individuals
thus ‘tainted’ were held to be intruders, alien and enemy. This
conclusion is certainly unfavourable to the theory that any thing
like an intelligent social sentiment exists among the ants. The
recognition of their fellows is reduced to a mere matter of phy-
sical sensation or ‘smell.’”

This conclusion does not, I confess, seem to me to be conclusively
established.

Workers breeding.

In my last paper I brought forward some strong evidence
tending to show that when workers laid eggs they always pro-
duced males. ‘This is, however, a physiological fact of so much

* *Mound-making Ants of the Alleghanies,’ p. 280,
t Ibid. p. 281.

174 AIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS,

interest that I have carefully watched my nests this year also, to
see what further light they would throw on the subject.

In six of those which contained no queen, eggs were produced,
which of course must necessarily have been laid by workers.

The first of these, a nest of Lasiws niger, which I have watched
since July 1875, and which, therefore, is interesting from the great
age of the workers, about ten larve were hatched, but only four
reached the pupa state. Of these one disappeared; the other
three I secured, and on examination they all proved to be males.

A second nest of Lasius niger, which has been under observa-
tion since November 1875, produced about ten pupe. Of these
I examined seven, all of which I found to be males. The others
escaped me. I believe that, having died, they were brought out
and thrown away. ;

A nest of Formica cinerea, captured at the same time, produced
four larvee, all of which perished before arriving at the pupa stage.
They were certainly not workers.

In a nest of Formica fusca which I have had under observation
since Aug. 1876, three pups were produced. They were all
males.

Another nest of Formica fusca produced a single young one,
which also was a male.

Lastly, my nest of Polyerqus rufescens, which M. Forel was so
good as to send me in the spring of 1876, and to which I have
already frequently referred in these papers, produced twelve pupe.
Eleven of these turned out to be males. The other one I lost;
but I have little doubt it was brought out and thrown away.
At any rate it was not a worker. As regards the first three of
these pups, I omitted to record whether they belonged to the
Polyergus or to the slaves. The last eight were males of Polyergus.

Thus, then, this year again, in five of my queenless nests, males
have been produced ; and in not a single case has a worker laid
eges which have produced a female, either a queen or a worker,
Perhaps I ought to add that workers are abundantly produced in
those of my nests which possess a queen.

Again, as in previous years, so this season again, while great
numbers of workers and males have come to maturity in my nests,
not a single queen has been produced. We have, I think, there-
fore, strong reason for concluding that, as in the case of bees, so
also in ants, some special food is required to develop the female
embryo into a queen.

SIR J, LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS, 175

Longevity of Ants.

In my previous paper I have called attention to the considerable
age attained by my ants, and I may perhaps be permitted to
repeat here, mutatis mutandis, a paragraph from my last commu-
nication with reference to my most aged specimens, most of
those mentioned last year being still alive. One of my nests of
Hormica fusca was brought from the woods in December 1874,
It then contained two queens, both of which are now still alive*.
I have little doubt that some of the workers now in the nest were
among those originally captured, the mortality after the first few
weeks having been but small. This, however, I cannot prove.
The queens, however, are certainly six, and probably seven years
old.

In the following nests—viz. another nest of F fusca, which I
brought in on the 6th June, 1875, one of Lasius niger on the 25th
July, 1875, and of Formica cinerea on the 29th November, 1875—
there were no queens; and, as already mentioned, no workers
have been produced. Those now living are therefore the original
ones, and they must be between five and six years old,

Though I lose many ants from accidents, especially in summer,
in winter there are very few deaths.

The nest of F. sanguinea, which M. Forel kindly forwarded to
me on the 12th Sept., 1875 (but which contained no queen), gra-
dually diminished in numbers, until in Feb. 1879 it was reduced
to two F. sanguinea and one slave. The latter died in Feb. 1880,
One of the two mistresses died between the 10th and 16th May,
1880, and the other only survived her a few days, dying between
the 16th and 20th. These two ants, therefore, must have been
five years old at least. It is certainly curious that they should,
after living so long, have died within ten days of one another.
There was nothing, as far as I could see, in the state of the nest
or the weather to account for this, and they were well supplied
with food, yet I hardly venture to suggest that the survivor pined
away for the loss of her companion.

Behaviour to strange Queens.

In a previous paper I have shown that, at least in the case of
Myrmica ruginodis, the queen is capable of bringing larve to
maturity, and consequently of founding a new nest by herself.
Since, however, cases are on record in which communities are

* Aug. 3rd, 1880, They are still alive,

176 SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS.

known to have existed for many years, it seems clear that fresh
queens must be sometimes adopted. I have indeed recorded
several experiments in which fertile queens introduced into
queenless nests were ruthlessly killed, and subsequent experiments
have always had the same result. Mr. Jenner Fust, however,
suggested to me to introduce the queen into the nest, as is done
with bees, in a wire cage, and leave her there for two or three
days, so that the workers might, as it were, get accustomed to her.
Accordingly I procured a queen of F. fusca and put her with some
honey in a queenless nest, enclosed in a wire cage so that the ants
could not get at her. After three days I let her out, but she was
at once attacked. On the contrary, Mr. McCook reports the
following case of the adoption of a fertile queen of Cremastogaster
lineolata by a colony of the same species *:—“ The queen,” he ~
says, “was taken in Fairmount Park, April 16th, and on May
14th following was introduced to workers of a nest taken the same
day. The queen was alone within an artificial glass formicary, and
several workers were introduced. One of these soon found the
queen, exhibited much excitement but no hostility, and imme-
diately ran to her sister workers, all of whom were presently clus-
stered upon the queen. As other workers were gradually intro-
duced they joined their comrades, until the body of the queen
(who is much larger than the workers) was nearly covered with
them. They appeared to be holding on by their mandibles to the
delicate hairs upon the female’s body, and continually moved
their antenne caressingly. This sort of attention continued until
the queen, escorted by workers, disappeared in one of the galle-
ries. She was entirely adopted, and thereafter was often seen
moving freely, or attended by guards, about the nest, at times
engaged in attending the larve and nymphs which had been in-
troduced with the workers of the strange colony. The workers
were fresh from their own natural home, and the queen had been
in an artificial home for a month.”

Possibly the reason for the difference may be that my ants had
been long living in a republic, for, I am informed, that if bees
have been long without a queen it is impossible to induce them
to accept another.

Moreover, I have found that when I put a queen with a few

* Proc, Acad. Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1879. “ Note on the Adoption
of an Ant-Queen,” by Mr. McOook, p. 139,

SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 177

ants from a strange nest they did not attack her, and by adding
others gradually, I succeeded in securing the throne for her.

Sense of Direction.

Having been much struck by the difficulty which ants appear
under certain circumstances to experience in finding their way,
as indicated, for instance, by some experiments_,which the Society
has done me the honour to publish (Journ. Linn. Soe. vol. xiii.
pp. 289-245), I have during the past year made some more expe-
riments on this part of the subject.

I accustomed some ants (Lasius niger) to go to and fro to food
over a wooden bridge (fig. 1).

Fig. 1.
c

ey

When they had got quite accustomed to the way, I watched
when an ant was on the bridge and then turned it round, so that
the end 6 was at c,andcat6. In most cases the ant immedia-
tely turned round also; but even, if she went on to 6 or e, as the
case may be, as soon as she came to the end of the bridge she
turned round.

I then modified the arrangement, placing between the nest and
the food three similar pieces of wood. Then when the ant was
on the middle piece, I transposed the other two. To my surprise
this did not at all disconcert them.

I then tried the arrangement shown in fig. 2.

Fig. 2.

a is a paper bridge leading to the nest; 6 is a board about 22
inches long by 18 broad, on which is a disk of white paper fas-

178 SIR J, LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASBS,

tened at the centre by a pin d; eis some food. When the ants
had come to know their way so that they passed straight over
the paper disk on their way from a to e, I moved the disk round
with an ant on it, so that fcame tog andg tof, As before, the ants
turned round with the paper.

As it might be possible that the ants turned round on account
of the changed relative position of external objects, I next sub-
stituted a box 12 inches in diameter and 7 inches high (in fact a
hat-box) for the flat paper, cutting two small holes at f and g,
so that the ants passing from the nest to the food went through
the box entering at f and coming out at g. The box was fixed at
d, so that it might turn easily. I then, when they had got to
know their way, turned the box round as soon as an ant had
entered it, but in every case the ant turned round too, thus re-
taining her direction. I then varied the experiment as shown in
figs, 3 and 4.

Fig. 3.

I replaced the white disk of paper, but put the food e at the
middle of the board. When the ant had got used to this arrange-
ment I waited till one was on the disk (fig. 3) and then gently
drew it to the other side of e, as shown in fig. 4. In this case, how-
ever, the ant did not turn round, but went on to g, when she
seemed a good deal surprised at finding where she was.

SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 179

As to Hearing and Hxperiments with Telephone.

In order to ascertain if possible whether ants made any sounds
which were audible to one another, I thought I would try the
telephone. Accordingly I looked for two ants’ nests (Lasius
niger) not far from one another, and then, after disturbing one of
them, had a telephone held just over it. J then held the second
telephone close over the other nest, each telephone being perhaps
one to two inches above the ground. If the disturbed ants made
any sound which was transmitted by the telephone, the ants in the
other nest ought have been thrown into confusion. I could not,
however, perceive that it made the slightest difference to them.
I tried the experiment three or four times, always with the same
result.

I then put some syrup near a nest of L. niger, and when several
hundred ants were feeding on the syrup, I blew on the nest, which
always disturbs them very much. They came outin large numbers
and ran about in great excitement. I then held one end of the
telephone over the nest, the other over the feeding ants, who,
however, took not the slightest notice.

I cannot, however, look on these experiments as at all conclu-
sive, because it may well be that the plate of the telephone is
too stiff to be set in vibration by any sounds which ants could
produce.

On the Sting of Formica.

M. Dewitz, in an interesting paper published in the Zeitschr.
fiir wiss. Zool, vol. xxviti., has given an account of the structure
and development of the sting in ants*. Formica rufa, and other
so-called “ stingless”’ ants, do really possess a sting, although it is
but rudimentary, and, indeed, serves only as a support for the
duct of the poison-gland. Now under these circumstances a
sting might either be rudimentary in the sense of undeveloped,
and the sting might represent a rudimentary and archaic struc-
ture from which the more perfect organ of the other ants, as, for
instance, of the Myrmicide, had developed itself ; or, secondly, it

* Dag der Formicidenstachel kein yerkiimmertes Organ ist, sondern ein auf
der niedrigsten Stufe der Entwickelung stehen gebliebenes, aus dem der ausgebil-
dete Stachel hervorging, wir es also nicht mit einem iickschritt sondern mit
einem ‘primitivem Organe zu thun haben” (Zeitschrift fir wissenschaftliche
Zoologie, vol. xxviii. p. 551).

180 SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS.

might be an organ which, having fallen out of use, had become
atrophied. M. Dewitz adopts the former view. He concludes
that the rudimentary sting of the Formicide is notastunted and
evanescent organ, but one which has remained in the lowest stage
of development, from which the more perfect sting has originated—
that we have to do not with a reduced, but witha primitive organ.

Any opinion expressed by M. Dewitz on such a subject is, of
course, entitled to much weight; nevertheless there are some
general considerations which seem to me conclusive against his
view. Ifthe sting of Formica represents a hitherto undeveloped
organ, then the original ant was stingless, and the present stings
of the aculeate ants have an origin independent of that belonging
to the other aculeate Hymenoptera, such as bees and wasps.
These organs, however, are so complex, and at the same time so ~
similarly constituted, that they must surely have a common origin,
‘Whether the present sting is derived from a leaf-cutting instru-
ment, such as that from which the sawfly takes its name, I will
at present express no opinion. M. Dewitz would surely not
regard the rudimentary traces of wings in the larve of ants as
undeveloped organs; why, then, should he adopt this view with
reference to the rudimentary sting? Onthe whole I must regard
the ancestral ant as having been aculeate, and consider that -the
rudimentary condition of the sting of Formica is due to atrophy,
perhaps through disuse.

On the Arrangement of their Nests.

I have given the following figure (fig. 5), which represents a
typical nest belonging to Lasius niger, because it seems to show
some ideas of strategy. The nest is between two plates of glass,
the outer border is a framework of wood, and the darker colour
represents garden mould, which the ants have themselves exca-
vated, as shown in the figure. For the narrow doorway (a), indeed,
Iam myself responsible. I generally made the doorways of my
nests narrow, so as to check evaporation and keep the nests from
becoming too dry. It will be observed, however, that behind
the vestibule (4) the entrance contracts, still further protected by
a pillar of earth, which leaves on either side a narrow passage
which a single ant could easily guard, or which might be quickly
blocked up. Behind this is an irregular vestibule (c), contracted
again behind into a narrow passage, which is followed by another,
this latter opening into the main chamber d. In this chamber

SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 181

several pillars of earth are left, almost as if to support the roof.
Behind the main chamber is an inner sanctum divided into three
chambers, and to which access is obtained through narrow en-
trances (f, ff, f). Most of the pillars in the main chamber are
irregular in outline, but two of them (9, 7) were regular ovals,

Fig. 5.

RETR Nena TT

Ground-plan of a typical nest of Lasiws niger, reduced. «@, narrow doorway ;
b, widening beyond entrance; c, vestibule; d, main chamber; ¢, inner sanctum ;
SS, f, f, narrow entrance passages to sanctum; g, g, special pillars, ;

and round each, for a distance about as long as the body of an ant,
the glass had been most carefully cleaned. This was so marked,
and the edge of the cleaned portion was so distinct that it is im-

182 SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS.

possible not to suppose that the ants must have had some object
in this proceeding, though I am unable to suggest any explana-
tion of it.

On the treatment of Aphides.

Our countryman Gould, whose excellent little work on ants*
has hardly received the attention it deserves, observes that “ the
queen ant [he is speaking of Lasius flavus | lays three different sorts
of eggs, the slave, female, and neutral. The two first are depo-
sited in the spring, the last in July and part of August; or, if the
summer be extremely favourable, perhaps a little sooner. The
female eggs are covered with a thin black membrane, are oblong,
and about the sixteenth or seventeenth part of an inch in length.
The male eggs are of a more brown complexion, and usually laid.
in March.”

Here, however, our worthy countryman fell into an error, the
eges which he thus describes not being those of ants, but, as
Huber correctly observed, of Aphidest. The error is the more
pardonable, because the ants treat these eggs exactly as if they
were their own, guarding and tending them with the utmost care. I
first met with them in February 1876, and was much astonished,
not being at that time aware of Huber’s observations. I found,
as Huber had done before me, that the ants took the greatest care
of these eggs, carrying them off to the lower chambers with the
utmost haste when the nest was disturbed. I brought some
home with me and put them near one of my own nests, when the
ants carried them inside. That year I was unable to carry my
observations further. In 1877 I again procured some of the same
egos, and offered them to my ants, who carried them into the
nest, and in the course of March I had the satisfaction of seeing
them hatch into young Aphides. M. Huber, however, does not
think these are mere ordinary eggs. On the contrary, he agrees
with Bonnet, “ that the insect, in a state nearly perfect, quits the
body of its mother in that covering which shelters it from the
cold in winter, and that it is not, as other germs are, in the ege
surrounded by food by means of which it is developed and sup-
ported. It is nothing more than an asylum of which the Aphides
born at another season have no need; it is on this account some
are produced naked, others enveloped in a covering. The mothers

* An Account of English Ants, By the Rev. W. Gould, 1747, p. 36.
+ My lamented friend Mr. Smith also observed these eggs (Entom. Antiual,
1871). He did not, however, identify the species to which they belonged.

SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 183

are not, then, truly oviparous, since their young are almost as
perfect as they ever will be, in the asylum in which Nature has
placed them at their birth” *.

This is, | think, a mistake. This is not the opportunity to
describe the anatomy of the Aphis; but I may observe that I
have examined the female, and find these eggs to arise in the
manner so well described by Huxley in our ‘ Transactions’,
and which I have also myself observed in other Aphides and
in allied generat. Moreover, I have opened the eggs themselves,
and have also examined sections, and have satisfied myself that
they are true eggs containing ordinary yelk. If examined while
still in the ovary the germ-vesicle presents the usual appearance,
but in laid eggs I was unable to detect it. So far from the young
insect being “nearly perfect,” and merely enveloped in a pro-
tective membrane, no limbs or internal organs are present. These
bodies are indeed real ova, or pseudova; and the young Aphis
does not develop in them until shortly before they are hatched.

When my eggs hatched I naturally thought that the Aphides
belonged to one of the species usually found on the roots of plants
in the nests of Lasius flavus. To my surprise, however, the young
creatures made the best of their way out of the nest, and, indeed,
were sometimes brought out by the ants themselves. In vain I
tried them with roots of grass &c.; they wandered uneasily about,
and eventually died. Moreover, they did not in any way resemble
the subterranean species. In 1878 I again attempted to rear
these young Aphides; but though I hatched a great many eggs, I
did not succeed. This year, however, I have been more fortu-
nate. The eggs commenced to hatch the first week in March.
Near one of my nests of Lasius flavus, in which I had placed
some of the eggs in question, was a glass containing living
specimens of several species of plant commonly found on or
around ants’ nests. To this some of the young Aphides were
brought by the ants. Shortly afterwards I observed on a plant
of daisy, in the axils of the leaves, some small Aphides, very much
resembling those from my nest, though we had notactually traced
them continuously. They seemed thriving, and remained statio-
nary on the daisy. Moreover, whether they had sprung from
the black eges or not, the ants evidently valued them, for they
built up a wall of earth round and over them. So things re-
mained throughout the summer ; but on the 9th Oct, I found that

* The Natural History of Ants. By M. P. Huber, 1820, p. 246.

+ Trans, Linn, Soc. vol. xxii, (1859). { Philosophical Transactions 1859,

184 SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS.

the Aphides had laid some eggs exactly resembling those found in
the ants’ nests; and on examining daisy-plants from outside, I
found on many of them similar Aphides, and more or less of the
same eggs.

I confess these observations surprised me very much. The state-
ments of Huber have not, indeed, attracted so much notice as many
of the other interesting facts which he has recorded ; because if
Aphides are kept by ants in their nests, it seems only natural
that their eggs should also occur. The above case, however, is
much more remarkable. Here are Aphides, not living in the ants’
nests, but outside, on the leaf-stalks of plants. The eggs are laid
early in October on the food-plant of the insect. They are of no
direct use to the ants, yet they are not left where they are laid,
where they would be exposed to the severity of the weather and —
to innumerable dangers, but brought into their nests by the ants,
and tended by them with the utmost care through the long winter
months until the following March, when the young ones are brought
out and again placed on the young shoots of the daisy. This
seems to mea most remarkable case of prudence. Our ants may not
perhaps lay up food for the winter, but they do more, for they keep
during six months the eggs which will enable them to procure
food during the following summer.

No doubt the fact that our European ants do not generally
store up food in the usual way is greatly due to the nature of
their food. They live, as we know, partly on insects and other
small animals which cannot be kept fresh; and they have not
learnt the art of building vessels for their honey, probably because
their young are not kept in cells like those of the honey-bee, and
their pupz do not construct firm cocoons like those of the
humble-bee.

Moreover, it is the less necessary for them to do so, because if
they obtain access to any unusual store of honey, that which
they swallow is only digested by degrees and as it is required ;
so that,as the camel does with water, they carry about with them
in such cases a supply of food which may last them a considerable
time. They have, moreover, as we know, the power of regurgi-
tating this food at any time, and so supplying the larve or less
fortunate friends. Hyen in our English ants the quantity of
food which can be thus stored up is considerable in proportion to
' the size of the insect; and if we watch, for instance, the little
brown garden-ant (Lasius niger) ascending a tree to milk their

SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 185

Aphides, and compare them with those returning full of honey,
we shall see a marked difference in size.

On a new Species of Honey-Ant, Camponotus inflatus.

I have, indeed, no reason to suppose that in our English ants
any particular individuals are specially told off to serve as recep-
tacles of food. M. Wesmael, however, has described* a remark-
able genus (Myrmecocystus mexicanus), brought by M.de Normann
from Mexico, in which certain individuals in each nest serve as
animated honey-pots. To them the foragers bring their supplies,
and their whole duty seems to be to receive the honey, retain it,
and redistribute it when required. Theirabdomen becomes enor-
mously distended, the intersegmental membranes being so much
extended that the chitinous segments which alone are visible ex-
ternally in ordinary ants seem like small brown transverse bars.
The account of these most curious insects given by MM. de
Normann and Wesmael has been fully confirmed by subsequent
observers; as, for instance, by Lucas+, Saunderst, Edwards§,
Blake||, Loew 4], and McCook. :

On one very important point, however, M. Wesmael was in
error; he states that the abdomen of these abnormal individuals
“ne contient aucun organe ; ou plutot, il n’est lui-méme qu’un
vaste sac stomacal.” Blake even asserts that “the intestine of
the insect is not continued beyond the thorax,” which must surely
be a misprint ; and also that there is no connexion “ between the
intestine and the cloaca”?! These statements, however, are en-
tirely erroneous ; and, as M. Forel has shown, the abdomen does
really contain the usual organs, which, however, are very easily
overlooked by the side of the gigantic stomach.

LT have now the honour of exhibiting to the Society a second
species of ant, which has been sent me by Mr. Waller, in which
a similar habit has been evolved and a similar modification has
been produced. The two species, however, are very distinct, and
the former is a native of Mexico, while the present comes from
Adelaide in Australia. The two species, therefore, cannot be

* Bull. de l Acad. des Sci. de Bruxelles.
+ Ann. Soc. Ent. de France, v. p. 111.
t ‘Canadian Entomologist,’ vol. vii. p. 12.
§ Proe, California Academy, 1873. i Ibid. 1874,
gq American Nat. viii. 1874.
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XV. 14

186 SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS.

descended one from the other ; and it seems incredible that the
modification has originated independently in the two species.

Tt is interesting that, although these specimens apparently
never leave the nest, and have little use therefore for legs, man-
dibles, &c., the modifications which they have undergone seem
almost confined to the abdominal portion of the digestive organs.
The head and thorax, antenne, jaws, legs, &c. differ but little
from those of ordinary ants.

CaMPONOTUS INFLATUS, n. sp. (Plate VIII.)

Operaria. Long. 15 mill. Nigra, tarsis pallidioribus; subtiliter co-
riacea, setis cinereo-testaceis sparsis; antennis tibiisque haud pilosis;
tarsis infra hirsutis; mandibulis punctatis, hirsutis, sexdentatis; clypeo
non carinato, antice integro; petioli squama modice incrassata, antice con-
vexa, postice plana emarginata.

Hab. Australiam ?

The colour is black, the feet being somewhat paler. The body
is sparsely covered with stiff cinereo-testaceous hairs, especially
on the lower and anterior part of the head, the mandibles, and
the posterior edge of the thorax. The head and thorax are finely
coriaceous.

The antennz are of moderate length, twelve-jointed ; the scape
about one third as long as the terminal portion and somewhat
bent. At the apex of the scape are afew short spines, bifurcated
at the point. At the apex of each of the succeeding segments
are a few much less conspicuous spines, which decrease in size
from the basal segments outwards. The antenna is also thickly
clothed with short hairs, and especially towards the apex with
leaf-shaped sense-hairs. The clypeus is rounded, with a slightly
developed median lobe and a row of stiff hairs round the anterwr
border ; it is not carinated.

The mandibles have six teeth, those on one side (fig. 3) being
rather more developed and more pointed than those on the
other. They decrease pretty regularly from the outside inwards.

The maxille (fig. 5) are formed on the usual type. The max-
illary palpi are six-jointed, the third segment being but slightly
longer than the second, fourth, or fifth; while in Myrmecocystus
the third and fourth are greatly elongated. The segments of the
palpi have on the inner side a number of curious curved blunt
hairs besides the usual shorter ones.

The labial palpi are four-jointed (fig. 4). The eyes are elliptical
and of moderate size. The ocelli are not developed.

MR. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE GENUS SOLANOCRINUS. 187

The thorax (figs. 7 and 8) is arched, broadest in front, without
any marked incision between the meso- and metanotum ; the meso-
notum itself is, when seen from above, very broadly oval, almost
circular, rather broader in front and somewhat fiattened behind.
Figs. 7 &8 give outlines of the thorax, seen laterally and from above.
The legs are of moderate length, the hinder ones somewhat the
longest. The scale or knot (fig. 6) is heart-shaped, flat behind,
slightly arched in front, and with a few stiff, slightly diverging
hairs at the upper angles. The length is about two thirds of
an inch.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE VIII.

Fig. 1. Camponotus inflatus. Head, seen from above, x 20.

Antenna, 5 25,

a 3 Mandible, i -

5 ii Labium, # ‘

Maxilla, * _

. Fs Knot, seen from behind _,,

Outline of thorax, seen from the side,
<9),

Outline of thorax, seen from above, x 9,

Pro. Pronotum ; Mes. Mesonotum; Me¢. Metanotum.

to

SwGd Su hm SS

%

On the Genus Solanocrinus, Goldfuss, and its Relations to recent
Comatule. By P. Herpert Carpenter, M.A., Assistant
Master at Eton College.

[Read June 3, 1880. ]
(Puates IX —XIT.)

Tue genus Solanocrinus was established by Goldfuss* to include
certain fossil Crinoids which he regarded as intermediate between
the stalked Pentacrini and the free Comatule. He placed them
among the stalked Crinoids, however, on account of their usually
having a centrodorsal piece somewhat deeper than that of the few
recent Oomatule known to him; so that he was led to regard it as
a short stem composed of but few joints. Between this so-called

* «Petrefacta Germanie,’ i. p. 162.
LINN. JOURN.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XV. 15

188 MR. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE GENUS SOLANOCRINUS

stem and the united radials he found (in most of his specimens)
five basal pieces of variable size (Pl. IX. figs. 1, 2, Pl. X. figs. 14,
15). These are not visible in most recent Comatule, but were
apparently represented in an exceptional species from the Indian
Ocean, which Goldfuss referred to C. multiradiata, Lam.* The
specimen was dissected and described by him; but no similar
one has since been found. It seems to have had basals analogous
to those of Solanocrinus ; but Goldfuss described its centrodorsal
as consisting of one piece only, while he believed that of Solano-
crinus to be made up of three or more anchylosed rings.

Although he recognized the great resemblance between this
Comatula (which he supposed to be the type of many others) and
the forms described by himself as Solanocrinus, yet he placed the
latter among the stalked Crinoids for the reasons already given ;
though he mentioned at the same time that they were probably
not “festgewiirzelt ’? any more than the Comatule are.

Agassiz} erected the Comatula multiradiata of Lamarck into a
new genus, Comaster, distinguished by its having the arms rami-
fied instead of simply forked. He naturally included in this
genus the many-armed specimen dissected by Goldfuss, who
adopted this name for itt, apparently under the impression
that all the multiradiate Comatule possessed external basals. It
was this character, however, and not the ramification of the arms,
that he regarded as distinctive of the genus Comaster. This defi-
nition of Comaster was employed by Miiller§, though, oddly
enough, he ascribed it to Agassiz; and in this mistake he has
been followed by most later naturalists. It must be remembered,
therefore, that Comaster, Ag.,is by no means the same as Comas-
ter, Goldf. The latter type is the one with which we are especi-
ally concerned; and although Miller united it with Solanocrinus,
Goldfuss continued to regard it as distinct on account of the sup-
posed differences between their respective centrodorsal pieces ;
and expressly stated that it had no fossil representatives. Both
were distinguished from the ordinary Comatule by the presence

* Tom. cit. p. 202. :

+ “*Prodrome d’une Monographie des Radiaires ou Echinodermes,” Ann. des
Scien. Nat. 2° série, Zool. vii. p. 257.

t “ Beitrage zur Petrefactenkunde,” Nov. Acta Acad. Leop.-Carol. Nat.-Cur.
xix. A. p. 548.

§ “Ueber den Bau des Pentacrinus caput meduse,” Separat-Abdruck aus den
Alhandl. d. Berlin. Akad. 1848, p. 27.

AND ITS RELATIONS TO RECENT COMATULA. 189

of external basals. Subsequently, however, Miiller gave up the
genus Comaster (and Solanocrinus with it), chiefly because he had
examined several species of free Crinoids without ever finding one
with external basals*. But Roemert, a few years later, while
uniting Solanocrinus and Comaster, retained the latter name as
designating a type, distinct from Comatula with no external basals.
About the same time d’Orbigny¢ threw all these three, together
with “Glenocrinus, Goldf.” (1. e. Glenotremites), into one genus,
to which he assigned Lamarck’s name Oomatula :—“ Nous y con-
servons les especes pourvues de cing petites pieces basales, entre
les cing piéces brachiales et la piece centrale épaisse, portant dix
séries de ramules égales. Cing bras bifurqués une ou plusieurs fois.
Le calice mal observé par M. Goldfuss a servi a l’établissement
de ses genres Glenocrinus (sic) et Solanocrinus.”

D’Orbigny was rather hard on Goldfuss in accusing him of
incorrect observation. As both of his specimens of Glenotremites
consisted of the centrodorsal piece only (neither with ten rows of
cirrhus-sockets), he could hardly have been expected to describe
basals which he did notsee. Lundgren § has already pointed out
that their presence was assumed by d’Orbigny, who, on the evi-
dence before him, might, with equal justice, have referred Gleno-
tremites to his next genus Decameros, by which he meant Deca-
cnemus, Linck. He characterized this type by the absence of
external basals; and to it he should have referred Lamarck’s
genus Comatula, as he did the Antedon of de Freminville and the
Alecto of Leach, All the species of Comatula described by
Lamarck are devoid of external basals, as d’Orbigny could have
determined by a personal examination of them, For some unex-
plained reason, however, he referred them to Comatula as he de-
Jined it, namely with external basals.

D’Orbigny’s peculiar redistribution of generic names was
partly followed by Pictet||, who regarded Glenotremites as dis-
tinct and as presenting “special characters.’ He proposed a
modification of d’Orbigny’s nomenclature, in that he would retain

* “ Ueber die Gattung Comatula, Lam., und ihre Arten,” Separat-Abdruck aus
den Abhandl. d. Berlin. Akad. 1849, p. 8 (244).

+ Lethza Geognostica, 1i¢ Auflage, 1851, Theil iv. p. 1383, & Theil v. p. 177.

t ‘Cours élément. de Paléontol. et de Géol. stratigraph.’ 1850-52, vol. ii. (i.)
p. 158.
§ “Om en Comaster och en Aptychus fran Kopinge,” Ofversigt af Kongl.
Vetenskaps-Akademiens Forhandlingar, 1874, No. 3, p. 64, note.

|| ‘Traité de Paléontologie, vol. iv. p. 288.

15*

190 wr. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE GENUS SOLANOCRINUS

the name Comatula only for the peculiar form described by Gold-
fuss as Solanocrinus Jaegeri (Pl. XI. fig. 24), in which there is a
closed circlet of basals, all species with an incomplete basal ring
being then referred to Solanocrinus. As I hope to show tater on
that S. Jaegeri is the stemless head of a Pentacrinus, and not a
Comatula at all, I cannot accept Pictet’s classification, which has
not found favour with any of my predecessors.

Miiller’s views reappeared in 1860 in Bronn’s ‘ Thierreich ’*, in
which Solanocrinus, Comaster, and Comatula were united under
one name, Comatula. Two years later Dujardin and Hupé7 re-
moved the first two types again under the single name Comaster ;
while in 1866 Lovén{ reunited Comaster and Comatula on the
ground that Goldfuss’s analysis of the calyx of the former could
not be correct. He suggested that the so-called “basals” of
Goldfuss were merely the angles of the first radials; but this
cannot have been the case, if any reliance is to be placed on Gold-
fuss’s figure of the dissected calyx. Lundgren§ identifies Comas-
ter with Solanocrinus, but prefers the former name, which he has
given to a Cretaceous type presenting a considerable resemblance
to the Jurassic forms described by Goldfuss as Solanocrinus.
De Loriol || thought (in 1868) that the presence of external basals
might be sufficient to separate Solanocrinus from Comatula; but
he has since united them under the pre-Lamarckian name Anfe-
don “J. Quenstedt ** does not seem to consider Comaster as gene-
rically different from the other recent Comatule ; and although he
retains Solanocrinus as distinct from the latter, he remarks that
there seems to be no essential difference between them.

Schliitert’, believing that the reasons which led Goldfuss to sepa-
vate Comaster and Solanocrinus ave no longer tenable, places them,

* Band ii. Aktinozoen (1860), p. 2383.

+ ‘Hist. Nat. des Zoophytes, Echinodermes’ (Paris, 1862), p. 186.

t “Phanogenia, ett hittills okandt slagte af fria Crinoideer,” Ofvers. af Kongl.
Vetensk.-Akad. Forhandl. 1866, No. 9, p. 226.

§ Loe. cit. pp. 68, 69.

| ‘‘ Monographie des Couches de l’étage Valangien d’Arzier.” Pictet, Maté-
riaux pour la Paléontologie Suisse, 4° série, p. 84.

€ “Monographie des Crinoides fossiles de la Suisse,” Mém. Soe. Paléontol.
easel: 1879, p. 254.

** « P-trefactenkunde Deutschlands, Bd. iv. Asteriden und Encriniden,
pp. 165, 171.

tt ‘‘ Ueber einige astylide Crinoiden,” Zejtschr, d, deutsch, geol. Gesellech,,
Jahbrg. 1878, p. 36.

AND ITS RELATIONS TO RECENT COMATUL®. 191

together with Glenotremites and the typical Comatule, in the
single genus Antedon; while Zittel*, using Antedon as equivalent
to Comatula in its older meaning, separates off certain well-marked
recent types as subgenera, and assigns the same position to So-
lanocrinus, with which he groups Comaster and Glenotremites. I
have shown elsewhere}, however, that our scanty knowledge of
the organization of Comaster (supposing Goldfuss to have been
accurate) is sufficient to show us that it 1s a very peculiar form.
There are many and striking differences between it and other
recent Crinoids, to which Solanocrinus is much more closely allied
than to Comaster. Schliitert doubts whether the mere fact that
the embryonic basals of recent Comatule undergo a partial re-
sorption and transformation into the rosette is a sufficient reason
for regarding them as generically distinct from Solanocrinus, in
which they are more or less distinctly developed on the exterior
of the calyx. The difference is an important one, however, from
a morphological point of view; but Ido not think that it is one
of any practical value, on account of the difficulty of determining
the presence of a rosette in fossil Comatule. So far as I know,
all recent Comatule (excluding Comaster) have a rosette ; but this
is absent in all the fossil forms in which we are able to see the
base of the calyx. Buteven in these the primitive unmetamor-
phosed basals do not always reach the exterior of the calyx, being
sometimes invisible when the centrodorsal is im situ. Hence the
absence of external basals in a fossil Comatula is not a sure sign of
the presence of a rosette internally; so that Ido not think it
possible to make any generic distinction between the forms with
external basals and those without them. I therefore follow
Miller, Schliiter, and de Loriol in uniting Solanocrinus with Co-
matula, which is practically the same as with Antedon; for I
cannot refer any of the known species of Solanocrinus to the type
of Actinometra.

I.—The type of S. costatus, as represented by Goldfuss§, is a
Comatula with a centrodorsal piece in the form of a short rounded
pentagonal column on which there are ten vertical rows of cir-
rhus-sockets.. These rows are separated by vertical ribs, of which

* Handbuch der Paliontologie, I. Band, p. 396.
t Journ. Linn. Soe. Zoology, vol. xiii. pp. 454-456, t Op. cit. p. 36.
§ Op. cit. tab. 1. fig. 7.

192 MR. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE GENUS SOLANOCRINUS

the five that are situated interradially are the strongest (Pl. LX.
fig.1). Resting on their summits there appear the rounded ends
of the prismatic basals that intervene between the lower angles
of the radials and the upper surface of the centrodorsal. The
distal faces of the radials do not rise directly from the margin of the
centrodorsal, as in most recent Comatule; but they are separated
from it by a portion of their dorsal surface that appears exter-
nally, as in Pentacrinus (P|. XI. figs. 21a, 23a). I have -else-
where™* called this the “outer dorsal surface,’ in contradistinctioa
to the “ inner dorsal surface,” that rests on the centrodorsal piece.
The distal articular faces have a considerable slope inwards to-
wards the vertical axis of the calyx, and have very distinct inter-
muscular notches in the middle of their upper borders that lead
into the corresponding furrows of the ventral faces. There are |
also distinct interradial notches between the muscle-plates of
every two adjacent radials, which are continuous with the ventral
interradial furrows on the upper surface of the calyx.

A careful study of several specimens commonly referred to this
type has shown me, not only that it exhibits a great amount of
variation within what may fairly be regarded as specific limits,
but also that many forms have been referred to it which differ
from it in several points. Many of these differences are of the
same nature as those which exist between the corresponding parts
of various recent Comatul@, and are always accompanied by varia-
tions la other characters that necessarily remain unkuown for
the fossil forms. The shape and relative proportions of the
centrodorsal and radials vary considerably among the different
species of recent Comatule (Pl. XII.); and one seems justified in
concluding that variations of a similar character amcng the fossil
forms may be taken as indicative of specific differences. In this
way I hope to show that the Comatula-fauna of the White Jura
of Wurtemburg was cousiderably more varied than has hitherto
been supposed.

I have never seen any specimen of Solanocrinus precisely like
the type of 8S. costatus (= Antedon costata, Pl. 1X. fig. 1). There
are, however, three specimens in the Woodwardian Museum and
one in the British Museum, all from Nattheim, that resemble
it very closely. Apart from irregularities in the development

* “ Preliminary Report upon the Comatule of the ‘Challenger’ Expedition,”
Proc, Roy. Soc. No. 194, 1879, p. 892.

AND IT. » TO RECENT COMATULA. 193

of the basals, these four all differ in the height of the outer
surfaces of the radials. In none of them does it reach the same
relative proportion that it does in Goldfuss’s figure (Pl. LX.
fig. la). There is also a considerable amount of variation in the
proportions between the height and width of the articular faces, iu
the shapes of their muscle-plates, and in the relations between
the diameter of the central funnel and that of the entire calyx
In Goldfuss’s figure the upper ends of the muscle-plates are
bluntly pointed, their superior margins sloping sharply downwards
towards the intermuscular notch; but in three of the specimens
before me they are more squared and nearly horizontal. Further,
while the total diameter of my figure of the top of the calyx (Pl. -
IX. fig. 2 6) and the corresponding one of Goldfuss (Pl. LX. fig. 14)
is the same, the diameters of the central funnel are very different
in the two cases, being 16 millims. in fig. 2 6, but only 12 millims.
in Goldfuss’s figure (Pl. IX. fig. 10). This appears to be due
_to the distal faces of the radials of the Cambridge specimen
having a rather less inward slope than those of Goldfuss’s
specimen.

There is yet another difference between the type and most of
the specimens of Antedon costata which I have examined. In
the former the cirrhus-sockets are regularly arranged in ten
vertical rows. In the latter they are larger and much less regular,
very much as in the specimen represented in Quenstedt’s ‘ En-
eriniden ’ (pl. 96. fig. 832), which has squarish muscle-plates. On
the other hand, his fig. 33 represents a specimen with a more
regular centrodorsal and pointed muscle-plates ; but it differs from
the type in having no interradial notches between the muscle-
plates of contiguous radials. The specimen figured by Quenstedt
in ‘ Der Jura,’ tab. 88. fig. 10 (reproduced here on PI. IX. fig. 4)
isalso different from the type, as the outer dorsal surface of the
radials is greatly reduced. In this respect it is just at the oppo-
site extremity of the series to Goldfuss’s specimen, in which the
exterior of the radials is unusually large (Pl. IX. fig. 1a).

These differences are slight exaggerations of the kind of varia-
tion that one finds in recent Comatule; but they are insufficient
to form the basis of specific distinctions. Curiously enough, one
of the Cambridge specimens shows how variation may occur even
in individual cases. It is slightly smaller than the others, witha
more regularly ribbed centrodorsal (as in Goldfuss’s specimer),
anda relative width of the central funnel which is intermediate

194 MR. P. H. CARPENTER ON ‘1. JLANOCRINUS

between the two measurements given above; while the shape of
its muscle-plates is not constant, their upper ends being bluntly
pointed in some cases (like Pl. [X. fig. 1a), but more squared in
others (like Pl. IX. fig. 2a).

Diameter of the specimen figured (Pl. IX. fig. 2), 138} millims.
Total height 103 millims. ; of the radials alone 54 miilims.

All the Cambridge specimens of Antedon costata agree with the
type in the first radials having a considerable outer dorsal sur-
face, so as to have been distinctly visible externally when the
second radials were in position. The same is the case with all
the adult specimens of A. costata figured by Quenstedt on pl. 96 -
of his ‘ Eneriniden,’ and also in nearly all the allied species figured
by de Loriol in his ‘ Fossil Crinoids of Switzerland.’ In his
‘Jura,’ however (pl. 88. fig. 10), Quenstedt gives a small figure, -
which I reproduce here (Pl. IX. fig. 4), of a form in which the
first radials have an unusually small exterior. The centrodorsal
and the other characters of the radials resemble those of the type
so far as can be judged from the figure, which is too small to be
quite satisfactory. The specimen is interesting from its being a
transitional form towards the next type, which must, I think, be
regarded as distinct from A. costata.

Il.—On pl. 51. fig. 36 of his ‘ Petrefactenkunde,’ Quenstedt gives
a small and indistinct figure of a Nattheim specimen that differs
from the type species in the relations of the external surface of the
radials. It does not continue the upward slope of the centro-
dorsal as in the type, but is nearly at right angles to it, so as to
look almost directly downwards over the edge of the centrodorsal
beyond which it projects, and not downwards and outwards.
There is a small specimen in the British Museum from the same
locality that agrees with Quenstedt’s figure in this and other
features, but differs from it in points of detail. The articular
faces are much wider relatively to their height, and havea groove
along their dorsal edges just below the fossa for the elastic liga-
ment (Pl. (X. fig. 3). There are large basals at the angles of
the calyx, and the centrodorsal is in the form of a truncated cone
bearing ten rows of cirrhus-sockets, but lttle traces of which are
visible, as the specimen is somewhat worn. The division between
the muscular and ligament fossz has also become obliterated, as in
most of the Nattheim specimens.

The specimen figured is 6 millims. high, with a diameter of
8 millins. I propose the name Antedon truncata for this type.

AND ITS RELATIONS TO RECENT COMATULA. 195.

III.—This leads us on to another rather peculiar form, viz.
that represented on pl. 88. fig. 9 of Quenstedt’s ‘ Jura,’ which I
reproduce (Pl. IX. fig. 5). The centrodorsal is less ribbed than
in the type of A. costata, and the cirrhus-sockets relatively larger
but less numerous. The peculiarity of this form is that the
radials have no external surface at all. Their articular faces rise
directly from the upper surface of the centrodorsal, which bears
the whole of their dorsal surfaces, no part of these appearing
externally. They are more concealed than in any recent Comatule,
in which their presence is usually just indicated by a line ora
ridge between the articular surfaces and the centrodorsal. At
the angles of the calyx are large basals partially separating the
lower angles of the radials from the centrodorsal, but encroaching
much more on the latter than on the former.

IV.—The next type to be considered is an imperfect specimen
from Nattheim now in the British Museum (PI. IX. tig.6). The
centrodorsal is essentially like that of A. costata, except that the
cirrhus-sockets are not quite so regularly disposed in ten rows,
and the ribs separating the rows are less prominent. The exte-
rior of the radials is very low, and it is not convex, as is usually
the case, but has an irregular groove running along it. Only
three of the five radials remain; but only two basals are visible
at the four angles corresponding to them (Pl. IX. figs. 6a, 64),
and they do not project outwards at all. They are the smaller
ends of tapering rods which are seen sideways in fig. 6c. Their
larger central ends are partially concealed by matrix, but seem to
have been in contact laterally, and tu have received the lower ends
of the ventral interradial furrows which are seen descending
towards them in fig. 6c. The upper angles of the calyx are but
slightly notched in correspondence with these furrows, and the
intermuscular notches of the articular faces are also very slightly
marked.

The diameter of this specimen is 14 millims. Total height 94
millims.; of radials 43 millims.

I propose to name the type Antedon canaliculata.

V.—the next form to be considered is A. complanata, by which
name I distinguish a British-Museum specimen from Nattheim,
which consists of the basals and radials only without any centro-
dorsal attached (Pl. 1X. tig. 9). The radials have an external
surface nearly as large as that of A. costata; and their distal
faces slope very much, so that the calyx has a flattened appear-

196 MR. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE GENUS SOLANOCRINUS

ance ; and nearly the whole of the great dorsal fossa is visible
in a view of the calyx from above. The central pit in this fossa
is rather less conspicuous than usual. The dorsal surface of the
radial pentagon (fig. 9 6) is singularly like that of A. costata and
of the closely related (if not identical) A. Gresslyi, Etallon.
There are five rod-like basals, which are barely in contact cen-
trally, while their outer ends are just traceable on the exterior of
the calyx (Pl. IX. fig. 9 a).

Diameter 12 millims.; height 4 millims.

This species has some resemblance to A. Picteti, de Loriol,
but is more than twice its size, and is from the Middle Jurassic
rocks, whereas A. Picteti is from the Neocomian.

VI— We now come to a type which has given rise to a good deal
of discussion. Among Goldfuss’s figures of Solanocrinus costatus -
(tab. 1. fig. 7) there is one (fig. 7c) which does not agree at all
either with the other figures or with Goldfuss’s text. There are
no external basals, and the radials have no outer surfaces, their
articular faces rising directly off the centrodorsal, very much as in
Quenstedt’s specimen represented in Pl. TX. fiy.5. But Goldfuss’s
specimen had no external basals, which are present in the original
of fig. 5. Goldfuss does not seem to have noticed that it scarcely
agreed with his definition of Solanocrinus; but the peculiarity
was observed by d’Orbigny *, who supposed that the radials were
absent as well as the basals, as he mistook their articular faces
for a part of the centrodorsal. It is difficult to understand this
error, as the resemblance of the five articular surfaces to those
of the radials of S. costatus would almost seem to have been a
sufficient guide. Itis interesting, however, as showing how com-
plete was the ankylosis of the radials and centrodorsal.

On this specimen d Orbigny founded a new genus, Comatulina,
which he defined as follows :—

“Ce sont des Comatules ot il mangue a la fois au calice les
pieces brachiales et basales, ou les bras s’articulent immédiatement
saus intermédiaires 4 Ja piéce centrale pourvue de ramules.”’

On this subject Pictet remarks :—‘“M. d’Orbigny a établi un .
genre Comatulina pour des calices dans lesquels les pieces basales
et les radiales manqueraient, et les bras s’articuleraient directe-
ment 4 la centrale. Cette description semblerait indiquer un
genre bien tranché; mais M. d’Orbigny prend pour type le
S. costatus, Goldf., qui a évidemment des petites piéces basales.”

*Op. cit. ii. (i.)"p. 139:

a,

AND ITS RELATIONS TO RECENT COMATULA. 197

In this case Pictet has entirely failed to follow d’Orbigny’s mean-
ing. The type of his Comatulina is not the S. costatus, Goldf.,
although figured under that name in the ‘ Petrefacta Germania’;
for it differs from the type in two important points. Further,
d’Orbigny expressly named the individual figure (tab. ]. fig. 7, ¢)
to which his description referred ; and by this means he naturally
might be considered to have guarded himself against misappre-
hension. Messrs. Dujardin and Hupé followed Pictet’s lead,
speaking of him as “ reconnaisant que d’Orbigny qui prenait pour
type le Sol. costatus, et qui le nommait Comatulina lui donnait une
caractéristique inexacte en lui refusant a la fois les piéces brachiales
et basales et en prétendant que les bras s’articulent, sans intermé-
diaire, 4 la pice centrale.”

The last erroris easily comprehensible, as I have shown above;
while the absence of basals isa fact, though Dujardin and Hupé
seem to have recognized no more than Pictet did, that Goldfuss’s
tab. 1. fig. 7¢ differs from the adjacent figures of S. costatus in this
essential character.

There are two specimens in the British Museum which are very
hke the figure in question, one from Nattheim and the other
simply labelled “ White Jura, Wurtemburg.”” The former (PI. IX.
fig. 8) is the larger, and has a flatter calyx, 7. e. the slope of the
articular facesislesssteep. The central pit for the elastic iga-
ment in the great dorsal fossa is less marked thanin the second
specimen, which is almost exactly like Goldfuss’s figure, except that
its centrodorsalisa little lowerand less tapering. 1 donot think,
however, that either of these can be considered specifically dif-
ferent from Goldfuss’s specimen. At one angle ofthe Nattheim
specimen there is a slight irregularity of growth (Pl. IX. fig. 8b),
for the two contiguous radials show a small amount of outer sur-
face which slopes away laterally and disappears rather sooner on

‘one side than on the other. This is an abnormal condition of

some interest, from its relation to d’Orbigny’s other type, De-
cameros, which will be considered immediately. Figs. 8a@ and
8 6 show the other characters of this type, for which I propose
the name Antedon d’Orbignyi, as d’Orbigny was the first to re-
cognise its peculiarities.

Total height 64 millims.; of dials 3 millims.

VIL.—The Woodwardian Museum contains a specimen from Nat-
theim of the Comatulina type, which differs considerably both from

* Op. cit. p. 211.

198 MR. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE GENUS SOLANOGRINUS

d’Orbigny’s original species and from that just described. The
distal faces of the radials have a very steep slope (Pl. IX
fig. 76), so as not to enter very largely into the ventral aspect
of the calyx (fig. 7a). The centrodorsal is a thick disk, the
sides of which bear several vertical rows of two, or occasionally
of three sockets each; but there are none at all on the penta-
gonal dorsal surface, which is nearly flat.

Diameter 83 millims. Height 53 millims.; of radials 3 millims.

I believe this species to be an Actinometra, and propose to call
it Act. wurtembergica. Although the centrodorsal is relatively
thicker than it usually is in this genus, it is scarcely more so than
in the recent Act. stelligera (Pl. XII. fig. 26), while its dorsal
surface is entirely free from cirrhi as in the typical forms of the
genus. The proportions of the articular faces of the radials, their _
steepness, and the consequent width of the central funnel are
also characteristic of Actinometra. They are not quite as steep
as in Act. lineata from Bahia (Pl. XII. fig. 27 a), in which the
calyx is remarkably “wall-sided ;’’ but the same is the case with
one or two recent species, which are nevertheless undoubted
Actinometre.

As with most Jurassic Comatule, the boundary between the
ligamentous and muscular fosse seems to have been very slightly
marked and to have become altogether lost. This feature, which
always indicates the small size of the muscular fosse, together
with the relative lowness of the articular faces, is very character-
istic of recent Actinometre (Pl. XII. fig. 26) ; and it is very rare
in the recent species of Antedon. Almost the only one in which
it appears is Ant. macrocnema, from Sydney Harbour, which in
this, as in other respects, presents so many points of resemblance
to the Jurassic Comatule. The majority of Cretaceous and recent
Antedons are of a type like that of Ant. antarctica (Pl. XII.
fig. 29 a), with high articular faces and large well-marked muscle-
fosse, which are separated from the ligament-fossx by a distinct
ridee. It is therefore interesting to find most of the earlier
Antedons approaching Actinometra in this respect. There are
however, a few exceptions. Thus,in Ant. Tessoni (Pl. X. fig. 10),
Ant. decameros (fig. 11), and Ant. scrobiculatu (figs. 17 a, 18 a)
the boundary ridge between the ligamentous and muscular
fosse is distinctly visible. De Loriol * has fignred it in this last
species (pl. xx. figs. 11, 126), and also in Ant. Gresslyi

* ‘Swiss Fossil Crinoids,’ Joe. cit.

AND ITS RELATIONS TO RECENT COMATULA. 199

(pl. xx. fig. 4a), Ant. Gillerioni (pl. xx. fig. 7b), and Ophio-
crinus Hyselyi (pl. xxi. figs. 10a, 1006); but he does not seem
to have been aware of its meaning; for he neither mentions it,
nor does he ever mention any ligament-fosse except the large
dorsal one below the articular ridge.

VIII.— We now come to a type of Comatule with which Gold-
fuss was unacquainted, although it is represented by the Cretaceous
species Hertha mystica, described by Hagenow* in 1840, and
by most recent Comatule. It was described by d’Orbigny f as
follows under the name of Decameros :—“ Nous reservons ce nom
aux Comatules dont le calice se compose d’une piece centrale
épaisse, et sur laquelle s’appliquent immédiatement cing piéces
brachiales, sans piéces basales.” In addition to the recent An-
tedon and Alecto, two fossil species were referred by d’Orbigny
to this type, and Hertha was subsequently added by Pictet. But
as their nomenclature was incorrect, the classification which they
proposed, although a sound one and based on good morphological
principles, was never really adopted. Quenstedt, indeed, makes
no mention of it except that he regarded forms without external
bases as monstrosities of Ant. costata. Thus, after describing
this species on p.58 of his ‘Jura,’ he continues—“ Hs scheinen
auch Missbildungen vorzukommen ; der fig. 11 (tab. 88) fehlen
z. B. die Zwischenradiale, und die Radialglieder zeigen aussen eine
breitere glatte Fliche, aber die pordse Siiule bleibt noch.” Itis
strange that he had not only overlooked the ,descriptions of
d’Orbigny and Pictet respecting the deficiency of basals in certain
Comatule, but that he was not then aware that this was the con-
dition of nearly all the recent Comatule then known (Comaster,
Goldf., beg of course excepted). Jtseems, however, to be com-
paratively rare among the fossil species, most of which have the
basals more or less developed externally, though they are occa-
sionally wanting at one or two angles of the calyxt. There
are two specimens in the, British Museum which are devoid of
external basals, and must therefore be ranked with the Decameros

* “Monographie der Riigen’schen Kreide-Versteinerungen. ii. Abtheil. Ra-
diarien und Annulaten,” Neues Jahrb. f Mineralog. 1840, p. 664.

t Op. cit. ii. p. 138.

{ E.g. Ant. equimarginata, A. lenticularis, A. canaliculata (P1.1X. figs. 6 a, 6 6).
No external basals have been described in A. étalica, while they do not appear
in de Loriol’s figures of A. Picteti, A. infracretacea, and others, though he says
they are ‘‘a peine apparentes au dehors.”

200 MR. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE GENUS SOLANOCRINUS

of d’Orbigny. Neither of them is identifiable with Quenstedt’s
“ Missbildung” (‘Jura, tab. 88. fig. 11), while they are also dif-
ferent from one another (PI. X. figs. 10,11). The larger one,
Antedon Tessoni (fig. 10), belongs to the Tesson collection, in
which it was received under the name of Millericrinus regularis,
d’Orb., a somewhat singular name, as d’Orbigny’s description*
of this species commences “sommet inconnu’’! The specimen in
question is from the Argile de Dives (Oxford clay) of Vache Noire,
and is therefore older than the Nattheim Comatule from the
upper beds of the White Jura. Nevertheless it has a most striking
general resemblance to the type of Antedon costata(P1.1X.fig. 1a),
except for the radials resting directly on the centrodorsal all round,
instead of being cut off from it by basals at the angles. They
have a large exteraal surface continuing the upward slope of the
centrodorsal, and looking downwards and outwards just as in
Ant. costata, while the appearance of the ventral aspect of the
calyx is very much the same in both species. Ant. Tessoni is
distinguished, however, by the nature of the articular faces of
the radials. These have much more distinct ridges, separating
the muscular fosse above from the ligament-fosse below, than I
have seen in any specimen of Ant. costata; while the ligament-
fossee themselves are separated by a groove, proceeding down- .
wards from the intermuscular notch and ending round the open-
ing of the axial canal. These characters alone are sufficient to
indicate the specific distinction of this type.

Diameter 12 millims. Height 85 millims. ; radials 44 millims.

IX.—The smaller “Decameros’’ in the British Museum is from
Nattheim, andits ventral aspect much resembles that of Ant. Tessoni
and Ant. costata. But the external surface of the radials (Pl. X.
fig. 11) is small, and looks almost directly downwards, as in Ant.
truncata (Pl. IX. fig. 3). Although I fully believe basals to be
wanting at all the angles of the calyx, I cannot speak with abso-
lute certainty about it; for there are some suspicious-looking
lines at one angle that might be the sutural lines of a small basal.
Were they so, this species would be brought still nearer to Ant.
truncata, from which, however, it differs altogether in the nature
of the articular faces. They are higher in proportion to their
width, and have well-developed muscle-fosse separated distinctly
from the ligament-fosse, as in Ant. Tessoni; but the mode of sepa-
ration is different. In Ant. Tessoni the fosse are separated by a

* * Crinoides,’ p. 88

AND ITS RELATIONS TO RECENT COMATULE. 201.

nearly horizontal ridge (PI. X. fig. 10); but in Ant. decameros, as
I will call the Nattheim specimen, the ligament-fosse have a
convex upper border (PI. X. fig. 11), behind and inside which are
the muscle-plates. Consequently these stand out much more in-
dependently of the ligament-pits than those of Ant. Tessoni do.

Diameter 83 millims. Height 73 millims.; radials 33 millims.

X.—The Woodwardian Museum contains three specimens, all
from Nattheim, of another small Antedon, which differs considerably
from either of the species just described. The radial pentagon is
much depressed, as in Ant. complanata (Pl. IX. fig. 9 a), and its ex-
ternal surface slopes rapidly downwards and inwards until it meets
the low centrodorsal. The latter is thus of much less diameter
than the radial pentagon, especially in the specimen represented in
Pl. X. fig. 18. Neither of the three (Pl. X. figs. 12,18) show
external basals ; and in this respect they differ from certain some-
what similar forms that have been already described elsewhere.
Among these are Ant. Picteti and Ant. infracretacea of de Loriol,
already referred to as having scarcely visible basals. The first
of these, from the Etage Valangien of Switzerland, differs from
the Woodwardian specimens (Ant. depressa) in being a good deal
smaller, and in the somewhat different proportions of the radials,
though the same general features appear in both. Besides A.
Picteti has only ten cirrhi or even fewer ; while there may be three
rows of sockets in Ant. depressa (Pl. X. fig. 12). This last has a
general resemblance to fig. 35 on Taf. 96 of Quenstedt’s ‘ Hncri-
niden,’ which he calls the young of Ant. costata; while, except
for the absence of basals and ofa transverse ridge on the concave
lower surface of the centrodorsal, fig. 138 on Pl. X. is not un-
like Quenstedt’s figures of Ant. sigillata (tab. 96. figs. 49, 50).
The original has only one row of cirrhus-sockets of the usual
Solanocrinus character, viz. oval-oblong in shape with a trans-
verse articular ridge pierced by the opening of the cirrhus-canal.
There is, however, no distinct indication of this in either of
Quenstedt’s figures, which may be due either to the imperfect
preservation of his specimens or to their immaturity.

Diameter of largest specimen 7 millims. Height 44 miilims. ;
radials 24 millims.

XI.—The designation sigillata has been given by Quenstedt to
those rare specimens which show a perforated articular facet on the
lower surface of the centrodorsal, thus retaining, as suggested by
him, more or less permanent traces of their larval condition,

202 MR. P. W. CARPENTER ON THE GENUS SOLANOCRINUS

These immature Antedons occur at both Nattheim and Schnaitheim
in the same beds (Weisser Jura, ¢) as A. costata. Idonot think,
however, that they can be identified with that species, chiefly on
account of the differences in the characters of theradials. A side
view of A. costata (Pl. IX. figs. 1 a, 2 2) shows not only the external
surface of the radials directly above the centrodorsal, but also their
distal articular faces, that are set at avery obtuse angle to this
surface. In Ant. sigillata, on the other hand, the outer surface of
the radials is relatively far larger than in Ant. costata; but the
distal articular faces, are set on to it at such a much less obtuse
angle that little or nothing is visible of them in a side view (‘ En-
criniden,’ tab. 96. fig. 49). I know nothing like this condition
among the recent Comatule, though an apparent approximation
to it is seen in Quenstedt’s figures 35 and 56, described as the
“young” of Ant. costata and Ant. scrobiculata respectively ; but
these figures are not distinct enough for me to make this out with
certainty. They also resemble Ant. sigillata in the relatively small
size of the basals, which is another point of difference between it
and Ant. costata. Many of these smaller varieties require much
more illustration than it was possible to give them in the neces-
sarily crowded plates of Quenstedt’s admirable atlas.
XII.—Antedon aspera is one of these incompletely known forms.
The calyx seems to be rare, though portions of the arms have
been found in the Swiss Jura by de Loriol and others*. It was
originally described and figured by Quenstedt in the ‘Jura’ as
Solanocrinus asper, its surface being roughened by fine tubercles.
The same writer has again figured his original specimen in his
‘ Encriniden,’ giving a different view of it from that represented
in his earlier figure. No external basals are present in the latter,
and there is no mention of them in the accompanying descriptions.
But in the later figure fairly large basals are represented, while
Quenstedt also describes and illustrates a tetraradiate form with
Jive basals, so that they may be regarded as characteristie of the
type. Figures 19a,6,¢ on Pl. XI. represent three views of a
small specimen from Streitberg (White Jura, a), in the Minster
collection of the Woodwardian Museum, that appears to be iden-
tical with Quenstedt’s species, The centrodorsal is a pentagonal
disk with its angles produced into five strong ribs, each of which
is marked by a distinct groove. The grooves start from near the

* The literature of this species may be found on p. 257 of de Loriol’s ‘ Cri-
noides Fossiles de la Suisse,’ part iii. (1879),

AND ITS RELATIONS TO RECENT COMATULA. 203

centre of the dorsal surface of the piece, pass over its edge and
along the sides towards the ventral surface, but end at different
levels (Pl. XI. figs. 19 a, c). It is very difficult to say whether
basaly are present or not. There are processes at two of. the
angles which might be taken for basals (fig. 19a); but these are
absent ata third and difficult to make out in the othertwo. The
diameter of the radial pentagon is considerably greater than that
of the centrodorsal ; its wide outer surface is very rough and
uneven. The general shape of the articular faces resembles that
of some specimens of A. scrobiculata (Pl. X. fig. 182), but there
are one or two peculiar features. The transverse articular ridge
present in nearly every Antedon is absent, but in place of it a
strong process runs from each side towards the middle line and
then stops abruptly (Pl. XI. fig.19@). Just above the inner ends
of these two processes is a large transversely oblong hole, which
I take to be the central canal ; but if so, there is no ligament-pit
below it, while both are represented in the later figure of Quen-
stedt’s specimen. A short bony bar bridges over this large open-
ing on the ventral side and unites the two large triangular muscele-
plates, the outer edges of which are thick and everted as in
A. scrobiculata. This gives a peculiar appearance to the ventral
surface (Pl. XI. fig. 190), the furrows between the apposed muscle-
plates converging to a large pentagonal opening, which is evidently
more or less artificial ; its angles correspond with the bony bars
above the large openings in the articular faces.
Diameter 6 millims. ; height 54 millims. ; radials 34 millims.

XIII.—AnrEpon scropiouLata. (PI. X. figs. 14-18.)

Goldfuss, Quenstedt, and de Loriol* have described under the
above specific name a number of Antedons from different horizons,
which all resemble one another in certain points, but differ very
much in others. They all differ from A. costata in the distal faces
of the radials being higher than wide, the reverse being the case
in A. costata. The Miinster collection of the Woodwardian
Museum contains three specimens of this species, two of them
authenticated in Munster’s own handwriting. One character com-*
mon to them and to the other known examples of the species is
the shape of the central funnel. ‘This is not a simpie pentagon,

* ‘Swiss Orinoids,’ p. 255 (with literature).
LINN, JOURN.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XV, 16

204: MR. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE GENUS SOLANOCRINUS

as in A. costata, but a relatively narrower opening* in the
form of a star with five blunt petaloid rays. These rays corre-
spond to the interradial angles of the calyx, where there is no
notch between the muscle-plates of adjacent radials; but the
upper edge of each plate rises considerably from its inner to its
outer margin, where it meets its fellow of the next radial (Pl. X.
figs. 17a, 18a). The edges of the muscle-plates are here somewhat
thickened and everted, so as to produce the more or less petaloid
figure surrounding the central funnel (fig.176). The ventral inter-
radial furrows start from the points of the figure and lead down
into the interior of the calyx; the ventral radial furrows, on the
other hand, start from shallow notches in the re-entering angles
of the figure. These notches separate the inner ends of the two
muscle-plates of the same radial, but are not continued down on.
to the articular surfaces, except as very faint grooves.

This eversion of the muscle-plates at the top is especially
marked in fig. 15 on tab. 81 of Quenstedt’s ‘Jura,’ and in Pl. X.
fig. 18a; while it is much less distinct in the specimen, from a
different locality and horizon, represented in fig. 34 on tab. 51 ef
the ‘ Petrefactenkunde, so that the opening of the central funnel
is more nearly pentagonal and less distinctly stellate. In this
specimen, too, the basals are smaller than usual, though there is a
considerable range of variation in this respect?. In some forms
they project prominently beyond the level of the radials, the so-
called Solanocrinus Bronnii of Miinster{ showing this most di-
stinctly (Pl. X. fig. 16). I am disposed to follow Quenstedt’s
example and to merge this species in A. scrobiculata, the range
of variation in which renders the isolation of Miinster’s species
rather difficult.

The numerous varietal forms which have been referred to <A.
scrobiculata (and all agree in the characters already mentioned)
differ very considerably in the appearance of the outer surface
of the radials and in the shape of the centrodorsal. Thus, one
of Goldfuss’s specimens (PI. X. fig. 14) had a very deep centro-
dorsal, with the high outer surfaces of the radials much narrowed
“below by the large size of the basals. But a Woodwardian
specimen with a similarly deep centrodorsal has a calyx with
characters intermediate between those of Goldfuss’s two varieties

* The opening of the original of fig. 17 6 is both wider and more pentagonal
than usual.

+ Compare figs. 15-17, 19 & 21 on Plates X. and XI.

{ Beitrage zur Petrefactenkunde, p. 101, Taf. xi. fig. 7.

AND ITS RELATIONS TO RECENT COMATULZ. 205

represented on Pl. X. figs. 14,15. On the other hand, the cen-
trodorsal may be exceedingly shallow and the exterior of the
radials very low, as in the Woodwardian specimen shown in
Pl. X. fig. 17a, and in some of the forms from the Swiss Jura
figured by de Loriol. In tab. 96. figs. 52-55 of his ‘ Encriniden,’
Quenstedt represents four different calices that are all alike in
their general features, but differ in minor points, such as the
height of the outer surface of the radials and the relative promi-
nence of the basals. The centrodorsal is of much the same size
and shape in all of them, in no case reaching the length shown in
Pl. X. fig. 14, while it is never so small as in the original of
Pl. X. fig. 17a. The total height of this specimen is 7 millims.,
that of the radials 5 millims., and its diameter 8 millims.; while
in the other perfect (Woodwardian) specimen already mentioned,
with slightly smaller radials, the depth of the centrodorsal is
doubled, viz. 4 millims. instead of only 2 millims.

A. scrobiculata differs considerably from A. costata in the size
and disposition of its basals, which Quenstedt* has well described
as follows :—‘ Man findet auf den untern Kelchfliichen (tab. 96.
fig. 57) fiinf nach den Ecken strahlende Rinnen, welche die Un-
terseite der Basalia bilden, die sich um den grossen Nahrungs-
kanal zur einer Fliche ausbreiten und so eine festere Unterlage
der Radialglieder bilden. Die Flache ist bald eben (fig. 57), bald
ansehnlich vertieft (fig. 58).”’ A comparison of the side and dorsal
views of the radial pentagon, as represented in figs. 18a@ and 184,
gives a very good idea of the basals as prismatic rods, the dorsal
surface of which is almost entirely occupied by a groove with
plaited sides. But the actual basal pieces themselves are rather
wider than these grooves, which does not appear in Quenstedt’s
description of them, though it is just traceable in his figures.
This is seen still more clearly in the basals of Act. cheltonensis (Pl.
XI. fig. 200), which have far more distinctly plaited grooves than
those of Ant. scrobiculata. Both these last-mentioned species differ
from Ant. costata in the confluence of the inner ends of the basals,
so as completely to separate the radials and centrodorsals for
some little way round the opening of the central funnel. In
Ant. costata, however, the central ends of the basals do not seem
to meet one another at all}, while the same might be said of
Ant. complanata (Pl. IX. fig. 90).

* Encriniden, p. 179.
+ Encriniden, tab. 96. figs. 29, 44.
16*

206 MR. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE GENUS SOLANOCRINUS

XIV.—AcTINOMETRA CHELTONENSIS, n. sp. (Pl. XI. fig. 20.)

This fossil consists of the united radials and basals of what
must have been a very large Actinometra. The five basals are
united by their broader inner ends, so as to conceal the central
half of the radial pentagon (fig.206). A deep linear-oval groove
is excavated along the underside of each of them, terminating
just short of the rounded end which appears externally (fig. 202).
The sides of the groove are marked by very distinct cross ridges
and furrows, which do not quite reach either end of it. The outer
portion of the dorsal surface of the radials (¢. e. that portion
which would have appeared externally when the centrodorsal was
in situ) is rather narrow, and looks almost entirely downwards.
Hence, although it appears on the dorsal aspect of the calyx out-
side a line drawn round the points of the basal star (fig. 206), -
but little of it is seen in a side view (fig. 20a), except where its
flanks are turned upwards above the rounded ends of the basals.
The articular faces are trapezoidal in shape, and the pit in the
great dorsal fossa, which lodged the chief mass of the elastic liga-
ment, is unusually long and narrow, somewhat as in Ant. Gilleriont,
de Loriol. The transverse articular ridge above it is rather large,
and the opening of the central canal which pierces it much elon-
gated transversely, and also slightiy constricted in the centre.
This indicates that the secondary basal canals, by the union of
which the axial canal of each ray is formed, did not in this
species converge quite so rapidly as in other Comatule ; so that it
presents a slight approach to the condition found in Hnerinus, in
which genus they do not unite in the first radial at all, but open
by two separate apertures on its distal face. The muscle-plates are
rather small, and separated by a wide but shallow notch; they
are marked off from the ligament-fosse by faint cross ridges, which
run inwards from the sides, and then turn downwards towards the
rim of the opening of the axial canal, so as to leave a slight groove
between them (fig. 200).

Diameter 9 millims. ; height 3 millims.

Locality. The Inferior Oolite, Cheltenham.

Remarks. This specimen was found by the Rev. P. B. Brodie,
M.A., F.G.8., who has kindly placed it in my hands for descrip-
tion. The relative width of the articular faces and the condition
of the muscle- and ligament-fossz indicate this type as an Acti-
nometra, though the articular faces are more sloping than in most
species of the genus. There are, however, one or two similarly
aberrant species in the ‘ Challenger’ collection,

cuca

AND ITS RELATIONS TO RECENT COMATULS. 207

Act. cheltonensis is interesting as being one of the two oldest
known Comatule, sv that Act. Mulleri, of the Bath Oolite, must
be disestablished. Since describing this species* I have obtained
some information respecting the “ Solanocrinus’’ mentioned by
Mr. Charles Moore, F.G.S., in the ‘ Geological Magazine’ for
1875. This fossil was found by Mr. Moore in the Inferior Oolite
at Dundry, and is an unmistakable Antedon, as I have learnt from
a drawing of it which he kindly sent me. It is quite a different
type from Act. cheltonensis, having high radials more like those
of Ant. antarctica (Pl. XII. fig. 29a). It is very interesting to
find that while most of the Jurassic Comatule are rather synthetic
in their character, the two genera Antedon and Actinometra were
yet distinctly differentiated at the earliest period at which we
have any record of their appearance.

XV.—We have now to consider an interesting fossil that was
figured by Goldfusst under the name of Solanocrinus Jaegert. He
describes it as resembling S. scrobiculata in external form, but as
differing essentially, “ durch seine Beckenglieder, welche go breit
sind dass sie auf der ganzen Gelenkfliche zusammenstossen, und
hier fiinf ausstrahlenden Furchen zur Aufnahme der Siule
bilden. Die Saule ist nicht bekannt.” Figures 24, a, 6, & ¢, on
Pl. XI, are copied from Goldfuss’s representations of this very
elegant type, the difference between which and the Comatule
represented by him (Pl. IX. fig. 1, Pl. X. figs. 14, 15) is self-
evident. In the latter the basals are small and not in contact
with their fellows for the whole length of their sides; whereas in
S. Jaegeri they form a completely closed ring beneath the radials
(figs. 24, a,c). This was recognized by Pictet +, who suggested
that S. Jaegeri should be removed from Solanocrinus, as typified
by S. costatus with small basals, and that it should be placed in a
separate genus (Comatula), which he had defined as follows :—
“‘Les Comatula, Lamarck (Astrocoma, Blainv.), ont les bras bi-
furqués une ou deux fois. Le calice est composé d’une piéce
centrale, de cing petites piéces basales et de cing brachiales qui

-alternent avec les basales. II porte dix séries de ramules égales.”’

This classification is a very singular one. Lamarck’s name
Comatula had been already adopted by d’Orbigny for the Solano-
crimus group characterized by the presence of external basaly.
These are not present in any of Lamarck’s original Specimens,

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xxxvi. p. 54.
t Op. cit. p. 168, Taf. 1, fig. 9. t Op. cit. p. 288.

208 MR. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE GENUS SOLANOCRINUS

while no recent Comatule are known with a complete basal cir-
elet like that of S. Jaegeri. According to Pictet’s proposed clas-
sification, therefore, the name originally established by Lamarck
for several recent forms without any external basals would have
passed to a single fossil specimen that I shall show directly to be
the head of a Pentacrinus, and not a Comatula at all!

Schliter speaks of it as abnormal, and not belonging to the
type of S. costatus and 8. scrobiculatus, but does not offer any -
opinion as to its real nature. This, however, is discussed by
Quenstedt, though with a singularly unfortunate result. A small
specimen from Nattheim was referred by him to this species and
described, with figures, no less than three times. It was first
noticed in the ‘ Petrefactenkunde’ (p. 717), with the remark that
the basals were scarcely visible (!), and that the lowest part con-_
sisted of a large smooth stem-joint (Pl. XI. fig. 22). His figure
(tab. 51. fig. 833) shows no basals between this stem-joint and the
radials, although in Goldfuss’s specimen they were quite large
(Pl. XI. fig. 24, w, c). . The figure in the ‘ Jura,’ however (tab. 88.
fig. 12), shows small points in this position (Pl. XI. fig. 22 a);
while Quenstedt seems to have recognized their want of resem-
blance to the basals of Goldfuss’s original specimen; for he states
(p. 723) that the smooth stem-joint below them had been re-
garded by Goldfuss as composed of five anchylosed basals. The
figure given in the ‘Jura’ is reproduced in the ‘ Encriniden’
(tab. 96. fig. 51), with the remark, ‘‘ Zwar weicht die Goldfuss’che
Zeichnung vielleicht nicht unwesentlich ab, allein die Hilfsarme
fehlen ihr auch, und das geniigte mir um nicht immer gleich
wieder neue Namen zu schopfen.”” Quenstedt, therefore, while
recognizing the difference between his specimen and the S. Jae-
gert of Goldfuss, seems to have thought the absence of cirrhi from
both of them a sufficient reason for not separating them specifi-
cally. I shall show, however, that they are not only specifically
but also generically different. The distinctive character of Gold-
fuss’s type was the lateral union of the basals to form a complete
ring beneath the radial pentagon. This was especially noticed
by him, and fully illustrated by his excellent figures (Pl XI.
fig. 24, a, c), in which the sutures on the outside of the calyx
between the individual basals are as distinct as they can well be.
The basiradial suture is an obtuse angle, while the radials have
a high outer dorsal surface and a high articular face with large
muscle-plates, somewhat as in Ant. scrobiculata (Pl. X. figs. 14,
15, 17 a,18 a), as remarked by Goldfuss. On the other hand,

AND ITS RELATIONS TO RECENT COMATULS. 209

the radials of Quenstedt’s specimen, as he himself admits, are very
similar to those of Ant. costata. The articular faces are very low
(Pl. X. fig. 22 a) with small muscle-plates, while the outer dorsal
surface is smaller than in S. Jaegeri; its lower margin is not an-
gular but only slightly curved, and it is interrupted at the inter-
radial angles by the small points that Quenstedt regards as
basals. ‘The radials of Quenstedt’s specimen rest upon what he
rightly interpreted as a “large smooth stem-joint ;”’ and he sup-
poses Goldfuss to have taken this for the anchylosed basals.
This is certainly rather hard on Goldfuss, considering that he
never saw Quenstedt’s specimen at all, his own type differing
considerably from that figured by Quenstedt*.

It appears to me that while Quenstedt was undoubtedly
right in supposing his specimen to have been detached from
a stem, Schliiter’s suggestion as to its being an immature form
like Ant. siyillata is scarcely a satisfactory one. In the first
place, as expressly remarked by Quenstedt, there are no certain
traces of its having borne cirrhi, as would assuredly be the case
were it a young and immature Comatula. On the other hand, if we
suppose that cirrhi were once present, but that the centrodorsal
has lost all traces of their sockets by the progressive deposit of
new material upon its external surface, we are met by another
difficulty. If this deposit has taken place it has been limited to
the sides of the centrodorsal, which are usually the last parts to
be affected by it, and it has not even closed up the central per-
foration, which in recent Comatule is obliterated very soon after
the loss of the larval stem, the superficial deposit commencing
here and gradually extending outwards.

The absence of cirrhi, together with the presence of a perfo-
rated articular facet on the under surface of Quenstedt’s specimen
(Pl. XI. fig. 22, a, 6), seem to me to indicate clearly that it is the
head and top stem-joint of a stalked Crinoid. There are some
closely similar specimens in the British Museum, in which the
presence of basals externally is very doubtful, as it is in the one
figured by Quenstedt. I am inclined to think that these, as well
as Quenstedt’s specimen, should be referred to Htallon’s genus
Thiolliericrinus, good figures of which are given by de Loriolf.
At any rate, they are not Comatule.

* Since the above lines were written, I haye seen Goldfuss’s original specimen
of S. Jaegert in the magnificent paleontological collection at Munich, and have
satisfied myself as to the accuracy of his figures and description of it.

+ Swiss Fossil Orinoids, pl. xviii. figs. 8, 9.

210 MR. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE GENUS SOLANOCRINUS

XVI.—The same may be said of the “ Solanocrinus Jaegeri”’ of
Goldfuss, which is nothing but the calyx of a Pentacrinus detached
from its stem. This will be evident from a comparison of figs. 23 &
24 on Pl. XJ. The three figures 24, a, 6, & c, are reproductions
of Goldfuss’s figures of 8. Jaeger; while figs. 28, a, 6, c, which Dr.
Carpenter has kindly permitted me to publish, represent the corre-
sponding parts of Pentacrinus Wyville-Thomsoni, dredged by
H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine’ in 800 fms. off the coast of Portugal in 1870.
This species has a complete basal circlet, as also have P. Miilleri,
Liitken*, and P. Maclearanus of the ‘ Challenger’ dredgings. On
our present classification both of these should be referred to
Cainocrinus. This genus was established by Edward Forbest
for the reception of a small form from the London Clay, which
resembles the well-known P. briareus and P. asteria (Pl. XI.
fig. 21) in all essential points except the possession of a com-
plete basal circlet. The distinction has been retained and made
more precise by de Loriolt, probably in ignorance of the exis-
tence of two recent species of Cainocrinus. He defines Penta-
crinus as differing from Mllericrinus in having very small basals,
which do not meet externally, and in the verticillar arrangement
of the cirrhi. On the other hand, Cainocrinus has a complete
ring of basals like Millericrinus, but a stem with verticils of
cirrhi like Pentacrinus. I cannot, however, regard this classifi-
cation as satisfactory ; for even in those species of Pentacrinus
which have an incomplete basal ring there is a great amount of
variation in the extent to which the central ends of the basals
are joined, and in the size of their outer ends which appear be-
tween the radials and the top stem-joint. The basals are
least developed in P. asteria (Pl. XI. fig. 21), but there are all
sorts of gradation between this condition and that of P. Wyville-
Thomsoni and of the fossil Catnocrinus. A closed basal circlet
occurs in the fossil P. Sigmaringensis, Quenstedt§, referred by
de Loriol to Cainocrinus, in P. pentagonalis ferratus||, and in the
unnamed specimen4 from Solzenhausen, in which Quenstedt
specially describes a closed basal circlet. He does not see any
essential difference between Caimocrinus and Pentacrinus, and

* “Om Vestindiens Pentacriner,” Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra den Natur-
historiske Forening i Kjobenhayn, 1864, tab. iv., v.

+ British Tertiary Echinoderms, p. 33.

{ Swiss Fossil Orinoids, pp. 111, 112. § Encriniden, tab. 99. fig. 132.

|| Ibid. tab. 98. fig. 135. {| Ibid. p. 263, tab. 99. fig. 174.

AND ITS RELATIONS TO RECENT COMATULZ. DALI

therefore drops the former altogether. But he goes even further,
as I do also, and includes in Pentacrinus all those forms which
otherwise agree with the type but have no visible basals. One,
for example, is the P. cingulatus, Quenstedt, = Isocrinus pendulus,
Meyer*. Another is the Forest-Marble specimen from Farley in
Wiltshire, which was described by Goldfuss as P. sealaris. A
third is the large Chalk Pentacrinus belonging to Mr. Willett’s
collection, which is figured in Dixon’s ‘Geology of Sussex’ (1878
edition, pl. xix. 22). Another is the P. pentagonalis personatus
from the Brown Jura, which is figured by Quenstedt (tab. 98.
fig. 187) without any notice of its peculiarities. Lastly, there
comes P. Fisheri, in which basals were described by Bailyt. They
are really, however, nothing but the first radials, the basals being
absent from the exterior of the calyx. It might be thought that
all these species without external basals should be separated from
Pentacrinus and placed in the genus Jsocrinus, von Meyer. In
this way we should be making three genera out of one type, ac-
cording as the basals are invisible externally (Jsocrinus), or form
an incomplete (Pentacrinus) or a complete ring (Cainocrinus). I
do not think, however, that such a classification would be a sound
one. On the same principle we should have to found a new genus
for Encrinus Cassianust, in which “ der perlschnurférmige Stiei
deckt die tief eingesenkte Basis so stark, dass erst bei der genau-
esten Reinigung 5 winzige Dreiecke zum Vorschein kommen.”
Yet another new genus would be necessary for the reception of
the tetramerous variety of EH. lilijformis represented in tab. 107.
fig. 5 of the ‘ Encriniden.’ It has no external basals at all, but
the radials rest directly on the top stem-joint. In the same way
those forms of Bourgueticrinus§ in which the basal ring is incom-
plete, as in Pent. asteria, should be separated generically from the
ordinary forms with a closed basal ring.

Seeing, then, that we have such a complete series from P.
Fisheri and its allies through P. asteria (Pl. XI. fig. 21), P. bria-
reus, and P. decorus to P. Wyville-Thomsoni (Pl. XI. fig. 23),
P. Jaegeri (Pl. XI. fig. 24), and P. Sigmaringensis, a separation
of either of the extremes from the rest of the series seems to me

* “Tsocrinus und Chelocrinus,” Museum Senckenbergianum (Frankfurt, 1837).

+ “ Description of a new Pentacrinite from the Kimmeridge [¢/. Oxford] Clay
of Weymouth, Dorsetshire,” Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. ser. 3, vol. vi. pp. 25-28,
pl. i.

¢ Encriniden, p. 472.

§ Actinometra, p. 108, Trans. Linn. Soc. 2nd ser. Zoology, vol, ii.

212 MR. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE GENUS SOLANOCRINUS

a mistake, especially if we consider the corresponding conditions of
Bourgueticrinus, Hncrinus, and of Comatula. In the latter group
basals may appear externally at some angles of the calyx and not
at others. This is the case, for example, in Ant. canaliculata
(Pl. IX. figs. 6, a, 6) and in Ant. complanata (figs. 9 a, 9 b), in
the latter of which the basals are somewhat similar to those of
P. asteria (Pl. XI. figs. 21, a, 6). Unfortunately we know of no
Comatula with Pentacrinus-like basals which yet do not appear
externally. But this is probably only because a view of the under-
face of the calyx is so rarely obtained. If this face could be
exposed im any specimens of d’Orbigay’s Comatulina or Decame-
ros (Pl. IX. figs. 7, 8,and Pl. X. figs. 10-12), it would doubtless
be found that the basals were like those of Ant. complanata
(Pl. IX. fig. 9) and P. asteria (Pl. XI. fig. 21), only rather _
shorter and not appearing externally as in these species. Thisis
possibly the case in some of the species figured by de Loriol. I
imagine it to be also the case in Lsocrinus pendulus, P. Pisheri, and
the other forms with no external basals, though it is, of course,
possible that their basals may have undergone transformatior
into a rosette, as in recent Comatule. But this seems to me very
unlikely. All the evidence we have goes to show that the basals
of the Jurassic Comatule persisted, as in recent Pentacrini, with-
out undergoing transformation into a rosette, and it is improbable
therefore that this transformation should have occurred in extinct
species of Pentacrinus.

It would be very interesting to determine, were it only pos-
sible, how and when the Comatula-stock first began to develope
a rosette. As to Ant. costata, Ant. scrobiculata, and Act. chelto-
nensis, there can, I think, be little doubt that their basals are the
embryonic ones. In the latter species there is obviously no rosette
(Pl. XI. fig. 20 6), and the same applies to Ant. scrobiculata
(Pl. X. fig. 18 6), in which the margins of the under surfaces of the
basals are faintly plaited. This feature is more marked in a
specimen in the British Museum figured in Konig’s ‘ Icones’ as
Symphytocrinus florifer, in obvious reference to the petaloid figure
formed by its basals,which expand rather more between their inner
and outer ends than do the corresponding parts of the Cambridge
specimen. It forcibly recalls the plaiting on the underside of the
basals of Pentacrinus, which may be almost separate (Pl. XI. fig.
21 6), completely united (figs. 23, 24), or in an intermediate condi-
tion like those of Ant. serobiculata (Pl. X. fig. 18 6) and Act. chel-
tonensis (Pl. XI. fig. 206). We may therefore, I think, consider

AND ITS RELATIONS TO RECENT COMATULA. 213

it certain that the external basals of these Jurassic Comatule are
homologous with those of the larval Antedon and of Pentacrinus ;
and I have given reasons above for believing the same to be the
case with the forms described as Decameros and Comatulina by
d’ Orbigny.

In some, at any rate, of the Cretaceous Comatule the larval
basals appear to have persisted without metamorphosis. In one
fortunate case (Pl. XII. fig. 30, a, b) a single basal has been pre-
served, adhering tothe centrodorsal piece; and though its outer end
is quite inconspicuous, it is relatively larger than the outer end of
the basal ray in either of the recent species represented in Pl. XII.
There are various other Cretaceous species with larger or smaller
basals ; but there are also a few of the Decameros type without
external basals, such as Hertha (Antedon) mystica and Act. Lovént.
The latter species has such a striking resemblance to recent
Actinometre that I suspect it had a rosette; and the same may
perhaps have been the case with Ant. mystica and with the two
Tertiary species Ant. italica and Ant. alticeps. These are the

-only Tertiary Comatule of which the calyx is known; but they

may, of course, have had concealed Pentacrinus-like basals and
no rosette.

In all recent Comatule (Comaster perhaps excepted) the basals
which appear externally are not the embryonic basals at all, but
only additional elements in the calyx*, which become connected
with the central rosette produced by the metamorphosis of the
embryonic basals. Pl. XII. contains some figures of the calices
of a few recent Comatule, to show these basal rays and their con-
nexion with the rosette. They are very well seen in Ant. macro-
enema from Sydney Harbour (Pl. XII. fig. 25 ¢), which has more
resemblance to the Jurassic Ant. costata (Pl. IX. figs. 1, 2) than
any other recent species. A comparison of fig. 25 ¢ on Pl. XII.
with fig. 9 6 on Pl. 1X. and fig. 21 6 on Pl. XI. will show the
points of resemblance and difference between the rosette and its
appendages in recent Comatule and the (probably) unmetamor-
phosed basals of Pentacrinus and of fossil Comatule. Fig. 29 6
on Pl. XII. shows the corresponding parts of Ant. antarctica,
in which the basal rays only just appear externally (fig. 29 a),
The same is the case in the large <Actinometra represented in
fig. 26, and in the smaller Act. lineata, shown in figs. 27 @ and
27 6. These two last figures are very instructive. Fig. 27 0 is
a view of the calyx from above after removal of three of the

* Actinometra, pp. 96-104.

214 MR. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE GENUS SOLANOCRINUS

radials and of one basal ray. The two remaining radials have
almost horizontal ventral faces, with the usual radial and inter-
radial furrows. In the centre is seen the rosette from which one
basal ray extends N.E.-wards, with a shallow excavation at its
central end. Its fellow pointing N. has been removed so as to
expose the basal groove of the centrodorsal, in which it was
received. The side view (fig. 27 a) should be compared with
Pl. IX. fig. 6c. The different positions of the articular surfaces of
the radials in Antedon and Actinometra respectively are then well
seen. In the former they are inclined at a considerable angle
(fig. 6c), whereas in the latter they are generally nearly or
quite vertical, as in fig. 27 a. Both figures also show the de-
scent of the ventral interradial furrows into the interior of the
ealyx. In Act. lineata (fig. 27 a) they end blindly in the exca-
vated central ends of the basal rays*. These parts have a singu-
lar resemblance to the basals of Ant. canaliculata (fig. 6 c); but
I believe the resemblance to be one of analogy only, and not of
homology. Ifthe basals of Ant. canaliculata are what I imagine
them to be, viz. the original unmetamorphosed embryonic basals,
they are homologous, not with the basal rays, but with the central
rosette of Act. lineata, which is absent in Ant. canaliculata.

All the above-mentioned figures of recent Comatule are es-
sentially similar to those on plates IV.—VI. of my Actinometra
memoir. Fig. 28, however, represents the calyx of a new and
very interesting type, Promachocrinus, the chief novelty among
the ‘ Challenger’ Comatule. It has ten radials instead of only
five; but there is no corresponding duplication of the rays of
the basal star. Only five rays extend outwards from the central
rosette to appear externally beneath five of the radials, and they
must therefore be regarded as representing the primary interradii
of the type. Hence those radial pieces which are not separated
from the centrodorsal by basal rays are the original embryonic
radials, homologous with those of the other Crinoids and of the
five-rayed Starfishes. The five others may perhaps be compared
to the additional radials developed in many-armed Starfishes, in
which, however, the positions of the five primary rays are not
indicated in the adult as they are in Promachocrinus.

The conclusions to which we have been led may be summed up
as follows :—

1. In all the Jurassic and in some, at any rate, of the Creta-

* Compare Actinometra, pp. 97-1038.

AND ITS RELATIONS TO RECENT COMATULA. 215

ceous Comatule, the basals are the embryonic basals which have
undergone no further modification than those of many Pentacrinus
species. Their relative size is reduced, as they do not quite
separate the radials from the top stem-joint, even when they
appear externally, which is not always the case, both individuals
and species varying greatly in this respect.

2. In all the recent Comatule (possibly also in the Tertiary
and in some Cretaceous species) the embryonic basals undergo an
extensive modification resulting in the formation of a rosette. In
many cases basal rays extend outwards from this and may appear
externally ; but they are only analogous and not in any way
homologous to the true basals of the older Comatule.

3. Most Pentacrint have a more or less complete circlet of
basals separating the top stem-joint, either partially or wholly,
from the radial pentagon. But in some few fossil forms there
are no external basals, as may be also the case in Hncrinus.
There is thus a parallel variation to that occurring in Comatula,
but with a different range, for we know of no Comatula (recent or
fossil) in which the basal circlet is complete, and of no recent
Pentacrinus in which no basals appear externally.

4. The variations in the development of the basals are useless
as generic distinctions. P. Mishert, P. briareus, and P. Sigma-
ringensis among the fossil forms, with the recent P. asteria and P.
Wyville-Thomsoni, are all equally good species of Pentacrinus. In
the same way Ant. costata with small basals, Ant. scrobiculata with
large ones, and Comatulina or Decameros with none visible ex-
ternally are just as good species of Antedon as Ant. rosacea, which
has only a rosette, and Ant. macrocnema, which has basal rays as
well.

Schliter, therefore, was perfectly justified in uniting Solano-
crinus with Antedon. He does the same with Comaster, though
from Goldfuss’s description of this type it appears to me to differ
so much from all other Comatule that I prefer, for the present,
at any rate, to regard it as generically distinct from the other
Comatule*.

In conclusion, I desire to record my obligations to Prof.
Hughes, and to Dr. H. Woodward, F.R.S., and Mr. R. Etheridge,
jun., for the readiness with which they have permitted me to
examine specimens in the Woodwardian and British Museums

* See Journ. Linn, Soc. Zool. vol. xiii. pp. 454-456,

216 MR. P. H. CARPENTER ON THE GENUS SOLANOCRINUS.

respectively. I am also greatly indebted to the Rev. P. B. Brodie,
M.A., F.G.S., who kindly sent me Act. cheltonensis for descrip-
* tion; and I take this opportunity of expressing my thanks to
all these gentlemen.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate IX,

Figs. 1 and 2, Ant. costata=Solanocrinus costatus, Goldf., from Nattheim.

a, from the side; 6, from above.
Fig. 1. Copied from Goldfuss.
Fig. 2. From a specimen in the Woodwardian Museum, x2.

Fig. 3. Ant. truncata, n. sp., from Nattheim; side view, x4. British Museum.

Figs. 4 and 5. Different forms of Ant. costata(?), Quenstedt (‘Der Jura,’
pl. 88. figs. 9, 10).

Fig. 6. Ant. canaliculata, u. sp., from Nattheim, x2. 4a, 6, side views of exte- —
rior of calyx (a without, and 6 with an external basal); ¢, side view
of interior, two radials having been removed. British Museum.

7. Act. wurtembergica, nu. sp., from Nattheim, x2. a, from side; 6, from
above. Woodwardian Museum.

8. Ant. d Orbignyi, u. sp., from Nattheim, x38. Side views :—a, radials
showing no outer dorsal surface; 5, dorsal surface of radials turned
up at the angle of the calyx so as to appear externally. British
Museum.

9. Ant. complanata, nu. sp., from Nattheim, X38. Radials and basals only :
a, from side; 6, from beneath. British Museum.

PLATE X.

Fig. 10. Ant. Tessoni, n. sp., from side, X3. Argile de Dives, Vache Noire,
France. British Museum.
11. Ant. decameros,n. sp., from side, X3. White Jura, e, Nattheim.
British Museum.
Figs. 12, 13. Ant. depressa, n. sp., from Nattheim.
Fig. 12. Side view, x4. j
Fig. 13. Another specimen, seen from dorsal side, x5.
14-18. Ant. scrobiculata=Solanocrinus scrobiculatus, Goldf.
Figs. 14, 15. Side views of two specimens, copied from Goldfuss.
Fig. 16. Copy of Miinster’s figure of a specimen described by him as
S. Bronnii, but referred by Quenstedt to S. scrobiculatus.
Figs. 17, 18. Two specimens from Streitberg, in the Woodwardian
Museum, x4. Fig. 17, a, from above; 0, from side. Fig. 18.
Radials and basals only : a, from side; 6, from beneath.

Puatre XI,

Fig. 19. Ant. aspera, Quenstedt, sp. White Jura and Streitherg. a, from the
side; 6, from above; c, from beneath: x4. Woodwardian Mu-
seum, 5

Fig.

Fig.

20.

MOLLUSOA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 217

Act. cheltonensis, nu. sp. Inferior Oolite, Cheltenham. Radials and
basals only, X4: a, from the side; 0, from beneath.

. Pentacrinus asteria. From Barbadoes. Calyx, x4: a, from side;

6, from beneath.

. Solanocrinus Jaegeri, Quenstedt. a, from side; 0, from beneath.

Copied from Quenstedt.

. Pentacrinus Wyville-Thomsoni. North Atlantic. Calyx, x3: a, from

side; 6, from above; c, from beneath.

. Pentacrinus Jaegeri = Solanocrinus Jaegeri, Goldf.: a, from side ;

b, from above; c¢, from beneath. Copied from Goldfuss.

Puare XII.

(Published by permission of the Lords Commissioners of the Treasury.)

25.

26.
27.

Ant. macrocnema. Sydney Harbour. Calyx, x6: a, from side; 3,
from above; ¢, radials and basals from beneath.

Act. stelligera, n. sp. Pacific (Stat. 174). .Calyx from side, x6.

Act. lineata, n. sp. Bahia. Centrodorsal with two radials, rosette,
and part of basal star, X : 6a, side view of interior of calyx ; 0, the
same, seen from above.

. Promachocrinus kerguelensis, nu. sp. Balfour Bay, Kerguelen. Calyx

from side, x6.

. Ant, antarctica,n. sp. Heard Island. 4, calyx from side; 0, radials

and basals from below: x6.

. Ant. Lundgren. Krom the Upper Chalk, Margate. Centrodorsal

with one basal attached, x3: a, from side; 0, from above.

Mouuusca oF H.MS. ‘ Coautencer’ Expeprrron.—Part VI.
By the Rey. Roprrt Booe Warsoy, B.A., F.R.S.E., F.L.S., &e.

[Published by permission of the Lords Commissioners of the Treasury. ]

[Read April 15, 1880.]

TURRITELLIDA, n. sp.

l. TURRITELLA RUNCINATA. 6. TURRITELLA AUSTRINA.

2, —— ACCISA. 7. —— DELICIOSA.

3, —— CARLOTTA. 8. (ToRcULA) ADMIRA-

4, —— PHILIPPENSIS. BILIS.

5. —— CorDISMEI. 9. (ToRCULA) LAMELLOSA.

The genus Turritel’a is a group well defined, as regards the shell,
the animal, and the operculum; nor is it unmanageably large.
There is therefore no prima facie reason for breaking it up as
Gray has done; and his destructive process has not justified
itself in the characters of the genera he proposed, which are

oo

218 REV. RB. BOOG WATSON ON THE

neither strongly marked nor constant. The consequence is that
the lists of species arranged under Turritella (with subgen. Hau-
stator), Torcula, and Zaria are arbitrary in the extreme; and
these divisions only cause confusion.

There are two remarkable features of Turritella which do not
seem to have been noticed. The first is the system of microscopic
spirals which covers the entire shell, and which I have found on
every even fairly preserved specimen which I have examined.
The second is the presence of an epidermis. This is very dis-
tinctly recognizable in 7. carlotte and in T. austrina, and some-
what doubtfully in Z admirabilis. It is filmy, calcareous, and
in drying seems to contract, so as to rise off the surface of the
shell in the furrows, remaining attached only on the tops of the
spirals and in the suture. It also splits in the lines of growth.
All this renders it of course very caducous; and, as Mr. E. |
Smith remarks, “the fact of all Turritellas appearing to be de-
void of an epidermis is quite comprehensible, seeing how exces-
sively thin it is in this instance’ (2. e. of Z. carlotte). Hardly
sufficient importance seems generally given to the sinuation of
the outer lip, which is a feature quite as distinctly marked as in
Pleurotoma.

1. TURRITELLA RUNCINATA, 0. sp.

St. 162. Ap. 2, 1874. 39° 10' 80” S., 146° 37’ EK. S.H. Aus-
tralia, off East Moncceur Island, Bass Strait, 38-40 fathoms.
Sand.

Shell broadly conical, a little rounded at the basal angle and on
the base, with a distinct suture and a deep labial sinus, thinnish,
translucent, and speckled. Sculpture. Longitudinals—the sur-
face is closely covered with very fine and strongly curved lines of
growth, which on the base are stonger and radiate very straight,
but interruptedly, out from the centre. Spirals—there are on
each whorl two strongish, but rounded and somewhat ill-defined,
carinations: of these, the lower and stronger lies about one fifth
of the whorl’s height above the suture ; the upper and less definite
lies a little more than halfway between the lower carina and the
superior suture: between these two carinas, but nearer the upper
one, lies a thread with almost enough of prominence to form a
third carina, and this one sometimes supersedes the upper carina
altogether. Besides these, the whole surface is sharply fretted
with fine, rounded, unequal, irregular, interrupted, spiral threads,
of which a considerable number are stronger than the rest, espe-

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 219

cially those toward the base of the whorls are so. The micro-
scopic spiral frettings, which are distinct from these and very much
more minute, are present, but want sharpness. The upper
whorls are smooth and polished. Colowr yellowish, more or less
tinged and speckled with brown and white. The white is
strongest toward the top of the whorls and is in suffused patches;
the brown, which also occurs in suffused patches, is prettily
dotted in minute specks on the spiral threads. The colour
pales on the upper whorls; but the apex is yellow. Spire very
perfectly conical, though the contour-lines are interrupted by the
projection of the inferior carina and by the impression of the
suture. Apex very fine and small, but rounded, the extreme tip
being a little depressed on one side and the first whorl towards
its end projecting a very little beyond the second. Whorls 15,
almost flat, with a constriction between the two carinas, narrowed
gradually upwards, but more quickly into the inferior suture,
roundly angulated at the basal edge, with a flattish base which
is but feebly conical. The last four or five whorls are higher
proportionally than the earlier, which are of very slow and
gradual increase ; the first two are markedly smaller than those
which follow ; all the earlier whorls are distinctly convex.
Suture fine, but distinct. Mouth rather small, almost square,
but a little higher than itis broad. Outer lip very straight, roundly
angulated below, patulous and almost canaliculate at the pillar-
point ; it advances a good deal at its junction with the preceding
whorl, from which point it retreats so as to form a very deep
and narrow sinus, the upper edge of which lies along the
upper carina, and whose apex occupies the depression between
the upper and lower carina. The lower edge of this sinus ad-
vances in a line much more oblique than its upper edge, which
is almost parallel to the suture; itis the deep curve of this sinus
which bends the lines of growth into so strong a curve as they
cross the whorls. Jnner lip is spread across the body as a thin
glaze; it thickens a little toward the base of the pillar, round
and behind which it spreads, so as to leave a minute umbilical
pore. Pillar is very straight in the line of the axis, but is bent
backwards more than is usual in the genus; its edge is narrow,
rounded above, with a brilliant milky gauze, slightly reverted and
sharp below, and ending in a fine pomt. H. 1:25. B. 04,
least 0°38. Penultimate whorl, height 0:18. Mouth, height
0:28, breadth 0°22.
LINN, JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XV, 17

220 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

This resembles the Twurritella sinuata, Reeve ; but in that the
apex is much finer, the earlier suture much shallower, and the
whorls of much slower increase. Itis extremely like some speci-
mens in the British Museum, on a tablet numbered “ 906. Bass
Strait,” and on the back of which there is written “ 45 fms., coarse
sand and dead shells ;’’ but they are, 1 think, distinct. In many
respects it recalls the well-known Mediterranean and Atlantic
species Z. triplicata, Broc.; but it is a smaller and more delicate
species than that, and the finer spiral sculpture is very much
more delicate and irregular.

2. TURRITELLA ACCISA, 0. Sp.

St. 162. April 2, 1874. Lat. 89° 10’ 30" S., long. 146° 37’ E.
S.E. Australia, off E. Moncceur Island, Bass Strait. 88-40 fms.
Sand. Y

Shell_—Subulate, a very little contracted at the edge of the
flattish and little conical base, with a strongly fur-
rowed suture, on the lip a deep sharp sinus, thin-
nish, speckled. Scwlptwre. The surface is closely
covered with very fine sharp scratches on the 2
highly curved lines of growth, which are specially ae

ral sinus of
crisp on the bee, where they are flexuous and Typprtelia ac-
unbroken. cisa, W.
two keels, one Tae bout 0:04 millim. from) the top,
the other a little further (about 0°05 millim.) from the bottom
of the whorl: both are blunt, roundly swollen bands defined by
the sutural contraction, but the upper one is slightly the sharper ;
the under one is the stronger and better defined, the sutural con-
traction below it being more abrupt instead of presenting the
mere sloping shoulder which lies between the upper band and
the suture. Between these two carinations the slightly im-
pressed surface is scored by several threads and furrows, of
which sometimes one, sometimes two are stronger than the rest.
Similar threads, but with feebler furrows, occupy the suprasu-
tural contraction, the suture being marginated on its upperside
by a small slightly swollen band; where the suture ceases at
the upper corner of the mouth, this band forms the roundly angu-
lated edge of the base, strongly defined by the furrow which
lies above it. Besides these stronger spirals, the whole surface
is irregularly scored with fine spiral threads. Towards the apex
the minuter sculpture disappears, the two keels lose their pro-
minence, and the whorls are sharply carinated by one of the

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 221

in termediate threads; the first two whorls are smooth. Colour a
brownish yellow, with ruddy spots of undefined outline. These
spots on the keels are large, on the intermediate threads they are
small; they follow in their direction the curves of growth; the
upper part of the spire and the middle of the base have a suf-
fused stain of this colour. Spire is high, narrow, and perfectly
conical. Apex very fine, ending in a minute, transparent, glassy
knob, which is not in the least depressed or spread out. Whorls
15-16, of very gradual increase, almost flat on the sides, with a
strong constriction below and a more gradual contraction above;
the upper whorls are angulated. There is a slight contraction,
and within that an angulation round the edge of the base, which
is flattish and slightly conical. The first twoare hyaline. Suture
sharp and strongly defined. Mouth rather large, almost round.
Outer lip scarcely advancing, sweeping freely out with a rounded
curve from the body to the pillar, and rather patulous throughout,
especially at the point of the pillar, where there is a slight canal.
Between the two keels there is a deep V-shaped sinus, the form
of which is preserved in the curves of growth. nner lip is
spread as a thin brown glaze, which just encompasses the base of
the pillar. The pillar is narrow, rounded, with the lip-edge just
turned back on it; it is curved and rather bent backward; the
basal lip sweeps out beyond the point of it. H. 1:15. B. 0°34,
least 0°31. Penultimate whorl, height 0°18. Mouth, height 0°21,
breadth 0:17.

There are unnamed specimens of this species on a tablet in
the British Museum numbered “ 9246. Bass Strait, 40 fms.” Itis
very like Turritella pagoda, Rve.; but that is a narrower shell, of
slower increase, and with fewer spirals. 7. sinuata, Rve.. is also
slimmer and smoother, of slower increase, flatter whorls, and
finer apex. TZ. Gunniz is very like, but is smoother, and has a
still deeper and more impressed suture. In general aspect of
form, colour, and sculpture it resembles 7. conspersa, Ad. & Rve. ;
but the resemblance utterly disappears on closer observation.
That is broader and squarer in the base, the colour is more blotchy
and. less suffused, the upper whorls of the spire are finer, the
suture is much more impressed, and the whorls are much more
angulated; it has no deep labial sinus, nor is any trace of. that
left on the lines of growth. The TF. incisa, Tenison Woods,
45 fms., from Port Jackson, has the deep narrow sinus of this
species, but seems to be a much smaller shell relatively to the

dy fi

222 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

number of whorls, 11 millims. to 18 whorls being his measure-
ment. Turritella accisa differs from T. runcinata, W., in being
smaller, narrower, suture much deeper, upper whorls angulated
and sculptured, not rounded, and smooth; and the apex is much
finer and sharper, and is hyaline white, while in that species it is
brownish yellow and hardly translucent.

3. TURRITELLA CARLOTTA, N. sp.

St. 162. April 2, 1874. Lat. 39° 10! 80" S., long. 146° 37! B.
Monceeur Island, Bass Strait. 88-40 fms. Sand.

St. 167 a. June 27, 1874. Lat. 41° 4’ S., long. 174° 19! E.
Queen Charlotte Sound, New Zealand. 10 fms. Mud.

Shell. High, narrow, conical, with slightly impressed suture
and an angular flattened base, thin, translucent, with fine ruddy
spiralthreads. Sculpture. Longitudinals—there are fine, thread- -
like, close-set curved lines of growth. Spirals—there are two prin-
cipal, two secondary, and very many minor spirals; but the rela-
tive value of these varies a good deal; they are little raised, but
distinct. The base is covered with fine crowded spirals, of which
those near the edge are stronger than the rest. The microscopic
system of spirals is fine, sharp, and distinct. Colour yellowish
ashy white, with a suffused ruddy brown on the upper part of the
whorls, anda stronger shade of the same colour defining the more
important spirals. The colour becomes altogether paler up the
spire, and the apex is white. Spire very perfectly conical; but
the profile lines are interrupted by the impressed sutures. Apex
small, rounded, smooth and glossy, consisting of 13 embryonic
whorl; the next whorl is slightly angulated, after which the
regular sculpture begins. Whorls 15, very slightly convex on
the sides, contracting gradually upwards into the suture; towards
the bottom of the whorl the contraction into the suture is
shorter, straighter (7. e. less convex), and more rapid; they are
of very gradual and regular increase. Towards the upper part of
the spire the curve of the profile line of each whorl becomes in-
creasingly stronger. The base is flat, very slightly conical, sharply
angulated, and not contracted at the edge. Suture very slight,
but well defined. Mouth small, angularly rounded, a little higher
than broad. Outer lip a little drawn in and advancing on the
edge of the base, descends straight to the lower outer angle, is
flat across the base, and a little patulous in front of the pillar-point.
The generic sinus in the outer lip is parabolic in form. Inner
lip. There is not (though the specimens are full-grown) even a

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 223

glaze across the body nor round the base of the pillar; but on
older specimens this may probably exist. Pillar is a little con-
eave, rather direct, with a thin rounded edge. Hpidermis a very
thin and delicate calcareous membrane, obviously not extraneous ;
it adheres to the top of the spirals and stretches across their fur-
rows. It is sparsely cleft by minute gaping rents in the direc-
tion of the lines of growth, and the microscopic sculpture of the
shell is traceable in it, but rather on its under than its upper sur-
face. H.0°95. B.0:28, least 0°25. Penultimate whorl, height 0°15,
Mouth, height 0°16, breadth 0:14.

This species has some resemblance, both in form and sculpture,
to Z. knysnaensis, Krauss, but it is narrower, suture less im-
pressed, whorls not so convex; the embryonic apex is very like,
but in the ‘Challenger’ species it is a little more swollen and

depressed.

4, TURRITELLA PHILIPPENSIS, 0. sp.

St. 161. April 1, 1874. Lat. 38° 22' 30" S., long. 144° 36’ 30” E.
Off entrance to Port Philip, 8S. Australia. 38 fms. Sand.

Shell.—A. narrow cone ending a little abruptly in a sharp point,
profile lines straight, base angulated and flat, of a suffused brown
colour with longitudinal brown flecks. Sculpture. Longitudinals
—fine, numerous, close, much-curved lines of growth. Spirals—
there is a slight angulated swelling at the top and bottom of each
whorl (that at the top being rather nearer the suture than that at
the bottom); between these the surface of the whorl is slightly
concave, with a flat feebly projecting band in the middle, the
upper and lower edge of which is defined by a spiral thread ;
besides these, which are absent in the upper whorls, the whole
surface is marked by irregular and unequal narrow and almost
obsolete spiral threads, which are stronger on the base. The
generic microscopic spirals are strong, but without delicacy or
depth. Colowr ruddy light brown, with darker longitudinal
curved flecks; on the upper whorls the centre of the whorl is
coloured and the top and bottom is white ; the three apical whorls
are porcellanous white. Spire pertectly conical in its profile lines.
Apex, the last whorl contracts suddenly and rises in a fine
rounded, but almost sharp, point. Whorls 11; but the shell is
not full-grown. ‘They are almost flat on the sides, with a slight
angular contraction into the suture above and below; the flat
base is angulated at the edge and iy a little conical. Suture is
slightly impressed by a shallow broadish angular depression

224 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

Mouth, outer and inner lip, and pillar are not fully developed. The
generic sinus is parabolic shaped. H.061. B. 0-19, least 0:17.
Penultimate whorl, height 0°12. Mouth, height 0:13, breadth 0:1.

This species is somewhat like Turritella sinuata, Rve., but is
a narrower shell with higher whorls, which are less conyex ; the
apical whorls are much larger, and the apex itself sharper and more
prominent.

5. TuRRITELLA CORDISMEI, 0. sp.

St. 162. April 2, 1874. Lat. 39° 10’ 30"S., long. 146° 37’ B,
Moncceur Island, Bass Strait. 388-40 fms. Mud.

Shell.—A very narrow cone ending in a small, slightly swollen,
rounded, and depressed point, rather glossy, of a suffused yel-
lowish-brown colour with ruddy spots. Sculpture. Longitudi-
nals—there are many fine, close-set, deeply curved lines of growth.
Spirals—on the edge of the base there are two strongish flattish
threads, the lower a little contracted within the other ; they are
parted by a flat open furrow, in the bottom of which runs a fine
thread: similar to this last there are about six equally parted
spiral threads on the side of the whorls, and about seven, closer
set, on the base ; besides these there are several finer ones. The
microscopic spirals of the genus are sharp and distinct. Oolour
a suffused yellowish brown, with small ruddy-brown and white
flecks on the upper part of the whorls. The apex is glassy white.
The whole shell is rather polished. Spire high and perfectly
conical. Apex consists of 13 small, rounded, slightly tumid and
depressed whorl. Whorls 12 (but the shell is not full-grown);
they are a little convex on the side, with a slight gradual
rounded contraction into the suture above and below; but the
convexity is less on the earlier whorls. The edge of the base is
faintly contracted and bluntly angulated; the base is a little
convex and but slightly conical. Mouth Jc. not fully developed.
The generic sinus on the outer lip is a deep semioval. H. 0-44,
B. 0:13, least 0:12. Penultimate whorl, height 0:07. Mouth,
height 0:1, breadth 0-08,

With some resemblance to 7. philippensis, this species is much
smaller, and differs entirely in sculpture and in the form of the
whorls aud shape of the apex.

6. TURRITELLA AUSTRINA, n. sp.
St. 1446. December 26, 1873. Lat 46°?! ?! §., long. 37° P! Pll Fy,
Off Marion Island, Prince Edward Island. 100 fms.

MOLLUSCA OF THE‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 225

St. 149d. January 20, 1874. Lat. 49° 23! S., long. 70° 13! E.
Royal Sound, Kerguelen. 28 fms. Mud.

Shell.—Conical, with rounded whorls, basal angle, and base, a
deeply impressed suture, a fine tapering point, a round mouth,
two strong spiral threads on each whorl, a very distinct yellow
epidermis. Sculpture. Longitudinals—there are many fine, faint,
close-set, semicircular lines of growth preserving the curve of the
labral sinus. Spirals—there are two strong rounded threads about
one third of the whorl’s height apart; they are nearly equally
prominent and angulate the whorls, strongly in the earlier, less
so in the later stages of growth. Between these is a shallow open
furrow, in the middle of which is a fine narrow thread; one or
two similar threads lie remotely on the upper slope of the whorl,
where it contracts gradually into the suture ; one spiral thread of
the same kind lies in the open furrow, which abruptly contracts
the bottom of the whorl into the suture. The edge of the base is
contracted and rounded, with a strong spiral thread which meets
the outer lip; the base is smooth but for the sharp and very
strong generic spiral lines which cover the whole surface and are
not microscopic, being easily seen witha lens. Colowr porcella-
nous white under the straw-yellow epidermis. Spire high and
conical ; but its profile lines are deeply interrupted by the strongly
contracted sutures. Apes drawn out to a fine, prominent, but
rounded and slightly tumid point. Whorls 12, well rounded, with
a slight double carination ; the two carinating threads lie nearer
the bottom of the whorl ; they are separated by a shallow furrow :
beneath the under one the whorl is sharply contracted into the
suture, while from the upper keel the whorl slopes by a regular
curve into the superior suture. The first 6 or 7 whorls are
markedly smaller than those which follow. The base is round and
rather prominent. Sutwre fine, but strongly marked by the con-
traction above and below. Mouth rather small, round. Outer
lip slightly advancing on the edge of the base, somewhat open,
very slightly angulated at the lower outer corner, a very little flat-
tened on the base, patulous, and a little angulated at the point of
the pillar. nner lip crosses the body and coils round the base
of the pillar as a very thin glaze. Pvllar a little oblique, curved,
patulous, sharp, and with a distinct twist on the edge. Hpi-
dermis very distinct, thin, membranaceous, and marked with the
fine generic spiral lines; it is very caducous. In drying it
seems to have risen through contraction, so as to remain attached

226 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

to the summit of the spirals, while it stretches across the inter-
vening furrows. Operculwm small, darkish brown, of very many
flanged whorls. H.0°8. B. 0°25, least 0°21. Penultimate whorl,
height 0°12. Mouth, height 0:18, breadth 0:15.

This species is very like our British Turritella terebra, L., but
is stumpier in form, smaller, with a much more impressed suture,
and fewer spiral threads. Than 7. Hookeri, Rve., Antarctic Expe-
dition, this is also much stumpier, the apex is rounder and blunter,
and the suture is deeper. Than Z. pagoda, Rve., from which
it also differs in form and suture, it is distinguished by a finer
apex, and in that the second spiral thread is much weaker than
in the ‘Challenger’ species. Than 7. knysnaensis, Krauss, it
differs in being stumpier, with a finer drawn and yet at last ab-
rupter apex. It extremely resembles 7. duplicata, L., but in
form is stumpier, and the spiral threads are fewer. TZ. triplicata,.
Broc., has also more strong and very many more fine spirals.

7. TURRITELLA DELICIOSA, 0. sp.

St. 1856. August 31, 1874. Lat. 11° 38’ 15” S., long.
143° 59' 38" EH. Raine Island, Cape York, N. Australia. 155 fms.
Sand and shells.

Shell.—Conical, with bicarinated contracted whorls and im-
pressed suture, rounded base, blunt, rounded, and slightly tumid
apex, porcellanous glossy white. Sculpture. Longitudinals—
there are very many, irregular, close-set, fine, strongly curved
lines of growth, which preserve the curve of the labial sinus.
Spirals—each whorl is carinated by two strong, broad, rounded
threads, of which the lower les about one fourth of the height of
the whorl above the inferior suture, while the upper is slightly
nearer the superior suture. Close above each is a minute thread
which is like the shadow of the others. Between the two keels
the surface of the whorl is impressed by a broad, shallow, rounded
furrow, in the bottom of which is a spiral thread intermediate in
strength betweeu the keels and their shadows. On the base there
are about nine small spiral threads, the innermost of which are
feebler than the rest; they are parted by slight shallow furrows
which are narrower than the threads. The generic microscopic
fretting can only be made out in peculiarly good light; but
though very faint, it is certainly present in the furrows. Colour
porcellanous, almost hyaline. Spire conical, drawn out, the pro-
file lines just a little interrupted by the carinations of the whorls.

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 227

Apex small, consisting of two embryonic whorls, perfectly
rounded, not depressed, slightly tumid, hyaline. Whorls 12, of
very slow and regular growth, prominent at the keels, but con-
tracted above and below and in the middle. The last is round
and prominent on the base, in the centre of which it is impressed
in an open umbilical pit. Swtwre very fine and inconspicuous ;
towards the end of the last whorl it is very deeply sunk, from the
contraction of the outer lip upon the base. Mouth small, rectan-
gularly triangular, the right angle being at the base of the pillar.
Outer lip advancing a good deal at its junction with the base, and
drawn in very much toward the base of the pillar, so that at this
point its direction is very nearly at right angles to that of the shell’s
axis, curving a little, and retreating into the labral sinus; it here
meets the nearly straight line of the patulous and prominent basal
lip, which almost forms a sinus at the point of the pillar. Inner
lip carried as a thin glaze across the body and round the base of
the pillar, so as almost to form an umbilical chink behind it.
Pillar perpendicular, straight, with a slight twisted swelling at
about one third of its length; the edgeis very thin and narrow,
flat, patulous, and projecting at the side of the pillar as a small
ledge. H. 0°35. 3B. 0:085, least 0°072. Penultimate whorl,
height 0:038. Mouth, height 0:053, breadth 0:055.

This very beautiful little shell has some features which recall
Bittium ; but it has a distinct canal at the point of the pillar,
and it has the labral sinus of Turritella as well as the peculiar
microscopic spiral fretting of the genus, though this feature is
very obsolete. It has, on the other hand, some features of strong
individual peculiarity which separate it from any Turritella known
tome. These are its pure hyaline porcellanous colour, its pecu-
liar triangular-shaped mouth, and the Vertagus-like swelling on
the pillar-lip, which, however, is not to be fonnd in the earlier
stages of growth, as no trace of it appears in the many broken
specimens. In general aspect it somewhat resembles Cerithiopsis
Jeffreysi, EH. Sm.; but that species is much more attenuated and
ends in a sharp apex, has three strong spiral threads, and. is
longitudinally ribbed.

8. TURRITELLA (ToRCULA) ADMIRABILTS, 0. sp.

March 7, 1875. Admiralty Islands, N.E. of Papua. 16-
25 fms.

Shell.—Conical, with a very slight convexity, angulated at the
edge of the hollowed base, with a shallow impressed suture ; whorls

228 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

a little rounded, slopingly shouldered above with a broad open
labial sinus. Sculpture. There are very faint sharp curved lines
of growth, strongest, as usual, on the base. Spirals—besides the
bluntly angulated and slightly swollen basal carina, which appears
as a slight projection above the suture at the base of each whorl,
there are two threads whose prominence slightly carinates each
whorl; they nearly trisect the whorl, but that the highest is a.
little more than a third of the whorl’s height below the suture.
There is another thread as broad, but less prominent, halfway
between the lowest carinal thread and that above the suture ;
another, narrower, appears less than halfway between the upper
earinal thread and the suture. On the upper whorls the upper
carinal thread becomes much the most dominant and angulates
the whorls. Besides these, the surface is closely covered with
unequal, fine, flat-topped threads parted by very narrow square-
cut furrows. There are of these threads about fifty above the
basal carina of the last whorl. On the base there are about the
same number, or rather more, of similar threads; but the furrows
are opener and shallower. Of these basal threads some six or
seven are rather stronger than the rest. They are all a little in-
terrupted on the base by the radiating lines of growth. Besides
these lies, the whole surface is exquisitely fretted with delicate
close-set, microscopic spirals, of which about four go to zyg5 10.,
and much more coarsely scored with longitudinal bars (about one
thousandth of an inch apart), which in the furrows of the larger
system of spirals appear like the sharp edges of very thin lamelle,
and which are probably in some way connected with the epidermis
of the shell. The whole of this microscopic system of sculpture
is present on the base. Colour porcellanous white, irregularly
stained with suffused streaky blotches of ruddy brown, which
appears as minute sparse specks on the carinal threads and on the
base. Spire is high, narrow, and slightly scalar. Apex is broken.
Whorls. There have evidently been 16-17 (but the first two or
three are gone), of very regular increase ; a few near the apex are
angulated in the middle, but all the others are concayely and
slopingly shouldered below the suture, somewhat straight in the
middle, and slightly contracted below, where they project a very
little at the suture beyond the top of the succeeding whorl. The
edge of the slightly concave and barely conical base is right-
angled. Sutwre defined only by the small ledge which projects
above it. Mouth square, bluntly pointed above, and rounded on

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 229

the outer lip. Outer lip advancing a little on the edge of the
base, bending outwards and a little patulous to the upper eari-
nation, from which point it runs straight to the outer lower angle,
flat across the base, patulous and slightly channelled towards the
point of the pillar, which it runs beyond. The generic sinus is a
mere open concave curve. Inner lip crosses the body more as a
polish than a glaze. Pellar perpendicular, white, with a slight
twist, narrow, and with a flattened and patulous rather than re-
verted edge. H. 1:55. 3B. 0°47, least 0°46. Penultimate whorl,
height 0°23. Mouth, height 0°25, breadth 0:23.

This species is in form very like 7. conspersa, Ad. & Rve., from
the “ China Seas;’’ but that has the lirations equal, the whorls
are more angulated, and the angulation is not formed, as in 7. ad-
mirabilis, by athread, but by a swelling in the whorl itself. The
sculpture extremely resembles J. becolor, Ad. & Rve., “China
Seas ;”? but that is in form very much more attenuated, has the
suture much deeper, and the individual whorls are higher in pro-
portion to their breadth.

9. TurriTenia (TorcULA) LAMELLOSA, Nn. sp.

St. 162. April 2, 1874. Lat. 39° 10’ 30”S., long. 146° 37’ E.
Off E. Moncceur Island, Bass Strait. 38-40 fms. Sand.

Shell.—Like a Terebra in sharpness and slimness, perfectly
conical, angulated at the edge of the base, which is flattish, with
a strong, concavely curved, open, labial sinus, thin, translucent,
and very pale-coloured. Sculpture. There are very many close-set,
distinct, curved lines of growth, each of which is produced into a
small, thin, sharp, appressed lamella. Spirals—above each suture
the superior whorl projects in a slight rounded swelling, which
slopes gradually outwards on its upperside, is slightly angu-
lated at its greatest projection, and there defined by a fine thread,
from which point it is suddenly, but not quite sharply, contracted
into the suture. In some specimens this suprasutural swelling
is very slight, being checked by ashallow open constriction which
lies immediately above. The rest of the whorl is covered by a
series of fine threads and shallow open furrows, 6 to 10 or 12 in
number, varying much in strength and distance. Besides this
larger system of sculpture, the whole surface (lamelle and all) is
fretted with the most delicate microscopic spiral ridges and fur-
rows, which are faintly crimped longitudinally. The apical whorls
are pretty sharply carinated and angulated about the middle, and
are otherwise almost perfectly polished. Colowr yellow ashy

230 ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER ’ EXPEDITION.

white, with a few faint, suffused, small, ruddy blotches, chiefly or
the spiral threads, but sometimes continuously curvedly longitu-
dinal. The upper part of the spire is uniform white or ruddy.
Spire high, narrow, and sharp, with straight profile lines. Apew
glossy, porcellanous. The last 23 whorls contract rather sud-
denly to the very small, sharply rounded, and prominent point.
Whorls 16, perfectly flat, with a slight tendency to angular con-
vexity in the earlier ones, of very regular and gradual increase ;
the last is bluntly angulated on the edge of the base, which is
conical and slightly convex. Swtwre linear and very slightly im-
pressed, defined by the slight swelling of the base of the superior
whorl. Mouth small, square-shaped, but higher than broad.
Outer lip advances somewhat where it springs from the base, and is
here a little drawn in from the edge; it advances with a slight curve,
and isa little patulous toward the outer lower corner, is flat across
the base, and advances rather beyond the point of the pillar, where
there is aslight open canal. The generic sinus of the outer lip is
semicircular. Inner lip: a flat, but distinct, porcellanous white
callus crosses the body-whorl and spreads, but with decreasing
thickness, round the base of the pillar. The pillar is narrow,
rounded, and perpendicular. H.13. B.0:3, least 0:29. Penul-
timate whorl, height 0°18. Mouth, height 0:19, breadth 0:16.

T. Gunnii, Rve., from “ V. Diemens Land,’ has a much coarser
spire, a deeper suture, and the angle of the base more rounded.
In general aspect 7. declivis, Ad. & Rve., is not unlike, but
the ‘Challenger’ species is of more rapid increase, has not
the same projection above the suture, and the whole details of
sculpture are different; but the specimens of 7’. declivis in the
British Museum from the “ China Seas ”’ are in very bad condition.
It has some resemblance to 7. monilifera, Ad. & Rve., “China
Seas;” but is a thinner shell, not so fine toward the apex, and the
upper whorls want the angulation of that species.

ON THE POLYZOA OF THE NORTH-POLAR EXPEDITION. 231

List of Polyzoa collected by Captain H. W. Feilden in the North-
Polar Expedition ; with Descriptions of new Species. By
Grorce Busx, F.R.S.

[Read June 15, 1880.]
(Puate XIII.)

Suborder I. CHEILOSTOMATA, Busé.
Fam. 1. CeLLuLARIID aA, Bush.

Genus ScrurocentLartia, Van Ben.

1 ScRUPOCELLARIA ScABRA, Van Ben. (sp.).

Cellurina seabra, Van. Ben. Bull. Brug. t. xv. p. 73, figs. 3-6.

Cellularia scabra (forma typica), Smitt, Ofvers. Skand. Hafs-Bryozoer,
1867, pp. 283 & 314, tab. xvii. figs. 27-34.

Cellularia scrupea, Alder, Trans. Tynes. Field-Club, vol. iii. p. 148.

Serupocellaria scrupea, Busk, Quart. Journ. M. Se. iii. p. 254 (non
aliter).

Serupocellaria Delilii, Alder, ib. n. ser. iv. p. 107, pl. iv. figs. 4,8; ? Busk,
i.e. vu. p. 65, pl. xxu. figs. 1-3.

Scrupocellaria scabra, Norman, On Rare British Polyzoa, Q. J. Mic. Se.

vil. p. 214; Hincks, Polyzoa from Iceland and Labrador, Ann. N.
Hist. Jan. 1877, p. 98.

?Crisia Delilii, Audouin, Savigny, pl. xii. fig. 3.

Hab. Arctic Sea, August 11, 1875, 138-15 fms., stony bottom (H.
W. F.); Sir Edward Belcher’s Expedition! ; Hamilton Inlet, Lab-
rador (Wallich) ; Godhavn Harbour, Disco, 5-20 fms. (Norman) ;
Sabine Island, German Polar Expedition (teste Hincks) ; Parry’s
Island, Spitzbergen, 6-150 fms. (Smitt): Britain (Norman) ;
Northumberland coast (Alder): coast of Belgium (Van Ben.).

Upon further consideration of this species, | am inclined to
believe with Prof. Smitt and Mr. Norman that the northern form,
first accurately defined by M. Van Beneden, is not identical with
that to which, from its resemblance to Savigny’s figure, I gave
the name of Scrupocellaria Delilii; this was collected by Mr.
J. Y. Johnson at Madeira, and I have also seen a well-marked
specimen from Suda Bay, Crete, for which I am indebted to Prof.
W. K. Parker. In this latter more especially, the great size of
the lateral avicularia and the upright position and large size of
the yibracularium clearly indicate that it represents the species
figured by Savigny, and these are precisely the characters noticed
by Mr, Norman (J. ¢. p. 215) as distinctive of S. Delili from

232 MR. G. BUSK ON THE POLYZOA

S. scabra. In other respects, however, the resemblance between
the northern and southern forms is extremely close.

Genus Mentpra, Lame.

1. MEntpPra GRACILIS, mihi.

Char.—Zocecia much elongated, subtubular downwards ; aper-
ture oval, border slightly thickened ; usually a single spime on the
outer side above and occasionally one on the inner ; a broad arched,
gibbous, entire operculum ; anterior avicularium small, rare, and
only (?) on the median zocecium at a bifurcation. Median zow-
cium not mucronate ; five to nine cells inan internode. Polypide
with 12 tentacles.

Cellularia ternata (forma gracilis), Smitt, J. c. 1867, pp. 283-310, pl. xvi.

figs. 17, 18, 19, 20, 23, 24 (mon 21, 22), (exel. syn.).

Hab. Franklin-Pierce Bay,79° 29'N. lat., 13-15 fms. (A. W. F.);
Spitzbergen, 200 fms. (Smztt).

The differences between this form of MJenipea and the well-
known typical I. ternata appear to me to be so obvious that I
am quite unable to agree with Professor Smitt in considering them
merely in the light of varieties, 7. e. if we are to understand that
his “forma”’ is equivalent to ‘‘ variety.”

The points to which I would advert as affording sufficient marks
of distinction are :—

1. The greater number of zoccia in each internode.

2. The marginal spines being limited at most to two unjointed
ones.

3. The much greater expansion of the operculum.

4. The absence of a mucronate spine at the summit of the
median cell at a bifurcation, whilst in JZ. ternata there is always an
articulated spine or mucro in that situation and very often two.

Amongst the synonyms of his “forma gracilis,’ Prof. Smitt
gives my Menipea arctica. But upon again referring to the ori-
ginal type specimen of that species from Dr. Wallich’s collection,
procured in Hamilton’s Inlet, Labrador, 15 fms., the differences
appear to be quite as great as those which exist between JZ. gra-
cilis and DL. ternata. The general habit is altogether different,
and in IZ. arctica there is not the vestige of an operculum ; and the
median cell is mucronate, the mucro, however, not being articulated
as it usually is in JZ. ternata.

OF THE NORTH-POLAR EXPEDITION. Des

Fam. 2. BIcELLARIIDA, Bush.

Genus Buauta, Oken.

1. Bueura Murrayana, Johnst. (sp.).

Flustra Murrayana, Johnst., Sars, Danielssen, Packard.

Flabellaria spiralis, Gray, Brit. Radiata, p. 106.

Bugula Murrayana, Brit. M. Cat. p. 46, pl. 59; Smitt, 1. ¢. 1867,

pp. 291 & 348, tab. xvii. figs. 19-.27.

Avicella multispina, Van. Ben.

Hab. Franklin- Pierce Bay, 79° 29' N. lat. (2. W. F.) ; Hunde
or Hune Island, Davis Strait (Dr. Sutherland) ; Holsteinborg Har-
bour (Norman) : Ireland (Wallich, teste Hincks) ; Orkney (Lieut.
Thomas); Shetlaud (#. Forbes) ; Dublin coast (W. McCalia).

2. Bueuna FRUTICcOsA, Packard (sp.). Pl. XIII. fig. 1.

? Cellularia quadridentata, Lovén, MS. 1834 (teste Smitt).
Bugula Murrayana (forma quadridentata), Smitt, 1. c. pp. 292 & 351,
tab. xvul. figs. 25-27.

Menipea fruticosa, Packard, List of Labrador Animals, p. 9, pl.i. fig. 3.

Bugula Murrayana, var. fruticosa, Hincks, l.c. p.98; Norman, ‘ Valo-

rous’ Dredgings.

Without expressing any positive opinion as to whether
Packard’s form is to be regarded as specifically distinct from
B. Murrayana, 1 am inclined to look upon it in that leght*.
The much slenderer habit—the branches being very often biserial
—the usually total absence of marginal spines, or at most the
presence of not more than one on either side above, the com-
parative rarity, and in many specimens the entire absence, of avi-
cularia and their small size when existing, present to my mind a
set of characters quite sufficient to justify the distinction of the
- more northern form from the typical B. Murrayana, which would
appear but rarely to enter the Arctic zone, or at any rate to
belong more properly to the temperate.

However this may be, the more abundant of the two Bugulas
collected by Capt. Feilden agrees in all respects with Professor
Smitt’s figures 23 and 24; more especially as I have scarcely
noticed any zocecium with more than two very slender spines,
though four are mentioned in Prot. Smitt’s description.

* Since the above was in type I am more inclined to agree with those who
regard b, fruticosa as a variety of B. Murrayana.

234 MR. G. BUSK ON THE POLYZOA

Fam. 3. MEMBRANIPORIDE.

Genus Mempranreora, Blainv.

1. MemBranrpora unicorntis, Alder.
Membranipora unicornis, Alder, Cat. Zooph. North. & Durham, p. 56,
pl. vill. fig. 6.
Membranipora lineata (forma unicornis, 66. stadium longius adultum),
Smitt, 1. c. pp. 365-399, pl. xx. figs. 30, 31.
2? Reptofiustrella americana, D’Orbig.
Hab. Lat. 82° 27' N. (A. W. F.) ; Hamilton’s Inlet, Labrador,
15 fms. (Wallich!) ; Spitzbergen 6-50 fms.; boreal and arctic
seas generally (Smtt); coasts of Northumberland and Durham

(Alder).
Fam. 4. FLUSTRIDAZ.

Genus Frustra, B. W. Cat.

1. Fiusrra SERRULATA,n. sp. Pl. XITI. figs. 2, 3, 4.

Zoarium constituted of narrow, ligulate, bifurcated branches,
slightly expanded at the ends; zocecia ovoid or oblong, open in
front, except quite at the bottom, where there is a very narrow
calcareous expansion; border of aperture finely serrated or
beaded ; ocecia small, immersed.

Hab. Franklin-Pierce Bay, 13 fms. (7. W. F.).

This Flustra appears to be quite a distinct form. The growth
is irregularly branched, the branches or lobes varying in width
from one eighth to nearly one fourth of an inch, and they are usu-
ally forked and slightly expanded at the ends. The substance of
the zoarium is thick, and as it shrinks much in drying it is neces-
sary, in order to see the characters clearly, to expand it by boil-
ing in water, unless the specimen has been preserved in alcohol.
The peculiar finely serrulated or beaded border of the aperture
is a very distinctive character.

Fam. 5. EScHABIDA.

Genus Myriozoum, Donati.

1. Myrtozoum coaxrcratvm, Sars (sp.).
Cellepora coarctata, Sars, Reise Lof. og Finm. p. 28.
Leieschara (and Leiescharia) coarctata, id, N. Norsk. Polyz. p. 17,

OF THE NORTH-POLAR EXPEDITION, 235

Myriozoum coarctatum et subgracile, Hincks, 1, c. p. 106; Smitt, 1. c.
pp- 18 & 119.

Millepora truncata, Fabricius, Faun. Grenl. p. 432; Packard, 1. c.
(teste Smitt).

? Myriozoum subgracile, D’Orb. Pal. Frang. p. 662.

Millepora truncata (pars), Lamouroux ; Pallas.

Hab. (Forma subgracile). Franklin-Pierce Bay, Smith’s Sound,
13-15 fms. (H. W. F.); Arctic Sea (Sir Ed. Belcher’s Expedi-
tion!) ; South Labrador (Packard); Newfoundland (D’ Orbig.) ;
Spitzbergen, 19-80 fms. (Smitt); Greenland (Moller & Toreil) ;
Holsteinborg Harbour, entrance of Baffin’s Bay, 175 fms. (Nor-
man, ‘Valorous’ Dredgings); Ireland, 100 fms. (Wailich, teste
Hincks). (Forma coarctata) Norway (Strom, Sars, &c.) ; Finmark
(Loven, Sars).

That two apparently distinct forms of MWyriozoum are found
in the northern and Arctic seas admits of no doubt, The
Leieschara coarctata of Sars, with a large avicularium above the
mouth of almost every zocecium, appears at first sight to be quite
distinct from a slenderer form in which, as is often the case,
there are no avicularia to be seen, or, in other cases, they are rarely
and irregularly scattered amongst the mouths of the zocecia, are
of far smaller size, and arise, as it would seem, in the transfor-
mation of one of the pits or alveoli with which the surface of the
zoarium is covered. Or, again, avicularia may be seen in the
same situation as in the typical IZ. coarctatwm, but of small size
and very few in number. Upon the survey of numerous speci-
mens from different localities, it seems to me that a transition
can be traced between the typical form and that termed by
Prof. Smitt 2. subgracile, which, as he assumes, is in all
probability identical with MM. subgracile of D’Orbigny, from
Newfoundland.

The few specimens, probably belonging to not more than one
or two individual growths, collected by Captain Feilden are of
the subgracile type, which would appear in all cases to be the more
northern form.

It may be mentioned that there is a still slenderer, quite
unarmed species in North Japan, in which the zoarium is not
constricted, probably closely allied to the above.

Genus EscHaRa.
1. EscHara ELEGANTULA, D’ Orb.
Eschara elegantula, D’Orbigny (1851), Pal. Frane. p- 102; Smitt, 1. c.
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. Xv. 18

236 MR. G. BUSK ON THE POLYZOA

1867, pp. 24 & 151, tab. xxvi. figs. 140-146; Norman, ‘ Valorous’
dredgings.

Eschara saccata, Busi, Ann. N. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xvii. p. 33, pl. 1. fig. 1;

Sars, 1. ec. 1862, p. 6. 3

Hab. Cape Napoleon, Cape Fraser, Aug. 11, 1875 (4. W. F.);
Norway and Finmark (J/‘Andrew); Spitzbergen, Greenland,
Finmark, 30-60 fms. ( Zorell, Lovén, Sars); Newfoundland (D’ Or-
bigny); Hare Island, Waigat Straits, and lat. 66° 59’ N., long.
55° 27' W., 57 fms. (Norman, ‘ Valorous’ Dredgings).

As Professor Smitt states that he has compared specimens from
the Arctic Seas with the type specimen in M. d’Orbigny’s col-
lection at Paris, there can be no doubt cf the right to priority of
D’Orbigny’s designation. But I would remark that in none of
the specimens of H. elegantula that have come under my notice
have I observed the larger size of the lateral cells alluded to by ~
the French naturalist as characteristic of the Newfoundland
species.

The species is not mentioned by Mr. Hincks in his account
of Dr. Wallich’s collection from Iceland and Labrador; but I
have several specimens received from Dr. Wallich, though from
what precise locality is not recorded. ‘The only indication placed
upon them is “ Arctic Sea, 100 fms.”

2. EsCHARA PERPUSILLA, n. sp. Pl. XIII. fig. 5.

Zoarium diminutive, constituted of irregularly forked branches.
Stem and lower part of branches cylindrical, towards the ends
flattened. Zocecia fusiform, elongate; mouth looking directly
upwards (horizontal) ; anterior lip tridentate, the median denticle
wide and expanding, the lateral pointed, conical ; immediately in
front of the median denticle an avicularium about half the length
of the zoeecium, with a circular mandibie, which opens upwards
and backwards.

Hab. Arctic Sea, Aug. 11, 1875, 18-15 fms.; Franklin-Pierce
Bay, Smith’s Sound (H. W. F).

At first sight this form might be regarded as a very dwarf
variety of H. elegantula, from the circumstance that in the mature
condition the zocecium has an avicularium in the same situation
as the organ it occupies in that species. But further examina-
tion shows that the two forms are, in other respects, quite
distinct.

The characters by which E. perpusilla may be recognized
are :—

OF THE NORTH-POLAR EXPEDITION. 237

1. The far smaller size of the zoarium, which probably does not
exceed an inch in height, and the cylindrical form, for the most
part, of the stem and branches.

2. The smaller dimensions of the avicularium, and more espe-
cially of its mandible.

3. The tripartite dentition of the anterior or inferior lip.

4. The deep immersion of the mouth and of the orifice of the
avicularium in the older stages of growth, these parts, in fact, in
the stem and lower part of the branches being entirely overgrown
and obliterated. But before the complete closure is effected, the
mouth of the zocecium, with the orifice of the avicularium and the
median denticle immediately behind it, may be seen at the bottom
of a deep pit, the mouth at this stage presenting a trefoil form,
like the wound made by a leech-bite.

3. Escnara Sarsit, Sinztt (sp.).
Escharoides Sarsii, Smitt, J. c. 1867, pp. 24 & 158, pl. xxvi. figs. 147-
154.
Eschara rosacea, Sars, N. Norsk. Polyz. p. 3 (aon Busk).
- Cellepora cervicornis (var.), Sars, Reise Lof. og Finm. p. 28.

Hab. Franklin-Pierce Bay, Smith’s Sound, 13 fms.(H. W. #7.) ;
Spitzbergen, 20-60 fms. (Smitt); Greenland (loller § Torell) ;
Finmark, 80-100 fms. (Sars, fc.) ; Arctic Sea (Sir Ed. Belcher’s
Expedition); in lat. 74° O' S., 172° 0' E., 330 fins. (Hooker,
Voyage of ‘ Erebus’ and ‘ Terror ’).

In all the specimens I have examined in the present collec-
tion there is only a single avicularium on one side of the preoral
sinus. The species is particularly interesting as being identical
with one, of which I have specimens, collected by Sir J. Hooker,
on the voyage of the ‘Erebus’ and ‘Terror,’ in the Antarctic
seas, accompanied in the same collection by two other Arctic
species.

Genus Hemescuara, Bush.

1. HemescHARA sIncera, Smitt (sp.) (var. inermis).
Discopora sincera (forma Hemeschara), Smitt, 1. c. 1867, pp. 28 & 177
pl. xxvii. figs. 178-120.
Lepralia (Discopora) sincera, Hincks, 1. c. p. 102.
Hab. Franklin-Pierce Bay, Smith’s Sound, 13 fms. (on Celle-
pora cervicornis) (H. W. #.); Spitzbergen, 19-60 fms. (Smitz) ;
Finmark (ZLovén); Arctic sea, ?, 100 fms. (Walilich!); Hare

238 MR. G. BUSK ON THE POLYZOA

Island, Waigat Strait, entrance of Baffin’s Bay, 175 fms. (Wor-
man).

A specimen from Spitzbergen, for which I am indebted to Pro-
fessor Smitt, incrusts Hschara elegantula, and which is named by
him “ Discopora sincera,” differs from Capt. Feilden’s specimens
and those collected by Dr. Wallich, and in fact from all others that
have come under my observation, in the absence of any avicularium
on the side of the cell, and in the larger and more uniform size of
the zoccia. Mr. Hincks’s figure (/. ¢.) exactly represents Dr.
Wallich’s and Captain Feilden’s specimens. ‘This difference,
however, considering the other identical characters, cannot be
regarded as indicative of more than a variety.

2. HemescHara Lanpsporovit?, Johnst. (sp.).
Lepralia Landsborovii, Johnst. (pars) ; ? Brit. M. Cat. p. 66, pl. 86. —
fig. 1.
- Escharella Landsborovii (forma typica) (pars), Smitt, J. c. 1867, pp. 12
& 94, pl. xxiv. figs. 60-62 (non cetera).

Hab. Cape Fraser, 80 fms. (A. W. F., on worm-tube) ; Spitz-
bergen (Smitt) ; Greenland, Copenhagen Museum (teste Smitt).

I follow Professor Smitt in terming this form Landsborovit,
but am by no means satisfied that it should be referred to that
species. There is no doubt, however, of the identity of Captain
Feilden’s specimens with the form figured as above cited by Pro-
fessor Smitt. I should be more inclined to refer his Escharella
porifera to that type.

Fam. 6. CELLEPORID SA.

Genus CELLEPORA, Fabr.

1. CrLLEPORA CERVICORNIS, mihi. Pl. XIII. figs. 6,7, 8.

Cellepora cervicornis, Busk, Ann. N. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xviii. p. 32, pl. 1.
higcole

Cellepora pumicosa, Sars, Reise Lof. og Finm.; Danielssen (teste Smitt).

Celleporaria incrassata, Smitt, 1. c. 1867, pp. 33 & 198, pl. xviu. figs. 212-
216; D’Orbigny (pars); non Lamarck.

Celleporaria surcularis, Packard, teste Smitt.

? Cellepora coronopus, S. Wood, Crag Polyzoa, p. 57, pl. ix. figs. 1-3.

Cellepora incrassata, Hincks, J. c. p. 105.

Hab. Cape Napoleon, Cape Fraser (H. W. F.); Norway and
Finmark (M‘Andrew, Lovén, Fc.); Spitzbergen and Greenland

OF THE NORTH-POLAR EXPEDITION. 239

(very abundant), 16-160 fms. (clay and stone) (Simit¢) ; Newfound-
land (D’ Orbigny) ; ? Crag (fossil) (S. Wood); in lat. 66° 59' N.,
long. 55° 27’ W., 57 fms. (Norman).

Although there can be little doubt that this very abundant
Arctic species is included in M. d’Orbigny’s Celleporaria incras-
sata, I can see no reason whatever for considering that it has any
thing in common with the Mediterranean form figured by Mar-
sigli, which has an entirely different aspect, to judge from the
wretched figure contained in his work, and which was taken by
Lamarck as the type of his C. incrassata. I have therefore ven-
tured to retain the appellation I gave this species in 1856, deem-
ing it highly probable that it represented Mr. Couch’s species,
notwithstanding his statement that the branches are compressed,
whilst they are invariably cylindrical and tapering in the Arctic
form. Perhaps, however, in view of the multiple applications of
the name cervicornis to species of Eschara and Cellepora, it would
be better to use another term altogether.

The agreement in general aspect between this species and that
of the Crag Cellepora coronopus of Mr. Searles Wood is very
striking; but, upon comparison of the minute characters, I am not
prepared positively to regard the two as identical.

Suborder II. CYCLOSTOMATA.
Fam. 1. Diastoporips, Busk (Brit. M. Cat. pt. ii. p. 27).

Genus Mrsenreripora, Blainv.

1. MESENTERIPORA MEANDRINA ?, Searles Wood (sp.).

Diastopora meandrina, S. Wood, Ann. Nat. Hist. (1844) xii. p. 14.

Mesenteripora meandrina, Busk, Crag Polyzoa, p. 109, pl. xvii. fig. 2,
pl. xviii. fig. 4, pl. xx. fig. 2; Smitt, 1. c. 1866, pp. 398 & 432.

? Mesenteripora Eudesiana, M.-Edw. Sur les Crisies &c. pl. 14. fig. 1.

? Mesenteripora compressa, D’Orb. J. c. p. 756.

? Ditaxia compressa, Hagenow, Bryoz. Maastr. p. 50, pl. 4. fig. 10.

Hab. Franklin-Pierce Bay, Aug. 10, 1875,15 fms. (H.W. F.) ;
Greenland (Zoreil), 16-40 fms.; ? Corailine Crag (fossil) (S:.
Wood).

The resemblance between this species and the Mesenteripora
meandrina of the Coralline Crag is so close as hardly to admit of
doubt as to their identity. But in this regard I am disposed to
place more importance upon the absence of anastomoses between
the folds of the zoarium than Professor Smitt is willing to allow.

240 MR. G. BUSK ON THE POLYZOA

As the present collection affords only a single specimen of this
very interesting form, and that of small size as compared with
Crag specimens, it might fairly be allowed that the absence of
anastomoses was accidental, and consequent upon youth; but
when I find that the same character was presented in specimens
examined by Professor Smitt, and which, according to his mea-
surements, appear to have had about the same dimensions as the
one collected by Capt. Feilden, Iam much disposed to look upon
it as a very important differential character. I regarded it as
such in the case of the numerous fossil, mostly Cretaceous, forms
of Mesenteripora, and should be equally inclined to regard it as
distinctive between the existing Arctic species and that from the
Coralline Crag. Among other points of difference I would
mention :—

1. The greater thinness of the Crag species and the much
greater size attained by the zoarium.

2. The apparently thicker peristome, and (so far as can be
judged in fossil specimens that have been exposed perhaps to
attrition) the circumstance that the extremities of the zoccia
were not produced beyond the surface, or much less so than in
the recent form.

Genus TUBULIPORA.

1. TUBULIPORA VENTRICOSA, Bush.
Tubulipora ventricosa, Busk, Quart. Journ. Mic. Se. ii. p. 256, pl. ii.
figs. 3& 4; Brit. Mus. Cat. part in. p. 26, pl. 32. fig. 4 (same figure).
Tubulipora (subgenus Proboscina) incrassata (var. , forma erecta),
Smitt, l. c. 1866, p. 402, pl. v. fig. 4.
Hab. Arctic Sea, Aug. 11, 1875, 18-15 fms. (HZ. W. F);
Greenland (on fucus) (Dr. Sutherland).
I have omitted several synonyms given by Professor Smitt, not
feeling that any certainty can be attached to them.
Captain Feilden’s collection contains only a single specimen,
but this affords excellent characters.

Suborder III. CTENOSTOMATA.
Fam. 1. VESICULABIIDA.
Genus Farreua, Ehrenb.
1. Farreia Cees Pl) Xe hie AG.

Zocecia in opposite pairs at very distant intervals on a slender
tubular stem. The largest 0:06 x 0'-013.

OF THE NORTH-POLAR EXPEDITION. 241

The only Ctenostomatous species is represented by one or two
imperfect specimens parasitic upon Bugula fruticosa. These,
moreover, are so few and so much injured and overgrown by
Diatoms, that it is impossible to give an accurate definition of
the form, which does not appear to resemble any British species
with which I am acquainted, nor does it correspond with Leidy’s
description and figure of Bowerbankia gracilis. In case it be new,
it might be termed Furrella, or, if with a gizzard, perhaps
Bowerbankia arctica.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XIII.

Fig. 1. Bugula fruticosa, Packard. Portion, enlarged 25 diam.
2. Flustra serrulata, n. sp. Forked branch, of nat. size.
3. 50 re Another small piece, of natural size.
4, As 4 A portion, magnified 25 diam.
5. Eschara perpusilla, n. sp. A forked branch, magnified 25 diam.
6. Cellepora cervicornis, Busk. Bifurcating branched portion, of natural
dimensions.
7. A zocecium of C. cervicornis, enlarged 50 diam.
8. Zocecium of same, also magnified 50 diam,
9. Farrella arctica, n. sp. Portion, enlarged 25 diam.

On the Classification of Gasteropoda.—Part II. By Joun Dents
Macponaxp, M.D., F.R.S., Inspector Gen. R.N. (Commu-
nicated by G. HE. Dozson, M.B., F.L.S.)

[Read November 18, 1880.]

Tur Scutibranchiata, which were in my former system* incor-
rectly associated with the diccious Gasteropoda, have been
arranged in the above revised Table with the other Gasteropoda
Moneecia.

The conscientious naturalist, like the theologian, is always in
quest of the truth; and consequently, if he finds that this has
been arrived at by one or many workers, it need not be sub-
verted for the pure sake of change, or of presenting a subject in
a more novel garb. I have therefore adopted the very natural
and simple distribution of the Scutibranchiata given by Dr. Gray
in his ‘ Guide to Mollusca,’ carrying out an alteration which he
has himself suggested, and the propriety of which has indepen-

* See ‘ Transactions of the Linnean Society,’ vol. xxiii. p. 69 (1860).
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XY. 19

242, DR. J. D. MACDONALD ON THE

dently occurred to me when studying the Helicinide, and com-
paring them with the true Nerites, both aquatic and marine. I
would merely further take the liberty of inverting the order in
which Dr. Gray’s families are arranged, as being thus disposed
more in accordance with the method adopted in classifying other
natural groups in the first part of this paper. This will be per-
mitted, Iam sure, even by the most conservative, as by doing so no
natural affinities will be violated, while we shall have the satisfac-
tion of seeing that Helicina and its congeners are not thrown more
widely apart from the other so-called Pulmonifera operculata than
can possibly be helped. Raphidoglossa (or needle-beset tongue,
as the word implies) is scarcely descriptive enough, or even
suggestive of the complex and beautiful structure which it is in-
tended to express; but inasmuch as we have been now sufficiently
accustomed to associate the name with the thing signified, it |
would be unnecessary to alterit. The term Heteroglossa may also
be retained as indicative of what may be clearly recognized to be
a morphological modification of the primary type (Raphidoglossa).

Dr. Gray saw the necessity of arranging Proserpina and Ceres
with the Scutibranchiata, their dentition being raphidoglossal,
though it was only possible for him then to append them to what
had been already printed. He prepared the suborder Pseudo-
branchia for their reception. This was a step in the right direc-
tion; and doubtless if he had not been misled by some means
so as to have supposed the dentition of Helicina to be septiserial
instead of raphidoglossal, which it truly is, he would have placed
it in the same category with Proserpina and Ceres. There would
thus be good reason for removing both the Olygyrade* and Pro-
serpinide from their association with the Cyclophoride and Litto-
rinide.

If we now take the two orders Heteroglossa and Raphidoglossa,
and apply the test of analogy as suggested in the first part
of this paper, we shall find a rather interesting result. Thus
Cryptochiton in the former group would nearly represent the
shelless Deridotranchus in the latter; Patella would be answer- ~

* Olygyra, Say, is merely a synonym of Helicina, upon which Dr. Gray has
founded the family name Olygyrade, though the generic name of Helicina is
retained to the exclusion of Olygyra. Ina somewhat similar way the family

name Olivide is preseryed, while the generic name Strephona is made to super-
sede that of Oliva. '

NATURAL CLASSIFICATION OF THE GASTEROPODA. 243

able to Scutus or Parmophorus, and Dentalium to Fissurella;
while the further progress of shell-development is to be traced
through TLeinotis, Haliotis, Scissurella, Trochus, Turbo, Nerita,and
Neritina, winding up with the pulmoniferous genera Helicina,
Proserpina, and Ceres.

If all the genera given by Dr. Gray with Helicina as Olygyradex
really exhibit the raphidoglossal type of dentition, this group will
become of more importance than has hitherto been supposed.

Classification of the Gasteropoda (continued).

Division II. DIGCIA (sexes distinct).

Subdivision I. Lingual membrane unarmed, or with pleural teeth only.

Order I. Proboscis lengthy and completely retractile, or shorter and not com-
pletely retractile in the aberrant family of Zanthinide.

(a) Both rachis and pleurse unarmed .............sseseeeeeee eM a
Cancellartide.
(8) Pleure represented by a single (curved *, simple -- Pleurotomide.
series of teeth on each side } straight, { Sb sal.

| barbed... Conide.
( Outer teeth with additional

(ec) Dentition ia the fora} CUSPS ....5.0...c0eencecernees SLO
of a double pavement. | All the teeth simple and ) Scalariide.
L UNCINALC.........seeeeceeeees Lanthinide.

Subdivision II. Lingual membrane strap- or ribbon-like.

Order I. PrososcipireRa. Proboscis lengthy, retractile; ear-sacs with
otoliths.

Suborder 1. Ortnoponra. Dental processes in general pointing directly hack-
wards from or from near the posterior border of the basal plates.

(a) Lingual dentition uniserial (rachidiat) ........-.ssecccecscccecsereereeeees Volutide.
(ETERS) Strap short Mitride.
cual || Dismee peegessas 5 teeth short...... Fasciolariide.
pleure { numerous, small. { Strap long { ean lee Te
(8) Lingual foe | Dental processes few and large............eseses0 Turbinellide.
dentition < ( Uncinus witl an additional internal cusp ...... Buccinide.
triserial. Sen | Muricide.
anes Uncinus simple. | Cusps large and few......... Olivide.
ree Rachis armed. Harpade.
haat Cusps small and numerous. Twrritide.
( Uncinus foliated. Rachis unarmed ............... Columbeliide.

* For figures of the different forms of dentition here referred to, see my
paper “On the Homologies of the Dental Plates and Teeth of Proboscidiferous
Gasteropoda,” in Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1869, iii. pp. 113-116, pl. xiii.

t The ear-sacs in this family alone have otoconia; all the others have single
spherical otoliths.

Tighe

944, ON THE NATURAL CLASSIFICATION OF THE GASTEROPODA.

Suborder 2. Anactoponta. Ousps recurved from the fore part of the basal
plates. Dentition typically septiserial, but in some instances reduced to
5 or 3 rows by suppression,

Velutinide. Ranellide.

Naticide. Doliide.

Tritonide : Cassidide.
Strombide.

Order IT. Rostrirera. Muzzle simple or proboscis rudimenta ry.
Suborder 1. Orruoponra. Cusps direct.

Pelagic. Heteropoda.
Marine. Phoride.

Suborder 2. AnactoponTs. Cusps recurved.

( Cypreide.
Vermetide.

| Calyptreide.
Marine and littoral... { Planacide.
Littorinide.
Rissoide.
\ Truncatellide. Cerithiide.
| Melaniade. Cerithidea.

Paludinide. Potamidine.

Valvatide.

Recital Cyclostomide and Cyclophoride.
CER OR TO ieee their allies. Diplommatinide.

ENG ICESEIG50000000000000000

All the families in the first column have oftoliths in their ear-
sacs; the few on the right have otoconia. This may be signi-
ficant ; but the subject requires further study.

Just as we have found terrestrial, aquatic, and marine Nerites,
there is good promise that corresponding groups may be disco-
vered in relation to other types of Anaclodontous Rostrifera with
septiserial ribbons, the grouping of which is at present very im-
perfect. In this research, however, the shell-characters must be
subsidiary to the most critical record of the anatomy of well-
determined species, so as to afford legitimate grounds for their
adoption or rejection as the case may require.

. Indeed, from my own experience, I am quite sure that without
this test the assumption of the alliance of even one so-called
species with another founded on superficial resemblances can only
be guesswork, allowable certainly for convenience and provisional
arrangement, but it must always be amenable to the dictum of
more precise anatomical knowledge.

MOLLUSCA OF THE‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 245

Mottvusca oF H.M.S. ‘Cuattencer’ Exrepition.—Part VII.
By the Rev. Roprrt Booe Warsoy, B.A., F.R.S.E., F.L.S., &e.

[Published by permission of the Lords Commissioners of the Treasury. ]
[Read December 2, 1880.]

Families and Genera.

PYRAMIDELLID&, viz. Aclis, Fenella, Dunkeria?
Naticiv#, viz. Natica.

CASSIDEA, viz. Oniscia.

TRITONIDA, viz. Triton, Ranella, Nassaria.

Acuts, Lovén.

1. Aclis mizon, n. sp. 3. Aclis sarissa, 0. sp.

2. Aclis hyalina, nu. sp.

1. ACLIS MIZON, n. sp. (pet{wy, rather large.)

St. VII. vp. Feb. 10, 1878. Lat. 28° 35’ N., long. 16° 5’ W.
Teneriffe. 78fms. Coral.

Shell.—Broadly subulate, high, conical, umbilicated, thin,
glassy, feebly ribbed longitudinally. Sculpture. Longitudinals—
on the penultimate whorl there are about 40 feeble unequal
rounded riblets, which run obliquely from left to right across the
whorl; they die out on the last whorl, which, towards the mouth,
presents a slightly malleated surface ; on the upper whorls these
riblets are fewer but more equal and distinct, but gradually die
out towards the apex; they are parted by furrows rather broader
than themselves ; on the base they are very feebly present; the
whole surface is further covered with faint irregular hair-like
lines of growth. Spirals—there are a few very feeble, flatly-
rounded, barely raised threads on the last whorl; these are rather
more distinct on the base. The edge of the base is slightly and
hesitatingly angulated; the lip of the umbilicus is much more
distinctly and sharply so. Colour thin transparent white, so as
to be almost glassy. Spire conical, long and fine. Apex small,
quite regular, and perfectly rounded, with a minute flattening
down of the extreme point of the first whorl, merely sufficient to
prevent its being prominent. Whorls 15-16, of very gradual and
regular increase, rounded, but the equal curve is slightly flattened
for the first two fifths of the whorl’s height; the base is flatly
rounded and rather produced. Suture linear, regular, impressed.

246 REV. BR. BOOG WATSON ON THE

Mouth rather small, rhomboidal, having an acute angle above and
at the point of the pillar, and an obtuse angle at the corner of
the base and at the top of the pillar. Outer lip very thin and
sharp; it joins the body just at the circumbasal angulation, and
springs at once very much forward, so as to form with the body
a small, shallow, but acute-angled sinus; with a slight and regular
forward curve it thus advances to the angulation of the base,
from which it runs straight, flat, and slightly patulous to the
point of the pillar, which it joins at a bluntly-acute angle, form-
ing a slight but not at all incised canal. Pillar is not at all
oblique, but is very slightly concave. Inner lip is entirely discon-
tinuous across the body, and first makes its appearance in a small
and slight porcellanous pad, which closely encircles the base of
the pillar; its sharp-edged, narrow, and slightly patulous face
forms the entire pillar. Umbzlicus lies behind the thin pillar-lip,
and is a distinct, little, pervious, funnel-shaped pore, sharply de-
fined by the intrabasal carination. H.0°62. B.02. Penulti-
mate whorl, height 0:083. Mouth, height 0:12, breadth 0-088.

I doubt very much whether this species really belongs to thig
genus. From Sars’s Hemiaclis it seems, judging from his diagnosis
and excellent drawings, to be distinguished by the thinness of
the spire and by the minuteness of the apex, the size of the umbi-
licus, and the smallness of the mouth; in doubt, therefore, I
accept Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys’s advice, and classify it as an Aclis, a
convenient, because somewhat vague group. I have said that the
shell is broadly subulate. The measurements show very plainly
that it is so only relatively to its fellows in the genus.

2, ACLIS HYALINA, 0. sp.

St. 122. Sept. 10,1873. Lat. 9° 5’S., lone. 34° 50' W. Off
Pernambuco. 350 fms. Mud.

Shell.—Broadly subulate, high, conical, umbilicate, ribless or
very faintly ribbed on the earlier whorls, thin, glassy. Sculpture.
Longitudinals—there are very many, close-set, faint, irregular
angulations of the surface, which, besides, is covered with very fine
hair-like strie ; these under a lens look very sharp and regular,
but under the microscope are seen to be rounded and irregular,
made up of little inconstant curves, with changing swellings and
depressions. Spirals—the surface is faintly malleated in a some-
what orderly fashion ; but besides the larger system of malleations
there is a second system a good deal smaller and more irregular,

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 24,7

and the raised edges of these very slight depressions run in very
numerous irregular and variable spiral lines, which are so slight
as only to be visible in a changing light. On the base the longi-
tudinal strie are rather stronger, and the spiral system feebler
than on the spire. The edge of the base is rounded, but there is
- a change of course at that part which produces a very slight an-
gulation. The lip of the small umbilicus is thickened and angu-
lated. Colowr glossy on the surface; the shell is milkily trans-
parent, glassy, and thin. Spire conical, with a very slightly
concave profile, long and fine. Apex small, rounded, but with a
very slight contraction and prominence on one side, in consequence
of the extreme tip being not entirely suppressed. Whorls 12, of
gradual and regular increase, convex ; the base is rounded, slightly
tumid, and produced. Sutwre linear, regular, rather sharply
though minutely impressed. JZouth small, oval. Outer lip leaves
the body a little below the contraction of the base ; from this
point it advances forwards so as to form with the body a small
but acute-angled sinus; it sweeps round, not patulous, with a
very regular curve to the point of the pillar, which it joins at a
bluntly-acute angle, and forms there a slight but not at all incised
canal. Pillar is very slightly oblique and a little concave. Inner
lip is entirely discontinuous across the body, and first appears in
a minute thin abrupt edge, which surrounds the base of the pillar;
_ its very thin, narrow, and slightly patulous face forms the entire
pillar. Umbilicus lies behind the thin pillar-lip, and is a minute
deep funnel-shaped pore, sharply defined by its angulated and
thickened basal lip. H. 0:42. B.0:15. Penultimate whorl, height
0:062. Mouth, height 0:094, breadth 0-064.

This species is very closely related to A. mizon, W., and in any
classification they will certainly go together. From that species
this differs not only in the ribs, which are probably a very vari-
able feature, but, besides, the shell is proportionally broader, the
spire is less attenuated, the base is rounder and more tumid, the
suture is more linearly itnpressed and less open, the whorls are
more regularly rounded and of more rapid increase, the apex is
larger, and the extreme tip is more projecting.

3. ACKIS SARTSSA, D. sp. (sarissa, a pike.)

St. 122. Sept. 10, 1873. Lat. 9° 5’ S., long. 34° 50' W. Off
Pernambuco. 350 fms. Mud.

Shell.—Subulate, conical, smooth, white, glossy, with rounded

248 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

whorls and a somewhat impressed suture. Sculpture. Longitu-
dinals—there are a few very minute and faint lines of growth.
Spirals—there are a few irregular and very slight transverse
angulations, which are connected with a very subdued and almost
invisible malleated surface, which may be seen in a changing
light. Colour white, probably transparent in fresh specimens ;
the surface, which is glassy, is very smooth. Spire conical, but
not quite regularly so, being slightly convex in the middle and
very faintly concave above and below. Apex, for the genus and
relatively to size, blunt, almost slightly tumid, round, but with
the faintest conceivable prominence on one side of the extreme
tip. Whorls 9, of regular increase, though the last is a little dis-
proportionally large, well rounded; the last, which is slightly
tumid, has a very faint trace of angulation below the suture and
at the edge of the base, which is flatly rounded and projecting,
with a slightly thickened and angulated carination round the
umbilicus. Swtwre linear, impressed, and very slightly oblique.
Mouth oval, bluntly angulated above, effuse on the base and
slightly so on the outer lip. Outer lip is slightly pinched in at
its union with the body ; from this point it runs out to the right
with a free curve, but, speedily turning to the left, its course is
straight, and here it is prominent, and it becomes increasingly
patulous as it curves quickly round to join the pillar. Pillar is
not at all oblique, but is slightly concave. Inner lip crosses the
body on a thin but sharply-edged pad; it is thin, sharp, and
scarcely patulous on the front of the pillar. Umbilicus: there is
a small funnel-shaped trough between the pillar-lip and the an-
gulated edge of the base, but this contracts immediately to a
mere chink. H. 0153. B.0-053. Penultimate whorl, height
0:026. Mouth, height 0-039, breadth 0-03.

This species is hke A. Walleri, Jeffr., but certainly distinct ;
the shell is broader, the whorls, which are fewer (9 instead of
11), are rounder, being less flattened, constricted above and less
bulgy below, the spire, which is less regularly conical, is not so
attenuated, the apex is not nearly so fine, and the surface of the
shell is smoother, the longitudinals being less visibJe, while the
malleated structure, which also exists in 4. Wailleri, is here even
less visible.

Frenetra, A. Ad.
I haye put this genus here rather for convenience than from

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 249

having any definite view of its true place. Mr. Adams considers
it most nearly connected with Rissoa (subgen. Alvania) ; ‘but his
description of the animal does not justify this estimate ; and, so
far as I am aware, its true place is undetermined.

FENELLA ELONGATA, 0. sp.

St. 24. March 25, 1873. Lat. 18° 38! 30” N., long. 65° 5! 30"
W. Culebra Island, St. Thomas, West Indies. 390 fms. Coral-
mud.

St. 78. July 10,1873. Lat. 37° 24’ N., long. 25° 13’ W. Off
San Miguel, Azores. 1000 fms. Globigerina-ooze.

Shell.—Small, high, narrow, conical, with deep wide sutures
and rounded whorls and base, translucent white. Sculpture.
Longitudinals—on the last whorl there are 12-13 narrow and
sharply-rounded, but not high, ribs, parted by furrows about four
times their width ; they cross the whorls with a slight sinistral ob-
liquity, and are abruptly interrupted on the last whorl by the edge
of a basal tabulation, where the entire base is levelled up beyond
the summit of the ribs, which thus all but disappear. On the
earlier whorls the ribs are rather fewer in number, and are some-
what closer set ; on the third they are crowded, on the second and
first they are absent. There are besides these very numerous,
close-set, rounded, microscopic threads on the lines of growth;
these, as usual, are most distinct on the base. Spirals—there
are on each whorl three very narrow rather prominent threads,
which rise into tubercles in crossing the longitudinal ribs. The
highest, which is the strongest, is about two fifths of the whorl’s
height below the suture, the costal tubercles on it are sharp and
prominent, and it forms a distinct though not strong carina; on
the last whorl the edge of the basal tabulation, which exactly
meets the outer lip, forms a fourth thread, and between all the
spirals there is a faint trace of one intermediate, like a shadow ;
on the tabulation of the base there are three or four very feeble
and faint rounded threads. Colowr glossy, transparent white.
Spire very high and narrow, perfectly conical, but having its out-
lines broken by the strong sutural contractions which constrict
the top and bottom of each whorl. Apex small and regularly
attenuated, but blunt and quite round, the extreme end being
slightly impressed. Whorls 124, of very gradual and regular in-
crease, with a sloping shoulder below the suture, roundly bulging
and slightly contracted into the suture below : the projection of the

250 REY. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

spiral threads gives the curve of the whorls a slight angulation,
which is strongest at the carinal or highest of the three threads ;
the base is rounded and scarcely at all projecting. Suture lies
in the bottom of a deep and broad angular constriction, and is well
marked above by a minute round thread. Mouth small, gibbously
oval, slightly pointed above and in front of the pillar. Outer lip
thin, advancing very little at its junction with the body, and there
a little contracted, slightly patulous in all the rest of its sweep.
Pillar very perpendicular, concave and narrow. Inner lip is
carried across the body as a thin glaze; it spreads out a very
little just at the base of the pillar, up which it advances with a
very narrow and slightly angulated, but not at all reverted edge.
H. 0:36. 3B. 0-1. Penultimate whorl, height 0°05. Mouth,
height 0°05, breadth 0:048.

This is a little shell of remarkable beauty. Its generic place
has been very difficult to determine. Its outer lip is a little
chipped, which has added to the difficulty. There are none of the
microscopic spirals which characterize Turvritella. ‘There is no
such siphonal canal as would justify its being classed as a Cerz-
thium. The longitudinal sculpture separates it from J/esalia.
Mr. Edgar Smith recommended Fenella, where it is now placed,
because nothing more satisfactory suggests itself. Mr.A.Adams’s
diagnosis of the genus* “ . . . labro simplici, acuto, non reflexo,
incrassato aut varicoso,’”’ implies that-the outer lip is not reflected,
but is either thickened or varicose. In none of the species de-
scribed is this feature mentioned; and Mr. E. Smith assures me
that among the Fenellas of the British Museum, “of which we
have several species and many specimens, I do not find any
thickening or varix on the labrum.” It seems probable, there-
fore, that Mr. Adams’s thought was “ non reflexo, incrassato nec
varicoso,”’ and that “aut” slipped in by accident and transformed
his meaning. Still, a slight difficulty remains, since the aperture
is not quite “integra antice,”’ as the old lines of growth indicate,
in spite of the chipped lip; but the indication of an “ emargina-
tion”’ is too slight, as is said above, to allow the shell being placed
under Cerithium.

DounKertia, Carp.
DUNKERIA FALCIFERA, 0. sp.
St. 56. May 29,1873. Lat. 32° 8’ 45" N., long. 64° 59’ 35” W.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1864, xiii. p. 40; Journ. de Conch. 1868, p. 47,
pl. iv. fig. 5,

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION, 251

Bermudas. Bottom temperature 38°°2. 1000-1075 fms. Grey
ooze.
Shell.—Small, high, conical, tapering a little abruptly to a fine

point, with rounded whorls and base, longitudinally and spirally

ribbed. Sculpture. Longitudinals—in the last two whorls there
are 14-15 rather narrow and sharpish ribs; they slowly increase
in number as one follows them up the spire; on the two subem-
bryonic whorls they suddenly increase to about 30. At the top
of each whorl they are small, sharp, and strongly convex towards
the left; lower down on the whorl they are straight; they are
parted by flattish furrows two to three times their breadth; on
the last whorl they are oblique and somewhat irregular in form
and arrangement, on the base they disappear. Besides these the
whole surface of ribs and furrows is scored with microscopic
rounded and very distinct threads. Spirals—on each whorl there
are five small rounded spiral threads; the highest and strongest
lies at about two fifths of the whorl’s breadth below the suture,
and forms an angular shoulder on the whorl, whose chief projec-
tion is at this point; the rest are pretty equally distributed on
the whorl; the fourth is weaker than the two above it, and the
fifth, which is still smaller, lies exactly at the suture. All of
these, but especially the first, rise into little sharpish knots as
they cross the ribs ; on the subembryonic whorls they disappear.
Oolour glossy, translucent white. Spire high and conical, but
the upper fourth of the shell tapers a little abruptly to a very
fine point; its outlines are broken by the strong sutural con-
striction. Apex: the extreme tip is broken. Whorls: there are
eight below the missing embryonic one, of rapid growth in height
and breadth; they have a sloping shoulder below the suture
down to their point of chief breadth at the carination ; from this
to the third spiral, where is also a slight carimation, they have a
straightish outline ; below this they contract on an equable curve
into the suture; the base is roundly conical. Suture: its place
is strongly defined by the constriction at the top and bottom of
each whorl and by the lowest spiral, which forms its upper edge,
but it is much interrupted and obscured by the curved points of
the ribs, which bend round convergingly into it. Mouth gib-
bously oval, being almost semicircular to the right and obliquely
straight on the body and pillar. Outer lip thin, advancing
strongly at its junction with the body, from which point it re-
treats with a rapid open curve, which produces the sickle-like

252 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

form of the ribs from which the species is named; across the base
it is slightly flattened and patulous, with a faint open canalicula-
tion towards the point of the pillar. Pillar, with a minute but
distinct twist, is very oblique both backwards and to the left; the
line of it runs very straight across the body and out nearly to the
point of the pillar, where it curves round to join the basal lip.
Inner lip: a thinnish porcellanous glaze crosses the body and
spreads a little outside of the mouth and round the base of the
pillar, to which it also forms a very narrow, thin, and flatly patulous
edge, which is angulated both to the inside and the out. H. 0°26.
B. 0:09. Penultimate whorl, height 0:044. Mouth, height 0° Oe
breadth 0:05.

This very beautiful little shell has some features of resemblance
to the last (Fenella elongata, W.). The twist on the pillar-lip,
though very slight, is unmistakable; and this feature makes the
absence of the extreme tip of the apex the more to be regretted,
as its character would have determined whether this species ought
not more properly to have been classed among the Odostomias.
Dunkeria, however, has an elasticity which makes it very suitable
for a doubtful classification. Dr. Philip Carpenter, in the Ma-
zatlan Catalogue, p. 433, in establishing the subgenus, says that
it “combines the characters of Chemnitzia and Aclis, presenting
the mouth of the former with the rounded whorls of the latter.
It agrees with all the other sections of the family in having its
limits badly defined.”

Narttca, Adanson.

1. WV. philippinensis, n. sp. 7. IV. leptalea, n. sp.
2. NV. atypha, un. sp. 8. IV. xantha, nu. sp.
3. LV. pseustes, 0. sp. 9. WV. prasina, 0. sp.
4. NV. sutwralis, 0. sp. 10. WN. fartilis, n. sp.
5. LV. radiata, n. sp. 11. LV. apora, un. sp.
6. WV. amphiala, n. sp.

1. Narica PHILIPPINENSIS, 0. sp.

St. 210. Jan. 25, 1875. Lat. 9° 26’ N., long. 123° 45’ BH. Phi-
lippines. 375 fms. Mud. Bottom temperature 54°-1.

Shell.Rather depressedly but conically globose, umbilicate,
with rounded prominent whorls, thickish, slightly ribbed and
spirally striate, yellowish, with a brownish band above the peri-
phery. Sculpture. Longitudinals—the upper whorls are closely

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 253

crossed by numerous riblets, whose front edge is sharp; they are
strongly convex in front, especially near the top of the whorl;
on the last whorl these become feeble, especially at the peri-
phery ; besides these there are slight, close-set, rounded striz on
the lines of growth. Spirals—the whole surface is scored by faint
irregular and unequal furrows and microscopic lines; there is a
twisted, prominent, but blunt umbilical carina. Colour por-
cellanous white under the yellow epidermis, with a broad buff
band which extends from the periphery halfway to the suture.
Epidermis yellow, thin, glossy, but roughened by longitudinal
folds. Spire short, but raised. Apew very small, prominent, but
the extreme tip scarcely rises into view. Whorls 6 (of which the
first three are embryonic and of a faint brownish purple), tumid,
well rounded, of rapid increase. Suture nearly horizontal, deep,
almost channelled. Mouth not much oblique, a little gibbously
semicircular, slightly more than three fourths of the whole height
of the shell, open, slightly and bluntly angulated at the point of
the pillar, pure white within, but with a slight ruddy tinge,
deepening to a rusty stain towards the edge of the lip, where the
buff spiral band lies. Outer lip a little contracted above, and
there faintly flattened; it curves very equably throughout its
whole sweep; it is open, but with a straight sharp edge, and
projects bluntly at the extreme point of the shell, where the um-
bilical carina joins it. nner lip pure white, straight, oblique,
flat, and obsoletely channelled within, with a slightly thickened
rounded edge; it is joined above to the outer lip by an expanded
but not very large nor thick callus; below this, where it leaves
the body-whorl, it is thin and hollowed out, but below the middle
of the umbilicus it is thickened by a prominent umbilical callus ;
below this it is slightly more reverted and thicker than above,
and it is very obtusely angulated towards the point of the pillar.
Umbilicus, which is defined by the basal carination, is deep; in
consequence of the thinning and hollowing out in the inner lip
above and of a strong furrow between the umbilical callus and
the basal carina, it looks as if it were large, but it is contracted
by the low-lying and strongish spiral callus within. H. 0°67.
B. 0:6. Penultimate whorl, height 016. Mouth, height 0°505,
breadth 0407.

This species is very like the young of NV. rufa, Born, from Singa-
pore ; butitis higher in the spire; the umbilical pad, which is white,
not brown as in that other, is also smaller, lower in position, and

254 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

separated distinctly from the pad at the upper angle of the
mouth; the radiating wrinkles on the upper whorls are much
stronger and more regular, and the embryonic apex is very much
smaller, sharper, and more distinctly defined. V. vittata, Gm.,
which in other respects is quite different, has the same pillared
umbilicus with carinated edge, which is, indeed, not unusual in the
genus.

2. NaTIcA ATYPHA, nD. sp. (arudos, unpretending.)

St. 188. Sept. 10, 1874. Lat. 9° 59'S., long. 189°42! E. W.
of Cape York, 8S.W. of Papua. 28 fms. Mud.

Shell.—Depressedly conically globose, umbilicate, spire little ex-
serted, smooth, of a pale, faintly ruddyish white, with an obscure,
broad, rusty band above the periphery. Sculpture. Longitudi-
nals—there are many slight, hair-like, faintly sinuous lines of
growth, which towards the suture are gathered into puckerings, and
become stronger towards the umbilicus. Spirals—the whole sur-
face is very faintly superficially and unequally furrowed, and is
also slightly microscopically and regularly scratched. Within the
umbilicus, but finally running out with a twist to the point of the
pillar, is an indistinct and blunt circumumbilical carina. Colour
ivory-white, with a faint tinge of buff, hardly glossy; from the peri-
phery to within one third of the whole distance to the suture there
extends a broad, pale ruddyish-purple band, whose colour deepens
on the spire to the apex. pidernis: none visible. Spire short,
the separate whorls being little prominent. Apew rather large and
tumid, but depressed. Whorls 42, the first 13 of which are em-
bryonic; they are well rounded and tumid, of slow and regular
increase. Suture nearly horizontal, but more oblique towards
the mouth, not deep, but slightly channelled. Mouth slightly
oblique, nearly semicircular, but a little pointed above, about
three fourths of the total height, open, slightly angulated at the
umbilical carina, pure white within, but with avery faint tinge of
rust at the band. Outer lip open, thickish and blunt, a little
flattened above where it leaves the body-whorl; its curve is very
equable throughout. Inner lip porcellanous white, straight,
little oblique, reverted, thickish, with a minute ledge within the
edge of the mouth; its upper corner has a largish, slightly pro-
jecting pad, with a slight shallow channel between it and the edge
of the outer lip; below this pad the inner lip slightly retreats,
but at the large white pad which fills the upper part of the um-

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 255

bilicus it advances very prominently, with a strongly defined edge;
below this pad it retreats sharply to the pillar, forming a nick on
the left side of the pillar; below this it is again thickened and
expanded at the umbilical carination. Umbilicus funnel-shaped,
narrowed rather than defined by the umbilical carina; it is half
concealed and within reduced to a mere pore by the heavy
twisted umbilical pad. H. 0°48. B. 0-45. Penultimate whorl,
height 0:11. Mouth, height 0°35, breadth 0°26.

This species resembles WV. phytelephas, Rve., from Australia ;
but in that species the spire is not so much exserted, the umbi-
licus is open, circular, pervious, and spirally lirate. It is perhaps
nearest to JV. plicatula, Nuttall, from China, but is much more
depressed, has the earlier whorls smaller, and though the umbilicus
is like it is much larger though more closed by the interior pad.
NV. Raynoldiana, Récl., has (?) the same kind of umbilicus, but the
front of the body-whorl is shorter and the apex is much finer.

3. NATICA PSEUSTES, 0. sp.

July, 1874. Levuka, Fiji. Shallow.

Shell.Rounded, with no angulation in the whole contour,
obliquely depressedly globose, with spire scarcely projecting, thin,
smooth, glossy, porcellanous white, with a zone of large chestnut
irregular spots below the suture; the umbilicus and pillar are
uniformly stained with the same colour. Sculpture. Longitudi-
nals—there are many delicate hair-like lines of growth, which are
strongest and most crowded near the suture and round the um-
bilicus. Spirals—there is a very faint appearance of rounded
threads and furrows, one of which below the suture is a little
stronger than the rest; besides these the surface is densely, deli-
cately, sharply, microscopically scratched; these scratches are
strongest on the upper part of the last whorl near the mouth,
where their intersection with the lines of growth produces a very
delicate sharp cross-hatching. The centre of the base has a
scarce perceptible carination, which becomes stronger just be-
hind the point of the pillar; within this carination is a strong but
shallow umbilical furrow, which deeply cuts in on the pillar, and
curves round the base of the strong pad which chokes up the
umbilicus. Colowr semitransparent, porcellanous white, which
becomes a dead white round the umbilicus and also in a broadish
band below the suture ; this white band is flecked with irregular
sharply defined, ruddy chestnut spots; a stain of this colour in

256 REV. RB. BOOG WATSON ON THE

a lighter shade suffuses the whole umbilicus and pillar: the rest
of the shell is covered with a delicate network of fine, sharply de-
fined light-chestnut lines; amidst this network are two or three
spiral zones, where the brown lines are sparser and pale lanceo-
late spots appear. pidermis: none visible. Spire scarcely
raised, but just perceptibly conical. Apex rather large, with
the extreme rounded tip appearing at the highest point of
the shell. Whorls 42 (of which the first 27 are embryonic and
glassy), very flatly rounded, of rather slow increase. Suture
almost horizontal and very slight. IZouth very oblique, semicir-
cular, but pointed above and rounded below, with a slight angu-
lation at the front of the pillar; the filling up of the superior
corner by the labial pad equalizes the two extremities and re-
duces the opening to an unequal-sided oval; its entire height is
about + of the whole height of the shell; it is open, transparent
porcellanous white within. Outer lip: it advances slightly on
leaving the body-whorl, but beyond the pad retreats a very little,
and from this point its whole curve is very equable; its edge is
blunt and rounded. Inner lip very slightly concave; at the
upper angle of the mouth it is formed by a thick transparently
porcellanous pad, which is faintly tinged with chestnut: this pad
projects beyond the plane of the mouth in a point, which is separated
from the outer lip by a little triangular depression ; it 1s continued
with an uneven surface across the body, and unites with the pad
which closes the upper part of the umbilicus, and is connected
with the great chestnut-coloured spiral buttress which chokes up
the umbilicus, below which the narrow umbilical furrow cuts
deeply into the thickness of the pillar, whose edge is bevelled off
from without and from within; towards its point the pillar is
thickened by the feeble cireumumbilical carina, which is rather
suddenly developed and made distinct at this point. Umbilicus
consists only of the channel or gutter, which twists round the
pillar callus and disappears behind it. H. 0327. B. 0°36.
Penultimate whorl, height 0:075. Mouth, height 0°29, breadth 0:16.

Brazier, in the Chevert Exped. Marine Shells, Proc. Linn. Soc.
N.S. Wales, 1877, i. p. 237, gives what is, I suppose, this species
under the name of Lunatia variabilis, Récluz, and ascribes as its
habitat N.and N.E. Australia and New Caledonia, 5-30fms. In
the British Museum there is a Watica presented by M‘Andrew,
and in his handwriting and initialed by him it is attested to come
from Suez ; probably it was his own dredging there (see his

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 257

Report on Suez dredgings, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1870, vi.
p-. 437). It bears the name WV. marmorata, H. Adams*. With
that shell the ‘Challenger’ species described above is identical.
But NV. marmorata, H. Ad. (P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 274, pl. xix. fig. 8)
is certainly a mere synonym for VV. variabilis, Récl.; and con-
sequently the present species, which has hitherto passed for
Adams’s NV. marmorata, requires both an individual name and a
description, for it is beyond doubt distinct, though at first sight
deceptively like, and, indeed, from this very fact the name pro-
posed for it is borrowed.

Compared with JN. variabilis, Récl., NV. pseustes is a broader
and flatter shell, with a more depressed spire ; the apex is blunter,
the embryonic whorls are 2; instead of 3 and are larger. Its
coloration is very like that of WV. variabilis, especially in the white
band with large chestnut spots below the suture ; but it has these
spots less confluent, more ruddy, and there is none of the purple
tinge on the spire which is traceable in that other. The coloured
ornamentation in JV. pseustes is a distinct network of minute,
sharply defined, delicate lines, amidst which occur two or three
spiral zones of lanceolate white spots where the brown lines
are fewer. In WJ. variabilis, on the other hand, this coloured
ornamentation is rather a mass of confused blotchy stains, with
one or two spirals of brown arrow-heads parted by little white
dots. There are very many other minute differences ; but perhaps
the best distinctive feature of all is that, when looked at perpen-
dicularly to the centre of its axis, with the shell on its mouth
and the base toward the observer, the oblique line of the base is
in LV. pseustes quite continuous and unbroken, while in J. varia-
bilis in all stages of growth this basal line is abruptly interrupted
by the projection of the pillar and the sweep of the basal lip.

4, NATICA SUTURALIS, 0. sp.

St. 149p. Jan. 19,1874. Lat. 49° 32' S., long. 70° O! E.
Balfour Bay, Royal Sound, Kerguelen’s Land. 60 fms. Mud.

Shell.—Conic-ovai, thin, umbilicated, with a coarse, brown
epidermis, suture channelled. Scwlptwre. Longitudinals—the sur-
face is covered with fine, close-set, hair-like strie, indicating lines

* M‘Andrew in his Report (J. c.) gives “ H. Adams” as his authority for this
identification, but adds that ‘‘ Morch questions the species being identical.” The
identification being erroneous, M‘Andrew’s citation of the Canaries for the Suez
species must be suppressed.

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XV. 20

258 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

of growth. Spirals—there are a good many faint flexuous lines,
and very obsolete but broader furrows. Colour apparently yel-
lowish white, but there is a very persistent, dull ruddyish-brown
epidermis, in which there are narrow longitudinal lines of lighter
and darker shade. Spire high and scalar, each whorl rising high
out of the one below. Apex quite worn away in both specimens.
Whorls 44, tumid, large from the beginning and of slow increase.
Suture not very oblique, channelled. Mouth very slightly oblique
to the axis, semicircular, but a little slewed, so as to be very
slightly poited above, and unduly bulging below beyond the point
of the pillar; itis two thirds of the total height of the shell. Outer
lip retreats somewhat on leaving the body-whorl, and at this part
is slightly contracted, but below this it is open and its curve is
very regular; there is a very faint tendency to angulation on the ~
base ; its edge is narrow and sharp. Inner lip straight till it
strikes the base of the shell, where it curves with a full rounded
sweep to the right; it is carried across the body on a thickish,
prominent, reverted layer, crosses the umbilicus with a thin re-
verted edge, which half covers the opening, and is thickened and
rounded, with a narrowed edge at the point of the pillar. Um-
bilicus is a funnel-shaped opening, very much contracted and con-
cealed by the reverted pillar-lip. H.0°7. B.063. Penultimate
whorl, height 0°22. Mouth, height 0°47, breadth 0°38.

This species has so strongly the aspect of Watica islandica, Gm.
(=helicoides, Johuston,=canaliculata, Gd.,=cornea, Moller, out
of which and the two latter synonyms Messrs. Adams form their
genus (= Morch’s subgenus) Amawropsis, characterizing it by a
feature which the species has not, viz. the absence of an um-
bilicus), that I can easily believe connecting links will yet es-
tablish theiridentity. The age of WV. islandica and its distribution,
as well as its present habitat in Subarctic and Arctic seas, make
its presence in Antarctic regions more probable. But for the
present it is impossible to unite them. NV. swturalis has an epi-
dermis which, though minutely marked very much like that of
LV. islandica, is coarser, darker-coloured, and more fibrous; the
form of the shell is broader ; the spire is lower, less scalar, with a
less deeply channelled suture ; the mouth is much rounder and is
less pointed below.

5. NavtIca RADIATA, 0. sp.
North Atlantic, April or May, 1873. Over 1000 fms.

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER ’ EXPEDITION. 259 |

St. 33. April 4, 1873. Lat. 32° 21’ 80’ N., long. 64° 85’ 55”
W. Bermudas. 435 fms. Coral-mud.

Shell.—Strong, conically globose, with a high scalar spire,
laterally compressed, so that its outline is peculiarly square;
mouth small; umbilicus open, deep, and funiculate. Sculpture.
Longitudinals—there are many, unequal, but generally fine lines of
growth, which are strong above, and there radiate like curved
spokes from the suture; they are sharpest and highest on the
earlier whorls; on the base they are again stronger, and on the
edge of the umbilicus they are sharply bent back, and form there
an indistinct carina. Spirals—the whole surface is covered with
very faint and narrow obsolete lines and furrows, over which is a
minute system of sharp microscopic scratches. Colour polished
porcellanous white, with an indistinct and indefinite staining of
buff below the shoulder and round the outside of the umbilicus.
Epidermis : within the umbilicus are remains of a rather strong,
thinnish, smooth, but puckered, blackish-yellow membrane.
Spire high, scalar. Apex large, tumid, but with the extreme tip
a very little bent down. Whorls 5, of which 1? are embryonic
and glossy, rounded and rising high, each above the preceding one ;
they are laterally compressed so as to give a peculiar character to
the shell, which is angulately shouldered below the suture, and
tumid and broad at the base. Suture oblique, impressed, but not
channelled. Mouth very small for the genus, very oblique, semi-
circular, but reduced by the large superior labial pad to a flat-
sided oval, deep, not open; its height is less than three fourths
that of the whole shell. Outer lip narrow, but strong; it rises a
very little at its junction with the body, retreats a good deal
throughout its whole very equable sweep, till on the base towards
the point of the pillar it very slightly advances, and there alone is
a very little patulous. nner lip oblique, very slightly concave ;
on the body it is formed by a large porcellanous white pad pro-
jecting in a rounded knob, between which and the sharp edge of
the outer lip is a small shallow depression ; retreating and becoming
thinner on the body, this pad projects prominently across the
shell above the umbilicus, which it somewhat covers, but a fur-
row above the umbilical pillar cuts in on it; it spreads out ina
half-circle on the point of this umbilical pillar ; below this point
another umbilical furrow cuts still deeper into it, but toward the
point of the pillar it is broadened and reverted on the thickening
of the slight cireumumbilical carination. Umbilicus strong and

20*

260 REY. BR. BOOG WATSON ON THE

deep, narrowed by the overspread of the pillar-lip and by the
strong, twisted, umbilical pillar, but helped by the strong furrow
above and below this pillar. H.0-42. B.03. Penultimate whorl,
height 0:18. Mouth, height 0°3, breadth 0°16.

This species is very peculiar in the squareness of its outlines,
arising from an oblique lateral compression. When the shell is
laid on its face avery slight angulation at the middle of the mouth
is the only thing which breaks the whole basal profile. It has a
slight resemblance to the young of JV. islandica, Gm., especially
in the form of the spire; but is very obviously different, being
~ more compressed, with a much broader and shorter base.

6. Narica AMPHTALA, 0. sp. (apdéados, sea-girt.)

St. 169. July 10, 1874. Lat. 37° 34’ S., long. 179° 22’ E.
N.E. from New Zealand. 700 fms. Grey ooze. Bottom tem-
perature 40° F.

Shell.—Thick, depressedly globose, with a small scalar, rather
elevated spire, and a narrow obliquely pointed base; pale yellow,
umbilicated. Sculpture. Longitudinals—there are many fine
close-set lines of growth. Spirals—there are a few faint traces
of obsolete lines and furrows; there is a slight angulation round
the mouth of the umbilical pore. Colour is slightly brownish
yellow, but is pure porcellanous white below the epidermis, which is
thin, slightly puckered, smooth, not glossy, persistent. Spire short,
but abruptand scalar. Apex seemingly rather large, but abraded.
Whorls 4-5, narrow, flatly rounded, of gradual increase to the last,
which is disproportionately large, especially toward the mouth.
Suture strong, slightly channelled, almost quite horizontal. Mouth
large, oval, very little oblique, and rather straight, scarcely pointed
above; it is more than two thirds of the whole height. Outer
lip sharp, but strong, patulous throughout. Inner lip straightish,
but slightly concave in its whole length; it is expanded on the
labial callus, which is thick, but has no labial nor umbilical pad ;
the front of the pillar is thickened and flattened back on the very
indistinct circumumbilical carina. Umbilicus is a rather coarse,
pervious, smallish round hole, hardly encroached on at all by the
inner lip. Operculwm membranaceous, thinnish, of a yellow colour,
with a dark-maroon outer edge which does not quite coil in to the
centre. H. 0:27. B. 0:25. Penultimate whorl, height 0-07.
Mouth, height 0:21, breadth 0:17.

This species combines a flattened globose form with a pro-

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 261

minent pointed base and a small raised scalar spire, in a way
that is very peculiar, so much so, indeed, that it almost recalls an
Amphibola. A. tenuis, Gray, in particular, has features of re-
semblance. It very slightly resembles WV. nana, Moller, from
Greenland; but the body-whorl is more depressed, the spire is
more exserted, and the umbilicus is not closed, as in that species,

7. NatTIca LEPTALEA, n. sp. (Aerradéos, delicate.)

St. 23. March 15, 1873. Lat. 18° 24’ N., long. 63° 28 W.
Off Sombrero Island, St. Thomas, Danish West Indies. 450 fms,
Globigerina-ooze.

Shell—Delicate, depressedly globose; spire slightly scalar,
but with a flat round apex, thin, smooth and glossy, ivory-white,
umbilicated. Sculpture. Longitudinals—very delicate hair-like
lines of growth. Spirals—the whole surface is covered with very
faint, minute, and superficial lines and furrows, complicated with
sharper wavy microscopic scratches; the two so run into one
another that it is difficult to say how far they are distinct, only
they are so. Colowr uniform ivory-white. Hpidermis: none
visible. Spire rises in a series of rounded steps from the inferior
whorls. Apex large, but depressedly rounded. Whorls 47; the
first 17 are embryonic, tumid, and equably rounded, of rather rapid
increase. Sutwrevery little oblique, slightly channelled. Mouth very
oblique, roundly oval to circular, with a flattening of the left side ;
its height is rather more than five sevenths of the whole height.
Outer lip open and well rounded throughout its whole sweep ; its
edge is thin. Inner lip is flatly curved; it spreads thinly across
the body, is thinly reverted on the umbilicus, which it narrows
but does not close, retreating at this point gradually to the pillar,
where it is slightly nicked by the intraumbilical furrow; below
this it is a little thickened and reverted throughout the length of
the pillar. Umbilicus, which is small and funnel-shaped at its
mouth, is not defined by any carina; within it is a slight furrow;
it is half covered by the reverted lip, and contracts at once to a
mere pore. H. 035. B.0:33. Penultimate whorl, height 0-11.
Mouth, height 0:26, breadth 0:2.

This species resembles some of the more flattened forms of the
young of NV. Montagu, Forb.; but than that species this is less
globose, more depressed, with a higher, shorter, blunter spire, the
apex of which has much coarser whorls; the mouth is much
larger, more circular, and is not obliquely turned in under the

262 REY. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

base of the body-whorl, as it comparatively is in VV. Montagu.
The umbilicus, too, is less open, and there is no trace of the
umbilical pillar and superior furrow of that species. Than JV.
bulbosa, Rve., this species is rounder in the mouth, higher in
the spire, and opener in the umbilicus.

8. NaticaA XANTHA, n. sp. (Gar60s, yellow.)

St. 150. Feb. 2,1874. Lat. 52° 4’8., long. 71° 22’ E. Between
Kerguelen and Heard Island. 150 fms. Rock. Bottom tem-
perature 35°2.

Shell.—Strongish, conically globose, slightly pointed below at
the base of the mouth, glossy, bright yellow, but whitish around
the umbilicus, which is a mere cleft. Seulptwre. Longitudinals
—there are very slight, rather unequal, hair-like lines of growth.
Spirals—the surface is covered as usual with extremely faint
superficial wavy lines and furrows, besides which is a system of
still more superficial microscopic sharp straight scratches, which
it is very difficult to see at all. Colous pure porcellanous white
under the brilliant yellow epidermis, which is very thin, glossy
and rather persistent. Spire high, but blunt at the top, which is
somewhat eroded. Apew large, bluntly rounded. Whorls 4, the
first one is large, and the shell increases very regularly ; they
are tumid and regularly rounded, and rise high above the succeed-
ing ones; there is a slight and narrow swelling below the suture,
with avery slight and shallow compression of the shell below
this swelling. Suture channelled, but not broadly nor deeply so ;
it is considerably and increasingly oblique. Mouth large, open,
broadly oval, with a slight flattening of its curve on the left side ;
its upper corner is very accurately rectangular. Outer lip, open
but not very patulous, is a most regular curve in its whole sweep,
which passes almost without change into the curve of the pillar.
Inner lip is very slightly concave, till towards the front of the
pillar it curves round to the right to meet the outer lip; a very
slight pad fills up the upper edge of the mouth, a very thin
transparent and straight-edged callus carries it across the body ;
over the umbilicus it is slightly thickened and a good deal re-
verted; atthe point of the pillar, where it becomes adherent, it is
encroached on yery slightly by a small furrow, which runs out of
the umbilicus parallel to the pillar; below this point the lip hasa
narrow, rounded, and expanded edge. H. 054. B.0-47. Pen-
ultimate whorl, height 0°23. Mouth, height 0-42, breadth 0°3.

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 263

This Paludina-like form resembles no Natica known to me. Itis
narrower, longer in the last whorl, and higher in the spire than the
most exceptional forms of WV. affinis, Gm., var. clausa, Brod. & Sow.
Philippi, in Kiister’s Mart. & Chem., reproduces pl. vii. 1, WV. limbata,
d’Orb., Patagonia, and pl. vii. 2, WV. isabelliana, d’Orb., from South
America, which vaguely have somewhat of the same features, and
his JV. tenuis, pl. xiv. 3, has so too; but these are species I do
not remember to have seen, and none of the descriptions apply.

9. NaTICA PRASINA, 0. Sp.

St. 149 p. Jan.19, 1874. Lat. 49° 32'S., long. 70° E. Balfour
Bay, Royal Sound, Kerguelen. 60 fms. Mud.

St. 1498. Jan. 20, 1874. Lat. 49° 28'S., long. 70° 13’ E.
Royal Sound, Kerguelen. 28 fms. Mud.

Shell.—Conically globose, rather high in the spire, with umbilicus
closed, thin, with a pale green roughish epidermis. Sculpture.
Longitudinals—there are on the lines of growth slight puckerings
of the fibrous epidermis. Spirals—there are some slight, open,
irregular, and unequal furrowings of the surface, with microscopic
seratchings. Colour: a pale buff colour below the dull greenish ep7-
dermis, which is fibrous, thin, easily rubbed through, but persistent.
Spire more or less high, the whorls rising very considerably above
each other in high rounded steps. Apex extremely large for the
size of the shell but not prominent, being rounded, with the extreme
tip sunk inand generally eroded. Whorls 5, of which about 14 are
embryonic; they are globose, and increase regularly and slowly.
Suture deep, very slightly channelled, straight, but towards the
end a little oblique. Mouth large, open, circularly oval, little
oblique, right-angled above, fully rounded below, with a scarcely
perceptible angulation towards the point of the pillar, slightly
flattened on the inner lip; its height is nearly seven ninths of the
whole height. Outer lip—leaving the body-whorl at a right angle,
it sweeps round very fully and regularly to the pillar ; it is thin.
Inner lip a little hollowed, with, on the body, a very slight pro-
jection ; there is scarcely any pad at the upper corner of the
mouth, and the callus is very thin on the body ; above and at the
umbilicus it is thinly and somewhat broadly reverted, so as
quite to conceal the opening or to leave at most a mere chink ;
at the pillar it narrows, and there is at this point a slight trans-
verse angulation ; the pillar is the only part of the lip which is at
all thickened, and that but slightly; the edge is rounded and

964 REY. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

slightly levelled back. Opereulwm is membranaceous, thin, with
a distinct and slightly impressed suture, and scored with sharp
radiating lines. H. 0:64. B. 0:53. Penultimate whorl, height
0:15. Mouth, height 0:49, breadth 0:47.

N. globosa, King, from the Straits of Magellan, is somewhat
like this, but has a much more depressed spire and longer mouth.
Prof. v. Martens was good enough to compare this species for me
with his WV. grisea, and from that he says ‘‘it differs (1) by being
considerably larger, (2) thinner, (8) penultimate whorl less pro-
minent, (4) the last whorl, when seen from the dorsal side, is
higher or longer relatively to the breadth, (5) the umbilicus is
narrower ; I think, therefore, that itis a distinct species, and I see
also no other in the Berlin collection which might be identical.”

10. NaTICA FARTILIS, 0. sp.

St. 145. Dec. 27, 1873. Lat. 46° 43'S., long. 38° 4’ 30” E.
Between Marion Island and Prince Edward Island. 50-150 fms.
Grey sand.

St. 149p. Jan. 19, 1874. Lat. 49° 32’S., long. 70° EH. Bal-
four Bay, Royal Sound, Kerguelen. 60 fms. Mud.

St. 150. Feb. 2, 1874. Lat.52° 4’ S., long. 71° 22’ KE. Between
Kerguelen and Heard Island. 150 fms. Rock. Bottom tem-
perature 35°2.

Shell.—Globose, with a rather high spire and a somewhat
elongated and pointed base, thin, with a delicate light-green epi-
dermis ; umbilicus closed. Sculpture. Longitudinals—the lines
of growth are fine, hair-like, close-set strie. Spirals—the sur-
face is somewhat distinctly, though finely, scored with shallow
furrows and faint lines, which are microscopically crimped ; below
the suture the whorls are compressed by a broad very shallow
furrow, the lower side of which is very doubtfully angulated.
Colour porcellanous white under the delicate, slightly glossy
epidermis, which is pale green, streaked on the lines of growth
with darker green ; the umbilical pad, pillar, and inside are dead
white. pidermis is a thin, rather persistent smooth membrane.
Spire is rather high and conical. Apes rather large, raised so
that the extreme tip projects, but rounded though not flattened.
Whorls 6 (of which the first 13 are embryonic) ; they are scarcely
rounded between one suture and the next, with a slight and
narrow margin below the suture, then very slightly compressed ;
the last is very large and tumid in proportion to the rest, which
project very little above it; they are of slow and very regular

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 265

increase to the last, which quite swallows up all the others.
Suture nearly horizontal, small, not at all impressed, but very
distinct, being slightly channelled, and being defined by the
small margin and compression of the whorl below it. Mouth
large but not very open, semicircular, oblique, almost right-angled
above,rounded below; the swell of the body-whorl is just perceptible
within ; its height is more than seven ninths of the whole height.
Outer lip very regular all the way round, its edge is thin. Inner
lip a little flexuous ; the upper corner of the mouth is filled up
with a thinnish but broad pad, whose edge crosses the body in a
slightly concave line; below the umbilicus, which it completely
covers, it is contracted in on the pillar, which is thickish,
rounded, and towards the point levelled back. Operculwm tes-
taceous, scored with slightish radiating lines; the spire is mem-
branaceous, being left uncovered by the limy coat; but the one
specimen which preserves the operculum is a young shell.
H. 0°99. B. 0°75. Penultimate whorl, height 0:19. Mouth,
height 0°73, breadth 0°52.

This species so closely approaches IV. affinis, Gmel. (=.
clausa, Brod. and Sow.), that I have hesitated very much to sepa-
rate them, and have been glad to be strengthened in so doing by
the opinion of Prof. vy. Martens and of Mr. E. A. Smith. WV. far-
tilis is more globose, higher in the spire, longer and more pointed
in the base, and less obliquely transverse in its outline; its apex
is larger and slightly more prominent. V. globosa, King, from Ma-
gellan, like this in form, is umbilicated and has a thin operculum.

11. NatiIca APORA, 1. sp. (dzopos, impervious. )

St. 191. Sept. 23,1874. Lat. 5° 41'S., long. 184° 4’ 31" E.
Off Arru Island. 800fms. Mud. Bottom temperature 39°5.

Shell.—Conically globose, pointed on the base, with a pointed
apex and avery slightly impressed suture ; smooth but not glossy,
buff-coloured, with white pillar-lip; umbilicus quite closed.
Sculpture. Longitudinals—close-set, regular, hair-like lines of
growth, which above near the suture are gathered into radiating
puckers ; these are strongest on the upper whorls. Spirals—
there are traces of very slight furrows and obsolete lines, which
are somewhat stronger and more regular on the base. Colour:
below the ruddyish-yellow epidermis the shell is porcellanous
white. Hpidermis thin, finely fibrous, persistent. Spire rather
high and conical, its outline being hardly broken by the rounding
of the whorls and the sinking in of the sutural lines. Apew large,

266 REY. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

but, being eroded, the extreme tip is much effaced. Whorls 5,
very little rounded, and, though flattened, not at all constricted
below the suture. Suture oblique, scarcely at all impressed, but
very slightly channelled. Mouth very oblique from the front
backwards, but in its own direction very straight in the line of
the shell’s axis ; oval, pointed above, and there slightly narrowed,
fully rounded below ; a considerable pad fills its upper corner ; it is
over four fifths of the whole height of the shell. Itis slightly con-
tracted above, and is not very open below ; and is altogether rather
small for the shell. Outer lip is a little flattened above ; but from
this forms a full round sweep. Jnner lip slightly concave ; the
moderate pad which fills the upper corner of the mouth is divided
from the edge of the outer lip by an angular furrow, below whicha
slight tubercular sweiling runs out with a slight downward direc-
tion ; the pad spreads widely and thinly across the body, and covers
the umbilicus so as to leave of it only a mere chink; below this it
narrows, but without any sudden contraction, to the somewhat
thickened pillar, which is bevelled off to a narrow rounded edge,
which is continued round on the base to meet the outer lip.
H. 0:57. B. 0:45. Penultimate whorl, height 0:15. Mouth,
height 0°41, breadth 0:3. : :
This species belongs to the Amauropsis group; but I know
none with which to compare it. Itis much higher and narrower
than IV. impervia, Pnil., from Magellan Straits. There is a
species of Watica from St. 169, N.E. from New Zealand, 700 fms.,
which may perhaps be this species ; but it is in too bad condition
for identification.

Ontscta, Sow.*

ONISCIA CITHARA, 0. sp.

St. 192. Sept. 26,1874. Lat. 5° 49’ 15"S., long. 182° 14 15’ E.
Ké Islands, west of Papua. 140 fathoms. Mud.

Shell.—arp-shaped, being narrow below and broadish above ;
it has a somewhat raised and sharp-pointed apex, and is scored
by many mucronated ribs and broad low spirals. Sculpture.
Longitudinals—on the last whorl (but the shell is not quite
adult) are 17 rather low, flexuous, narrowish, rounded ribs which
are slightly crested on their front side; they are a little concave
above, almost straight or very faintly convex for the most of their

* T do not feel called on to disturb this well-known name in fayour either
of Lambidium, Link, 1807, or of Morwm, Bolten, 1798.

MOLLUSOA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 267

course, and retreat rather strongly so as to become horizontal as
they die out on the pillar ; they are parted by shallow flat fur-
rows of unequal breadth, but greater than that of the ribs;
over the whole surface, but especially in the furrows, are sharp
puckerings with finer folds between, and close-set, sharp, almost
microscopic striz in the lines of growth; on the upper whorls
the ribs are fewer and sharper. Spirals—on the last whorl there
are 18 broad, low, squarish, raised bands, which are narrower and
sharper on the snout: the first is at the suture; the second, a little
remote, is narrower, but sharper than the rest ; this and the third
rise on the longitudinal ribs to high, narrow, sharp spikes which
are parallel to the axis of the shell; the lower row of these is the
larger, and they give the appearance of a shoulder: the spirals
are most squarely prominent on the ribs, but are faintly continuous
in the intervals; they are parted by square furrows of the same
breadth as themselves; the surface of the shell is also finely
scratched: below the spiral bands is a broad low swelling which
curves round the pillar ;: it indicates the old canal, the former con-
cave lines of whose edge form strong scores across it. Colour pale
buff, with faint chestnut mottlings, which are concentrated and
darkened in two distinct deep-purple bands in the middle of the last
whorl, with fainter traces of two more below and another above
near the suture ; all these are vague in their limits. Spire raised,
conical, scalar. Apex small, consisting of 3; embryonic whorls,
which are polished, turbinated, and end in a fine, round,
raised point; they are slightly iridescent ; where they join the
normal whorls there is indication of that thickening of the lip
which is common in the embryonic shell of Cassis. Whorls (on
the not quite adult specimen) 8, exclusive of the embryonic whorl ;
they rise high and constrictedly on each previous whorl, of which
they leave but little uncovered ; they are of very slow increase,
the last is very little tumid, and that almost entirely above, its
greatest breadth being at the third spiral; still they are convex
throughout till near the point of the base, when the contour-line
is slightly hollowed in passing over to the prominent but not
lengthened nor narrow snout. Suture is a fine, angularly im-
pressed, irregular line, much disturbed by the buttress-like ribs.
Mouth long and narrow (but immature), pure porcellanous white
within, but stained with the purple bands. Outer lip leaves the
body at aright angle, but turns almost immediately to run parallel
to the axis, thus forming a short narrow canal ; from this point it

268 : REY. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

curves equably to the point of the shell, which is obliquely cut off
upwards, forming a broad open canal. Inner lip spreads a little
on the body in a porcellanous glaze, narrowing to a sharp point
in front ; its direction is almost straight in an oblique direction
to the extreme point, being only slightly concave in the middle.
H.1°6. B.09. Penultimate whorl, height 0-14. Mouth, height
1:37, breadth 0°32.

In form and colour this is very like O. cancellata, Sow. ; but in
sculpture it is different, having the longitudinals much more nu-
merous and the spirals much less sharp, especially less projecting
at their intersection with the longitudinals; the spire is much
lower, the edge of the last whorl projects much less sharply, and
the spiral at the shoulder does not project nearly so much as the
first spiral below this point. In the upper whorls there is not
the sharp reticulation as in O. cancellata, from the intersection
of the spirals by the sharp longitudinals. In that species, too,
the embryonic apex is quite different, being a coarse flattened
blob, much larger, and having at the outside only 12 whorls.

O. grandis, A. Ad.,is much rougher, the spirals are more nume-
rous and higher, the spikes on the spire are not so strong, nor do
they run parallel to the axis, and the apex has fewer whorls.
O. Denisoni, Rve., has all the spirals mucronated at their inter-
section with the longitudinals.

Triton, Lam.

TRITON PHILOMELA, 0. Sp.

St. 135c. Oct. 17, 1873. Wat. 37° 25° 30° S., lone.
12° 28’ 30" W. Nightingale Island, Tristéo da Cunha. 100-
150 fms. Rock, shells.

Shell.—A_ rather high narrow cone, with a contracted base and
long reverted canal, two varices on the last whorl, and a thin
bristly epidermis. Sculpture. Longitudinals—there are about
18 straightish ribs on the last whorl, these are fewer in number
on the earlier whorls ; they are rounded, a little prominent, and
about halfthe width of the shallow depressions which part them ;
relatively to these the varices (of which there is one on each two
thirds of a whorl) are high and prominent, though narrow;
the whole surface, ribs and interstices, is rather coarsely striated
with finish rounded threads on the lines of growth. Spirals—
the last whorl is encircled by 6 or 7 rounded spiral threads, which
on the longitudinals form blunt rounded tubercles, pretty equally

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 269

parted above, they are slightly more crowded on the base; the
2nd, 8rd, and 4th feebly carinate the body-whorl; between them
lie 3 or 4 slighter rounded threads, which do not form tubercles
on the ribs; below these on the base are 6 other spirals, with a
similar feebler spiral between them, while on the snout there
are about 9 pretty equal, close-set, rounded threads which run
parallel with the open slit of the canal. Colowr porcellanous
white, with chestnut on the larger spiral threads. Hpidermis of
a pale ruddy brown, thin, rising along all the spirals into distinct
short, sharp bristles, which are set on small round tubercles.
Spire high and rather narrow, scalar, conical, but with its profile
lines broken by the contracted suture. -dpew consists of four
polished, but spirally threaded, white, turbinated whorls, of which
the first is extremely small and somewhat immersed. Whorls
8-9 in all; they have a sloping flat shoulder to the second spiral,
below which they are cylindrical and scarcely convex ; the
last whorl is more tumid and rounded than the others, but
is very much and rapidly contracted to the rather small,
longish, sharply conical, lop-sided, and reverted snout, which,
viewed from above, projects to the left from the right side
of the base. Swtwre interrupted by the ribs and scarcely at
all impressed, but strongly defined by the long sloping shoulder
below it; on the embryonic whorls it is slightly channelled.
Mouth almost round, but a little angulated and slightly distorted ;
a long, straight, and very narrow slit of a canal rung out of it
toward the left, neither narrowing nor widening from the place
where it leaves the mouth; its sinistral inclination seems to give
the whole snout a turn to the left. Outer lip: its semicircular
curve is a little flattened; at the point of the mouth it turns
quickly and runs quite straight to the point of the snout, where
it is a little obliquely cut off; the edge is sharpish, but with a
tendency round the mouth to become double, in the form of an
outside and an inside lameila parted by a minute shallow furrow ;
it is thickened outside by the slightly remote, narrowish, rounded,
almost scrobiculated * varix, which on the snout loses definiteness
and becomes doubtful; within it is thickened by a strong porcel-
lanous milky-white varix, on which project 6 to 8 tubercle-like
teeth, which are slightly elongated from within outwards; this

* T use this word to recall the similar, though stronger, feature in Ranella
serobiculator, L.

270 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

labral varix is entirely absent at the upper angle of the mouth.
Inner lip : its curve cuts somewhat deeply into the body-whorl,
which it crosses as a thinnish, expanded, defined glaze; down the
pillar it is reverted, with a slightly detached and projecting edge;
towards the point of the mouth it is suddenly inverted so as to
narrow and cover the canal, leaving behind it on the left a small
shallow, angulated furrow whose labial side is scored with minute,
blunt, interrupted lamelle : there are 4 tubercle-like teeth on the
pillar, of which the highest is often a little remote from the rest,
the lowest, close to the origin of the canal, is smallest; the lip is
plaited variously by the underlying spirals; near the upper
corner is a single, rather obsolete tooth, which, like the rest, is a
little elongated from within outwards. H.1:15. B.06. Pen-
ultimate whorl, height 0:26. Mouth, height 0°39, breadth 0°33. -
Canal, length 0:23, breadth 0°33.

This is a very exceptional form, and there is nothing much
resembling it for comparison. It is narrower in the spire, less
strongly ribbed longitudinally, witha shallower suture and much
longer snout than 7. Quoyi, Rve.,= 7. viperinum, Kiener nec Lam.,
which in some features it recalls. It is something like the young
of J. brasilianus, Gould, from Rio de Janeiro; but in that
species the longitudinal ribs are feebler, the spirals much
stronger, and the anterior canal and the whole aspect of the
mouth is very different. I have quoted this note made from the
specimen thus named in the British Museum. I did not at that
time remember that this species of Gould has been held to be
identical (see Kobelt, ‘ Jahrbticher d. D. mal. Ges.’ 1878, p. 244)
with Z. parthenopus, v. Salis. If this identification be correct, I
ean hardly understand how I should have found it like the
‘ Challenger ’ species, which suggests no resemblance to the spe-
cies of y. Salis.

Rawea, Lam.

RANELLA FIJIENSIS, 0. sp.

St.173. July 24,1874. Lat. 19° 9' 35’ S., long. 179° 41’ 50” E.
Fiji. 315fms. Coral.

Shell.—Ovate, turreted, conical, strong, but not heavy, with a
long pillar, high narrow varices, and a superior row of pointed
circular-based tubercles of a dead ruddyish yellow, with a few
chestnut spots and suffused but paler patches. Sculpture. Lon-
gitudinals—there are high, narrow, alternate varices, which on the

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. Dae

earlier whorls follow continuously, but rather lag behind their
true place; on the body-whorl they are dislocated by being
thrown considerably in front of it ; the last one does not extend
to the snout; there are minute, not very continuous, uneven,
longitudinal threads over the whole surface. Spirals—about a
third of its height below the suture the last whorl is carinated at
its periphery by a row of sharp, prominent, distant, round-based
tubercles, which are hardly continuous nor set ona cord; on the
spire this row nearly bisects the whorls, but is a little inferior:
between this row and the suture there are placed alternately 3 fine
tubercled threads and 2 tubercled cords, of which latter the upper
is the stronger; its tubercles and those of the thread above it
at the suture tend to coalesce; less than halfway below the peri-
phery there is a row of smaller, less prominent, more numerous,
pointed tubercles set on a cord; halfway between these two rows
is a cord with close-set rounded tubercles having two threads
below it and a thread anda fine tubercled cord above it, which
last lies on the bases of the tubercles forming the peripherial
carination. On the base are four tubercled cords, the first and
second of which have a fine tubercled thread above them, and the
fourth a similar thread below it defining the base of the pillar ;
on the pillar there are 6 cords more or less tubercled, of which 3
cover the snout, two are on the underside, and one at the edge:
there is little difference in the strength or arrangement of the
spiral cords or tubercles above or below the periphery; they all
rise into very considerable prominence and sharpness in crossing
the varices. The whole shell is covered by minute threads, which
form knots where they cross the rather weaker longitudinal
threads, giving the surface somewhat of the texture of a fine file.
Colour dead white, with a superficial ruddy-yellow tinge, which has
a few lines and patches of deeper hue and a few spots of chest-
nut. Hpidermis: ouly a few traces of a very thin, smooth, mem-
branaceous skin remain. — Spire high, narrow, and small, conical,
somewhat scalar from the infrasutural shoulder, whose angularity
breaks the conical outline. Apex consists of 3 polished, turbi-
nated, ochraceous whorls whose tip is immersed. Whorls 8 to 9 in
all, with a sloping flat shoulder, a carinated periphery, and a slight
straight contraction from this point to the suture; the rounded base
contracts quickly on the left, bearing on this side a long, prominent,
bent and twisted pillar, which is lost on the right side by the out-

272 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

ward sweep of the base, which advances very far forward, but
leaves a short, square, projecting snout. Swfwre distinct and
deeply impressed, on the upper whorls slightly channelled.
Mouth oval; the upper canal is distinct, but neither long, wide,
nor deep; the lower canal is open and moderate in size ; but the
whole snout is rather exceptionally square and prominent.
Outer lip somewhat angular in its course, thin, prominent beyond
the varix, patulous internally, but externally scarcely at all re-
flected ; it is thickened within, and has very near its edge teeth in
groups of 3, 2, 2, 3, so placed as to avoid the longer spirals of the
external sculpture. Inner lip spreads somewhat thinly and with
a slightly disconnected edge across the body, it then runs straight
down the middle of the pillar: at the top of the mouth a long,
somewhat subdivided, and upward-curved tooth defines the canal ;
below this there are about 9 not very definite teeth on the body, —
below the last of these is a wider break, and below this on the
pillar are about 6 more, rather strong at first, but steadily becoming
smaller; parallel to the edge the reverted flap of the lip is pro-
minent below the callus glaze, and finally stands out beyond this
glaze as a margin to the canal. H.2:1. 3B. 1°44. Penultimate
whorl, height 0°45. Mouth, height to point of canal 1:2, breadth
from edge of callus 0-7.

This species, better than any I know, forms a link between the
crumena and granifera groups of Ranella. It is very near R. no-
bilis, Rve.; but the form there is much broader and the system
of tubercles quite different. &. affinis, Brod.,is very like ; butin
that the form is much more regularly conical, the suture, so far
from being impressed, is run up on the preceding whorl, the
varices run down in straight regular succession, the apex is
ruddy purple, and the pillar is much shorter, thicker, and re-
flected. #&. ponderosa, Rve., has near affinities in arrangement of
tubercles and teeth of outer lip, but is larger in form and quite
different in colour and texture. &. rana, L., has a much sharper
apex, a much squatter form, and much more pointed tubercles.
Than BR. livida, Reeve, the ‘Challenger’ species is much shorter,
thinner, more tubercled, its suture is more impressed, and its
pillar longer and straighter. Than R&R. subgranosa, Beck, it is a
much less compact form, the spire being higher and smaller, the
base and suture much more contracted ; the body-whorl is in all
ways much smaller and shorter, but broader in proportion to
height.

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER? EXPEDITION. 273

Nassaria, Link.
NASSARIA AMBOYNENSIS, 0. sp.

Oct. 6,1874. Amboyna. 15-25 fms.

Shell.—Ovate, conical, pointed, variced, brown-banded, a
very contracted base, with a short, recurved, and somewhat
twisted snout. Sculpture. Longitudinals—there are on each
whorl 11 or 12 (on the earliest about 10), strong, promi-
nent, well-defined, rounded, curved, and sinistrally inclined
ribs, of which about 2 on each whorl are stronger than the
rest; these ribs extend to the base of the snout, and swell
up over, but are interrupted by, the suture which at top of
whorls cuts them off; they run with a sinistral twist down
the spire; the rather deep interstices are fully broader than
the ribs: besides these, the whole surface is roughened with
slight unequal lines of growth, which are most distinct on the
earlier whorls. Spirals—the surface is beset with unequal
threads, of which about 6 on the body and 4 on the base are
stronger and more prominent than the rest; the two in the
middle of the whorls are most so of all; between these are 3,
4, or 5 unequal, raised, and sharpish round threads, especially
prominent on the longitudinal ribs the hollows between these
are variable in width, deep, and flat-bottomed, though sometimes
filled by another minute thread ; these intervals are finely scored,
while the threads are coarsely roughened and crumpled by the
longitudinal lines of growth: besides these, the surface is finely
fretted with microscopic spirals; on the snout are about 10
coarsish somewhat crumpled threads, with minute sharp lines in
their interstices. Colour tawny white, with a broadish, infraperi-
pherial chestnut band and less continuous stains of the same up
to the suture and ou the base and snout. Spire high turreted,
conical, small and sharp at the point, with an almost continuous
outline in spite of the deep suture. Apex partly broken, but
evidently consisting of 2 or 3 polished, rounded, turbinated whorls:
W horls 9, exclusive of the embryonic whorl, ventricose, rounded,
of regular increase ; but the last is somewhat disproportionately
large; the base is rounded, but contracted and a little flattened
toward the snout, which is ample, but not large, both as to length
and breadth, and advances straight in the axis of the shell, but
with a dextral twist andastrong backward bend onitself. Suture

LINN, JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XV. 21

274 DR. W. A. HERDMAN ON BRITISH TUNICATA.

is itself invisible, but is very strongly defined by the deep undulated
furrow, which at the top of the whorls sinks in behind the longi-
tudinal ribs and cuts them off from the base of the preceding
whorl. Mouth oval, rather small, deep, perpendicular, and very
little oblique; from its lower left corner rises a strong, deep,
equal, slightly curved canal, whose direction is distinctly, but not
strongly, to the left. Outer lip: its nearly semicircular curve is
slightly flattened about the middle, and bags a little toward the
lower outer corner; at its upper corner it advances a good deal
and rises a little on the body-whorl; its sharp and contracted
margin, which projects from the last and massive varix, is crenu-
lated ; remote from the edge it is scored by 9 rather long, narrow,
sharp-topped teeth, the first and two last of which are stronger
than the rest; the first is a little remote from the upper angle
of the mouth, while the last is on the very edge of the canal.
Inner lip spreads patulously, but not broadly, on the body-
whorl in a thin, defined, porcellanous layer; it runs straight
down the pillar as a sharp projecting edge; it is scored within
by about 9 teeth, of which the first is short and strong, the
second long and strong, the third and fourth long and weak, the
fifth, sixth, and seventh short and weak, while the eighth and
ninth are strong and coil round the point of the pillar. On the
left side of the canal are 4 or 5 tubercles. H. 1°37. B. 0°84.
Penultimate whorl, height 0:26. Mouth, height (exclusive of
canal) 0°49, breadth 0:3. Length of canal 0:29, breadth 0:07.

This species has much resemblance to WV. acwminata, Rve., but
is shorter, squatter, coarser, with more ribs, is deeper in suture ;
the canal is shorter, more recurved, and more twisted.

Notes on British Tunicata, with Descriptions of new Species.
I. Ascidiide. By W. A. Herpuan, D.Sc. Edinb.

[Communicated by Sir Wyville Thomson, F.R.S., F.L.S.]
[Read December 2, 1880.]
(Puarzs XIV.-XIX.)

Tue family Ascidiide comprises those Simple Ascidians which
have a six-, seven-, or, more generally, an eight-lobed branchial
aperture and a six-lobed atrial aperture, the principal additional
characters being :—-body sessile, attached ; tentacles simple, fili-

DR. W. A. HERDMAN ON BRITISH TUNICATA. 275

form; branchial sac not folded and haying internal longitudinal
bars. Excluding the genera Chelyosoma and Rhodosoma (Chrev-
reulius, Lac.-Duth.), which have not been found in our seas, the
family, as represented by British species, corresponds to Ascidia
as used by Forbes (‘ British Mollusca’ Sc.), and includes the three
modern genera Ciona, Ascidia, and Corellia, the first and third con-
taining each several, and Ascidia a large number of species. Ciona
and Corella have a series of languets along the dorsal edge of the
branchial sac, while Ascidia has a continuous lamina; Ciona and
Ascidia have the stigmata of the branchial sac straight, while those
of Corellia are curved. In addition to these and some other less
important points, the three genera differ in the course and posi-
tion of the alimentary canal from the cesophageal opening onwards;
in Ciona (woodcut, fig. 1) it extends beyond the branchial sac
posteriorly, while in the other two genera it lies alongside the
branchial sac, on the right side in Corella (woodcut, fig. 2), and
on the left in Ascidia (woodent, fig. 3).

Alder first, in 1863 (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xi.
p- 158), pointed out that the intestine in Corella (then Ascidia)
parallelogramma, after leaving the stomach, turned posteriorly*,
and not anteriorly as in Ascidia. This peculiarity, however, does
not affect the relation of the intestine to the hzmal system; in
both cases the curve is away from the heart. Hancock, in cha.
racterizing Corella (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. vi. p. 362,
1870), after describing the course of the alimentary canal, stated
that it was very differently disposed from that of Asczda, and
that the heart occupied a different position. The latter part of
this statement requires modification, for although the absolute
position of the heart is changed, its position relatively to the
intestine is not affected, as may be seen in the following
diagrams (woodcuts, p. 276). ‘

Ciona (fig. 1) shows the simplest and probably the typical
condition in which the intestinal loop (2) is completely posterior
to the branchial sac (67), the cesophagus and stomach descending
on the dorsal side, and the intestine ascending (for a time) on
the ventral side. Here the heart, being always in connexion
with the stomach, is dorsal, and the intestine lies ventrally and
anteriorly to it.

* The branchial aperture is ‘anterior,’ and the oral lamina or languets
“ dorsal ;’ Hancock considered the endostyle dorsal.

218

276 DR. W. A. HERDMAN ON BRITISH TUNICATA.

Fig. 1.

Diagrams showing course of the alimentary canal: fig. 1, in Ciona; fig. 2, in
Corella; fig. 38, in Ascidia. cc, esophagus; st, stomach; 7%, flexure of in-
testine; 7, rectum ; 07, branchial sac; /, heart.

If we now, the mouth and anus being fixed, draw the intes-
tinal loop (¢) directly anteriorly until the whole alimentary canal
is on the left side of the branchial sac, we get the relation of
parts characteristic of Ascidia, as shown in fig.3. The heart
now lies at the ventral edge of the posterior end, the intestine
turns anteriorly, and is in its entire extent anterior to the heart.

Tf we return to fig. 1, the arrangement in Ciona, and again
draw the intestinal loop forwards, but this time to the right of
the branchial sac, we produce the configuration shown in fig. 2,
and characteristic of Corella. Here the heart, having remained
on the stomach-wall, has became anterior to the intestine, and 1s

DR, W. A. HERDMAN ON BRITISH TUNICATA. 277

on neither dorsal nor ventral edge, while the intestine, though
still curvine away from the heart, turns posteriorly instead of
anteriorly.

We thus see that it is possible, by a simple change in the re-
lation of the alimentary canal to the branchial sac, to get the very
different arrangements of the viscera found in the genera Corella
and Ascidia from the simpler and somewhat intermediate condi-
tion which obtains in Ovona. This explanation also accounts for
the curious position of the heart in Corel/a, and shows that it is
merely a consequence of the change in the disposition of the
intestine.

Some of our British species of Ascidia require examination ;
several have been described under different names by different
authors, and many have never been sufficiently characterized—a
full description requiring, according to our modern ideas, an
account of the condition of the branchial sac, dorsal lamina, and
other internal organs, as well as of the external appearance.

The new species have been dredged, during the last three
summers, on the west coast of Scotland, in Loch Long (Clyde), and
in Lamlash Bay, Arran.

ASCIDIA LATA, nu. sp. (Plate XIV. figs. 1-3.)

Eaternal appearance—Shape roughly oblong, anterior end nar-
rowest ; flattened laterally ; nearly erect; posterior end rounded;
ventral edge convex ; dorsal edge with a large rounded projection
near the middle. Attached by a small oblong area at the ventral
edge of the posterior end of the left side. Branchial aperture
terminal or nearly so, sessile, not conspicuous ; atrial aperture
about halfway down, placed at the summit of the projection on
the dorsal edge, not conspicuous, lobes rather indistinct. Surface
smooth, but cut up by faint creases, most of which are longitu-
dinal and on the upper (right) side; a few Serpule &c. adhering
towards the posterior end. Colour yellowish grey, light at
anterior end, and brownish towards posterior end and on lower
(left) side. Length 9:2 centims., breadth 5:1 centims.

Test rather thin, thickish on the upper surface, and especially
at the area of attachment. Vessels well-developed and conspi-
cuous on the inner surface; trunks enter near the middle of the
ventral edge.

Mantle moderately developed; musculature strong on the

278 DR, W. A. HERDMAN ON BRITISH TUNICATA.

right side, especially in the centre, where the bands attain a
thickness of ‘5 millim.; sphincters not particularly strong.
Mantle very thin on visceral (left) side; no muscle-bands. No
ocelli visible (spirit specimen).

Branchial sac large, extending beyond the viscera posteriorly,
longitudinally plicated. Transverse vessels wide and rather
close, all one size. Meshes nearly square, the transverse extent
being generally slightly the greater, with large papille at the
angles, and slightly smaller intermediate ones on the inconspicu-
ous internal longitudinal bars. Stigmata oblong, rather short,
six to eight ina mesh. All the larger vessels bear, on their outer
(atrial) sides, short, more or less spine-like projections.

Dorsal lamina rather narrow, ribbed transversely, margin
slightly pectinated. On the right side of the branchial sac near
the dorsal lamina, and a little above the cesophageal opening,
there is an oval slit 1°5 centim. long ; externally it opens just inside
the atrial aperture.

Tentacles few (16 to 20), distant, and rather small, filiform.

Olfactory tubercle of moderate size, irregular in shape, right
horn rolled outwards and left horn inwards.

Viscera.—Stomach large, thick-walled. Intestine with a broad
typhlosole projecting from the upper (inner) side. Ovary and
testis placed in the loop.

Locality. Upper end of Loch Long, 5 to 10 fathoms.

This species externally bears considerable resemblance to
Ascidia mentula; it differs from it chiefly in the character of the
branchial sac, the tentacles, and the olfactory tubercle (see
Plate XIV. fig. 3).

ASCIDIA, FUSIFORMIS, n. sp. (Plate XIV. figs. 4-6.)

External appearance.—Shape elongate-elliptical, flattened late-
rally; both ends narrow, anterior almost pointed, posterior
more obtuse; dorsal edge rather more convex than ventral.
Attached by a small area on the left side two thirds of the way
down. Branchial aperture terminal and median, almost sessile ;
atrial on right side halfway between median line and dorsal
margin, fully halfway down, sessile; lobes of both rather in-
distinct. Surface smooth, a few faint mostly longitudinal creases
on the right side. Colour light yellowish grey, hyaline at the
edges. Length 6°5 centims., breadth 3 centims.

Test rather thick, hyaline, transparent; vessels just visible.

DR. W. A. HERDMAN ON BRITISH TUNICATA, 279

Mantle moderately muscular on the right side.

Branchial sac extending beyond the viscera posteriorly, longi-
tudinally plicated Gn some parts not at all strongly); meshes
square or slightly elongated transversely, with stout papille at
the corners, and smaller intermediate more conical ones, Stig-
mata short, generally oval or elliptical, three in a mesh.

Dorsal lamina narrow, ribbed transversely, margin bluntly
denticulated,

Tentacles small and distant, 25 to 80 in number, large and
small alternately.

Olfactory tubercle almost quadrangular in outline; both horns
coiled inwards.

Nerve ganglion oblong, narrow, placed nearer the atrial than
the branchial aperture.

Locality. Upper end of Loch Long, 5 to 10 fathoms.

This species is evidently allied to Ascidia mentula.

One of the three specimens is a sinistral individual. The area
of attachment is on the right side, and the atrial aperture is on
the left, Internally, the branchial sac is placed to the left of
the viscera, so that, on opening the branchial sac from the side
opposite the viscera, the anterior end being uppermost, the dorsal
lamina is seen on the right hand and the endostyle on the left,
the reverse of the usual arrangement.

ASCIDIA VIRGINEA, O. & Miller. (Plate XV. figs. 1, 2.)

Ascidia virginea, O. F. Miiller, Prodromus, p. 225. no. 2732 (1776),
Zool. Dan. vol. ii. p. 12, tab. 49. fig. 4 (1780).

Ascidia opalina, MacGillivray, Moll. Aberdeen, p. 312 (1843).

Ascidia punum, MacGillivray, Moll. Aberdeen, p. 312 (1843); non
Miller, Zool. Dan.

Ascidia sordida, Alder, Cat. Mar. Moll. Northumb. & Durham, in Trans.
Tynes. Nat. F. C. vol. i. p. 199 (1850).

Ascidia virginea, Alder, Cat. Mar. Moll. Northumb. § Durham, in Trans.
Tynes. Nat. F. C. vol. i. p. 200 (1850).

Ascidia virginea, Forbes & Hanley, Brit. Moll. vol. i. p. 33 (1853).

Ascidia sordida, Forbes & Hanley, Brit. Moil. vol. ii. p. 372 (1853),

Ascidia virginea, Norman, Moll. of the Firth of Clyde, Zoologist, vol. xv.
p. 5708 (1857).

Ascidia virginea, Grube, Die Insel Lussin und ihre Meeresfauna, p. 53
(Breslau, 1864).

Ascidia sordida, Hancock, Anat. & Phys. of Tun., Journ. Linn, Soc. Zool.
vol. ix. p. 309 (1868).

280 DR. W. A. HERDMAN ON BRITISH TUNICATA.

Phallusia virginea, Kupffer, Jahvesberichte d. Komm. z. Untersuch. d.
deutsch. Meere in Kiel, Tunicata, p. 210 (1874).

Ascidia sordida, MacIntosh, Marine Fauna of St. Andrews, p. 55
(1875).

Ascidia virginea, Heller, Untersuch. vi. d. Tun. d. Adriat. u. Mittelm.
ii. Abth., p. 7 (1875).

Phallusia virginea, Traustedt, Oversigt o. d. f. Danmark, &c., Asc. simp.
p. 45, in Vid. Medd. Nat. For., Kjébenhavn (1880).

M. Traustedt, in a paper published last summer, on the
Simple Ascidians from the coast of Denmark &c., has placed
Ascidia sordida of Alder and Hancock as a synonym of Ascidia
virginea. In this I quite agree with him. A comparison of the
descriptions of A. sordida by Alder and of A. virginea by Kupfter
and Heller leaves no room to doubt that they are the same species,
It is rather curious, however, that Alder should have both names
in his catalogue; he does not in his description of A. sordida,
as a new species, refer to A. virginea at all.

A few points in regard to the characteristics of the species
still require to be discussed. The external appearance has been
fully described, especially by Alder and Heller. In regard to the
branchial sac, the absence of papille (see Pl. XV. fig. 1) has been
noticed by Alder, Kupffer, and Traustedt, while Heller states
that the internal longitudinal bars are provided with small three-
cornered papille. I have figured (Pl. XV. fig. 2) a small portion
of the branchial sac seen from the outside, to show the appear-
ance presented by the longitudinal plication. The dorsal fold
is always described as ribbed transversely and smooth-edged. In
specimens from the Firth of Forth, however, where what was
described by Alder as Ascidia sordida is very common in 4 and
5 fathoms, the margin is slightly but distinctly toothed, there
being several smaller denticulations between each pair of larger
ones, which are opposite the ends of the ribs. The tentacles
are described as being closely packed and about fifty in number.
This is considerably under what I have observed, which has
generally been about ninety ; they are rather slender, and are of
two sizes placed alternately,

ASCIDIA TRUNCATA, n. sp. (Plate XV. figs. 3-6.)

External appearance.—Shape oblong, nearly quadrangular,
flattened laterally ; anterior end truncated, slightly narrower
than the almost straight posterior end; dorsal and ventral edges
nearly straight and parallel. Attached by a narrow transyerse

DR. W. A. HERDMAN ON BRITISH TUNICATA, 281

area at the left side of the posterior end. Apertures both on
right side; branchial terminal, placed at the dorsal extremity of
the anterior end, and turned dorsally ; atrial close to the bran-
chial, and directly posterior to it, being on the right side, close to
the dorsal edge, and about one fifth of the way down. Both
apertures slightly projecting, tubular, rather wide ; atrial more
distinctly and regularly lobed than branchial. Surface rough
and irregular, especially on the posterior half of the right side.
Several foreign bodies adhering at the base, and some specimens
of Modiolaria marmorata imbedded in the anterior half of the
right side. Lobes of apertures finely echinated. Colour yellowish
grey to dark brown. Length 6:8 centims., breadth 4 centims.

Test moderately thick, tough; inner surface smooth, with a
bluish tinge ; no vessels visible.

Mantle well developed; muscle-bands strong, but rather distant
on the right side and round the edges of the left ; entirely wanting
over the visceral mass, where the mantle is membranous.

Branchial sac longitudinally plicated ; every third or fourth
transverse vessel larger and more muscular than the intermediate
ones. Internal longitudinal bars well marked, borne on long
eurved ducts, and bearing very small papille, which merely form
slight thickenings at. the angles of the meshes. Meshes rather
elongated transversely ; stigmata short, elongate-elliptical, six to
eight in a mesh.

Dorsal lamina broad, ribbed transversely, and slightly pecti-
nated at the margin.

Tentacles rather large and strong, 32 in number, longer and
shorter alternating.

Olfactory tubercle regular, broadly heart-shaped ; both horns
coiled inwards.

Viscera reaching as far posteriorly as the base of the branchial
Sac.

Locality. Upper end of Loch Long, 5 to 10 fathoms,

This species is probably allied to A. virginea.

ASCIDIA ASPERSA, O. F. Miller. (Plate XVI. figs 1-3.)

Ascidia aspersa, O. F. Miiller, Prodromus, p. 225. no. 2728 (1776);
Zool. Dan. ii. p. 33, tab. 65. fig. 2 (1780).

Ascidia mamillaris, Delle Chiaje, Mem. degli anim. di Napoli, vol. ii.
p: 197, tab. xlv. fig. 14 (1823).

Phallusia cristata, Risso, Hist. nat. d. prod. de V Eur, mérid. t. iv. p. 276
(1826).

282 DR. W. A, HERDMAN ON BRITISH TUNICATA.

Ascidia aspersa, Forbes & Hanley, Brit. Moll. vol. 1. p. 33 (1853).

Ascidia cristata, Grube, Ausflug nach Triest Sc., p. 65, tab. i. fig. 8
(1858).

Ascidia pustulosa, Alder, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xi. p. 184
(1863).

Ascidia aculeata, Alder, Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. ser.3, vol. xi. p. 156
(1863).

Ascidia cristata, Grube, Die Insel Lussin und ihre Meeresfauna, p. 53
(1864).

Ascidia aspersa, Alder, Hebrid. Invert., Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1866, p.207
(1867).

Phallusia pustulosa, Kupffer, Jahresberichte d. Komm. z. Untersuch. d.
deutsch. Meere in Kiel, Tun. p. 213 (1874).

Ascidia cristata, Heller, Untersuchungen ti. d. Tun. Adriat. u. Mittelm.
1 Abth. p. 16, Taf. vi. figs. 5-12 (1874),

Phallusia aspersa, Traustedt, Oversigt o. d. f. Danmark &c., Asc. simp.
p. 43 (1880).

This species varies somewhat in exterual appearance according
to its age, and there can be no doubt that Alder’s .4. pustulosa and
A. aculeata are merely the old and young stages. Grube suggests
that Delle Chiaje’s Ascidia mamillaris is a young specimen of this
species; and the figure certainly closely resembles some small
specimens of A. aculeata from Lamlash Bay. Heller gives, under
the name of A. cristata, an excellent account of this species; it
has also been well described as Phallusia pustulosa by Kupffer,
and as Ascidia aspersa by Traustedt; in some of the internal cha-
racters, however, there is a certain want of agreement between
the various descriptions. In regard to the branchial sac, Alder
says that A. pustulosa has small papille, and A. aculeata has
papille and elliptical stigmata. Heller’s description of the bran-
chial sac is good; he refers to the longitudinal plication (like
that in Ascidia mentula), the long connecting ducts, and the very
small papille. Kupffer, strange to say, mentions long papillee,
equalling in length the breadth of the meshes ; he may haye con-
fused them with the long connecting ducts. In all the specimens
I have examined (from Lamlash Bay and Loch Long) the papille
were very small, and, except when seen in profile, appeared as
mere thickenings of the internal longitudinal bars; the meshes
were small and nearly square, containing each four to six rather
short stigmata (Pl. XVI. fig. 1).

The dorsal lamina, correctly described by Heller, is transversely
ribbed, and hag the margin finely but irregularly denticulated

DR. W. A, HERDMAN ON BRITISH TUNICATA. 288

(Pl. XVI. fig. 2). Alder states that it is smooth, and Kupffer
and Traustedt mention the ribs, but refer to the edge as smooth.

The tentacles (Pl. XVI. fig. 3), which in my specimens are small
and slender, rather distantly placed, 32 in number, and of three
sizes alternating (eight large-, eight medium-, and sixteen small-
sized), are described by Alder in A. pustulosa as few and stout,
while Kupffer and Traustedt say that they number fifty or more ;
their relative size and arrangement is not referred to in any of
the descriptions.

ASCIDIA TRIANGULARIS, 0. sp. (Plate XVI. figs. 4-7.)

External appearance.—Shape triangular, not compressed; an-
terior end narrow, forming a rounded point; posterior end wide,
straight, elongated dorso-ventrally ; ventral edge almost straight,
dorsal sloping backwards to join the rounded dorsal edge of the
postericr end. Attached by the entire extent of the posterior
end, and the ventral half of the posterior end of the right side.
Branchial aperture terminal, sessile ; lobes regular and distinct,
but not projecting ; atrial aperture on dorsal edge, one third of
the way down, slightly projecting, directed dorsally and poste-
riorly. Surface prickly, covered with minute pointed projections
all over, except on the centre of the left side, and at the anterior
end round the branchial aperture. Colour light grey; when
living the apertures were slightly pink. Length 2°3 centims.,
breadth (at posterior end) 2 centims.

Test rather thin and soft, but moderately strong, transparent.
Course of intestine seen through distinctly from left side.

Mantle delicate, adhering slightly to inner surface of test;
musculature distinct but fine.

Branchial sac a little irregular, but not longitudinally plicated.
The alternate transverse vessels wider than the intermediate ones.
Internal longitudinal bars distinct and strong, borne on long
ducts ; no papille. Meshes almost square, containing each about
six stigmata.

Dorsal lamina transversely ribbed; margin minutely denticu-
lated, three or four denticulations between each pair of ribs.

Tentacles rather small and distant, 15 larger, and nearly the
same number of small intermediate ones; in some spaces the
intermediate one is absent.

Olfactory tubercle irregularly lozenge-shaped, opening ante-
rior; horns bent in, but not coiled.

_

284 DR. W. A. HERDMAN ON BRITISH TUNICATA.

Viscera.—Stomach distinct, nearly globular; intestine rather
long and narrow.

Locality. Lamlash Bay, 10 to 20 fathoms. /

This species comes near Ascidia aspersa. In some parts of the
branchial sae (Pl. XVI. fig. 6) there is an irregularity and want
of continuity in the internal longitudinal bars ; the same condi-
tion is seen frequently in Corella parallelogramma.

ASCIDIA SCABRA, O. Ff Miller. (Plate XVI. fig.8; Plate XVII,
figs. 1-3.)
Ascidia scabra, O. F. Miiller, Prodromus, p. 225. no. 2726 (1776), Zool.
Dan. ii. p. 33, tab. 65. fig. 3 (1780); Forbes & Hanley, Brit. Moll.
vol. i. p. 33 (1853).

Phallusia scabra, Grube, Die Insel Lussin &c. p. 55 (1864).

Ascidia scabra, Hancock, Anat. and Phys. of Tun., Journ, Linn. Soe.
Zool. vol. ix. p. 309 (1868).

Ascidia scabra, Heller, Untersuchungen ii. d. Tun. Adriat. u. Mittelm,
1 Abth. p. 17, Taf. vi. fig. 13 (1874).

As far as I am aware only the external appearance of this
species has been described; the following will complete what is
necessary for the proper definition of the species.

Branchial sac longitudinally plicated; transverse vessels usually
all of the same size, occasionally, however, slighter intermediate
ones are present for short distances. Internal longitudinal bars
distinct, but having no papille. Meshes usually transversely
elongated, each containing about twelve stigmata.

Dorsal lamina broad, ribbed transversely ; margin finely but
irregularly toothed, five to seven teeth between each pair of ribs.

Tentacles of three lengths, 18 long and rather slender, the
same number of shorter intermediate ones, and about 36 very
short ones, regularly disposed between the others.

Olfactory tubercle simply oval in outline, the opening at the
anterior end; horns not coiled.

Ascidia scabra is allied to both A. aspersa and A. virginea. I
have figured (Plate XVII. fig. 3) a small part of the branchial
sac of one of my specimens, to show the amount of irregularity
which may occur; it is seen from the outer side so as to avoid
the additional complication which the presence of the internal
longitudinal bars would introduce.

ASCIDIA PATONI, 0. sp. (Plate XVII. figs. 4-7.)

External appearance.—Shape elongate-elliptical ; anterior end
narrow, posterior rounded; dorsal edge more conyex than ven-

DR. W. A. HERDMAN ON BRITISH TUNICATA. 285

tral; left side flat, right slightly convex. Attached by posterior
end of left side towards ventral edge; the area of attachment
forms a well-marked base, almost a short stalk, with the posterior
margin slightly expanded. Both apertures on right side, sessile ;
branchial almost terminal ; atrial about one fourth of the way
down, near the dorsal edge. Surface smooth. Colour light yel-
lowish grey. Length 6 centims., breadth 3 centims.

Test thin, but tough ; vascular trunks enter in the lower third
of the left side (at the anterior end of the base), and radiate over
that side, where they are conspicuous.

Mantle rather thin; muscle-bands fine, but numerous.

Branchial sac delicate, not longitudinally plicated; the alter.
nate transverse vessels are stronger than the intermediate ones ;
in some places, however, the latter are wanting. The internal
longitudinal bars bear large curved papille, those at the intersec-
tions with the slighter transverse vessels, or where these ought to
be, smaller than the others. Meshes slightly longer transversely
than verti¢ally ; stigmata short and regular, six to eight in a
mesh,

Dorsal lamma closely ribbed transversely; margin toothed,
rather irregularly.

Tentacles very numerous, packed closely together, of at least
three sizes, the smallest being very minute.

Olfactory tubercle simply ovate in outline, the opening anterior,

Locality. Upper end of Loch Long, 5 fathoms.

For this and a few of the other specimens I am indebted to
my friend Mr. D. Noel Paton, B.Sc., to whom this species is
dedicated.

Ascrpia MuRIcATA, Heller. (Plate XVIII. figs. 1, 2.)
Ascidia muricata, Heller, Untersuchungen ti. d. Tun. d. Adriat. u. Mit-
telm. 1 Abth. p. 13, Taf. iv. figs. 6-7 & Taf. v. fig. 1 (1874).

This species, which was found by Heller at Lesina, I dredged
twice in Lamlash Bay last September. The specimens were small,
being only half the size of those from the Mediterranean, but
agree well with the description and figures. Heller gives a full
account of the external appearance; but for the internal charac-
ters merely says that the form of the branchial sac, the papille,
and the dorsal fold are like those of Ascidia mentula. I therefore
add the following details taken from the Scottish specimens.

Branchial sae not longitudinally plicated, or very slightly so;

286 DR. W. A. HERDMAN ON BRITISH TUNICATA.

transverse vessels all one size, rather far apart. Internal longi-
tudinal bars strong and numerous, bearing large irregularly
shaped papille at the angles of the meshes, and smaller conical
intermediately placed ones. Meshes having the vertical extent
nearly twice as great as the horizontal, each containing two or
three stigmata.

Dorsal lamina rather broad, strongly ribbed transversely, margin
plain.

Tentacles rather large, placed close together, long and short
alternately, about 12 of each size.

Olfactory tubercle simple, opening anterior, horns not coiled.

Agscipra optiqua, Alder. (Plate XVITI. fig. 3.) -
Ascidia obliqua, Alder, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 3rd ser. vol. xi. p. 154 |
(1863). |

In the collection at the Natural-History Rooms in the Edin-
burgh University there are two specimens of this species from
Lofoten, 800 fathoms, identified by Professor M. Sars; they
agree perfectly with Alder’s description of British specimens
(Lamlash). Those, on the other hand, described and figured by
Heller (Untersuch. &c., 1 Abth. p. 18, Taf. iv. fig. 5) are un-
doubtedly a distinct species.

Alder gives a good description of the external appearance; an
account of a few points in the internal structure is still wanting.

Branchial sac delicate, longitudinally plicated. Internal lon-
gitudinal bars thin but distinct, bearing papille at the corners of
the meshes; these papille are rod-like in profile, but bear mem-
branous expansions, which are seen in the lateral view. Meshes
slightly longer vertically than transversely, each containing about
six elongated regular stigmata.

Dorsal lamina transversely ribbed.

Tentacles numerous, slender.

Olfactory tubercle cordate.

Ascupia pipressa, Alder § Hancock. (Plate XVIII. figs. 4, 5.)

Ascidia depressa, Alder, Catalogue of the Marine Mollusca of North-
umberland and Durham, in Trans. Tynes. Nat. F. C. vol. i. p.201 (1850);
Forbes and Hanley, British Mollusca, vol. ii. p. 373 (1853); Alder,
Hebrid. Invert., Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1866, p. 208 (1867); Hedler,
Untersuch. ti. d. Tun. d. Adriat.u. Mittelm. 1 Abth. p. 15, Taf. v. figs.
10-12 (from Denksch. d. k. Akad. d. Wiss. Bd. xxxiv., Wien, 1874)
MacIntosh, Marine Fauna of St. Andrews, p. 55 (1875).

DR. W. A. HERDMAN ON BRITISH TUNICATA. 287

This species has such a characteristic appearance that no ad-
dition to Alder’s description is necessary. No account of its
internal characters, however, has been given—Alder merely
saying “ Branchial sac finely reticulated, with tubercules at the
intersections,’ and Heller giving no information beyoud the
external appearance. This being the case, the following notes on
the condition of the branchial sac &c. are necessary to complete
the description of the species.

Branchial sac long and narrow, generally extending beyond
the viscera posteriorly, longitudinally plicated ; transverse vessels
all one size. Meshes square or slightly elongated transversely,
with short blunt papille at the corners, and smaller intermediate
ones on the internal longitudinal bars. Stigmata elongate-ellip-
tical, rather short, four or five in a mesh.

Dorsal lamina strong, not very wide, transversely ribbed ;
margin provided with short teeth opposite the ends of the ribs
and generally one or two smaller intermediate ones,

Tentacles simple, tapering, and slightly curved, numerous and
closely placed, about 15 to 20 longer and stouter, between each
pair of which are one or two small ones.

Olfactory tubercle simple, oval in outline, with the opening at
the anterior slightly narrower end.

Viscera in a compact mass, occupying the posterior half of the
left side of the branchial sac.

Locality. Attached to the under surfaces of large stones at
extreme low water, near King’s Cross Point, Lamlash Bay.

AscIpIA PLEBEIA, Alder. (Plate XVIII. figs. 6-8 ; Plate XIX.
figs. 1-4.)

Ascidia plebeia, Alder, Ann. &§ Mag. Nat. Hist. sey. 3, vol. xi. p. 155

(1863); Alder, Hebrid. Invert., Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1866, p. 207

(1867); Heller, Untersuch. ti. d. Tun. Adriat. u. Mittelm. 1 Abth.
p- 14, Taf. v. fig. 7 (1874).

This is a rather variable species, showing very different appear-
ances according to its position and the objects to which it is
attached; it also varies greatly in the amount to which it is
covered by sand, shells, and other foreign bodies. Alder says
“slightly covered with fragments of shell and sand at the attached
end.” Some of my specimens from Lamlash Bay have the soft
dull-green test entirely exposed, while others are completely
covered, even on the siphons in some cases, by a fine, but thick

288 DR. W. Ai HERDMAN ON BRITISH TUNICATA.

coating of sand-grains, and in others by large pieces of shell,
nullipore, and stones. Heller’s figure is fairly characteristic ; in
many of my specimens, however, the atrial siphon is directed
more posteriorly than dorsally, and is not so prominent.

I figure a specimen with the test removed (Pl. XIX. fig. 1),
to show the elongated atrial siphon.

The characters of the internal organs are as follows :—

Branchial sae oblong, not longitudinally plicated, or only very
slightly so. Transverse vessels stout, allthe same size. Internal
longitudinal bars conspicuous, bearing large papille at the angles
of the meshes, and smaller, more conical intermediate ones ; these
latter are absent in a few of the meshes. Meshes slightly longer
vertically than transversely, each containing three to five rather
short stigmata.

Dorsal lamina transversely ribbed, margin minutely denti-
culated.

Tentacles inconspicuous, very slender, 72 in number, of three
sizes arranged alternately—18 large, 18 medium-sized, and 36
small.

Olfactory tubercle oblong in outline, the opening at the ante-
rior end of the right side ; horns almost touching, not coiled.

This species comes near Ascidia depressa, Alder.

The condition of the olfactory tubercle described above (and
figured on PJ. XVIII. fig. 7) is the one usually found; but in
some specimens the horns are turned in (as shown on Pl. XVIII.
fig. 6) but not coiled. In some parts of the dorsal lamina (see
Pl. XIX. fig. 3) a series of papille is present, forming a line
parallel to and resembling the denticulated margin.

ASCIDIA EXicua,n. sp. (Plate XIX. figs. 5-8.)

External appearance.—Shape ovate-elliptical, anterior end
slightly wider than posterior, both blunt and rounded ; depressed,
flattened laterally. Attached by the entire left side; margin
slightly expanded here and there. Apertures both sessile, incon-
spicuous; branchial terminal, atrial about two fifths of the way
down. Surface smooth, Colour yellowish grey. Length 11
centim., breadth 0°6 centim.

Test moderately thick, strong, transparent; no vessels visible,

Mantle well developed ; muscular bands very delicate, but close,
forming rather a fine network. Ocelli red, minute.

Branchial sae not longitudinally plicated, meshes haying the

DR. W. A. HERDMAN ON BRITISH TUNICATA. 289

vertical extent greatest, with large conical papille at the corners
and no intermediate ones. Stigmata oblong with rounded ends,
usually two in a mesh.

Dorsal lamina ribbed transversely; marginirregularly pectinated.

Tentacles numerous, placed close together, about 20 large aud
the same number of rather small intermediate ones.

Olfactory tubercle irregularly U-shaped; opening anterior, wide.

Viscera rather small, seen distinctly through mantle on left side.
Stomach large, yellow. Intestine narrow, black.

Locality. Lamlash Bay, 10 fathoms, Sept. 1879.

P.S.—In connection with theirregular branchial sac of Ascidia
scabra (see Pl. XVII. fig. 3) mentioned on page 284, I have un-
fortunately omitted to refer to Lacaze-Duthiers’ interesting
description of three varieties in the branchial sac of Ctenicella
Lanceplaini (Arch. Zool. expér. vol. vi. p. 619, 1877). But I
hope to return to this subject in a future communication.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puare XIV.

Fig. 1. Ascidia lata, n. sp. Seen from the right side, natural size.
2. The same. Part of branchial sac, seen from inside, magnified.
3. The same. Olfactory tubercle, magnified.
4, Ascidia fusiformis, n. sp. Seen from the right side, natural size.
5. The same. Part of branchial sac, from the inside, magnified.
6. The same. Olfactory tubercle, magnified.

PuatTe XV.

Fig. 1. Ascidia virginea, O. F. Miller. Part of branchial sac, seen from
inside, magnified.

. The same. Part of branchial sac, seen from outside, magnified.

. Ascidia truncata, n.sp. Seen from right side, natural size.

. The same. Part of branchial sac, seen from inside, magnified.

. The same. Olfactory tubercle and tentacles, magnified.

. The same. Part of dorsal lamina, magnitied.

os orn B® Co bo

Priate XVI.

Fig. 1. Ascidia aspersa, O, F. Miller. Part of branchial sac, seen from
inside, magnified.
2. The same. Part of dorsal lamina, magnified.
3. The same. Olfactory tubercle and tentacles, magnified.
4. Ascidia triangularis, n. sp. Seen from right side, natural size.
LINN. JOUBN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XV. 22

290

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

bo TIO oP

CN oS Or

& Or pp OO bo

DR. W. A. HERDMAN ON BRITISH TUNICATA.

. Thesame. Seen from left side, natural size.

. The same. Part of branchial sac, from inside, magnified.

. The same. Olfactory tubercle and tentacles, magnified.

. Ascidia scabra, O. F. Miller. Part of branchial sac, from inside,

magnified.
Prats XVII.

. Ascidia scabra, O. F. Miller. Olfactory tubercle, magnified.
. The same. Part of circlet of tentacles, magnified.
. The same. A very irregular part of branchial sac, from outside.

magnified.

. Ascidia Patoni,n.sp. Seen from the right side, natural size.
. The same. Seen from ventral edge, natural size.

The same. Part of dorsal lamina, magnified.

. Thesame. Part of branchial sac, from inside, magnified.

Puate XVIII,

. Ascidia muricata, Heller. Part of branchial sac, from outside,

magnified.

. The same. Olfactory tubercle and tentacles, magnified.
. Ascidia obliqua, Alder. Part of branchial sac, from inside, mag-

nified.

. Ascidia depressa, Alder. Part of branchial sac, from inside,

magnified.

. The same. Olfactory tubercle and tentacles, magnified.

. Ascidia plebeia, Alder. Olfactory tubercle, magnified.

. The same. Another variety of olfactory tubercle, magnified.
. The same. A third variety of olfactory tubercle, magnified.

Puate XIX.

. Ascidia plebeia, Alder.. Specimen with test removed, from right

side, natural size.

. The same. Part of branchial sac, from inside, magnified.

. The same. Part of dorsal lamina, magnified.

. The same. Part of circlet of tentacles, magnified.

. Ascidia exiqua, n. sp. Seen from right side, natural size.

. The same. A specimen with test removed, from left side, natural

size.

. Thesame. Part of branchial sac, from inside, magnified.
. The same. Olfactory tubercle, magnified.

ON THE LAND-MOLLUSCAN GENUS DURGELLA. 291

On the Land-Mollusecan Genus Durgella, W. T. Blanford; with
Notes on its Anatomy and Description of a new Species.
By Lieut.-Colonel H. H. Gopwix-Avusren, F.R.S., F.LS.

[Read December 16, 1880.]
(Puatrs XX, & XXT.)

Tne genus Durgella was founded by Mr. W. T. Blanford in
February 1863, in a paper published in the‘ Annals and Magazine
of Natural History’ *, which was really the first attempt to classify
the Indian land-shells by the form of the animal; and in the
section Manina the form of the mucous pore at the extremity of
the foot way principally relied on, together with the character of
the shell. It placed several species in their correct natural divi-
sions which were before unknown; and the localities are authentic,
which renders the paper avaluable one as regards their distribution.

Durgelia included three species :—

The type, D. levicula, Bens. Tenasserim (Theobald); Prome,
in Pegu.

D. mucosa, W. & H. Blanf. Nilgiri Hills.

D. seposita, Bens. Darjiling. (Animal not seen by the author.)

The species D. levicula was described by Mr. W. H. Benson, in
the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ May 1859, p. 391,
from a single specimen (which I take to be young) found at Phie-
Than, in Tenasserim, by Mr. W. Theobald. Benson’s shells passed,
some time after his death, to Mr. MacAndrew, and are now most
of them in the Cambridge Museum and incorporated in the Mac-
Andrew collection, and generally have “from Benson’s collection’
written on the new label, with India, Bengal, or Burmah as habitat;
but I regretted to find Benson’s original labels, in his unmistakable
writing, have been destroyed, and with them all his valuable
record of exact locality: this fault, however, does not rest, I am
glad to say, on the Cambridge Museum. The original value of
many of the species is gone for ever; and a good many have now
no locality at all. There are two specimens of D. levicula in the
collection from Tenasserim, one of which must be the type shell
referred to. Ihave thus been enabled to compare and identify
the specimens in my own collection ; and I take this opportunity
of thanking Mr. J. W. Clark, of Cambridge, for his courtesy in
affording me every possible facility for examining this ccilection,
which contains avery large number of type forms. The figure of

* “On Indian Species of Land-Shells belonging to the Genera Helix, Linn.,
and Nanina, Gray” (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, 1863, vol. xi. p. 81).

LINN. JOURN.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XV. 23

292 TIEUT.-coL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON THE

D. levicula in the ‘ Conch. Indica,’ pl. xe. figs. 1-4, is a fair repre-
sentation of the shell, but over-coloured.

Mr. Ossian Limborg collected in spirit a very large number of
D. levicula on the slopes of the Mulé-it range near Meetan, and a
number also reached me alive in Calcutta which had been packed
in a bamboo-tube. An examination of the animal shows that it
is a very distinct genus, having but a distant relationship with
Girasia, Macrochlamys, &c., aud must be placed in a distinct
group of its own. It will be interesting hereafter to see in which
direction and to what extent its allied forms will be found to
range, the extreme limits now being Assam on the N.W. and
Tenasserim on the 8.H.; for among a collection of land-shells, in
spirit, most kindly got together by Mr. D. McTavish Lumsden at
the tea-factory of Paniputer, near Tezpur, in Assam, during the
last rainy season, were two specimens I at first sight thought be-
longed to Macrochlamys. On taking them up for examination,
I found all the interesting characters again as exhibited in
D. levicula ; and I hope to be able to point these out in some
degree of detail in the following notes.

I am very doubtful if mucosa can be placed in this genus:
seposita may be, perhaps; but if, as Mr. G. Nevill thinks,
seposita is the same as my bilineata from the Dafla Hills, then
it must also be removed; for the latter is a true Macrochlamys.

It is not improbable that the large form Helicarion prestans,
Gould, from Moulmein and other parts of Tenasserim, will find
a place in or near this genus, judging from a figure of the animal
which was made under the superintendence of Ferd. Stoliczka ;
and I wish I could obtain the species in spirit.

The Additional and Principal Characters of the Genus Durgella.

1. The right and left mantle-lobes moderate, the shell-lobes
very ample; the right shell-lobe extends from the anal aperture
(close to the upper angle of the shell-aperture) to the columellar
margin, and spreads away over the shell in a broad triangular
tongue; the left shell-lobe is reflected slightly over the edge of
the shell in front, from near the respiratory orifice, and becomes
wider on the lower margin as it approaches the umbilicus, and is
also of triangular shape when extended. A large portion of the
shell is always exposed.

2. The mucous pore is well developed, with a large overhanging
lobe.

3. The jaw is very thin, membranaceous, almost straight on the
margin, with a very slight central projection.

LAND-MOLLUSCAN GENUS DURGELLA. 293

4, The odontophore is broader than long, with a central minute,
tricuspid tooth; the lateral teeth all similar, minutely 6-cuspid
or pectiniform, on a curved edge, very closely set together and
exceedingly numerous. 170—1—170+.

5. In generative organs, an amatorial organ present in the
Burmese form is absent in the Indian.

6. Shell thin or membranaceous, globose or depressedly conoid ;
polished, very closely perforate, the columellar margin having no
solidity.

The abnormality of this genus, as compared with shells of
similar form, lies principally in the very remarkable odontophore,
which is quite unlike any other Indian species of the Zonitide
that I have examined; with this, of course, we find the jaw also
much modified. There is considerable similarity with the teeth
of Conulema attegia and C. infula (figured by Stoliczka in the
J. A.S. B. 1871, pl. xviii. figs. 4 & 9) in the multicuspid or pec-
tiniform laterals and the greater number (153 on each side in
C. infula); but the centre tooth is large and the shell-lobes of the
mantle are not developed; still here we have relationship.

DvRGELLA LEVIcULA, Benson. (Plates XX. & XXI.)

Locality. Meetan, under the Mulé-it range, Tenasserim ; very
abundant (O. Limborg).

Shell very narrowly perforate, ovately globose. Sculpture
smooth on last whorl, with regular shallow ribbing under a strong
lens; the apical whorls are regularly and finely striate, crossed
by oblique fine ribbing, and almost decussate. Colowr when living
pale greenish ochre, whitish towards the apex; with animal re-
moved, very pale ochraceous. Spire low, convex. Suture rather
shallow. Whorls 34 to 4, adpressed, well rounded (Plate XX.
fig.7). Aperture broadly ovate, oblique. Peristome thin; colu-
mellar margin rounded, slightly reflected, not at all solid.

Large specimen :--

Size—major diam. 0°35, minor diam. 0°80, alt. axis 0°18 inch.
” pean Opti, 5 a de2ee ee 4c -mmalinna gs,

Diam. aperture 5°7, alt. aperture 5:0 millims. The ordinary
size, however, is 7‘0 millims., of the major diameter.

Living Animal.—Pale ochre, with a dusky line on the upper
part of the extremity of the foot, also on the neck; tentacles mode-
rately long ; foot with mucous gland(Pl. XX. fig. 3 a), lobe over it
moderate. A broad tongue-like expansion (figs. 3, 4, & 6, 7.5.2.) on
the right side of the aperture, another on the left margin of the

23*

294, LIEUT.-COL. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON THE

mantle (J.s.l.), which is reflected over the edge of the peristome.
Left neck-lobe (J.d.J.) moderate. The length of an animal with
a shell 0'4 in major diam. was 0°75 inch.

The foot below has a distinct central area, the perambulatory
portion ; the margin of the foot regularly segmented, both on the
outside and viewed from below.

Generative Organs.—N either the ovotestes, hermaphrodite duct,
nor albumen-gland haye I been able to make out in the spirit-
specimens.

The spermatheca (Pl. X XI. fig. 1) is short, thick and wide at the
base, with a narrow neck above, and a swollen rounded terminal
portion (vide Conulema, Stoliczka), The amatory organ large,
being twisted in form from its position in the spire of the shell; at
the anterior end it terminates in a well-developed, pointed, cylin-
drical knob, which is the homologue of the dart, and which.is con-
tained in a large expanded muscular sac.

The penis has an expanded portion below the point where
the retractor muscle is attached; and in one specimen this was
developed into a cecum-like process, which probably represents
the “ Kalksac”’ in other forms; there is another convolution near
and below the junction of the vas deferens.

The odontophore (Pl. XXI. figs. 3, 3.@) is very broad, as described
in the generic description ; the central tooth is very minute, and
so hidden by the larger laterals, that I have only been able to see it
once. The lingual ribbon is extremely brittle, and generally parts
upon the central line. It is very difficult to see the whole side of
the odontophore at once and count the teeth; and I have not
been able to count the number of rows, but they are considerably
over a hundred. There must be at least 34,000 to 35,000 teeth. In
Conulema infula Stoliczka records 30,000, in C. atéegia 40,000: their
extreme minuteness isshown by four medians occupying only 0:0005
inch; five laterals the same space. The jaw (Pl. XXI. fig. 5) is 044
inch in length, very thin and membranaceous, nearly straight in
front, witn avery slight rise in the centre, convex above; muscular
impressions striate from side to side, and arching sharply near the
central portion ; far less strongly formed than in Wacrochlamys &e.

DURGELLA ASSAMICA, n. sp. (Plates XX. & XX1.)

Locality. Paniputer tea-garden, rear Tezpur, Assam ; only two
specimens received (Lumsden).

Shell very thin and membranaceous, imperforate, depressedly
conoid. Sculpture quite smooth, with some slight, indistinct,
oblique shallow ribbing on the third whorl. Colour olive-brown.

LAND-MOLLUSCAN GENUS DURGELLA. 295

Spire depressed. Suture impressed. Whorls 4, rather rapidly
increasing (Pl. XX. fig 8). Aperture ovate, oblique. Peristome
very thin ; columellar margin not at all thickened.

Size—Major diam. 0°38, minor diam. 0°38, alt. axis 0°17 inch,

"p ay cB ne OE » 4°4 millims.

Animal.—The overhanging lobe to the mucous pore is largely
developed. The lateral pallial line is distinctly marked by a double
row of oblong segmental divisions or tubercles (Pl. XX. fig. 5, s, s) ;
but the portion of the foot above it is smooth, with indistinct
radiating irregular lines leading to the dorsal side (s*).

In Pl. XX. fig. 6, I give the mantle-lobes detached from the body
of the animal. They are as in D. levicula, only that the left dorsal
lobe is divided into two distinct parts at about the middle of its
length.

Generative Organs (Pl. XXI. fig. 2)—The albumen-gland is
pear-shaped and well developed, with an expansion near the
junction of the hermaphrodite duct. The oviduct is greatly
swollen and enlarged, but, as usual, not well preserved. The
spermatheca (sp) longer than in D. levicula, with the same swollen
posterior termination and narrow median neck. The penis shows
expanded portions in its course on both sides of the retractor
muscle. No amatorial organ found in two specimens examined.
Here we have a most interesting correspondence with what Sto-
liczka has recorded on the anatomy of Conulema (J. A.S. B. vol. xl.
1871, pp. 236-241, pl. xviii.), where he found it present in C.
attegia, Bens., from Burmah, not so in C. infula, Bens., the Bengal
or Indian form. This I take to be another proof of the close re-
lationship of the genus Durgella and Conulema in the two areas ;
for we find that D. assamica bears exactly the same relationship
to C. infula as D. levicula does in Burmah and Tenasserim to
O. attegia—a modification from some older, earlier, and wider-
distributed form having gone on in the two areas. But it would
not, as Stoliczka says, be expedient, on this single point of struc-
ture alone, to place attegia and infula in different genera. On
the contrary, it would be more in accordance with a strict classi-
fication to consider Durgella and Conulema as one, in spite of the
very different and conchologically extreme form of their shells.

The odontophore (Pl. XXT. fig. 4) is as in D. levicula; the
central tooth not seen. The jaw (Pl. XXI. fig. 6) very straight
in front, thin, flatly convex above, rather narrow; the striate lines
of muscular attachment form a broad arch oyer the central portion

of the front edge.

296 LIEUT.-cOL, H. He GODWIN-AUSTEN ON THE GENUS DURGELLA.

List of Species of Durgella.

levicula, Bens,

assamica, Godw.-Aust.

seposita, Bens.? Anatomy not examined.

mucosa, W. & H. Blanf.? Anatomy not examined.

burmanica, Bens.? Anatomy not examined. I have very little
doubt about this shell, which I examined in the Benson collection.

shisha, Godw.-Aust.? Anatomy not examined.

It would have been supposed, taking the shell-character alone,
that Helicarion Bensoni, from the neighbourhood of Caleutta, would
come into this list; but I have the lingual ribbon of this species
from Mr, W. T. Blanford, and I find it similar to MWacrochlamys.
Similarly, taking the figures in Semper’s ‘ Reis. Arch. Philipp.’
pl.i. figs.8 & 11, of Helicarion bicarinatus and H. gutta, the shells
are very much like that of D. levicula; but they appear to have,
besides the ordinary dentition, a different form of mucous pore
and more complicate shell- and mantle-lobes. The same applies
to H. tigrinus and H. incertus.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prats XX,
Figs. 1 & 2. Shell of Durgelia levicula, Bens.

3. Animal (spirit-specimen): 7.s./., right shell-lobe (the dotted line
shows where it spreads over the shell when the animal is alive) ;
a.o., anal orifice ; 7.0., respiratory orifice; 7.ap., renal aperture ;
r.d.l., right dorsal lobe; /.d.J., left dorsal lobe; s, lateral line ;
p, the central pedal area.

8a. Extremity of foot; lobe above the mucous pore, as in life.

4, 1.s.1., left shell-lobe; /.d./., left dorsal lobe.

5. Portion of side of foot of D. assamica, much magnified: s, s, divisions
of the lateral line; s*, segmental lines running from it.

6. Diagrammatic view of the mantle-lobes of D. assamica: lettering as
in fig. 3.

7. The sutural spiral of D. levicula.

8. The sutural spiral of D. assamica.

Pratr XXI.

Fig. 1. Generative organs of D. levicula: P., penis; 7.1.p., retractor muscle
of penis; am.o., amatory organ ; 7.7., retractor muscle ; v.d., vas
deferens; sp., spermatheca; ov., oviduct.

2. Generative organs of D. assamica: h.d., hermaphrodite duct ; al.g.,
albumen-gland ; ov., oviduct; sp., spermatheca; v.¢., vas deferens
P., penis; 7.7.p., retractor muscle of penis.

3, 0a. Central laterals of D. levicula.

4,4a. Central laterals of D. assamica.

5. Jaw of .D. levicula.

6, Jaw of D. assamica,

Sore es

ON THE LIFE-HISTORIES OF GAMASIN A. 297

Observations on the Life-histories of Gamasing, with a view to

assist in more exact Classification. By Arzert D, Micnazn,
KLS., F.R.MS.

[Read February 3, 1881.]

(PuatEs XXII. & XXIII.)

My intention in this paper is to record the results of a series of
observations, made during the year 1880, upon the life-histories
of a few species of Gamasinz, with the special object of endea-
vouring to decide some of the disputed points in reference to
these creatures, which render any thing like knowledge of the
family so difficult.

It will readily be understood how these difficulties arise on the
very threshold, when the two gentlemen who have probably paid
more attention to the subject than any one else living, viz. M.
Mégnin of Versailles and Dr. Kramer of Schleusingen, are totally
at variance upon such primary matters as whether certain conspi-
cuous characteristics are fixed distinctions, affording a good basis
for subgeneric and specific division, or whether they are simply
marks of an immature stage, which will vanish upon attaining
maturity.

During my late researches into the life-histories of another family
of Acarina (the Oribatide), the results of which are recorded else-
where*, I have become strongly impressed with the idea that de-
tached observations, on captured specimens, are of secondary value,
and that really reliable information upon the subject is only to be
obtained by breeding the creatures in confinement, in vessels known
not to contain any allied Acarina, and which will afford the means
of very frequent observation of the individual specimens which
are being traced. Great care and attention, however, is required
to keep the creatures alive and healthy under these conditions.
It is easy to breed numbers in large vessels containing quantities
of shelter and food ; but these are of comparatively little service,
as the individual specimen is lost sight of.

It seemed to me that if some of the Gamasids could be bred
through their lives, and watched in this manner, several of the
questions above alluded to might be set at rest; but for a long

* Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society, vol. iii. p. 32,

298 MR. A. D. MICHAEL ON THE

time I was not as successful in rearing the Gamasine as I had
been with the Oribatids. The former are far more active crea-
tures, and did not thrive when confined in the small glass cells
which I had used for the latter, and which are so handy for obser-
vations. I have at last succeeded in keeping the several species
which I have attempted in good condition, and rearing them
several generations, by using very large cells, and small round
glass dissecting-troughs, each being covered by a flat plate of glass
with two or three small holes in it, each hole being covered with
very fine muslin gummed outside the glass, the cover being larger
than the cell, and the holes in such a position that they can either
be made to come over the interior of the cell so as to ventilate
it, and allow the escape of moisture, or pushed beyond the cell-
wall leaving the moisture confined. This arrangement, combined.
with a curtain, and, what is more important, care and frequent
attention, enabled me to regulate the light, temperature, and
hygrometric condition of the air in the cell, so as to obtain in each
instance what was most suitable to my captives. They finally
became apparently quite at home and contented in their prisons,
not attempting to escape when the cell was sometimes uncovered
for the use of higher powers: this is a great point, because habits
cannot be observed when the creatures are excited and endeavour-
ing to escape.

One very doubtful point had to be decided at the outset, viz.
what the Gamasine really fed upon, as they manifestly could
not be successfully reared unless supplied with proper food.
Méenin says* they are nourished on the liquid products of the
decomposition of dead vegetables or the excrements of quadrupeds
and birds; and he proceeds to cite the places where they are found
as proof of this assertion. He is also decidedly of opinion + that
the nymphs and females do not obtain any nourishment from the
insects upon which they are so constantly found, but simply use
them as a means of conveyance. Kramer also statest that damp
and decaying vegetation are the necessaries of their existence.
I did not find, however, that the Gamasids which I attempted to

* “Mémoire sur Vorganisation et la distribution zoologique des Acariens
de ia famille des Gamasides,” Robin’s Journ, de Anatomie et de Ja Physio-
logie, May 1876, p. 325.

t Loe. cit. p. 290.

} “Zur Naturgeschichte einiger Gattungen aus der Familie der Gamasiden,”
Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, 1876, erstes Heft, p. 47,

LIFE-HISTORIES OF GAMASIN ZA. 299

rear throve at all well when supplied only with decaying vegeta-
tion ; and a comparison of their construction with that of other
families of Acarina led me irresistibly to the conclusion that they
were chiefly or entirely predatory. The remarkable power of
darting each mandible separately with speed and accuracy of aim
far in advance of the body, the powerful retractile muscles attached
to these mandibles, the organization of the remainder of the
mouth, the extreme swiftness of the creatures, the use of the
front legs as tactile organs only, and not for the purposes of
locomotion, and the ample supply of tactile hairs in front only all
seemed to me to fit the animals for a predatory life, and to indicate
habits similar to those of Cheyletus and Trombidium rather than
of the true vegetable-feeders, such as the Oribatide, Tetranachi
&e. In this I was confirmed by frequently capturing Gamasids
with small Thysanuride firmly held in their mandibles, a cireum-
stance surprising enough, as one would hardly have expected that
any development of the tactile sense would have enabled an eye-
less being such as Gamasus to capture such active insects as
Podura &e. ; they are, however, certainly able to do go.

There are one or two remarks in the earlier writers which point
in the direction of predatory habits. Thus Dugés*, speaking of
the so-called Gamasus coleoptratorum, says :—In winter they are
found under stones, and there doubtless live on other Acari; at
all events, I have seen small Trombidies devoured by Gamasus
testudinarius. Gervais alsot, speaking of an unidentified species,
says:—I have seen it seize a small Myriapod in its didactyle
mandibles and run off rapidly with it. Led by these considera-
tions, I determined to try feeding my Gamasids with cheese-
mites. I first placed a single Gamasid in a cell and shook in some
cheese-mites ; the success was quite unmistakable. The instant
that a cheese-mite touched one of the tactile hairs on the fore
legs of the Gamasus, it was seized in the mandibles of the latter,
drawn to the mouth, and sucked dry ; the same took place with
another and another, until the Gamasus was satiated. Since that
time I have fed my Gamasids entirely upon cheese-mites with
complete success ; but they have sometimes varied their diet by
eating one another. I am therefore of opinion that, at all events

* Recherches sur l’ordre des Acariens.” Troisiéme mémoire. Ann, des Sci.

Nat. 1834, t. ii. p. 26.
+ Walckenaer’s § Histoire naturelle des Insects, Aptéres,’t. iii. p, 215.

800 -MR. A. D. MICHAEL ON THE

as a rule, the Gamasine are predatory creatures, and that their
being found in the situations before described is due to the fact
that soft-bodied Acari, and minute soft-bodied insects &c., abound
there, and afford ample prey.

While on this subject of the food, I wished, if possible, to ascer-
tain whether the nymphs and females of Gamasine do really suck
the juices of the insects upon which they are found, or only use
them as 2 means of conveyance, as Mégnin contends. With this
object, I placed asingle Gamasid ina separate cell, and after a day
or so ceased feeding it with a very sufficient supply of cheese-
mites, but instead introduced some freshly killed dipterous insects,
selecting those the juices of which would be dark or of strongly
marked colour. The Gamasine, like many other of the Acarina,
are sufficiently transparent to allow the colour of the food to show _
through the dorsal surface, looking like coloured markings ; a cir-
cumstance which, not being understood by C. L. Koch*, induced
that most laborious writer to create a great number of new spe-
cies, dependent upon colour, which arose from the nature of the
food the creature had been eating. I invariably found that for
a day or so the Gamasus assumed the colour of the insect sup-
plied toit. Thus after a black gnat had been put in, the markings
on the Gamasus were black, after a scarlet Trombidiwm they were
red ; and I algo observed that if the insect were at all large, the
Gamasus seemed to prefer attacking the eye, and was then coloured
for a day or so in accordance with the pigment-layer. It is there-
fore evident that the Gamasids do suck the juices of quite freshly
killed insects ; and although it is most difficult to watch them on
the living insect, I cannot help thinking that they do obtain some
amount of nourishment at the expense of their hosts during the
period of their parasitism, or at all events that this is the case with
some species.

Having now disposed of the question of food, I wiil relate the
other observations which I was able to make ; but before doing so,
in order that the points I wished to elucidate may be understood,
it is, I fear, necessary to show, very shortly, what other writers
have done on the subject, and where the divergence of opinion
principally exists.

Linnzus, who did not divide the Acari into families, found

* ‘Deutschlands Crustaceen, Myriapoden und Arachniden’ (Regensburg,
1839),

LIFE-HISTORIES OF GAMASINZ. 301

and named Acarus coleoptratorum*, which is found abundantly
parasitic upon Coleoptera, Hymenoptera, &c., and especially on
the common Geotrupes stercorarius. The leading character of
the species, or so-called species, is, that the dorsal surface is not
covered by one chitinous plate, but by two separate ones, leaving
a soft white space between them and round the hinder plate.
(This is shown in Plate XXII. fig. 2.)

Geoffroy+ followed Linneus, calling the creature “mite des
coléoptéres ;”’ and De Geer¢ also preserved it, calling it “dAcarus
fucorum.’ Schrank§, Hermann||, Frisch, and others of the
~ earlier writers also treat it as a well-established species. It was,
however, Latreille** who instituted the genus Gamasus; and he
made coleoptratorum the type of a new genus, Carpais, which
genus he abandonedtf in his later works. The creature, from
its abundance, came to be considered as a type of the Gamasina,
which type has been followed by numerous writers down to
the present time. Dr. Kramer in 1876 {{ points out that more
than one species hag been included in the name “ Gamasus
coleoptratorum ;’ he defines them, and makes the separation of
the two dorsal plates a ground for dividing the genus Gamasus
into subgenera.

Other writers, such as Koch §§, have made the presence of a
space between the two dorsal plates, or the visibility of the line
of juncture, a means of classification.

Kramer’s paper appeared in the first number of the ‘Archiv fir
Naturgeschichte ’for 1876; in May of the same year appeared
Méenin’s paper above cited (in Robin’s ‘ Journal de Anatomie’
&c.). Méenin utterly denies that coleoptratorum is a species at all.
He gays that the division of the plates on the back simply shows
that the creature is in an immature stage, and is a nymph, or,
rather, is constituted of the nymphs of at least three species, of

* Syst. Nat. 13th ed. p. 1026. no. 27.

+ Hist. Ins. tom. ii. p. 623. no. 4.

t ‘Mém. pour servir 4 Vhist. des Insectes’ (Stockholm, 1778), tome vii.
p. 112.

§ ‘Obs. Hist. Nat.’ tab. i. fig. 13.

|| ‘Mémoire aptérologique’ (Strasbourg, 1804), p. 74.

@ Ins. tom. iv. tab. 10.

** ‘Précis des Car. gén. des Ins,’ 1796.

tt Magas. Encyclop., Gamasus, &e. tt Loe. cit. p. 75.

§§ ‘ Uebersicht des Arachnidensystems,’ 3tes Heft (Niirnberg, 1842).

302 MR. A. D. MICHAEL ON THE

which Gamasus crassipes is one; and he abandons the division of
the dorsal plate as a means of classification.

In 1879* Kramer replied, and affirmed that some of the adult
Gamasinz do show divisions between the dorsal plates, and ad-
hered to it as a mode of distinction; he states that he has seen
ripe eggs inside a species which he calls G. nemorensis, and which
had divided plates on the back.

Linneusf also named another well-known species, his Acarus
(now Gamasus) crassipes. There has been a good deal of confu-
sion with this species—Schrank and others having called allied
species crassipes simply because they had the second pair of legs
thickened, which is certainly only characteristic of the males, and
is common to several species. Hermann, however, although his
description is imperfect, gives figures which sufficiently identify
the Linnean species. Hermann also gives a similar species, but —
without the thickened legs, which he calls Acarus testudinarius ;
and another, A. marginatus, the characteristic of which is showing
a soft white line between the single chitinous dorsal plate and
the ventral plate.

Mégnin asserts § :—First that the Gamasus erassipes of Dugés
is the adult male of one of the three species of which coleoptra-
torum is the nymph; but as Dugés does not describe or figure
the species, but simply refers to Hermann, this is equivalent to
saying that coleoptratorwm is the nymph of Hermann’s crassipes.
Secondly, that testudinarius is the female of crassipes ; in this he
is followed by Canestrini and Fanzago||. And, thirdly, that the
characteristic of marginatus is simply that of the females of a
large portion of the genus.

Tt was to assist in settling these various points and to learn
what else I could of the life-histories of these creatures that I
undertook the following observations, chiefly on crassipes and
coleoptratorum. Whatever may be their value, they are, to the
best of my ability, in every instance, faithful records of what I
have actually seen take place with selected and known specimens
in cages which I could place upon the stage of my microscope for
frequent watching.

* “ Ueber einige Unterschiede erwachsener und junger Gamasiden,” Archiv
fiir Naturgeschichte, 1879,

+ Syst. Nat. ed. 12, sp. 8; Faun. Suec. 1769.

t Loe. cit. pl. 3. fig. 6, and pl. 9. Q, R. § Loe, cit. p. 330.

| “ Intorno agli acari italiani,” Atti del. R. Ist. Venet. di Sci. 1877-78.

LIFE-HISTORIES OF GAMASINZ. 303

Observations on Gamasus coleoptratorum.

Hirst Generation—On the 14th April, 1880, I captured,
amongst some rubbish in my own garden, two Gamasine which,
in my opinion, decidedly belonged to one of the species known as
coleoptratorum, with the strongly divided dorsal plate, although
they were not at the moment parasitic on the beetle. One is
figured on Plate XXII. fig. 2.

By the 16th April they had become accustomed to the cell, and
did not try to escape.

Up to 25th April they went on without any marked change,
other than growing larger, the chitinous plates on the back not
increasing in size, but the white margin becoming gradually
broader.

On the 26th April I could not find them for along time; at
last I saw their front tactile legs waving about from beneath a
dried seed-husk.

On the 27th, not seeing them, I turned the husk over and saw a
east skin; one soon ran out, it was larger, soft, and light coloured,
and had evidently just cast the skin. A short time after the
second emerged, which also had cast the skin. One, which turned
out to be an adult male, was smaller than the other, and even-
tually became darker; this one is figured (Plate XXIII. fig. 1).
Neither of these adults had any division whatever of the dorsal
plate; they never became hard, but were of a more leathery
texture; they were not Hermann’s crassipes, nor had they any
resemblance to it.

These two specimens were kept together; and on the 7th of
May there were eggs in the cell, and the female continued to
lay eggs; these eggs were placed in a separate cell.

19th May, the cell became too dry; the male was dead, but
I revived the female with moisture.

Second Generation.—I cannot say when the first (six-footed)
larva emerged from one of the above-named eggs: they are small
and difficult to see; but they continued to hatch out until the
15th May. These larvee were quite white and transparent, and
did not show any sign of dorsal plates; they had a singular long
hair in the centre of the posterior margin not found in the
nymphs or adults. The larva is figured (Plate X XII. fig. 1).

In about three days the larva underwent the first change to the
eight-footed asexual nymph; this also was quite white, and did
not show any sign of dorsal plates.

804 MR. A. D. MICHAEL ON THE

After the first nymphal change of skin, the specimens showed
the strongly divided dorsal plates, and were in every respect similar
to the first pair when originally captured.

On 27th May the first adults appeared ; they were of course
precisely like those they were bred from, did not show any divi-
sion of the dorsal plate, and never became hard and chitinous, but
remained of a leathery texture.

Third Generation—The adults bred on the 27th May again laid
eggs, and I bred them through a third generation with similar
results, which, therefore, I do not detail.

It now remained to show for certain that these actually were
the same species as that parasitic upon the beetle; I there-
fore, on 18th July, 1880, captured a beetle ( Geotrupes stercorarius) —
with a large number of coleoptratorum upon it. The closest
examination did not show any difference between these and those
bred before. I removed them from the beetle and established
them in several cells. They throve just as well as those captured in
the open, an interesting circumstance, because Dugés* says, with
reference to them :—“ It is to be noticed that almost all Gamasids
dry up and die in a few hours after being separated from the
insect or stone unless they are kept ina damp vase ;” and Andrew
Murray repeats this as “a peculiarity of all these parasites on
insects.” The real fact is that they thrive on precisely the same
treatment as those not captured on insects or under stones, and
do not require as much moisture as many other non-parasitic
Acari, as, for instance, some of the Oribatide, which never are
parasitic in any stages. Probably Duges did not supply them
with proper food.

From the Ist to the 5th August most of those captured on the
beetle became adult. ;

On 5th August I put an adult male and female of this lot into
a small cell together.

On the 9th there was an egg in this cell, which I removed and
put in a cell by itself.

On the 11th this egg hatched, and produced a hexapod
larva,

On the 14th this larva changed into the nymphal stage.
On the 19th it underwent ecdysis and became a mature nymph}

* Loc. cit. p. 26;
t ‘Economic Entomology,’ p. 158.

LIFE-HISTORIES OF GAMASINE. 305

it subsequently became adult, but I am not certain of the day of
the change.

I had other eggs which were laid by the same pair of Ga-
masids, and which I bred through all the changes with a merely
confirmatory result.

There were, however, two or three of the nymphs, originally
captured on the beetle, which, although they attained the mature
nymphal stage, never seemed to get any further. I kept them
alive for about three months; they then died without becoming
adult.

In all stages the specimens captured on the beetle were pre-
cisely like those captured in the open.

A microscopical examination of the cast nymphal skins of this
species shows that the dorsal plates are composed of cells, the
form and arrangement of which is delineated in Plate XXIII,
fig. 8, and which exhibit but little granulation. It will be seen
that the cellulation is very different from that of crassipes shown
in Plate XXIII. fig. 7; but the cellulation ofthe ventral plates in
the coleoptratorum nymph is very similar to that of the dorsal
surface of crassipes.

Observations on Gamasus crassipes.

On the 14th April, 1880, two females and one male of this
species were put in a cell by themselves.

On the 21st I noticed eggs in the cell; one of the females
seemed to keep possession of a sort of retreat in the moss which
had several eges attached to it.

The egg is an oval with very blunt rounded ends, the surface
slightly roughened by irregular depressed lines; it is white, very
opaque, and always attached by a few threadsto the substance it
is deposited on.

The major axis is about °4 millim.
The width at the larger end about ‘28 millim.

a smaller - °24 millim.

On the 23rd the first hexapod larva emerged. Iputitina cell
by itself with one of the eggs. This larvais drawn in Plate XXII.
fic. 3. Like all larvee of Gamasine, it is white and semitrans-

parent.
On the 26th the larva changed to the nymphal state.

3806 MR. A. D. MICHAEL ON THE

This nymph was quite white at first, but gradually became
larger and a little darker.

On the 2nd of May the nymph changed its skin. The cast skin
did not show any trace of plates, and was quite white, except
that there were a few chitinous dots or cells scattered about it,
each haying a darker nucleus. A few of these cells had approached
certain others in little groups, where they had begun to assume a
hexagonal or pentagonal form: these cells could not be distin-
guished on the living creature, but only by examining the cast skin.

The nymph, after the change of skin, did not then show any
trace of detached dorsal plates. It continued to get larger and
darker up to 15th May, but still did not show dorsal plates.

On 15th May the nymph again changed its skin, and beeame a
perfect male ; it was, as usual, rather light at first, but gradually
acquired the full hardness and darkness of the adult species, which —
is wholly dark and chitinous.

Although the nymph up to the last did not exhibit any dorsal
plate, yet on examining the cast skin two dorsal plates were clearly
visible with a space between them; they were, however, so much
lighter and thinner than in Gamasus coleoptratorwm, that when
on the creature they could not be distinguished as plates at all,
but only asa slight darkening of the surface. The cellulation
was quite different from that of the dorsal plates of G. coleoptra-
torum, being composed of more equal-sided hexagonal or penta-
gonal cells irregularly placed, and each cell appearing to be formed
of smaller granules.

I bred several other specimens, the times being nearly identical
from the hatching of the eggs. All the eggs first laid, and which
I knew, because I removed them and placed them in separate
cells, turned out to be males, all the later laid eggs turned out
females. The times occupied by the changes from hatching to
attaining the adult form were about the same in the females as
the males, and there was the same apparent absence of dorsal
plates.

I did not get any perfect females until about a month after the
first males had emerged ; but of course it is highly probable that,
under natural conditions, more eggs might have hatched and a
larger proportion been reared; and thus the females might have
followed more closely on the males.

These females had the single dorsal plate detached from the
sternal plate, and showing the white membranous line between,

LIFE-HISTORIES OF GAMASINAE. 307

which was taken by the earlier writers as the characteristic of the
so-called species G'. marginatus; this line was so narrow at first,
that it could scarcely be seen ; but as the eggs ripened in the ovary,
the abdomen became distended and the line became gradually
broader, particularly near the posterior margin, where the large
ripe egg (for one only is usually ripe at a time) generally lies.

I bred from these males and females, and traced them through
a second generation with similar results.

A point which struck me as singular, and contrary to what has
been believed, was the absence of any inert stage before the changes
of skin, or from one stage to another. In the Oribatide and other
Acarina which I have previously watched, each change is pre-
ceded by a period of such absolute quiescence that any person not
acquainted with the creature would suppose it to be dead; nota
sign of life is to be obtained by touching it or otherwise. Méenin,
following Claparéde’s observations, is of opinion that during this
period the whole internal parts dissolve and reform; and he ex-
pressly says that this is the case with the Gamasine*. Iam not
able to agree with him in this; for certainly in no specimen which
I have bred have I been able to observe any inert period; the crea-
ture has only become rather less active for a few hours; and
among the thousands of Gamasids which J have had from time to
time I never noticed an inert specimen, although one is constantly
finding inert Oribatidee.

Another somewhat important matter in which I do not find
myself able to arrive at the same conclusion as Mégnin is the
period of copulation. Mégnin was, I believe, the first to point
out that in the Dermaleichi (Analges) the adult male copulates,
not with the finally adult female, which possesses the strongly
marked external vulva, but with the female in an earlier stage,
which he calls nubile female (femelle accouplée), at which period
it closely resembles the nymph, and does not possess any external
vulva. Mégnin points out that copulation takes place by the
anus; and there cannot, I think, be any doubt that, with regard
to the Dermaleichi, he is right in both respects, subject to the
possible dispute as to whether his nubile female is actually dis-
tinct from the nymph; he gives very good reasons for thinking
that it is. Meégnin, however, does not stop here; he distinctly
asserts in his subsequent writings that these two points hold good,

* Loe. cit. p. 323,
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XV. 24

308 MR. A. D. MICHAEL ON THE

not only with the Dermaleichi, but also with all other families of
Acarina; and in his treatise on the Gamasinew before quoted he
says (at p. 322) :—“ Copulation in the Gamasine, as in all Acarina
which we have observed, does not take place by the vulva of ovi-
position, which does not exist at the time of copulation, but by
the anus. Itis not the large, adult, egg-bearing female which
receives the male, but the young female, still bearing the appear-
ance of a nymph, and not presenting any trace of sexual organs.
It is only after fecundation, and after a final change of skin, that
the oviseapte, or vulva of deposition, appears.”

I have elsewhere given my reasons for being decidedly of opi-
nion that inthe genus Glyciphaqus, at all events, copulation takes
place with the adult female; and I have now to add that the
result of my observations on the Gamasine leads me to the con-
clusion that in those species which I have bred copulation has
taken place with the adult female, and not with the female in any
immature stage; and, in my opinion, Méegnin is not correct in
saying that in the Gamasine it takes place by the anus.

I was desirous of seeing how the copulation took place, and
particularly how the enlarged second pair of legs of the male in
such species as crassipes were used. When my captives got
accustomed to the cells, I had several opportunities of watching
it. The adult male rushed up to the adult female (never, in any
instance that I saw, to an immature one), approaching her from
behind; on reaching her, he turned suddenly over on his back
and slipped underneath the female, seized one of her hind legs
with each of his enlarged legs of the second pair, which was
doubled back upon itself. The leg of the female was clasped
between the great apophysis on the second joint of the enlarged
leg of the male, which curves forward and upward, and the smaller
one on the fourth joint, which in this position of the leg curves
backward and downward; this arrangement brings the genital
aperture of the male immediately below the vulva of the female,
which is placed further back than the male organ. The two are
so firmly locked, that they may sometimes be rolled over and
examined without separating.

Conclusions.

The principal results of my observations may, in my opinion,
be shortly summarized as follows :—

1. That Mégnin is correct in saying that Gamasus coleoptra-
orum, and other allied creatures with the conspicuously divided

LIFE-HISTORIES OF GAMASINA. 309

dorsal plates, are not species at all, but are immature stages of
other species.

2. That the division of the dorsal plate is, in most cases at all
events, a question of degree, and does not form a sound basis
for classification, as applied by Koch, Kramer, and others.

3. That the dorsal plates do not grow gradually, but alter in
size, shape, or development at the ecdysis.

4, That Méenin is right in saying that the characteristic of the
so-called G. marginatus is simply a provision possessed by the
females of a large number of species.

5. That the extent of the white margin depends upon the extent
to which the abdomen is distended by eggs.

6. That Mégnin is in error in saying that coleoptratorumis the
nymph of crassipes. The nymph of crassipes does not show any
divided dorsal plates which can be seen on the living creature.

7. That in the species which I have bred there is not any inert
stage before the transformations or ecdyses.

8, That in the same species copulation takes place with the
adult female, and not with the immature one as Mégnin contends,
and that it is by the vulva, not the anus.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PraTe XXII.

Fig. 1. Larva of Gamasus coleoptratorum, X about 35.
2. Nymph of Gamasus coleoptratorum, X about 35. Itisfrom this nymph
that the so-called species was named.
3. Larva of Gamasus crassipes, X about 35.

Puate XXIII.

Fig. 1. Adult maie Gamasus coleoptratorum, X about 35.

2. Oaruncle and claws of same,

8. Side view of mandible of adult female of same, X 595, rendered trans-
parent so as to show the articulation of the movable joint, the thick-
ness of the chitine, &c.

4, Organ (qy. tactile ?) depending from epistome of Gamasus crassipes.

5. Scattered nucleated chitinous cells on the first nymphal cast skin of
Gamasus crassipes.

6. Next stage. Cells aggregating into groups, but still preserving a some-
what rounded outline. :

7. Later stage. Cellulation of semitransparent dorsal shield, visible only
on the cast nymphal skin: Gamasus crassipes.

8. OCellulation of conspicuous dorsal shield’ of nymph of Gamasus colen-
piraiorun,

SSS

24*

310 MR. F, DAY ON SOME BRITISH FISHES.

Observations on some British Fishes.
By Francis Day, F.L.S.

[Read February 17, 1881.]

During the last twelve months I have collected a few facts
relative to some reputed British fishes which would seem to
show that the usually admitted forms may be still further re-
duced in number. The first species I wish to allude to is one
which was obtained by a most indefatigable zoologist, Mr.
Cornish, of Penzance, who has procured so many rarities from
the seas of Cornwall.

PAMMELAS PERCIFORMIS, Métchill.

Rudder-fish or Perch Coryphene, Mitchill, Lit. & Phil. Soc. New York,
i, pl. xvi. f. 7 (no description). Coryphena perciformis, Mitchill,
Amer. Month. Mag. ii. p. 244. Trachinotus argenteus, Storer, Mass.
Report, p. 55 (not Cuv. § Val.). Palinurus perciformis, De Kay, New
York Fauna, Fishes, p. 118, pl. xxiv. f. 25. Pammelas perciformis,
Giinther, Catal. ii. p. 485. Palinurichthys perciformis, Gall, Amer.
Fish. Report, 1873, p. 804. Pimelepterus cornubiensis, T. Cornish,
Zoologist (2), ix. 1874, p. 4255.

Mr. Cornish has so fully described the specimen, which was
143 inches long, that further remarks appear to be unnecessary.
The fish is stuffed, and in the collection of Sir John St. Aubyn,
by whose permission Mr. Cornish kindly had a photograph
taken* and sent tome. The history of the capture is so re-
markable that I cannot resist transcribing it, as it may be open
to discussion, how did the fish first get into the box? where
did this take place? how did it arrive alive and well off Cornwall ?

On October 9th, 1874, this fish was taken about six miles off
shore by the crew of a Penzance trawler, who discovered it
floating as a waif on the ocean in a wooden box or case, the four
sides and bottom of which were perfect, but one board was torn
off out of the four which had originally formed the lid. The
captive fish was in a good state of health.

In examining Yarrell’s and Couch’s Histories of British Fishes
the number of discrepancies among the Tunnies is remarkable.

* Photograph exhibited at the Meeting.

MR. F. DAY ON SOME BRITISH FISHES. 311

Orcynus (or Thynnus) brachypterus is unquestionably the im-
mature of O. thynnus, the Common Tunny.

Yarrell, edition 2, vol. i. p. 160, has a figure of Auais vulgars ;
the same woodcut reappears in edition 3, vol. ii. as Thynnus
brachypterus, with which species it is not related. In the second
edition, as a vignette, at p. 159, is shown a Pelamys sarda, having
only transverse bands; in the next edition the same figure
appears as Awaxis vulgaris, while a new figure of Pelamys sarda
is added, showing only the oblique, and not the transverse bands.

Couch equally is in error respecting his figures of these fish, as
in volume ii. p. 102, plate Ixxxy., we find the pelamid Pelamys
sarda showing merely oblique, but not transverse, bands; while
in volume iv. p. 425, plate lxxxii.*, is the same species figured,
showing transverse, but not oblique, bands, and named “ Short-
finned Tunny,” Thynnus brachypterus. Consequently it does not
appear that Couch ever received an example of the true Thynnus
brachypterus, all the fish thus named by him being specimens of
Pelamys sarda.

For the next few species I am chiefly indebted to Mr. Carrington,
E.L.S., Naturalist to the Royal Westminster Aquarium. Some
were obtained in the Channel Islands by his assistant Mr. Edward
Matthews, others by Dr. Murie and Mr. George Brook, F.LS.,
to all of which gentlemen my thanks are due.

Liparis Montacut, Donovan.

Some very fine examples, up to 3°6 inches in length, were taken
at the mouth of the Thames. The largest had D. 30, A. 24, and
a very distinct membrane connecting the last ray of the dorsal
and anal fins with the upper and lower edges of the caudal, while
the pectoral was deeply notched. Ventral disk oval, not quite
half as long as the head. The greatest depth of the body thrice
and one fourth in the entire length of the fish, and the length of
the head slightly less. The teeth rasp-like. Colours of a dull
grey, covered with small black spots, which on the fins, especially
the caudal, become almost bands.

LEPADOGASTER DECANDOLII, Risso.

A beautiful example, 3 inches in length, was taken from under
a stone in a rock-pool at low-water at Jersey by Mr. Matthews,
while searching for crabs. Of a beautiful red colour, its head

B12 MR. F. DAY ON SOME BRITISH FISHES.

and body were covered with oval light spots, some of which were
also seen on its dark dorsal fin. The large round black spot,
surrounded by a light ring, on the cheek and the band on to the
opercle were well marked. Lips very thick.

Lapegus Macunatus, Bloch, var. DoNOVANY.

~

2 Comber, Jago, in Ray’s Synopsis Pisce. p. 163, fig. 5. Comber, Pen-
nant, Brit. Zool. ed. i. 1776, iii. p. 252, pl. xlvii. fig. 122, and ed. ii.
1812, ili. p. 342, pl. lviii. Labrus lineatus, Donovan, Brit. Fishes,
iv. pl. Ixxiv; Turton, p. 99; Fleming, p. 209; Jenyns, p. 209;
Yarrell, ed. i., i. p. 315, ¢. fig. Labrus cornubiensis, Couch, Trans.
Linn. Soe. xiv. pt. 1, p. 80. Labrus Donovani, Cuv. & Val. xiii.
p-. 39; Yarrell, ed. ii., i. p. 315, ¢. fig.; Giinther, Cat. iv. p. 71;
Steindachner, Ich. Span. wu. Port. 1868, p. 25, t. iv. fig. 2. Labrus
comber, Yarrell, Brit. Fish. ed. i., vol. i. p. 289, ¢. fig., also in ed. ii.
& ili. Green Wrasse, Couch, Fish. Brit. Isles, ii. p. 30, pl. exxvi.f. 1,
and Comber Wrasse, ui. p. 32, pl. exxvi. f. 2.

The varieties of Labrus maculatus to which my remarks will
be almost confined are those that have been included under the
terms of the Green Wrasse of Donovan and the Comber Wrasse
of Pennant. They are very easily distinguished by their respec-
tive colours; but, as pointed out by Thompson in 1837 (P. Z.8.),
the tints of the Ballan Wrasse are prone to assume so many
changes, that he proposed to term it Labrus variabilis, under
which he included Z. lineatus, or the Green Wrasse of Donovan.

Valenciennes first drew attention to the Green and Comber
Wrasses being probably identical, and suggested that such might
eventually turn out varieties of the Labrus bergylta, the LZ. macu-
latus of Bloch. Yarrell and Couch, however, continued to consider
the Green and the Comber both as distinct species, and different
from the Bergylt or Ballan. Thompson, as I have stated, con-
sidered the LZ. lineatus as a variety of L. maculatus, but omitted
any reference to the Comber Wrasse ; while White placed all these
forms under that of Labrus bergylta, but without stating his
reasons for doing so. Giinther located the Green Wrasse, ZL. line-
atus, Donovan, as a synonym of LZ. maculatus, Bloch, but gave
L. Donovani, Cuv. & Val., as a separate species, on which very
probably LZ. comber of Pennant has been founded. Steindachner
has described and figured Z. Donovani, Cuv. & Val., the adult of
the Comber of Pennant and others. This brings us to consider
whether the Green and the Comber Wrasses are distinct species,

MR, F, DAY ON. SOME BRITISH FISHES. 813

and also if they are, or are not, varieties of the Ballan or Bergylt
Wrasse.

Among the fishes which I received from Mr. Carrington,
captured by Mr. Matthews from crab-pots at Jersey, I found
eight examples of the Green Wrasse, or Labrus lineatus of Donovan.
The length of these specimens and the number of spines and
rays in their dorsal fins were as follows :—Length 2 to 4 inches ;
two had D, 21/11, two D. 21/10, three D. 20/11, and one D. 20/10;
while a very fine example, 16 inches long, from Brixham in the
autumn of 1880, had D. 21/9. Thus one had 382 spines and rays,
six had 31, and two had 80.

The first thing that attracts one’s notice in the eight small
specimens referred to is that the height of the dorsal spines
equals or nearly so that of the rays. If we examine the adult
example, we perceive the soft portion of the fin much higher than
the spinous, a similarity to what also obtains in a Ballan Wrasse
of the same size. Secondly, in all of these eight immature ex-
amples there existed a dark spot at the base of the last one or
two dorsal rays. The number of spines and rays are not con-
stant: thus, out of nine examples they numbered from 380 to 82,
the spines varied between 20 and 21, and rays between 9 and 11,
In short the teeth become less prominent with age, the lips
larger, the eye smaller, and the spines of the dorsal fin of less
height than the soft rays, while the caudal becomes more obtuse,
and a single row of scales accompanies each ray.

These changes are not restricted to this one form, the Labrus
lineatus, Donovan, or L. .Donovani, Cuy. & Val., as the same occurs
in other varieties of the same species ; and among the examples
given me by Mr. Carrington from Jersey was a beautiful speci-
men of the Labrus comber of Pennant, or Couch’s and Yarrell’s
Comber Wrasse. This fish would appear to be somewhat rare,
and seems to have been first alluded to by Jago; but his figure
and description are too vague to enable one to be sure. It is
certainly identical with Pennant’s Comber, while his figure is
from an immature example, as is also Couch’s, as may be re-
cognized by the spinous dorsal being as high as the rayed portion,
as I have remarked occursin the Green Wrasse. Steindachner has
given a beautiful figure, which he also refers to Labrus Donovani ;
it is a little over 94 inches long, and the dorsal fin shows the same
change as in the Green Wrasse, the spines being of less height
than the rays, the example, in fact, approaching the adult stage.

3814 MR. F. DAY ON SOME BRITISH FISHES.

Not only do we see changes of form in this fish occurring with
age, but the vividness of the colours also diminishes. In Cuvier
and Valenciennes it is observed that the back and fins of Labrus
Donovani are green, the under surface of the throat yellowish,
abdomen olivaceous. A longitudinal silvery streak divides the
darker back from the pale sides, and some white bands exist on
the head and abdomen. Couch found in Labrus comber the
ground-colour of a rich, deep mahogany-red, with pale streaks
on the head and a wide white band along the body ; abdomen
reddish, tail with six broad transparent patches irregularly ar-
ranged, and dots of very dark brown at the base of the rays.
He tells us that “afew hours after death these spots generally
vanished, and the colours became uniform.” In Steindachner’s
example the white lateral band is seen, but those upon the head -
have vanished.

The true Comber Wrasse may be defined as invariably possessing
a white lateral band along the body from the eye to the centre
of the base of the caudal fin. My Jersey specimen is immature,
as demonstrated by its fins, while its entire length is 5Z inches.
Its colours were very beautiful when I first saw it, although it
had been some time out of the sea. The back was red, separated
by a white lateral band from an olive dashed-with-red abdomen.
Some irregular dark bands went from the back down the sides,
while the lower half of the body had numerous light spots. A
white dark-edged band passed from the snout through the centre
of the eye, terminating in the white lateral body-band. A second
band crossed from the angle of the mouth below the eye on to
the opercle, while a lighter one existed along the subopercle.
The spinous portion of the dorsal fin had dull reticulations; an
oblique and broad light band crossed the soft dorsal, which was
also spotted, and had a dark mark at the base of the last five
rays. Three black dots at the base of the pectoral fin ; anal with
a dark spot at the root of the third spine and a light ocellus on
the base of the central rays ; caudal with some black spots, giving
the appearance as if the fin had been reticulated.

The Comber Wrasse may be red or green, but with a light lateral
body-band, those on the head being present or absent. Its fin-
rays, scales, and proportions are identical with what obtains in
the Ballan Wrasse, Labrus maculatus, with which it must in future
be included as one of its many variations in colour,

MR. F. DAY ON SOME BRITISH FISHES. 3815

CRENILABRUS MELOPS, Linn.
Crenilabrus Baillonii, Couch, Fish. of the Brit. Isles, iui. p. 45, pl. cxxxii.

IT have no hesitation in uniting these two forms as figured by
Couch. I received from Mr. Carrington, nearly two years since,
a beautiful example of C. melops, var. Donovani, Cuv. & Val.,
coloured as shown in my figure*. The specimen kept in spirit
has now lost nearly all its markings and become, on a casual
inspection, quite similar to Couch’s figure. If the latter is ex-
amined, it will be seen that it has five rows of scales across the
cheek, and a dark mark behind the eye, as seen in C. melops,
whereas C, Baillonii, Cuv. & Val., has only two or three rows of
scales across the cheek and no dark spot behind the eye. Couch,
in introducing this fish to the British Fauna, observes that he
does so “with some degree of hesitation ; but a drawing of one
which came a few years since into my possession, and which then
appeared to differ from the ordinary appearance of the Corkwing,”
conveyed so near a likeness to Dr. Giinther’s description of
Baillon’s Wrasse, that he inserted it. Identifications of Wrasses
simply from coloured sketches is at all times a dangerous plan ;
but when it becomes a question of two so nearly allied, it is
hardly justifiable. However, my kept specimen would be similar
to a fresh one some time from its native element; and shows
the conclusion of Couch is inadmissible, his fish being C. melops,
Cuy. & Val.

On February 11th I received from Brixham two exceedingly
interesting examples of Pleuronectoids coloured on both sides of
the body, the one being a Brill, the other a Common Sole. The
remarkable phenomenon existed in both, that the eyes had gone
completely over in a perfectly regular manner to what should
have been the upper surface ; and, as will be seen in the coloured
drawings [exhibited], the dorsal fin is likewise in its normal posi-
tion in each specimen, or passing forwards anterior to either eye,
completely dividing the two sides of the head.

RHoMBUS LAVIS.
This example of the Brill is 213 inches in length; D. 81, A. 56.

* Drawing exhibited at the Meeting.

+ In Catal. Fish. Brit. Museum, 1862, iv. p. 84, ‘‘ British Channel” is
given as one locality of its habitat, but its capture there is not otherwise
referred to.

316 MR. F. DAY ON SOME BRITISH FISHES.

Eyes in the normal position. The whole of the under surface
of the body, except the head, coloured similarly to the upper
surface.

SoLEA VULGARIS.

Length 11d inches; D. 76, A.67. Eyesin the normal position.
The whole of the under surface of the body except the head
coloured as on the upper surface. :

These two specimens afford proof that the position of the
upper eye is not necessarily correlated to the colour which exists
upon, or is absent from, the under surface of the fish. In most
of the double examples, or those coloured on both sides, which
IT have previously obtained, doubtless the upper eye has had its
progress arrested when in course of passing over to the opposite
side of the head—apparently confirmatory of the theory which
has been advanced, that the under surface becomes etiolated, due
to the loss of influence of the organ of vision over its pigment-
cells ; and that in double examples the colour is due to the eye
not having been completely transferred, and still retaining its
power. Other theories have been advanced, but it would seem
by no means unworthy of consideration whether these double
flat fishes are not retrogressions towards what existed in an
earlier stage of development.

PLEURONECTES FLESUS.

This example, from the Westminster Aquarium, is 3 inches
long; D. 61, A. 41. Eyes normal; anterior half of body dark;
posterior half white blotched with brown; caudal fin mostly
grey ; some blotches on dorsal and anal fins; under surface of
the body white. Here the eyes were normal on the usual side,
yet the posterior half of the body was white blotched with darker.
Some authors have considered these more or less albinos, or as
sports due to crossing.

OsSTRACION QUADRICORNIS, Linn.

Couch, in the ‘ Intellectual Observer,’ v. p. 407, remarks that
one of these fish, residents of the tropical parts of the Atlantic
Ocean, had been taken in Cornwall in a net at some rather con-
siderable distance from land; and in his ‘ Fishes of the British

Isles’ it is figured at pl. ccxlii., leaving no doubt as to the species
alluded to.

MR, F, DAY ON SOME BRITISH FISHES. 317

Couch laid claim to this fish having been discovered as a rare
visitor to our shores, informing his readers that the authority
was R. Lakes, Esq., of St. Austel’s, from whom he received the
specimen, “with the assurance that it had been obtained from a
fisherman of Mevagissey, on the south coast of Cornwall, and
that this man affirmed he had taken it in a net at some rather
considerable distance from land.’’ On inquiry this fisherman
asserted “that a fish exactly similar had been taken about two
years before by a fisherman of the same place; and another was
viewed at leisure, and particularly described to myself, but not
taken, by an ordinary observer, who watched it in shallow water
further east on the same coast.”’

Having received an invitation to Mevagissey in order to see
the Pilchard-fishing in August 1880, I gladly availed myself of
the opportunity, and among other subjects inquired about the
amount of credit to be attached to this fish as a British specimen.
Ti appeared that the example had been parted with to Mr. Lakes
by a sailor, who was also a fisherman, named Matthew Barron,
and that he had been mate of a vessel, ‘The Roseland,’ which at
the time inquiries were first being instituted happened to be lying
in St. Austel’s Bay. The master, on being shown Couch’s figure
of the fish, at once expressed his opinion that his mate had
brought the example to England in salt, and which he re-
membered supplying to him for the purpose of preserving it in.
Barron on being spoken to declined any information, except
that it came from a long way off land. Subsequently the figure
from Couch was taken round to the various fishermen in Meva-
gissey, one and all of whom denied ever having seen such a
fish captured at that port, although most of them had seen
such a one brought by Barron from “ foreign parts.”

My informant sent Mr. Couch the foregoing information, and
I was shown his letter received in reply. Mr. Couch observed,
on March 2nd, 1868, “ After all such a fish may have wandered
to our coasts is not beyond the bounds of belief, although its
native country is far away; but the fact of a doubt among your
neighbours throws some suspicion on what had been reported to
Mr. Lakes.”

That this fish may wander to our shores is perhaps hardly
more improbable than the advent of Pammelas perciformis; still
the fact that Couch’s specimen had been captured at Mevagissey
is as unreliable as that of Holocanthus tricolor, reported last

318 MR. F. JEFFREY BELL ON THE RETENTION

year to have been taken on the island of Lewes, but which on
investigation turned out to have been similarly brought from its
native habitat*.

CLUPEA SPRATTUS.

Although Mr. Holdsworth, in his excellent work on ‘ Deep-
Sea Fisheries’ (pp. 133, 134), has alluded to the subject of the
spawning of these fishes, [ have thought that further confirma-
tion of his observations might be desirable. I have therefore
this season had examples collected and sent to me from Cornwall,
when on January 12th I found some had fully developed ova and
others similarly forward milt.

On the Apparent Retention of a Sur-anal Plate by a young Echi-
nometra. By F. Jurrrey Benz, M.A. (Communicated by
Dr. J. Mvris, F.L.S.)

[Read March 3, 1881.]

Ir will, I think, be of interest to direct the attention of the
Society to the characters of the apical system of a small speci-
men of what I take to be an example of the species Hchinometra
viridis. Did it stand alone, we might have some difficulty in
associating it with any completely adult form as yet known to us ;
fortunately, however, there are in the National collection three
other specimens, which exhibit a less remarkable arrangement of
the parts of their apical area: none, unfortunately, have any
definite history, and they are all denuded of spines.

The retention of a sur-anal plate in a test with its longest
(though not its morphological) axis as much as 12° millim. long
is a point of sufficient importance, in so differentiated a genus as
Echinometra, as to make the determination of the species a
matter of comparatively secondary concern.

That the plate in question is to be regarded as a persistent
sur-anal will be seen to be something more than a plausible
suggestion, if the illustrating woodcut be carefully examined. In
character and relation it would correspond either to the definition

* Since reading this paper I have received a note from Mr. Dunn, of Meva-
gissey, who informs me that he has just seen Captain Ball, of ‘The Roseland,’
who has informed him that Barron brought the Ostracion in question from the
Island of Ascension.

~"

OF A SUR-ANAL PLATE BY A YOUNG ECHINOMETRA. 319

of Wright, “‘ additional or sur-anal plate developed in the centre
ofthe disk before the anal opening ;” or, in the words of the more
recent definition of Alex. Agassiz *, it has “an ocular plate op-
posed to the median line of the subanal plate, the adjoining
genital plates uniting just in front of this imaginary median line
to separate the ocular plate more or less from the anal system.”

There are other points in the characters of the constituent plates
of the apical area that are worth a moment’s
attention: the large size of the genital plates,
the small extent to which that which bears
the madreporite is perforated, the presence of
five valve-like anal plates, are indeed sugges-
tive points.

But it only remains to be noticed that we
have here to do rather with a case of reversion G Rae
than of direct inheritance; the three other young Tanai,
specimens, which clearly enough belong tothe enlarged 4 times, and

‘ 3 showing, s, sur-anal
same species, have none of them any persistent jJace, a, anal plates,
plate. Of the three, unfortunately only one and, , madreporic
has its anal plates preserved, and it has but Bae:
three. On the other hand, if it bea case of reversion, the ancestor
of the Hchinometra had no slight resemblance to Salenia; and the
fact will have to be borne in mind when a serious attempt is made
to define the relations of the Salenide to the rest of the regular
Echinoidea.

The difference between this sur-anal plate and the large plate
on the anal area proper, which is not unfrequently found in spe-
cimens of Temnopleurus and other forms, seems to me to suggest
the question whether the sur-anal plate has really, of itself or
primarily, any relations to the covering plates of the anal area.
In the specimen here figured it has, at any rate, no share in
covering that orifice. Notwithstanding its retention, proper anal
plates have become developed, and alone exhibit relations to the
anal orifice. Here, just as in Salenia, there is no question as to the
small anal plates being distinct from the sur-anal. In Temnopleu-
rus and. its allies the large plate lies within the boundary of the
anus, and may even not quite touch the periphery of the anal
area, So far, then, as morphological identity can be spoken to by
similarity in position, the homology which has of late been gene-
rally regarded as subsisting between these plates must be some-

* Bull. M. O, Z, vol. ix. p. 187.

820 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON A

thing more than doubtful. The absence of such an anal plate
in the aneient Cidaride, the mode by which the anal plates
appear in Echinocidaris, the membranous condition which
obtains in Diadema (a form ancient enough, as we now know,
to retain a rudimentary internal gill), suggest that what is
seen in the more highly differentiated Temnopleuride is due to
some secondary process now considerably obscured. Itis possible
that an increase in the rapidity of the rate of development has
here, as sometimes happens with the blastopore and the mouth
or anus, given to a more lately acquired structure a superficial
resemblance to one which was not even its proper predecessor.

On a Lithistid Sponge and ona Form of Aphrocallistes from
the Deep Sea off the Coast of Spain. By Prof. P. Marrry
Duncan, M.B. Lond., F.R.S., F.L.S., &.

[Read February 17, 1881.]
(Piates XXIV. & XXY.)

Durineé one of the dredgings of the Expedition of H.M.S. ‘ Por-
cupine,’ in 1095 fathoms, off the south-west coast of Spain, a mass
of fistulose coral was brought up; it included in its branches
many foreign substances, and amongst them two small siliceous
sponges. The coral was described by me in my monograph of
the deep-sea corals*; and lately my attention has been drawn to
the beautiful sponges.

One of them, about an inch in height and one third of an inch
in thickness, has numerous oscules on it, and it is perfect in its
hard parts. Ofthe soft tissues no idea can be obtained. The
spenge evidently belongs to the Lithistide; for the skeletal
elements branch after the fashion of the group, interlock at their
ends with more or less filigreed terminations, producing a conti-
nuous network, and there are connective peltate spicula on the
outside.

The sponge-body is very hard and resisting; but it is smooth
to the touch and eye, and is of a dirty white colour; the outside
of the body is faintly wrinkled here and there, and is produced on
the flanks and at the apex into several wart-like elevations, each
terminating in an oscule which leads deeply into the mass. The
oscular processes are short, unequal, differently directed, and

* Trans. Zool. Soe, vol. vill, pt. y. p. 327.

>

LITHISTID SPONGE FROM THE DEFP SEA. 821

have their bases sloping gradually on to the body. The oscular
openings are unequal in size, are crateriform, and their wall is
evidently stout. (Plate XXIV. fig. 1.)

A transverse section of the body reveals a thin dense cortical
part, enclosing a lax sponge-like internal structure, with cavities
and canals of different sizes; and these end externally in the
oscular projections. (Plate XXIV. fig. 2.)

The cortical part exhibits a totally different structure to that
within, and is dense and close; it forms the outside of the body
and of the oscular processes. No pores are visible on the outside
of the body with the naked eye ; but the microscope reveals minute

‘spaces between the margins of the foliato-expando-ternate spicula

ofthe derm. Water enters very readily through the dense cortex
into the interior.

A section through the sponge-body, made sufficiently thin to be
used under transmitted light, without disturbing the position of
the structural elements, revealed the histology ; and a thin slice
made parallel with the surface enabled its details to be satisfac-
torily described and figured.

The transverse section shows the dark line of the dense but
thin cortex on the outside, and within it concentric layers of
spicula grouped in different manners, the outer layer being con-
nected with the connective spicula of the cortex by means of
short, stout, cylindrical processes. No free stems project inwards
from the foliated edged peltate-looking, connective spicula just
noticed ; for the stems are invariably attached to the proper spi-
cula of the body just within. These outer proper spicula of the
body are in very close order, and within them iy a series of radial
spicula massed into radial columns with spaces between them,
giving the appearance of rather a lax tissue. The columns im-
pinge, internally, on a thick concentric layer of shorter spicula
much confused; and this is attached within to a columuar layer
like that external to it. This alternation of close and open
concentric layers is repeated several times with more or less
regularity,

The result of this arrangement and grouping of spicula is to
develope a series of moderately sized spaces in concentric series,
and to establish a less permeable set of layers between them.
Here and there the spaces become larger, and in some places
small eul-de-saes or tubes are formed; but it ig done at the
expense of the concentric close layers which abort; and the long

322 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON A

spicula are then either doubled in number or are greatly en-
larged radially. Some have the limbs by which they usually unite
to the shorter spicula of the concentric layers greatly enlarged
and curved, so as to include more or less of the side of a tube
(Plate XXIV. fig. 3). Near the larger canals in the interior,
the concentric and radial arrangements are lost, and a confused
tissue, consisting of medium-sized spicula uniting by very spinu-
lose and ragged ends, exists. The bunched masses of spicular
endings give an opacity which is very difficult to overcome (Plate
XXIV. figs. 4-7). In portions of the section, the columns are
so thick as to render the distinction into concentric and radial
parts uncertain.

The spicula of the interior of the body vary much in size, and
are, as a rule, beautifully transparent. The trifid outline pre-
vails, and the fourth limb usually exists, but sometimes it does
not, or is invisible.

Curved limbs ending in ragged, semi-spinose, or flat processes
are common; but this raggedness is not long or in excess. It
is often toned down into a series of short blunt projections, which
are rather opaque and reflect light strongly.

Tn the columns, one limb of the spicule is always greatly deve-
loped, being long and narrowest centrally; and the other limbs
are small, being sometimes indistinguishable from the irregular
junction part.

The articular processes at the ends of the limbs are excessively
irregular in shape, not very close, and rather short as a-rule.
Projections occur on all sides of the ending limbs; but they are
rare on the main one (Plate XXIV. fig. 3), where isolated spinules
are not uncommon. ‘The spicula which join on to the ends of
these radial ones are more compact, and their limbs are more
equal ; they are smaller than the others, and some are minute,
forming an excessively close areolation. In the first instance the
curvatures of the spicula are very decided, and the ends of the
limbs are ragged (Plate XXIV. fig. 4); their surface is sparsely
ornamented with dot-like projections, circular in outline. In the
second case, the minute spicula run into each other at the limb-
ends, with or without ragged projections ; and the various angles
of junction produce an incoherent arrangement (Plate XXIV.
figs. 4-6).

These smaller spicula are trifid and quadrifid. Where sepa-
rable, they present fractures and nodular points at the edge of the

LITHISTID SPONGE FROM THE DEEP SEA. 323

arms (Plate XXIV. fig. 6) and little fixed spinules on the edge of
the limbs. The spaces produced by the junction of these spicula
are very small, and are intruded upon by the ornamentation as
well as, to a certain extent, by the spicular arrangement of the
limb-end. This more or less close structure is increased by the
presence of minute acute-pointed spicula seated on the limb-ends
(Plate XXIV. fig. 7); those of approximate limb-ends interlock.
In many instances the junction is by simple contact of smooth
surfaces, without the intervention of this minute spinulose element,
or by flattened-out disks and ragged ends. Throughout, the pecu-
liarity of the spicula is their general plainness and their scanty
ornamentation of projecting spinules, sharp or blunt-headed.

The bases of the large spicula of the columns merge into
or join, by ragged junction, short, stout, and irregularly shaped
spicula, with a limb curved outwards towards the periphery
(Plate XXIV. fig. 8). These last form the groundwork of the
cortex, and they are crowded, the spaces formed by their junc-
tions being very small. Their curved outer limb is covered with
short and thick projections, more or less cylindrical and expand-
ing outwards, where they are often ragged (Plate XXIV. fig. 8).
‘These processes forma layer just within the outside of the cortex ;
and as they are close and their interspaces are excessively small,
there is an approach to solidity.

The last kind of spicule to be noticed (Plate XXIV. fig. 9)
forms the outside of the sponge, and consists of a very short base,
which is narrow and more or less circular in transverse outline, and
a widely expanded part perpendicular to the base and placed with
its baseless face outwards. The expanded parts of these peltate
spicula produce the smooth glistening surface of the sponge. Their
shape is, moreover, very remarkable. An original trifid arrange-
ment can sometimes be traced, and the stumpy cylindrical stem
is the fourth limb; but each of the tripartite portions is broken
up into a series of very ragged, deeply incised, dendritic-looking
processes. These branch and rebranch, and terminate in minute
ramuscules, ending often in minute sharp points arranged in a
most ragged and eccentric manner. The ramifications give a
dendritic appearance to these connective spicula, and, to a certain
extent, they interlock with those of their neighbours. The spaces
left between the ramifications are small and microscopic and act
as pores. The absence of free stems to these foliato-expando-
ternates has been already noticed, and hence the sponge is rigid.

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XV. 25

324 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON AN

No flesh-spicules exist on the outside of the cortex, and there
isnot a trace ofany within. A few Globigerine and two or three
long and small attenuate spicula were detected; but they evi-
dently are foreign bodies, one spicule exhibiting the results of
decay.

The specimen is characterized by its cylindrical shape and
external oscular processes, its smooth and glistening surface, its
dense derm of connective foliato-expando-ternate spicula highly
dendritic at the edges, its close outer body-spicula with their
cylindrical processes of attachment for the connective spicula of
the derm, its alternating open and close main structure, with the
highly spinulate nature of the quadrifid or tetraclade spicula,
and by its deficiency of free stems to the connective spicula, and
of ail acerates and acuates and other minute sarcodic forms.

The form is evidently a Lithistid amongst the Siliceo-fibrous
Spongida; and it is indistinctly tetraclade. Amongst the known
species of Lithistids with surface-spicula with dendritic edges are
MacAndrewia azorica, Gray, which probably is the same thing as
Corallistes clavatella, Schmidt, and Kaliapsis cidaris, Bow.

The new form is neither of these, which, moreover, have
flesh-spicula acerate, fusiform, curved, and microspined. I do
not wish to establish a new genus from the main characters of
this interesting Sponge, and propose to defer the consideration of
its classificatory position for a time. Certainly the fixity of the
connective derm-spicula is very remarkable. Bowerbank very
properly insisted upon the great importance of the free end of the
peltate spicula in the growth and swelling out of the sponge ; it
enabled the cortex to separate more or less from the body. But
in this form every part was rigid; and in order to grow, the whole
of the derm-spicula must have become deciduous. Lately Carter
has expressed his belief that the derm-spicula become skeleton

forms during growth; but it does not appear possible in this
instance.

The second specimen of Sponge is cup-shaped, with a narrow,
cylindrical, short base expanding below into a ragged foot. It is
about half an inch in height, and is composed of one layer of net-
work of continuous siliceous spicules. The spaces are large, and
the solid part is broken up into minor spaces. Outside are the
relics of a derm crowded with derm-spicula. The form clearly
belongs to the genus Aphrocallistes, Wright. (Perceval Wright,

APHROCALLISTES FROM THE DEEP SEA. ; 825

Aphrocallistes Bocagei, Q. J. Micr. Sci. 1870, p. 4. Fistulous
branching sponge.)

Carter, enlarging on the diagnosis, gives a careful description
of the species (Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. xii. p. 450). He
notices that, besides the common large sexradiate spicula on which
the vitreous structure is based, there are several other kinds, all
of which are more or less free from the vitreous mass. Of these,
the brush-spicule, and the rosette with three rays to each arm,
are common in the specimen under consideration, and the scopu-
line spicula also.

The form under consideration is a young one and not a frac-
turedoldone. Atone spot onthe free edge the process of mesh-
making can be well seen to be due, both to the collection of silica
around previously existing hexactinellid or quinqueradiate spicula,
and also to the growth of irregular siliceous threads in the sarcode,
irrespectively of any geometrical form. The dermal spicula differ
in many points from those which have been published as character-
istic of Aphrocallistes, but some of the normal kinds are present.

Derm.—Very slender, long-rayed, hexactinellid spicula. The
stem is as slender as the rays, but is shorter and straight. The
rays are very slender, uniform in thickness, slightly bent, and
long. At the junction is a slight swelling, and the prolongation
of the axis is short and rounded off in a blunt spear-point. Sarcode
adheres to the spicula, and extends between the rays.

The arms are separate from those of neighbouring spicula,
or are under them, forming a discontinuous network (Plate
XXYV. fig. 2). These spicula are very numerous, and are found
crowding the outside of the main skeleton and the derm which
covered up the interstices. Often the vertical limb stands on the
siliceous continuous skeleton, and the four at right angles to it
then extend on all sides.

Slender, moderately long-rayed, hexactinellid spicula—the axial
ray very long, above and below the plane of the others, in one
direction slightly curved, and jagged on the edge (Plate XXV.
fig. 3). Small hexactinellid spicula—the axis on one side of the
plane of the radii, minutely ascendingly spinulose (Plate XXV.
fig. 7). Others with the spinules standing out at right angles to
the axial ray, and very minutely rugose about the rays also
(Plate XXYV. figs. 4 and 5). Moderate-sized hexactinellids—the
radii stout and attenuating, and one of the axial rays also; the
others slightly shorter, and closely but sparely spinulate in whorls,

326 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON AN

the spinules being rather long and curved, the points looking
obliquely from the stem. This brush-shaped form lies with the
brush on the derm and not projecting (Plate X XV. fig. 8).

Hexactinellid spicula—the four rays minutely serrate and
spined, not quite straight; the lower part of the basal ray rather
short and attenuate, and the upper shorter, but ending in a collar
around a knob; both hirsute, with minute very short spinules
(Plate XXYV. fig. 13).

Small, short-rayed, minutely spinulose or serrate, hexactinellid
spicula (Plate XXV. fig. 14). Short, stout-rayed, hexactinellid
spicula, with a long, fusiform, axial fibre (Plate X XV. fig. 15).

There are also three small kinds of the ordinary quinqueradiate
type, the axis being prolonged as a sixth ray into a small knob ;
their size varies, and they form a discontinuous network within
the larger forms; and many are in contact with the reticulate
skeleton.

Spinulo-recurvo-polydentate spicula of exquisite delicacy.
The spinule is long, swollen near the head, and narrowed off at
the further end. The watchglass-shaped head has a fringe of
numerous, recurvate, long and slender processes of great tenuity ;
they resemble the prolongations of the rosette of Rhabdodictyon
delicatum, Schmidt. They are in the derm, and appear to stand
out from it. (Plate XXV. fig. 5.) -

Very small, multiradiate, burr-shaped rosettes. The short,
very linear nine or ten radii, arising from a common centre, end
in slight club-shaped knobs, rather thickest where they spring
from the radii, and bluntly spear-shaped at the end. The whole
is situate at the extremity of a long needle-shaped spiculum, which
runs into the sarcode. Some of these approach the “ spinulo-
multifurcate sexradiate stellate’? spicula of Bowerbank ; but the
sexradiate intermediate partis rather indistinct. They are nume-
rous in thederm. Others are “ spinulo-trifurcate”’ (Plate XXV.
fig. 11) and “ spinulo-bifurcate”” (Plate XXY. fig. 12). Minute
sexradiates, one limb very small; all the rest trifurcate at their
ends (Plate XXV. fig. 9). Larger forms, the axis being a long
fusiform ray extending on both sides of the plane of the four rays,
each of which is very small, and two are terminated by a trifid
extremity (Plate X XV. fig. 10).

The projections from the thick continuous skeleton-fibres are :—
(1) stout at their origin, and sloping down to a fine spicule-shaped
process of various lengths; (2) stout at their origin, and rather

APHROCALLISTES FROM THE DEEP SHEA. 327

suddenly diminishing, and then being prolonged in a fine cylin-
drical spine (Plate XXV. fig. 17); (8) very fine cylindrical spines,
as slender as the long attenuate spicula, lying on the skeleton, and
long enough’ to cross a space between the meshes; (4) short,
cylindrical, slender-stemmed, club-topped, spinulose projections,
and some of greater length (Plate X XV. fig. 18). At the base
of the body, however, the reticulation is of a very different
character to that seen elsewhere ; it is smaller, closer, and consists
of a vast number of hexactinellid spicules turned into skeletal
tissue by exogenous increase of silica. The arrangement is con-
tinuous ; but there are no wide interspaces. Long spicula are
seen here and there, cylindricai and attenuate.

At the free growing edge, the skeleton of the body is in
a most rudimentary state; and it is evident that two sets of
spicula are forming the lattice-work—hexactinellids and quinque-
radiates. But there is a very irregular broken net-looking mesh
of siliceous fibres, in which the shape of the ordinary spicule is not
traced. This irregular structure covers much space, has a derm
on it in some places; and it appears to have been produced by
the sarcode, and not through the intervention of joining spicula
(Plate XXV. fig. 19).

Here and there long, very tapering, attenuate spicula, more or
less closely spinuled, or rather serrated, are in contact with the
skeleton of the meshes (Plate XXV. fig. 16); and they are
in contact with others which are not spinuled; and both sets
overlap, and form a structure between the derm and the
skeleton.

The meshes of the body-skeleton are moderately uniform in
thickness in some parts, and the spaces between the interspaces
are wide, on the whole, in the stem ofthe sponge. The skeleton of
the mesh is very reticulate, and unequal in size, and usually the sur-
face of the large continuous spicula is granular. The spiniform
projections are numerous, and many cross nearly or quite over an
interspace. The resemblance of the skeleton to that of Aphrocal-
listes Bocagei, Wright, is considerable in some parts; but it is
interesting to note the structure of the base and the variety of
the spicule elements, as affording distinctions of more or less
value.

Oscar Schmidt, in his ‘Spongien der Meerbusen von Mexico’
(Jena, 1880), names a form which is by no means unlike that
now under consideration in shape; but even the very short

328 ON AN APHROCALLISTES FROM THE DEEP SEA.

and insufficient diagnosis of Cyathella lutea suffices to dis-
tinguish one from the other (Schmidt, op. cit. p. 46, Taf. vii.
fig. 2).

A still greater resemblance in shape exists between the new
form and Rhabdodictyon delicatum, Schmidt (op. cit. p. 46, Taf. vii.
fig. 3); but the beautiful rosette of this very lax-meshed Mexican-
sea species is not distinctive. The rest of Schmidt’s diagnosis is
insufficient to establish a species.

On the seventh plate of the same work, Schmidt gives some
figures of Aphrocallistes Bocaget ; and one is interesting (fig. 5 B),
for it indicates a young specimen with its base. It is, as far as its
lower third is concerned, very much of the size, and resembles in
shape, the new form ; but there are no indications of the peculiar
basal structure just described.

Finally, there are some points of resemblance, but not sufficient
to necessitate a generic alliance, with Awlodictyon, 8S. Kent.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.
Prats XXIV.

The Lithistid sponge.

Fig. 1. The body, natural size.
2. A transverse section, natural size.
2a. The same, magnified.
3. Large column-spicula of the radial open structure, magnified.
4. A spicule of the concentric close structure, magnified.
5. Smaller spicula from the same region, magnified.
6. Spicula with spinuled limbs, magnified.
7. Spinules, magnified, of preceding fig. 6.
8. Contact spicula, with minute spinulose junctions, magnified.
9. The spicula just within the cortex, magnified.
10. Peltate cortex, dendritic, modified trifid spicula, magnified.

Priats XXV
Aphrocallistes sp.

Fig. 1. The specimen, natural size.
2. Large common derm-spicula, magnified.
3. Hexactinellids with long axis more or less ragged, magnified.
4,5. Minute hexactinellids, magnified.
6. A multidentate scopuline, magnified.
7,8. Brush-spicula, magnified.
9. Rosette, magnified.
10. An incomplete rosette, with a long axial fibre, magnified.
11. Rosettes, trifid, magnified.

ON THE BRANCHIAL SAC OF SIMPLE ASCIDIANS. 3829

Fig. 12. Attenuate straight-limbed, knobbed, simple rosette, magnified.
13. A spinulose hexactinellid spicule with knob, magnified.
14. An hexactinellid with serrate limbs, magnified.
15. An hexactinellid with prolonged axis, magnified.
16. A long, attenuate serrate fibre, magnified.
17. Plain processes of the skeleton, magnified.
18. Clubbed cylindrical spined processes, magnified.
19. The lattice-work at the free edge, magnified.
20. The lattice-work of the base, magnified.

On Individual Variation in the Branchial Sac of Simple Ascidians.
By W. A. Hrerpman, D.S8c., F.LS., F.R.S.E.

[Read April 21, 1881.]

Tue difficulty of determining the value of specific characters in
Ascidians is well known to all who have worked at the group.
It is now universally admitted that the old method of describing
merely the external appearance of the animal is insufficient ; as
in many cases it is impossible, from an examination of the external
characters alone, to determine the genus, and even in some cases
the family, to which the specimen belongs. Consequently, most
writers on the Tunicata in recent years have described in more
or less detail certain internal characters, including the branchial
sac and its related organs, the circlet of tentacles, the dorsal
lamina, and the olfactory tubercle. The conditions of these
important structures furnish most valuable generic and specific
characters, and an account of them should undoubtedly form part
of the description of an Ascidian.

It must not be forgotten, however, that some of these charac-
ters, in many species, vary considerably according to the indivi-
dual; or, in other words, not only do varieties exist, but most indi-
viduals differ slightly from each other in points which are given as
specific characters: this, of course, is only in certain species.
Hence when the number of specimens for comparison is small,
it is often a delicate matter to determine what is a good species.

My attention was first directed 1o this variation by reading Lacaze-
Duthiers’s description, in his great work on the Molgulide *, of
three marked varieties of branchial sac in Ctenicella Lanceplaint,
L.-Duth. This appears, however, from the account given, to bea

* H. de Lacaze-Duthiers, “ Histoire des Ascidies simples des cotes de France,”

2¢ partie, ‘Archives de Zoologie expérimentale et générale,’ t. vi. p. 619, pl. xxiii.

figs. 9, 10, 11 (1877).

3380 DR. W. A. HERDMAN ON INDIVIDUAL VARIATION

case of marked and permanent varieties, and not merely of indi-
vidual variation. The irregular portion of a branchial sac of
Ascidia scabra, which I recently figured in the Journal of this
Society (anted, p. 284, Pl. XVII. fig. 3), I regard, on the other
hand, as merely a local abnormality which I think may be accounted
for by the splitting or branching of several neighbouring transverse
vessels. J have since met with an exactly similar case of great irre-
gularity in a branchial sac of Ascidia virginea, O. F. Miller.

In order to try and determine the extent of individual varia-
tion in the branchial sac, and so satisfy myself as to what charac-
ters are most constant and may be relied upon in the determina-
tion of species, I lately examined minutely the branchial sacs of
several of our commonest species of simple Ascidians, of which I
had a sufficient number of specimens at my disposal. The con-
clusion I have come to is interesting, but rather unsatisfactory— _
namely, that certain characters, such as the relative sizes and
arrangement of the transverse vessels, the number and position of
the internal longitudinal bars, the shape of the meshes, and the
number of stigmata they contain, are highly characteristic of
some species, and not at all so of others *.

A marked example of the latter class is Styela grossularia,
v. Beneden, which has such a variable branchial sac that it is almost
impossible to obtain specific characters from its details. This spe-
cies belongs to the Cynthiide, one of the characters of which is that
the branchial sac is longitudinally folded. The normal number of
folds in the genus Styela is eight, four on each side ; but in this spe-
cies the folds are almost obsolete, being entirely wanting on the left
side, and reduced to one on the right. Even that one can hardly be
called a fold; it is merely a slight bulging inwards, or projection
of the branchial sac, on which there are a number of closely approxi-
mated internal longitudinal bars. This single representative of
the enormous folds found in most Cynthiide and Molegulide is
situated in the dorsal part of the right side, and is separated
from the dorsal lamina by a broad space free from internal longi-
tudinal bars. A similar space is present on the left side of the
dorsal lamina and two others at the ventral edge of the sac, one
on each side of the endostyle. These spaces are always larger
than the ordinary meshes; but they vary greatly in size in dif-

* T have lately arrived at similar results after an examination of the so-called
“olfactory tubercle” as a specific character. (See ‘Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edin.’
vol. vi.)

IN THE BRANCHIAL SAC OF SIMPLE ASCIDIANS. 331

ferent individuals. The stigmata are, as a rile, of much the same
width; and consequently we may take the number of stigmata in
these spaces as a measure of their extent. The commonest
number of stigmata observed was sixteen, but numbers down to
twelve were frequent, and in one case ten only were present:
only once were more than sixteen observed, and in that case there
were twenty-three !

The number of internal longitudinal bars on the fold varies
from six to nine, and is generally eight or nine. The rest of the
right side of the branchial sac, between the fold and the ventral
clear space, is divided by the internal longitudinal bars into
meshes of varying size, and containing each from two to eight
stigmata. The prevailing numbers are six, seven, and eight ; but
here and there one comes across smaller meshes, generally two
or three together, containing each three or four (usually three,
rarely two) stigmata.

On the left side of the branchial sac after the dorsal clear space,
and therefore in a corresponding position to the fold on the right
side, we invariably come upon one or more (generally two or
three) of these narrow meshes; and they occur several times
between this point and the ventral clear space, just as they do on
the right side. There can be little doubt, I think, that these
narrow meshes are the almost obliterated or rudimentary repre-
sentatives of the missing folds. In several new species of Styela
in the ‘ Challenger’ collection the folds in the branchial sac
are in even a more rudimentary condition than the single fold
of Styela grossularia. They are merely tracts in which the in-
ternal longitudinal bars are numerous and closely placed. Now
these narrow meshes in the present species are caused merely
by three or four internal longitudinal bars being placed more
closely together than in the rest of the area. Then the inva-
riable occurrence of three or four of them on the left side next the
dorsal clear space seems to indicate that they represent the fold
in the corresponding position on the right side. Finally, they form
generally three or four longitudinal lines down each side of the
branchial sac, and four (one of which is frequently very slight) is
the normal number of folds in the genus.

The branchial sac of Ascidia plebeia, Alder, has a very character-
istic appearance, and is very constant in the size of the meshes,
papille, &c. There is one point in its structure, however, which
seems liable to variation. Asarule, the transverse vessels are all

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOG@Y, VOL. XV. 26

332 ON THE BRANCHIAL SAC OF SIMPLE ASCIDIANS.

of the same calibre; but in several specimens which I have exa-
mined every fourth vessel is much wider than the intervening
three.

In Ciona intestinalis the meshes vary somewhat in size in
different individuals, but according to no apparent method. Five
stigmata in a mesh seems the normal arrangement ; four and six
are frequently met with, larger numbers more rarely, while ten
is the utmost I have observed.

One form of variation remains to be mentioned, viz. the pre-
sence of delicate horizontal vessels placed irregularly between
the transverse vessels and dividing the meshes into two parts.
Ascidia aspersa, O. F. Miiller, is an example of a species in which
these vessels occur as an individual variation. In typical speci-
mens the transverse vessels are all of the same size, and the
meshes are square and undivided; but in some individuals many
of the meshes (not all) are traversed by these delicate horizontal
vessels, and so divided into pairs of transversely elongated areas.

Notwithstanding this liability to individual variation in the
branchial sac of at least some species, there is no doubt that the
organ is of primary importance in specification. It consequently
seems most advisable, in the description of new species, where a
sufficient number of specimens is not available to determine which
points are constant in the species, to describe the branchial sac
and other important organs minutely, so that subsequent inves-
tigators may have details of structure in sufficient number to
warrant them in assuming that the great majority are constant
characters, and that only a few, probably, are liable to variation
in any one individual of the species.

DR. T. S. COBBOLD ON PARASITES OF ELEPHANTS. Son

The Parasites of Elephants. By T. Spencer Coxszotp, M.D.,
E.R.S., F.L.S., Foreign Mem. Roy. Agric. Acad. Turin.

[Read April 7, 1881. Abstract. ]

Tuis contribution, which will be published in the Society’s
‘Transactions,’ with appropriate illustrations, deals with four-
teen species, of which twelve are entozoal. The first recorded
(Ascaris lonchoptera) was taken from a captive animal destroyed
at Geneva on account of madness. ‘Two species were described
by the late Dr. Baird, but some remarkable peculiarities of
structure in Sclerostoma sipunculiforme and 8. clathratum had
been overlooked. Four new Nematodes are added (Strongylus
foliatus, 8. faleifer, Dochmius Sangeri, and Filaria Smithii). The
last species and one of the Strongyles were found in singular
growths or abodes formed within the wails of the elephant’s
stomach. Three new species of Amphistoma (A. Hawkesii, A.
ornatum, and A. papillatwm) are described. In the fresh state
these beautiful little parasites are transparent and of a bright
pink colour. Many new particulars are given in respect of the
fluke (Husciola Jacksoni) described to the Society in 1869. The
larval state of Gastrophilus elephantis is also fully noticed.
Specimens of this ‘bot’ were exhibited from an African elephant
shot by Dr. Kirk. Remarks were also made respecting the
curious parasitic ova observed by Mr. Sclater and Prof. Flower
on tusks now preserved in the Museum of the Royal College of
Surgeons. After referring to Hematomyzus and Homopus of
Piaget and Mégnin respectively, the paper concluded with a
record of facts pointing to the destructive effects of the flukes,
roundworms, and Amphistomes. The epidemic affecting Sanger’s
performing elephants was attributable to this cause.

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XV. 27

BDy! MR. T. EDWARD ON THE OCCURRENCE OF

On the Occurrence of the Norwegian Argentina silus* on the
Shore of the Moray Firth, Banffshire. By THomas Epwagrp,
A.LS.

[Read April 21, 1881.]

THE present being one among the few instances of the capture of
this species in the British seas, the writer presumes that a notice
of the fact, with an account of the fish itself, may not be uninter-
esting to the members of the Linnean Society.

The fish alluded to was taken about the end of October, 1879,
nearly thirteen miles west from the town of Banff, and was sent
to me for examination, as none of the fishermen had seen one of
the same kind before. It was alsonew to me. With the aid of
two friends, Professors Trail and Ewart, of Aberdeen University,
I was enabled definitely to identify it as here named in the title _
of the paper, though previously to this Dr. Giinther had hinted
by letter that it might be Argentina silus.

Description of the Fish.—ULength 87 inches. Height of body
near shoulders (where the fish is deepest) about 1 inch. Cir-
cumference at same place over 2 inches, near the tail scarcely 1.
Length of head 12inch, which tapers considerably towards the
mouth, which is very small and gives the head a most remarkable
appearance. Breadth behind the eye 1 inch. Length of tail
(which is deeply forked) 13inch. Dorsal fin in front nearly 14 inch
in height and pointed, the first ray being the longest, the others
shortening as they go backwards. Adipose fin about 4inch in
height, is rather boomerang-shaped, and placed only 4 inch from
the root of the caudal, its insertion being in direct line with the
centre of the anal. Pectorals rather poimted and over 1 inch in
length. Ventrals nearly an inch, and broadish at their tips.
Anal fin at its commencement ? of an inch, but lessens towards
its extremity, which is within 3 inch of the tail. The dorsal fin

* When this paper was written and forwarded to the Society I was under
the impression that the species had not hitherto been obtained on the British
coasts. My isolated position did not enable me to consult books or museums,
and a copy of the Society's Journal containing Dr. Francis Day’s paper “On
the Hebridal Argentine” (Journ. Linn. Soe. vol. xv. p. 78, pl. iv.), not having
then reached me, I was unaware of the most recent notice of the fish in
question, and of its determination with the Argentina sphyrena, Linn. I
would gladly have withdrawn my paper on learning of Dr. Day’s; but the
Council of the Society have thought fit to print it, as an additional record of a
fish whereof only three British specimens have previously been taken.

ARGENTINA SILUS ON THE SHORE OF MORAY FIRTH. 335

commences about 1} inch from the head ; ventrals nearly opposite
where the dorsal ends; pectorals close to the gill-covers. The
fin-rays, so far as I could make them out, are as follows :—D. 9,
Beis) V. 14, A. 1 to 12,€) 24.

I may mention, however, that the fins were somewhat hardened
and contracted, the fish having been dead some days before it
reached me.

The most important and peculiar characteristic of the fish is
the shape of its body. In this respect it is decidedly in part
hexagonal and in another heptangular. Thus in a great measure
its small contracted mouth resembles the Syngnathide, or pipe-
fishes; but at the same time it differs widely in every other
respect. In the adipose appendage and the disposition of its fins
it approaches the Salmonide ; but here again it differs as mate-
rially, if not more so, from this tribe in the form of its body.

Another special and interesting peculiarity, which is not found
in either of the families alluded to, although met with in the keel
of the Clupeide, is that each division of the body is distinctly
separated by a visible ridge, which, in most cases, are minutely
but very sharply serrated. These serrations may be felt by pass-
ing the finger downwards from the head. The sensation and
peculiar irritation, though not an unpleasant one, resembles that
given to the hand when rubbed gently along a very finely cut
saw. This is particularly the case with the parts at the centre
of the belly, which latter, like the back, is distinctly divided by
a raised ridge or keel; the serrations here seem to be stronger
and larger than on the other ridges.

The back is nearly ? of an inch broad, the first compartment
about 7 inch, the other a little more and bounded by the lateral
line, which is straight. The stripe immediately below it is the
broadest of all, being 14 inch, the others get narrower as they
descend. Belly not quite so broad as the back.

As the number of divisions so are the number of colours, each
being mostly of a different hue. That on the back would seem
to have been of a deep amber tint, the next, sidewise, being
greenish blue, the other silvery grey, the one below the lateral
line being of a pure silvery white, with a bright metallic lustre,
the others only a little fainter, but very similar to those above;
belly greyish white, with a tinge of greenish blue and purple.
The head on the top had been nearly the same as the back, with

Bah

306 MR. T. EDWARD ON ARGENTINA SILUS.

the sides silvery. The large eye has a very bright silvery iris
and a bluish-black pupil.

Another very noticeable feature of the fish was (and this took
the attention and excited the admiration of others as well as
myself) that, turn it whichever way you like, the glistening of the
various stripes had a most beautiful and pleasing effect, exhibiting
all the colours of the rainbow, the harmonious iridescence being
visible whether looked at from before backwards or the reverse;
when alive, doubtless, it may even have been more brilliant.

One more peculiarity of the fish, and a most striking one, is
that, though about an inch in thickness, the flesh is so transparent
that you can see the vertebre quite distinctly by holding it up to
the light.

From what has already been stated concerning the mouth, no
one will wonder when they are told that I could only make out |
the gape to be 7 of an inch.

On looking into the minute oral aperture, I could see that the
upper jaw was thickly beset with numerous small teeth, but could
discover none on the lower jaw. The tongue was almost covered
with two large strong teeth, one on each side, and curved back-
wards; betwixt these there were others of a like form, but much
smaller.

I may here further mention that there is a small fleshy pro-
tuberance or wart at the tip on the underside of the lower jaw.

On dissection the specimen proved to be a male, but as to its
probable maturity I venture to offer no opinion. The milt, which
was of a chalky whiteness and 1 inch in length, did not seem to
me to be full; it might have been partly spent.

The stomach contained the remains of a few of the smaller
crustaceans, such as Darwinia compressa and Proto pedata, &c., also
fragments of Sertularia filicula and Antennularia antennaria, &c.
This may show, or at least give, an indication that its habitat is
amongst the corallines, and that its small pointed-like mouth is
well adapted for picking off the minute zoophytes from their
horny stems. Its form, too, is such as to enable it to glide with
perfect ease, and its large eyes to see its way through amongst
the countless animal forests which everywhere clothe that part
of the ocean where it seems to live and sport.

ON THE GREEN COLOUR OF THE HAIR OF SLOTHS. 337

On the Green Colour of the Hair of Sloths. By H. C. Sorsy,
LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.G.S.

[Read April 7, 1881.]

Some years ago the late Mr. HE. R. Alston called my attention to
the green colour of the hair of Bradypus castaniceps, noticed by
Seemann, who had inquired of Dr. J. E. Gray whether he knew
any green species of Sloth, for that such was the colour of one
living in Nicaragua. Seemann, in a letter quoted by Gray ina
paper in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society ’*, raised the
question whether this green tint, so abnormal in mammals, might
not be due to a parasitic alga; and suggested that one reason why
the animal was so seldom seen was that the coarse hair, thus
coloured, made the creature look almost exactly like a mass of
the so-called vegetable horsehair (Zillandsia usneoides), so com-
mon on the trees of the district where the Sloth occurs. Little
or no further attention appears to have been directed to this
question in England; and neither Mr. Alston or myself had any
idea that it had been carefully studied in Germany. On examin-
ing, both microscopically and spectroscopically, some of the hair
from Seemann’s specimen, which had retained its colour where
not exposed to the light, and comparing it with specimens from
Cholopus Hoffmanni, 1 was soon convinced that Seemann’s ex-
planation was correct; and after I had devoted a considerable
amount of time to this subject, Mr. Alston accidentally found
that Welcker and Kihn had published a very complete memoir
on the growth and structure of the hair of Sloths and on the
alge parasitic on them+. I cannot therefore lay claim to having
been the first discoverer of these organisms, but have worked out
the question in an independent and different manner, and observed
some facts which are not described in the paper just cited.

In the first place, I have had the advantage of studying fresh
material, and not, like previous authors, merely specimens that
had been kept long in museums, which was perhaps the reason
why the general green colour of the hair is not alluded to by
Welcker and Kuhn. Early in the year 1877 a Cholopus was sent
to the Zoological Society’s Gardens direct from its habitat, which
died very soon after its arrival; and Mr. Bartlett kindly placed

* 1871, p. 429.
t Abhand. der naturf. Ges. zu Halle, 1866, vol. ix. p. 20.

308 DE. H. C. SORBY ON THE GREEN COLOUR

the entire skin at my disposal. I have also had the advantage of
studying the hair of specimens which had lived some years in
England ; and was thus able to learn that none of the green alow
grew on the hair in the dry atmosphere of the house in the
Gardens, whereas on that of the animal fresh from its native
damp woods the number on the hair from some parts of the skin
was so great as to give rise to a most unmistakable green colour,
not seen in the case of the animals which have lived some time
in this country. It therefore appears that the growth of the
alga depends partly on the damp character of the locality in
which the Sloths live. J, however, think that it also depends, in
great measure, on the most exceptional and remarkable structure
of the hair of Sloths; and after having carefully studied that of
very many other animals, I must say that it appears to me not
at all probable that alge would grow on the hair of other mam- -
mals, even in damp localities.

For my present purpose it is convenient to look upon hair as
a very variable mixture of dense horn and a highly cellular
pithy substance, containing much air. As an example of one
extreme, I may refer to the bristles of the wild boar, which are
generally almost exclusively composed of dense horn. In many
animals the hair consists of a solid external sheath of horn,
with a central pithy core, the relative size of which varies much ;
and in the case of nearly all Deer and some Antelopes and allied
animals this central pith constitutes nearly the whole, and
the external horny layer is very thin. In all these cases this
layer is continuous over the whole exterior; and though some-
times the surface is rough and scaly, yet in many cases it is
almost or quite smooth and glossy.

The hair of Cholopus (figs. 4 & 5) differs in a most remarkable
manner from all others that I have examined. Instead of the horny
exterior being continuous, it is more or less deeply fluted longi-
tudinally, right down to the central pith, which is thus exposed
along the bottom of the numerous grooves (fig. 4). The growth
of the green alge is most unmistakably related to this structure.
None grow on the surface of the bright glossy ribs, whereas all
along the depressions they abound, so that we see clear polished
ribs and deep green hollows extending longitudinally along each
hair (fig. 5). I do not see how we can doubt that this special
localization is due to the fact that the surface of the grooves is
rougher, as well as more protected from friction, than the ribs.

OF THE HAIR OF SLOTHS. 339

Probably this influence of friction is the reason why the general
_green colour of the hair is so much better marked in some parts
of the animal than in others, being more especially visible at the
back of the head and neck.

Fig. 1. Hair of Bradypus with alge on surface.
2. The same, old and eracked.
3. The same, transverse section.
4. Hair of Cholopus, transverse section.
5. The same, surface with alge in hollows.

The structure of the hair of Bradypus (figs. 1, 2, & 3) differs
as much from that of Cholopus as from that of all other animals *
which have come under my observation ; and in fact we might
almost say that it is the reverse of the normal. Instead of there
being a horny sheath and a central cellular pith, there is a central
horny thread (fig. 3) and a pithy exterior, with somewhat oblique
transverse structure, made much more transparent when saturated
with Canada balsam. The result of this remarkable structure is
that old hairs break up into numerous segments (fig. 2), which
look like angular beads strung on a central horny thread, so as to
make the hair, roughly speaking, somewhat like ‘the barbs of cer-
tain feathers with attached barbules. It is on this external pithy
portion of the hair that the green alge grow (fig. 1); and Iam dis-
posed to believe that they are able to grow on it mainly because
the surface is sufficiently rough to allow them to attach them-
selves so firmly that they are not easily removed by friction.

It will thus be seen that I attribute the presence of the alge

[* There is a small Sloth, however, in which the larger hairs are quite
smooth and solid.—Ep. | Pee

i

340 ON THE GREEN COLOUR OF THE HAIR OF SLOTHS.

on Sloth’s hair quite as much to its exceptional structure as to
the humidity of their habitat, and look upon this unusual growth
of green parasitic plants as due to the combination of both con-
ditions*. If the green colour is really a protection to the
animal, one cannot help asking whether the structure of the hair
is connected with this protection, either by design or by gradual
development.

On examining the hairs in a natural state with the microscope
every stage in the growth of the small green alge can be seen ;
but many facts may be better observed by heating the hair in
dilute caustic potash. ‘This dissolves the horny substance of the
hair, but leaves the alge more or less free. There is then no
difficulty in studying every phase of growth, from green specks
of sys00 inch in diameter up to cells of 5,5 diameter; and
they are seen dividing and subdividing in much the same manner
as the cells of Chlorococcwm, so common on damp walls and trees.
Kiihn describes those met with on the hair of Bradypus as differ-
ing from those on Cholopus, basing his conclusion, to a great
extent, on the number and:form:of the spores. He names them
respectively Plewrococcus ' ‘Bradiyjpi and P. Cholepi. The plants
certainly differ in several particulars; but one may doubt whether
the difference is not due to difference of conditions. One grows
on a comparatively flat surface, which allows of lateral extension ;
whereas the other grows in grooves, which allow of only free
linear development. We cannot say whether the spores of the
one form would grow into the other under changed conditions ;
but, at the same time, the different conditions may have led to the
production of well-marked hereditary peculiarities. However,
whether we call them species or varieties, at all events there can
be no doubt that they are minute parasitic plants; but at the
same time I thought it desirable to confirm this conclusion by
the independent evidence of spectroscopic examination.

On heating in alcohol the hair of the Cholopus fresh from
America, the colour was not dissolved, but it was readily soluble
after the hair had been boiled in water, and yielded a fine green
solution. This I studied very carefully, separating the different
constituents in the manner described in my paper on comparative
vegetable chromatologyt, and compared it with the solution

[* The hair of Bats, it may be observed, seems adapted for a growth of alge,
so far as mere structure is concerned.— Hp. |
t Proceedings of Royal Society, 1873, xxi. p. 442.

ON THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ SPECIES OF CELLEPORA. 841

obtained in a similar manner from Chlorococcum. Both contain
the six different-coloured substances usually, if not invariably,
met with in green alge and in plants of higher organization, but
in different relative proportion. The most striking fact was, that
the variety of chlorophyll which I have named “ yellow chloro-
phyll,” characterized by a spectrum very different from that of
the more abundant “blue chlorophyll,” exists in a much larger
relative amount than in plants of high organization, and even in
larger amount than in other green alge which I have examined,
but perhaps not in larger than might very well occur in minute
green alge growing in damp tropical woods. On the contrary,
what I have called “orange xanthophyll” occurs in smaller
amount in the alge from the hair than in Chlorococcum. I sub-
join comparative analyses, which must be looked upon as only
approximate. They, however, suffice to show most clearly that
the green colour of the hair of Sloths is due to the presence of
precisely the same colouring-matters as those found in green
alge, the difference being no greater than what may be due to
small differences in conditions.

Chlorococcum. Sloth’s hair.

Blue chlorophyll........ 48 53
Yellow BEAU deecrenomancbecs 10 17
Gand OAS Gogdob ones 16 17
Yellow xanthophyll...... 16 8
Orange Ho anobo~ 6 1
Lichnoxanthine ........ 4 +

100 100

Descriptive Catalogue of the Species of Céellepora collected on
the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition. By Grores Busx, F.RS.,
F.LS.

[Published by permission of the Lords Commissioners of the Treasury. ]
[Read May 5, 1881.]

Tur number of species here referred to the genus Céllepora is
about 26 or 27.

Of these—

1. The North-Atlantic region yielded three, from depths vary-
ing from 51 to 450 fathoms.

342 MR. G. BUSK ON THE SPECIES OF CELLEPORA

2. The South-Atlantic furnished five, from depths varying from
5 to 600 fms.

3. The Kerguelen or South-Indian region yielded seven, all
from the immediate neighbourhood of Kerguelen’s Land, and
from depths varying from 20 to 150 fms.

4, The Australian region afforded eleven species, all, with one
exception (C-. solida), from depths varying from 2 to probably
not more than 40 fms. The exception is a very aberrant form,
and only doubtfully referred to the genus; it was procured from
a depth of 2600 fms.

5. The North-Pacific region furnished only two species, one at
18 and the other from 310 fms. ; and

6. The South-Pacific three or four species, from depths varying
from 45 to 150 fms., except in one rather curious instance, in which
the specimen appears to have been brought up from 1325 fms., _
near the western coast of South America. The circumstance is
curious, since the same species, OC. Hatonensis (var. magellensis),
occurred near the Falkland Islands at a depth of not more than
5 to 12 fms.

On the whole, the genus, as represented in the present collec-
tion, would appear to belong to comparatively shallow water.

Class POLYZOA.
Order GYMNOLZEMATA.
Suborder CHEILOSTOMATA.
Fam. CELLEPORID2.

Celleporide, Johnst.; Brit. Mus. Cat.; Hincks, &c.
Escharide (pars), D’Orbigny.
Myriozoide (pars), Smitt.

Char. Zocecia urceolate, erect or suberect, irregularly heaped
together, and often forming several superimposed layers.

Gen. 1. CELLEPORA.

Cellepora (pars), Fabric.; Linn., &c.

Cellepora, Brit. Mus. Cat. ; Johnst.; Hincks; auct.
Tubipora (pars), Linn.

Millepora (pars), Ellis & Solander.

Celleporaria, Lamz.; Reuss; D’Orb., Se.
Spongites, Oken.

COLLECTED ON THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 343

Char. Zoarium rultiform, lamellar and incrusting and par-
tially adnate, or free; or erect and attached by a thick base;
massive or irregularly branched, solid or hollow ; or in the shape
of small parasitic, pisiform or discoid growths. Zoecia, in the
older portions, more or less erect or vertical, very irregularly
disposed and heaped together. Orifice entire, or sinuated in
front, with one or more small avicularia closely contiguous to it.
Often a preoral rostral process (sometimes aborted), usually
supporting an avicularium; very generally interspersed avi-
cularia.

The species of Cellepora here enumerated may be artificially
arranged into groups, characterized respectively by the form of
the orifice, or, more accurately perhaps, by that of the oral valve
or operculum; whilst a secondary division may be made from the
characters afforded by the general zoarial habit+, which may be
either incrusting or lamellar, or more or less solid, massive,
branched, or lobate.

§ I. Border of the primary orifice entire ; not sinuated or notched
in front (Holostomatous).

1. C. hastigera. 7. ©. columnaris.
2. C. apiculata. 8. C. honolulensis.
3. C. nodulosa. 9. C. imbellis.

4. C. zamboangensis. 10*. C. rudis.{

5. C. albirostris. 11. C. solida.

6. C. tridenticulata.

§ II. Orifice notched or sinuated in front (Schizostomatous).

a. Incrusting or massive, branched or lobate.

1. C. Simonensis. 6*. C. polymorpha.
2. C. pustulata. 7. C. tuberculata.

3. C. cylindriformis. 8*. C. vagans.

4. C. Eatonensis. 9. C. Jacksoniensis

5*. C. ovalis.

(. Parasitic, usually pisiform.

10. C. bicornis. 14. C. ansata.
11. C. bilabiata. 15. C. canaliculata.
12. C. signata. 16. C. bidenticulata.

13. C. conica.

t Vide Hincks, Brit. Mar. Polyzoa, vol. i. p. 898 ez seq.
} In the species marked with an asterisk the form of the orifice does not
accord with that of the operculum.

344 MR. G, BUSK ON THE SPECIES OF CELLEPORA

If the form of the operculum be taken as the character*, the
species may be arranged as under :—

§ I. Operculum suborbicular, semicircular, or arcuate.
(Woodcuts A & B.)

1. C. nodulosa. 8. C. apiculata.

2. C. hastigera. 9. C. tridenticulata.
3. C. albirostris. 10, C. zamboangensis.
4. C. ovalis. 11. C. honolulensis.
o. C. columnaris. 12. C. vagans.

6. C. polymorpha. 13. C. imbellis.

7. C. Jacksoniensis.

§ II. Operculum more or less pyriform or contracted below, with
an articular notch on each side. (Woodcuts C & D.)

is rN
SS

cae /

——

a. Massive, lobate, or incrusting.

1. C. tesselata. 3. C. rudis.

2. C. Eatonensis. 4. C. cylindriformis.
(. Pisiform, parasitic.

5. C. ansata. 9. C. signata.

6. C. bicornis. 10. C. bidenticulata.

7. C. eanaliculata. ll. C. bilabiata.

8. C. conica.

Section I.

1. C. HASTIGERA, ND. sp.f

Char. Zoarium erect, expanded, lobate. Zowcia deeply im-
mersed ; surface entire dull. Orifice (primary) suborbicular, with
a slightly sinuated lower border and no spines. Preoral rostra
of two kinds—one, very stout and subconical, supporting on the
posterior face, either at or near the apex or lower down, an
avicularium, with either an acute or a duckbill-shaped mandible
‘and a toothed beak; the other slenderer and very acute, with a
small lateral avicularium at the base overhanging a notch.

Hab. St. 162. Bass Strait, 38-40 fms., sand.

* See paper by A. W. Waters in Proc. Lit. & Philos. Soc. Manch. 1878,
vol. xvii. p. 125.

+ “Chall. Rep.” pl. xxix. fig. 1. The illustrative figures here referred to

along with the name of each new species will appear in my Monograph of
the ‘ Challenger’ Polyzoa, now nearly completed.

COLLECTED ON THE ‘CHALLENGER ’ EXPEDITION. 3845

In some respects the characters of this form render it doubtful
whether it may not be a variety of C. bispinata, B.M. Cat., or
C. (Discopora) albirostris, Smitt (Florid. Bryoz.); but the total
absence of any sign of the two long slender oral spines in the mar-
ginal zocecia, and the different form and proportions of the preoral
rostral process, render them, in my opinion, sufficiently distinct.

2. C. APICULATA, n. sp.*

Char. Zoarium incrusting, or unilaminar and unattached.
Zoecia (at the growing edge) ventricose or barrel-shaped, with a
granular unpunctured surface; in the older portions deeply
immersed and very confusedly disposed, varying much also in
size. Primary orvice semicircular, with a straight entire lower
border, and surmounted in the earliest stage by two, or rarely
three, long oral spines. Preoral rostrum very irregular in size,
and supporting usually on one side a large avicularium, with an
obtuse serrated beak, and a subacute lanceolate or triangular
mandible, and usually produced beyond the avicularium into a
longer or shorter obtuse apiculate spine.

Hab. St. 1638 a. Off Port Jackson, 30-35 fms., rock.

The extreme irregularity of growth and great diversity in the
form and size of the preoral rostrum, which is sometimes very
small and at others developed into a very large avicularian pro-
cess, renders any description of this species very difficult. The
chief points at present are :—(1) the semicircular orifice (about
0”:07 wide) with a straight entire lower lip ; (2) the, at first, short
and thick hollow rostrum, which afterwards becomes produced
into an obtuse spine, and on the side of the wider portion, some
distance above the base, supports on one side a large avicularium
with a finely serrated beak and rather blunt elongated mandible ;
(3) the presence on the youngest zocecia only of two, or sometimes
three, long oral spines, like those in C. bispinata, mihi, or C.
albirostris, Smitt. The figure in “Chall. Rep.” plate xxix. has
unfortunately been taken from a very bad specimen, and shows
little of the real characters.

3. C. NODULOSA, 0. sp.

Char. Zoariwn a rounded, irregularly nodular massive growth.
Zoeca perfectly upright, very deeply immersed below, often free
above, and united in sets of three or four together. Orifice
suborbicular or elliptical, about 0-007 wide. A few excessively
minute denticles within the lower border. Operculwm subtrian-

* “ Chall. Rep.” pl. xxix. fig. 2.

346 MR. G. BUSK ON THE SPECIES OF CELLEPORA

gular rounded, about 0-006 in diameter. Preoral rostrum small,
conical, obtuse, most frequently represented by a mere transverse
tuberosity. On the back a very minute avicularium with a semi-
circular mandible. Occiwm partially recumbent, free, with a
wide arched opening, and frequently with a round pore on each
side in front. Interspersed avicwlaria rare, columnar, vicarious.
Mandible blunt, triangular; beak obtuse, not toothed.

Hab. St. 1634. Off Port Jackson, 38-45 fms.

The open honeycomb aspect of this form and the peculiar
habit Gf constant) are very characteristic at first sight.

4. C. ZAMBOANGENSIS, 1. sp.*

Char. Zoariwm expanded thick, loosely adnate ; surface uneven,
but not distinctly mamillated. Zowcia distant, very confusedly
disposed, obscurely punctured round the border; the interspaces
are sometimes irregularly cancellated; surface porcellanous. ~
Primary orifice suborbicular or slightly coarctate; operculum
suborbiculo-triangular. Preoral rostrum small, conical, obtuse,
presenting on one side near the base a very minute avicularium,
with a semielliptical mandible pointing upwards. Interspersed
prominent avicularia with a short duckbill-shaped mandible and
simple non-serrated beak; very rarely one of large size, com-
pletely immersed, with a long spatulate obtuse mandible very
wide at the base.

Hab. Off Zamboanga, 10 fms.

In the figure the orifice is represented as notched on one side,
but the apparent notch is merely caused by the projection of the
base of the rostrum, and the rostral avicularium is represented
larger than it should be.

5. C. aLBrrostris, Smitt.+
Discopora albirostris (forma typica), Smitt, Florid. Bryoz. part ii.
p. 70, pl. xii. figs. 234-239,
2? Cellepora bispinata, Bk. Brit. Mus. Cat. p. 87, pl. exx. figs. 1, 2.
Char. Zoarium massive, irregularly lobate, cristeform, erect or
partially incrusting sponges or fucus. Zoewcia (marginal) barrel-
shaped ; surface pearly, smooth or finely granular; imperforate,
or with a few punctures round the border. Orifice (primary) sub- ©
orbicular, or arcuate ; two long, very slender, unarticulated oral
spines above. Rostrwm (when fully formed) very long, straight
and acuminate, solid, with a minute avicularium, with semi-

* “Chall. Rep.” pl. xxx. fig. 7. t “Chall. Rep.” pl. xxxiii. fig. 7.

COLLECTED ON THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 347

circular mandible on one side of the base, and overhanging a wide
sinus; on the older zocecia often a long, solid, upright acuminate .
spine, arising apparently from the side of the zocecium about the
middle of its length; the rostrum often developed into a very
thick subcylindrical process, obliquely truncated at the end, and
presenting on the oblique face a large avicularium with a blunt
spatulate mandible and toothed beak (fig. 7d). A few inter-
spersed immersed avicularia, usually placed transversely on the
front of a zocecium, and varying greatly in size; the mandible
elongated, obtuse, or subspatulate, with a simple rounded beak.

Hab. St. 151. Off Heard Island, 75 fms., mud.

As Prof. Smitt remarks, the typical C. albirostris in a fresh
condition is readily recognizable by its greyish-brown colour and
blackish-brown opercula. The zocecia, he goes on to observe, in
the growing edge of the colony, are elongated ovate, presenting
the greatest resemblance to Cellepora bispinata, B. M. Cat.

In this I quite agree with Prof. Smitt, and am strongly inclined
to think that his Cell. albirostris is identical with my C. bispinata.
Unfortunately I have no specimen of the latter to compare, and
the figure and description in the Brit. Mus. Cat. are hardly
sufficient to determine the point. Under these circumstances
I have thought it best to retain Prof. Smitt’s appellation. I
would remark, however, that my term of “very minute,” as ap-
plied to the usual kind of rostral avicularium, quite accords with
that of C. albirostris. The large rostral avicularia are only
occasional.

With respect to Prof. Smitt’s supposition that C. albirostris
and my Cell. mamillata may be connected, if I understand him
correctly, | may observe that there can be no doubt of their
complete distinctness. Nor can I see any reason for regarding
the form described by Prof. Smitt, under the name of C. (Dis-
copora) pusilla, as merely a variety of his CO. albirostris. The two
seem to me to be quite distinct ; and how their close relation is
“incontestably proved by the very same form of their zoccial
aperture,” seems to me to be by no means clear, seeing that the
form of aperture in question is one of very common occurrence.

6. C. TRIDENTICULATA, n. sp.*
Char. Zoariwm lamellar, expanded, apparently unattached,
uneven. Zowcia deeply immersed; surface shining, granular,

* “Chall. Rep.” pl. xxix. fig. 3.

348 MR. G. BUSK ON THE SPECIES OF CELLEPORA

imperforate. Orifice arcuate or subtriangular, with three (some-
times four) internal denticles within the lower border, about
0"-006-0""007 wide. Rostrum (sometimes absent) a small rounded
tuberosity, supporting on the summit, seated in a shallow de-
pression, a minute avicularium with a semicircular mandible; a
strong articulated spine on each side of the orifice. Large inter-
spersed avicularia apparently vicarious (certainly not rostral),
usually immersed, but sometimes more prominent, and partially
erect, with a short, broad, duckbill-shaped mandible, shutting
down into a shallow boat-like beak, the edge of which is finely
pectinate. ;

Hab. St. 186. Lat. 10° 30’ S., long. 142° 18’ E.; 8 fms., coral-
sand.

This well-marked species is at once recognizable by the long,
articulated and indistinctly jointed oral spine on each side of the -
orifice. The limited development of the rostrum, with its little
imbedded avicularium, is also a well-marked feature, as is also
the fine pectination of the border of the cup in the interspersed
avicularia. Another curious feature is the frequent occurrence
on the surface of the zoarium of lengthened tubular processes or
tunnels, looking like enormously elongated zocecia. The nature
of these curious appendages is very obscure.

7. C. COLUMNARIS, n. sp.*

Char. Zoariwm expanded, thick, irregular in form and extent.
Zoecia very deeply immersed, ventricose, but with the outlines
very obscure; substance of wall solid, porcellanous; surface
finely granular. Orifice semicircular, lower lip straight and
entire. A long, solid, tapering, columnar process springs from
the back or side of the zoarium close to the orifice. In many
zocecia there is a small tubercular avicularian process in front
below the orifice, which also sometimes rises in a columnar form ;
mandible triangular.

Hab. St. 162. Off East Moncceur Island, Bass Strait, 38—
80 fms., sand,

8. C. HONOLULENSIS, 0. sp.}

Char. Zoariwm massive, irregular. Zowcia very confusedly
crowded, deeply immersed ; surface finely granular, imperforate.
Orifice (primary) semiorbicular or subtriangular, lower border

* “Chall. Rep.” pl. xxix. fig, 11. f. “Chall. Rep.” pl. xxix. fig. 5.

COLLECTED ON THE ‘ CHALLENGER ’ EXPEDITION. 349

straight, with a minute 3-toothed pectinate process within it.
A short pointed preoral rostrum, supporting on one side a small
avicularium, with a semicircular mandible. In the older parts
very numerous, large, interspersed prominent avicularia, with
lanceolate mandible pointing upwards, and simply channelled
beak.

Hab. St. 260*. Off Honolulu, 18 fms.

Differs from C. tridenticulata in the much smaller size of the
internal denticles, which rather resemble a minute 3-toothed
comb, and in the almost universal presence, on the front of the
older zoccia, of a prominent avicularium with a lanceolate
mandible and simply channelled non-serrated beak.

9. C. IMBELLIS.T

Char. Zoarium lamellar, flexuose, thin. Zoccia distinct, erect,
free above, ventricose and immersed below ; surface finely pitted.
Orifice arcuate, or subtriangular or suborbicular, about 0!-006
wide; peristome slightly thickened, a small avicularium in front
just within the border. A few interspersed immersed avicularia,
with an elongate spatulate mandible.

Hab. Off Bahia, 10-20 fms.

Only a single specimen, apparently old and dead.

10. C. RuDIS, n. sp.f

Char. Zoariwm (in a single specimen) consisting of a short,
thick, cylindrical stem rising from a broad base and dividing into
two rounded lobes. Aspect rugose and coarse. Zowcia com-
pletely immersed and very confusedly heaped together. Orifice
subquadrangular, large (nearly O!'-01 wide), depressed. Preoral
rostrum in the ordinary zocecia merely a tubercle supporting an
oval avicularium, with a blunt elliptical mandible pointing down-
wards; in the fertile zocecia the rostrum is developed into a
broad hollow process, from which a raised border passes back on
each side of the orifice to the sides of the ocecium. Owcium
deeply immersed, having on the front a crescentic disk, marked
with radiating furrows. Very numerous interspersed immersed
avicularia, lying in all positions, and of very various sizes, with a
broad. short mandible, much contracted. at the base.

Hab. St. 320. Lat. 37° 17' S., long. 58° 52! W.; 600 fms.,
hard ground.

t+ “Chall. Rep.” pl. xxix. fig. 10.
{ “Chall. Rep.” pl. xxviii. fig.’7. The operculum in C. rudis is pyriform ; so

that it really belongs to the next section.
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XV. 28

350 MR. G. BUSK ON THE SPECIES OF CELLEPORA

11. C. sonrpa, n. sp.

Char. Zoariwm ramose or globate, very irregular ; in the older
portions the zocecia are, as it were, all fused together, and coated
with a porcellanous deposit, so that all trace of openings is lost.
Zoacia (younger) barrel-shaped, wide above. Orifice quadrangular,
border entire; the zocecium rises behind the mouth into an
obtuse conical process, usually presenting a small aviculariwm,
with a triangular mandible on the interior aspect. In front of
the mouth is a much larger, rounded, tumid prominence, on which
are, occasionally, placed a few very minute circular avicularia,
also with an obtuse triangular mandible. Occasional large inter-
spersed avicularia, with a broad, short, spatulate mandible.

Hab. St. 160. Lat. 42° 42'S., long. 184° 10' E.; 2600 fms.,
red clay.

The entire growth is solid and has a porcellanous aspect.

Section II.

12. C. sIMONENSIS, n. sp.*

Char. Zoariwm branched or massive and irregular; surface
uneven, nodulated, or papillose. Zoacia deeply immersed and
ventricose, with a row of punctures round the border, and some-
times sparsely punctured allover. Orifice clithridiate [ keyhole-
shaped]; peristome thick, in the older stage annular or shortly
tubular. An obtuse avicularian process on one side close below
the orifice, with a broadly triangular mandible pointing upwards.
A few interspersed, minute, immersed avicularia with spatulate
mandible.

Hab. St. 122. Lat. 9° 5’ S., long. 34° 49! W.; 400 fms., mud.
Simon’s Bay.

The oral valve is of the same shape as the orifice, and has a
pyriform thickening on each side +.

The small interspersed avicularia in the older parts of the
zoarium appear to be transformed zocecia of small size.

18. C. PUSTULATA, n. sp. f.

Char. Zoarium cylindrical, irregularly branched; branches
slightly tapering. Zowcia, in the younger portions, distinct,
ventricose; walls entire, uneven. Orifice clithridiate ; peristome

* “Chall, Rep.” pl. xxvii. fig. 6 & pl. xxix. fig. 9.
t “Chall. Rep.” pl. xxix. fig. 9a. t “ Chall. Rep.” pl. xxviii. fig. 8.

COLLECTED ON THE ‘ CHALLENGER ’ EXPEDITION. 351

thin. In the older zocciaa small tubercular preoral process,
having on one side a minute aviculariwm with a subtriangular
mandible. In the older portions the individual zocecia are, for
the most part, obliterated ; and in those parts of the zoarium the
surface presents small pustular, subhexagonal eminences, each of
which has a minute aviculariwm in its centre. Besides these
there are a few interspersed avicularia with spatulate mandible,
with a very contracted base.

Hab. St. 167. Lat. 39° 32’ S., long. 171° 48 E.; 150 fms., grey
ooze. Off Marion Island, 50-75 fms.

14. C. CYLINDRIFORMIS, nD. sp.*

Char. Zoarium conical or tapering. Zoecia large, distinct.
Orifice orbicular, widely emarginate. A strong, incurved, cylin-
drical preoral process, supporting a large aviculariwm, with a
broad, equilateral, triangular mandible. Interspersed avicularia
not numerous, having a broad, short, membranous mandible,
either of a duck-bill form or squarely truncate. Occiwm small,
erect, globose, punctured.

Hab. St. 142. Lat. 35° 4’ S., long. 18° 37’ E.; 150 fms., sand.

The only specimen is of a cylindrical form, about 2” long by
0"-1 in diameter, appearing, but not certainly, to be moulded on
a worm-tube.

15. C. JACKSONIENSIS, n. sp.

Char. Zoarium branched ; branches compressed. Zoccia barrel-
shaped, very distinct at the growing edge, elsewhere confused ;
surface granular, with a row of small perforations round the
border. Preoral process short, pointed, trifid, with an avicularium
on one side at the base, with a rounded mandible. Orifice orbi-
cular{, widely notched in front. On some of the lateral zoccia
there is a strong projecting rostrum with a lanceolate avicu-
larium, the beak of which is cupped and toothed.

Hab. St. 1634. Off Port Jackson, 30-35 fms., rock.

16. C. Haronensis, n. sp.$

Char. Zoarium raultiform, massive, or branched, the branches
short, thick, and obtuse, or more or less Jamellar, and free or
incrusting, or parasitic, and more or less globose. Zowcia (young)
barrel-shaped, afterwards ventricose; surface entire, smooth.

* «Chall. Rep.” pl. xxx. fig. 9. t “Chall. Rep.” pl. xxx. fig. 10.
{ Not really notched. § “Chall. Rep.” pl. xxix. figs. 4, 6, 8.
28*

352 MR. G. BUSK ON THE SPECIES OF CELLEPORA

Orifice subarcuate, with a wide notch. Preoral rostrum very
variable in size and conformation; small and conical, or very
large and cylindrical towards the end, and deeply channelled on
the posterior aspect, but always hollow; supporting near the
extremity a small avicularium with a semicircular mandible;
numerous, very large, interspersed avicularia, with a duckbill-
shaped mandible, shutting down into a deeply cupped beak, the
end of which is gouge-shaped and the border entire and sharp.

Hab. St. 149. Royal Sound, Kerguelen, 20-60 fms. St.
1491. Off Christmas Harbour, 45-120 fms. St. 3038. Lat. 45°
3l' §., long. 78° 9' W.; 1825 fms., Globigerina-ooze. St. 315.
Lat. 51° 40' S., long. 57° 50' W.; 5-12 fms., sand.

Though exhibiting great diversity, especially in the greater or
less development of the rostrum, the specimens from the above
localities agree in all essential particulars, such as the shape of
the orifice and oral valve, the presence of the small rostral semi-
circular avicularium, which is sometimes terminal, sometimes
seated below the summit, which may be prolonged into an acumi-
nate point beyond it; but more particularly the peculiar con-
formation of the numerous and’ large interspersed avicularia.

At first I had divided the form into three species (C. Hatonensis,
C. magellensis, and C. rostrata), but am now quite satisfied that
they are all specifically identical.

17. C. ovazis, n. sp.*

Char. Zoarium ramose, branches cylindrical, tapering. Zoecia
distinct, very prominent in the younger parts. Orifice orbicular,
witha notch on oneside. Preoral process strong, hollow, pointed,
varying very much in height, and being much more prominent
and pointed on the younger branches than on the ‘main stem; it
supports an avicularium with a wide triangular mandible; the
beak simple. Owcia subrecumbent, with two or three raised pores
in front. Interspersed avicularia few, of an oval form.

Hab. St.'75. Lat. 38° 37’ N., long. 28° 30' W. ; 450 fms., sand.

Parasitic on a bundle of radical fibres of a Sertularian.

The labial notch in this case resembles that which occurs in
most of the Retepores ; it is not median, but placed to one side,
and appears, as in Retepores, to have a tendency to become con-
verted into a suboral pore.

* “Chall. Rep.” pl. xxviii. fig. 5. C. ovalis really belongs to the Holo-
stomatous division.

COLLECTED ON THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 303

18. C. POLYMORPHA, 0. sp.t

Char. Zoarium irregularly branched ; branches tapering, short.
Zoecia very confusedly disposed; surface coarsely granular.
Orifice (primary) circular, widely emarginate; afterwards the
peristome becomes much thickened and raised so as to conceal
the primary mouth. Three or four acute curved denticles within
the peristome, which, in this stage, is unarmed. In other zowcia
the labial sinus becomes fissured, and eventually converted more
or less completely into a suboral pore, whilst in front the peri-
stome forms a prominent tubercular eminence, supporting on the
side overlooking the fissure a large avicularium, with a blunt
triangular mandible and toothed beak. A few interspersed avi-
cularia on low horizontal eminences, with a spatulate mandible
(often truncated) and bifid beak. Owcia erect or subrecumbent,
globose; surface finely granular.

Hab. St. 260*. Off Honolulu, 20-40 fms.

18a. Var. a. DISCOIDEA.£

Char. Zoarium (in single specimen) discoid, unilamellar, at-
tached only at the centre. Zoacia at the growing edge ventri-
cose, surface granular, entire; primary orifice suborbicular or
elliptical, with a minute three-toothed process within the lower
border. This latter is gradually developed into a large preoral
rostrum placed to one side, at the base of which is a small labial
sinus, and on the posterior face a large avicularium with a duck-
bill-shaped mandible and toothed beak, beyond which, in the older
zocecia, the rostrum is produced in the form of a strong conical
solid spine. A few interspersed recumbent subimmersed avicu-
laria, with a long lanceolate mandible and non-serrated beak.

Hab. St. 186. Lat. 10° 30’ S., long. 142° 18’ E., 8 fms.

19. C. TUBERCULATA, n. sp.§

Char. Zoarium massive, tuberculated. Zoccia erect, in groups
of several together. Orifice arcuate or subquadrangular, slightly
notched or sinuated below; peristome thick. Preoral rostrum
yery short, conical, with a minute avicularium near the summit.
A few large interspersed avicularia on elevated hollow processes,
with a broad, spear-shaped, obtuse mandible, which does not
shut down within the beak.

Hab. Port Jackson, 2-10 fms.

t “Chall. Rep.” pl. xxx. fig. 11.
t “ Chall. Rep.” pl. xxx. fig. 8. § “Chall. Rep.” pl. xxviii. fig. 9.

304 MR. G. BUSK ON THE SPECIES OF CELLEPORA ,

As only a single, small, rather worn specimen was in the col-
lection, the distinctness of this species must be regarded as
doubtful.

20. C. VAGANS, n. sp.f

Char. Zoarium incrusting, dark olive-colour. Zoecia small,
with a single row of puncta round the border. Surface granular.
Primary orifice orbicular or subclithridiate: The peristome much
produced in front, with a wide sinus; afterwards rising into a
hollow conical-pointed rostrum, which usually supports on one
side a minute avicularium with a semicircular mandible. Numerous
large interspersed avicularia, whose mandible expands at the ex-
tremity into three or four branches, connected by a delicate
membranous expansion, capable of being spread over foreign
bodies; sometimes pointed, but always more or less membranous
towards the end.

Hab. St. 148. Lat. 46° 47’ S., long. 51° 37’ E., 210 fms.
St. 260*. Off Honolulu, lat. 21° 11’ N., long. 157° 25’ W.,
310 fms.

The peculiarities of this species are :—

1. The almost tubular production of the peristome, even in the
youngest zocecia seen. 2. The peculiar conical-pointed form of
the preoral rostrum, which sometimes represents merely an ob-
tuse tubercle, but is more commonly of an acute conical shape,
the apical portion of which, being denuded of the dark fuscous
epidermis, appears of an ivory whiteness, with a finely granular
surface and porcellanous aspect.

The mode in which the partially membranous mandible of the
larger avicularia sometimes spreads like a webbed hand over
foreign bodies is very curious. In colour and superficial aspect
this form might be confounded with C. mamillata, but they are
quite distinct.

Section ITT.

21. C. Brcornis, n. sp.f

Char. Zoarium globose. Zocwcia ventricose below, becoming
tubular above. Orifice circular, notched ; peristome much raised,
tubular, and furnished in the perfect sterile zowcia with two
cylindrical preoral processes, having on their summits minute
avicularia, with an acute triangular mandible; besides these pro-

+ “Chall, Rep.” pl. xxix. fig. 10. t “Chall. Rep.” pl. xxx, figs. 1 & 12,

COLLECTED ON THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 355

cesses the peristome supports 2-4 spines, which in the perfect
zocecia are replaced by a recumbent globular occium, having a
rounded fissure in front; the surface otherwise of the ocecium is
smooth and polished. A very few interspersed avicularia, with
an excessively delicate membranous mandible of a broadly lanceo-
late form.

Hab. Prince Edward’s Island, 80-150 fms. ; parasitic on J/y-
riozoum truncatum. And St. 150, lat. 52° 4’ S., long. 71° 22' E.,
150 fms., on Onchopora Sinclairer.

22. C. BILABIATA, 0. sp.*

Char. Zoarium pisiform, very minute. Zoecia very irregularly
disposed, erect, pitcher-shaped. Orifice circular, emarginate ;
peristome thick and often produced into a rather deep bilabiate
cup. On some zoccia a short, strong, conical preoral process.
Oecia small, spherical, recumbent.

Hab. St.161. Off Port Philip, 38 fms.,sand. St.1385. Off Tris-
tan d’Acunha, 60-1100 fms.,rock. Parasitic on Amathea spiralis.

The collection affords only one or two small specimens.

23. C. SIGNATA, Nn. sp.t

Char. Zoariwm pisiform. Zowcia deeply immersed and very
confusedly arranged ; surface smooth, shining. Orifice arcuate,
with a straight lower lip, having a very minute median notch. A
strong, curved, hollow, preoral rostrum, with an avicularium on
its posterior aspect near the summit, with a short, obtuse spatu-
late mandible pointing upwards. A few large interspersed avi-
cularia with broad spatulate mandible. Ovcia erect, flattened
in front, on which is a semicircular area, punctured (not grooved)
round the border. ~

Hab. St. 304. Lat. 46° 53’ S., long. 75°11' W.; 45 fms., sand.
Parasitic on a Sertularian.

24. C. conica, n. sp.t

Char. Zoarium forming small conical growths, disposed several
together in a stelliform manner (parasitic on a Sertularian).
Zoecia, surface rugose, obscurely punctured when very young.
Orifice clithridiate; peristome thick, sometimes raised into a
ridge on one or both sides. Preoral rostrum cylindrical, short,

* “Chall. Rep.” pl. xxx. fig. 2. t ‘Chall. Rep.” pl. xxx. fig. 3.

t “ Chall. Rep.” pl. xxviii. fig. 10. Subsequent observation renders it pro-
bable that the form here described represents the young condition of a large
branched and lobate form, which also occurs in 8. Africa, but is not in the
‘ Challenger’ collection.

356 ON THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ SPECIES OF CELLEPORA.

curved, with an avicularium on the summit. Interspersed avicu-

laria few in number, of small size, with a spatulate mandible.

Ocecium small, spherical, deeply immersed, punctured in front.
Hab. Simon’s Bay.

25. C. ANSATA, D. sp.* :

Char. Zoariwm in the form of small stellate growths or tufts,
having three or four conical-pointed divisions. Zoecia deeply
immersed at the base, but more free and erect above; surface
shining, rugose. Orifice circular, notched; peristome, in the
older zocecia, produced in front and on the sides into a long
tubular or rather canalicular process, which supports on each
side a small aviculariwm with a semicircular mandible. Numerous
interspersed avicularia with curved, spatulate, thin, membranous
mandible.

Hab. St. 75. Lat. 38° 37’ N., long. 28° 30' W.; 450 fms., sand.
Parasitic on a small Sertularian.

26. C. CANALICULATA, 0. Sp.

Char. Zoarium pisiform. Zoccia ventricose, tolerably distinct ;
surface rough, entire. Orifice orbicular and notched in front, or
more usually clithridiate. A strong curved preoral rostrum, from
which a thin expansion is continued on each side of the orifice so
as to form a spacious spout-like cavity, at the bottom of which
the mouth is situated. On the posterior aspect of the process,
near the summit, is an aviculariwm with a semicircular mandible ;
the apical portion of the process is cylindrical.

Hab. St. 48. Lat. 43° 2' N., long. 64° 2' W.; 51 fms., rock.

27. C. BIDENTICULATA, 0. sp.

Char. Zoarium small, pisiform. Zoecia ventricose ; walls thin,
sparsely punctured. Orzfice subclithridiate, with two very minute
denticles within the lower border ; peristome, in the older zocecia,
raised on one side into a thin canalicular expansion, and on the
other side into a thicker process, which supports, on its inner
face, a rather large avicularium, with a triangular obtuse mandible.

Hab. St.163 4. Off Port Jackson, 30-35 fms., rock. Parasitic
on a Sertularian.

* “Chall. Rep.” pl. xxviii. fig. 5. + “Chall. Rep.” pl. xxx. fig. 5.
+ “Chall. Rep.” pl. xxx. fig. 6.

ON THE CHITINOUS ORGANS IN THE CHEILOSTOMATA. 357

Supplementary Note respecting the Use to be made of the
Chitinous Organs in the Cheilostomata in the Diagnosis of
Species, and more particularly in the Genus Cellepora.

(Puiates XXVI. & XXVII.)

I mucu regret that before drawing up the preceding account my
attention had not been called to a suggestion by Mr. Arthur W.
Waters* respecting the use of the characters afforded by the oral
valve or operculum in the diagnosis of species in the Cheilosto-
matous Polyzoa, as I should otherwise have been saved a great
amount of time and trouble in the endeavour to establish satis-
factory distinctive characters in the perplexing and difficult group
of the Cellepores.

But having since devoted much attention to this point, and
examined the characters, not only of the operculum, as suggested
by Mr. Waters, but also, in addition, those of the other chitinous
elements of the skeleton in between sixty and seventy species of
Cellepore, as well as in numerous species of Retepore and Sali-
cornariade, both groups in which the determination of species is
often attended with considerable difficulty and uncertainty, I
have become convinced that the characters derived from the
chitinous organs will be found of the greatest possible utility,
and at the same time capable of being employed with the utmost
facility and precision.

In fact, so far as my present experience teaches, it appears to
me that the characters derived from these parts of the skeleton
will prove, at any rate in the three generic groups above mentioned,
almost alone sufficient to determine specific distinction or affinity,
so that from a very minute fragment of a zoarium, if in the
proper state of preservation, the species may, in a few minutes,
be made out with the utmost ease.

How far the characters of these appendages may be of use
with respect to generic or more general distinction, I am not at
present prepared to say, and much doubt whether they will be
found extensively useful in that regard.

But at present I am convinced that in future it will be in-
dispensably requisite in the definition of a species, at any rate in
certain defined natural groups, to give the characters of the
chitinous organs, which are certainly of equal, if not greater,
value than those afforded by the calcareous skeleton alone.

* “On Bryozoa,” Proc. Literary & Philos. Soc. Manchester, 1878, vol. xvii.
p. 125.

358 MR. G. BUSK ON THE CHITINOUS ORGANS

It is therefore very unfortunate that the facile, and compara-
tively more certain, means of diagnosis derived from these parts
should not be available in the case of fossil or even of recent
forms in which nothing remains except the calcareous frame.

So far as my present limited experience shows, the characters
of the chitinous organs, except in size, appear, within the limits
of the same species, to be remarkably constant ; and if, as in some
cases, it happens that some apparent diversity of form (as regards
the operculum more especially) exists, it will be found that these
diversities may be reduced to the same fundamental type through
gradations from one extreme to the other. But in by far the
greater number of cases the variability in these parts seems to be
far less than in any other parts of the skeleton. And as the
form of the operculum, though of course usually more or less
correspondent to that of the ordfice, is much less liable to vary or
to be concealed or altered by age and hypertrophy of the sur-
rounding parts, it is a character, where obtainable, of greater
utility and certainty than that of the orifice itself, upon which
later systematists have very properly laid so much stress. But
though an important character, and one that should always be
noted, the mere form or even garniture of the orifice seems to me
to be one of a subordinate kind; and the attempt to found
generic distinctions mainly upon such a single character as the
form of the orifice alone, must, as in all cases where one or two
isolated characters are taken, inevitably lead to confusion from
the numerous exceptions that will have to be admitted.

It is for this reason, also, that in the more restricted field of
specific distinction it will not do to rely simply on the characters
of the operculum alone, which, though usually definite enough,
must, in many cases, be very carefully scrutinized, and sometimes
cannot be discriminated without great difficulty, and sometimes
even but very doubtfully at all. Butif the characters of the oper-
culum are taken in conjunction with those of the other chitinous
elements where such exist, the chances that the combined cha-
racters of all these parts will coincide in any two really distinct
species are extremely remote, if not altogether impossible.

In the genera above noticed this coincidence is even still less
likely to occur, since in the majority of species in them there are
usually at least two kinds of avicularia, and sometimes even three
or four; and that similar avicularian mandibles should be found
associated with similar opercula appears to be hardly credible.

I am not, however, prepared to assert that this is impossible,

IN THE CHEILOSTOMATA. 309

since I am acquainted with more than one instance among the
Cellepores in which, so far as the general external characters
are concerned, the species would seem to be quite distinct, but
in which, nevertheless, the characters of the chitinous appen-
dages are so exactly alike that one is compelled to regard them
as specifically identical.

In the two accompanying Plates I have given figures of the
chitinous elements of a good many of the species enumerated in
the foregoing paper, together with those of some other species
not included in the ‘ Challenger’ collection, with the view of

(1) facilitating the diagnosis of the species figured, and

(2) of showing the mode in which, as it seems to me, this
means of diagnosis may be employed.

The chitinous elements of the skeleton in the Cheilostomatous
Polyzoa consist mainly of the operculum or oral valve and the
movable limb or mandible of the various kinds of avicularian and
vibracular organs, besides some others of very limited occurrence.

In all the Cellepore we find, besides the operculum, one, and
usually two or more kinds of avicularia. One of these, which
invariably exists, is generally of small size, with a more or less
semicircular or subtriangular mandible, and placed in close proxi-
mity to the border of the orifice, and very frequently on a preoral
rostral process or on other elevated processes, or sessile on some
part of the peristome. This kind of aviculariwm I have termed the
eral (woodcut, E& F), and the small peculiar man--— 5
' dible belonging to it will always be readily distin- (ox

guished. But besides these we almost universally
find other avicularian organs of larger size and variously disposed
upon or interspersed among the zowcia. These are most frequently
seated upon special adventitious processes on a zowciwm, whence
they may be termed adventitious; or may occupy the place of an
aborted or transformed zocecium irregularly intercalated among
the others, to which kind of ayicularium the term vicarious may
be applied.

These interspersed ayicularia of both kinds present the greatest
diversity of conformation, and consequently their chitinous man-
dibular limbs afford the most important differential characters.

This is not the place to enter upon a general survey of the
multiform avicularian organs in the Cheilostomata, though this
is one of the most important subjects in relation to classification ;
and I would here merely observe. that in Cellepora these organs

360 MR. G. BUSK ON THE CHITINOUS ORGANS

may be divided, as regards their presumed function, into the pre-
hensile (woodcut, G) and the retentive (woodcut, 1 & H). The

former, from the strength and conformation of the mandible and
the corresponding beak, which is not unfrequently toothed or
serrate, as well as from the powerful muscles by which the mandible
is moved, are evidently fitted to close down upon living prey of
some kind; whilst the latter, having a more or less membranous
or extremely delicate mandible, forming, as it were, when closed
the lid of a cup-like cavity or receptacle, seem to be adapted for
the purpose of simply retaining passive objects ; and correspond-
ing with this less active function, the musculature and chitinous
framework of the mandible are very much less developed.

There are many points connected with these organs deserving
of close study, and numerous variations, sometimes of a minute
character, though from their constancy no doubt important, which
demand close attention in comparing different mandibles. Among
these points may be mentioned the size, form, and position of
the foramen which exists in all the prehensile avicularia, and the
points of insertion of the occlusor muscles, &c. Amongst other
minute and apparently unimportant characters of this kind, I may
mention one which appears, from its constancy, somewhat curious,
and may perhaps prove to be of some classificatory value.

In many of the species of Céllepora belonging to what I have
termed the “holostomatous” section, in all the prehensile avi-
cularian mandibles (amongst which are included the oral) a
minute slender projection or tongue may be seen rising from

IN THE CHEILOSTOMATA. 361

the middle of the transverse bar forming the base of the mandible.
Tn one or two instances I have fancied that this little projection
was beset with short upright sete; but I am by no means sure of
this observation, as I have almost universally failed to perceive any
thing of the kind. But should it be found in recent specimens, and
under very favourable circumstances, that this languette is so
furnished, one might suppose that it formed a sort of tactile
organ, the touching of which might induce the sudden closure of
the mandible. It might thus, though differently placed, be taken
to represent the apparently tactile organ long ago noticed in some
other avicularia (see woodcuts J & K). But a curious point
connected with this little appen-
dage is, that it is not found in any
of the “schizostomatous” Celle-
pores, so far as my observation
goes, but seems to be limited to
the holostomatous species belong-
ing to the southern hemisphere
alone.

It remains to say a few words on the method I have found most
convenient for the procuring of the chitinous elements for the
purpose of examination. It is, however, extremely simple and
easy, consisting merely in the removal of the calcareous matter
from the fragment or specimen to be examined, by immersion for
a short time in dilute nitric acid, and, after it has been washed
with as little disturbance as possible, staining the flocculent residue
with picro-carmine. It should then be teased to pieces in a drop
of glycerine or gum and glycerine &c. and examined under a
covering-glass. All the chitinous parts will, in this way, be dis-
played of a bright yellow colour.

This mode of preparation, moreover, has the advantage of dis-
playing in great perfection nearly all the soft animal tissues, if
any such exist in the specimen, however long it may have been
dried. The muscular tissue is especially well displayed in this
way, in specimens that have been dried for thirty or forty years, in
almost as great perfection asif the specimen had been living; and
T have little doubt that any one versed in the modern methods of
histological research will be able to make out in specimens of
almost any age, if originally in proper condition, and especially
if they had been killed by immersion in spirit, almost as much as
could be found in a perfectly fresh subject. In one instance, in a

362 SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS.

specimen of Cellepora fusca from the ‘ Rattlesnake’ collection and
thirty or forty years old, I detected several minute tailed corpuscles,
which can scarcely be any thing else than spermatozoa (see Plate
XXVI. fig. 11).

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Hach square or division contains the chitinous appendages of a single species.
All the figures are magnified 115 diameters, and a scale =0-01 millim. is added.

Puate XXVI.
Fig. 1. Cellepora albirostris, mihi. Fig. 6. C. polymorpha, var. discoidea.
2. C. albirostris? (Bass Strait, 7. C Jacksoniensis,
Mr. Hincks.) 8. C. apiculata.
3. C. hastigera. 9. C. tridenticulata.
4. C. columnaris. 10. C. nodulosa.
5, C. polymorpha, the massive ll. C. fusca.
branched form. 12. C. zamboangensis.
Pratt XXVILI.
Fig.1. Cellepora ansata. Fig. 6. C. Eatonensis.
2. C. Eatonensis, massive form. 7. C. canaliculata.
St. 149 v. 8. C. bidenticulata.
3. —— , incrusting form. 8a. -—— —— (young).
St. 149 1. 9. C. conica.
4. C. bicornis.' 10. C. perlacea (MS8.).
5. C. Hatonensis, var. magella- 11. C. simonensis.
nica, 12. C. rudis.

Observations on Ants, Bees, and Wasps.—Part VIII. By Sir
Joun Luszock, Bart., Pres. Linn. Soc., M.P., F.R.S., D.C.L.,

LL.D.
[Read June 2, 1881.]

Experiments with Light of different Wave-lengths.

In one of my former papers (Linnean Journ. vol. xiv. p. 278) I
have given a series of experiments made on ants with light of
different colors, in order, if possible, to determine whether ants
have the power of distinguishing colors. For this purpose I
utilized the dislike which ants, when in their nest, have for light.
Not unnaturally, ifa nest is uncovered, they think they are being
attacked, and hasten to carry their young away to a darker and,
as they suppose,a safer place. Isatisfied myself, by hundreds of
experiments, that if I exposed to light the greater part of a nest,
but left any of it covered over, the young would certainly be con-

SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 363

veyed to the dark part. In this manner I satisfied myself that
the various rays of the spectrum act on them in a different .
manner from that in which they affect us; for instance, that ants
are specially sensitive to the violet rays.

But I was anxious to go beyond this, and to attempt to deter-
mine how far their limits of vision are the same as ours. We all
know that if a ray of white light is passed through a prism, it is
broken up into a beautiful band of colors—the spectrum. To
our eyes this spectrum is bounded by red at the one end and violet
at the other, the edge being sharply marked at the red end, but
less abruptly at the violet. But aray of light contains, besides the
rays visible to our eyes, others which are called, though not with
absolute correctness, heat-rays and chemical rays. These, so far
from falling within the limits of our vision, extend far beyond it,
the heat-rays at the red, the chemical rays at the violet end.

I had already tried various experiments with spectra derived from
sunlight ; but, owing to the movement of the earth, they were not
thoroughly satisfactory. Mr. Spottiswoode was also good enough
to enable me to make some experiments with electric light, which
have been already recorded ; and I have now to bring before the
Society some additional and much more complete experiments,
which, through the kindness of Prof. Dewar, Prof. Tyndall, and
the Board of Managers, to whom I beg to offer my most cordial
thanks, I have been enabled to make in the Laboratory of the
Royal Institution.

Prof. Dewar was also kind enough to test my glasses and solu-
tions with reference to their power of transmitting color. Taking
the wave-length of the extreme visible red as 760 and that of the
extreme violet as 397, we have

760 to 647 give red.

647 ,, 585 ,, orange.
585 ,, 575 ,, yellow.
575 ,, 497 ,, green.
497 ,, 455 ,, blue.

445 ,, 397 ,, violet.

The result of his examination of my glasses and solutions was
as follows :—
The light-yellow glass cut off the high end down to wave-
length 442,
The: dark-yellow glass cut off the high end down to wave-
length 493.

364 SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS.

The green glass cut off the high end down to wave-length 465,
and also the red to 616.

The red glass cut off the high end down to wave-length 582.

The violet glass cut off the orange and yellow from wave-
length 684 to 583, and a band between wave-lengths 543
and 516.

The purple glass cut off the high end down to wave-length 528.

The solution of chromate of potash cut off the high end to 507.

The saffron cut off the high end to about 473.

Blue fluid cut off the low end to 516.

Red fluid cut off the high end to 596.

In my previous experiments with colored spectra, the ants
carried the pup out of the portion of the nest on which coloured
light was thrown and deposited them against the wall of the nest ;
or, if I arranged a nest of Formica fusca so that it was entirely in
the light, they carried them to one side or into one corner. It
seemed to me, therefore, that it would be interesting so to arrange
matters, that on quitting the spectrum, after passing through a
dark space, the ants should encounter not a solid obstacle, but a
barrier of light. With this object, I prepared some nests 12
inches long by 6 inches wide; and Mr. Cottrell kindly arranged
for me at the Royal Institution on the 29th of June, by means of
the electric light, two spectra, which were thrown by two glass
prisms on toa table at an angle of about 45°. Hach occupied
about 6 inches square, and there was a space of about 2 inches
between the red end of the one and the violet of the other, the
more distant spectrum being a good deal the brightest.

Exp. 1.—In the light space I placed a nest of Formica fusca,
12 inches by 6, containing about 150 pupe, and arranged it so
that one end was distinctly beyond the limit of the violet visible
to us, and all but to the edge of the green given by thalline paper *,
and the other just beyond the visible red. The pupe at first were
almost all in or beyond the violet, but were carried into the dark
space between the two spectra, the bright thalline band being
avoided, but some pupe being deposited in the red.

Exp. 2.—I then tried the same experiment with a nest of Lasius
niger, in which there were many larve as wellas pup. They were
all at the commencement at the blue end of the nearer spectrum.

* If paper steeped in thalline is placed in the ultra-violet portion of the
spectrum, it gives, with rays of a certain wave-length, a distinctly visible green
colour, which therefore constitutes a green band.

SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 360

The larvee were left by themselves in the violet, while pupe were
ranged from the end of the green to that of the red inclusive.

Hap. 3.—Arranged a nest of L. niger as before; at the com-
mencement the pup and larve were much scattered, being, how-
ever, less numerous in the violet and ultra-violet rays. Those
in the ultra-violet rays were moved first, and were deposited, the
larve in the violet, and the pupe in the red.

Exp. 4,.—Made the same experiment with another nest of
L. niger. At the commencement the larve and pup were in the
violet and ultra-violet portion, extending to double the distance
from the visible end to the thalline band. ‘The ants soon began
bringing the pup to the red. Over part of the red I placed a
piece of money. The pupz were cleared from the ultra-violet
first. That the pupz were not put in the red for the sake of the
red light was evident, because the space under the coin was even
more crowded. The pupz were heaped up in the dark as far as
the thalline-band of the other spectrum. I then brought the
second spectrum nearer to the first. The pupe which thus found
themselves in the thalline band were gradually moved into the
dark.

Exp. 5.—Tried the same with another nest of Z. niger. The
pupe were at first in the violet and ultra-violet about double as
far as the thalline line, while most of the larve were in the green.
The experiment began at 1.15. The furthest part was cleared
first ; and they were again brought principally into the yellow, red,
and dark.

Again, I arranged them pretty equally from double the distance
of the thalline from the violet as far as the blue of the other
spectrum, most, however, being in the violet and blue and a few
scattered all over.

The pupe in the red were not moved. The others were carried
beyond the thalline band into the yellow or red.

Exp. 6.—Repeated the same experiment. Begun it 11.15.
Placed some pupz in the red, some in the yellow, and a few
scattered over the second spectrum; there were none in the
nearer one.

They were all carried away from the red past the violet, and
put down in the dark portion, or in the red and yellow, of
the nearer spectrum.

These experiments surprised me much at the time, as I had
expected the pupz to be carried into the space between the two

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XV. 29

366 SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS.

spectra; but it afterwards occurred to me that the ultra-violet
rays probably extended further than I had supposed, so that
even the part which lay beyond the thalline band contained
enough rays to appear light to the ants. Hence perhaps they
selected the red and yellow as a lesser evil.

Exp. 7.—I altered, therefore, the arrangement. Prof. Dewar
very kindly prepared for me a condensed pure spectrum (showing
the metallic lines) with a Siemens’s machine, using glass lenses
and a mirror to give a perpendicular incidence when thrown on
the nest. J arranged the pupe again in the ultra-violet as far as
the edge of the fluorescent light shown with thalline paper. The
pupe were all again removed, and most of them placed just
beyond the red, but none in the red or yellow.

Exp. 8.—Arranged the light as before, and placed the pup in
the ultra-violet rays. In half an hour they were all cleared away
and carried into the dark space beyond the red. We then turned
the nest round and placed the part occupied by the pupe again in
the violet and ultra-violet. The light chanced to be so arranged
that along one side of the nest was a line of shadow; and into
this the pup were carried, all those in the ultra-violet being
moved. We then shifted the nest a little, so that the violet and
ultra-violet fell on some of the pupe. These were then all car-
ried into the dark, the ones in the ultra-violet being moved first.

It is noticeable that in these experiments with the vertical in-
cidence there was less diffused light, and the pups were in no case
carried into the red or yellow.

Exp. 9.—J arranged the light and the ants as before, placing the
pup in the ultra-violet, some being distinctly beyond the bright
thalline band. The ants at once begantoremovethem. At first
many were deposited in the violet, some, however, being at once
carried into the dark beyond the red. When all had been removed
from the ultra-violet, they directed their attention to those in
the violet, some being carried, as before, into the dark, some
into the red and yellow. Again, when those in the violet had
all been removed, they began on the pup in the red and yellow,
and carried them also into the dark. This took nearly half an
hour. As I had arranged the pupe, and it might be said that they
were awkwardly placed, we then turned the nest round, leaving
the pupz otherwise as they had been arranged by the ants; but
the result of moving the nest was to bring some of them into the
violet, though most were in the ultra-violet; while beyond them

SIE J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 367

was a space of about an inch, which, in Prof. Dewar’s opinion,
was beyond the limit of the transparency of glass to the ultra-
violet rays, and would therefore be as free from rays as the part
beyond the red. They were, as before, all carried into the dark
space beyond the red in about half an hour.

We then turned the glass round again, this time arranging the
end about the length of the spectrum beyond the end of the violet
visible to our eyes. They began clearing the thalline band, car-
rying some into the violet, but the majority away further from
the spectrum. Ina quarter of an hour the thalline band had
been quite cleared; and in half an hour a band beyond, and equal
to the thalline band, those in the violet being left untouched.
After the pup in the ultra-violet portion had all been moved,
those in the violet were also carried away and deposited about
twice as far from the edge of the violet as the width of the bright
thalline band.

Exp. 10.—Experimented again with the same arrangement as
before, using another nest of Lasiws niger and placing the pups
in the violet and a little beyond. The ants at once began removing
them into the dark, tunnelling into the heap, and then carrying
away those in the ultra-violet first, although they were further off.
In half an hour they had all been moved out of the violet and ultra-
violet, about half being in the dark, and half having been provi-
sionally placed in the red and yellow.

Exp. 11.—Same arrangement as before. The pupz being placed
all along one side of the nest, from the edge of the red to a distance
beyond the violet as great as the whole length of the spectrum. I
began at 4.15. By degrees they were all cleared away from the
spectrum, except those in the violet, where indeed, and imme-
diately outside of which, the others were placed. At 5, however,
they began to carry them backintothered. At 5.45 the blue and
violet were nearly cleared, the pup being placed in the red and
yellow. At 6.15 they had all been brought from the viclet and
ultra-violet into the red and yellow.

I then shook up the pupz so that they were arranged all along
one side of the nest,and extended about an inch beyond the red.
This excited them very much, and in less than ten minutes all
those in the spectrum, and for about 6 inches beyond the violet, were
moved, but at first put down anywhere, so that they were scat-
tered all over the nest. This, however, lasted for a very short
time, and they were all carried into the dark beyond the red or

29*

368 SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS.

into the extreme end beyond the violet. At 7 they followed the
line of the red at one end, coming about 3 inch within it,
which was not owing to want of room, as one side of the nest
was almost unoccupied; at the other end they were all carried
3 inches beyond the end of the violet.

I then arranged the same ants in a wooden frame con-
sisting of a base and two side walls, between which in the
middle was a perpendicular sliding door. The pupxe had been
arranged by the ants in the centre of the nest, so that some were
on each side of the door. We then, by means of a strong induc-
tion-coil, threw a magnesium-spark on the nest from one side,
and the light from a sodium-flame in a Bunsen burner on the
other, the light being in each case stopped by the door, which was
pressed close down on the nest. In this way the first half was
illuminated by the one light, the second by the other, the appa-
ratus being so arranged that the lights were equal to our eyes—
that, however, given by the magnesium, consisting mainly of blue,
violet, and ultra-violetrays, that of the sodium being very yellowand
poor in chemical rays. Ina quarter of an hour the pup were all
carried into the yellow. The sodium light being the hotter of the
two, to eliminate the action of heat I introduced a water-cell
between the ants and the sodium-flame, and made the two sides as
nearly as possible equally light to my eye. The pupx, however,
were again carried into the sodium side.

I repeated the same experiment as before, getting the magne-
sium-spark and the sodium-flame to the same degree of intensity,
as nearly as my eye could judge, and interposing a water-screen
between the sodium-flame and the ants. The temperature was
tested by the thermometer; but I could distinguish no differ-
ence between the two sides. Still the ants preferred the sodium
side. This I repeated twice. I then removed the magnesium-
spark somewhat, so that the illumination on that side was very
much fainter than on the other; still the pupee were carried
into the sodium-light. I then turned the nest round so as to
bring them back into the magnesium. They were again carried
to the sodium side.

Once more I repeated the same experiment. The light on the
magnesium side was so faint that I could scarcely see the pupe,
those on the sodium side being quite plain. The thermometer
showed no difference between the two sides. The pup were
carried into the sodium-light. I then turned the nest round

SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 369

twice; but the pupe were each time carried out of the magnesium-
light.

These experiments seemed strongly to indicate, if not to prove,
that ants were really sensitive to the ultra-violet rays. Now to
these rays sulphate of quinine and bisulphide of carbon are ex-
tremely opaque, though perfectly transparent in the case of visible
rays, and therefore to our eyes entirely colourless and transpa-
rent. If, therefore, the ants were really affected by the ultra-
violet rays, then a cell containing a layer of sulphate of quinine or
bisulphide of carbon would tend to darken the underlying space to
their eyes, though to ours it would not do so. It will be remem-
bered that if an opaque substance is placed over a part of a glass
nest, other things being equal, the ants always congregate under
it; and that if substances of different opacity are placed on dif-
ferent parts of a nest, they collect under that which seems to
them most opaque.

Over one of my nests of Formica fusca, therefore, I placed two

pieces of dark-violet glass 4 inches by 2 inches ; and over one
of them I placed a cell containing a layer of bisulphide of
carbon, an inch thick, slightly coloured with iodine. In all
these experiments, when I moved the liquids or glasses, I gave
the advantage, if any, to the one under which experience showed
that the ants were least likely to congregate. The ants all
collected under the glass over which was the bisulphide of
carbon.
' I then thought that though no doubt the iodine rendered the
bisulphide more completely impervious to the ultra-violet rays,
I would try the effect of it when pure and perfectly colourless.
I therefore tried the same experiment with pure bisulphide,
moving the two glasses from time to time in such a manner that
the ants had to pass the first violet glass in order to reach that
over which was the bisulphide.

At 8.30 the ants were all under the glass over which was the
bisulphide of carbon: I then changed the position.

8.45 ditto ditto ditto.
9 ditto ditto ditto.
9.15 ditto ditto ditto.

Although the bisulphide of carbon is so perfectly transparent,
I then thought I would try it without the violet glass. I there-
fore covered part of the nest with violet glass, a part with a layer

370 SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS.
of bisulphide of carbon, moving them from time to time as
before.

At 9.45 the ants were all under the bisulphide: I then changed
the position.

10.15 ditto ditto ditto.
10.45 ditto ditto ditto.
11.15 ditto ditto ditto.

I then reduced the thickness of the layer of bisulphide to
75 of an inch.

At 1.30 the ants were all under the bisulphide: I then changed
the position.

2 ditto ditto ditto.
2.30 ditto ditto ditto.
3 ditto ditto ditto.

Then thinking that possibly it might make a difference, the
one shelter being a plate of glass and the other a liquid, I
tried two similar bottles, one containing water and the other bi-
sulphide of carbon; but in every case the ants went under the
bisulphide of carbon. On the other’ ‘hand, when I used a solu-
tion of ammonio-sulphate of copper so deep in colour that the
ants were only just visible through it, the ants went under the
coloured liquid. °

Oct. 10. I uncovered the nest at 7 a.m., giving the ants an option
between the bisulphide and a solution of ammonio-sulphate of

copper.

At 7.30 the ants were all under the solution of ammonio- “sulphate
of copper. Changed the places,
8 ditto ditto . ». » .. ditto.
8.15 ditto ditto» . °+ s,ditto:

I then replaced the solution of sulphate of ‘copper by one of
carmine se deep that the ants could only just be seen through it.

At 8.30 they were under the carmine. I shifted the carmine and

bisulphide.
8.45 ditto ditto ditto.
9 ditto ditto ditto.
9.15 ditto ditto ditto.
9.30 ditto ditto ditto.

IT now took a bright-green solution of chlorate of copper :—

SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 371

At 10 they were under the chlorate of copper. I shifted the

liquids.
10.15 ditto ditto ditto_
12.30 ditto ditto ditto.
12.45 ditto ditto ditta.

Subsequently I used saffron instead of the chlorate of copper :—
At1l1 they were under the saffron. I shifted the liquids.

11.15 ditto ditto ditto.
11.25 ditto ditto ditto.
11.35 ditto ditto ditto.

I now took successively red, yellow, and green glass; but in
every case the ants preferred the glass to the bisulphide.
Although, therefore, it would seem from the previous experiments
that the bisulphide darkened the nests to the ants more than violet
glass, it would appear to do so less than red, green, or yellow.

I now made some experiments in order, if possible, to deter-
mine whether the reason why the ants avoided the violet glass was
because they disliked the colour violet, or whether it was because
the violet glass transmitted more of the ultra-violet rays.

For this purpose I placed a layer of the bisulphide of carbon
over a piece of violet glass. By this arrangement I got the violet
without the ultra-violet rays; and I then contrasted this combi-
nation with other coloured media.

First, I took a solution of bichromate of potash (bright
orange), and placed it on a part of the nest side by side with the
violet glass and bisulphide of carbon. I should add that the
bichromate of potash also cuts off the ultra-violet rays. In all
the following observations I changed the position after each
observation.

At 1.30 p.m. the ants were under the bichromate.

3 ss » half under the bichromate and half
under the violet glassand bisulphide.

Se Mal: » under the bichromate.

8.30 s », under the violet glass and bisulphide.

9 me », half under each.

9.30 i » some under each, but most under the
violet glass and bisulphide.

9.45 iS », half under each.

10 ” ” ? ”

r)
In this case, therefore, though without the layer of bisulphide
the violet glass would always have been avoided, the resuit of

372 SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS.

placing the bisulphide over the violet glass was that the ants did
not care much whether they were under the violet glass or under
the bichromate of potash.

I now took the same solution of carmine which I had already
used.

10. ‘The ants were under the carmine.

10.15 ” ” 9

10.30 - most under the carmine, but some under the
violet.

10.45 i under the carmine.

ife a most under the carmine, but some under the
violet.

Here, then, again the bisulphide made a distinct difference,
though not so much so as with the bichromate of potash.
I now took the solution of chlorate of copper already used.
1. About half the ants were under each.
1.30. The greater number were under the violet glass and

bisulphide.
yp ditto ditto ditto.
2.30. ditto ditto ditto.

3. Almost all were under the violet glass and bisulphide.
Here, then, the addition of the bisulphide caused the violet
glass to be distinctly preferred to the chlorate of copper.
I then took a solution of sulphate of nickel, almost exactly the
same tint, or a shade paler than, the chlorate of copper.
At 3.45 the ants were under the violet glass and bisulphide.

A: ditto ditto ditto.

5 ditto ditto ditto.
Oct 18.

7 AM, ditto ditto ditto.

8. About half of the ants were under each.
Here the same result was even more marked.
I then took some saffron 1 inch in thickness and of a deep-
yellow colour.
12.45. The ants were about half under each.

1. Most of the ants were under the violet glass and bi-
sulphide.

1.15. ditto ditto ditto.

2. Most of the ants were under the saffron.

Here, again, we have the same result.
I then tried the different-coloured glasses, all of which, as I had

SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 373

previously found, are unmistakably preferred to the violet. It
remained to see what effect placing the bisulphide of carbon on
the violet would have.
First, I placed side by side, as usual, a piece of green glass and
the violet glass covered with bisulphide of carbon :—
Ist exp. Half of the ants were under each.
2nd ,, They were under the violet glass and bisulphide.
3rd ” ” re ”
4th ,, Most of them 3
5th ” ” re)
Next, I tried pale-yellow glass.
1st obs. The ants were almost all under the violet glass and
bisulphide.
2nd ,, About three quarters were _,, 4
3rd ,, They were all ‘
4th ,, About half were under each.

I then took the dark-yellow glass.

Ist obs. About half the ants were under the yellow glass and
half under the violet glass and bisulphide.
2nd ,, Most of them were under the violet glass and bi-

Prd

sulphide.

Sradl 3 2 yellow glass.

4th ,, _ Hi violet glass and bi-
sulphide.

5th ,, About half under each.
I now took deep-red glass.
1st obs. The ants were under the red glass.
2nd ,, Half of the ants were under each.
3rd ,, Most of the ants were under violet glass and bisul-
phide.
4th ,, Half were under each.

It seemed evident, therefore, that while if violet glass alone
was placed side by side with red, yellow, or green, the ants
greatly preferred any of the latter, on the other hand, if
a layer of bisulphide of carbon, which to our eyes is perfectly
transparent, was placed over the violet glass, they then went
as readily, or even more readily, under it than under other
colours.

In order to be sure that it was not the mere presence of a fluid,
or the two layers of glass, to which this was due, I thought it would
be well to try a similar series of experiments, using, however, a

374 SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS.

layer of similar thickness (1 inch) of water coloured light blue by
ammonio-sulphate of copper.

I therefore took again the piece of violet glass, over which I
placed a flat-sided bottle, about 1 inch thick, containing a light-
blue solution of ammonio-sulphate of copper ; and, in contrast with
it, I used the same coloured glasses as before.

First, I took the red glass.

Observation 1. Some of the ants were under each, but most under
the red glass.
4 2. All under the red glass.
A, 3. Almost all under the red.

2) 4, 29 99

by) 5. 99 29
I now took the green glass.

Observation-1. Almost all were under the green.
3 2. All were under the green. .

a 3. Two thirds were under the green.
a 4. All a ‘s
7? 5. 99 29 2?
29 6. ry) 99 99

These experiments were made on a gloomy day; so I repeated
them on a bright one, when the contrast was more marked.

Observation 7. All were under the green glass.

29 8. 32 99
_ 9. a3 i except two or three.
29 10. ? 99
39 11. 99 9?
99 12. 99 9?

I now took the dark-yellow glass.

Observation 1. All were under the yellow glass.

9 2. rr) ”?
29 3. 9 99
9) 4. 99 9

I now took the light-yellow glass.
Observation 1. They were all under the light-yellow glass.

99
99 3. 9) 2 ”?

7 4, ?? 99 22

SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 375

These experiments seem to demonstrate that in the previous
series the ants were really influenced by some property inherent
in the bisulphide of carbon, and which affected their eyes, though
it was insensible to ours.

I then thought it would be interesting to use, instead of the
bisulphide, a solution of sulphate of quinine (4 dr. to 4 ounces),
which differs from it in many points, but agrees in cutting off the
ultra-violet rays. I used, as before, a layer about an inch thick,
which I placed over violet glass, and then placed by its side the
same coloured glasses as before.

First, I took the red glass.

Obs. 1. About half the ants were under each.

2. Most of them were under the red glass.

3. About half under each ; rather more under the violet glass
and sulphate of quinine than under the red glass.

sp a ditto ditto ditto.

I now took the dark-yellow glass instead of the red.
Obs. 1. Most of the ants were under the violet glass and sulphate

9)

2?

; of quinine.

5 ab ull < 4 -

29 3. 22 7? oy) bb)

» 4.» » : yellow glass.

2? 5. 9 99 9 Yr)

», 6. All of the ants were under the violet glass and sulphate
of quinine.

7. About balf under each.

, 8. Rather more under the violet glass and sulphate of qui-
nine than under the yellow glass.

I then took the light-yellow glass instead of the dark.

Obs. 1. The ants were all under the violet glass and sulphate of
quinine.
2. Rather more than half under the yellow glass.
» 9. Almost all under the violet glass and sulphate of quinine.
29 A. All 99 9 29
Ithen took the green glass instead of the yellow.
Obs. 1. They were under the violet glass and sulphate of quinine.
2. .
3. About half under each. ;
4, About three quarters under the green glass.
5. Almost all under the violet glass and sulphate of quinine.

9?

a 99

376 SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS.

I then tried similar experiments with a saturated solution of
chrome alum and chromium chloride. These are dark greenish
blue, very opaque to the visible light-rays, but transparent to the
ultra-violet. I used a layer % inch thick, which was still so dark
that I could not see the ants through it; and for comparison, a
solution 1 inch thick of bisulphide of carbon, moving them after
each observation as before.

Exp. 1. The ants were under the bisulphide of carbon.
» 2

¢ 99 99 39
99 3. Most 99 99 9
» 4. All but three ,, + ”
ie onAdl

399 99 bb)
I now took chromium chloride instead of chrome alum.

Exp. 1. Most were under the bisulphide of carbon.
5 ae All

ae eNbing Ets fall 5 3 Bs
,» 4. About three fourths were under the chromium
chloride.
5. All were under the chromium chloride. ~
» 6. About two thirds - -
7
8

93 99 99

. About one half under each.
. All under the bisulphide of carbon.
» 9 About three fourths under the bisulphide of carbon.
», 10. About half A, s
» Ll. All under the chrome alum.
aed 5 bisulphide of carbon.

Thus, then, while if the ants have to choose between the violet
and other coloured glasses, they will always prefer one of the
latter, the effect of putting over the violet glass a layer either of
sulphate of quinine or bisulphide of carbon, both of which are
quite transparent, but both of which cut off the ultra-violet rays,
is to make the violet glass seem to the ants as good a shelter as -
any of the other glasses. This seems tome strong evidence that
the ultra-violet rays are visible to the ants.

Prof. Paul Bert has made (‘Archiv de Physiol.’ 1869, p. 547)
some very interesting experiments on a small freshwater Crusta-
cean belonging to the genus Daphnia, from which he concludes
that they perceive all the colours known to us, being, however,
specially sensitive to the yellow and green, and that their limits
of vision are the same as ours.

Nay, he even goes further than this, and feels justified in con-

SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 377

cluding from the experience of two widely divergent species—Man
and Daphnia—that the limits of vision would be the same in all
cases.

His words are :—

A. “Tous les animaux voient les rayons spectraux que nous
voyons.”’

B. “Tls ne voient aucun de ceux que nous ne voyons pas.”

C. “Dans l’étendue de la région visible, les différences entre
les pouvoirs éclairants des différents rayons coloriés sont les
mémes pour eux et pour nous.”

He adds, that “ puisque les limites de visibilités semblent étre
les mémes pour les animaux et pour nous, ne trouvons-nous pas
la une raison de plus pour supposer que le role des milieux de
Veil est tout-a-fait secondaire, est que la visibilité tient a ’impres-
sionnabilité de l'appareil nerveux lui-méme ?”’

Such a generalization would seem to rest on but a slight foun-
dation ; and I may add that I have made some experiments myself
on Daphnias which do not agree with those of M. Bert. I hope
on some future occasion to have the honour of laying them before
the Society.

At any rate, it seems to me that the preceding evidence strongly
indicates that ants perceive the ultra-violet rays. Now, as every
ray of homogeneous light which we can perceive at all appears to
us as a distinct colour, it seems probable that these ultra-violet
rays must make themselves apparent to the ants asa distinct and
separate colour (of which we can form no idea), but as unlike the
rest as red is from yellow, or green from violet. The question
also arises whether white light to these insects would differ from
our white light in containing this additional colour. At any rate,
as few of the colours in nature are pure colours, but almost all
arise from the combination of rays of different wave-lengths, and
asin such cases the visible resultant would be composed not only
of the rays which we see, but of these and the ultra-violet, it
would appear that the colours of objects and the general aspect of
nature must present to them a very different appearance from
what it does to us.

Sense of Direction.

In continuation of the experiments recorded in my last paper
(Linnean Journ. vol. xv. p. 177), I caused to be constructed a
circular table 18 inches in diameter, the arrangement of which was
kindly devised for me by Mr. Francis Galton. It consisted, as
shown in figs. 1 and 2, of three concentric pieces—a central F G,

378 SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS.

an intermediate DE, HI, and an outer piece BC, KL, each
of these three pieces being capable of separate rotation.

Fig. 1.

Fig. 2.

I then connected the table with a nest of Lasius niger by a
paper bridge A, and also made a paper path across the table, as
shown in fig. 2, divided into five pieces corresponding to the divi-
sions of the table. This I did because I found that the ants
wandered less if they were provided with a paper road than if they
walked actually on the wood itself. I then placed a cup con-
taining larve on the table at B, and put an ant on the larve.
She at once picked one up, and, with some little guidance from

SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 379

me, carried it off to the nest, returning at once for another,
bringing some friends with her to help. When she knew her
way, I gradually moved the cup across the table along the paper
bridge toM. Afterawhile the ants came to know the way quite
well, and passed to and fro quite straight along the paper path
from the nest to the larve at M. Having thus established a service
of ants, I tried the following experiments :—

1. I removed the piece of paper GF. This disturbed them ;
but they very soon reestablished the chain.

2. I turned round the central piece of the table G F, so that the
paper G F was reversed, G being where F had been, and vice versd.
This did not seem to disconcert the ants at all.

3. When the ants were between I and B, I rotated the outer
circle of the table halfway round, which of course carried the cup
containing the larve from L to B. The ants took no notice of
this, but went straight to L.

4. When the ants were between I and B, I rotated the table
several times, bringing it finally to the original position. This
disturbed them a good deal; but eventually they all continued
their course to L.

5. When the ants were between I and D, I half rotated the

two centre parts of the table, the result of which, of course, was
that the ant was moving away from, instead of towards, the nest.
In every case the ants turned round too, so as duly to reach L.
So also those which were on their way from the nest to the larve
turned in the same manner.
- 6. When the ants were between I and D, I half rotated the
whole table. Again the ants turned round too, though of course
in this case, when they reached the place where L had been, the
eup with the larve was behind them at B.

These two experiments, though quite in aceordance with those
previously made, puzzled me a good deal. Experiment 3, as well
as those recorded in previous papers, seemed to show that ants
were little guided in such cases by the position of surrounding
objects. However, I was anxious to test this.

7. Accordingly I took around box and placed it upside down on
the table, having cut two niches, one at each side, where it lay on
the paper path, so as to afford a passage for the ants, as in the expe-
riments recorded in my previous paper ; but on this occasion I left
the lid on, cutting, however, a hole through which I could watch
the result. In this case, therefore, the surrounding objects, 2. e.

380 SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS.

the walls of the box, turned round with the table. Then, as before,
when the ants were between I and D, I turned the table half round.
The results were as follow :—

Ants which Ants which

turned. did not turn.
ARP atia er rteciees 1 2
pe De Ts ate eS sas 1 1
Rha od aetioc See none 1 1
PEA ee a 4 2
Ns a oe 0 1
aa Ossecke aca tcc nets (0) 1
at BS Bhs eda ae cent kee 0) 3
Rat Mole eaen An ats oRe 1 1
SaaS as 0 1
ipl ON sent ana t 2 2
Sieur 1 1
Pos dae 0 3
11 19

In this case, then, only 11 ants turned; and as 4 of them were
together, it is possible that 3 simply followed the first. More-
over, the ants which turned did so with much more hesitation and
less immediately.

8. For comparison, I then again tried the same experiment, but
without the box. The results were as follows :—

Ants which Ants which
turned. did not turn.
Obst ag Ana 3 0
Mer oe ah 3 0
ad Sc eee eR ile
ee PAS aie eee Peta 3 O
Ai aie sinh Aa 4 0
eto) Cepe Mee it mee ae 4 O
20 lve

Under these circumstances, therefore, all the ants but one cer-
tainly turned, and her movements were undecided.

From these last two experiments it is obvious that the presence
of the box greatly affected the result, and yet the previous results
made it difficult to suppose that the ants noticed any objects so
distant as the walls of the rooms, or even as I was myself. The

SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 381

result surprised me considerably ; but 1 think the explanation is
given by the following experiments.

I again put some larve in a cup, which I placed in the centre
of the table; and I let out an ant which I had imprisoned after
the previous experiments, placing her in the cup; she carried off a
larva to the nest and soon returned. When she was again in the
cup, I rotated the table; when she came out she seemed a little
surprised ; but after walking once round the cup, started off along
the paper bridge straight home. When she returned to the cup,
J again half rotated the table. This time she went back quite
straight. When she had come again, I once more half rotated
the table; she returned quite straight. Again the same hap-
pened. A second ant then came: I half rotated the table as
before. She went wrong for about an inch and a half, but then
turned round and went straight home.

I was working by the light of two candles which were on the
nest-side of the table. The next time the two ants came, I half
rotated the table as before and moved the candles to the far side.
This time the ants were deceived, and followed the paper bridge
to the end of the table furthest from the nest. ‘This I repeated
a second time, with the same result. J then turned the table as
before without altering the lights, and the ants (four of them)
went back all right. I then again turned the table, altering the
lights, and the ant went wrong.

_I then altered the lights without rotating the table: the first
ant went wrong; the second right; the third wrong; the fourth
wrong; the fifth hesitated some seconds, and then went wrong ;
the sixth right; the seventh went all but to the edge the wrong
way, but, after various wanderings, at last went right. When,
therefore, the direction of the light was changed, but every
thing else left as before, out of seven ants, five were deceived and
went in the wrong direction.

After an interval of a week, on March 25, I arranged the nest
and the rotating table as before, and let out three ants which I
I had imprisoned on the 19th, and which knew their way. iv put
them on the larve at M as before. The paper pathway had
been left untouched. The ants examined the larve and then
went straight home along the paper path; but, to my surprise,
only one of them carried off a larva. Nevertheless they had evi-
dently taken the news to the nest; for the ants at once began
coming to the cup in considerable numbers and carrying off the

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XV. 30

382 SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS.

larvee. I do not altogether understand this proceeding, and un-
luckily had not marked the first three ants; so that I cannot tell
whether they brought or sent their friends. It seems possible
that they felt unequal to the exertion of carrying a burthen to
the nest until they had had some food.

When the ants were fairly at work, I turned the tabie 90 degrees.
In this case eight ants continued their march along the paper,
while two turned back; but none left the paper, and went across
the table straight for the larve.

I then stopped the experiment for a while, so that the excite-
ment might subside; as when the ants become too numerous it is
not so easy to watch them.

When all was quiet, I put the cup with the larve on the middle
of the table, and covered the greater part of the table with the
box as before (p. 379). When the ants were leaving the cup on
their way home, I then, as before, turned the table half round.

Under these circumstances, however, instead of turning as in
the previous experiment, ten ants, one after another, continued
their course, thus coming out of the box at the end furthest from
the nest. When ten ants successively had, under these cireum-
stances, gone wrong, | then, to make the experiment complete, tried
it again, every thing being the same, except that there was no box.
Under these circumstances five ants, one after the other, turned
directly the table was rotated. It seems clear, therefore, that in
determining their course the ants are greatly influenced by the
direction of the light.

March 27. I let out two ants imprisoned on the 25th, and placed
them on the larve, which I put on a column 7 inches high,
covered with blue paper, and communicating with the nest by the
paper path (A, fig. 3) arranged as usual, but supported on pins.
At first I arranged it as shown below, placing the larve at M, so
that the ants, on arriving at the larve,
made nearly a semicircle round the
edge of the table. I then gradually
moved the larve to M’ and afterwards
to M”. The ants, however, obviously
knew that they were going unneces-
sarily round. They ran along the paper
bridge in a very undecided manner,
continually turning round and often
coming down the pins; while in

Fig. 3.

SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 383

returning to the nest they persistently came down the side of the
pillar nearest to the nest, though we repeatedly attempted to
guide them the other way. Even when placed on the paper bridge
between M and M’, they were very dissatisfied. In fact it was
obvious that they knew they were being sent a long way round,
and were attempting to make a shorter cut.

I then again placed the larve at M, and when the ants were
once more going to and fro regularly along the paper path, I
altered the position to M’, placing the edge of the pillar, which
the ants had been accustomed to ascend, towards the paper bridge;
connecting it with the original bridge
by a side-bridge a, M being an inch from
the original bridge. Under these cir-
cumstances three ants ran on to M;

Fig. 4.

/

then ne found their way over the bridge [ M ae r
ato M’. Of the next ten ants, five went \ Sarees cag pee
to Mand five overato M’. Thenext ten oS

all went over the paper bridge a to M’.
I then put the pillar and the larve on
the other side of the original paper path
at M" connected with the main path by a short bridge a’, and took
for a! a new piece of paper, so that scent would be no guide. I
left the little bridge a in its place. The ants went as follows :—

To M”. M’.

—
so) | js es es SS ee
wlorroccoortococe
alococcocoHHHHHo#H

It seems clear, therefore, that though the ants did not trust so
30*

384 SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS.

much to their eyes as a man would have done under similar cir-
cumstances, yet that they were to some extent guided by sight.

I then removed all the paper pathways and put the pillar to M.
Of the two first ants which came to the
table, the first found the pillar ind minutes,
the second, after wandering about for a
quarter of an hour, gave the search up in
despair, and went home. I then moved
the pillar to M’ and watched the next ant
that came on to the table; she found it
in a minute or two. I then moved it to
M”. ‘Two ants came together. One
found the pillar in 7 minutes ; the other
took no less than 25. Obviously, therefore, though it seems clear
that they are helped by sight, still these last observations support
those previously recorded, and show that in finding their way they
do not derive by any means so much assistance from their eyes as
we should under corresponding circumstances. ?

Fig. 9.

Production of Queens.

Thave mentioned in one of my previous papers that queens have
never (so far, at least, as I had been able to observe) been pro-
duced in my nests. I was therefore much interested last year
(1889) to find five queens developed in one of my nests of Hormica
fusca. The nest had been under observation since April 1879,
and the eggs therefore must have been laid in captivity. The
nest had been richly supplied with animal food, and this may pos-
sibly account for the fact. ;

It is known that bees, by difference of food &c., possess the
power of obtaining at will from the same eggs either queens or
ordinary workers. Mr. Dewitz*, however, is of opinion that among
ants, on the contrary, the queens and workers are produced from
different kinds of eggs. He remarks that it is very difficult to
understand how the instinct, if it is to be called instinct, which
would enable the working ants to make this difference can have
arisen. This is no doubt true; but it seems to me quite as diffi-
cult to understand how the queens, which must have originally
laid only queen eggs and male eggs, can have come to produce a
third class. Moreover, however great the difficulty may be to

* Zeit, tir wiss. Zool. 1878, p. 101.

SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 385

understand how the ants can have learnt to produce queens and
workers from one kind of egg, the same difficulty exists almost to
the same extent in bees, which, as Mr. Dewitz admits, do possess
the power. Moreover, it seems to me very unlikely that the result
is produced in one way in the case of bees, and in another in that
of ants. It is also a strong argument that in all my nests, though
thousands of workers and males have been produced, I have never
observed a queen to be so until this year. On the whole, then,
though I differ from so excellent a naturalist with much _hesita-
tion, I cannot but think that ants, like bees, possess the power of
developing a given egg into either a queen or a worker.

Affection and Kindness.

While I was watching one of my nests of Formica fusca on the
23rd of January last (1881), I perceived a poor ant lying on her
back and quite unable to move. The legs were in cramped atti-
tudes, and the two antenne rolled up in spirals. She was, of
course, altogether unable to feed herself. After this I kept my eye
onher. Several times I tried uncovering the part of the nest where
she was. The other ants soon carried her into the shaded part.
On the 4th March the ants were all out of the nest, probably for
fresh air, and had collected together in a corner of the box; they
had not, however, forgotten her, but had carried her with them.
I took off the glass lid of the box, and after a while they returned
as usual to the nest, taking her again. On the 5th March she
was still alive; but on 15th, notwithstanding all their care, she
was dead.

Longevity of Ants.

In my previous paper I have called attention to the consi-
derable age attained by my ants; and I may perhaps be per-
mitted to repeat here, mutatis mutandis, a paragraph from my last
communication with reference to my most aged specimens, most
of those mentioned last year being still alive. One of my nests
of Formica fusca was brought from the woods in December 1874 *,
It then contained two queens, both of which are now still alive.
I am disposed to think that some of the workers now in the nest
were among those originally captured, the mortality after the first
few weeks having been but small. This, of course, I cannot prove.
The queens, however, are certainly seven, and probably eight,

* They are still alive and well, Sept. 25, 1881,

386 SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS.

years old. In the following nests, viz. another nest of Formica
fusca, which I brought in on the 6th June 1875, one of Lasius
niger on the 25th July 1875*, and of Formica cinerea on the 29th
November 1875, there were no queens; and, as already men-
tioned, no workers have been produced. Those now living are
therefore the original ones; and they must be between six and
seven years old. IJ may add that in these nests there have been
for the last year very few deaths +.

In conclusion, I may place on record a new species of mite which
I have found in nests of Lasius flavus, and of which Mr. Michael
has been good enough to draw up the following description.

UR0OPODA FORMICARI®, sp. nov.

This species, although it falls strictly within the genus Uropoda,
and not within Kramer’s genus Trachynotus as defined by that
writer, still in most respects, except the very distinctions upon
which the genus is founded, resembles Trachynotus pyriformis
(Kramer) more closely than it does any other recorded species.
It is, however, decidedly different ; and is characterized by the
squareness of its abdomen, the thickness and roughness of its
chitinous dermal skeleton, and especially by the powerful chiti-
nous rdiges or wing-like expansions on the lateral surface between
the second and third pair of legs.

Length, ¢ and @, about ‘95 millim.

Breadth a ie Oma

The abdomen is almost square, but somewhat longer than broad,
and slightly narrowed at its junction with the cephalothorax, from
which it is not plainly distinguished. The extreme edge is a
strong chitinous ridge bordered with a thick fringe of short, stout,
curved hairs, as in T. pyriformis. The dorsal surface of the cephalo-
thorax is also narrowed towards the front, and has a curved ante-
rior margin bent down so as to protect the mouth, as in that spe-
cies; it bears a few of the same kind of hairs as the abdomen, and
has a chitinous thickening at each side. The abdomen rises almost
perpendicularly from the marginal ridge. There is a central de-
pression occupying the posterior half, or rather more than half of
the abdomen; and at the bottom of this depression are transverse
ridges, the hinder ones nearly straight, and the anterior ones bent

* The last of these died on June 15, 1881.
t These ants died off somewhat rapidly, the last on uly 23, 1881,

SIR J. LUBBOCK ON ANTS, BEES, AND WASPS. 387

in the middle, the central point being forward; at the sides of,
but not in, this depression, are two chitinous blocks which seem
to form a starting-point for the ridges. Anterior to this depres-
sion the central portion of the creature, 7. e. its longitudinal dorsal
axis, is higher in level than in parts nearer the margin, and forms
an irregular triangle of rough chitine. A broad chitinous plate
or ridge projects on each side above the second leg, and between
that and the third, evidently for their protection ; itis probably
flexible at the will of the creature, as in the genus Oribates.

The sternal surface has strongly marked depressions for the
reception of the legs. The cox of the first pair of legs are
largely developed, flattened, almost touch in the median line,
and nearly conceal the mouth, as in the typical Uropodas. The
genital opening of the male is rather large, round, and placed
centrally between the coxz of the second pair of legs. The
female appears only to be distinguished from the male by being
more strongly chitinized, and by the conspicuous valval plate
which occupies the whole space between the coxe of the second
and third pairs of legs and extends beyond both.

The nymph is less square inthe abdomen than the adult, and
the border of hairs is absent ; the margin is somewhat undulated,
the concave undulations being so placed as to give free action to
the lees when raised; the central depression of the abdomen is
far less marked than in the adult; a slight ridge runs all round
the dorsal surface a little within the margin; four ridges, two
anterior and two posterior, run from the circumscribing ridge toa
raised ellipse in the centre ; there are not any plates for the pro-
tection of the legs, and the coxe of the first pair are not flattened
as in the adult.

This mite lives in the nests of Formica flava.

388 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

Mo.utusca oF H.M.S. ‘Crantencer’ Expeprrron.—Part VIII.
By the Rev. Rozrrt Boog Watson, B.A., F.R.S.E., F.LS., &e.

[Published by permission of the Lords Commissioners of the Treasury. |

| Read March 3, 1881. |

Fam. Phevrotomip4a, J. Gwyn Jeffreys.

Prevrotoma, Lam.

1. Pleurotoma(Surcula) staminea, 10. Pleurotoma (Surcula) rhysa,
n. sp. n. sp.

BR, 12, ((Se)) HW ve SO ll. P. (S.) bolbodes, n. sp.

2, 1D. (S.) lepta, n. sp. 12. P. (8.) asehna, n. sp.

4, P.(S.) rotundata, un. sp. 15. P. (Genota) didyma, n. sp.

5. P. (S.) goniodes, n. sp. 14. P. (G.) engonia, n. sp.

6. P.(S.) plebeia, n. sp. 15. P. (G.) atractoides, n. sp.

7. P. (S.) syngenes, n. sp. 16. P. (Drillia) pyrrha, n. sp.

8. P. (S.) hemimeres, n. sp. i7. P. (D.) paupera, n. sp.

9. P. (S.) anteridion, n. sp.

1. PLEUVROTOMA (SuRcvLA) STAMINEA, Nl. Sp.

St. 146. Dec. 29, 1878. Lat. 46° 46' S., long. 45° 31’ HE.
Marion Island, Prince Edward ‘Island. 1875 Pion Globige-
yina-ooze. Bottom temperature 35 35°'6.

St. 1495. Jan. 29, 1874. Lat. 46° 43’ S., long. 69° 15° E.
W. Christmas Harbour, Kerguelen. 105 fms. Maud.

Shell—High, narrow, biconically fusiform, scalar, carinated,
with spiral threads, thin. white. Sculpture. Longitudinals—the
shellis scored with coarse irregular sinuous lines of growth ; but
there is no trace of any other longitudinal markings. Spirals—
above the middle of each whorl is astrong carination only slightly
projecting, but marked by the angulation of the whorl and by the
prominence of the thread on its crest. On the body-whorl there
is a tendency to a second carination, which runs into the mouth
just below the junction of the outer lip, and is thus concealed
on all the earlier whorls (it is evident that this inferior an-
culation is a feature which varies much in different individuals).
Besides these, the whole surface is covered with irregular and
unequal threads ; these are feeblest on the sloping shoulder below
the suture: close below the upper keel and on the snout and its
conical base they are fine; about 4 above and 2 below the lower
keel are the strongest, but they all tend to subdivide themselves ;
and the whole shell is scored by irregular and somewhat broken
microscopic lines. Colour translucent white under a thin, pale,

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 389

greyish-yellow epidermis, which adheres closely, but is apt to rub
through. Spzre is high, narrow, conical, and slopingly scalar in
consequence of the drooping shoulder between the suture and the
keel. Apex is more or less eroded in all the four specimens : it
consists of not more than 17 embryonic whorls, which are globose,
smooth, and with the point a little obliquely pressed down.
Whorls 85, rather short except the last, of regular increase, angu-
lated above the middle ; the shoulder between the suture and the
keel is straight-lined. From the keel the whorls are slightly con-
tracted to the inferior suture, and the profile-line here is scarcely
convex. The last whorl is feebly tumid below the keel, and is
drawn out from a produced conical base into a long, narrow,
cylindrical, very slightly upturned snout, which projects on the
right side of the base. Suture a fine, sharp, slightly irregular
line, well defined by the contraction of the whorl above and
the straight line of the shoulder on the whorl below. Mouth
club-shaped, being oval above, and prolonged below into a long,
but not very narrow, canal, which is a little smuous, and widens
towards its end in consequence of the oblique cutting-away of the
pillar-lp. Outer lip, which is thin, sharp, and patulous, leaves
the body at a right angle and advances quite straight to the keel,
above which lies the deep, thin-lipped, U-shaped sinus, whose lower
margin runs parallel to, but a little above, the carinal thread ;
from the keel the lip-edge advances with a long, free, forward
curve and a sinuous double sweep, first convex and then concave,
- to the point of the snout, where the edge is prominent, rounded,
and patulous. Inner lip almost hyaline, being cut into the sub-
stance of the body-whorl, but not extending beyond the mouth-
edge; itis slightly concave above, straight in the middle, and
very early and obliquely cut away in front, from which point, for
the sixth of an inch, it advances to the extreme point of the shell
as a delicate, thin, sharp lamina bordering the canal. The oper-
culum seems to have been broken, probably in the attempt to
extract it; but it is obviously small, thin, and pale yellow.
H. 1:6. B. 051. Penult. whorl, height 0°24. Mouth, total
height 0°83, breadth 0°28.

The animal of this species is preserved in one specimen, that
from St. 146; it is deeply retracted, and is of a pale buff
colour.

The name I have selected is descriptive of the sculpture of the
shell.

340 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

2. PLEUROTOMA (SURCULA) TRILIX, n. sp.

St. 150. Feb. 2, 1874. Lat. 52° 4'S., long. 71° 22! EK. Be-
tween Kerguelen and Heard Island. 150 fms. Rock. Bottom
temperature 35°'2.

Shell.—High, very narrow, biconically fusiform, subscalar, bi-
carinated, strong, white. Sculpture. Longitudinals—there are
very many unequal, strong, harsh, flexuous lines of growth, of which
one every here and there is stronger than the rest. Spirals—
there are two keels, of which the upper and stronger lies a little
above the middle of the whorls, is sharply pinched out, but hasa
rounded edge; there is a drooping, but straight-lined shoulder
above, and the whorl is somewhat contracted below it, so that it
has considerable prominence ; the lower keel is a rounded, rather
prominent thread, which is the more conspicuous from the con-
traction of the whorl below it into the suture; between these
two keels, more or less in the middle, lies a thread, which
is more marked than any of the others which, coarse, unequal,
and interrupted, closely cover the whole surface ; of these two or
three in the line of the sinus on the shoulder, between the upper
keel and the suture, are somewhat stronger, more regular, and
swoln than the rest; while just below this point, where the
lines marking the lower edge of the sinus run, the surface is
almost free of spiral threads. Colowr porcellanous white. pi-
dermis extremely thin, smooth, pale yellowish. Spare high, nar-
row, subscalar. Apex consists of 1+ embryonic whorls, globose,
smooth, and somewhat obliquely pressed down on one side at the
extreme point. Whorls 73, narrow, angulated, with a straight
drooping shoulder beiow the suture, slightly concave between the
keels, contracted into the lower suture; the base is conical, and
projects on the right side into along, narrow, and very slightly
twisted snout. Swéwre a fine, sharp, deeply impressed line.
Mouth club-shaped, being oval above, with a sharpish angulation
at the upper point, and being prolonged into a long, rather
narrow, but slightly widening canal, which is open in consequence
of the oblique cutting away of the pillar-lip. Outer lip, which is
thin, sharp, and patulous, with a slight contraction on the edge of
the canal, leaves the body nearly at a right angle, and advances
with a very slight convexity to the keel, above which lies the
deep, thin-lipped, U-shaped sinus, whose lower margin lies pa-
rallel to, but alittle above, the conical thread ; from the keel the
lip has an edge which on the front is first convex and then very

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 391

slightly receding, while on the side it is first convex and then
concave to the point of the snout, where its course is very straight.
Inner lip a thin porcellanous glaze, spreads a little on the body,
from which the spirals are slightly cut away; the lip is a little
concave above, then straight, and is early and obliquely cut away
on the front of the pillar, where it is shghtly prominent, and finally
it runs out to the point of the snout as a thin edge bordering the
eanal H. 147. 3B. 0-48. Penultimate whorl, height 0°24,
Mouth, total height 0°8, breadth 0:26.

This species extremely resembles P. staminea ; nor should I beat
all surprised if, on a fuller series of specimens being obtained, the
two species should be ultimately united ; but the four specimens of
the former and the three of the present species obtained by the
‘Challenger’ are constant to one another and easily distinguish-
able. Besides distinctions which stand out in the description, the
form in P. ériliz is slimmer, as if the whorls were more closely
twisted ; the snout is longer, finer, a little twisted, and is striated
to the point; the shell is stronger, the pillar-edge of the front
canal where obliquely cut off is a little more contracted; the
suture is much more deeply impressed, the apex is a very little
larger, and very slightly more pressed down on one side. The
sculpture, too, is crisper, sharper, and smaller in the spirals, so
as to produce a markedly different texture. In P. staminea,
where an inferior keel faintly appears, it lies much lower than in
P. trilix, in which it lies markedly above the suture.

3. PLEUROTOMA (SURCULA) LEPTA, 0. sp.

St. 157. March 38, 1874. Lat. 55° 55’ S., long. 108° 35’ EH.
Southern Ocean, 8.E. of Australia. 1950 fms. Diatom-ooze.
Bottom temperature 32°1.

Shell. High, fusiform, rather tumid, conical, with a produced
base and a very long fragile snout, thin, white, with very little
sculpture. Sculpture. Longitudinals—the whole surface is closely
scored with fine strie in the lines of growth; of these, at irre-
cular intervals of about ;4, inch apart or rather more, one rises
into greater strength and prominence as a rounded thread ; these
are stronger and more regular on the earlier whorls than on the
last. Spirals—two thirds down the whorls is a blunt angulation
bearing 4 or 5 fine, close-set, rounded threads ; on the last whorl
the angulation is obsolete, but its place is defined by the group of
close-set threads; on the rounded shoulder above these are micro-
scopic striz and very indefinite rounded threads; below the angula-

392 REY. B. BOOG WATSON ON THE

tion are 5 or 6 pretty prominent, unequal, narrow, remote, rounded
threads ; the one which comes out from the suture at the upper
angle of the mouth, and which defines the base, is somewhat
stronger than those above it, and this one is succeeded on the base
by a series of others, similar, but more remote, with occasionally a
finer one between; on the base they become feebler, less regular,
and, on the whole, more remote ; the surface of the shell between
these is faintly scored microscopically. Colour porcellanous
white and semitransparent, from the thinness of the shell. pi-
dermis an excessively thin, pale-yellow, smooth membrane, which
is very easily rubbed off. Spére high and conical, and yet almost
globose from the rapid increase of the rounded whorls; its profile-
lines are much interrupted by the sutural contractions. Apex
consists of 13 embryonic whorls, and is small, rounded, mamillary,
prominent, but a little flattened down on one side. Whorls 6, of
very rapid increase, the last particularly so; they are very tumid
and well rounded, with only a slight angulation, above which
is a long convex shoulder, while below it the whorl contracts
very slightly ; the last is very large, being not only tumid, but
having an elongated base which, though considerably hollowed out
on the left side, is very little narrowed on the right, and is pro-
duced into a long, conical, largish snout, which projects almost
entirely on the right side of the axis. Suture rather broad and
deeply sunken, and almost a little canaliculated. Mouth long,
large, club-shaped, being oval and bluntly pointed above, and
having a long, rather narrow, and open canal below. Outer lip
very sharp and thin, a little contracted except along the canal,
where it is slightly ‘patulous; the curve of the lip, which is
very. steep above, passes over, by a slightly flattened arch and
a concave curve below, to a straight line along the canal ;
its edge, on leaving the body, retreats rather rapidly to the
left, forming the deep semicircular sinus which occupies the
whole shoulder from the suture to the angulation ; the lower
edge of the sinus is very low-shouldered, but advances very
prominently below, and retreats no more till it reaches the
extreme point of the shell. nner lip is hollowed rather broadly
out of the shell-wall, the edge of which rises sharply, but very
thinly, outside ; it spreads across the whole of the rather short
and early truncated pillar, which has a long, oblique, rounded,
and slightly twisted edge, and which above joins the body with
a very slightly concave curve. Operculum pale yellow, thin, oval,

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 393

broadly rounded in front where the nucleus lies, pointed behind,
rather finely roundedly striate in the loop-lines of growth, which
are crowded, not on the pillar-edge, but on that lying toward the
outer lip of the shell. The body of the animal is a pale-buff
colour, but cannot be extracted without sacrificing the shell.
H. 1°6. 3B. 0°65. Penultimate whorl, height 0°27. Mouth,
height 0-1, breadth 0-43.

This singularly beautiful species has some resemblance to P.
clara, v. Mart. (nec Reeve), from Patagonia, 60 fms., and is, like
that and those previously described here, eminently characteristic
of frigid waters. It wants the carination of that species, has a
longer and more inflated body-whorl, with a smaller and shorter
apex, 4 more contracted suture, and stronger spiral threads.

4, PLEUROTOMA (SURCULA) ROTUNDATA, Nn. sp.

St. 246. July 2, 1875. Lat. 36°10! N., long. 178° H. Mid
Pacific, E. of Japan. 2050 fms. Grey ooze. Bottom tempe-
rature 35°°1.

Shell.—High, narrow, fusiform, conical, with rounded whorls
and a shallow suture, below which the inferior whorl swells out
tumidly ; the last whorl is short and rounded, with a constricted
conical base and a long narrow snout. Sculpture. Longitudinals
—there are strongish, close-set, rounded, hair-like lines of growth,
specially strong below the suture. Spirals—over the whole sur-
face are strong, but unequal, rather distant, sharpish threads ;
those in the sutural area are, with two or three exceptions, weaker
- than those elsewhere ; about three at the periphery are somewhat
prominent. Colour porcelain-white under a thin yellow epidermis.
Suture fine, superficial, but well defined. dM/owth is club-shaped,
being oval, with a long narrow canal below and a blunt angulation
above. Outer lip very evenly curved, but a little more steeply
above than below; itis drawn out into a long straight line along
the side of the canal; the edge-line, on leaving the body, retreats
very straight toward the left to the rather remote, wide, and
openly rounded, but very deep sinus, between which and the body-
whorl lies an acute triangular shelf, while belowis the very high
shouldered and prominent lip. nner lip is exceptionally narrow,
but strong and marginated ; it is very little concave at the junc-
tion of the body and the pillar, which is long, narrow, and is cut off
at the point witha long, little oblique, sharp, and scarcely twisted
edge. H. (?) 165. B. 06. Penultimate whorl, height 0:22,
Mouth, height 0:9, breadth 0:3.

394: REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

This is a species of interest, both from its habitat and from the
simplicity of its rounded whorls and of its sculpture. It exists
unfortunately in the form of a mere fragment. It is a good deal
like P. planetica, Edw., from the Eocene Bracklesham beds (see
Eocene Moll., Palzont. Soc. p. 212, pl. xxvi. fig. 3), but has not the
flatly constricted band below the suture, which in that species
throws the whorls out in a high rounded shoulder. In P. rostrata,
Edw. (J. ¢. p. 218, pl. xxvi. fig. 8), though with less of a shoulder,
there is a broader constricted belt, and there are traces of longi-
tudinal ribs.

5. Pievroroma (SuRCULA) GONIODES, n. sp. (ywmwdrs,
angular.)

St.320. Feb. 14,1876. Lat.37°17'S., long. 53°52! W. S.E.
of La Plata. 600 fms. Hard ground. Bottom temperature
37°°2.

Shell.—High, narrow, biconical, subscalar, with along, uncon-
stricted base and a subequal-sided snout, angulated with an ex-
pressed keel, and with regular fine spiral threadsallover. Sculp-
ture. Longitudinals—there are only fine, regular, close, hair-like
lines of growth. Spirals—in the middle of each whorl is a strong
angulation formed by the straight drooping line of the shoulder
and the straight contracting line down to the inferior suture ;
the angulation is pinched out into a sharp round-edged keel ; there
are fine sharpish threads on the whole surtace pretty equally dis-
tributed and of equal strength ; of these there are on the penul-
timate whorl below the keel about 6; they are parted by flat
broadish intervals, strongly scored with the lines of growth.
Colour white under a yellow epidermis. Spire high, narrow,
conical, with profile-lines interrupted by the straight-lmed con-
traction of the shell between the keels of the successive whorls.
Apex (eroded) small androunded. Whorls 6-7; their profile con-
sists of two straight lines meeting in the keel which bisects the
whorls; above is a slowly sloping shoulder, and belowa gradual
contraction to the suture; the last whorl is scarcely convex on
the conical base, which contracts with great regularity to the long,
nearly equal-sided snout. Suture tine, linear, but well defined.
Mouth club-shaped, being rhomboidal above, with a long narrow
canal below. Outer lip high-arched and then straight along the
canal; its edge retreats at once to the left, and forms a remote,
deep, rounded sinus in the shoulder above the keel; below this

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 395

it sweeps out into a high and prominent shoulder. Inner lip little
concave at the junction of the body and pillar, which is straight
above, but towards the point is obliquely cut off with a long, nar-
row, twisted edge, and bends a good deal to the left. H. 09.
B. 0:38. Penultimate whorl, height 0:16. Mouth, height 0°51,
breadth 0°22.

This is a stumpier form than P. leucotropis, Ad. & Rve., witha
more conical and less constricted base, and shorter and more bent
snout. From P. owytropis, while differing, of course, still more
markedly in most of these points, it differs yet more in sculpture.
Though a much smaller and narrower form and with a more
conical and less tumid base, it is in a general way very hike P. cir-
cinata, Dall; but that is destitute of the spiral sculpture on the
shoulder, which seems also to be the case with P. Kennicottiz,
Dall, a smaller form than P. circinata, and which 1s also distin-
guished by a double keel on the last whorl.

6. PLEUROTOMA (SURCULA) PLEBETA, 0. Sp.

St. 122. September 10,1873. Lat. 9°5'S., long. 34° 50’ W.
Off Pernambuco. 3850 fms. Mud.

Shell—High, narrow, fusiform, subscalar, angulated and
tubercled on the angle, strong, rough, yellowish white. Sculp-
ture. Longitudinals—the upper whorls are nearly bisected by a
bluntish angulation, which is made more marked by about 20
small, oblique, longitudinally elongated knobs, of which scarcely a
, trace appears below or above the keel; they become fewer up
the spire and die out on the last whorl; there are very many,
rough, very unequal, curved lines of growth. The whole surface
is covered by coarse, unequal, and very irregular threads, varying
in their direction. and interrupted by the longitudinal lines of
growth; these threads are most equal in the infrasutural tract,
where the line of the old sinus-markings lies; below the keel they
occur alternatingly as stronger and finer; on the base and snout
they are coarse, but almost disappear on the point ; they and the
suture are exceptionally independent of one another. Colour
yellowish porcellanous white. Spire high, narrow, conical, and
slopingly subsealar. Apex broken. Whorls probably 9-10,
rather narrow, somewhat hollowed on the shoulder below the
suture; below the keel their profile-line is straight, but contracted
to the suture below. ‘The base (whose upper limit is defined by
a very slight angulation) is conical, drawn out pretty much in

396 REV. RB. BOOG WATSON ON THE

the axial line into a long, narrowish, cylindrical, strong, and
slightly reverted snout. Suéwre a rather minute, sharp, some-
what irregular line, which does not at all follow the spiral mark-
ings, but crosses these up and down in an unusally irregular
manner ; it is well defined by the concave hollow formed by the
contraction of the whorls above and below it. Mouth club-
shaped, being somewhat angularly ovate above (with a sharpish
point at the top and an angulation at the keel), and prolonged
below into the somewhat oblique open canal, which is kept open
by the oblique cutting away of the pillar. Outer lip sharp, but
strong; it leaves the body at an acute angle and retreats towards
the left to form the sinus, which is open and near, but not immedi-
ately at the body: from the sinus the lip-edge advances with a
strong forward convexity to the point of the canal; laterally it is
also rather convex, but is contracted into the snout, along the
edge of which it is pretty straight with a somewhat oblique
direction towards the left, and here it is patulous. Inner lip
porcellanous, smooth, narrow, cut off, and slightly twisted in
front, and running out at the point to a sharp edge along the
canal, the point of which is then rounded and patulous. H. 15.
B. 0:5. Penultimate whorl, height 0°23. Mouth, total length 0°7,
breadth 0:23.

In this species the generic sinus lies high and is open, which
reduces to rather small dimensions the little testaceous shelf
which forms its upper edge and separates it from the body-whor!l ;
but the sinus does not, as in Defrancia, lie quite at the upper
angle of the mouth. The shell has some resemblance to P. nodi-
Jera, Lam., from China and the Philippines ; but in that species the
body-whorl is much more tumid, the canal is much longer and is
more bent to the left, the apex is more uninterruptedly conical,
the suture is deeper, the spiral threads are not so universal and
are in their course regular. In texture this species 1s very much
like P. nivalis, Loven.

7. PLEUROTOMA (SURCULA) SYNGENES, n. sp. (ovyyevis,
allied.)

St. 23. March 15, 1873. Lat. 18° 24! N., long. 63° 28! W.
Sombrero Island, off St. Thomas, Dan. W. Indies. 450 fms.
Globigerina-ooze.

St. 24, March 25,1873. Lat. 18°88! 380" N., long. 65° 5! 20” W,
Culebra Island, off St. Thomas, Dan. W. Indies. 890fms. Coral-
mud.

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 397

Shell.—Long, narrow, biconically fusiform, sharply carinated
and tubercled on the keel, polished, thin, white. Sculpture.
Longitudinals—there are very many, fine, close-set, slightly raised
flexuous lines of growth. Spirals—there is a sharp keel which
lies about 2 down the whorls; itis very prominent from the con-
eavity of the whorl above and below ; the sharpness of this keel is
due not so much to its crest, which is rounded, but to its being
beset by prominent round, conical, pointed tubercles, of which
there are about 15 on the penultimate whorl; on the upper whorls
these are fewer, but they begin at once on the first whorl below the
embryonic shell; on the last whorl they disappear entirely toward
the mouth. Besides the carina, there are many delicate lines ;
three or four of these, very fine, smooth, and flat, come in below
the suture; at about =! inch below the suture is a fine, sharp,
engraved line; about 6 more of these, but less strong, come in
above the keel. Below the keel the sculpture is somewhat similar,
but less distinct and less regular. On the snout the interstices
rise into rounded, slightly roughened threads, which on the extreme
point become feebler. Colour ivory-white. Spire high, narrow,
conical, but with the profile-lines broken by the deep concave
curves at the sutures. Apex, the 24 embryonic whorls are
small, cylindrical, and bluntly rounded at the top, which is
slightly pressed down on one side. Whorls 114, strongly angu-
lated, with a concave curve between the keels ; they are rather
narrow and of very slow increase: the last one is a little tumid,
‘with a very regular convex curve, which contracts evenly to
a long, projecting, narrow, cylindrical snout, lying very nearly
in the axis of the shell. Swtwre a very faint, delicate, and
recular line, well defined by the concavity of the whorl both
above and below it. Mouth club-shaped, but long and narrow,
sharply pointed above, and very much twisted in consequence
of the great depth and width of the sinus. Outer lip, origi-
nating markedly below the keel it leaves the body at a very
acute angle; its edge, which is sharp throughout, retreats at
once, forming a very narrow and short ledge between the body-
whorl and the sinus, which is rounded and open, and whose depth
is due entirely to the great forward sweep of the lip below, where
it projects like the pinion of a wing and is slightly patulous; it
curves in laterally to the origin of the canal, and then advances very
straight and scarcely patulous to the rounded point of the shell.
Inner lip is slightly cut out of the substance of the shell, is very

LINN. JOURN,—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XV, 31

398 REV. B. BOOG WATSON ON THE

narrow and very straight, the cutting away of the point of the
pillar being very gradual and very slightly oblique. H. 1:13.
B. 0°33. Penultimate whorl, height 0°12. Mouth, total height
0°58, breadth 0:16.

The tubercled angulation of this species recalls faintly a similar
feature in P. nivalis, Lov., Norway and Britain, and P. plebeia, W.
It is slightly like P. wnifasciata, Sow., from W. Columbia, but is
much longer in the canal. It is very near to P. dimidiata, Broc.
(a Sub-Apennine Miocene species), of which there are specimens
(perhaps the P. Powerit, Calcara, which Libassi holds to be a
variety of P. dimidiata) as slim as the ‘ Challenger’ species; butin
Brocchi’s species the keel is sharper and persists to the mouth-edge;
on the same length of shell it has two whorls less ; from the suture,
which is not in the least impressed, the whorl, before expanding
to the carina, descends in a cylindrical or even slightly contract-
ing form ; the surface is a little roughened with slightly raised
threads ; the lines of growth run from the suture forward at first
toward the right, not, as in the ‘ Challenger’ species, at once to
the left into the sinus; and the embryonic whorls are more
rounded, with a deeper suture and half a whorl fewer. It ex-
tremely resembles P. wndata, Lam., an Eocene fossil from Grignon;
but has the spire more attenuated, the suture rather deeper, while
the tubercles on the keel do not, as there, become longitudinal
ribs, and the snout is much longer.

8. PLEUROTOMA (SURCULA) HEMIMERES, n. sp. (ipupeprys,
halved.)

St. 120. September 9,1873. Lat. 8° 37'S., long. 34° 28’ W.
Pernambuco. 675 fms. Mud.

Shell.—High, conical, with a small round-tipped conical apex ;
ribless, but with a keel beset with longish narrow tubercles.
Sculpture. Longitudinals—there are only fine hair-like lines of
growth. Spirals—about 2 down each whorl is a very sharp and
prominent angulation, and the keel thus formed is beset by nume-
rous small, sharpish, narrow and elongated tubercles, which fail to
become ribs ; of these tubercles there are about 12 on the earlier
whorls, and they become more numerous on the succeeding whorls.
Below this keel there is a straight-lined contraction; above it
there is a long, slightly concave shoulder, with a delicate row of
small tubercles at the top close to the suture. Both rows of
tubercles, but especially the upper, are very sharp and distinct on

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 399

the earlier whorls, but lose individuality further down the spire.
From the keel downwards the whorls are scored with flat rounded
threads. Colour pale buff, deepening somewhat up the spire, .
glossy. Spire high, conical, the profile-lines only slightly inter-
rupted by the prominence of the tubercled keel. Apex: the two
. embryonic whorls are smooth, small, conical, with a small rounded
tip slightly flattened down on one side. Whorls 9 (remaining),
short, of very regular increase, slightly concave in the shoulder,
sharply angulated at the keel, and contracted into the suture
below. The whole base and pillar have been broken away.
Suture rather oblique, defined by the slight contraction of the
superior and inferior whorls. MZouwth is broken, but the sinus is
broad, rounded, and deep, in consequence of the long forward
sweep of the pinion-like edge of the outer lip.

This species exists only in one fragment; but its beauty and
its strongly marked features make it worth notice. It extraordi-
narily resembles P. dimidiata, Brocchi, but is a broader shell, with
a coarser stumpier apex of fewer embryonic whorls, has no spirals
above the keel, while those below are finer; the suture is much
less sunken between the keels, and there is a substantial coronet
of tubercles. . Plewrotoma Powerit, Calcara (a specimen of which
I owe to the kindness of the Abbé Brugnone), has the upper part
of the whorls above the keel free of spirals, and the apex is more
like that of P. hemimeres, but in form it is still slimmer than
P. dimidiata, and its sculpture otherwise is even less like.

9. PLEVROTOMA (SURCULA) ANTERIDION, 0. sp.

St. 142. December 18, 1878. Lat. 34° 4’ S., long. 18° 37’ E.
Off the Cape of Good Hope. 150 fms. Sand. Bottom tempe-
rature 47°.

Shell.—High, narrow, biconically fusiform, subscalar, with
angularly convex and longitudinally-ribbed whorls, thin, tawny.
Sculpture. Longitudinals—a little way below the suture is an
aneulation where narrow, raised, oblique ribs begin; these slope
from left to right; they extend to the suture, but not to the
base, where they die out more gradually than they arose; they
are parted by rounded holiows, which are wider than the ribs.
There are about nineteen of these ribs and hollows on the last
whorl, but fewer on each preceding one; besides these, there are
very many fine hair-like flexuous lines of growth. Spirals—the
shoulder below the suture (the sinus-area) has a few faint

3l*

400 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

regular scratch-like lines ; on the ribbed area these are stronger.
On the base the interstices become somewhat narrower and more
convex, till on the snout they rise into strongish threads, which
at the very point again become weaker. Colour a light tawny,
paler on the snout, and white on the pillar. Spare high, conical,
and slopingly subscalar. Apea broken. Whorls probably 10,
rather short, with a straight somewhat drooping shoulder, convex,
and appearing contracted below in consequence of the dying
out of the longitudinal ribs as they approach the suture. The
conical base contracts rather rapidly, and is prolonged into the
straight, very slightly reverted, direct, narrow, cylindrical snout.
Suture a fine, regular, squarely impressed line, whose course
diverges a good deal from that of the spirals of sculpture.
Mouth club-shaped, being roundly oval and not angulated above,
and with a long, narrow, slightly twisted canal below. Outer
lip sharp and thin, with a very regular curve from the suture
to the base of the snout, along the edge of which it runs sharp
and straight to the open, rounded, and thin point ; when it leaves
the body, it retires at once to the left, forming a deep, rounded,
oper sinus; from this point its edge sweeps out in a full convex”
curve, retreating slightly at the base of the snout, and then
advancing straight to the point. Jnner lip porcellanous, longi-
tudinally marked, narrow, straight, cut away obliquely to a long
fine point ; and then continued along the canal in a thin sharp
edge, which toward the point is slightly cut off backwards. H.0°9.
B. 0°32. Penultimate whorl, height 0°13. Mouth, total height
0°45, breadth 0:19.

The narrow sharpish ribs of this species are suggestive of small
buttresses, from which feature the name is taken. The specimen
is slightly chipped, and is, I think, not quite full-grown. It a
little resembles the young of P. tenuis, Reeve, from China; but the
longitudinal ribs are not nodulous. In form it slightly recalls

P. undatiruga, Bivona, but in texture and all details is utterly
different.

10. PrEUROTOMA (SURCULA) RHYSA, 0. sp.
* St. 122. September 10,1873. Lat. 9° 5'S., long. 34° 50’ W.
Pernambuco. 350fms. Mud.

Shell—High, narrow, conical, with a small apex, a contracted,
conical base, and 4 longish narrow snout; carinated, ribbed, with
spiral threads, pale buff. Sewlptwre. The whole surface is frosted,

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 401

over with microscopic tubercles. Longitudinals—there are on
_ the last whorl 16, narrow, raised, sinistrally convex, and rather
oblique ribs; originating at the angle of the whorls, where they
are a little tuberculated and swollen, they are parted by furrows
of about the same breadth as themselves ; they die out across the
base, and do not appear on the snout. There are about 13 on
the penultimate whorl, and they diminish rapidly up the spire ;
the lines of growth are exceedingly faint and few, but sharp ;
they are most visible in the sinus-area and on the snout. Spirals
—the suture is marginated above by a minute thread, which lies
at the bottom of the superior whorl, and below by a somewhat
stronger thread, which lies at the top of the inferior whorl. The
sinus-area is bare. Slightly above the middle of the whorls
is the strong angulation, to which the prominence of the ribs
originating at this point gives great additional sharpness and dis-
tinctness. From this to the point of the shell the surface is
scored by rounded and prominent threads; of these there are
three, pretty equal, on the earlier whorls, the third forming the
suprasutural margination ; a fourth appears on the penultimate
whorl, and 19 or 20 on the last, with one or two fainter ones
between; the first two are feebler and closer set than the rest;
on the body they are rather distant, on the front of the shell
rather stronger and close set. Colour a pale buff, but not im-
probably white when fresh. Spire conical, subscalar in conse-
quence of the prominence of the keel. Apew is small, rounded,
* consisting of 34 carinated, but otherwise perfectly smooth, whorls,
which form a short compact little cone, of which the extreme tip
isa little obliquely flattened down on one side. Whorls 10 in all;
there is a drooping and very slightly concave shoulder below the
suture; the greatest breadth is at the keel, below which the
whorls begin faintly, and with a very slightly convex profile, to con-
tract into the inferior suture; the last contracts rather rapidly into
a short conical base, running out into a narrow, straight, somewhat
one-sided, and not very long snout. Swéwre invisible but for the
marginating threads above and below it. Mouth club-shaped,
being pointedly ovate above, and running out below into a well-
marked canal. Outer lip concave below the suture and angu-
lated at the keel; it is convex in its sweep to the edge of the
canal, from which it runs direct and obliquely to the rounded and
open point of the pillar. In leaving the body it retreats at once
to the left to form the rounded sinus, which has an excessively short

4.02 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

upper side, but becomes large (though hardly deep) from the great
forward wing-like sweep of its lower margin, whose course is
quite independent of the ribs; toward the edge of the canal this
curve again retreats to the point of the shell. Inner lip is a thin
narrow glaze margined with a minute furrow ; it is oblique, but
scarcely convex across the body, direct on the short pillar, and
eut off with a long slope to the point of the canal, its edge being
narrow, rounded, and scarcely at all twisted. H.0-48. B.017.
Penultimate whorl, height 0°07. Mouth, height 0:2, breadth
0:08.

This species may be associated with the P. nivalis, Lovén,
eroup; for though very unlike in texture of shell and length of

mouth, yet the general form and style of ribbing are somewhat
similar.

11. Prevropzoma (SURCULA) BOLBODES, n. sp. (GodrABwdns,
from its bulbous apex.)

St. 120. September 9, 1873. Lat. 8° 37’ S., long. 34° 8’ W.
Pernambuco. 675 fms. Mud.

Shell—High, narrow, conical, with a large bulbous apex, a
contracted conical base, and a long snout; scarcely carinated,
ribbed, with spiral threads, an impressed suture, pale buff. Seulp-
ture. Longitudimals—the whorls are crossed from suture to suture
by ribs, which are a little oblique and not curved; they are nar-
row, pinched in laterally, and most prominent a little above the
middle of the whorls; they do not extend to the base, they are
parted by shallow furrows rather wider than themselves; on the
last whorl there are twelve, and they increase in number up the
spire; those at the top are a little sinuous and crowded. The
lines of growth are very faint, except on the base. Spirals—there
are about ten rounded prominent threads on each whorl, which
stand out with special prominence on the ribs; on the last
whorl these continue with very considerable regularity and equa-
lity to the pomt of the shell; in the constriction below the
suture they are feeble. Colowr pale buff, but probably white in
the living shell. Spire conical, not much contracted ; the first
regular whorl is exceptionally tall, narrow, and cylindrical.
Apew is a coarse swoln small bulb of little more than one smooth
whorl, which lies very much on one side, with the extreme tip
almost bent in under it. Whorls 6, high, of slow increase, the
last a very little tumid; in the sinus-area they scarcely expand,

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 403

but are convex below this point; the base contracts rapidly, and
runs out into a longish narrow snout. Suture well marked and
a little constricted. Mouth club-shaped. Outer lip, convex and
in front direct, it retreats very slightly in its course from where
it leaves the body, forming a very small, shallow, and open rounded
sinus. Inner lip is slightly hollowed on the body ; straight on the
upper part of the pillar but early cut off it advances with a long-
drawn obliquity to the point of the shell. H.032. B. 012.
Penultimate whorl, height 0:06. Mouth, height 0°15, breadth
0°05.

I doubt whether the only specimen of this species is full-grown,
and the mouth is a little chipped; but the lines of growth indi-
cate plainly enough the form of the lip. It may be classed with
the P. mvalis group.

12. PLEUVROTOMA (SURCULA) ISCHNA,n. sp. (ioxvos, lean.)

St. 169. July 10, 1874. Lat. 37° 34’ S., long. 179° 22’ EH.
N.E. from New Zealand. 700fms. Grey ooze. Bottom tempe-
rature 40°.

Shell.—High, narrow, conical, blunt, with a contracted base
and longish snout, little sculpture, strongish, yellowish grey,
poreellanous. Sculpture. Longitudinals—there are only strongish
regular lines of growth, which rise into smail tubercles, espe-
cially on the upper whorls ; between the stronger lines the sur-
face of the shell is delicately fretted with other very minute
. sharp lines. Spirals—the whorls are faintly keeled above the
middle by a spiral thread, which is a little stronger and more pro-
minent than any of the others. Close above the suture is another
almost as strong,and whichalso slightly carinates the whorls; half-
way between these is a finer thread, which tends to split into two
very fine threads; at the suture, but visible beyond the mouth, is
another thread, which here defines the base. The longitudinals
rise into very small tubercles as they cross the spirals; but this
feature is much strongest on the upper whorls, which are reticu-
lated ; on the last whorl it is feeble. Between the keel and the
- suture lie three very fine, equally parted, threads. On the base
and snout are about twelve pretty equal fine threads. Colour
a faintly yellowish grey. Hpidermis extremely thin, smooth.
Spire conical, with an almost unbroken profile, the whorls being
scarcely convex. Apex—there are barely two embryonic whorls,
smooth, globose, not flattened down at the tip, which, however, is

404. REY. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

slightly immersed. Whorls 7 in all, feebly keeled with a just
perceptibly concave line from the suture to the keel, and from
the keel to the suture below. Just above the suture there is a
slight contraction, which forms a faint superior margination.
The last whorl is very slightly swoln; the base is rather rapidly
contracted, and is drawn out into a rather long, straight, but
not narrow snout. Suétwre distinct, impressed. Jlouth almost
club-shaped, being pointedly oval above, with a longish rather
sinuous canal below. Outer lip forms a regular curve, till at the
canal it becomes flattened and oblique ; from the body it retreats
at once to form the rather deep, rounded, open-mouthed sinus,
from which it advances on a very straight line to the edge of the
canal in front, where it bends slowly and slightly backwards ; it
is throughout open, but not patulous except at the point of the
canal. Jnner lip spreads as a narrow porcellanous glaze on the
body and pillar; itis slightly hollowed out on the body, is straight
on the pillar, toward the front of which it is cut off with a narrow,
rounded, and very slightly oblique edge. H. 0:34, 3B. 0:09.
Penultimate whorl, height 0°05. Mouth, height 0:14, breadth
0-05. esis

This species is very like P. emendata, Monterosato (=P. Renieri,
Phil., but not really that of Scacchi) ; but is much narrower, has
much finer and differently arranged spirals, which are minutely
tubercled, the curved cusps of the old sinuses are much feebler,
and the longitudinals between the threads are far less distinct.
The apical whorls are much less depressed.

13. Prevrotoma (GENOTA)DIDYMA, n.sp. (cdédupos, doubtful.)

St. 23. March 15,1873. Lat. 18° 24’ N., long. 63° 28’ W.
Sombrero Island, St. Thomas, Danish W. Indies. 450 fms.
Globigerina-ooze. ee

Shell.mHigh, mitriform, biconical, ribbed, and. with spiral
threads; the spire subscalar; the mouth narrow; the sinus
very slight. Sculptwre. Longitudinals—the whorls are crossed
by eleven oblique, rather strong, but narrow hunchy ribs, with
broad open furrows between *; there are also very fine, close, hair-
like lines of growth. Spirals—the suture is not quite closely
marginated below by a rather slight thread ; the sinus-area below
this is formed by a little open concave furrow ; below this is a

* These ribs and furrows tend to disappear on the last whorl and they die
out on the base.

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER ’ EXPEDITION. 405

series of about 20 (on the penultimate whorl about 5) pretty
equal rounded threads and furrows—the first is weaker than the
rest ; the second occupies the edge of the shoulder, and marks
the angulation of the whorls there rising (as does also the next
thread below) into special prominence in crossing the ribs ;
towards the extreme point of the shell, beyond the threads above
referred to, are three or four smaller closely crowded threads.
Colowr white. Spire high conical, scalar. Apex broken (but
probably blunt and Mangelia-like). Whorls below the embryonic
ones 6-7, of slow and regular increase, short and broad, high but
small shouldered, prominent above, and a little contracted below;
the last contracts from the keel and forms a perfect cone on to
the extreme point. douth long and narrow, with parallel sides.
Outer lip forms a right angle almost close up to the body, and
just at this point forms a very slight shallow open sinus; below
this it advances straight to the extreme point of the shell. Inner
lip is.very slightly concave; a thin layer of glaze crosses the body,
but becomes thicker, with a prominent edge, down the pillar,
which at its point is twisted, but is hardly oblique. H. 0°38.
B. 0:18. Penultimate whorl, height 0°05. Mouth, height 0-2,
breadth 0:04.

The destruction of the apex in this specimen is unfortunate ;
but the form of the shell suggests a tip blunt, rounded, and short,
as in Mangelia. The Messrs. Adams have defined their subgenus
Genota as having a deep posterior sinus, a feature which should
exclude this species from the group; but since the only two
species, P. mitreformis, Wood, and P. papalis, Reeve (if they be
two), which they quote as types of the subgenus, have both a
very slight sinus remote from the suture, the present species
may be put along with these.

14. Prevrotoma (GENOTA) ENGONIA, un. sp. (eyywrus, an-
gular.)

(?) St. 169. July 10,1874. Lat. 37° 34’S., long. 179° 22' EH.
N.E. from New Zealand. 700fms. Grey ooze. Bottom tempe-
rature 40°.

St. 232. May 12, 1875. Lat. 35° 11' N,, long. 139° 28’ E.
Off Inosima, Japan. 345 fms. Sandy mud. Bottom tempera-
ture 41°'1.

Shell.—Fusitorm, biconical, with an expressed rounded keel
angulating the whorls, and a broad, prominent, lop-sided snout.

406 REV. BR. BOOG WATSON ON THE

Sculpture. Longitudinals—there are no ribs. The lines of growth
are strong, hair-like, unequal, and close-set ; on the keel which
marks the line of the old sinuses they are exceptionally strong,
prominent, regular, and a little remote, as they also are at the
top of the whorls in the suture; still they are throughout
rounded, not sharp. Spirals—the whorls are angulated about the
middle, and project in a rather narrow, prominent, rounded
keel, which is almost crenulated by the lines of growth. The
whole surface is also covered by small, broadish, rounded, close-
set spiral threads, which are somewhat granularly tubercled below
the keel. On the left side of the point of the snout they tend to
become obsolete, as they also do on the earlier regular whorls.
Colour porcellanous white. Hpidermis: only one minute frag-
ment remains, which seems thin, yellowish, and membranaceous.
Spire high, subscalar, typically conical, the profile-lines being very
little interrupted by the carinal projection. Apes blunt, rounded,
consisting of two smooth globular whorls. Whorls 8, short,
broad, of regular increase, the last rather large; they have a
sloping, slightly concave shoulder; their profile below the keel
is straight and scarcely contracted. At the top of each whorl
there is a slight collar, which gives the effect of a very slight
canaliculation to the suture. The base of the shell is somewhat
swollen, and prolonged into the shortish, broad, and very unequal-
sided snout, which lies quite on one side of the base. Suture
strong and slightly canaliculated. Mouth large, almost rhomboi-
dally pear-shaped, sharply angled above, and with a broad open
canal below. Outer lip, very regularly curved throughout ; its edge,
which is thin and sharp throughout, retreats at once on leaving
the body, forming an open V-shaped sinus, which is rounded
at the angle; below this it sweeps downwards and very little
forwards, forming avery low-shouldered wing ; towards the lower
part of the mouth it curves very regularly backwards to the
point of the pillar. nner lip, which is polished and porcella-
nous, is rather broadly excavated in the substance of the shell ;
it is scarcely convex on the body, very slightly concave at the
junction with the pillar, which is narrow and short, being very
obliquely truncate in front, with a fine, but strong, sharpish
twisted edge. H. 1:26. 3B. 052. Penultimate whorl, height
0:23. Mouth, height 0°6, breadth 0°34.

T have marked the specimen from Station 169 witha query. It
is very much rubbed; but the sculpture of the shell, and even of

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 407

the sinus-scars, is perfectly preserved. This and the proportion
and form of the successive whorls are similar, though the line of
keel lies a little higher, the shoulder is squarer and shorter, while
the line from the keel to the suture is longer. Were the loca-
lities of the two less distant and dissimilar, I would not hesitate.
Stili the depth at which they live may secure similar conditions
for the species even from 35° N. to 37° 8.; and in any case I do
not feel able to part the specimens.

In its expressed keel this very remarkable shell recalls the
young of P. tornata, Dillw., or of P. circinata, Dall. In form itis
slightly like P. spirata, Lam., or P. obesa, Reeve. The resem-
blance most striking of all, however, both in form and sculpture,
is one to which my attention was kindly drawn by Dr. H. Wood-
ward—that, viz., to P. cataphracta, Brocchi, a fossil from the
Upper Miocene of the Vienna basin and Northerr Italy (Brocchi,
i. 221, no. 52, vill. 16, Lam. ix. p. 367, and Philippi, Enum.
Moll. Sicil. 1. p. 199, ii. p. 171). Compared with that species,
this New-Zealand form is slimmer, the angulation of the whorls is
less, but the keel on the angulation is more prominent though
less nodulous and much lower placed, and the sinus is more
remote from the suture and is sharper.

15. PLEUROTOMA (GENOTA) ATRACTOIDES, 0. sp. (drpaxroecd)js,
spindle-shaped.)

St. 210. January 25,1875. Lat. 9° 26’ N., long. 123° 45! E.
Philippines. 875 fms. Mud. Bottom temperature 54°1.

Shell.—Fusiform, biconical, very slightly and bluntly angu-
lated, with a scarcely convex base, elongated into a largish, slightly
reverted, rather equal-sided snout. Sculpture. Longitudinals—
there are no ribs ; but the close-set, hair-like lines of growth, at
nearly regular intervals over the whole surface, rise into thread-
like folds which score the shell rather markedly. Spirals—near
the bottom of each whorl there is a slight keel on the line of the
old sinus-scars ; it includes two, bluntly rounded, close-set threads,
which are crenulated by a series of small squarish tubercles which,
being arranged in pairs, one on each thread and placed one above
the other, form short little bars; they are parted by furrows
broader than they. There are about forty of these bars on the
last whorl, becoming more irregular towards the mouth: on the
penultimate whorl there are about fifty ; but they again diminish
in number on the upper whorls. Answering to these is another

408 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

double row at the top of the whorls immediately below the suture ;
only in these the under thread is more prominent, and has rounded
tubercles, while the upper thread is scored by longitudinally narrow
sharpish little bars; between these infrasutural threads and the
carinal threads the slightly concave surface is scored by four finer
threads set with little white nodules. Of these, the second thread
from above is the strongest, and its nodules are rhomboidal.
Below the keel the whole surface is scored by distinct rounded
threads, which rise into little nodules where crossed by the stronger
lines of growth; the intervals between these are more than
double the width of the threads ; they rather increase in distinct-
ness forwards; two groups of three and then one by itself have
finer threads, like shadows, in the intervals below them. Colour
porcellanous white, with a buff apex and a faint tinge of suffused
buff on the body, especially in the sinus-scar and within the mouth;
the nodules stand out pure white. Spire high and perfectly
conical. Apex 13 small, rounded, globular, brownish-buff coloured,
embryonic whorls, of which the first is a good deal turned up on
one side. Whorls 10, slightly keeled and banded, conical, broad,
short and of very regular increase; the last rather large, long,
scarcely tumid on the base, gradually produced into a large,

conical, rather equal-sided snout, which is obliquely cut off from
the point of the pillar backwards towards the outer lip, and which
has aslight twist toward the right. Swtwre slightly canaliculated,
from the thickening of the infrasutural collar, behind which it is
a little sharply cutin. Mouth long and narrow, sharply angulated
above, scarcely contracted below, and with hardly any canal in
front; there is a slight tinge of buff within. Outer lip very
sharp and thin and a little contracted, except just toward the
end of the canal, where it becomes slightly patulous ; its course
is an angulated curve, steep above and long-drawn below. On
leaving the body, it retreats very slightly and almost straight to
the rather distant, bluntly rounded, large, open, and rectangular
sinus; from this pomt its edge forms an almost semicircular
curve to the point of the shell. Jnner lip is hollowed rather
deeply into the substance of the shell, which forms a raised edge
outside of it; it is narrow on the body, rather broad on the pillar.
The line across the body and down the pillar is very little con-
eave.. The pillar is long and narrow, running out to a sharp
point, which has a fine, rounded, and slightly twisted edge, but
can scarcely be said to be in the least degree obliquely cut off.

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 409

H. 1:4. B.0°58. Penultimate whorl, height 0:2, Mouth, height
0°85, breadth 0:3.

This is a peculiarly beautiful species, singular in the breadth of
its form, but very much more in the extreme regularity of its
biconically fusiform shape. Ji recalis in an extraordinary way
Conus dormitor, Solander, an Kocene fossil from the Barton beds
of the Hampshire basin, and the cone-like Plewrotomas of that
formation, such as P. prisca, Sol., P. amphiconus, Sow., P. co-
noides, Sol., and P. biconus, Hdwds. Dr. H. Woodward says it is
near P. ventricosa, Lam. 1x. p. 372, a Grignon fossil, with which
I have not had an opportunity of comparing it during the
transfer of the Geological collections from the British Museum
to Kensington.

16. Prevrotoma (DRILLIA) PYRRHA, n. sp. (muppds, tawny.)

St. 233.4. May 16-19,1875. Lat. 34°35’ N., long. 185° 10' EB.
Kobi, Japan. 8-50 fms. Mud.

Shell.—High, narrow, conical, with a longish, somewhat con-
tracted, conical base running out into a largish snout, obliquely
ribbed, and covered with spiral threads ; the suture is slightly
constricted. Sculpture. Longitudinals-—there are on the last
whorl thirteen, on the first regular whorl eight, oblique, rounded
ribs, which are obsolete at the top of the whorls, extend to the
lower suture, but die out on the base; they are parted by
shallow rounded furrows, rather wider than they are: the lines
of growth are harsh and numerous. Spirals—at the top of each
whorl is a slight swelling, carrying two stronger and many
feebler flat spiral threads. The sinus-area is scored by fine,
but irregular, spiral threads. The whole of the rest of the sur-
face is covered by rounded spiral threads, which are alternately
stronger and finer. On the snout the finer ones disappear, and
the stronger ones become sparser; the three highest of the
stronger ones rise into slight knots on the ribs. Besides all
these, the whole surface is delicately and regularly scratched
microscopically. Colowr porcellanous white, very much stained
in the interstices of the ribs, and especially on the larger spiral
threads, with tawny or light chestnut-colour, which is also seen
on the point of the pillar and canal. Spire high and conical, its
profile-lines somewhat broken by the angular prominence of
the ribs and by the rounded constriction of the suture. Apex
broken. Whoris 10 (remaining), of regular rather rapid increase,
short, contracted above, expanding below, angulated by the pro-

410 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

jection of the ribs, but otherwise scarcely convex. The last is
small, contracting from the top of the ribs, slightly constricted on
the base, with a largish conical snout, which is slightly bent to the
left, and is very unequal-sided; the point is scarcely reverted.
Suture linear, lying in a very slight groove, but strongly defined
by the marginal swelling below, and by the contraction of the pro-
file-lines above. Mouth buff and white coloured within, rather
small, pear-shaped, angulated at the upper point, and prolonged
into the rather wide and open canal below. Outer lip is very
slightly concave above, freely convex in the middle, and straight
atthe canal. It is hardly patulous; the line of its edge advances
straight at first, then retreats towards the left, forming a rather
large, shallow, open, rounded sinus, from which it runs out rather
slowly into a projecting curve, scarcely retreating till it reaches
the end of the canal. Itis thinthroughout. Inner lip is smoothly
excavated in the thickness of the shell and israther broad; in its
direction it is shortly and slightly concave above, scarcely oblique
and quite straight on the pillar, the point of which is obliquely
truncated with a sharp twisted edge. H.1:2. B.0-45. Penul-
timate whorl, height 0°19. Mouth, height 0°5, breadth 0:21.

This species belongs to that large and variable group which
gather round the P. Griffithit, Gray, the synonymy and indivi-
dual species of which alike require revision. When the group
obtains this revision, it is very possible that the ‘ Challenger ’
species, and not a few others, will be reckoned as mere varieties.
In the meantime I cannot unite it to any species i know. It has
a much smaller body-whorl than P. Griffith, Gray. Compared
with P. zonata, Rve., the sculpture and the proportion of height
to breadth throughout the whorls is very different, the growth is
shorter, and the pillar has not the twisted band at the point. It
is much smaller than P. Kaderleyi, Lischke, from Japan, is also
narrower in proportion, and is differently banded. Than P. lan-
ceolata, Rve., which is also a Japanese species, P. pyrrha is
much stumpier ; it has spirals on the whole surface, not excepting
the ribs (a characteristic feature on which vy. Martens dwells in
his admirable figure and description of Reeve’s species in the
‘Conch. Mitt.’ i. p. 39, viii. p. 4) ; it has a much larger and pro-
portionally much shorter mouth. Of course if it prove to be a
young shell, some of these differences would be accounted for.

It has some resemblance to P. paretoi, Mayer (Journ. de

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 411

Conch. 1868, p. 110, pl. 11. fig. 2), an Upper Tertiary fossil from
Piedmont; but is much thinner, somewhat stumpier, with a smaller
apex and more tumid body-whorl.

17. Prevrotoma (DRILLIA) PAUPERA, 0. sp.

St. 191. September 23,1874. Lat. 5°41’ S., long. 134° 4’ 30" E.
Aru Island. 800 fms. Mud. Bottom temperature 39°5.

Shell.—F usiform, biconical, shortly and feebly ribbed, smoothish,
with a slightly constricted suture, of a yellowish-buff colour.
Sculpture. Longitudinals—above the middle of each whorl is a
row of tubercles, which stand out on the upper whorls rather
sharp and rounded, but on the lower whorls are elongated into
slight, oblique ribs, which tend to become obsolete on the last
whorl, and do not extend to the base. They are parted by shallow
rounded furrows, which are a good deal broader than the ribs.
There are about thirteen of these on each whorl ; they do not
extend in the least to the sinus-area above the tubercles. The
surface is very closely scored with coarsish lines of growth. Spirals
—the line of the tubercles forms a rather acute carination, of which
there is hardly a trace in the curve of the whorls themselves.
The whole surface is covered with harsh, unequal, irregular, flatly
rounded threads, which are cut into small coarse granulations by
the lines of growth ; this sculpture is most developed on the base
and snout, less so in the sinus-area, least so of all on the rib-area.
Colour buff below the yellow epidermis, which is coarse and harsh,
‘but not thick ; the surface of the shell below it is smooth and free
from the granulated texture, but is curiously reticulated by
minute interrupted wrinkles, whose course is at right angles to the
lines of growth. Spire high and conical; its profile-lines are
little interrupted by the contraction of the suture. -Apew eroded
in all the specimens. Wehorls 10-11(?), of regular, rather rapid
increase, shortish, with a largish, sloping, but hardly concave
shoulder above and a very slight contraction below. They are
angulated by the projection of the line of tubercles, but are other-
wise little convex; the last is a little tumid and considerably elon-
gated, a little contracted on the base, and gradually drawn out
into the conical, straight, longish, and at the end smallish snout.
Suture rather deep, and strongly marked by the angle at which
the superior and inferior whorls meet. Mouth buft-coloured
within, rather long and narrow, pear-shaped, pointed above, with
a longish, broad, and open canal below: the direction is very

412 MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION.

little oblique. Outer lip curves pretty equally from its origin to
the edge of the canal, from which to the point of the snout its
course is nearly straight: on leaving the body it retires at once,
but very slightly and regularly, so as to form the shallow and
openly rounded sinus, from which it advances with a long and
regular sweep to the front of the mouth, and then curves slowly
backward to the point of the snout: it is thin throughout; above
itis straight, but lower down a little patulous. Inner lip spreads
rather broadly across the pillar, highly polished, buff-coloured,
with a slightly raised edge; it is very little concave above,
straight, but rather short on the pillar, which is cut off to a
long fine point, with a blunt, rounded, very slightly twisted
strongish edge. H. 1:75. B.0°68. Penultimate whorl, height
0:26. Mouth, height 0°85, breadth 0°45.

This species has a vague general resemblance to P. sancti-
johannis, Sm., from Japan ; but that is not ribbed, and has a much
longer mouth. Judging by the figures (see Lischke, Japan M.
Conch. pt. 3, p. 22, pl.i. fig. 1, and Weinkauff in Mart. & Chem.
Conch. Cab. p.51,xi.5), itis a good deal like P. Kaderleyi, Lischke,
but is smaller, considerably less elongated, and very different in
colour. It has a very considerable resemblance to two Eocene
Pleurotomas, viz. P. Selysii, Koninck, and P. nodulosa, Lam.,
between which it occupies somewhat of an intermediate place.
Than P. Selysiz it is stumpier in the spire, shorter in the pillar,
and, especially in the upper whorls, more angulated. Than
P. nodulosa it is much larger, each whorl is much higher, the
body-whorl is much longer and narrower, and, especially in the
young shell, is much more contracted in the base.

ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 413

Moutusca or H.M.S. ‘CHattencer’ Exprpirion.—Part IX.
By the Rev. Roprrt Booe Warson, B.A., F.R.S.E., F.LS., &e.

[Published by permission of the Lords Commissioners of the Treasury. ]
[Read June 2, 1881.]

Fam. PLEUROTOMID 4 (continued).

Prievrotoma, Lam.

18. Pleurotoma (Drillia) gypsata, | 35. Pleurotoma (Mangelia) acan-
n. sp. thodes, n. sp.

19: P. (D.) brachytona, n. sp. 36. P. (M.) corallina, n. sp.

20. P. (D.) fluctuosa, n. sp. 37. P. (M.) macra, n. sp.

21. P. (D.) bulbacea, n. sp. 38. P. (M.) incincta, n. sp.

22. P. (D.) spicea, n. sp. 39. P. (M.) tiara, n. sp.

23. P. (D.) ula, n. sp. 40. P. (Rhaphitoma) lithocolleta,

24. P. (D.) stirophora, un. sp. n. Sp.

25. P. (D.) pheacra, nu. sp. 41. P. (R.) lincta, n. sp.

26. P. (D.) tmeta, n. sp. 42. P. (Thesbia) eritima, n. sp.

Bic, Je (1D). ) incilis, Nn. sp. 43. P. (T.) translucida, n. sp.

28. P. (D.) sterrha, n. sp. 44. P.(T.) corpulenta, n. sp.

29. P. (Crassispira) climacota, 45. P.(T.) platamodes, n. sp.

n. Sp. 46. P. (T.) dyscrita, n. sp.

30. P. (Clavus) marmarina, n. sp. 47. P. (T.) monoceros, n. sp.
31. P. (Mangelia) subtilis, n. sp. 48. P. (T.) papyracea, n. sp.

32. P. (M.) levukensis, n. sp. 49, P. (T.) brychia, n. sp.

33. P. (M.) eritmeta, n. sp. 50. P. (T.) pruina, n. sp.

34. P. (M.) hypsela, nu. sp.

18. Prevroroma (DRILLIA) GYPSATA, n. sp.

St.169. July 10, 1874. Lat. 37° 34’ S., long. 179° 22’ B.
N.E. from New Zealand. 700fms. Grey ooze. Bottom tempe-
rature 40°.

Shell—Strong, fusiform, biconical, scalar, shortly, sharply and
obliquely ribbed, keeled, constricted at the suture, with a long
and rather inflated body-whorl and a largish snout. Sculpture.
Longitudinals—on each whorl is a strongish angulation, forming
a shoulder, crowned by a series of narrow elongated tubercles or
short ribs; this coronated keel lies on the earlier whorls below,
but on the later above the middle. The ribs do not reach the lower
suture ; in shape and breadth they are irregular, but are always
somewhat swollen in the middle and pinched up into prominence ;
they are parted by flat open furrows of nearly double their width :
on the body-whorl they extend very little below the shoulder. and
still less above it. There are about twenty of these ribs on the

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XV. 32

414 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

last whorl, and fifteen on each of the earlier whorls. The surface
is scored with hair-like lines of growth, of which every here and
there, and especially on the base in the continuation of the riblets,
one is stronger than the rest. Spirals—the carination at the
shoulder is made more prominent by the sharp lize of tubercles.
The whole surface is covered with flatly rounded threads, which
are roughened by the incremental lines: these threads are
strongest on the snout, feeble on the body, and very faint in the
sinus-area. Colowr whitish under a yellowish epidermis, which is
a rough but thin and persistent membrane. Spire high, scalar,
conical. Apex eroded, but evidently small. Whorls 10(?), of
rather rapid increase, high, angulated, with a long, rather high, and
scarcely concave shoulder, and with a straight slight contraction
to the lower suture ; the last is very large in proportion to the
rest, being long and somewhat tumid, and ends in an elongated,
broad, unequal-sided snout. Swtwre very slight indeed ; for though
it is defined by the contraction of the whorls above and below,
yet the inferior whorl laps up on the one above it so as almost
to efface the junction-angle. Mouth pale buff-coloured within,
long and narrow, angulated above, also at the keel, and also,
very slightly, at the junction of the pillar andthe body. Outer lip:
from the body to the keel it is slightly concave and contracted ;
from the keel it curves very regularly to the point. On leaving
the body the line of the edge runs quite straight forward for a
short distance, and then curves round to the right, running out
on the line of the ribs into a high shouldered prominent wing,
between which and the body-whorl the broad, deep, and rounded
sinus lies: towards the front of the mouth it retreats rapidly to
the point of the snout. Jnner lip spreads rather broadly on
the body, is a little thickened, and has a very slightly raised
edge. The pillar is long, straight, narrow, and has in front a
slightly twisted edge, but is not truncated. H.1°75. B. 0°75.
Penultimate whorl, height 0°3. Mouth, height 0°96, breadth
0°47.

It is unfortunate that this very interesting species is repre-
sented by only two dead and somewhat broken shells.

Dr. H. Woodward, who kindly examined this species for me,
says it is near P. rostrata, Solander. That species is figured by
Edwards in the ‘Eocene Mollusca,’ published by the Paleont. Soc.,
p- 218, xxvi. 8. Compared with that figure, this is much stum-
pier, more scaler, more sharply keeled, and the spiral sculpture

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 415

is very much weaker ; but there is a great deal of affinity in the
general features of the shell.

19. Puevrotoms (DRILLIA) BRACHYTONA, n. sp. (Gpayurovos,
short.)

St. 191. September 23, 1874. Lat. 5° 41’ S., long. 134° 4’ E.
Off Aru Island, W. of Papua. 800 fms. Mud. Bottom tem-
perature 39°°5.

Shell.—Short and broad, biconical, angulated, thin, with small
oblique riblets and spiral threads, and with a lop-sided, small-
pointed snout. Sewlpture. Longitudinals—on the last whorl there
are about twenty small, short, oblique riblets which are obsolete
on the base; they are parted by shallow furrows somewhat
broader than they: they are more numerous and sharper on the
upper whorls, where they occupy the whole lower third of each
whorl. Immediately below the suture there is a minute collar of
very small, short, sharp, irregular puckers with intervals of twice
their own breadth: springing from these puckers and coinciding
with the riblets are hair-like lines of growth, which are slightly
stronger than the rest, which closely cover the whole surface of
the shell. Spirals—there is a slight collar at the top of the whorls,
which forms a very minute and irregular shelf on the underside
of the suture ; about two thirds down the whorls is a blunt angu-
lation where the longitudinal riblets rise. Besides these, there
are on the whole surface flatly rounded threads which are broad,

.coarse, and irregular on the base, crowded and narrow at the
keel, broader, but faint and more regular, on the shoulder.
Colour alabaster-white. Spre irregularly conical. Apex eroded.
Whorls 8, making allowance for the eroded apex; they have a
long, sloping, slightly concave shoulder, a blunt angulation about
two thirds down, and below this are nearly cylindrical: the fifth
whorl enlarges somewhat disproportionately ; and the last whorl is
swollen, with asharper angulation than the rest; the base is con-
vexly conical, and is produced into a lop-sided, centrally situated,
small-pointed snout. Suture small but distinct, being slightly
channelled by the minute horizontal shelf formed by the edge of
the infrasutural collar: there is a very slight contraction of the
whorls into it. Mouth rather small, rhomboidally pear-shaped,
being pointed above, prolonged into the rather short and broad
canal below, and having a blunt angulation in the outer lip and
at the base of the pillar. Outer lip very thin: it is somewhat

B24

416 REY. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

rectilinearly curved; its edge, on leaving the body, retreats im-
mediately tu the left to form the shallow rounded open sinus
which occupies the shoulder below the suture. Below this it
advances with a long oblique forward slope in the line of the
riblets, and then, from about the middle, retreats on a very
regular curve to the point of the pillar. Inner lip is a thin glaze
with a defined’ edge; itis very narrow on the body, but spreads
round the pillar ; it is convex on the body, with a bluntly angular
coneavity at the base of the pillar, which is short, small, conical,
unequal-sided, obliquely cut off in front, with a narrow rounded
twisted edye. H.061. B.0°3. Penultimate whorl, height 0-1.
Mouth, height 0°31, breadth 0-19.

This is a peculiar form, stamped essentially with the charac-
teristics of a frigid-water species.

20. Prevrotoma (DRILLIA) FLUCTUOSA, 0. sp.

St. 149p. January 20,1874. Lat. 49° 28’ S., long. 70° 18’ E.
Royal Sound, Kerguelen. 38 fms. Mud. Var. cartosa, W.

St. 151. February 7, 1874. Lat. 52° 59'-30" S., long.
73° 33' 30" E. Heard Island. 75 fms. Mud.

Shell.—High, broadish, conical, with a shortish conical base, a
slight angulation near the top of the whorls, very oblique ribs,
rather thin, white. Sculpture. Longitudinals—below the sinus-
area narrow, close-set ribs make their appearance so abruptly as
almost to count for tubercles; they bend very obliquely to the
right, and correspond with the lines of growth with which the
surface is closely puckered ; on the base they coalesce and become
faint, disappearing wholly on thesnout. There are twenty-three
on the last whorl; in number, but hardly in size, they diminish up
the spire rapidly ; the hollows between them are about as broad as
the ribs. Spirals—in the sinus-area, and between the ribs where
the epidermis is preserved, there are fine, sharp, close-set, minute
hair-like threads, somewhat fretted by the lines of growth; on
the summit of the ribs these also appear, reticulating the surface,
but are less distinct; below the sinus-area there is an angulation
arising almost entirely from the prominence of the rib-ends.
Colour dull porcellaneous white below the pale yellowish-grey epz-
dermis, which rubs off all the prominent parts of the shell. Spzre
conical, but with its profile-lines much broken by the contraction
at the sutures ; its upper part is small and rather cylindrical. Apex
globose, round, comprising two embryonic whorls, the extreme

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 417

tip of which is somewhat obliquely flattened down. Whorls 8 to
9, rather short, the last a little ventricose ; between the suture and
the angulation they are a little hollowed; below the angulation
the profile-line is convex with a slight contraction into the suture,
so that the breadth at the angulation and at the suture is equal.
The last whorl contracts rather rapidly on the slightly convex base
into a short conical snout, which on the right is so obliquely trun-
cated that it hardly projects, the curve of the lip passing on
almost without interruption to the point of the pillar. Suture
distinct, both from the curve of the whorls and from being itself a
little impressed. Mouth obliquely oval, pointed above, and with
a short broad canal below. Outer lip thin; in the sinus it is
slightly thickened and very shortly reverted ; in its course it forms
a semicircular curve, a little contracted inwards in the middle,
but at the canal slightly patulous. It scarcely retreats in the
slightest degree at the sinus, which is round, open, shallow, and
close to the body; below it the lip-edge advances straight (7. e.
with little forward curve), but with considerable obliqueness, to
the edge of the base, from which point it curves backwards to
the canal, the edge of which is thin and patulous but not reverted.
Inner lip is thinly excavated in the substance of the shell, and is
_ very narrow; concave above, it advances straight down the
shortish, conical, small, but strong-pointed pillar, which has a
narrow, but blunt, and scarcely twisted edge. Operculum small,
triangular, with a blunt terminal apex ; it is pale straw-coloured,
and is slightly corrugated with unequal furrows following the lines
of growth, some of which lines on the pillar-margin are slightly
laminated. H.0°9. 5.036. Penultimate whorl, height 0-16.
Mouth, height 0:4, breadth 0°19.

In general form this is like P. Studeriana, v. Mart., from Ker-
guelen; but the breadth of the whorls lies at a much higher point
in each, the concave furrow below the suture is wanting in that
species, the ribs here are finer and sharper, more crowded and
more oblique, and the apex is smaller and more cylindrically
prominent. P. patagonica, v. Mart., is also like; but in that
the snout is much narrower and longer, the sinus is deeper and
more remote from the suture ; the ribs, which in form are similar,
are shorter, much less oblique, and die out on the penultimate
whorl; and the whole surface is much more strongly cancel-
lated. In sculpture and form of sinus it is somewhat like P.
fuegensis, H. Sm. In the specimen from St. 149 p, which I attri-

418 REY. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

bute to a var. cariosa, the concave furrow below the suture is
almost absent, and the aspect of the shell is somewhat differ-
ent ; but both these features are perhaps a mere deception of
the eye caused by the rubbing down of the ribs, which are much
wasted.

21. Prevroroma (DRILLIA) BULBACEA, 0. sp.

St. 169. July 10, 1874. Lat. 37° 34'S8., long. 179° 22! EB.
N.E. from New Zealand. 700 fms. Grey ooze. Bottom tempera-
ture 40°.

Shell.—Broadish, conical, sharply keeled, with a shortish con-
tracted base and a short snout, short narrow ribs, and spiral
threads, a bulbous apex, strong, porcellaneous. Sculpture. Longi-
tudinals—below the sinus-area and about one third down the whorl
from the suture arise, not quite abruptly, ribs slightly tubercled at
the top, straight, direct, narrow, and parted by shallow furrows
about twice their breadth ; they become feeble toward the lower
suture ; on the last whorl they do not continue to the base,
and become broader and weaker toward the mouth: there are
eleven on the last and penultimate whorls; on the first infraem-
bryonic whorl there are about seventeen, crowded, sharp, scarcely
curved and oblique. The lines of growth are numerous and
unequal; in the sinus-area they are sharp and delicate, on the
rest of the shell coarse and puckered. Spirals—marginating
the suture at the top of each whorl is a narrow scarcely swollen
band; below this the sinus-area is very finely, almost microscopi-
cally, scratched ; and this scratch-sculpture is continued, though
less distinctly, on the rest of the surface. The projection of the top
of the ribs forms a sharp keel. The rib-area is crossed by five
coarsish threads, which rise into small tubercles on the ribs ; one
or two smaller threads come in between the lines of these spi-
rals. The same sort of threads, but less distinct, are found on
the base ; those on the pillar and snout area little more distinct.
Colour dull porcellaneous white. Hpidermis quite gone. Sptre
rather short, conical, very slightly scalar, cylindrical toward the
top. Apex two smooth embryonic whorls, swollen and roundedly
pressed down, with a deepish suture, rather more prominent than
the regular whorl which follows. Whorls 63, short, of rather
rapid increase; the last large relatively to the rest ; from the
suture to the ribbing they are coneavely shouldered. The pro-
jection of the tubercles at the top of the ribs forms a carination,

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER ’ EXPEDITION. 419

which does not really exist in the form of the whorls themselves:
there is a very slight contraction towards the lower suture. The
last whorl contracts slightly from the keel to the edge of the
base, and from that point rapidly to the small, narrow, straight,
and direct snout. Swéwre coarse, slightly impressed, and well
defined by the band below it. MWouwth narrowly oval, pointed
above, with an oblique, short, rather open and gradually con-
tracted canal in front. Outer lip arather depressed convex curve,
a little concave at the top and flattened toward the point: on
leaving the body it retreats at once, forming a shallow, blunt V-
shaped sinus, from the lower side of which, with little of angula-
tion, it advances very straight to the edge of the canal, whence it
slowly curves backward round the open point of the snout. Inner
lip spreads as a very narrow porcellaneous glaze ; it runs very
obliquely to the base of the shortish narrow pillar, below which
point it is a very little hollowed. The point of the pillar is cut
off with a very slight obliquity, and has a blunt and very slightly
twisted edge. Operculum small, oval, smooth, with hair-like
strie, apex terminal, colour pale brownish yellow. H. 05.
B. 0:23. Penultimate whorl, height 0-1. Mouth, height 0:24,
breadth 0:12.

The blunt apex, the ribs, and coarse spirals of this species sug-
gest some faint affinity with the P. nivalis, Lovén, group; but it
18 very remote.

, 22. Prevrotoma (DRILLIA) sPICEA, 0. sp.

St.122. September 10, 1873. Lat. 9° 5'S., long. 34° 50’ W.
Off Pernambuco. 3850fms. Maud.

Shell.—Short and broad, biconical, scalar, angulated, without
ribs, but with tubercles at the angle, and feeble spiral threads on
the base ; the snout is small and lop-sided. Sculpture. Longitu-
dinals—there are none but very fine, unequal, hair-like lines of
growth. Spirals—immediately below the suture is a minute
collar of very small, high, round, remote tubercles, whose sutural
surface at right angles to the axis is perfectly flat ; this collar is
strongest on the earlier whorls; below this is a sloping, flat, or
slightly concave shoulder. A little above the middle of the
whorls is a rectangular angulation beset with small, remote,
slightly elongated, sharpish tubercles, which give the appear-
ance of a sharply expressed keel; of these tubercles there are about

420 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

twenty-seven on the last whorl; but they diminish rapidly up the
spire. ‘The base of the last whorl is defined by a small rounded
thread, which forms a feeble keel ; it lies quite below the origin of
the outer lip. A little remotely below it lie two or three others,
rather weaker, but prominent, widely parted, rounded threads,
with four or five similar ones on the snout, of which the last one
or two are stronger than the others. Colowr polished porcellaneous
white. Spire scalar and stumpily conical, with its profile-lines
much interrupted by the constriction of the sutures. Apex con-
sists of two embryonic whorls; it is large and dome-shaped,
having the extreme tip quite immersed and the suture almost sup-
pressed. Whorls 53 in all (but the specimen is immature); they
are short and broad, of rather rapid increase, with a broad hori-
zontal shoulder anda sharp carinated angle, below which they
are cylindrical with a slight contraction to the lower suture; the
last is broadest at the keel, a little contracted below this point,
tumid on the base, drawn in at the pillar, with a small, short
sharp-pointed snout. Swtwre very strong and distinct, from the
concave curve of the whorl! above it and the horizontal tabulation
of the collar below. Mouth largish, angularly pear-shaped.
Outer lip thin, angulated, straight and horizontal above, convex
and patulous below the angle, drawn in at the snout; it re-
treats at once on leaving the body to form the rather deep,
narrow, rounded sinus which occupies the shoulder ; below this
it descends very little, but runs out into a very convex curved
edge, whose prominence is greatly increased by the rapidity and
extent of the retreat of the lip-edge at the snout. Inner lip is
narrowly excavated in the substance of the shell on the body
and down the piilar ; it has a convex contour across the body, at
the junction of which and the pillar is a strong but rounded
angle; the pillar is short, strong, conical, obliquely truncated
in front, with a sharp, rounded, twisted edge. H.0:25. B. 0-16.
Penultimate whorl, height 0°04. Mouth, height 0°14, breadth
0:09.

The largest specimen of this species seems somewhat imma-
ture.

23. PrevrotoMa (DriLLiA) ULA,n. sp. (ovAos, crisp.)

St. 169. July 10, 1874. Lat. 37° 34' S., long. 179° 22! E.
N.E. from New Zealand. 700 fms. Grey ooze. Bottom tem-
perature 40°.

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 421

Shell.—Rather short, fusiform, biconical, scalar, angulated, ob-
soletely ribbed, with rather strong spiral threads. The snout is
rather short, broadish, and lop-sided. Seulpture. Longitudi-
nals—there are on the Jast whorl about 18, very oblique, curved,
narrow, rather obsolete, irregularly arranged riblets parted by
wider shallow furrows ; they originate faintly at the suture, are
strongest and somewhat mucronate at the angulation, extend to
the lower suture, and appear on the base, but not on the snout ;
they are much stronger on the earlier whorls than on the last
one. ‘There are very many fine hair-like lines of growth. Spirals
—there are a great many remote hair-like threads ; on the shoulder
below the suture these are fine and closer-set than on the body
and base; the carinal one at the angulation and that next below
this, especially the first, are strong; they are ornamented with
close-set, round, minute granules, which swell into small promi-
nent tubercles in crossing the riblets; those on the carinal spiral
in particular are high, sharp, and horizontally elongated. In the
interstices of the ribs and spirals the whole surface is microscopi-
eally granulated: it is this granulated surface which gives the
peculiar crisp aspect to the texture of the shell, from which its
name is taken. Colour semitransparent flinty, white, with a
crisp or slightly frosted aspect. Spire scalar, rather stumpily
conical, with its profile-lines much interrupted by the constric-
tion of the sutures. Apex: there are two globose embryonic whorls,
of which the first 1s immersed, but scarcely flattened down on one
side ; they are rather remotely microscopically regularly striated.
Whorls 54 in all; they are short, broad, of slow increase, with a
rather Jong sloping shoulder and a sharp carinated angle, below
which they are cylindrical, with a very slight contraction to the
suture ; the last is broadest at the keel, and from this point con-
vexly contracted to the rather short, broadish, conical snout.
Suture linear, but well marked by the contraction of the whorls.
Mouth rather large, rhomboidally pear-shaped, with three angles
above, and prolonged below into a wide open canal. Outer lip
thin, angulated, rectilinear above to the keel, flatly curved
below; on leaving the body it at once retreats to the left, form-
ing in the shoulder a shallow, open, rounded sinus; below the
angle it advances very little ; and at the snout its retreat is small.
Inner lip: there is a thin narrow glaze on the body and pillar;
at the base of the pillar is a slight rounded angle: the pillar is
short, conical, and straight; its point is very slightly truncate,

492 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

with a narrow, rounded, but scarcely twisted edge.» H. 0-24. B.
0117. Penultimate whorl, height 0-04. Mouth, height 0°12,
breadth 0°06.

This shell may very likely be immature. The external lip in
Pleurotoma is generally so thin that it is dificult to determine
from it when the shell is full-grown.

24, PLEUROTOMA (DRILLIA) STIROPHORA,N. Sp. (arerpoddpos,
keeled.)

St. 122. Sept.10,1873. Lat. 9° 5’ S., long. 34° 50’ W. Per-
nambuco. 350 fms. Mud.

Shell—High, narrow, with an elongated conical base, longish
pillar, and a blunt apex, angulated, obsoletely ribbed, tubercled,
thin, polished, flinty white. Sculpture. Longitudinals—the lower
half of the whorls is crossed by obsolete, rounded, oblique, straight
ribs, with very slight rounded depressions between ; there are
about twelve, of increasing indistinctness, on the last whorl, and
nine on the first regular whorl; they take their origin in a row of
small, round, sharpish tubercles; they do not extend to the base.
The lines of growth are faint sharpish scratches, and are quite
independent of the ribs. Spirals—a little above the middle each
whorl is angulated and carinated, the carinal thread being set with
small, sharpish-pointed tubercles, in which the longitudinal ribs
originate. The sinus-area is smooth ; the rest of the surface is
marked by very obsolete, depressed, rounded threads. Colour
greyish transparent white. Spire high, narrow, conical; its pro-
file-lines but little interrupted by the broad, shallow, sutural de-
pression which extends from keel to keel of the successive whorls.
Apex consists of nearly 2 embryonic whorls, which are cylindrical,
quite smooth, and end in a perfectly rounded tip, which is slightly
immersed, and scarcely, if at all, oblique. Whorls7, short, and of
slow increase ; they are angulated above the middle, with a droop-
ing, scarcely hollowed shoulder above, and a very slight contrac-
tion of their straight line below; the last is small, rapidly con-
tracted on the conical base, and running out into a somewhat
one-sided, and slightly twisted, narrow, longish snout. Suture
little oblique, linear, a little disturbed by the longitudinal ribs ;
well defined by the superior and inferior slope of the whorls.
Mouth club-shaped, oval above, with a longish, open, rather ob-
lique canal. Outer lip thin, with a flattened convex curve, which
is steepish at the shoulder and elongated at the canal; on

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 423

leaving the body it sweeps at once to the left, leaving a very nar-
row shelf between the body-whorl and the sinus, which is rounded,
rather shallow and open, but large, from the very considerable
forward sweep of the pinion-like edge of the lip as it approaches
the canal, from which it retreats toward the point of the shell.
Inner lip is a thin-glazed, narrow, slightly depressed area ; it is
very slightly hollowed at the base of the longish, finely conical
pillar; the point of the pillar is cut off with a long-drawn obli-
quity, and has a fine, slightly twisted edge. H. 03. B. Ol.
Penultimate whorl, height 0°05. Mouth, height 0:18, breadth
0:06.

This species resembles P. syngenes, W., in general character
of its whorls and style of its sculpture; but its longitudinal
ribs are a marked feature of difference. It is, besides, a much
narrower shell, with a larger apex, a much smaller body, and a
less contracted base with a much shorter pillar. Its weaker
sculpture and slimmer form distinguish it at once from P.
lophoessa, W. In shape it is very like P. ischna, W., and P.
bolbodes ; but these are in sculpture and in texture unlike it and
one another.

25. Punvuroroma (DRILLIA) PHMACRA, n. sp. (dafaxpos, dun-
tipped.)

St. 122. Sept. 10, 1873. Lat. 9° 5! S., long. 34° 50’ W. Per-
nambuco. 3850 fms. Mud.
Shell.—High, conical, with a blunt, dun apex, a contracted
base, a longish pillar; angulated, tubercled, thin, polished, glassy.
Sculpture. Longitudinals—there is no other longitudinal sculp-
ture than the fine scratch-like lines of growth. Spirals—toward
the bottom of each whorl is a row of about twelve round, blunt-
tipped, rather prominent tubercles, which form an angulated keel
where otherwise there is no carination ; there is also a slight blunt
keel round the base: the surface is covered with very obsolete,
rounded, flat threads. Colour polished glassy white, with a hya-
line dun apex. Spire high, rather narrow, conical; its profile-lines
little interrupted by the carinal tubercles. Apex: there are
about two glossy, dun-coloured, globose, embryonic whorls ; the
extreme tip is rounded and slightly bent down on one side.
Whorls 6, short, and of slow growth, with a longish, drooping,
somewhat concave shoulder, angulated below the middle by the
row of tubercles, and slightly contracted into the inferior suture.

44, REY. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

The base, which is a good deal contracted, is conical, and runs
out into a fine longish snout. Zouth club-shaped, being some-
what pointedly rhomboidal above, with a longish canal below.
Outer lip thin, with a pretty regular convex curve, which is flat-
tened at the summit, and prolonged in a straightish line at the
canal; on leaving the body it retreats at once to the left, leay-
ing avery small shelf above the sinus, which is shaped like an
open U with diverging margins: toward the lower part of the
mouth the lip runs out in a pinion-shaped projection, retreating
thence to the point of the pillar. Inner lip thin and narrow,
little concave, with a long sharp-edged truncation of the point of
the pillar. H.018. B.0:08. Penultimate whorl, height 0:03.
Mouth, height 0:08, breadth 0:03.

The only specimen of this beautiful little species is not full-
erown. Itis broader in form and finer in the apex than P.
bolbodes, W., or any other of that group, of which it most resem-
bles perhaps P. sterophora, W. Possibly in a more developed
condition it may in form approach more nearly to P. fluctuosa,
W., from which its sculpture entirely removes it.

26. Pievrotoma (DriLiia?) TMETA, n. sp. (cpnros, fur-
rowed.)

St. 122. Sept. 10,1873. Lat. 9° 5'S., long. 34°50' W. Off
Pernambuco. 350 fms. Mud.

Shell. A mere fragment of two whorls, but with very marked
features. It is evidently high and narrow, with short and nume-
rous whorls, which are sharply but broadly angulated very much
above the middle; the shoulder above the angulation is scored
by very many sharp curved threads, the scars of the old sinus ;
the rise of these forms a collar below the suture, which is thus
distinct. The angulation is raised into a keel by rounded tuber-
cles, which are the origin of narrow, curved, very oblique ribs, of
which there are twelve on the last whorl ; they extend to the base,
but not to the snout, which is very small and short. The whole
surface is closely scored by fine, rounded, spiral threads. The
sinus of the outer lip is separated from the body by a narrow
shelf, and is shallow, rounded, and open on the underside, where
the convex shoulder of the lip lies very low. The narrow inner
lip has a small pad above, is rather oblique and concave in the
middle ; the front of the pillar isvery slightly truncated obliquely,
and has a sharply rounded and hardly twisted edge. The mouth

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 425

is long, narrow, and oblique. H. (?). B. 0128. Mouth,
height 0:14, breadth 0:039. Penultimate whorl, height 0-078.

27. PLEUROTOMA (DRILLIA) INCILIS, n. sp.

St. 24. March 25, 1873. Lat. 18° 38’ 30" N., long.
65° 5 80” W. N. of Culebra, island of St. Thomas, Dan. W.
Indies. 3890 fms. Coral-mud.

Shell.—Fusiform, narrow, finely ribbed and spiralled, with a
high, conical, subscalar, fine-pointed spire ; a short conical base
produced into a small, narrow, triangular snout. Sculpture.
There are fine sharpish riblets parted by furrows of twice their
breadth, which run pretty continuously with a slight dextral
twist from whorl to whorl; there are about eighteen or twenty on
the last whorl, and fewer on each preceding whorl; they are a
little oblique, and on the base sinuous ; they originate below the
sinus-area and run down to the inferior suture ; on the base they
become finer and more crowded, and gradually die out without
reaching the snout; the lines of growth are shown by fine close-
set scratches. Spirals—immediately below the suture there is a
broadish depressed band constituting the sinus-area, only marked
by the lines of growth; this band at the top of each whorl gives
the scalar appearance to the spire: below this is a slight raised
border, where the longitudinal ribs arise; and here there is an
angulation of the whorl, which is sharp and median on the upper
whorls, but is less so on the last. Close below the border of the
smnus-area is the first spiral thread, a series of which, fine, rounded,
little raised, cover the rest of the shell, rising into small knots on
the riblets ; of these threads there about two on the earlier whorls,
four on the penultimate, and about nine or ten on the last, exclu-
sive of those on the snout, of which there are about nine; of these
the highest are a little stronger, and the following ones a little
more crowded than the others. The whole surface of the shell is
microscopically granulated. Colowr dead white. Spire high,
narrow, conical, subscalar. Apew consists of four conical embryo-
nic whorls rising to a minute rounded point a little bent over to
one side; they have a sharp expressed keel and a broad, slightly
impressed suture. Whorls 11, rather short, of very regular
increase ; they have a sloping, slightly sunken shoulder, below
which they have a slight angulation, which is made prominent
by the swelling of the riblets and the spiral thread which con-
nects these; from this point, which lies rather above the middle,

426 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

the whorls contract gradually downwards till just at the lower
suture, where there is a very slight sudden constriction. The last
whorl is small, contracting from the keel, with a pinch in toward
the point at the base, which is produced into a narrow, slightly
elongated, triangular snout. Suture: there is a small narrow de-
pression in the bottom of the open constriction of the whorls.
Mouth oblique, narrow, pear-shaped, slightly angulated above,
and produced below into a narrow canal. Outer lip thin and
sharp, but strengthened by a remote, rather prominent though
narrow labral varix: it is only slightly curved on the pro-
file of the shell; but the lip-edge advances in a very high pro-
minent shoulder, between which and the body lies the narrow,
rounded, gutter-like sinus, with a prominent reverted outer edge
allround. Inner lip slightly thickened above; it is thin on the
body, but is thicker again on the pillar, on which it advances very
direct, with a slightly raised edge, but does not reach the point of
the shell, the pillar being cut off with a long, oblique, narrow,
twisted edge, which advances along the side of the canal beyond
the thin callus of the pillar. H. 0°57. B. 0:21. Penultimate
whorl, height 0°09. Mouth, height 0°25, breadth 0:8.

This species considerably resembles P. amena, E. Sm., from
New Zealand ; but that species has not so scalar a spire, its base
and canal are longer, and its apex is blunt.

28. Prevroroma (DRInLIA) STERRHA, ND. sp. (o7eppos, solid.)

Sept. 8,1874. Flinders Passage, off Cape York, Torres Strait.
7 fms.

Sept. 8, 1874. Cape York, off Albany Island. 3-12 fis.

Shell.—Very strong, high, narrow, conical, with a subconical
base, strongish, rather crowded ribs, and small spiral threads, varie-
gated incolour. Sculpture. Longitudinals—the whorls gre crossed
by rather straight ribs, which are rather strong than high ; they
extend to the base, but not to the snout; they are dislocated at
the top, and are not continuous from whorl to whorl: there are
about twelve on the last two whorls; but they diminish rapidly in
number up the spire: every here and there one becomes some-
what varicose ; on the base they become flexuous, and tend to
bifurcate; they are parted by narrow and shallow furrows: the
lines of growth are fine and crowded, but on the top of the ribs
they tend to cut the surface into coarsish tubercles. Spirals—
below the suture is a broadish but superficial constriction, which is

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 497

the sinus-area, and is occupied by the dislocated tops of the ribs ;
these become on the upper whorls more and more a slightly pro-
minent tubercled string-course below the suture; this band is
cut off by a slight furrow from the true top of the ribs, which
project here a little angularly. The whole surface is closely
beset with spiral threads and furrows; of these threads that at
the suture is broadish but depressed ; below it is another stronger.
On the body and base are about ten accompanied by one or some-
times two very small ones. The furrows are broadish, square, and
flat in the bottom; on the snout are three or four; and on the
twisted cord in front there are five. Colour: a narrow band
above the suture and the sinus-area below are of a deep rich buff,
which extends to the whole base, intensifying to a rich ruddy
orange on the snout and pillar; the ribs are white, but except
on the snout their interstices are dark purply brown. Spire
very regularly conical and high. Apex consists of about 21 very
small, conically tapering, embryonic whorls, parted by a very fine
suture, and rising to a minute rounded tip, which is very much
bent down on one side. Whorls 18 in all, conical, barely convex,
and hardly angulated near the top; they are short and broad,
of very regular slow increase; the last is small, and contracts
quickly but not deeply, with a rounded base prolonged to a
broad conical snout which is obliquely cut off in front, with
a twist, which forms a sort of slight cord across the point.
Suture slightly impressed, distinct. Mouth small, narrow, pear-
-shaped, rather sharply pointed above, with a longish, curved,
rather narrow, and open canal in front, which runs down the
massive snout, and is patulous, till at the very point the edge is
slightly inverted. Outer lip broken: the sinus lies about =}, of
an inch below the suture, from which it is separated by a strong
shelf of that breadth and about ++, inch long; it is deep, rounded,
and narrow, being shut in by the high shoulder into which the
outer lip projects below it; orange-coloured, through which the
dark bars shine. Inner lip: there is a small but thick and nar-
row pad above; below, it is reverted on the pillar, and has a
raised edge; in front it is not bent back again, but runs down
to the point with a prominent sharp edge: the pillar is rather
short, strong, not broad, conical, sharp-pointed, not twisted, and
not cut off obliquely, as usual, from the right of the shell
towards the left, but, on the contrary, from the left to the right;
and here the projection of the lip-edge leaves a small, shallow,

498 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON TIE

umbilical furrow. Operculum typical, having the nucleus apical
and being curved; thin, rather strongly marked with the lines
of growth, and having on its outer face a small, prominent, but
not thickened bank or rising in the middle from end to end.
H. 1:42. 3B. 0-45. Penultimate whorl, height 0°23. Mouth,
height 0°6, breadth 0:24.

The specimen of this fine species obtained from off Albany
Island is full-grown, and is very markedly broader than the other ;
but in all other respects they are identical. Otherwise like P.
interrupta, Lam.,in form, it has a longer pillar. It has some
resemblance in shape to P. rosaria, Reeve, but in all details is
most distinct.

29. PLEUROTOMA (CRASSISPIRA) CLIMACOTA, 1D. sp. (KAtpacw-
ros, scalar).

St. 172. July 22, 1874. Lat. 20° 58! S., long. 175° 9’ W.
Inside the reef, Tongatabu. 18 fms. Coral.

Shell.—-Strong, biconical, with a high, pointed spire, and a short,
lop-sided, but truly conical base, reticulated with ribs and spirals,
and with a constricted band below the suture. Seulpture. Lon-
gitudinals—there are about 15 or 16 rather narrow, sharpish ribs
on each whorl, with intervening furrows of rather greater
breadth ; they cross the whorls with very little obliquity from
suture to suture, and on the last extend to the very point ; a few
of them bifureate on the base; the lines of growth are very
slight. Spirals—below the suture is a band about 54, of an inch
high, which constricts the upper part of the whorl to the breadth
of the base of the one above; this forms the sinus-area: below
this is a shoulder on which the ribs project. There are about
sixteen or seventeen rounded spiral threads, which are feeble in
the furrows, but rise into small rounded tubercles on the ribs ;
they are parted by shallow flat furrows of about the same breadth:
of these spiral threads there are four on the penultimate whorl ;
and they diminish in number up the spire. The whole surface is
very finely spirally striated; and there are microscopic granula-
tions besides. Colour white. Spire very regularly conical, but
distinctly scalar from the angular projection of the shoulder.
Apex somewhat worn, but small, apparently consisting of two
conical, rounded, embryonic whorls with a fine sharp suture.
Whorls 10 in all, rather high, of very regular and slow increase,
angulated by the constriction and the shoulder below it. The

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 429

upper whorls are cylindrical below the shoulder ; but the body-
whorl contracts almost at once, and on the base does so very rapidly
and with very straight lines, so that this whorl is very small.
Suture very small and faint. Mouth small, narrow, elongatedly
oval. Outer lip broken: the sinus lies close up to the top of the
whorl, and is small, round, and deep. Inner lip: there is a small
thick pad above; but below it is thin, narrow, slightly turned
back on the straight pillar; but toward the point it is turned
again forward on the edge of the blunt and hardly twisted lip.
H. 0°63. 5B. 0:26. Penultimate whorl, height 0°13. Mouth,
height 0:25, breadth 0:11.

In form, though broader, this species a good deal resembles
P. Barkliensis, H. Ad.; but in all details it is unlike. In form it
slightly resembles P. harpularia, Couth.*, but has the base less
elongated and more pinched in, the whorls more cylindrical, and
the whole shell more spindle-shaped, with coarser, stronger, and
fewer spiral threads, forming tubercles on the ribs. It is not
unlike P. granularis, EK. Smn., B. M., but has narrower, sharper, and
more widely parted ribs and a more conical spire.

30. Prevrotoma (CLAVUS) MARMARINA, n. Sp. (pappdpevos,
gleaming like marble.)

St. 122. Sept. 10,1873. Lat. 9°5'S., long. 34° 50! W. Off
Pernambuco. 350 fms. Mud.

Shell.—Biconical, with a high pointed spire, a short lopsided
base, and a very short snout, ribbed, barely tubercled, with
spiral furrows, and a compressed band below the scarcely im-
pressed suture. Sculpture. Longitudinals—there are on the last
whorl 15 rather narrow, spread-out, rounded, scarcely oblique
direct ribs, which begin at the upper suture and extend to the
base, but not to the snout; near the top they are cut by a spiral
furrow, so that the upper part of them forms a series of small
rounded tubercles just below the suture ; below the spiral furrow
the ribs are slightly swoln into knots; the ribs are parted by
wider shallow furrows: these ribs and furrows run pretty regu-
larly down the spire; but there are fewer of them on the earlier
whorls. The whole surface is further scored by almost micro-
scopic regular hair-like lines of growth, which are specially sharp
in the sinus-area. Spirals—there is a furrow near the top of the

* T copy this note as I made it in the Berne Museum; but I cannot at pre-
sent ascertain what species of Couthouy this is. |
LINN. JOURN.—-ZOOLOGY, YOU. XY. 33

430 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

whorls, which constricts both the ribs and the interstices. On
the last whorl there are 18 or 20 shallow and narrow furrows
parted by flat interstices of about three times their width ; these
do not extend to the sinus-area, and only very doubtfully to the
snout, where there are rather a few irregular and scarcely raised
rounded threads: these furrows are not recognizable on the
earlier whorls. The whole surface is very delicately fretted with
almost microscopic, crisp spiral strie whose course is not quite
regular, and which are crimped or disturbed by the lines of
growth; this sculpture is particularly sharp and distinct in the
sinus-area. Colour pure marble-white. Spire very regularly
conical. Apex: there are about two embryonic whorls, which
are small, nearly cylindrical, with scarcely appreciable suture, and
end in a blunt, round, laterally flattened-down tip. Whorls 10
in all, rather short and broad, scarcely at all convex ; the last is
large, being broad and tumid, but not long, with a tumidiy conical
lop-sided base, ending in a short, broad, flat snout which is ab-
ruptly and straight cut off. Suture linear, but well defined by
the swelling of the infrasutural row of tubercles. Mowth oval,
with an acute angle above, an obtuse angle at the side where the
body and pillar join, and a truncation at the point. Outer lip
thin, a little patulous, with an equable convex curve throughout :
the sinus is very shallow and round, with no shelf above it; and
below it is a very high but little prominent shoulder made by
the very slightly advancing lip-edge. nner lip very narrow,
shallowly hollowed into the substance of the shell; the pillar is
straight, conical, and is obliquely cut off in front with a blunt,
rounded, scarcely twisted edge. H. 0°66. B. 0:29. Penultimate
whorl, height 0°12. Mouth, height 0°3, breadth 0°14.

This is a singularly beautiful species, which approaches P. sacra,
Reeve, but has no semblance of an umbilical chink; the body is
broader, the base more contracted, the spire more regularly conical
and not at all convex; the individual whorls are much shorter,
the sinus much shallower; the colour is pure white, not brown-
banded; and the sculpture is deeper and less superficial.

31. PrevroroMa (MANGELIA) SUBTILIS, n. sp.

St. 122. Sept. 10,1878. Lat. 9° 5'S., long. 34° 50' W. Off
Pernambuco. 350 fms. Mud.

Shell.—Very small, conical, sharp-tipped, with a lop-sided base,
subscalar, ribbed, and with spiral threads; there is a strong labral

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 431

varix with a small, deep, round sinus. Scewlptwre. Longitudinals
—there are on the last whorl about thirteen rounded, rather weak,
slightly oblique longitudinal ribs which extend to the snout; on
the fifth and sixth whorls they are fewer, but rather stronger;
on the fourth whorl they are lamellar; they are parted by shallow
open furrows of fully two-thirds their breadth. The whole sur-
face is covered with microscopic but coarse hair-like lines of
growth. Spirals—there are 25 to 30 close-set, flatly rounded,
alternatingly stronger and weaker spiral threads, of which those
on the shoulder and base of the last whorl are the weakest ; those
(twelve innumber) in the middle of the body are broadest; those
on the snout are the most prominent, especially the highest three ;
of the group on the body, the highest which comes in below the
sinus-area forms a very slight keel to the whorls. Colowr buff.
Spire subscalar, high, conical. Apex consists of 13 embryonic
whorls, which rise regularly to a high, fine, rounded point, the
extreme tip of which is quite prominent. Whorls 7, of regular
increase, high and rather narrow, very slightly carinated, convex ;
the last is long and narrow, nearly cylindrical in the middle ; on
the right side the base is scarcely contracted ; but on the left side
it is cut off with a long, oblique, and very considerable trunca-
tion, and is in this way very lop-sided. Sutwre not deep, but dis-
tinct andimpressed. Mouth long and narrow, with nearly parallel
sides; the short open canal is of the same width and direction as
the mouth itself, and ends in a rather deep nick; the sinus above
is about half the width of the mouth, from which it turns off
through the thick lip very obliquely, and is funnel-shaped. Outer
lip in direction oblique and almost straight, a very little in-
flected, thick, its front face roundly bevelled off to the inner
side, and its two sides parallel; it is strengthened by a strong
external rounded varix, which extends to the front of the very
short snout but not to the pillar; internally there is a slight
pad faintly scored by very obscure teeth, but terminating in a
single, small, rounded, and rather prominent tubercle on the lower
side of the sinus. Inner lip very narrow and thin, but with a
thickened pad between the sinus and the body-whorl ; its direc.
tion is oblique, a little concave ; above it is very straight on the
pillar. H. 0-152. B. 0:06. Penultimate whorl, height 0-028.
Mouth, height 0-078, breadth 0:019.

This species resembles a good deal a very small and refined
P. rugulosa, Phil., having the same lop-sided base ; but that spe-

33*

432 REV. RB. BOOG WATSON ON THE

cies has the right side of the base somewhat more obliquely trun-
cated ; so that there is much less of inequality between the two
sides than in the ‘ Challenger’ species, which is also slimmer, has
the sculpture both of ribs and spirals very much finer, the apex
much smaller and higher, the suture less deep, and the nick of
the canal in front very much more distinct.

32. PLEUROTOMA (MANGELIA) LEVUKENSIS, 0. sp.

July 29,1874. Levuka, Fiji. 12 fms.

This species extremely resembles P. septangularis, Mont., in
general appearance and in sculpture, both as regards ribs and the
fine spiral strie. In form it is smaller, narrower, and much more
cylindrical, the body-whorl is similarly tumid; but it and the
mouth still more are shorter; the penultimate whorl is very much
smaller and especially is narrower ; while the upper whorls are
broader, and the apex very much broader and blunter. The spe-
cimen is in too bad condition for detailed description.

H. 0:22. B.0O1. Penultimate whorl, height 0:04. Mouth,
height 0:09, breadth 0-038.

33. PreuRoToMA (MANGELIA) ERITMETA, n. sp. (épirpyros,
well cut.)

St. 75. July 2, 1873. Lat. 38° 38’ N., long. 28° 28’ 30” W.
Off Fayal, Azores. 450 fms.

Shell—Small, rather narrow, biconical, continuously ribbed,
microscopically spirally striated, with a very blunt tip, a rather
fine but expressed labral varix, and a very slight shallow sinus
which does not cut through the lip. Sculpture. Longitudinals—
there are eight narrow, rounded, prominent, direct, very slightly
oblique ribs, which run continuously from apex to point of base ;
there are also very faint scratches in the lines of growth. Spirals
—the whole surface is very delicately fretted with microscopie,
reeular, sharpish spiral striee. Colour warm yellowish-white, with
a ruddy band below the suture. Spire regularly conical. Apex
consists of rounded, globose, smooth whorls, of which the tip is
broken. Whorls 6 remaining, of regular but rather rapid increase,
rather high and narrow, just perceptibly convex; the last is
small, very little tumid, with a short, conical, lop-sided base, ending
in a very short, flattish snout, crossed by the longitudiual ribs.
Suture linear, scarcely impressed. Mouth very small and narrow,
with almost parallel sides, narrowed above into a small narrow
sinus, which cuts only halfway through the thick outer lip; the

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 433

canal in front is deep, turning in behind the pillar ; it is nearly as
broad as the mouth, and is abruptly cut off in front. Outer lip
very slightly convex, a very little inflected, thick, with a very
small projecting sharp inner edge and a prominent narrow pinched-
in external varix, which extends to the extreme point but not
round the snout; itis half cut through at the very top by the
sinus, which, however, does not show itself on the front of the
lip; but at this point the whole lip-edge retreats a little and rises
slightly on the body-whorl. Inner lip: there is a minute pad at
the top; but all the rest of it is very thin: in its direction it is a
very little oblique; its edge in front is narrow, rounded, and very
slightly twisted. H.0:194. B.0:087. Penultimate whorl, height
0:039. Mouth, height 0:09, breadth 0-025.

This species somewhat resembles both P. turgidula, Forbes, and
P. septangularis, Mont.; but is slimmer than either of these, the
suture is less impressed, and the ribs are much more regular,
more continucus, and less tumid in breadth and prominence;
the spiral sculpture, too, is very much finer, the lines and furrows
being much more minute; the mouth, too, is much smaller and
narrower, and has not the convex outer lip.

34, PrEvRoTOMA (MaNGEDIA) HYPSELA, n. sp. (vWnrds, high.)

St. 122. September 10, 1878. Lat. 9° 5'S., long. 34° 50’ W.
Off Pernambuco. 3850fms. Maud.

Shell.— High, narrow, and conical, with very short whorls, of
which there are 6; the last whorl exceptionally small, with a
short conical base and very small snout ; the suture very slight, but
extremely oblique; the apex blunt and rounded ; there are narrow,
high, rounded, curved, and very oblique ribs, which run continu-
ously from the apex to the point of the base, but not to the snout:
there are obsolete spiral striz, which become stronger on the point
of the pillar. H.0-19. B. 0-067. Penultimate whorl, height
0:033. Mouth, height 0-078, breadth 0-033.

The specimen of this very marked species is in too bad con-
dition for more minute description. It is very lke P. (Drillia)
exilis, Pease, but is much more attenuated, and the last whorl is
much shorter.

35. Prnvrotoma (MaNGELIA) ACANTHODES, n. sp.
St. 56. May 29,1873. Lat..32° 8' 45” N., long. 64°59’ 35” W.
Bermuda. 1075 fms. Grey ooze. Bottom temperature 38°2.

434. REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

?St.75. July 2, 1873. Lat. 38° 38’ N., long. 28°28’ 30” W.
Fayal, Azores. 450-500 fms. Sand.

Shell_—High and narrow, biconical, ribbed and spiralled, of a
frosted-white colour, with -subscalar, blunt but small-pointed
spire, a small body-whorl and mouth, and rather contracted base.
Sculpture. Longitudinals—on the last whorl there are 14, on the
penultimate 10, and on the first regular whorl 9 ribs: they arise
very feebly at the suture, gain height in the sinus-area, and add
on a little breadth below ; they are high, narrow, and rounded ;
toward the mouth they are crowded, but in general are parted by
rounded furrows of two to three times their width; they extend
to the extreme point of the base, but not to the snout. The
whole surface is likewise fretted with minute sharp lines of growth.
Spirals—on the embryonic whorls there is one, on the other
whorls two, fine spiral threads ; the upper and stronger lies below
the sinus-area about one third down the whorl, and forms, with help
ofan angulation at that point, a rather sharp keel, rising into smali
sharp tubercles at the intersections of the ribs ; between this keel
and the root of the snout there are on the last whorl six weaker
threads, which all rise into tubercles as they cross the ribs. On
the snout are three or four weaker threads without tubercles:
the interstices of these spirals are from twice to four times their
width. The whole surface of the shell, except the embryonic
whorls, is scored with very fine, sharp, close-set spirals, which, at
crossing the lines of growth, are beset with microscopic blunt
prickles which give the frosted aspect to the shell. Colour white ;
only the tip is smooth. Spire conical, scalar, in consequence of
the drooping projecting shoulder at the top of each whorl. Apex
consists of 84 embryonic whorls, which are conically globose,
smooth, keeled, closely roundedly ribbed, with a deepish suture,
and rise to a minute point (crushed). Wahorls 8+ in all, a little
hunchy and disorderly; they have a long slightly drooping
shoulder defined by the keel, below which they are cylindrical,
with a slight contraction into the lower suture: the last whorl is
small, with a contracting scarcely convex base, prolonged into
a small, but distinct, and somewhat cylindrical snout. Suture
small, slightly impressed. Jouth small, narrow, slightly pear-
shaped, oblique, triangular above, prolonged into the small canal
below. Outer lip flat at the shoulder, angulated at the keel,
slightly convex below this; the edge projects thinly beyond the
last longitudinal rib, which serves as a varix: it presents a flat-

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 435

tened, but regular, curve from the point of the shell to the keel,
where the edge forms a little shoulder, between which and the
body lies the narrow round small sinus, with its flanged border.
Inner lip straight, with a very thin narrow glaze which early
runs out to the rim, being cut off by the slightly oblique and
twisted edge, which continues with a slight patulous margin to
the point of the shell. H.034. B.012 Penultimate whorl,
height 0:07. Mouth, height 0°15, breadth 0-04.

The specimen from St. 75 is somewhat broken and rubbed, and
is therefore attributed to this species with a doubt; the identity,
so far as means of comparison exist, is close, only the individual
whorls are a little broader and shorter. P. (Mangelia) coral-
lina, Wats., is so similar, that I classed this at first as a variety
of that other under the name elongata; but I am now persuaded
of their distinctness. In P. acanthodes the embryonic apex is
narrower, higher, and sharper, with an indefinite junction to the
regular whorls; in P. corallina it is much more compact, with
the whorls more sunken or immersed, broader, and lower, and its
junction is very distinctly defined. In P. acanthodes there are 34
embryonic whorls, which are contracted, also minutely tubercled
on the keel; and the lower part of the whorls is nearly smooth.
In P. corallina there are 4embryonic whorls, which are not keeled
and are scarcely angulated, with a very slight contraction into
the lower suture; the riblets are stronger, and extend from the
upper almost to the lower suture. P. corallina isa larger, sharper-
eut shell, squarer in its lines; four whorls in it are as long as five
in the other, the body-whorl especially being longer and in the
base much more elongated and fuller; and the snout is broader.

36. PrevrotoMa (MANGELIA) CORALLINA, 2. sp.

St. 24. March 25,1873. Lat. 18°38’ 30” N., long. 65° 5’ 30” W.
St. Thomas, N. of Culebra Island, Dan. W. Indies. 390 fms.
Coral-mud.

Shell—High, narrow, with squarish lines, biconical, ribbed
and spiralled, of a frosted-white colour and coral-like texture,
with a scalar, blunt but small-pointed spire, a smallish body-
whorl, a conical base, and a small undefined snout. Sculpture.
Longitudinals—there are about 13 ribs on each whorl; but
they do not all exactly answer from whorl to whorl; they rise
feebly just at the suture, but quickly increase in height, more
slowly in breadth; in the sinus-area they are curved; from the

436 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

shoulder they are straight, with only a slight curve on the base ;
they die out on the snout; they are narrow and rounded, and are
parted by rounded furrows of three times their breadth: the
whole surface is also fretted with sharp minute lines of growth.
Spirals—there is a straight, slightly drooping shoulder below the
suture ; this ends above the middle of the whorl in a distinct an-
gulation defined by a fine thread, which rises into small, sharp,
rounded tubercles as it crosses the ribs. On the penultimate
whorl a finer thread begins to appear in the inferior suture, but
gradually rises above it; it is from this lower spiral that the con-
traction of the base begins: on the base are 3 or 4 finer spirals
parted by spaces about four times their width ; then follow several
weaker crowded spirals, then one stronger and more prominent ;
all these rise into small tubercles on crossing the ribs: beyond
the end of the ribs, on the snout, are some 6 fine distinct threads.
The whole surface between these is closely covered with very fine
spiral threads, which on all the longitudinal lines of growth are
beset with most orderly and regular microscopic blunt prickles,
which give the coral-like aspect to the surface. Colowr white; the
tip alone is smooth. Spire conical, scalar. Apex consists of 4
embryonic whorls, which are bluntly conical, depressed, rounded,
ribbed, with a distinct suture, and rise to a minute tip (crushed).
Whorls 8 in all, broad and short, of regular increase, sharply
keeled at the show denayteell and from this very slightly contracted,
but altogether angular, not curved: the last whorl is small, but
attenuated, not constricted, is scarcely convex on the base, and is
produced into a short, vaguely defined, and very obliquely pointed
snout. Suture very slight, but defined by the angulation at which
the whorls meet. J/owth small, narrow, slightly pear-shaped, very
little oblique, bluntly triangular above, and prolonged into the
short, open, scarcely narrowed canal below. Outer lip flat at the
shoulder, angulated at the keel, scarcely convex below this; the
edge projects as a thin sharp lamina beyond the last longitudinal
rib, which serves as a varix from the point of the shell to the keel ;
the edge is hardly convex, and scarcely forms a shoulder above, the
sinus being merely a small rounded hollow. Jnner lip: the glaze
is exceptionally narrow and short; the curve of the lip is a very
little concave at the base of the pillar, which is rather longer and
narrower than one would expect, and which is cut off in front with
a long, slightly oblique, bluntly rounded, twisted edge. H. 0°32.
B. 0:13. Penultimate whorl, height 0°08. Mouth, height 0-16,
breadth 0-06.

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 437

This and P. acanthodes are extremely alike; but one easily
notices the relatively shorter and broader form and the squarer
outline and ribbing of this. Under that other I have mentioned a
number of features of difference which, though individually minute,
concur in marking the distinction of the two species. A compa-
rison of this species with P. nuperrima, Tib.,=P. decussata, Phil.
(not = P. (Raphitoma) hispidula, Jan, which is certainly distinct *),
suggested by Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys, I was enabled to obtain through
the kindness of the Marquis de Monterosato. P. corallina re-
semblegs that other in the minute blunt prickles which are found
on many corals, and which ornament the spirals; but the ‘ Chal-
lenger’ species is far smaller and narrower, the last whorl in
particular is very much shorter and less tumid, the whorls are
always more angular, the spirals are fewer, the longitudinal ribs
are both fewer and stronger, and the apex is utterly different both
in form and sculpture.

37. PuevRoToMA (MANGELIA) MACRA, nD. sp. (paxpos, long.)

St. 73. June 30, 1873. Lat. 38° 30' N., long. 31° 14’ W.
West of the Azores. 1000 fms. Globigerina-ooze. Bottom
temperature 39°°4.,

St. 78. July 10,1873. Lat.37° 26’ N., long. 25°13’ W. Off
San Miguel, Azores. 1000 fms. Globigerina-ooze.

Shell.—High, narrow, biconical, fragile, translucent white,
glossy, feebly ribbed and spiralled, with a stumpy subscalar
spire, ending in a large, conical, sculptured, sharp-tipped dome,
and with a small body-whorl, contracted base, and produced snout.
Sculpture. Longitudinals—there are on the last whorl about 20
flexuous oblique threads; they rise at the suture, retreat very
much to the left in the sinus-area, but at the angulation below
this they curve round to the right and die out on the base; the
flat intervals which part them are three times their breadth; the
system of longitudinal ribs on the embryonic whorls is very much
like that of the shell, but is really different: the lines of growth
are very fine, and are quite independent of the ribs. Spirals—
below the sinus-area there is a blunt angulation strengthened by

* The minute ornamentation of the surface in these two species is very
similar, and is apt to mislead ; but the form of the whorls and the details, both
of longitudinals and spirals, are different The embryonic whorls, too, are dis-
tinct, being in P. nuperrima broader and more pressed down; the sculpture
is diverse also, the longitudinal ribs being the prominent feature in P. nuper-
ruma, while in P. hispidula it is the spirals.

438 REY. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

a row of small tubercles on the ribs. The surface is covered with
very obsolete broadish threads, which are crowded on the body,
but on the base are stronger, more regular, and wider apart; on
the snout they are finer and more crowded. The suture is mar-
ginated below by a flat thread. Colowr almost papyraceous white.
Spire is subscalar, narrow, and would be high but for the abrupt-
ness with which it is crowned by the apex, consisting of four
yellow conically globose whorls, of which the last is large and
dome-shaped, and the first minute, prominent, but at the very tip
slightly bent down; the first two are smooth; the last two are
sparsely crossed by minute cusp-like threads or riblets. Whorls
7 to 8 in all, rather high, with a drooping shoulder in the
sinus-area, which is defined by the angulation below; below this
the upper whorls are nearly cylindrical, while the body-whorl
barely convex: this whorl is small; on the base it is a little con-
tracted and drawn out, and is produced into a small and rather
lop-sided snout. Sztwre minute, but impressed and further de-
fined by the marginal thread. Mouth small, narrow, pear-shaped,
triangular above, and produced below into the relatively broad,
open, and deep canal. Outer lip flat at the shoulder, feebly angu-
lated at the keel, scarcely convex below ; the edge, which is quite
independent of the ribs, is very convexly prominent below, with a
high and advancing shoulder, above which lies the deep, open-
mouthed, rounded sinus. nner lip is exceedingly narrow; it is
thinly cut into the substance of the shell, and very early runs out
on the slightly oblique, narrow, twisted edge of the pillar, which is
straight, narrow, and very slightly angulated at its junction with
the body. H. 0°25. 3B.0:09. Penultimate whorl, height 0-044.
Mouth, height 0°18, breadth 0:04.

Probably none of the specimens obtained of this species are
quite full-grown.

38. Prevroroma (MANGELIA) INCINCTA, 0. sp.

St.78. July 10,1873. Lat. 37° 26’ N., long. 25° 138'W. Off
San Miguel, Azores. 1000 fms. Globiyerina-ooze.

Shell—High and narrow, with rounded lines, biconical, thin,
white, glossy, feebly ribbed, faintly spiralled and slightly keeled,
having a high, stout, conical spire ending in a blunt point, with a
small long body-whorl, produced base and snout. Sculpture. Lon-
gitudinals—there are on each whorl about 22 slight and unequal
threads serving as ribs; they are cusped at the top of the whorls,

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 439

and oblique below ; on the last whorl they are sinuous, but very
obsolete: the ordinary lines of growth are excessively faint, except
in the sinus-area, where they are sharp though minute. Spirals
—the suture is marginated below with a very small, prominent
gemmed thread; below the plain suture-area is a slight keel, beset
by small tubercles where it crosses the riblets. On the body flat
threads are just perceptible, which increase in distinctness on the
point of the base; on the snout these become more raised and are
parted by intervals of two or three times their width. Colour
porcellaneous white. Spire broadisn, conical. Apes consists of 4
globose, conical, yellow embryonic whorls, whose point of union
with the regular whorls is slightly obscure ; the last is rather
closely curvedly ribbed longitudinally, while the earlier ones are
polished and smooth; the extreme tip is small. Whorls 8 in all,
rather broad, with a very slight. drooping shoulder defined by the
tubercled spiral thread and keel which bisects the earlier whorls,
but loses importance in all ways further down; below this keel
there is a slight gradual contraction into the inferior whorl; the
last whorl is very slightly tumid, with a protracted, slightly convex
base produced into a narrow snout. Sutwre a little impressed,
marginated below by the infrasutural thread, whose upper edge
forms a minute horizontal shelf, and which looks as if it girt-in
the shell*. Mouth long, narrow, pear-shaped. Outer lip thin and
sharp, steeply curved above, slightly convex below; the edge ad-
vances below in a full round sweep; above it forms a prominent,
‘but not very high shoulder, above which lies the open rounded
sinus, with a minute triangular shelf formed by the projection of
the infrasutural thread, and toa small extent separating the sinus
from the body. Inner lip narrow, shallowly excavated in the sub-
stance of the shell, dying out early in front on the oblique, sharp
but rounded, twisted and slightly reverted edge of the pillar.
H. 05. B. 018. Penultimate whorl, height 0:08. Mouth,
height 0°28, breadth 0:09.

This species and P. (JL) macra, Wats., belong to a group very
peculiar, and evidently numerous in the North Atlantic, as there
are young specimens from the same neighbourhood of five other
species, evidently all distinct, but stamped strongly with the same
features, of a thin glossy shell, obsolete sculpture, a slight gem-
mate keel, and the peculiar large, conically globose, minute-tipped,
smooth, longitudinally ribbed apex.

* Hence the name.

4.40 REV. B. BOOG WATSON ON THE

39. PLrEUROoTOMA (MAaNGELIA) TIARA, N. sp.

St. 24. March 25,1873. Lat. 18°38’ 30" N., long. 65° 5’ 30" W.
St. Thomas, N. of Culebra Island, Dan. W. Indies. 390 fms.
Coral-mud. .

St. 56. May 29, 1873. Lat. 32° 8' 45" N., long. 64° 59’ 35 W”.
Bermudas. 1000 fms. Grey ooze. Bottom temperature 38° 2.

Shell. High and narrow, rather strong, white, spiralled, with
a high subsealar spire ending bluntly in a small tip, with a very
small body-whorl, a short contracted base, and a very short small
snout. Sculpture. Longitudinals—there are a number of hair-
like sinuous lines, which in the sinus-area are like bars ; they are
parted by flat intervals of about three or four times their width:
the lines of growth are very faint. Spirals—there are on each
whorl two strong sharp keels which nearly trisect the whorl; the
lower of these is sometimes feeble ; marginating the suture below
is a fine thread; on the base are 8 or 10 sharp and prominent
threads of varying and unequal strength; at the upper end of the
snout is another strong thread; below this is a little furrow,
answering, as in Cerithiopsis, to a small nick at the point of the
pillar. On the pillar are from two to four more threads of variable
strength. Colour porcellaneous white. Spire high, narrow, co-
nical, subscalar. Ape a little bluntly conical, consisting of 4
to 5 whorls, of which the upper ones are small and smooth; the
last two are ornamented with minute ribs or elongated bosses.
Whorls about 10 in all, high and narrow, of very slow and regular
increase, slightly convex, with a sloping shoulder, rather cylin-
drical in the middle, and slightly contracted below ; the last whorl
is small, very slightly tumid, with a very contracted base and a
small subcylindrical snout, the point of which is slightly reverted
and nicked. Swtwre very minute and concealed, in spite of the
contractions of the whorls and the inferior margination. Mouth
short, small, and pear-shaped, not narrow, triangularly pointed
above, and ending below in the short, rather open canal. Outer lip
a pretty regular curve; its edge is prominent below with a low
shoulder above, leaving a wide funnel-shaped opening for the
rather shallow rounded sinus. nner lip very narrow, thin, and
short, dying out early on the narrow twisted oblique edge of the
pillar, which is slightly reverted along the side of the canal so as
to produce a small twisted furrow. The line of junction of the
pillar and the body is very concave. H.032. B.011. Penulti-
mate whorl, height 0°07. Mouth, height 0°12, breadth 0:06.

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 441

The specimen of this species from St. 56 has the spiral threads
very much finer than that from St. 24. The species has a strong su-
perficial likeness to P. emendata, Monterosato,=P. Reniert, Phil.,
nec Scac.; but thatis a broader and larger shell, has a more tumid
body-whorl and a longer base ; its whorls are not so high-shoul-
dered, are more convex, are not so strongly keeled, are not so
deeply and strongly parted by the square impressed suture; and
the apex is of the large blunt dome-type, consists of only two
whorls, and is simply carinated.

40. PrevrotoMA (RaPHITOMA) LITHOCOLLETA, n. sp. (AcBoxod-
Ayros, gemmed. )

St. 23. March 15, 1873. Lat. 18° 24! N., long. 63° 28! W.
Off Sombrero Island, St. Thomas, Dan. W. Indies. 450 fms.
Globigerina-ooze.

Shell—High, narrow, conical, with a short base and a blunt
apex, bluntly angulated and tubercled, thin, smooth, ivory-white.
Sculpture. WUongitudinals—there are none but very fine scratch-
like lines of growth; behind and parallel to the lip-edge there
are three narrow sickle-shaped ribs, which are probably an
accidental feature. Spirals—very slightly above the middle of
the whorls runs a feeble angulation set with round but a little
narrowed and obliquely elongated knobs, of which there are about
12 on each whorl; on the first regular whorl there are about
10: before the end of the penultimate they have quite died out,
and even the angulation of the whorl tends to disappear. There
are faint traces of microscopic spirals over the whole shell, rather
in the texture than on the surface ; these are rather more distinct
below the suture; and in the sinus-area there are two faint im-
pressed lines. Colour polished ivory-white. Spire high, narrow,
conical. Apex: the 23 embryonic whorls are cylindrical, quite
smooth; and these have the extreme point very much flattened
down on one side so as to make a perfectly rounded tip. Wahorls
114 in all; they are rather short, and of very regular increase,
slightly convex, but not contracted either above or below; the
last is a very little tumid with a rounded base, contracting very
rapidly to a short broad snout, which is abruptly truncated at
the point. Swtwre rather oblique, fine, regular, defined by a slight
impression: it rises a very little at the mouth. Mouth pear-
shaped, small, narrow, little contracted in front. Outer lip some-
what thickened, with a small reverted edge in the sinus and at

442 REY. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

the point of the canal, but sharp and a little contracted in all the
rest of its extent: it leaves the body at a slightly acute angle,
and retreats at once obliquely to the left, but very shortly, to form
the narrow rounded sinus, from which, almost parallel to the line
of the suture (7. e. with avery slight oblique direction forwards),
it sweeps far out to the right in a great convex-edged wing,
retreating again a little to the edge of the very short canal, where
it turns a very little and obliquely forwards; the poimt of the
canal is open, and cut off obliquely from the right forwards to tke
point of the pillar. Inner lip: a thin porcellaneous glaze, a little
thickened at the sinus, spreads narrowly on the body, which is
a good deal excavated; the pillar is straight, short, conical, very
little truncated, with a slightly twisted and sharpish edge, and
a pretty solid though fine point at the extreme front of the shell.
H. 065. 3B. 0:28. Penultimate whorl, height 0:1. Mouth,
height 0°22, breadth 0:1.

In style of ornamentation this singularly beautiful species
somewhat resembles P. syngenes, Wats. ; but the differences are so
obvious as not to need mention. I do not know any species with
which to compare it. P. (fusus) modiolus, Jan, = P. carinata, Biv.,
has some resemblance; but that isa coarser and broader shell, and
has the mouth much larger.

4]. PLEUVROTOMA (RAPHITOMA) LINCTA, 0. sp.

St. 24. March 25, 1873. Lat. 18° 3830" N., long. 65° 5! 30" W.
Culebra Island, St. Thomas, Dan. W. Indies. 390 fms. Maud.

Shell—High, narrow, conical, with a blunt round apex, and a
short and very contracted base, ribbed, polished ivory-white.
Sculpture. Longitudinals—there are on the last whorl 11, on the
first 9, very short ribs (or elongated tubercles) which do not extend
to either suture; they are rounded on the top, are parted by
broad rounded furrows, and run obliquely forward from left to
right; they sometimes extend to the base: besides these, there
are only slight hair-like lines of growth. Spirals—the prominence
of the tubercles forms an angulation at about one third of the
whorl’s height above the suture ; there are sometimes a few flatly
rounded and feeble threads on the snout. The surface is very
delicately microscopically scratched. Colour ivory-white and
highly polished. Spare high, narrow, conical, with profile-lines
slightly interrupted by the projection of the tubercles. Apex
consists of 21 embryonic whorls, which are small, globose, and

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 4.43

flatly rounded at the tip. Whorls 10, short, angulated, but, only
by the prominence of the tubercles, which also gives the ap-
pearance of a sutural contraction ; the last is small, with a
rounded, very abruptly contracted, conical base, prolonged
into a small prominent snout, which is almost imperceptibly
bent backward. Sutwre linear, but well marked from the profile-
lines of the whorls above and below meeting at a slight angle.
Mouth pear-shaped, angulated above, and a little produced
below. Outer lip very regularly curved, but straight along the
eanal, a little contracted in the middle: on leaving the body it
does not immediately bend to the left, thus leaving a narrow but
well-marked shelf along the whole upper edge of the rather
deep, narrow, rounded sinus, below which it advances into a high-
shouldered pinion: it scarcely retreats below this till close to the
point of the snout. Inner lip is very narrow; it is scarcely
convex on the body, and is somewhat angular at the base of the
conical pillar, down which it runs with a somewhat thickened, re-
verted, and prominent edge defined by a small furrow; it is
scarcely cut off obliquely in front with a narrow, thickened,
rounded edge. H. 0°46. B. 016. Penultimate whorl, height
0:07. Mouth, height 0°18, breadth 0-07.

This species a good deal resembles P. micans, Hds.; but is a
much narrower form, with a higher and finer spire, more numerous
whorls, and is not merely tubercled, but has its tubercles pro-
longed into ribs. Than P. pudica, Hds., it is longer, narrower,
with a deeper suture, a shorter canal, and a much blunter apex.
P. sigmoidea, Bronn, is broader, the whorls are longer, the apex is
blunter, the body-whorl is much longer, and that species has no
open constriction below the suture.

42, PLEUROTOMA (THESBIA) ERITIMA, n. sp. (épiripos, very
precious.)

St. 185. October 18, 1873. Nightingale Island, Tristao da
Cunha. 100-150 fms. Rock, shells.*

Shell.—Very small, but hardly thin, oblong, spirally striated,
with a long body-whorl, a rather high conical spire, a blunt
round-pointed apex, and a short broad truncated snout. Sculp-
twre. Longitudinals—there are exceedingly faint scratches in the

* [have copied for this set of dredgings the note appended to the box which
contained them. In the list of stations there is nothing which exactly answers,

though in the book of stations issued for the naturalists its place is recog-
nizable.

444 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

lines of growth. Spirals—the whole surface is scored with fine
narrow impressed furrows, which are about half the width of the
raised interstices. Colowr uniform pellucid ruddy brown, paling
towards the point of the snout. Spire rather high, but not small,
conical, but with convex profile-lines. Apex: 2; embryonic
whorls, which rise in a conically globose form to a blunt rounded
point with the very small tip, which is immersed and bent down on
one side. Whorls 5, slightly convex, rather short and broad except
the last, which is long and narrow, having a produced, broad, and
conical base, ending in a broad undefined snout. Suture very
slightly impressed in consequence of a faint swelling of the superior
and inferior whorls. Mouth oblong, pointed above, and broadly
truncate below, at the end of the scarcely contracted canal. Outer
lip, which is a little contracted above and a little patulous below, is
a flat curve in both its planes ; the edge projects into a small high-
placed shoulder, between which and the body lies the shallow,
open, rounded sinus, with a very minute, short, triangular shelf
above it. Inner lip: there is a thin narrow glaze on the body
and pillar; at the junction of these two there is a very slight con-
cave curve ; otherwise the line is very direct and is slightly ob-
lique; the glaze does not extend quite to the point of the pillar,
which is scarcely twisted or truncated. H. 0:12. B. 0:049.
Penultimate whorl, height 0:03. Mouth, height 0:06, breadth 0°024.

This species is perhaps the one of all the following group which
conforms most nearly to the type, Columbella nana, Lov., for
which Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys suggested the subgeneric name of
Thesbia (see Brit. Conch. iv. p. 359). I have followed Prof.
G. O. Sars in connecting the group with the Plewrotoma family,
though he will probably find my group a little heterogeneous ;
and I am unable to follow him in giving it the dignity of a genus,
nor can I, in the face of his ty pe, accept “ spira breviuscula”’ as one
of its characteristics (Moll. Arct. Norv. p. 221, see pl. xvi. fig. 2).

43. PLEUROTOMA (THESBIA) TRANSLUCIDA, 0. sp.

St.145 a. December27,1873. Lat.46043'5"S.,long.38°4’ 30’ E.
Halfway between Marion Island and Prince-Edward Island.
150 fms. Grey sand.

St. 1498. January 17,1874, Lat. 49°28'S., long. 70°30! B.
Entrance of Royal Sound, Kerguelen. 30 fms. Mud.

St.149p. January 20, 1874. Lat. 49° 28'S., long. 70°13’ EB.
Royal Sound, Kerguelen. 28 fms. Mud.

Animal.— Foot fuscous olive, large, thick, square in front,

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 445

pointed behind. Mantle paler. Stphonrather short. Head and
tentacles pale. Eyes large and black, on the upper outer side
and at about a fourth of the length of the tentacles, which are
rather solid, long, and cylindrical; between these, and a little
above them, is the large prominent expanded snout, with a large
circular opening in front, round which the edge of the snout pro-
jects like a thick fleshy fringe. There are two unequal branchial
plumes. The radula consists of exceptionally minute, acicular,
sharp-pointed, horny prickles. There is no operculum.
Shell.—Thin, horny, smooth, oval, with a tumid body-whorl,
a rather high, subscalar, small-pointed, round-whorled, shallow-
sutured conical spire, and a tumid lop-sided base, pointed at the
pillar, but with scarcely any snout. Sculpture. Longitudinals—
there are close-set fine hair-like lines of growth; under the
microscope a system of much finer regular striz is seen to cover
the whole surface. Spirals—there are many fine, irregular, and
unegual rounded striz, which faintly appear on the surface, but
are distinct on the pillar and front of the shell: besides these,
there are fine microscopic smooth scratches. Colowr white, with
a faint tinge of yellow, horny, translucent, with a smooth and
shining, but hardly glossy, surface. Spe rather high, conical, sub-
scalar, from a slight bulge of the shoulder. Apex: 25 embryonic
whorls, subcylindrically conical, rising to a small, rounded, slightly
immersed tip, which is a little bent down on one side. Whorls
6 in all; they are rounded, tumid, with a faint subangulation
below the sinus-area, in which there is a flattening rather than a
constriction of the surface; below the periphery of each whorl
the form is cylindrical, with avery slight contraction into the
lower suture. The whorls increase regularly, but rapidly ; the
last is large and tumid, with a protracted rounded base cut off
on the left by an oblique, scarcely concave line. There is scarcely
any snout, and the shell is truncated obliquely towards the point of
the pillar, which projects in a rectangular prominence. Suture
linear, impressed. Mouth very large, lop-sidedly oval, pointed
above and below. Outer lip a semicircular curve in both planes,
leaving a shallow, wide, shortly rounded sinus between the lip-
edge and the body. Inner lip: a thin, narrow pad stretches very
regularly along its whole length (which forms a very regular con-
cave curve) out to the thin, twisted, obliquely truncated edge of
the pillar: this edge runs out beyond the labial pad, and forms
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. Xv. 34

446 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

a thin sharp marginalong the canal. H. 0°51. B.028. Penul-

timate whorl, height 0:18. Mouth, height 0:32, breadth 0°14.
This species is more like Lhesbia nama, Lov., than any thing else

I know; but besides being very much larger, it has the body-whorl

very much longer and more tumid, and the spire very much
stumpier.

44, PLEvROTOMA (THESBIA) CORPULENTA, 0. sp.

St. 149d. January 20,1874. Lat. 49° 28'S., long. 70°13’ E.
Royal Sound, Kerguelen. 28 fms. Mud.

Shell.—Thin, oval, spirally striated, with a tumid body-whorl,
and a rather high, subscalar, small-pomted, round-whorled,
shallow-sutured, conical spire, an obliquely conical base, and a
slight snout. Sculpture. Longitudinals—slight hair-like lines of
growth. Spirals-—the subsutural sinus-area is very slightly con-
cave, and below it is a slight carmal angulation ; the whole sur-
face is covered by fine flatly rounded threads, which are stronger
and more remote on the penultimate than on the last whorl.
Colour white. Spire rather high, conical, subscalar. Apex small,
conical, rounded, with the extreme tip flattened down. Whorls 6,
rounded, tumid in the middle, and very slightly contracted below
into the suture; they increase regularly, but rather rapidly ;
the last is large, rather tumid at the shoulder, and contracting
with considerable equality on either side to a shortly produced
conical base, ending in a small, but broadish, snout. Suture
broadly impressed. /outh large, oval, pomted above, and trun-
cate below at the point of the very short canal. Outer lip: a
semicircular curve in both its planes: its edge forms a rather
high shoulder, between which and the body lies the rather deep,
funnel-shaped, rounded sinus. Jnner lip: a thin narrow pad
stretches along its whole length (which forms a regular concave
curve) out to the thin, twisted, obliquely truncate edge of the
pillar ; this edge runs out beyond the thin labial pad, and forms a
sharp margin along the canal. H.055. B.0°31. Penultimate
whorl, height 0.1. Mouth, height 0°3, breadth 0:19.

Compared with P. (Thesbia) translucida, Wats., this has a rather
higher and narrower spire, the suture is more oblique, and the
last whorl, besides being much shorter, is more tumid above and
less so below.

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 44.7

45. PrrvRoTOMA (THESBIA) PLATAMODES, n.sp. (awAarapwdns,
flattened.)

St. 149 p. January 20, 1874. Lat. 49° 28'S., long. 70°13’ E.
Royal Sound, Kerguelen. 28 fms. Mud.

Shell.—Thin, fusiform, very finely spirally striated, with a short
tumid body-whorl, a high, small, scalar, small-pointed, round-
whorled, shallow-sutured spire, a very oblique and scarcely conical
base, and a smallish very one-sided snout. Scwlptwre. Longitu-
dinals—there are very slight unequal lines of growth; and on
the lower part of the whorls very slight remote oblique riblets,
which entirely disappear on the last whorl. Spirals—fine, very
regular and beautiful, sharp, close-set scratchings cover the whole
surface. Below the suture a shallow concave trench marks the
line of the old sinus; the lower edge of this broad furrow is de-
fined by a slight thread. Colour white. Spire rather high,
conical, scalar. Apex small, ending in a flattish, rounded, slightly
raised point. Whorls 6, of regular, but rather rapid increase,
rounded, without any contraction below: above, each laps up
rather high and thinly on the whorl above; below this they at
once swell out tumidly, but hollowed by a slight concave furrow,
from which results the scalar rise of the spire; the last is tumid,
but obliquely contracted on the base, and ends in a small trian-
gular snout. Sutwre very slight and not in the least impressed,
but well defined by the furrow below. Mouth large, oval, pointed
above, and truncate below at the front of the very short canal.
Outer lip a little patulous; in its arch it is a little gibbous
above; the curve of the edge is nearly semicircular, with a high
prominent shoulder, between which and close up to the body lies
the deep, funnel-shaped, rounded sinus. Jnner ip: athin narrow
glaze crosses the body and advances along the pillar, on which it
rather early comes to an end, being cut off by the oblique, curved,
and thin edge which runs out to the point of the shell: this glaze
is defined by a small furrow on its outer margin. The pillar is
rather long and straight. H.0-4. B.02. Penultimate whorl,
height 0:07. Mouth, height 0:23, breadth 0:11.

Compared with Pleurotoma corpulenta, Wats., this is a smaller,
squatter shell, with a smaller and more scalar spire, whose outlines,
too, are more concave ; the body-whorl is much shorter and more
tumid, and the base is much more contracted. From P. trans-
lucida, Wats., it differs still more in these particulars. From both
in its sculpture it is markedly distinct.

AAS REY. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

46. PLEvRoTOMA (THESBIA) DYSCRITA, n. sp. (Ovexperos, of
difficult determination.)

St. 23. March 15, 1873. Lat. 18° 24’ N., long. 63° 28’ W.
Sombrero Island, St. Thomas, Dan. W. Indies. 450 fms. Globi-
gerina-ooze.

Shell_—Thin, white, narrowly oblong or fusiform, with a longish,
scarcely tumid body-whorl, a shortish, conical, convexly whorled,
small-pointed, shallow-sutured, conical spire, and a long conical
base. Sculpture. Longitudinals—there are delicate thread-like
curved lines of growth, which are strongest near the top of the
whorls. Spirals—the whole surface is equably covered with fine,
faintly raised, rounded threads ; they are slightly fretted by the
longitudinals ; between them are little rounded furrows of about
twice their breadth. Colour: the spiral threads are porcellaneous,
the furrows translucent white, and the surface is a little glossy.
Spire rather short, conical, but slightly concave, with hardly any
interruption in its profile-lines by the very slightly impressed
suture and convexity of the whorls. Apex consists of 24 rounded
subeylindrical whorls rising to a small rounded point, where the
extreme tip hardly projects and is bent down on one side; it is
_smooth and glossy, but retains traces of a ruddy epidermis with
minute spiral threads. Whorls 6 in all, of regular but rapid
increase, rather high and broad, convex, but sloping, and not
tumid ; the last is very long and full, though not tumid; and
there is little contraction on the long conical base. Suture slightly
impressed, rather oblique. Mouth large, open, and oblong, pointed
above, scarcely contracted below, but truncated at the end of the
broad open canal. Outer lip: very equably curved in both its
planes; it has a somewhat high and prominent shoulder above,
between which and the body-whorl lies the rather deep, wide,
rounded sinus. Inner lip: a thin glaze on the body and out on
the long pillar, which is cut off in front with a long, thin, twisted,
oblique edge. H. 0°35. B. 016. Penultimate whorl, height
0:8. Mouth, height 0:22, breadth 0:08 (?).

This beautiful little shell, though enclosed in a small glass
tube, was found sadly broken, so that the measurement of the
breadth of the mouth is slightly doubtful. It is very like P. fra-
gilis, Reeve ; but in that species the spirals are stronger and more
remote, and the longitudinals much sharper. Defrancia Magella-
nica, Phil., is even liker, but is a much stronger shell, has a shorter
mouth, below the suture the upper whorls there are contracted

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 449

and are not so equably rounded; the apex in that is a little
larger, the spirals are more regular and are waved, and are not
so much raised, and the longitudinals are much fainter. In De-
Srancia supercostata, HE. Sm., the upper whorls are ribbed. What it
most resembles, however, is the Bela (?) expansa, G. O. Sars, who
kindly compared the two species and sent me his unique speci-
men for examination. That isa much longer and narrower shell,
of much faster increase, larger in the apex, and higher and nar-
rower in each corresponding whorl; the whole spire is thus much
more elongated, and the last whorl is very much less tumid; the
shell, too, is thicker, and the whole style of sculpture coarser. In
the same length it has about one whorl less. The curve of
each of the whorls is more tumid ; and as each slopes down to the
straighter suture, it slowly and slightly contracts.

47, PLEUROTOMA (THESBIA ?) MONOCEROS, 0. sp.

St. 104. August 23, 1878. Lat. 2° 25’ N., long. 20° 1’ W.
S.W. of Sierra Leone. 2500 fms. Mud. Bottom temperature
36°°4.

Shell—tThin, ivory-white, high, narrow, drawn out, with fine
spiral threads, a very oblique impressed suture, rounded whorls,
and a contracted base produced into a longish snout. Sculpture.
Longitudinals—none but fine, somewhat unequal lines of growth.
Spirals—with the exception of the sinus-area, the whole surface
is covered by fine, rounded, unequal, and irregularly interrupted
spiral threads with rather broader intervals. Colour porcellaneous,
ivory-white, glossy. Spire remarkably narrow, high, drawn out
and conical. Apex broken. Whorls 5 remaining, but probably
8-9 in all, of very regular, but rather rapid increase, high,
oblique, slightly tumid: the last rounded, with a conical, pro-
tracted, but very lop-sided base running out into a longish straight
pillar and triangular snout. Swtwre very oblique and rather deeply
impressed. Mouth pear-shaped, scarcely pointed above, and pro-
tracted into a gradually narrowing canal below. Outer lip a very
regular curve in both its planes; the outer edge has a very high
and prominent shoulder, whose upper side runs a long way parallel
to the body-whorl above it, having a very deep rather than narrow
sinus, between which and the body-whorl is no shelf whatever.
Inner lip is on the narrow body scarcely perceptible as a glaze ;
on the long direct twisted pillar it is a little thicker, but is very
narrow: the end of the pillar is cut off with a very long-drawn,
oblique, slowly narrowing, sharp, twisted edge. H. (of remaining

4.50 ' REY. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

whorls) 1:03. B.0°35. Penultimate whorl, height 0:21. Mouth,
height 0:49, breadth 0:18.

This very remarkable form, suggestive of the Narwhal’s horn,
has unfortunately lost its whole apex. If, therefore, I have put
it in this group, it is that the whole style of the shell rather
suggests this companionship; and at least I prefer to put it here
than under Surcula or Defrancia. It has in form some features
of resemblance to P. awreola, Reeve, from the Philippines; but,
apart from colour, it has a deeper suture and rounder whorls
than that. .

48. Puevrotoma (THESBIA) PAPYRACEA, N. Sp.

St. 147. December 30, 1873. Lat. 46°16’ S., long. 48° 27’ E.
Between Prince Edward Islands and Kerguelen. 1600 fms.
Globigerina-ooze. Bottom temperature 34°2.

Shell._—Thin, like delicate tissue-paper, white, bluntly keeled,
subplicate, with a small, high, sharp, scalar spire, an angulated
suture, a short tumid body-whorl narrowing from the carina,
suddenly contracted on the base, and prolonged into a largish
triangular one-sided snout. Scwlptwre. Longitudinals—there are
extremely fine hair-like lines of growth; there are also oblique,
rounded, narrow foldings of the surface, which below the sinus-
area rise into 14 small, narrow, sparse ridges or elongated tuber-
cles and extend to the base: on the earlier whorls these rise into
small thread-like ribs which reach the inferior suture. Spirals—
the almost membranaceous sinus-area forms a sloping shoulder
below the suture, and occupies about one third of the whorl ; below
this is the keel, on which the little tubercles rise: from this keel
downwards the surface is covered with minute, unequal, but rather
regular, though somewhat interrupted, sparse threads with broader
intervals: besides this there is a microscopic, obsolete, spiral gra-
nulation which extends to the sinus-area. Colour alabaster-white,
so farasthe excessive thinness permits; the small spiral threads
are somewhat dead white; the embryonic whorls are of a rich
ruddy-orange tint. Spire perfectly conical, scalar, high, sharp.
Apex consists of 33 ruddy, smooth, embryonic whorls, which are
globose, divided by an impressed suture, and rise to a small, blunt,
round top, in the middle of which the extreme tip just barely
rises into sight. Whorls 84 in all, of slow, but increasingly
rapid enlargement; those of the spire are rather narrow and
high, and have a high flat shoulder, a sharp angulated keel, and

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 451

a very slight contraction from this point to the inferior suture;
the last whorl is tumid, but short, with a sloping shoulder, a much
blunter angulation, a marked contraction from this point, a very
blunt angulation defining the base, which contracts a good deal
and suddenly, and which on the right side is prolonged into
the conical, triangular-shaped, blunt- though small- pointed
snout. Swtwre linear and aimost invisible, but well defined by the
angulation at which the whorls meet, and also by the change of
colour where the inferior whorl laps up on the one above it, which
produces a pseudo-margination. Mouth large and irregularly
semicircular, angulated above, and ending in a distinct open
eanal below. Outer lip excessively thin, slightly patulous below,
but not at all above; it leaves the body at a right angle, and
advances across the sinus-area in a perfectly straight line; it is
angulated at the keel, from which point it curves very regularly,
till towards the edge of the canal it becomes concave and finally
straight; round the front of the canal it is notin the least patu-
lous: its edge forms a semicircular curve with a high shoulder,
between which and the body lies the large, broad, open, rounded
sinus. Inner lip, which, though very narrow, is continued to the
point of the pillar, is cut into the substance of the shell, and is
defined by a slight raised margin beyond it; the line across the
body is very short, and joins the pillar at a very obtuse angle.
The pillar is very long and straight, and is cut off in front with a
very gradually oblique, thin, twisted edge. H. 1:04. B. 0-52.
Penultimate whorl, height0:2. Mouth, height 0°59, breadth 0:3.

This is a species of the most singular beauty and delicacy, like
nothing known to me.

49, PrevROTOMA (THESBIA) BRYCHIA, n.sp. ((pvyes, from the
depths.) :

St. 106. August 26, 1873. Lat. 1° 47’ N., long. 24° 26’ W.
Mid-Atlantic. Bottom temperature 36°°6. 1850 fms. Gilobige-
vina-OOZe.

Animal.—tIn colour pale buff with a greenish liver. The mantle
is prominent, thin, made up of separate, but connected, threads
like a fringe, with a denticulated margin. From within it to the
left a great fold of flesh projects, whose drawn-together edges
form the anterior siphon; this fold is an extension of the inner
side of the mantle close within its edge, which edge expands into
a flap to enclose this siphon. On the right the mantle is drawn
back and expanded, so as to form an imperfect open channel cor-

452 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

responding to the sinus of the outer lip. The body is rather
small, cylindrical, protracted into a strong, rounded, abruptly trun-
cate snout, which is probably long when not contracted by the
spirit. On either side of the snout, and rather below the middle
of its horizontal line, project the tentacles, which are short, cylin-
drical, and blunt, and have no eyes at any part, either of their base
or on their length. The foot is large, being broad and flat, but
not high ; in front itis broad and square, with projecting rounded
corners; behind it is long and pointed. ‘There is no branchial
plume; but on the under surface of the mantle is a strong cen-
tral line with long pectinated fringes extending from it on either
side. The cloacal duct does not open in the body, but runs out
on the right side in the mantle to a large, longish, thickened
nipple, which corresponds with the sinus of the shell. This duct
was full of hard oval green pellets. Mr. John Murray, F.R.S.E.,
kindly examined these for me, and writes :—‘“‘ In the litile pellets I
find Coccoliths, small Globigerinas, Pulvinularias and their broken
fragments, Diatoms, Polycistine, Challengerias, fragments of a
Crustacean, and sete of an Annelid.” Operculum none.
Shell.—Very short and broad, biconical, subscalar, angulated,
very thin, obsoletely ribbed, with spiral threads, and having a
longish, lop-sided, small-pointed snout. Seulptwre. Longitudi-
nals—on the penultimate whorl there are about 20 short, scarcely
oblique, small, rounded, little prominent ribs, with shallow rounded
furrows between of a like breadth ; they only occupy the lower
half of the whorls, extending to the inferior suture, but not at all
to the shoulder; they diminish rapidly in number up the spire.
On the body-whorl they appear only as oblique and slightly elon-
gated tubercles, which coincide entirely in direction with the lines
of growth. These are fine, close-set, and hair-like: below,the
suture they are straight and irregular, forming on the upper
whorls infrasutural crenulations; on the body-whorl they rise
into slight undulations in prolongation of the ribs, and these con-
tinue to the point of the snout. Spirals—there is a blunt angu-
lation about the middle of the whorls; and here the longitudinal
ribs take their rise. The whole surface of the shell is covered
with rounded threads and furrows: on the shoulder of the whorls
these are rather obsolete ; on the angle among the tubercles they
are strong, but rather crowded; but from this downwards they
are very distinct and regular, with a few finer ones interspersed,
becoming a little crowded on the snout, and then sparse and

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 453

stronger at the extreme point. Colour alabaster-white, almost
translucent from the thinness of the shell. Spire conical, with
profile-lines a little interrupted by the contraction of the sutures.
Apex slightly eroded, but evidently small and rounded; the em-
bryonic whorls seem to be about two. Whorls 8 in all, of rapid
increase, but that rather in breadth than height; the last is
extremely large and tumid; they have a long and gently sloping
shoulder above, and are cylindrical below the blunt angulation
which bisects them ; the last contracts slowly from the angle, and
is tumidly convex on the base, the curve of which sweeps on,
on the right side, uninterruptedly to the point, while on the
left side it passes by a rather deep concave curve into the lop-
sided, triangular-shaped, small-pointed snout, which, however,
projects very much in the line of the axis. Suture strong, a little
channelled from the overlap of the calcareous surface of the
inferior whorl, well defined from the angulation made by the
meeting of the whorls. Mouth large, long, angularly pear-
shaped, and oblique to the axis. Outer lip very thin; it is
a high arched curve, straight and steep on the shoulder, and
regular from the angulation downwards: the edge retreats to
the left on leaving the body, and forms a wide, deep, ellip-
tically rounded sinus occupying the whole shoulder, having
above it a short triangular shelf, and below, the high elbow
formed here by the prominent sweep of the lip-curve, which
does not retreat till near the end of the snout. Inner lip is shal-
lowly excavated in the substance of the shell, which rises beyond
it with a slight edge; it is broad, and winds round the pillar ; the
line of it is slightly convex on the body and concave at the
junction with the pillar, which is short and conical, obliquely cut
off to a point, with a long,. fine, rounded, and slightly twisted
edge. H. 095. B. 057. Penultimate whorl, height 0-15.
Mouth, height 0°62, breadth 0°35.

This is a very peculiar and beautiful species. It unites some-
what of the form of Clavatula with the delicate texture and sculp-
ture of Drillia. The animal is so much unlike other Pleurotomas
as to make the classification of the species very doubtful. Thesbia,
as indicated by Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys and defined by G. O. Sars,

may receive it in the meantime.

50. Prevrotoma (THESBIA) PRUINA, 0. sp.

St. 78. July 10,1873. Lat. 37° 26’ N., long. 25°13' W. San
Miguel, Azores. 1000fms. Globigerina-ooze.
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XV. 35

454 ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION.

Shell_Strong, white, dark-brown tipped, biconical, with a
short stout scalar spire, angulated whorls, a roundly contracted
marginated suture, and a small body-whorl conically narrowed
into a small unequal-sided snout. Sculpture. Longitudinals—on
the earlier whorls there are very small, narrow, oblique ribs ori-
ginating in a mid-whorl row of tubercles, but on the last whorl
the riblets almost disappear: there are fine scratches in the lmes
of growth; these are peculiarly sharp and regular in the sinus-
area. Spirals—the whorls are bisected by a strong angular keel,
sparsely, but regularly, set with small round knobs, from which
the longitudinal ribs descend ; below the suture there is a narrow
cylindrical collar of two fine contiguous threads: the sinus-area
is free of these; but from the keel downwards the surface is
covered by fine narrow rounded threads, separated by broader
intervals; near the keel these are crowded; on the point they are
wider apart, on the base they are most sparse: besides these,
there is a delicate microscopic fretting. Colowr porcellaneous
white, dead or frosted in the interstices, but pellucid and glossy
on the spiral threads; the apex is dark ruddy brown. Spire
conical, scalar, shortish, blunt. Apex consists of 34 cylindrically
globose rounded whorls separated by a linearly impressed suture;
they rise to a flattened top, consisting of fully 14 whorls, in the
midst of which lies the very minute and immersed tip. These
whorls are coloured of a deep, rich, translucent, faintly ruddy
brown; the earliest ones, perhaps from rubbing, are glossy, but
further on they are crossed by crowded, curved, sharpish, almost
microscopic riblets, between which are finely microscopic spirals
whose course is not quite uniform. Whorls 74; but the shell is
probably not quite full-grown ; they are of very regular and slow
increase, broad and short, each one laps up on the one before it,
and is there shortly cylindrical, has then a pretty long, concave,
and somewhat horizontal shoulder to the keel, which is right-
angled; below. this the whorls are cylindrical with a slight
contraction downwards to the inferior suture. The body-whorl
contracts from the keel downwards, with a convexly conical and
very unequally-sided base, produced into a small bluntly pointed
snout. Swtwre a very shallow rounded furrow defined by the
infrasutural collar and the contraction of the whorls. Mouth
angularly pear-shaped, being truncate above and prolonged into
the broadish canal below. Outer lip leaves the body at a right
angle, and advances direct to the keel, from which point to the

ON THE NOSTRILS OF THE CORMORANT. 455

end of the snout it forms almost a straight line; its edge is at the
keel thrown out into a high shoulder, between which and the body
lies the shallow, open, rounded sinus, with a narrow triangular
shelf between it and the body-whorl: the lip-edge is thin
throughout. Inner lip is excavated somewhat deeply and flatly
into the thickness of the shell, and runs on to the extreme point
of the rather short and oblique pillar, whose inner edge has a long
gradual twist. H. 0°37. B. 0:2. Penultimate whorl, height
0°08. Mouth, height 0:2, breadth 0:1.

The classification of this species is not very satisfactory. It
may quite well be a Surcula; but the stained apex deserves
stronger recognition than that place would give it. The sculp-
ture of the apex is strongly suggestive of Defrancia; but the shape
of the apex is blunter than is characteristic of that group, while
the ornamentation is not really reticulate.

It has some general resemblance to Plewrotoma torquata, Phil. ;
but the sculpture is more delicate, and the spire is stumpier than
in that species, which also has a sharp-pointed yellow apex with
true Defrancia-reticulated ornamentation.

On the Nostrils of the Cormorant (Phalacrocorax carbo). By
Professor J. C. Ewart, M.D. (Communicated by G. J.
Romanss; F.R.S., Sec. L.S.)

[Read June 16, 1881.]

Havine had my attention directed by Mr. Romanes to the fact
that Cormorants during along flight, and for some time after
roosting, hold their heads agape as if panting, and it having
been suggested by him that this fact is presumably due to a
remarkable condition of the nostril which he had observed, I
undertook an anatomical investigation of the latter point with
the following results.

The external nostril isa mere slit situated at the end of a
shallow superficial groove, which runs backwards along the beak
parallel with its lower edge, and lying between its lower and
middle third. When a bristle is introduced into the slit, it never

AE6 ON THE NOSTRILS OF THE CORMORANT.

succeeds in forcing a passage into the nasal cavity. Ifthe skin
which forms the outer boundary of the slit is carefully reflexed,
a groove is exposed which runs from the external slit-like nostril
to a narrow canal lined apparently by modified mucous mem-
brane. This canal, when the mucous membrane remains, is
externally from 13 to 2 millim. in diameter; but it rapidly
diminishes, and appears to end blindly. Im all the specimens
examined, however, when the skin has been reflexed, it is possible to
pass through this canal, without forming a false passage, a bristle
about the size of an ordinary horse-hair, 7. e. less than 1 millim.
in diameter. The bristle is more easily passed in young birds
than in old ones: this seems to be due to the osseous canal being
relatively larger than in the former. Almost immediately beyond
this narrow passage is the large nasal chamber, lying above and
internal to the palatine bone, and in free communication with the
buccal cavity. The mucous membrane lining the nasal chamber
has the same structure and the same nerve-supply as in other
aquatic birds.

The nasal region of the Cormorant, and to some extent also in
the Gannet (Sula), thus differs chiefly from the nasal arrangement
in other birds :—1st, in having a very small external nostril, the
passage in this slit-like aperture being almost obliterated; 2nd,
in having the osseous canal only 14 to 2 millim. in diameter
externally, and scarcely 13 millim. at its narrowest part ; and
3rd, in having the nasal chamber in very free communication ~
with the mouth.

This state of things, it may be presumed, explains the gaping
of the bill, in the case of the Cormorant, to obtain air needful to
sustain the increased actiyity of respiration which is produced by
the exertion of prolonged flight.

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 457

Moniusca oF H.M.S. ‘Cuatteneer’ Exprpirrion.—Part X.
By the Rev. Rogerr Boog Watson, B.A., F.R.S.E., F.LS., &e.

[ Published by permission of the Lords Commissioners of the Treasury. ]
[Read June 16, 1881.]
Fam. PLEvRoromMip ® (continued).

Gen. Prevrotoma, Lam.

51. Pleurotoma (Defrancia) hormo- | 58. Pleurotoma (Defrancia) chyta,
ete n. sp- n. sp.

52. P. (D.) chariessa, n. sp. 59. P. (D.) perpauailla, n. sp.

53. P. (D.) pachia, n. sp. 60. P. (D.) perparva, n. sp.

54, P. (D.) pudens, n. sp. 61. P. (Daphnella) compsa, n. sp.

55. P. (D.) araneosa, n. sp. 62. P. (D.) aulacoéssa, n. sp.

56. P. (D.) streptophora, nu. sp. 63. P.(Borsonia) ceroplasta, n. sp.

57. P. (D.) etrcumvoluta, n. sp. 64. P. (B.) silicea, n. sp.

51. Prevroroma (DEFRANCIA) HORMOPHORA, 0. Sp. (oppopdpos,
collar-girt.)

St. 23. Mar. 15, 1873. Lat. 18° 24’ N., long. 63° 28’ W.
Sombrero Island, St. Thomas, Danish W. Indies. 450 fms.
Globigerina-ooze.

St. 24. March 25,1878. Lat. 18° 38'30" N., long. 65° 5’ 30" W.
North of Culebra Isiand, St. Thomas, Dan. W. Indies. 390 fms.
Coral-mud.

St. 122. September 10, 1873. Lat. 9°5' S., long. 34° 50’ W.
Pernambuco. 3850 fms. Mud.

Shell.—High and narrow, with no angles anywhere; porcella-
neous to ivory-white, a high conical spire, with sharp reticulately
sculptured lip; the whorls are slightly convex, and have a row
of beads round the top of each; the body-whorl and snout are
small, and the base short and contracted. Sculpture. Longitu-
dinals—none but excessively oblique, faint, hair-like lines of
growth. Spirals—there is a pretty little row of rounded tuber-
cles close to the suture at the top of the whorls—about 16
in each. The surface is also very finely and superficially
microscopically scratched. Colour ivory-white ; but when alive
probably porcellaneous, glossy. Spzre conical, with scarce any.
interruption in the profile-lmes. Apex consists of 4 conical
yellow whorls, rising to a minute tip ; the line of junction between

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XV. 386

458 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

these and the first regular whorl has a deep sinus above and a
very prominent forward curve below. ‘These whorls are orna-
mented by a system of minute bars, which

for the upper half of the whorl run straight
downwards (fig. 1, B); there they split into /A
two and form a very regular reticulation on wa
the lower half of the whorl, each mesh being ak
a square. Whorls 11 in all, slightly con-
vex, a little high, of very regular increase,
each broadening downwards with great re-
gularity, but very slightly, from the upper
to the lower suture; the last whorl is a very little tumid,
but short and small, and with a short contracted base. Suture
very little impressed, but rendered definite by the very slight pro-
minence of the edge of the gemmed band below. Mouth oblong,
pointed above and below. Outer lip hasa very regular and slight
curve from end to end; the edge sweeps very much back at
the front of the shell ; in the middle of the mouth it is excessively
prominent and is rounded, leaving between its shoulder and the
body-whorl a very deep, rounded, and open-mouthed sinus. Inner
lip very thinly excavated in the substance of the shell ; it runs
very far forward on the bluntly rounded, twisted, and at the
point oblique edge of the pillar, which is short and narrow, and at
its junction with the body very markedly concave. H. 0-4.
B. 014. Penultimate whorl, height 0°08. Mouth, height 0-16,
breadth 0:08.

I know nothing with which to compare this remarkable species.
Clavatula albicans, Hinds, ‘Sulphur,’ p. 23. no. 84, pl. vu. f. 8, has
somewhat of its general features; but there resemblance ends.
Trochus (Margarita) nitens, Jeff., has a somewhat similarly orna-
mented suture; as has also Hela margaritifera, Wats.

Fig. 1.

A

Ornamentation on whorls,
apex of P. hormophora.

52. PruvroroMa (DEFRANCIA) CHARIESSA, 2. sp. (yapéess,
graceful.)

St. 24. March 25,1874. Lat. 18° 38’30" N., lone. 65° 5’ 30” W.
N. of Culebra Island, St. Thomas, Dan. West Indies. 390 fms.
Coral-mud.

St. 73. June 30, 1873. Lat. 38° 30'N., long. 31° 14’ W.
West of Azores. 1000 fms. Globigerina-ooze. Bottom tempe-
rature 39°°4.

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 459

St. 78. July 10, 1873. Lat. 37° 26’ N., long. 25° 13' W.
San Mieuel, Azores. 1000fms. Globigerina-ooze.

St. 85. July 19, 1873. Lat. 28° 42’ N., long. 18° 6’ W. Palma,
Canaries. 1125 fms. Volcanic sand.

St. 122. September 10, 1873. Lat. 9°5' S., long. 34°50’ W.
Pernambuco. 350 fms. Mud.

Shell.—High, biconical, a little tumid, carinated, white, thin,
faintly, shortly, and obliquely ribbed, with a high, subscalar,
small-pointed spire, and a slightly tumid little-contracted base,
produced into a long narrow snout. Sculpture. Longitudinals—
there are on the last whorl about 20 short oblique folds, which die
out almost immediately ; they are highest at their origin below
the sinus-area, and are parted by flat intervals somewhat broader
than they; they diminish in number up the spire, and do not
reach the lower suture: there are further obsolete lines of growth,
which in the sinus-area are strong, and at the suture form sharp
little folds parted by wide unequal intervals. Spirals—the sutural
area is wide, but scarcely concave ; it is bordered by the blunt
angulation forming the keel, which is greatly strengthened by the
prominence of the origin of the longitudinal ribs. From the keel
downwards the shell is covered by superficial, flattened, irrecular,
and unequal threads parted by narrower shallow furrows; these
become slightly stronger and more regular on the snout. Colour
ivory-white; the apex is ruddy brown. Spire conical, high,
rather narrow, subscalar, sometimes scalar from the squareness
with which the sinus-area stands out in the upper |
whorls. The lines of profile are very much inter-
rupted by the prominence of the keel. Apex small,
ruddy brown, consisting of 43 conical whorls; of
these the lower two thirds is covered with very minute
reticulations, while the upper part is scored with &
minute curved bars, the surface between which is Reticulations

. : : : . on whorl of
very slightly spirally marked; it ends in a minute Pp ¢hariessa,
tip a little bent down on one side. Whorls 10 in all,
of regular proportions and uniform increase; they are conical
above and cylindrical below the keel; the last whorl is slightly
tumid, and contracts very gradually to a long and small snout.
Suture extremely minute as each whorl laps up on the one above
it. Mouth oblong, pointed above, and drawn out into a long
narrow canal below. Outer lip is pretty regularly arched from the

36*

460 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

body to the canal, from which point it is drawn out rather straight ;
its edge advances in the middle very prominently ; above this it
forms a high shoulder, between which and the body-whorl lies
the deep, rounded, and very wide-mouthed sinus; towards the
front of the mouth the edge runs straight, then retreats, so as to
form a broad, slight, small sinus at the top of the canal, and then
runs straight. nner lip: there is a thin glaze excavated slightly
in the substance of the shell. The pillar is long, narrow, and
fine-pointed, with a slight swelling coiling round its base, where
its junction with the body is but slightly concave. H. 0°85.
B. 0°35. Penultimate whorl, height 0:16. Mouth, height 0°43,
breadth 0-2.

This species has a considerable likeness to P. torquatum, Phil. ;
but that is a larger, broader, stumpier form, has the individual
whorls shorter, more strongly keeled, ornamented with little
rounded tubercles instead of with narrow, pinched-up, very oblique
riblets ; has also a much more horizontal suture; the whorls, too,
are not cylindrical, but contract from the keel to the lower suture ;
the base is much more drawn in, and the pillar much shorter ;
the whole texture also and sculpture is much stronger than in
the ‘ Challenger’ species.

The specimens from St. 24 and St. 85 are markedly stumpier
in form, more sharply keeled, and with a higher shoulder and

a rather smaller embryonic apex ; but the whole details of sculp-
ture are identical.

53. PLEUROTOMA (DEFRANCIA) PACHTA, 0. sp. (mays, fat.)

St. 24. March 25, 1873. Lat. 18° 38’ 30” N., long. 65° 5’ 30" W.
North of Culebra Island, St. Thomas, Dan. West Indies. 390 fms.
Coral-mud.

Shell.—Ovate, white, smooth, of rounded outlines, with a rather
high, small, and sharp-pointed apex, a swoln body-whorl, and a
rounded base produced into a small, broad, one-sided snout.
Sculpture. Longitudinals—there are only very fine hair-like lines
of growth, of which here and there at regular intervals one
becomes much more strongly marked than the others. Spirals—
the whole surface is sparsely scored with very shallow, scratched-
out, narrow furrows, parted by flat intervals of from two to six
times their breadth; in the sinus-area they are a little closer
than elsewhere; on the snout they gradually broaden till their

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 461

intervals assume the form of slight rounded threads. Colour like
a shaving of ivory, from its thinness, gloss,andcolour. The apex
is buff. Spire conical. Apex consists of 4 very small, conical,
scarcely convex, buff whorls, the upper part of which bears straight
little bars, and the lower part is minutely reticulated; below the
buff-coloured surface the shell is porcellaneous. Whorls 9 in all,
slightly straight and sloping below the suture, convexly rounded
above, cylindrical below; the last is a little tumid, with a
rounded base produced into a short, broad, lop-sided snout.
Suture very slight, as the inferior whorl laps up on the one above
it, but it is defined by the curve of the whorls. Mouth oval,
pointed above; there is scarcely any canal below. Outer lip
very thin, a little contracted above, and patulous below; its
curve is somewhat flattened about the periphery; its edge
forms a very regular curve with a slight shoulder above, be-
tween which and the body lies the broad, shallow, rounded sinus.
Inner lip is a thin narrow glaze which very soon dies out on
the oblique, twisted, fine edge of the short conical pillar, be-
yond whose point the front of the shell advances a good deal:
the junction of the pillar and the body is concave. H. 0-46.
B. 0-22. Penultimate whorl, height 0-11. Mouth, height 0:24,
breadth 0:11.

This species slightly resembles Daphnella supercostata, H. Sm.,
but is more obese, the mouth is shorter, the edge of the sinus is
not thickened, and the apex is sharp and sculptured, while in that
itis plain and blunt. It most resembles perhaps Pleuwrotoma
translucida, Wats.; but that is smooth, and has a blunt rounded
apex.

54, PLEUROTOMA (DEFRANCIA) PUDENS, 0. sp.

St. 24. March 25, 1873. Lat. 18° 38’ 30” N., long. 65° 5’ 30” W.
North of Culebra Island, St. Thomas, Dan. W. Indies. 390 fms.
Coral-mud.

Shell.Small, oblong, white, smooth, with a high, subscalar,
small and sharp-pointed apex, a short and scarcely swoln body-
whorl, and a conical base produced into a broadish, triangular,
lop-sided snout. Sculpture. Longitudinals—besides hair-hke
lines of growth, there are some faint, very oblique, upwardly con-
vex folds, which are obsolete on the earlier and on the last whorls.
Spirals—the surface is covered with superficial rounded threads

462 REV. BR. BOOG WATSON ON THE

which, obsolete in the sinus-area, are feeble on the body, but
sharper and more distinct on the base and snout. There isa very
faint angulation below the sinus-area. Colour: the shell is thin,
semitransparent white, with hardly any gloss. Spire conical, sub-
scalar from the slight short tumidity below the suture. Apex
consists of 4 embryonic whorls, which are buff, darkening to orange
at the tip; they area little broadly conical, rounded, with a slight
angulation, and parted by a distinct suture; they rise to a very
minute, spirally scratched, round, and very slightly prominent
knob; they are sculptured with raised bars, which are straight
and simple above, but oblique and crossed below. Whorls 73 in
all; they are slightly concave and shouldered in the sinus-area,
which is bordered by a faint angulation, below which they are
shghtly tumid, without any contraction into the inferior suture ;
the last, which is rather small, has a conical base produced into a
broadish, triangular, one-sided snout. Suture slight, inasmuch as
the inferior whorl laps up on the one above ; but there is an appre-
ciable constriction. Mouth oblong, pointed above; there is no
canal below except the channel behind the pillar. Outer lip very
thin; its curve is somewhat flattened; its edge forms a very regular
sweep with a rather high shoulder above, between which and the
body lies the deepish, but broad, open-mouthed sinus. nner lip
very thin and narrow, dying out early on the scarcely oblique or
twisted edge of the longish, straight, and conical pillar, the pomt-
of which comes short of the lip-edge, and whose junction with the
body is concave. H.021. B. 0-1. Penultimate whorl, height
0:04, Mouth, height 0:1, breadth 0:05.

This species somewhat resembles P. (D.) pachia, Wats. ; but is
in all its proportions very much smaller; the whorls, especially
the last, are very much less tumid, the spire is distinctly scalar,
and the sculpture is very markedly different. Than Daphnella
attenuata, HK. Sm., besides the different apex, the whole shell is
smaller, more attenuated, and more delicate.

55. PLEUROTOMA (DEFRANCIA) ARANEOSA, D. Sp.

St. 24. March 25, 1873. Lat. 18° 38! 30" N., long. 65° 5! 30" W.
North of Culebra Island, St. Thomas, Danish West Indies.
390 fms. Coral-mud.

Shell_—Small, yellowish, minutely ribbed and faintly spiralled,
with a small, broadish, scalar, sharp-pointed spire, a slightly swoln

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 463

body-whorl and rounded base, produced into a square, prominent,
one-sided snout. Sculpture. Longitudinals—there are exceedingly
fine, faint, microscopic scratches in the line of growth; at dis-
tances of about >), of an inch apart these rise into small,
sharpish, round-topped riblets, which run continuously from the
suture to the snout, though on the base and below it they become
feebler ; on the earlier whorls these are of course less marked and
more close set: in the intervals of the larger riblets one or two
fainter ones occasionally appear. Spirals—below the slightly
concave sinus-area is an obtuse angulation, accentuated by the
slight prominence of the two small spiral threads which lie there ;
below this there are on the body-whorl above the lip-corner about
5 other small spirals not so prominent ; on the Jower part of the
body and on the base they are weaker, but become stronger again
towards the point of the base and on the snout; the intersection
of these with the spirals produces a slight spider-web-like appear-
ance*. Colour yellowish, without gloss ; the apex is buff. Spire
rather short and broad, scalar, and conical. Apes consists of
4+ very small, conical, scalar, convex, buff whorls, parted by a deep
suture ; the first whorl and half is closely spirally striated with
about 10 minute threads: these threads, which are at first al-
most simple, are by degrees more and more fretted by longitudi-
nals, which break up the threads into minute tubercles: toward
the end of the second whorl longitudinal and oblique bars appear
somewhat vaguely and confusedly; but presently the distinct
arrangement appears of short little bars above and a net-
work on the lower part of the whorls. Whorls 7+ in all, but the
shell is very likely hardly full-grown: they are almost horizontal
above, with a flat or faintly concave sinus-area, slightly angulated
at the shoulder, and below this cylindrical or a very little convex
to the lower suture ; the last is rather short, a little tumid, with
a long pillar-line on the left side, and a small square prominent
snout on the right. Swtwre very slight in consequence of the up-
lap of the whorls at their junction, but of course strongly marked
by the angulation of the line of junction. Jouth oblong, trian-
cularly pointed above, and ending in a very square broadish canal
below. Outer lip flatly arched, with a slight angulation below
the sinus-area and a marked pinch-in where it turns to form

* Fyrom this the name is derived.

464 58 - REY. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

the canal; its edge-line is very straight and scarcely prominent,
but has a high shoulder above, between which and the body
lies the deepish, rounded, and open-mouthed sinus. _ Inner lip
very thin and narrow, and dying out very early on the scarcely
oblique, twisted, sharp pillar-edge; its line across the body is
very short and convex, but is very concave at its junction
with the long, scarcely oblique pillar. H. 0-22. B.0-1. Pen-
ultimate whorl, height 0°04. Mouth, height 013, breadth
0-04.

This is ike P. (D.) pudens, but differs markedly in its more
angular outlines and square pinched-out snoct.

56. Poevrotoma (DrrraNcIa) STREPTOPHORA, n. sp. (a7pe-
mropopos, necklace-wearing.)

North Atlantic. April or May 1873. (Station not entered.)
Over 1000 fms.

Shell.— W hite, strong, porcellaneous, stumpy, with a very short
body-whorl, a double necklace of tubercles below the suture, a
rather high, small-tipped, buff-pointed spire, a rounded base,
small, broadish, reverted snout, and a twisted pillar. Sculpture.
Longitudinals—there are about 12 narrow ridge-shaped ribs on
each whorl: they originate below the sinus-area in conical-shaped
little tubercles, and die out at the point of the base; they are
parted by shallow rounded furrows of about three times their
breadth. The lines of growth, which are pretty strong, cover
the whole surface. Spirals—close below the suture is a row
of small, rather coarse, and not quite regular-rounded tubercles,
about 24-26 in number: these form an angulated ring as a sub-
sutural margination ; adjacent to them is the row of more promi-
nent costal conical-shaped tubercles. The body of the whorl
below these is feebly striate. Toward the end of the base isa
sharpish furrow succeeded by a broadish flat band, below which
on the extreme point of the base is a series of 4 sharp narrow
threads and furrows, followed by about as many more, smaller and
more crowded on the snout. Colour porcellaneous white, glossy,
with a buff tip. Spare long relatively to the shell, shortly scalar,
convexly conical. Apex: the extreme tip is broken, but had evi-
dently been very small; two whorls remain, rounded, high,
conical, parted by a distinct suture, buff-coloured, minutely
straight-barred above and reticulated below, as in the type.

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. A465

Whorls 5, below the embryonic apex ; probably about 9 in all.
The rows of infrasuiural tubercles give them a minute double
keel above with an oblique slope at this part, below which they
are cylindrical, or very slightly contracted to the lower whorl:
this contraction 1s distinct on the last whorl, which is very small.
The base is rounded and contracted, and ends bluntly ina trian-
cular snout with a slightly reverted point; the advance of the
pillar on the left side is rather more than one would have ex-
pected. Sutwre small, but very strongly marked. JZowth ovate,
contracted and angulated above, produced into the broad, open,
and oblique canal below. Outer lip confused by having been
broken and mended; but apparently thickened and probably mar-
ginated above, very flatly curved with great regularity from end
to end; the edge runs very straight with little of prominence,
and forms a very slight and shallow rounded sinus near, but not
quite close to, the suture, from which it seems to be separated
by an extension ofthe upper beaded line. Inner lip broad,
formed by a glossy pad above, and below it is slightly excavated into
the substance of the shell. It runs straight out along the pillar
to the very point, where it meets the very oblique, twisted, and
thickened edge: the pillar is thus very short, stumpy, and obliquely
cut off in front, reminding one of a Nassa; and its whole point is
a little twisted and reverted. H.031. B.0-13. Penultimate
whorl, height 0:06. Mouth, height 0°13, breadth 0:07.

57. Prevrotoma (DEFRANCIA) CIRCUMVOLUTA, 0. sp.

St. 23. March 25, 1873. Lat. 18° 38'30" N., long. 65° 5! 30" W.
North of Culebra Island, St. Thomas, Danish West Indies.
390 fms. Coral-mud.

Shell.— White, strong, with a high, scalar, small, buff-tipped
spire, an excessively small body, and a contracted conical base.
Sculpture. Longitudinals—there are on each whorl about 14 slight,
narrow, ridge-shaped, round-topped, oblique and slightly irre-
gular riblets; they rise sharply in obscure tubercles below the
sinus-area, and die out at the point of the base; they are parted
by shallow rounded furrows of more than twice their breadth.
The sinus-area is scored by minute cusp-like remote bars, which
generally are not continuous, but are interrupted about the
middle, and are more numerous on the lower than the upper half
of the area: the lines of growth are extremely fine. Spirals—

466 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

the sinus-area is occupied by a broadish, square, impressed fur-
row ; below this there is a square-edged shoulder caused by the
projection of the ribs at their origin; this forms a blunt but
strongish keel. The rest of the whorl is covered by about 12 fine
rounded threads (exclusive of those belonging to the snout, which
is broken); the two threads at the keel are close-set ; the others
are pretty equal and equally arranged ; on the penultimate whorl
there are about 8 of these threads. Colour dead white, pro-
bably porcellaneous when fresh; the apex is buff or sandy-
coloured. Spire high, scalar, conical. Apex small, high, conical,
with the typical straight bars above, and obliquely reticulated
ones below; the two or three of the very tip are broken. Whorls
6 below the apex; they are short and broad, of slow regular
increase, with a drooping slightly concave shoulder, keeled, and
from the keel contracting conically to the inferior suture ; the
last whorl is very short and small, with a rounded convexly
conical base: the extreme point of the pillar and snout is
broken. Suture obtusely, but angularly, impressed. Mouth
oval. Outer lip almost semicircular, with an angle at the keel;
its edge advances very far forward below; above it forms a very
deep, wide, funnel-shaped sinus close up to the suture. Inner
lip slightly excavated, witha very small border. H. 0°36. B. 0:18.
Penultimate whorl, height 0°06. Mouth, height 0-1, breadth 0-08.
(These measurements are of necessity, from the broken state of
the mouth, somewhat hypothetical; but they are at least not
exaggerated.)

58. PrevrotoMA (DEFRANCIA) CHYTA, nD. sp. (yvTds, cast.)

St. 73. June 30, 1873. Lat. 38° 30’ N., long. 31° 14’ W.
West of Azores. 1000 fms. Globigerina-ooze. Bottom tempe-
rature 39°°4.,

Shell—White, conical, ribbed, with a high, subscalar, small-
pointed apex, a short tumid body-whorl, a rounded contracted
base, anda small snout. Sculpture. Longitudinals—there are on
the last whorl 14 ridge-shaped, round-topped, curved, oblique
ribs: they are not strong, originate in small rounded beads at an
angulation below the sinus-area, and die out on the base: they
are parted by shallow rounded furrows of double their breadth ;
on the first regular whorl they appear as simple beads 9 in
number; on the next whorl they assume the form of straight

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER ’ EXPEDITION. 4.67

riblets, whose obliquity increases on each successive whorl: the
lines of growth, which are quite independent of the riblets, are
very slight. Spirals—there is a row of quite separate, very small,
elongated tubercles below the suture: the sinus-area is bordered
on its lower side by a very faint and small furrow: the angu-
lation of the whorl below this is chiefly due to the row of beads
in which the ribs originate, and here there are several very
minute threads: 9 somewhat stronger, equal, and equally parted
threads occupy the body from this angle downwards; about 5
others, stronger and wider apart, occupy the base, and about 4
more the snout; here and there a much finer thread occurs in the
intervals. Colowr white. Spire high, subscalar, conical. Apex
small, high, conical, with tumid whorls ; the sculpture is typical,
a. é. with straight bars above and obliquely reticulated ones below ;
the two or three of the very tip are broken. Whorls 6-7, exclu-
sive of those which form the apex, of regular increase, with a
drooping concave shoulder, keeled, and below the keel almost
cylindrical, but with a very slight contraction to the lower suture;
the last whorl is short, tumid, with a rounded base produced into
a short, broad, triangular, one-sided snout. Swtwre very slightly
impressed and extremely small, as the inferior whorl laps up on
the one above it. Jouth angularly oval, pointed above, broad in
the middle, and obliquely prolonged below into the short canal.
Outer lip concave in the sinus-area and angulated at the keel ; it
forms from this point a very regular curve to the front: the edge,
which sweeps far out below, forms rather a low shoulder above,
between which and the body lies the deep, rather narrow, open-
mouthed, rounded sinus. Jnner lip is excavated, has a slight
raised border outside of it, is rather broad, and continues to the
extreme point of the short narrowish pillar, which is rather
obliquely cut off with a rounded twisted edge, and whose
junction with the body is deeply concave. H. 0°54. B. 0°24.
Penultimate whorl, height 0-1. Mouth, height 0°24, breadth
0-18.

This species has some resemblance to one which Dr. Gwyn
Jeffreys got in the ‘ Porcupine’ dredgings from 994 fathoms,
and in the ‘Travailleur’ dredgings in the Bay of Biscay, and
which he proposes to call Defrancia formosa—a name with this
disadvantage, that there is already a Pleuwrotoma formosa of Reeve.
In the ‘ Challenger’ expedition it was got at St. 24, St. 73, St. 78,

468 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

and St. 85; but all the specimens are very young. From its
reticulated sculpture I had called it P. (Defrancia) cribraria.
There is another ‘ Challenger’ species it resembles from St. 73,
and for which I had chosen the name P. (D.) smileuta, untor-
tunately also a young specimen. The distinction between the
present species and these others is expressed by the name
chyta (xvros, cast); while P. (D.) smileuta (cpereuros, chipped
out) is like a thing blocked out of the solid. P. (D.) formosa,
Jeff., again resembles something on which superficial ornament
has been laid and attached by melting. Inall three cases there
is a resemblance in the forms and sculpture; but under that
resemblance there is the strongest difference.

59. PuevRoToMA (DEFRANCIA) PERPAUXILLA, 0. sp.

St. 24. March 25, 1873. Lat. 18°30! 30" N., long. 65°5' 30" W.
N. of Culebra Island, St. Thomas, Danish W. Indies. 390 fms.
Coral-mud.

Shell.—Very small, high and narrow, white, ribbed and spiralled,
with convex whorls, a small elongated regular body, impressed
suture, a high, conical, small-tipped spire, a rounded base, and a
small, longish, triangular, one-sided snout. Sculpture. Longitu-
dinals—there are on the latter whorls about 9 biggish flatly
rounded ribs, parted by equally broad open rounded furrows ; in
the upper whorls they barely reach the lower suture; on the
last they hardly extend to the base; they originate at a shoulder
below the sinus-area; they are thus very short. The lines of
growth are very faint, except in the sinus-area, where, round the
top of the whorls, the old sinus-scars form a series of short, sharp,
regular, remote, little riblets. Spirals—below the sinus-area is a
feeble thread; the periphery of the whorls is marked by two
sharp, square-topped threads, which form a double keel; the
upper one is very near the feeble thread above mentioned: the
interval between the carinal threads is about four times their
breadth ; somewhat more remote, a third thread, equally strong,
appears on the last whorl, coming out exactly from the oral
angle and defining the base ; above and below this, at about equal
distances, are two feebler threads; the rest of the base is bare,
but the entire snout is covered with very small spiral threads.
The entire surface is very minutely scored with microscopic spiral
lines. Colour frosted white, witha buff apex. Apex: there are

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 469

four embryonic whorls, which form a high cone with a slightly
impressed suture, and rise to a small rounded prominent tip:
the sculpture is typical, the tip being scored with some 10 or
12 minute sharp spiral threads, while the other whorls have
straight bars on the upper part and reticulated bars below, only
the part occupied by the straight bars is exceptionally short.
Whorls 7-8, of regular increase, with a drooping shoulder, a
double ecarination, and a marked contraction to the inferior
suture; the last whorl is very regular in form, witha slightly con-
tracted base, from which projects a small triangular one-sided
snout. Suture slightly impressed, flatly but minutely margi-
nated below. Mouth oval, angulated above, and prolonged into
a rather broad and longish canal below. Outer lip very regu-
larly curved, but drawn out straight along the canal: its edge,
which is rather prominently curved below, forms a somewhat low
shoulder above, between which and the body lies the wide-mouthed,
deep, rounded sinus. Jnner lip rather broad and distinct ; it is
very early cut off on the short pillar at the very oblique twisted
edge, which then runs on as a thin sharp margin to the canal:
the junction of the pillar and body is rather deeply concave.
H. 0:15. B. 06. Penultimate whorl, height 0-026. Mouth,
height 0:06, breadth 0:03.

This is a very small species; but I think one of the speci-
mens is very nearly full-grown.

60. PrevRoTOMA (DEFRANCIA ?) PERPARVA, 0. sp.

St. 122. September 10,1873. Lat. 9° 5'S., long. 34° 50! W.
Pernambuco. 3850 fms. Mud.

Shell.Small, high and narrow, ribbed and spiralled, with
convex whorls, a small short body, impressed suture, a high,
conical, scalar, small-tipped spire, a rounded base, and a small,
short, triangular, one-sided snout. Sculpture. Longitudinals—
there are on the last whorl 12, on the earlier one or two fewer,
small, straight, rounded ribs, which originate somewhat promi-
nently in an angle of the whorls below the sinus-area, and run
down to the point of the base, but do not extend to the snout ;
they are parted by rounded furrows of nearly three times their
width: close below the sinus is a crowded row of very short,
small, curved bars—the old sinus-scars. The whole surface is
closely, very regularly, and rather sharply scored with lines of

470 REY. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

growth. Spirals—the earlier whorls are keeled by three equal,
equally prominent, and equally parted rounded threads; on the
last whorl others, weaker, appear between these; the lowest of
the three loses in importance, and about seven others, not all quite
equal nor quite equally parted, occupy the base, while four or five
more somewhat similar cover the snout. Colour probably white,
but stained with mud in which the specimens have lain. Apex:
there are 4 embryonic whorls, which form a high cone with a
slightly impressed suture; the extreme tip has evidently been
small, but is broken: the sculpture is not typical, but consists of
a series of straight bars ornamented with rough and projecting
tubercles ; these cross the whorls, but at the top and bottom of
the whorls another set of short little bars occur between the
larger ones. Whorls: these are 9 in all, of regular increase,
rather short ; above they are slightly concavely horizontal, at the
three keels cylindrical, and below this contracted into the infe-
rior suture; the last whorl is very short, a very little swoin,
with a very short rounded base and a small snout. Suture
impressed, but open. J/ouwth small, oval, rounded above, and
drawn out into a canal below. Outer lip straight in the sinus-
area, high-arched in the middle, concave in front, and straight
along the canal: the edge formsa high shoulder above, between
which and the body is the open, deep, rounded sinus. Inner lip
thinly excavated, very early cut off at the sharp oblique edge of
the pillar. H.0-23. B.0-09. Penultimate whorl, height 0:045.
Mouth, height 0:09, breadth 0:05.

This species is classed under Defrancia only provisionally with
a mark of interrogation, in consequence of the departure of the
embryonic whorls from the typical sculpture. That sculpture
and form of apex may probably serve as the safest basis of classi-
fication in the whole group.

61. PrEvRotToMA (DaPHNELLA) compsa, n. sp. («opibds, neat.)

St. 174D. August 3, 1874. Lat. 19°5'50''S., long. 178° 16! 20" B.
Kandavu, Fiji. 210 fms. Globigerina-ooze.

Shell.—High, narrow, fusiform, white, with pale irregular
ruddy-brown spots near the suture and at the apex, which is
small and sharp; the whorls are rounded and reticulately
ribbed, the last narrow and drawn out on the base; it has a high
subscalar spire ; the mouth is long and rather narrow, the outer
lip thickened within and without, with a small sinus above and a

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 471

distinct canal in front. Sculpture. Longitudinals—on the earlier
whorls there are sharp, narrow, prominent, slightly oblique,
remote ribs ; these increase in number and diminish in distinet-
ness, till on the last whorl they are very numerous, crowded, and
insignificant: this arises from intermediate riblets, which are
almost invisible on the earlier whorls, reaching on the last a pro-
minence equal to that of the others ; these are best seen in the
sinus-area. Behind the lip is a strong and broad varix, scored
with the riblets, and bevelled off to a thin prominent edge.
Spirals—the whole surface is covered with fine sharp raised spirals,
very often alternating with finer ones in the intervals; they are
separated by shallow square furrows of about the same breadth as
the spirals ; at their intersections with the longitudinals they are
slightly nodose: in the sinus-area there are only fine crowded
spirals, whilst on the snout these are strong and remote. Colour
dead porcellaneous white, with a few faint ruddy-brown blotches
near the top of the whorls and toward the outer lip. Spire high,
conical, scalar. Apex small, sharp, conical, consisting of 3-4
ruddy rounded embryonic whorls, the sculpture of which is that
of the typical Defrancia group, 2. e. the upper half of the whorls
is scored longitudinally by very numerous minute, sharp, raised,
curved bars, which split into two and cover the lower half of the
whorls with exquisite little square-shaped reticulations formed
by the crossing of the bars. Whorls 9-10 in all, of regular, but
rather rapid increase: they are at first rather broad, but the
penultimate is high and the last rather long and narrow ; they
rise in steps one above another, being a little flattened above, are
well rounded, and have a slight contraction into the lower suture ;
the last is produced into a very lop-sided, long, and somewhat
oblique and obliquely truncated snout. Suture is strongly
marked by the slight contraction of the whorl above, and a con-
striction of the shoulder of the whorl below, but is not really
deep, for the inferior whorl laps up on that above it. Mouth long,
narrow, oblong, sharply pointed above, and produced into an open
broadish spout-like canal below. Ovter lip forms a regular flat
curve to the canal, where it is slightly concave and then straight ;
at its junction with the body there is a strongly marked little
rounded nick which cuts into the edge, but is bordered by a small
encircling pad lying between it and the body-whorl ; this nick is
the generic sinus, and the scars of it are marked on all the whorls ;
the extreme edge of the lip is thin and sharp, but there is a

472 REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

strongish white porcellaneous pad a little way within; this pad
does not extend to the canal, the edge of which at the point is
very obliquely cut off from right to left. Inner lip, as mentioned
there is a small pad above formed by an extension of the outer
lip: this is continued across the body as a porcellaneous layer,
thinning out and disappearing on the pillar, which is cut off in
front with a long obliquity, whose edge is rounded, but hardly
twisted. H.08. B.027. Penultimate whorl, height 0°14.
Mouth, height 0°42, breadth 0:13.

This is a very beautiful species in form and in sculpture. It
may perhaps best be compared with P. hyalina, Reeve, or with
Mangelia cylindrica, Reeve, or M. gracilis, Reeve, or M. fragilis,
Reeve, but is not very much like any of them. Its apex distinetly
connects it with the Defrancia group of which Daphnella* (f. auc-
torum nec Hinds) is a subdivision; and I have accordingly placed
it here, though aware that it is not very like some of the species
which have been thus named.

62. PurevroroMa (DAPHNELLA) AULACOESSA, n. sp. (avdAaxdets,
furrowed. )

St.188. September 10,1874. Lat. 9°59! S., long. 139° 42! B.
W. of Cape York, off the 8.W. point of Papua. 28 fms. Mud.

Shell.—High, narrow, fusiform, white; the whorls are convexly
cylindrical ; the spire high, narrow, subscalar, and conical; the
body-whorl is long, narrow, and conical, with a small snout; the
lip has a thin crimped edge; the sinus is small, but very well
defined at the extreme top of the long narrow mouth. Sculpture.
Longitudinals—there are on each whorl many (27 on penulti-
mate, about 40 on the last whorl) fine, rounded, curved threads,
which correspond with the old lines of growth; they are parted
by minute furrows, which are rather narrower than the threads.
These longitudinals extend to the base, but not to the snout.
Spirals—the riblets are crossed by very similar spiral threads
which form minute knots at the crossings, and these are parted
by little furrows which are rather wider and less regular than the
longitudinal ones, and have occasionally subsidiary threadlets in
the middle: there are about 7 of these spirals on the penultimate
and about 14 on the last whorl: the sinus-area has very faint

* Hinds, who is the author of this genus (see Zool. ‘Sulphur,’ p. 25), puts
it after Conopleura and before Mangelia, but gives no further indication of its
family relations. Its connexion with Defrancia is therefore with me more a
hope than a conviction.

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. A473

threadlets, about three in number, and the first regular spiral
below these is stronger than all the rest, and forms a slight keel ;
they cover the whole snout. Colour white. Spire high, conical,
subscalar. Apex small, sharp, consisting of three (probably, for
the extreme tip is broken) embryonic whorls which have the
typical Defrancia-sculpture, the upper third being straight barred
and the lower two thirds reticulately barred; but the sculpture is
very fine. Whorls about 8 in all, of regular but rapid increase ;
in form convexly conical, slightly shouldered above: the last,
which is narrow, is produced into a convexly conical base and a
short oblique-ended snout. Suture is slightly impressed, and is
somewhat strongly marked by the swelling of the whorl imme-
diately below. Mouth narrowly oblong, bluntly pointed above,
where it runs out into the small but rather deeply impressed and
rounded gutter of the sinus, and produced below into a broadish
canal. Outer lip regularly curved, but at the canal flattened ;
the edge forms a regularly curved sweep, prominent in the middle,
and retreating into the sinus and canal; itis slightly contracted,
sharp, crimped rather than toothed, thickened a little way within ;
in the sinus it is blunted and rounded into a gutter: an exten-
sion of the outer lip surrounds the sinus and forms a small pad
between that and the body-whorl. Jnner lip: there is a very
thin glaze on the body and pillar: the edge of the pillar in front
has a very slight oblique bend, and is sharply rounded, but scarce
twisted. H. 0°31. B. 0:12. Penultimate whorl, height 0:07.
Mouth, height 0°15, breadth 0:05.

This markedly belongs to the same group as the preceding. It
has the same Defrancia apex and much the same form as that,
and is therefore comparable with the species there referred to ;
but it is obviously very distinct from them all.

63. PrLEevROTOMA (BORSONTA) CEROPLASTA, D.sp. (kfpotAac-
70S, WaXen. )

St. 24. March 25, 1873. Lat. 18° 38'30" N., long. 65° 5/30" W.
N. of Culebra Island, St. Thomas, Danish W. Indies. 3890 fms.
Coral-mud.

Shell.—High, narrow, biconical, with a tall blunt spire, a
slightly impressed suture, and a shortish base: the whorls are
feebly ribbed and very obsoletely spiralled. Sculpture: there are
on the earlier whorls about 12, on the last two whorls about
14 elongated tubercles, which project bluntly and slightly above

LINN. JOUBN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. Xv. 37

ATA, REV. R. BOOG WATSON ON THE

the middle of the whorls, and are obliquely and feebly produced
to the inferior suture; they are obsolete on the base: the sur-
face is closely scratched with fine, somewhat unequal lines of
growth. Spirals—there is a very slight pad which forms an infe-
rior margin to the suture ; below this is a hardly concave furrow,
on the lower side of which the whorls are angulated by the
projection of the tubercles: the lower part of the whorls is very
obsoletely marked with broad flat spiral threads, which may be
traced to the tip of the snout. Colowr pale waxy white, whence
the name. Spire conical, with profile-lines interrupted by the
prominence of the keel, from which both above and below is a
contraction into the suture. Apex consists of 2 tumid rounded
whorls of nearly equal size, with a very slight suture. Whorls
8 in all, of slow and regular increase; the last is small, with a
rounded conical base and a smallish snout: they are angularly
convex, with a slight contraction into the suture, both at top and
bottom of the whorls. Swtwre a little impressed, rather oblique.
Mouth small and narrow, pear-shaped, scarcely angulated above,
and drawn out into a rather narrow canal in front. Outer lip
regularly curved above, flat in front: the edge retires slightly
below the suture, so as to form the deep rather narrow sinus,
whose lower side is made by the very high and prominent
shoulder, which advances very far forward, and still continues to
do so though more slightly on to the edge of the canal, where it
again retires to the left. Inner lip: there isa thin glaze on the body
and pillar whose union is very slightly concave: the generic fold is
a prominent, rounded, narrow thread which coils round the pillar
about the middle and parallel to the suture: the front of the
pillar is narrow, twisted, and oblique. H.0°5. B.02. Penul-
timate whorl, height 0:08. Mouth, height 0:23, breadth 0:09.

It is interesting to add a new species, and that from the
Atlantic, to the few living Pacific species of this Tertiary fossil
genus. The whole aspect of the shell is that of a Pleurotoma of
the Sureula group.

64. PLEUROTOMA (BoRSONTA) SILICEA, n. sp.

St. 122. September 10, 1873. Lat. 9° 5'S., long. 34° 50’ W.
Off Pernambuco. 350 fms. Mud.

Shell.—High, narrow, biconical, with a tall, blunt, scalar
spire, and a short contracted base: whorls angulated, but hardly
prominent above, tubercled but scarcely ribbed, obsoletely
spiralled. Sculpture: there are in the middle of the whorls small

MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘ CHALLENGER’ EXPEDITION. 475

rounded tubercles, of which there are about 11 on the first ordi-
nary and 16 on the last whorl; on the earlier whorls they are
feebly prolonged downwards as riblets, but become weaker on
the last whorls. The whole surface is closely scratched with
hair-like and somewhat irregular lines of growth. Spirals—an
exceedingly slight pad forms a faint inferior margination to the
suture: between this and the line of tubercles the profile is
oblique and straight, not concave: below the keel formed by the
tubercles are a few very faint and sparse spiral threads. Colour
pale flinty, whence the name. Spire conical, with interrupted
profile-lines. Apex consists of two glossy, tumid, rounded whorls
of nearly equal size, and with a very slight suture. Whorls 8 in
all, of slow and regular increase ; they are shouldered above and
almost cylindrical below the keel; the last is small, contracts from
the keel, and has a short, conical, hardly tumid base prolonged into
a short small snout. Swtwre very slightly impressed, rather
oblique. Mouth small, narrow, pear-shaped, angulated above, and.
drawn out into a short open canal in front. Outer lip steeply curved
above, a little flatly prolonged forward ; its edge, which retreats
at the canal, is prominently rounded in the middle, and forms
a high shoulder above, between which and the body is the rather
deep, narrow, rounded sinus. Inner lip: there isa thinnish glaze
on the body and pillar, whose union is very slightly concave; at
that point occurs the generic fold, which is somewhat remote
within the mouth, and is a rather strong thread; the front of the
pillar is rather oblique, sharpish, and twisted. H.0-41. B.0-15.
Penultimate whorl, height 0°06. Mouth, height 0:09, breadth
0:07.

This species differs from the preceding (which it very much
resembles) in that the shell is smaller, the whorls more sharply
keeled (the carination, too, higher), the contraction of their lower
part less marked, the tubercles are rounder and tend less to be
drawn out into riblets, the form of the shell is narrower, and
the apex is much smaller.

37%

476 MR. §. O. RIDLEY ON THE GENUS DIRRHOPALUM.

On the Genus Plocamia, Schmidt, and on some other Sponges of
the Order Ecutnonemata. By Stuart O. Rrotey, M.A.,
F.L.S. With Descriptions of two additional new Species
of Dirrhopalum by Prof. P. Martin Duncan, M.B. Lond.,
FE.R.S., F.L.S., &e.

[Read June 2, 1881.]
(Puates XXVIII. & XXIX.)

Part I.
Introductory Remarks, and Descriptions of Species of Dirrhopalum.
-By S. O. Riptey.

AutTHovUGH the genus Plocamia was only recognized as a distinct
type in the year 1870*, it now proves to be one of the most
widely distributed, as well as one of the most beautiful, of the
now numerous genera of the interesting order to which it belongs.
Hitherto only three species have been assigned to it, viz. :—

Plocamia gymnazusa, Schmidt, Spong. atl. Geb. p. 62, pl. iv. fig. 18.
Cuba, 270 fathoms.

P. clopetaria, Schmidt, 1. c. p. 63, pl. iv. fig. 17. Florida, 195 fathoms.

P. plena, Sollas, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) iv. p. 44, pl. vi. W. Africa,
Lat. 15° S. Depth?

In the present paper I have described} a new species from
New Zealand, and given annotations on others previously de-
scribed under other generic names; the latter are known, one
from Ireland, another from Ceylon, and another from Cape
St. Vincent.

No species has been described from the Arctic regions; but
Ehrenberg (Zweite deutsche Nordpolarfahrt, pl. iv. fig. 8) figures
from the sea in the neighbourhood of either Spitzbergen or East
Greenland a cylindrical spicule, entirely spined, arcuately curved,
slightly enlarged at the ends, which probably belongs to an un-
known species allied to Dirrhopalum (Hymeraphia) microcionides,
Carter. Ehrenberg names the spicule Amphidiscus anceps.

The distribution of the genus is thus now seen to extend from
the Equatorial Atlantic to the South Pacific Ocean, and into the
Indian Ocean and North Atlantic.

* O. Schmidt, Spong. atl. Geb. p. 62.

+t Note.—The terminology here adopted is, in general. that of Mr. Carter
(Ann. & Mag. N. H. (4) xvi. p.1 &c.). Measurements of spicules are the
average maximum measurements ; the diameters given are the greatest diameters
of the spicules,

MR. 8S. 0. RIDLEY ON TUE GENUS DIRRHOPALUM. 477

The name, under the form Plocamium, was long ago applied
to a genus of seaweeds by J. P. Lamouroux (‘ Résumé de Phyto-
graphie,’ vol. i. 1828, p. 38), and adopted by Kiitzing and subse-
quent writers. This genus has therefore precedence of Plocamia;
and as a change is obviously necessary, I shall adopt throughout
the rest of this paper the name Dirrhopalum*, which Prof. P.
M. Duncan has suggested for the genus distinguished by Schmidt.

Two definitions have been given of the genus, the one by
Schmidt (7. c. supra), the other (ostensibly a definition of the new
group to which he assigns it, but practically, as being the
only genus included, a generic diagnosis) by Sollas (Ann. &
Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv. p. 47). Both need modification in the
present state of our knowledge. Thus Schmidt, assuming, on
insufficient grounds, that the second of his two species would
prove to be upright and branched in the adult state, attributed
this character to the genus, “ Schwimme mit incrustirender Basis
und darauf sich erhebendem astigem Geflecht,’ which must give
way, considering that no branching specimens of the species in
question have yet been described. Sollas’s definition includes
the same hitherto unjustified character. An examination or
study of the descriptions of the different species now assigned to
the genus shows that the diagnosis should stand at present :—

“Hchinonematous Sponges. Growth incrusting or upright:
in the former case formed by a basal lamina of a dumbbell-
shaped spicule characteristic of the genus, from which spring tufts
of acuate or slightly spinulate spicules radiating from axes formed
by larger smooth acuates or subspinulates, which are enclosed
by ceratinous or pseudo-ceratinous fibre; when the growth is
upright, the spicular tufts are set in whorls on fibres which are
at right angles to the axis of the stem, branch, or frond, and
which are similarly connected by horizontal fibres containing the
dumbbell spicule. Flesh-spicules, if present, a tricurvate (German
“Bogen’) or equianchorate (‘ Haken’), or both.”

With regard to the distinctness of the dumbbell form of
spicule, which has justly been made a prominent character of the
genus, it must be remembered that it differs but little in the
principles of its construction from another type (the “ tibiella”’
of Carter, “ cylindrical”’ or “ subfusiformi-cylindrical”’ of Bower-
bank) occurring in several well-known sponges, as in the genus

* Ois twice, and pdézaXoy a club, alluding to the doubly clavate or dumbbell.
shaped spicule,

478 MR. 8. O. RIDLEY ON THE GENUS DIRRHOPALUM.

Alebion, Gray (=Halichondria Patterson, nigricans, pulchella,
Bowerbank, &e.), and Tedania, Gray (T. nigrescens, Muggiana,
digitata, Schmidt, &c.), Cribrella hospitalis, Schmidt, and fore-
shadowed in the long cylindricals of Suberotelites mercator, Sdt.,
and Desmacidon columella, Bowerbank, in which a magnifying-
power of about 400 diameters reveals a slight inflation. The
“tibiella” also occurs in Hymeniacidon armatura, Bowerbank,
Suberites fuliginosus and in Halichondria infrequens, Carter, and
Desmacidon diane, emphysema, physa, anceps, Schmidt. As to its
relations to other linear spicules, see p. 485, where the systematic
position of the genus is discussed.

The dumbbell spicule may, however, be distinguished from the
“tibiella” by its having the maximum length not exceeding 20 of
its own maximum diameters, and by its being always arcuately
curved.

I propose to give notes on the species to be assigned to the
genus, adding, in the case of those which are now assigned to it
for the first time, the reasons which have led me to adopt this
course in their respective cases. Beginning with Schmidt’s own
species, those on which the genus was based, I find it necessary
to supplement his short descriptions by fuller details, taken from
the microscopic preparations supplied by himself to the British
Museum. It will be seen that the result of an examination of
these preparations justifies, in part, Sollas’s supposition (Ann. &
Mace. N. H. (5) iv. p. 46) that Schmidt had perhaps overlooked the
flesh-spicules of his species.

J. Dizrnorpatum eymnazon. (Plate XXIX. figs. 1, 2.)
Plocamia gymnazusa, Schmidt, Spong. atl. Geb. p. 62, pl. iv. fig. 17.
To the details given by Schmidt (/.c.) should be added the

following :—

Bases of echinating- and main-fibre spicules connected by
yellow ceratinous (?)* material. No spinulate spicules as stated
by Schmidt.

Skeleton-spicules of three kinds:—(1) Long, slender, smooth,
slightly curved acuate, tapering from the base to the sharp
point; size 2°13 to 2°48 by 04434 millim. (2) Stout smooth
acuate, tapering to asharp point from within quarter of its length
from the base, and slightly tapering to the base from the same

* As the slide appears to have a tale cover, the test of polarization (see
p- 481 ad init. and note) is inapplicable here.

MR. 8. O. RIDLEY ON THE GENUS DIRRHOPALUM. 479

point; bent, but not so sharply as in Schmidt’s figure 17); size
0:99 by -06334 millim. (8) Dumbbell or double-headed, curved,
cylindrical spicule; size °479 by :06334 millim.

Flesh-spicules of two kinds:—(1) Tricurvate acerate, bow-
shaped, tapering gradually from centre to sharp points; size
‘082 by :003167 millim. (2) Equianchorate, bipalmate, the palms
with squarely truncate proximal margins, shaft almost straight ;
~ length about -019 millim.

2. DIRRHOPALUM ? CLOPETARIUM.
Plocamia clopetaria, Schmidt, 1. c. p. 63, pl. iv. fig. 18.

Consisting of a basal lamina, in which the dumbbell spicules
and a peculiar pegtop-like form (4) are united by ceratinous
material (polarizing light) and sarcode, and of spicular tufts
rising from this lamina, and consisting each of a very large
basally-spined acuate (1) surrounded by a considerable number
of small spicules (2) of a similar kind; the bases of the spicules
in the tuft are united by ceratinous material.

It is possible that the points of the peculiar form (4) feebly
echinate the basal lamina. In any case they cannot be varieties
of the dumbbell spicule, as stated by Schmidt (/.c.), for no
transition forms occur in the same preparation, and their inde-
pendent existence in the fossil state is undoubted (see p. 486).

Skeleton-spicules of four forms:—(1) Large, curved acuate,
the base finely tuberculate ; length (none were found entire) pro-
bably about 1°8 millim., thickness ‘057 millim. (2) Small,
straight acuate, basally spined, slightly constricted just above
base; size 29 by ‘01108 millim. (8) Dumbbell spicule, curved so
as to form about a third part of a circle, coarsely tuberculate in
approximately verticillate whorls on shaft, evenly so over the ends;
both ends and centre of shaft inflated to the same diameter ; size
‘152 millim. long, inflated ends and centre °05067 millim. thick.
(4) Short, rapidly tapering acuate (‘‘ pegtop ’’-shaped spicule),
coarsely tuberculate ; one sixth of the apical end is almost smooth,
becomes more rapidly narrow than the rest, and is traversed to
its extremity by the central canal; size 1647 by -076 millim.

Flesh-spicules.— None were found after careful search in the
mounting (which, however, is small) in the Museum collection,
unless tricurvates are represented by a single specimen of a fine
barely tricurvate acerate ; size ‘108 by 003167 millim.

Obs. If the flesh-spicules should really be wanting, this species

480 MR. S. O. RIDLEY ON THE GENUS DIRRHOPALUM.

should perhaps, looking to the peculiarity and antiquity of its
characteristic spicule (4), be made the type of a distinct genus.
I shall, for the present, allude to forms which resemble it as
belonging to the “clopetariwm section”’ of the genus Dirrhopalum.

3. DIRRHOPALUM PLENUM.
Plocamia plena, Sollas, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) iv. p. 44, pls. vi. & vii.

A member of the typical section of the genus, z. e. of that part
which is represented by D. gymnazon, for it has a smooth-
shafted dumbbell spicule coexisting with equianchorate and tri-
curvate flesh-spicules. The short-spined acuate (plate vi. fig. 5,
&e.), with the coarse and backwardly-directed spines of its shaft
and the somewhat tubercular spines of its base, may perhaps
represent the pegtop-like form of D. clopetariwm, and thus the
species may form one link in the chain, if it ever existed, between
that species and D. gymnazon. This may well be, for if D. clo-
petarium is ultimately found, like D. gymnazon, to have the flesh-
spicules, the only important points then separating it from D. plenum
would be the tuberculation of the shaft of the dumbbell spicule,
the tuberculate character of the short-spined acerate, and possibly
(and, if so, most important of all) the non-echinating position of
this spicule, which is distinctly an echinating form in D. plenum.

The arrangement of the skeleton of D. plenum is also typically
Dirrhopaline, showing a vertical or primary fibre echinated by an
acuate and subspinulate spicule, and a horizontal or secondary
fibre or tract containing the dumbbell form. The yellow colour
ascribed to the sarcode, and the firm consistency of the skeleton,
appear to me to indicate that there is a decided admixture of a
ceratinous element, or of some analogous substance, in it, in
spite of Mr. Sollas’s conclusions derived from facts of some
importance. Whatever, however, may be the case with this
species, it certainly seems to occur in an undoubted Diérrho-
palum, viz. D. manaarense, Carter, which I have examined, where
its prominence is the most striking point about the fibre of the
stem, when freshly mounted in balsam or when treated with strong
alcohol. Iam inclined to think that some forms of ceratinous
material have a refractive index so near that of Canada balsam
as to be hardly distinguishable when mounted in that medium.
In opposition to this view, however, Sollas’s experiments with
glycerine jelly still remain. The firmness of union of the various
spicules in this Echinonematous genus seems to demand some

MR. S. O. RIDLEY ON THE GENUS DIRRHOPALUM. 481

more powerful uniting agent than mere sarcode: such a material
is sometimes to be distinctly seen, and when itis found to polarize
light may perhaps be still held to be keratose ; where it does not,
it may be termed pseudokeratose*. The tough, dark, keratose-like
substance of the stem of D. manaarense exhibits decided polarizing
effects, but the similar matter in D. novizelanicum does not.

The following must be added to the genus :—

4, DirnRHOPALUM coRIACEUM. (Plate XXIX. figs. 3-7.)
Isodictya coriacea, Bowerbank, Mon. Brit. Spong. iii. p. 228, pl. lxxvi.
figs. 7-12.

It was obtained in Strangford Lough, Ireland. The original
description is misleading, so I give the following supplementary
account of the structure, made from Dr. Bowerbank’s own pre-
parations.

_ Skeleton.—Primary lines composed of (1) long, smooth acuate
and (2) shorter spined acuates, the latter chiefly echinating the
fibre by the lateral outward projection of their points at a very
acute angle to it. Secondary lines, one spicule in length, com-
posed of from one to three dumbbell-shaped spicules (8) at
right angles to the primaries. Dermal sarcode granular, very
dark ; subjacent sarcode dark; a yellowish material unites the
primary and secondary lines, but it does not polarize light.

Skeleton-spicules of three kinds :—(1) Large smooth acuates,
slightly inflated, constricted above base, thickest immediately
above this constriction ; size variable, viz. ‘317 to 4434 by 01268
to ‘014 millim. (2) Smaller acuates thickly spined at base, very
sparsely over the whole of the shaft; size 158 by :0079 millim.
(8) Cylindrical dumbbell-shaped spicule; ends slightly inflated
and well spined; the shaft less strongly spined (a converse im-
pression is conveyed by fig. 12 of Mon. Brit. Spong. iii. pl. lxxiv.);
size ‘117 by ‘0079 millim.

Flesh-spicules of two kinds:—(1) Tricurvate acerate, much
more slender in proportion to its length than as given in Dr.
Bowerbank’s figure (J. c. fig. 9), and the ends carry a few minute

* J have experimented with the polariscope in order to discover, if possible,
some real difference in optical properties between ordinary sarcode and keratose
in the living matter of Sponges. The results are remarkable: thus the horny
matter, mounted in balsam, of Zuba(a Chalinid), of Rhizochalina oleracea,
Fircinia lingua, and Huspongia virgultosa polarizes light, while that of Chalina
Jimitima does not ; the sarcode was never found to polarize. Quekett (‘ Practical
Treatise on the use of the Microscope,’ edit. i. p. 448) ranks sponge-fibre with
hoof, horn, and other ceratinous hodies as having this property of polarizing light.

482 MR. 8. O. RIDLEY ON THE GENUS DIRRHOPALUM.

spines ; size ‘19 by 003167 millim. (2) Equianchorate; it has
a web connecting the two lateral teeth all but the points; it
thus approaches the form ealled “ navicular” by Mr. Carter ; it
measures °0158 millim. in length. Considerable numbers, grouped
and single, occur in the mounted specimen of the dermis.

5. DIRRHOPALUM MICROCIONIDES.
Hymeraphia microcionides, Carter, Ann. §& Mag. N. H. (4) xviii.
p- 390.

Tam indebted to Mr. Carter himself for pointing out the re-
semblance which this species bears to the genus Dirrhopalwm.
Its description, together with sketches which Mr. Carter has
kindly furnished me, show that its structure is essentially the same
as that of the other incrusting species which I have referred to
the genus. A basal lamina contains the (1) doubly-headed cylin-
drical-spined spicules lying horizontally, also the equianchorate
flesh-spicule; from the lamina project upwards (2) the long,
smooth, and (8) the small, spined, and basally contracted acuate
side by side. It does not appear that the smaller spined acuates
are grouped in whorls round the larger ones, as in D. clopetarwm.
The colour is given as yellow, possibly owing to the presence of
a ceratinous uniting substance, as in other Dirrhopala. The ends
of the cylindrical spicule are slightly inflated, as I learn from
Mr. Carter, and, as stated in his description, are more abun-
dantly spined than the shaft. The locality is near Cape St. Vin-
cent, the depth 374 fathoms. It belongs to the gymnazon section
of the genus, but differs from the typical species, as at present
known, in the absence of a tricurvate flesh-spicule.

6. DirRHOPALUM MANAARENSE,
Dictyocylindrus manaarensis, Carter, Ann. § Mag. N. H. (5) vi. p. 37,
pl. iv. fig. 1.

Mr. Carter has given me all the help which he possibly could
with regard to its characters. An examination of mounted
sections and fragments of a portion of the stem of the type
specimen (for which I am indebted to Mr. Higgin, of the
Liverpool Museum) shows that, as I had been led to suspect,
the structure is essentially Dirrhopaline.

Skeleton —In the stem a very horny primary fibre (probably
less horny in the branches), running towards the surface, contains
from one to three series ef stout acuates (1), the points of the
outermost of which project through the dermis, and it is sparingly

MR. 8. O. RIDLEY ON THE GENUS DIRRHOPALUM. 483

echinated by small acuates. A horny secondary fibre, at approxi-
mately right angles to them, connects the primary fibres and con-
tains the dumbbells, which also occur sparingly in the primaries.

The dermal skeleton is formed of a reticulation of the dumb-
bell spicules lying generally in twos side by side, making angular
meshes, their ends united by dark material polarizing light.

Of the skeleton-spicules :—(1) the smooth main acuate tapers
slightly te its base, but otherwise agrees with Mr. Carter’s descrip-
tion; size ‘475 by ‘0206 millim. (2) Short echinating acuate,
smooth; is bent abruptly, like a scimitar, at about one third of
its length from the sharp point ; size 114 by ‘095 millim. (3) Fine
acuate, smooth, slightly inflated basally, scattered over fibres and
in dermis, probably young form of (1); size about 3167 by
006334 millim. (4) Dumbbell, with smooth curved shaft and
distinct heads, very minutely microtuberculate rather than micro-
spined (spines made too evident in Mr. Carter’s figure for the
scale on which it is drawn); heads of same diameter as middle
of shaft ; size ‘234 by ‘019 millim.

Flesh-spicules—(1) Tricurvate, as given by Mr. Carter; size
‘07 by -0025 millim. (2) Equianchorate, navicular ; shaft nearly
straight; proximal edges of palms slightly bidentate; length
°019 millim.

Obs. I had occasion to examine the specimen to settle a doubt as
to the identity of the species with D. novizelanicum, sp. n. (infra),
and so think it worth while giving these measurements and notes,
which supplement and slightly correct Mr. Carter’s careful de-
scription. It differs essentially from D. novizelanicwm in the
smoother and more finished condition of the dumbbell spicule,
in the proportions and shape of the smaller acuate, and in differ-
ences in the measurements of most of the spicules. On the
whole, in spite of its locality (Gulf of Manaar, Ceylon), it is not
far removed in structure from the Floridan species D. gymnazon.

7. DIRRHOPALUM NOVIZELANICUM, sp. n. (Pl. X XIX. figs. 8-16.)

Branching cylindrical stems of constant diameter, viz. about
3 millim., having a delicate linear fucus for their axis; the
branches sometimes anastomose. Apparently no rooting base;
all extremities, both upper and lower, consisting of rounded points.
Surface velvety, set with very slightly projecting ends of spicules.
Texture elastic, slightly compressible. Colour in spirit dull
umber-brown.

Vents. None apparent.

484 MR. S. O. RIDLEY ON THE GENUS DIRRHOPALUM.

Main skeleton.—Spiculo-fibres containing a large proportion of
pseudo-keratose ; the primary fibres at right angles to surface,
containing a single row of large, smooth acuate spicules (1), sur-
rounded irregularly by two or three rows of shorter acuates
(2), slightly spined basally, whose points project to the sides; a
distinct margin of ceratinous material lies outside most of the |
spicules. The secondary fibres are numerous, irregular, formed
of pseudo-ceratinous material, surrounding and showing distinct
margins outside the dumbbell spicules (3), which occur, one or
two together, in each fibre; secondary fibres about one spicule in
length. Fine spinulate or supra-basally spinulate spicules (4)
(probably young forms) scattered over primary fibres.

Dermal skeleton indefinite ; consists of a reticulation of the
dumbbell spicule, with the spinulates (4) scattered through it,
perforated at intervals by the terminal long acuates (1) of the
primary fibres.

Pseudo-ceratinous material dense, pale amber-yellow.

Sarcode very slightly granular, of almost the same colour.

Skeleton-spicules.—(1) Strong, smooth, slightly curved acuate,
tapering to rounded base from a point at about 3 diameters from
it and to sharp point from same place; size 5 by ‘025. (2) Smaller
acuate, slightly curved, slightly constricted immediately above
and very slightly microspined upon the base, and tapering to sharp
point from just above the constriction; size -2724 by ‘0174.
(3) Dumbbell spicules; shaft decidedly curved, and generally
very sparsely microspined; ends well spined, separated from
shaft by slight constriction ; of about same diameter as middle of
shaft ; size °177 by 0158 millim.

Fllesh-spicules.—(4) Long, straight, spinulate spicules, or with
head just above base; various in size, viz. ‘19 by -0021 to ‘36 by
00475 millim. Probably young forms of skeleton-spicules. (5)
Fine, decidedly tricurvate acuate, bow-shaped, tapering to fine
points from middle, smooth; size ‘06334 by ‘0021. (6) Equi-
anchorates, bipalmate, navicular; shaft almost straight; length
‘019 millim.

Hab. Bay of Islands, north-eastern extremity of New Zealand
(Antarctic Expedition). Depth?

Examined in spirit and mounted in balsam from spirit.

Obs. One chief mass, 48 millim. long, with about eight branches
given off at sharp angles from the single stem, and three or four
fragments of similar character, all more or less growing over the

MR. 8. O. RIDLEY ON THE GENUS DIRRHOPALUM. 485

fucus above mentioned, occur in the Museum collection. It is
doubtful whether they were naturally upright in growth, and
whether they ever were rooted. The nearest described ally is
apparently D. gymnazon, but the generally smaller size of the
Spicules distinguishes it; it is also near D. manaarense from
Ceylon (v. supra).

Systematic position of Dirrhopalum.

Prof. Sollas has already made the genus the type and sole occu-
pant of a new “group” named Procamranina. I am inclined
to think that in so doing he has exaggerated the distinctness of
the genus, and that Clathria, Schmidt (as based on C. coralloides,
Schmidt, &c.), might with advantage be included in the group.
The spiculation of the type species of that genus, as shown by the
mounting in the British Museum, much resembles that of Dirrho-
palum, consisting of a short cylindrical, two sizes of acuates (one
of which is contracted at the base), a fine spinulate, and a navi-
cular equianchorate ; it has a well-marked horny fibre of distinctly
echinonematous structure. More I cannot add from Schmidt’s
description; but in support of my view I would bring forward
Clathria rectangulosa, Schmidt, and the species which, in my
view, should be termed Clathria Beani, viz. Isodictya Beanit,
Bowerbank, Mon. Brit. Spong. u. p. 384, 11. pl. lvii. figs. 1-6.)

Clathria rectangulosa has small acuate spicules tapering to their
base, smooth cylindricals, subspinulate acuates, delicate equi-
anchorates and tricurvates.

The British C. Beant, Bowerbank, agrees in the most extra-
ordinary manner with Dirrhopalum coriaceum in the structure of
its skeleton, and also in almost every particular of the forms and
distribution of its spicules. It has a primary fibre composed of
(1) large smooth acuate, surrounded by a group of (2) smaller
ones, which are basally constricted; and a secondary fibre com-
posed of (8) short, thick, entirely spined acuates, basally inflated,
of almost the same diameter from the base to within a diameter
of the point which abruptly terminates it. There are also a fine
tricurvate and an equianchorate flesh-spicule. The spined acuate
or spinulate (3) differs from the correspondingly placed dumbbell
form of D. coriacewm by the addition of a point to one end, and by
the absence, as a rule, of a well-marked head or swelling at the
distal end ; this end, however, is frequently marked off from the
rest of the shaft by a slight neck, as if to form an incipient head,

486 MR. 8. 0. RIDLEY ON THE GENUS DIRRHOPALUM.

and the point is sometimes so reduced in dimensions as to suggest
that it might be readily lost altogether; in one instance it was
found replaced by a blunted, but almost smooth extremity; thus
the only serious difference between these species lies in the
character of the pointed end of this spicule. Itseems to me that
we have here the very point of transition from Clathria to Dir-
rhopalum, and for these reasons I believe in a close affinity between
the two genera. And this fact is the more interesting, as Prof.
Schmidt has called attention to the British Sponge-fauna as con-
sisting of an aggregation of indistinctly differentiated forms.

Sollas (Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) iv. p. 49) found gradations be-
tween the dumbbell spicule of D. plenwm and the spined and basally
inflated acuate of the skeleton. May his transitional forms not
show rather that the dumbbell spicule of the secondary fibre was
originally like that of D. Beani, a spined spinulate or acuate,
which is now only represented by these occasional reversions to
the primitive type ?P

Existence of Dirrhopalum in the Fossil State.

This fact appears to be indicated with some probability by the
figure given by Mr. Carter (Ann. & Mag. N. H. (4) vu. p. 133,
pl. ix. fig. 50) of a spicule from the Upper Greensand of Haldon
Hill, near Exeter, which corresponds in size to the average dimen-
sions of the dumbbell spicules of Dirrhopalum. It has a smooth
shaft, and smooth large extremities sharply distinguished from
the shaft.

Prof. Sollas (op. cit. (5) vi. p. 392, pl. xx. fig. 46) figures and
describes, as the basis of a provisional new genus and species
called Rhopaloconus tuberculatus, a large subconical spicule
rounded at each end, and covered with stout tubercles, just such
as those of the two distinctive spicules of D. clopetariwm, Schmidt.
Its size, however, is ‘95 by ‘24 millim. It may perhaps represent
an ancient divergence from the spined acuate form in the direction
of a simple cylinder.

A. K. Zittel, in his memoir on the genus Caloptychiwm (Abh.
math.-phys. Kl. bayer. Akad. Wiss. xii. pt. i. p. 1), figures,
among a large number of spicules obtained from fossil Sponges
of that genus, some (viz. pl. iv. figs. 20, 51, 65) which seem likely
to have belonged to species of Dirrhopalwm of the clopetarium
section; they belong to the Upper Chalk. Tis fig. 17, a very
remarkable form, with slight smooth shaft and large strongly

MR. 8. 0. RIDLEY ON THE GENUS DIRRHOPALUM. 487

spined ends, might have been taken for an extreme form of dumb-
bell spicule but for Carter’s observations, described and supported
by Sollas (Ann. & Mag. N.H. (5) vi. p. 394), which tend to show
it to be merely a foraminifer-cast.

Further, Mr. G. J. Hinde, in his inaugural dissertation en-
titled ‘ Fossil Sponge-Spicules from the Upper Chalk’ (Munich,
1880), figures at pl. i. figs. 19, 20, two spicules of about the
same contour as the “pegtop”’ form of D. clopetarium, but
without tubercles, and of about three times the size of that
spicule. The tubercles may have been lost by absorption, for
the central canals are greatly enlarged. Fig. 22 of his paper
represents a similar but slightly smaller spicule, provided, how-
ever, with tubercles tending, as in D. clopetariwm, to disappear
towards the point, which is broken off. Mr. Hinde refers to D.
(Plocamia) gymnazon and clopetarium among other Sponges in
connexion with some accompanying large acuates (p. 21, pl. i.
figs. 10-15); but they can have, taken alone, no necessary con-
nexion with those species, although occurring in conjunction
with the conical types above mentioned, they seem to show very
conclusively the existence of a Dirrhopalum of the clopetarium
section in the seas of the Chalk period.

A. Rutot (Annales Soc. Malac. Belg. ix. pl. ii1.), at fig. 7 figures
a dumbbell spicule, at fig. 6 an elongated smooth pegtop form,
and at fig. 39. a cylindrical, from the “ Grés ”’ of the lower and
middle Brussels strata (Hocene).

We have, then, for the distribution of the genus in time as
at present known :—

Sy tid
3 3S :
: a & "S
re ee S © §

=! ra ra

a a a a) a
=) = a = )
OS) Oo oy (o) 4
ea a =) 4 oG
D. gymnazon group ........-... % x *

D. clopetarium group............ % *? *

488 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE GENUS DIRRHOPALUM,

Part II.

Descriptions of two additional new Species of Dirrhopalum.
By Prof. P. Martin Duncan.

During an examination of some débris which had been brought
up by the dredge and tangies from the North Atlantic by
H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine, and from off the south-west coast of Spain
in association with corals, I found an Echinus-spine, and also a
darkly stained calice of a coral. Both were more or less covered
with bristly sponges of an incrusting habit, and with very remark-
ably shaped, bent, cylindrical, terminally-inflated spicula forming
the basis. A careful examination proved that they must be
associated with Oscar Schmidt’s genus Plocamia.

The first species to be described came up with a mass of the
coral Amphihelia ramea, Sars, from the Globigerina-ooze in deep
water from the North Atlantic; it covered an Hehinus-spine.

The spine (Pl. XXIX. fig. 18), about two thirds of an inch
in length, has been fractured ; but what remains is covered with
a very delicate incrustation of a very spiculiferous siliceous
sponge. This is silvery white in colour, and shows neither
oscules nor pores; but a considerable number of regular minute
elevations are visible, out of the centre of each of which projects
a large glassy spiculum. A low magnifying-power shows that the
elevations are produced by whorls of spicula which radiate nearly
at right angles from one spot around each large glassy spicule.
The blunt ends of the radiating spicula are towards and in con-
tact with the axial spicule; and their sharp terminations describe
a circle, the periphery of which touches those of the neighbour-
ing whorls around other large spicula.

The whorls have the spicula close together near the great or
axial spicula, but they permit the sharp distal ends to be slightly
separated. A sarcode fills up and covers all (Pl. XXIX. |
figs. 18 & 30).

Underneath this layer of whorled spicula there is a close
layer of curved, cylindrical, globose-headed, entirely-spined spi-
cula, which rests on the Hehinus-spine. The large glassy axial
spicula start from this layer and project at right angles to it
(Pl. XXIX. fig. 30).

There are several kinds of spicula, which may be considered
under the heads of those of the outer skeleton, the body, and the
derm.

PROE. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE GENUS DIRRHOPALUM. 489

Outer Skeleton.—Large and smaller attenuato-acuates basally
spined.

Subfusiform acuates with ovoid basal inflations, minutely spi-
nulate.

Body. — Curved, cylindrico-globose-headed, entirely-spined
spicula,

Derm.—Cylindrical, cylindrical laterally spined, linear cylin-
drical minute, and minute fusiform spicula.

One large bihamate spiculum is amongst a whorl of spicula ;
but as it is in company with a coccolith, it is probably a foreign
body.

Description of the Spicula.—The large skeleton-spicula, axial
to the whorls, few in number, protrude at right angles to the
mass of the sponge and extend beyond any of the others, forming
a regular series of nearly equidistant sharp projections, glassy in
appearance. They are slightly bent, and gradually taper from
their rounded base (which is placed amongst the cylindrical
curved and bossed spicula of the body) to their apex (which be-
comes sharp rather suddenly). The rounded head is minutely
and scantily spinulate and is about =}5 inch in diameter, and
the whole spicule is 4, inch long (Pl. XXIX. figs. 28 & 80).
Sometimes very minute spinules exist for some distance up the
spicule, which, moreover, has a minute axial canal. Some others
(attenuato-acuates), smaller than these, but having the same
shape and direction, exist, and they are evidently correspondingly
immature spicula.

The whorled 'spicula (Pl. XXIX. figs. 24-27) are very slender,
straight, and have a basal inflation of the ovispinulate type.
This oviform enlargement is excessively minutely spinulate,
and joins the shaft at a constricted neck. The shaft is fusi-
form, but the swelling is in the basal third of the spicule; thence
the spicule becomes slenderer, and ends rather suddenly by be-
coming sharp-pointed. In some instances there are a few very
minute point-like spines on the shaft near the neck. Some
basal inflations are very ovoid, others are more globular; but in
every instance the external or terminal portion is narrower than
that just within and nearer the neck. The usual length of these
spicula is ;>y mech, and the breadth 3,55 inch. The swelling
of the shaft and the constricted neck and small-spined ovoid
base are very distinctive. They are very numerous, and are
placed in one or two whorled layers ; the bases are towards the

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XV. 38

490 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE GENUS DIRRHOPALUM.

great attenuato-acuates, and the shafts radiate at nearly right
angles. The oviform bases are in contact at their sides with their
fellows, and at their ends with the great spine, which they sur-
round (Pl. XXIX. fig. 30). The axial canal is not to be seen.

The body-spicula in contact with the spine of the Hehinus
are short, curved, cylindrical, having globose or subhemispherical
ends, slightly constricted where they jom the body of the spicule.
They are entirely bluntly spined. The spinulation is small and
close on the rounded ends ; but there is less of it on the constricted
necks, and it is wider apart, stouter, and longer on the body.
The boss-shaped ends are wider than the body (Pl. X XIX. fig. 19).
Usually a large axial canal is visible in these spieula, and it
extends far into the heads of the elongated curved dumb-bells.
These spicula form one or two layers, one above the other; they
are placed close together, without order as regards their direc-
tion ; but there is some diversity in their size and shape, owing
mainly to age.

A typical spiculum of this kind has a perfectly cylindrical body;
not more swollen out in any part than elsewhere ; the cylinder,
slightly bent, is narrower than the terminal bosses, and is more
than double the length of one of them.

The blunt spinulation surrounding the whole surface is irre-
gular, distant, and the tops of the projections, which differ in
length, are blunt.

Varieties —Spicula of the same length as the type, but having
the boss more spherical and the constriction of the neck more
decided, the spinules being scanty on the neck and larger than
usual on the body. Spicula with one boss perfect and the other
less so or smaller.

In all, the spinulation of the boss-like ends is minute and in
a series of concentric circles; but there is no order in that of the
curved stems, where it is larger.

The diameter of these body-spicula is +49 inch, and the length
sop inch.

The sarcode covered the radiating whorled spicula and the
spaces between them; it closed in the spaces or interstices
between the numerous whorls, and it extended further out, to
the tops of the long skeletal spicula. The spicula of the derm
are few in number; and some are apparently quite superficial.
Three kinds are to be noticed; but one appears to be a young
form. One is a minute cylindrical rod; another is of the same

PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE GENUS DIRRHOPALUM. 491

diameter, but is four or five lines longer (Pl. XXIX. fig. 29).
The third kind is a very minute fusiform spicule, sharper at one
end than at the other.

Amongst the whorls of spicula are some differing in shape and
dimensions from the majority. They are placed between the
radiating skeletal elements, and are free in the sarcode which
unites the whole. They are much shorter and slenderer than the
others, and are cylindrical and very slightly curved at one end.
Some of them are about one third the diameter of the whorled
spicula, and others are less than one sixth, appearing to be almost
linear under a quarter-of-an-inch object-glass (Pl. XXIX. figs.
22, 23). Larger than these, but still not equalling in breadth
the common whorled spicula, are some cylindrical spicules with
slightly bent ends, the shaft being very sparingly and minutely
spinulate, but not the end (Pl. XXIX. fig. 21). Larger cylin-
drical spicula are rare; they are straight, and minutely and
sparsely spined, and only on the stem; their diameter is greater
than that of the whorled series, and is about equal to that of the
curved cylindrical body-spicula (Pl. X XIX. fig. 20).

The second species was found on the septum of a dead manga-
nese-covered coral, dredged up from 1095 fathoms, the locality
being off the coast of Spain, No. 17 dredging, N. lat. 39° 30’,
W. long. 9° 39’.

The sponge covers a large septum, is of a dirty-white colour,
and is hirsute, with separate long acuates, which arise as it
were out of a stubble of smaller spicula, grouped so as to
radiate upwards and outwards, from near the base of the long
spicula. Hach long spiculum has thus a group of shorter ones
around it, assuming the direction just mentioned. On separa-
ting these structural elements from the coral, a layer of large,
curved, or bent, or nearly straight, cylindrical spicula, with one
well-developed globose head at least, becomes visible ; they rest
on a membranous-looking derm, which is closely applied to the
dark-coloured coral-surface. No oscules or pores can be distin-
euished, and there is no keratose fibre.

The curved body-spicula (Pl. X XIX. fig. 34) are large, and often
zoo ich in length; they are, in some instances, symmetrically
curved, and have a rounded globose termination at either end,
which is joined to the body by a very slight constriction. There
is a small and close spinulation on the ends, and a larger and

492 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE GENUS DIRRHOPALUM.

scantier on the body. A second form of body-spicule has a less
decided curvature and but one globose end, the other being a
mere rounding of the cylindrical body. The spinulation resembles
that of the first type (Pl. XXIX. fig. 35). A third is longer than
the others, is bent more or less like a boomerang, has a globose
process at one end, and a narrow, cylindrical, and rounded ter-
mination at the other (Pl. XXIX. fig. 36). The spinulation is
scanty on the body. There are intermediate shapes, and on some
there isa large spinule, in particular, on the cylindrical body (PI.
XXIX. fig. 37). These spicula are placed without order on the
surface of the coral in one layer, and are not very close. Length
zty to 7dy inch, thickness 737 inch.

The long acuates, straight or sometimes slightly bent, project
well beyond the other spicula, and were covered with sarcode.
Their bases, rounded off and very minutely spinulate, are as thick
as one of the curved spicula just noticed; they slope gradually
to a sharp point, and their axial canal is very manifest near the
base (Pl. XXIX. figs. 32, 33). The radiating spicula are very
numerous and are arranged in bundles, the faintly enormispinu-
late heads of the spicula being close together and surrounding
the stout long and large acuates. The shafts of the spicula are
slightly swollen in the first third, so that they are more or less
fusiform, and the point suddenly becomes sharp, like a straight
sword. The shafts project upwards and slightly outwards, and
their points form a circle around the acuate spicule and tolerably
close to it (Pl. X XIX. fie.31). The heads of the spicula (length
yin to ztp Inch) are remarkable in shape; there is a cylindrical
swelling with a short neck, and then there is a projecting end,
which is longer than broad, cylindrical, and rounded. An exces-
sively delicate and scanty spinulation is seen on the cylindrical
part and also on the rounded end (Pl. XXIX. fig. 39). There
are no other spicula. The sarcodic structures enveloped the
whole, and were stretched out to the tops of the long acuates ;
there was a definite basal membrane.

Itis evident that this form is closely allied to the first species I
have described, from which it is distinguished by the shape of the
deeply-seated spicula and the direction of the enormispinulates.
It is possible that these distinctions may be racial ; but, under
existing circumstances, it is best to separate the forms specifically.

The first species I have named Dirrhopalum Carteri, and the
second Dirrhopalum hystria.

——

MR. 8S. O. RIDLEY ON THE GENUS ECHINODICTYUM. 493

Part ITI.

On some Sponges of the Order Echinonemata.
By 8. O. Riptey.

The concluding part of this paper deals with an hitherto un-
recognized generic type, which may be assigned to the

Order ECHINONEMATA, Carter.
Family AXINELUIDA, Carter.
Group Muttirormtia, Carter.

EcHINODICTYUM *, un. gen.—Sponge erect; cup-shaped or ramose.
Skeleton formed of spicules united into distinct coherent fibres. From the
fibre project at right angles short strongly-spmed cylindrical spicules
tapering from their attached ends. Spicules of fibre smooth, acerate
(doubly pointed). No special flesh-spicules.

Type Spongia bilamellata, Lamarck, Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. xx. p. 434.

Obs. The nearest affinities of this genus appear to be with
Dictyocylindrus, Bowerbank, s. str., i.e. with those species which
have a more or less distinct firmer axis and echinated fibre, com-
bined with a spiculation of smooth acuates and acerates in the fibre,
smooth acuates and spined cylindricals, or blunt acuates echinating
it, and no minute flesh-spicules (e.g. Dictyocylindrus hispidus,
Bowk., Aszinella damicornis, Schmidt, D. Pykei and lacimatus,
Carter). It differs from Dictyocylindrus mainly in the absence of
the smooth acuates, usually so abundant in that genus, and in the
much greater definiteness of the fibre. It perhaps connects
Dictyocylindrus by these characters with the Hetyonida (Carter).

As the typical species has never been described from a micro-
scopic examination or figured, and as such fine specimens are
available, I append a full description with figures.

EcHINODICTYUM BILAMELLATUM. (Plate XXVIII. figs. 1-6.)
Spongia bilamellata, Lamarck, Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. xx. p. 434;
Anim. s. Vert. (2) u. p. 556.

Sponge erect, turbinate, expanded, or compressed ; the margin
of the cup is prolonged in adult specimens into one or more
broad expansions ; a short pedicel. Internal surface of cup
smooth (occasionally undulating), bearing the numerous scattered
vents. External surface exfoliating so as to form obscure longi-
tudinal ridges, which, together with the intermediate spaces, grow
out into larger or smaller rounded excrescences, composed of
reticulate fibrous tissue. Texture of inner surface dense, that of
outer loose; in dry state firm, subelastic. Colour in dry state
pale brown.

“* eyivos, a scasurchin or hedgehog, and dtcrvoy, a net.

494 MR. S. O. RIDLEY ON SOME

Vents numerous, apparently only on inner surface of cup; round;
diameter 1 to 3 mm.

Main Skeleton —Arrangement rather irregular. The stout,
somewhat flexuous primary fibres run approximately at right
angles to the surface ; they are connected, usually at short (‘2 to
°43 mm.) intervals, by secondary fibres, which run at angles varying
from 45° to 90°, with the primaries, and are often curved. Pseudo-
ceratinous (antea, p. 481) material pale yellowish brown in upper
part of sponge, extending beyond the margins of the skeleton-spi-
cules ; does not polarize light. Primary fibres ending on'surface by
anastomosis with a dermal set of secondaries, or projecting beyond
it to a distance not exceeding *4:mm. on the inner, 1°5 mm. on the
outer surface of sponge. Both primary and secondary fibres filled
with parallel smooth acuates, apparently of two sizes ; both gene-
rally 8 to 15 spicules broad, and both echinated at short intervals by
single-spined cylindrical spicules, which project at right angles to
the surface of the fibre, and are attached by their extreme base.

Dermis.—Fibres very tortuous, stout, forming meshes of very
various size and generally rounded outline; echinated by large
numbers of the cylindrical spicule.

Sarcode.—In dried state transparent yellowish brown ; that of
the surface, however, almost covered by minute patches of a
granular reddish pigment.

Skeleton-spicules of two kinds:—(1) Smooth acerate (pointed
at both ends), more or less bent, rather sharply, tapering to sharp
points from within 3 diameters of the ends; size from ‘26 to 32
by ‘014 mm.; occurring in all the fibres, and occasionally free in
sarcode near fibre. (2) Asno.1, butsize from:19 to *25 by -O11
to ‘0127 mm. ; form the greater part of the fibre.

Echinating spicule.—Cylindrical, blunt at both ends, tapering
from attached end, which is about twice the diameter of free
end ; covered with spines, especially thickly at ends; spines pro-
minent, sharp, the basal ones projecting at right angles to the
axis of spicule, the remainder curved towards base; size*1 to *12
mm. by ‘0095 to ‘0126 mm.

Hab. “Southern Ocean” (Péron & Lesueur ap. Lamarck);
pearl-oyster bed on N.W. coast of Australia, and W. Australia ?
(Brit. Mus. coll.).

Examined. Dry and in balsam.

Obs. Two specimens of this species are known—the type spe-
cimen in the Paris Museum(¢f. Lamarck, Joc. ezt.), and a fine speci-
men recently purchased for the British-Museum collection.

The latter is a remarkably fine and attractive specimen; has

SPONGES OF THE ORDER ECHINONEMATA. 495

the shape of corals of the genus Turbinaria, viz. an open cup ;
its short pedicel measures about 27 inches in maximum diameter.

Maximum diameter of cup about 12 inches, height 7 inches ;
thickness of wall near edge ; to 3 inch (6 to12 mm.). It is at-
tached to the upper valve of a pearl-oyster (Avicula margaritifera),
which was evidently alive when taken from the sea, in spite of
the presence of its bulky messmate.

The occurrence of a third specimen is certified by a slide of
spicules in the Museum collection, which, as it was presented by
Mr. G. Clifton, to whom the Bowerbankian collection of foreign
Sponges owes an immense series of very fine specimens from
Fremantle, S.W. Australia, probably was made from a sponge
obtained in that region.

As the Museum has been fortunate enough to obtain (owing
to the liberality of M. EH. Perrier, of the Museum at the Jardin
des Plantes, Paris) a fragment of Lamarck’s original type speci-
men, I am enabled to give a comparative Table of some of the
chief characters of these three specimens, which will afford some
idea of the range of variation within the species.

Hxternal form

Echinodictyum bila-
mellatum.

Type, ‘ Southern

B.M. spec., N.W. | Mr. Clifton’s spec.,
Ocean.”

Australia. W. Australia?

Infundibular at base,| Infundibular,

one ?

edges prolonged| side prolonged as
into two lamelle.| an everted lip.
Outer surface} Outer surface
roughened (‘‘scro-| roughened (“ scro-
biculated ”). biculated ”).
Muisicuatceeisntad On inner surface |On inner surface ip
1 or moremm.in| 1 to 3 mm. in

diam. diam.
Colour in dry state: | Pale yellowish brown.| Pale yellowish brown. ?
Primary skeleton-|6 to 10 spicules}8 to 15 spicules ?
fibre (inner sur-| thick. thick.
face of sponge) :.
Secondary skeleton-|6 to 10 spicules}8 to 15 spicules ?
fibre : thick. thick.
Length of primary] :21 to ‘28 mm. °28 to -43 mm. ?

fibre between the
secondaries (inner
surface of sponge) :

Large smooth ace-
rate spicule :

266 by 014 mm.

Shape as in type.
304 by 014 mm.

Shape as in type.
3167 by 014 mm.

Smaller smooth ace-| ‘19 by 01268 mm. | Rathermoreabrupt-| Rather moreabrupt-
rate: ly pointed than in| ly pointed than in
type. -2216 by| type. 2584 by

‘O11 mm. 01268 mm.

Spined cylindrical...| Spines least nume- | Shape kc. as in type. | Spines coarser and
: rous just above} ‘114 by ‘0095 mm.| equally distributed
base, “108 by 0095}, all over. -108 by

mm.

01268 mm.

496 MR. 8S. O. RIDLEY ON SOME

EcuINoDICTYUM NERVOsUM. (Plate XXVIII. figs. 7-10.)
Spongia nervosa, Lamarck?, Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, xx. p. 450;

Anim. s. Vert. (2) ii. p. 567.

Spongia cancellata, Lamarck?, Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, xx. p. 456 ;

Anim. s. Vert. (2) ii. p. 571.

Sponge branched in one plane from almost obsolete stem ;
branches long, anastomosing at points, which are generally adjacent
in the various branches; near base irregularly cylindrical, becoming
flattened higher up; apices digitiform, adjacent edges narrow,
knife-like. Surface normally covered by dense white incrustation ;
minutely reticulate on back, and minutely hispid in front of frond
when this is removed. Texture hardish ; it is slightly elastic, but
easily broken. Colour in dried state pale yellowish white.

Vents numerous, in one side only of frond (the front), scattered,
_ numerous, 1 to 2 mm. in diameter, indistinctly defined. Pores?

Main skeleton composed of spiculo-fibre, in which the smooth
acerate spicules almost entirely conceal the ceratinous uniting
substance; primary fibres straight, at right angles to surface, from
3 to 6 spicules in diameter ; secondary fibres short, about 1 spi-
cule long and 2 to3 broad, connecting primaries at various angles ;
both sets of fibres sparsely echinated by single, short, entirely-
spined cylindrical spicules.

Dermal skeleton consisting of broad, irregularly anastomosing
tracts of smooth acuate spicules slightly echinated by spined
spicules.

Sarcode transparent. Ceratinous material amber-yellow in
basal skeleton, almost colourless in branches ; polarizes light.

Skeleton-spicules of one kind :—Smooth stout acerate, bent at
a slight angle, and tapering to sharp points from about the centre
(as occasional variations they may have one or both ends rounded
off); size°39 (occasionally 46) by -03167 (occasionally -038) mm.

Echinating spicule short, straight, spied, cylindrical, tapering
slightly from rounded base (which is slightly inflated in some
cases) to distal rounded end ; spines abundant, strong, and recur-
vate over distal half, slighter and curved towards apex on base,
very slight or absent on part immediately above the base; size
114 by -0174 mm.

Hab. S.E. coast of Arabia (Carter) (Indian Ocean ?, Lamarck).

Ezamined. Dry and mounted in balsam.

Obs. The dry specimen in the Bowerbank collection is 9 inches
high, and about the same in breadth at the broadest part.

Another species of this genus is known to me, to which I hope
to refer on some future occasion.

SPONGES OF THE ORDER ECHINONEMATA. 497

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

Prats XXVIII.

Figs. 1-6. Echinodictyum bilamellatum. 1. Portion of surface of inner aspect
of sponge, from type in Paris Museum, x 38 diam. 2. External
part of section perpendicular to inner (upper) surface of cup, X 38
diam. (from the British-Museum specimen from N.W. Australia).
3 & 4. Skeleton acerate spicules, x 68 diam., from type specimen.
5. Spined cylindrical echinating spicule, X 370 diam., from type speci-
men. 6. The British-Museum sponge (£. bilamellatum) from N.W.
Australia, reduced to one third nat. size.

7-10. Echinodictyum nervosum. 7. Part of surface, x 50 diam. 8. Part
of section perpendicular to branch, x 50 diam. 9. Skeleton acerate
spicule, X 68 diam. 10. Spined cylindrical spicule, x 370 diam.

Pusate XXIX.
Figs. 1 & 2. Dirrhopalum gymnazon. 1. Tricurvate flesh-spicule, x 370
diam, 2. Equianchorate flesh-spicule, x 370 diam.

3-7. Dirrhopalum coriacewm. $3. Equianchorate flesh-spicule, x 370
diam. 4. Dumbbell spicule, x 3870 diam. 5. Tricurvate flesh-spicule,
<x 185 diam. 6. Smaller (spined) acuate spicule, <x 185 diam.
7. Head of larger (smooth) acuate, x 370 diam.

8-17. Dirrhopalum novizelanicum. 8. Large skeleton acuate (no. 1),
< 68 diam.? 9. Smaller skeleton acuate (no. 2), x 68diam. 10.
The same, head, x 370 diam. 11&12. Fine spinulates of flesh
(no. 4), X 68 diam. 13. Hquianchorate flesh-spicule, x 370 diam.
14. Tricurvate flesh-spicule, x 370 diam. 15. Dumbbell spicule,
< 870 diam. 16. Portion of surface, x 30 diam. 17. Section across
long axis of sponge, X 30 diam.

18-30 a. Dirrhopalum Cartert. 18. The sponge, around portion of an
Echinus-spine, nat. size. 19. Curved cylindrical, globose-headed,
entirely-spined axial spicule, magnified. 20. Cylindrical straight
spinulate, magnified. 21. Cylindrical curved spinulate, magnified.
22, & 23. Small cylindrical curved spicules, magnified. 24, Ovi-
spinulate subfusiform whorl-spicule, magnified. 25-27. Different forms
of head of 24, more highly magnified. 28. Base of the large acuate,
magnified. 29. Three minute cylindrical derm-spicules, magnified. 30.
Diagram of the position of the spicules 19, 24,28. 30a. A whorl of
spicules round a large acuate one, which is seen in section, magnified.

31-39. Dirrhopalum hystrix, magnified. 31. Diagram of the position of
the spicules. 32 & 33. Base of long acuate, magnified, showing a plain
ending and terminal spinulation respectively. 34. Curved dirrho-
palate spicule, magnified. 385, Curved cylindrical spicule, magnified.
36. Spicule with an irregular bend, and only one globose end, mag-
nified. 37. Curved cylindrical bent spicule with large spinule on it,
magnified. 38. Spicule with an irregular bend and only one globose
end, magnified. 39. Hnormispinulate, magnified.

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XV. 39 |

INDEX,

Acarus coleoptratorum, 301 ; crassipes,
302; fucorum, 3801; marginatus,
302; testudinarius, 302.

Acerina cernua, 42.

Aclis, 252; hyalina, 245, 246; mizon,
245, 247 ; sarissa, 245, 247; Wal-
leri, 248.

Acrida viridissima, 21, 24.

Actinometra, 191; cheltonensis, 205,
206, 212; lineata, 198, 213, 214;
Lovéni, 213; Miilleri, 207; stelli-
gera, 198; wurtembergica, 198.

Admete, 98.

Aga crenulata, 65; psora, 65.

Alaba, 124; picta, 124.

Alachtherium, 144; Cretesii, 144.

Alebion, 151.

Alecto, 189, 199.

Allman, Prof. G. J., on Limnocodium
victoria, 131.

, Structure of Marine Polyzoa, 1.

Alopecias vulpes, 55.

Amathea spiralis, Polyzoa parasitic on,
355.

Amauropsis, 258.

. Amblypneustes formosus, F. Jeffrey

Bell on abnorm. form of, 126; griseus,
C. Stewart on abnorm. form of, 130.

Ammodytes lanceolatus, 53 ; tobianus,
53.

Ampelisca Eschrichti, 69.

Amphibola tenuis, 261.

Amphidiscus anceps, 476.

Amphipoda (Greenland), 66.

Amphiprion bifasciatum, 52; percula,
52.

Amphistoma Hawkesii, 33 ; ornatum,
333; papillatum, 333.

Anabas scandens, 44.

Analges, 307.

Anarrhichas lupus, 52.

Anatomy of Blow-fly, 9.

Anguilla, 54.

Anniversary Address of the President,
Prof. Allman, 1.

Anonyx nugax, 66.

Antedon, 189, 190, 191; sequimargi-
nata, (ftnote) 199; alticeps, 213;
antarctica, 198, 213; aspera, 202;
canaliculata, 195, (ftnote) 199, 214;
complanata, 195, 201, 205; cos-
tata, 192, 195, 199, 200, 208, 209,
212; decameros, 198, 200, 201; de-
pressa, 201; d’Orbignyi, 197; Gil-
lerioni, 199; Gresslyi, 196; infra-
ceretacea, (ftnote) 199 ; italica, (ftnote)
199, 213; lenticularis, (ftnote) 199;
macrocnema, 198, 213, 215; mystica,
213; Picteti, 196, (ftnote) 199;
rosacea, 215; scrobiculata, 198, 202,
203, 205, 208, 212; sigillata, 201,
209; Tessoni, 198, 200, 201; trun-
cata, 194.

Antennarius, 47.

Ants, Bees, and Wasps, Observ. on,
by Sir J. Lubbock, Part VII., 167;
Part VIII., 362.

Ants, affection of, 385; Aphides kept
by, 184; arrangement of nests of,
180; behaviour to strange queens,
175; Dewitz on ants, 179; exper.
on, with light of diff. wave-lengths,
862; Forel on ants, 185; Gould on
ants, 182; hearing and exper. with
telephone, 179; Huber on ants, 182 ;
kindness of, 385 ; longevity of, 175,
885; McCook on ants, 173, 176;
new sp. of honey-ant (Camponotus
inflatus), 185; power of communica-
tion, 167 ; product. of queen, 384 ; re-
cognit. of relations, 171; sense of di-
rection, exp. on, 177, 377; sting of, in
Formica, 179 ; treatment of Aphides
by, 182; Wesmael on ants, 185;
workers breeding, 173.

Aphis, eggs of, 183.

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XV. 40

500

Aphrocallistes Bocagei, 325, 327, 328 ;
on a form from the coast of Spain,
320.

Aplysia dactylomela, Notes on, by G.
EH. Dobson, 159; lingual ribbon of,
159.

Aptychus, 189.

Arctic Expedition, Crustacea of, 59 ;
Polyzoa of, 231.

Argentina Cuvieri, 78, 82; decagon,
78, 83; hebridica, 78, 80; lioglossa,
84; silus, 78, 81, and descrip. of,
334; sphyreena, 78, 82, 84, (ftnote)
334; the food of, 336; Yarrelli, 78.

Argentina silus, occurrence of, on shore
of Moray Firth, by T. Edward, 334.

Argentine, on the Hebridal, by F. Day, ©

78.

Ariina, 38.

Arius Commersonii, 39; fisstis, 39.

Ascaris lonchoptera, 333.

Ascidia (anat. of), 275; aspersa, 281,
332; depressa, 286; exigua, 288 ;
fusiformis, 278; lata, 277; muri-
cata, 285; obliqua, 286; Patoni,
284; plebeia, 287, 331; scabra, 284,
289, 330; triangularis, 283; trun-
cata, 280; virginea, 279, 330.

Ascidians, individual variation in the
branchial sac of, by W. A. Herdman,
329.

Ascidiidse, remarks on, 274:

Ascopodaria, n. gen. Polyzoa (Busk,
MS.), 2.

Aspredo, 39.

Assagena phalerata, 152.

Atherina Yarrelli, 82.

Atta testaceo-pilosa, exp. on, 168.

Atylus carinatus, 68.

Audouin on segments of insects, 9, 17.

Aulodictyon, 328.

Auxis vulgaris, 311.

Axinellide (Fam. Sponges), 493.

Bagrus, 45.

Balanus crenatus, 73 ; porcatus, 73.

Balistes, 45.

Barbus, 42.

Bee, structure thorax of, 19.

Bela expansa, 449.

Bell, Prof. F. Jeffrey, on an abnormal
Amblypneustes formosus, 126.

, on retention of sur-anal plate in
Kchinometra, 318.

Belone vulgaris, 48.

Bert, Paul, exp. on Daphnia, 376.

Bicellariide (Arctic), 233.

Bittium, subg. Cerithium, 99, 123, 227.

Blatta orientalis, 9; homologues of
wings on prothorax of, 9.

INDEX.

Blow-fiy, A. Hammond on thorax of, 9.

Borsonia, subg. Pleurotoma, 473.

Bourgueticrinus, 211, 212.

Bowerbankia arctica, 241 ; gracilis, 241.

Bradypus castaneiceps, structure hair
of, 337, 339.

Branchial sac of Ascidians, variation
in, 329.

Branchinecta arctica, 60, 70.

Branchipus stagnalis, 71.

British Fishes, obsery. on, by F. Day,
310.

British Tunicata, W. A. Herdman on,
276.

Bugula fruticosa, 233, 241; Murray-
ana, 233.

Bullhead, 35.

Burmeister on humeri of insects, 11.
Busk, G., Descrip. Cat. sp. of Celle-
pora of ‘ Challenger’ Exped., 341.

, on Chitinous org. of Cheilosto-

mata and Cellepora, 357.

,on Polyzoa of N. Polar Exped.,
231.

Butler, A. G., on. new Moth (fam.
Liparidee) from Madagascar, 84.

Cainocrinus, 210.

Caligus curtus, 67, 71.

Callichthys asper, 35; punctatus, 35.

Campbell, F. M., on glands in maxille
of Tegenaria domestica, 155.

, on stridulating-org. of Steatoda
guttata and Linyphia tenebricola,
152.

Camponotus inflatus, 185, 186.

Caprella septentrionalis, 69.

Caranax hippos, 49.

Carassius auratus, 41.

Carpais, 301.

Carpenter, P. Herbert, on Solanocrinus,
and its relations to recent Comatulz,
187.

Cassidaria, 146.

Cassidea (Chall. Hxp.), 245.

Cellepora, 343; albirostris, 343, 344,
345, 346; ansata, 356; apiculata,
343, 344, 3455. bicornis, 354; bi-
denticulata, 356; bilabiata, 355;
bispinata, 345, 347; canaliculata,
856; cervicornis, 237, 238; co-
lumnaris, 3438, 344, 348; conica,
355; coronopus, 239 ; cylindriformis,
351; Hatonensis, 351, 352, var. ma-
gellensis, 342; hastigera, 343, 344;
honolulensis, 343, 344, 348; im-
bellis, 348, 349; Jacksoniensis, 351 ;
magellensis, 352; mamillata, 34/7,
354; nodulosa, 343, 34.4, 345 ; ovalis,
352; polymorpha, 353, var. a. dis-

INDEX. oOk

coidea, 353; pusilla, 347; pustulata,
350; rostrata, 352; rudis, 343, 349;
signata, 355; simonensis, 350; solida,
343, 350; tridenticulata, 3438, 344,
347, 349; zamboangensis, 343, 344,
346.

Cellepore, Australian, 342; S. Indian,
342; Kerguelen, 342; N. Atlantic,
341; N. Pacific, 342; S. Atlantic,
342; S. Pacific, 342.

, Descrip. Cat. ‘Challenger’ Exped.

sp. of, by G. Busk, 341.

, Supp. note on Chitinous organs
of, 357.

Celleporaria incrassata, 239.

Celleporide, Arctic, 238; Chall. Ex-
ped., 342.

Cellulariidee (Arctic), 231.

Cerithiidee, Chall. Exped., 87.

Cerithiopsis, 87, 123; balteata, 124;
costulata, 121, (ftmote) 121, 123;
fayalensis, 124, 125; Jeffreysi, 227 ;
metaxa, 119, 120, 126; minima, 115;
pulchella, 125; tubercularis, 126.

Cerithium, 87, 250; abruptum, 99, 119,
123; aédonium, 99, 121, 123; am-
blyterum, 99, 108, 110, 116; am-
boynense, 99,110; attenuatum, 106 ;
bigemma, 99, 101; cimctum, 122;
eylindricum, 99, 118, 123; delicatum,
99, 120, 123; depauperatum, 122;
dubium, 118; enode, 99, 115; gem-
matum, 99,113; hebes, 99, 103, 105;
Hindsii, 101; inflatum, 99, 103;
levukense, 99, 100; lissum, 99, 107 ;
longicaudatum, 106; luscimiz, 99,
112, 113; mamillanum, 99, 109, 116 ;
matukense, 99,105; metula, 102, 109,
110; Naiadis, 121 ; oosimense, 99,117;
perversum, 101; philomel, 99, 113 ;
phoxum, 99, 106; pigrum, 99, 111 ;
pupiforme, 99, 114; reticulatum,
111, 112, 113, 114, 123.

Chabrier on “appuis de Vaile,’ 13; on
alar. segm. insects, 24; on “cupule,”
26.

Chaca lophioides, 53.

‘Challenger’ Exped., Mollusca of, by
the Rev. R. Boog Watson—Part V.,
87; Part VI., 217; Part VIL., 245;
Part VIII., 388 ; Part [X., 413; Part
X., 457.

, Polyzoa of, by G. Busk, 341.

Cheilostomata (Arctic), 231; Chall.
Exped., 342; operculum of, as
means of classif., 357 ; suppl. note
on chitinous organs of, 357.

Chelmon rostratus, 54.

Chelocrinus, (ftnote) 211.

Chelyosoma, 275.

Chemnitzia, 252.

Cheraphilus, remarks on, 61; boreas, 63.

Chevreulius, 375.

Chinese Butterfly-fish, 34.

Chironectes, nest of the, 36.

Chitmous organs of Polyzoa, 357.

Chlorococcum, 340, 341.

Cholopus Hoffmanni, structure hair of,
337, 338.

Chromis paterfamilias, 39.

Cidarites coronatus, 128.

Ciniflo ferox, 156.

Ciocalypta, 149, 150; penicillus, 149;
Leei, 149.

Ciona (anat. of), 275, 277 ; intestinalis,
302.

Cithna, 96.

Clarias, 50.

Classification of Gasteropoda, 161.

Clathria Beanii, 485; coralloides, 485 ;
rectangulosa, 485.

Clavatula, 453.

Clavus, subg. Pleurotoma, 413, 429.

Clupea, 50; harengus, 49; sprattus,
84, 318.

Cobbold, T. Spencer, on parasites of
Elephants, 333.

Celoptychium, 486.

Coleoptera, thoracic segments of, 10, 15,
20, 24.

Columbella nana, 444.

Comaster, 188, 189, 190.

Comatula, 190; multiradiata, 188; re-
lation of, P. H. Carpenter on, 187.

Comatulina, 196, 213.

Comber Wrasse, obs. on, 314.

Conger vulgaris, 54.

Conulema attegia, 293, 295;
293, 294, 295.

Copepoda (Greenland), 71.

Corallistes clavatella, 324.

Corella (anat. of), 275, 276; parallelo-
gramma, 275.

Cormorant, on the nostrils of, by Prof.
J. C. Ewart, 455.

Cottus gobio, 35, 49.

Crane-fly, dorsal append. of, 21.

Crangon boreas, 60; franciscorum, 61 ;
salebrosus, 61; vulgaris, 61.

Crassispira, subg. Pleurotoma, 413, 428.

Cremastogaster lineolata, 176.

Crenilabrus, (ftnote) 38; Baillonii, 315 ;
melops, 315, var. Donovani, 315.

Cribella hospitalis, 478.

Crustacea from Greenland, 59; from
Vera Cruz, 85.

Ctenicella Lanceplaini, 289, 329.

Ctenostomata (Arctic), 240.

Cumacea (Greenland), 64.

Cunina, 133.

infula,

502

Cyamus monodontis, 70; nodosus, 69.
Cyarea arctica, 52.

Cyathella lutea, 328.

Cyclopterus, 52; lumpus, 36.
Cyclostomata (Arctic), 239.
Cyuthiide, 330.

Dactylometra quinquecirra, 52.
Daphnella, subg. Pleurotoma, 470.
Daphnia, Paul Bert on, 376.

Day, Francis, observ. on Brit. fishes,
310; on instincts and emotions in fish,
31; onthe Hebridal Argentine, 78 ;
on the specific identity of Scomber
punctatus, Couch, with 8. scomber,
Linn., 146.

Decacnemus, 189.

Decameros, 189, 197, 199, 213.

Decapoda (Greenland), 60.

Defrancia, 396, 450 ; as subg. Pleuro-
toma, 457 ; magellanica, 448 ; super-
costata, 4.49.

Deseript. of a new genus of Moth of
the family Liparidee from Madagas-
car, by A. G. Butler, 84.

Descript. of new species of Durgella,
291.

Descript. cat. of Cellepora of ‘ Chal-
lenger’ Exped., by G. Busk, 341.
Desmacidon anceps, 478; columelle,
478; diane, 478; emphysema, 478 ;

physa, 478.

Dewitz’s exp. on ants, 179.

Diadema, 320.

Diastoporide (Arctic), 239.

Diastylis Rathku, 64.

Dictyocylindrus manaarensis, 482 ; his-
pidus, 493.

Dinematura ferox, 71.

Diodon, 44.

Diptera, segments of connate thorax of,
9, 10, 16, 19, 20.

Dirrhopalum, Carteri, 492 ; clopetarium,
479, 480, 482, 486, 487; coriaceum,
481, 485; descrip. sp. of, 476; exist.
of, in fossil state, 486; gymmnazon,
478, 480, 483, 485; hystrix, 492;
introd. remarks on, 476; manaarense,
480, 482, 485; microcionides, 476,
482; novizelanicum, 480, 483; ple-
num, 480; system. position of, 485.

Discopora sincera, 238.

Dobson, G. E., Notes on Aplysia dacty-
lomela, 159.

Dochmius Sangeri, 333.

Doryrhamphus, 41.

Drillia, subg. Pleurotoma, 388, 409, 413.

Duncan, Prof. P. M., descrip. of two
new sp. of Dirrhopalum, 476, 488 ;

on a Lithistid Sponge and form of |

INDEX.

Aphrocallistes from coast of Spain,
320.

Duncan, Prof. P. M., on asynthetic type
of Ophiurid from the N. Atlantic, 73.

, on an unusual form of Hemipho-
lis, 138. ‘

Dunkeria falcifera, 250.

Durgella, Lieut.-Col. H. H. Godwin-
Austen on, 291.

, additional and principal charact.
of, 292; assamica, 294, 296, anat. of,
295 ; bilineata, 292 ; burmanica, 296;
levicula, 291, 293, anat. of, 293;
mucosa, 291, 296; seposita, 291,
296; shisha, 296.

Dyticus marginalis, 15, 18.

Hcheneis, 51.

Echinella, 87, 95; tectiformis, 94.

Echinocidaris, 128, 320.

Hehinodictyum bilamellatum, 493, 495 ;
nervosum, 496.

Hchinometra, 128; retention sur-anal
plate of, 318; viridis, 318.

Echinonemata of Carter, 493.

Echinus melo, 126, 127.

Edward, Thos., on occurrence of Nor-
wegian Argentina silus in Moray
Firth, 334.

Electric Eel, 46.

Elephants, the parasites of, by T. S.
Cobbold, 333.

Emotions and instincts in fish, by F.
Day, 31.

Encrinus, 212, 215; Cassianus, 211;
hihiformis, 211.

Engraulis encrasicholus, 84.

Epeira similis, 157.

Eschara elegantula, 235, 236, 238 ; per-
pusilla, 236; Sarsii, 237.

Escharella porifera, 238.

Escharide (Arctic), 234.

Esox lucius, 41.

Esperia, 150.

Htheostoma blennoides, 51.

Etroplus maculatus, 35.

Eusirus cuspidatus, 69.

Ewart, Prof. J. C., on nostrils of Cor-
moyrant, 455.

Exoccetus, 48.

Extinct Land-Tortoises of Mauritius
and Rodriguez, A.C. Haddon on, 58.

Farrella, 240.

Fasciola Jacksoni, 333.

Feilden, Capt. H. W., Polyzoa coll. by
in N.-Polar Exped., 231.

Fenella elongata, 249, 252.

Filaria Smithii, 333.

Fish, instinct and emotions in, by F.

INDEX,

Day, 31; observations on some Bri-
tish, by F. Day, 310.

Fish, affections of, 33, 41, 42; anger
displayed, 42, 46; change colour of,
33; commensalism of, 51; courage
of, 40; Cuvier on intellig. of, 31;
destroy fry, (ftnote) 39; egg-hatching,
41; eggs, care of, 38; exhibit contempt,
57; fear shown, 47; fights of, 44;
follow ships, 56; friendship of, 50;
go on land, 55; intelligence, 46, 53 ;
join in attack, 55; nest-building of,
33-38 ; sounds emitted by, 49; spawn-
ing of, 40, 41.

Flustra serrulata, 234.

Flustride (Arctic), 234.

Forel on ants, 185.

Formica cinerea, 174, 175, 386; flava,
387 ; fusca, 170, 174, 175, 364, 369,
385; rufa, 179; sanguinea, 175.

Fossarus, 87, 98; Adansoni, 98 ; cereus,
97.

Fossil Walrus, tusks of, 144.

Gamasine, classified by charac., 301 ;
conclusions regarding, 308 ; food of,
298, 300; predatory habits of, 299.

, observations on the life-histories
of, by A. D. Michael, 297.

Gamasus coleoptratorum, 299, 306,
and observ. on, 303; crassipes, 302,
and obsery. on, 305; marginatus,
307, 309; nemorensis, 302; testudi-
narius, 299.

Gammarus locusta, 68.

Gasteropoda, on the classification of,
by Dr. J. D. Macdonald, Part I., 161;
Part I1., 241. ©

dicecia, 243;
243.

—— monecia, 163;
163.

, representative relationships of,
161; shell-charac. of, 162.

Gasterosteus aculeatus, (ftnote) 34, 39,
ee pungitius, 36, 40; spinachia,
3

tables classif. of,

tab. divis. of,

Gastrophilus elephantis, 333.

Geddes, P., Crustaceans coll. by, at
Vera Cruz, 85.

Genota, subg. Pleurotoma, 388, 404.

Geotrupes stercorarius, 15, 18, 301,
304,

Gibbula, subg. Trochus, 90.

Girasia, 292.

Glands in maxille of Tegenaria domes-
tica, 155.

Glenocrinus, 189.

Glenotremites, 189, 191.

Glyciphagus, 308.

508

Godwin-Austen, Lieut.-Col. H. H., on
Durgella and its anatomy, 291.

Goerius olens, 19.

Gooroo mas, 43.

Gould on ants, 182.

Gouramy, 33.

Greenland Crustacea, 59.

Gymnolzmata (Chal. Exped.), 342.

Gymnotus electricans, 46.

Haddon, A. ©., on Extinct Land-
Tortoises of Mauritius and Rodriguez,

Hematomyzus, 333.

Hair of Sloths, struct. and green colour
of, 337.

Halichondria infrequens, 478 ;
cans, 478; pulchella, 478.
Hammond, A., on the Thorax of Blow-

fly, 9.

, consid. segm. of Insects, 15;
analog. of segm. in divers insects, 16.

Hardback fish, 35.

Hassar fish, 35.

Haustator, 218.

Hebridal Argentine, F. Day on, 78.

Hela, 96.

Heliastes lepidurus, 48.

Helicarion Bensoni, 296; bicarinatus,
296; gutta, 296; incertus, 296;
prestans, 292; tigrinus, 296.

Helix Schrammi, 95.

Hemeschara Landsborovii ?, 238 ; sin-
cera, var. inermis, 237.

Hemiactis, 245.

Hemipholis, 73; new form described,
138; Wallichi, 143.

Herdman, W. A., on British Tunicata,
with Descript. of new Sp.—I. Asci-
diidee, 274.

, on Variation in Branchial Sac of
Ascidians, 329.

Hertha mystica, 213.

Heteroglossa, term applied to certain
Gasteropods, 242.

Heterophrosynidze (Chall. Exped.), 87.

Heteropoda, Dr. Macdonald’s arrang.
of, 162.

Hippocampus, 41.

Hippolyte greenlandica, 62 ; Lilljeborgi,
62; polaris, 62; securifrons, 62;
spinis, 61.

Holocanthus tricolor, 317.

Homopus, 333.

Honey-ant (Camponotus inflatus), 185.

Huber’s exp. on ants, 182.

Hyalonema ?, 452.

Hyas coarctatus, 60.

Hydroid Medusa, new freshwater form
of, Prof. G. J. Allman on, 131.

nigri-

504

Hymeniacidon armatura, 478.

Hymenoptera, limits thorax of, 9, 10,
16, 19, 20, 24.

Hymeraphia microcionides, 482.

Hyperia medusarum, 66.

Hypophorella expansa, Ehler’s descript.
of, 6; dimorphism zooids of, 8; stel-
late cell of, 8.

Ichthyscopus inermis, 53.

Idotea bicuspida, 65; parallela, 65;
rugulosa, 65 ; sp.?, 64; Whymperi, 65.

Indian climbing Perch, 44.

Instincts and Emotions in Fish, by F.
Day, 31.

Isapis fenestrata, 98.

Isocrinus, 211; pendulus, 211, 212.

Isodictya, 151, Beanii, 485 ; coriacea,
481.

Isopoda (Greenland), 64.

Jaculator-fish, 54.
Janice, 37.
Jeffreysia, 87; Edwardiensis, 99.

Kaliapsis cidaris, 324.
Kirby on Collar of Insects, 11.

Labrus bergylta, 312; comber, 312,
313, 314; Donovani, 312, 313, 314;
lineatus, 312, 313; maculatus, 312,
314, var. Donovani, 312.

Lacuna, 87; crassior, 96; fragilis, 96 ;
margaritifera, 96, 97; picta, 96;
tenella, 97.

Lambidium, (ftnote) 266.

Lamprey, 40.

Lankester, EH. Ray, on tusks of Fossil
Walrus from Red Crag of Suffolk,
144.

Laphystius sturionis, 67, 71.

Lasius flavus, 182, 386 ; niger, 174, 175,
177, 179, 364, 365, 367, 378,. lon-
gevity of, 386, nest of, 180.

Latreille on Segments of insects, 17.

Leieschara coarctata, 235.

Lepadogaster DeCandollu, 311.

Lepidoptera, thorax limits of, 9, 16, 17,
19, 20, 24.

Leptomeduse, 133.

Lernzopoda Edwardsii, 72; elongata,
71; salmonea, 72.

Life-histories of Gamasine, 297.

Limnocodium victoria, a new Hydroid
Medusa of fresh water, Prof. G. J.
Allman on, 181; affinities of, 133;
generic character of, 137; structure of,
131; Sowerbyi, (ftnote) 131.

Lingual characters of Gasteropods,
166.

INDEX.

Linyphia clathrata, 155 ; tenebricola,
stridulating-organs of, 152; tenuis,
154; terricola, 154.

Liparidz, new Moth from Madagascar,
A. G. Butler on, 84.

Liparis Montagui, 311; salicis, 17, 24.

List of Polyzoa coll. by Capt. H. W.
Feilden in the N.-Polar Exped., G.
Busk on, 231.

Lithistid Sponge from Spanish coast,
descrip. of, 321.

Litiopa, 87, 124; limneiformis, 123.

Litorinidze (Chall. Exped.), 87.

Lophius piscatorius, 53.

Lowne, views of, on parts of insects,
11, 12, 15.

Loxosoma, 1,2; an archetypal form,
6 ;. body-cavity of, 3 ; crassicauda, 2,
3; digest. canal, 4; dicecious sp., 5;
Kefersteinii, 3; muscles of, 4; nea-
politanum, 4; nervous syst. of, 4;
Nitsche, O. Schmidt, und Salensky’s
observ. on, 2; peduncle of, 2; pedun-
cular gland, 3,5; phascolosomatum,
3,5; renal gland? (=segment. org.
Worms?), 4; singulare, 3; sucker
of, 3; tentacles of, 3; Tethyz, 2, 3 ;
unicellular gland of, 3.

Lubbock, Sir J., Obsery. on Ants, Bees,
and Wasps.—Part VII., 167; Part
VIII., 362.

Lumpsucker, 35.

Lunatia variabilis, 256.

Lycosa campestris, 156.

MacAndrewia azorica, 324.

McCook’s exp. on ants, 173, 176.

Macdonald, Dr. J. D., on Classif. of
Gasteropoda.—Part I.,161; Part I1.,
241.

MacLeay on segments of insects, 17.

Macrochlamys, 292.

Macrones leucophasis, 45; vittatus, 45.

Macropodus, 34, 35; pugnax, 43.

Madagascar, new Moth from, 84.

Mangelia, subg. Pleurotoma, 413, 430.

Margarita, 93; angulatus, 93; bellula,

93; tasmanica, 93.

Marginal bedies of Medusz, 137.

Mauritius and Rodriguez, extinct Land-

Tortoises from, 58.

Maurolicus borealis, 83.

Medusa, new Hyroid, of freshwater,

by Prof. G. J. Allman, 131.

Megalopyge, 84.

Membranipora pilosa, 8; unicornis, 234.

Membraniporide (Arctic), 234.

Menipea arctica, 232; gracilis, 232;
ternata, 232.

Mesalia, 250.

INDEX.

Mesenteripora, 239; meandrina P, 239.

Michael, A. D., Descrip. of new Mite
(Uropoda formicariz) paras. on ants,
386.

, Observ. on Life-histories of Ga-
masine, 297.

Miers, H. J., on Crustaceans coll. at
Vera Cruz, 85.

,on N.-Greenland and Arctic Crus-
tacea, 59.

Millericrinus, 210; regularis, 200.

Mite, new sp. of, described by A. D.
Michael, 386.

Molgulide, 329.

Mollusea of Challenger Exped., by
the Rev. R. Boog Watson.—Part V.,
87; Part Vi., 217; Part VII., 245;
Part VIII., 388; Part 1X., 413 ; Part
X., 457 ; barriers to distrib. of Moll.,
88.

Monilea, 92.

Monodon monoceros, 69.

Morum, (ftnote) 266.

Moth, n. gen. fam. Liparide, from Ma-
dagascar, 84.

Munnopsis typica, 72.

Musca yomitoria, 9; considerations of
Analogies in divers Insects as com-
pared with Musca, 16; gen. remarks
and descrip. Anatomy, 9; evidence
from develop. change, 21; the Mus-
cular and Nervous parts of, 23.

Mygale stridulans, 153.

Myopa testacea, 15.

Myriophyllum spicatum, 37.

Myriozoum coarctatum, 234; subgracile,
235; truncatum, Polyzoa parasitic
on, 355.

Myrmecocystus mexicanus, 185.

Myrmica ruginodis, 175.

Mysis oculata, 63.

Narcomedusex, 133.

Nassaria amboynensis, 273 ; acuminata,
274.

Natica affinis, 263, 265, var. clausa, 263;
amphiala, 260; atypha, 254; bulbosa,
262; canaliculata,258; clausa,265; cor-
nea, 258 ; fartilis, 264, 265; globosa,
264, 265; grisea, 264; helicoides,
258 ; isabelliana, 263; islandica, 258,
260; leptalea, 261 ; marmorata, 257 ;
Montagui, 261; nana, 261; philippi-
nensis, 252; phytelephas, 255; pli-

- catula,255; prasina, 263; pseustes, 255,
257 ; radiata, 258 ; Raynoldiana, 255 ;
rufa, 253 ; suturalis, 257, 258 ; tenuis,
263; variabilis, 257; vittata, 254;
xantha, 262.

Naticidea (Chall. Exp.), 245, 252.

Naucrates ductor, 56.

Nerophis, 41.

Nerves and Muscles
23.

North-Polar Polyzoa, 231.

Nostrils of Cormorant, 4.55.

Note on abnormal Amblypneustes gri-
seus, by C. Stewart, 130.

Note on abnormal (quadriradiate) sp.
of Amblypneustes formosus, by Prof.
F. Jeffrey Bell, 126.

Note on Anatomy of and Descrip. new
sp. Durgella, 291.

Note on Chitinous organs in Diagnos.
of sp. and their classif. in Cellepora,
357.

Notes on Aplysia dactylomela, by G.

H. Dobson, 159.

Notes on British Tunicata, with Descrip.

of new Species.—I. Ascidiide, by W.

A. Herdman, 274.

Notice of Crustaceans coll. by P. Geddes

at Vera Cruz, by EH. J. Miers, 85.

Nudibranchiata, remarks on, by J. D.
Macdonald, 162, 166.

Nymphon hirtum, 72; obtusidigitum,
72; robustum, 72.

of Blow-fly,

Obelia, 133.

Obsery. on Ants, Bees, and Wasps,
by Sir J. Lubbock, Part VII., 167;
Part VIII., 362.

Observ. on Life-histories of Gamasine,
with a view to assist in a more exact
Classification, by A. D. Michael,
297.

Obsery. on some British Fishes, by F.
Day, 310.

Odostomia, (ftnote) 87.

Cidicerus lynceus, 67.

On a coll. of Crustacea made by HB.
Whymper in N.-Greenland seas ;
with Appendix on Sp. coll. by late
Brit. Arctic Exped., by H. J. Miers,
59.

On a Lithistid Sponge and form of
Aphrocallistes from coast of Spain,
by Prof. P. M. Duncan, 320.

On an unusual form of the genus Hemi-
pholis, by Prof. P. M. Duncan,
138.

On a Synthetic type of Ophiurid from
the N. Atlantic, by Prof. P. M. Dun-
can, 73.

On certain Glands in the Maxille of
Tegenaria domestica, by F. M.
Campbell, 155.

On individual variation in the Branchial
Sac of Simple Ascidians, by W. A.
Herdman, 329.

506

On Limnocodium victoria, a new Hy- |

droid Medusa of fresh water, by
Prof. G. J. Allman, 131.

On the Retention of Sur-anal plate in
an Echinometra, by F. Jeffrey Bell,
318.

On the Classification of Gasteropoda,
by Dr. J. D. Macdonald, Part I., 161;
Part II., 241.

On the extinct Land-Tortoises of Mau-
ritius and Rodriguez, by Alf. C.
Haddon, 58.

On the genus Plocamia, Schmidt, an
other Sponges of the order Hchino-
nemata, by S. O. Ridley—with De-
script. of two new sp. of Dirrhopalum
by Prof. P. M. Duncan, 476.

On the genus Solanocrinus, Goldfuss,
and its relations to recent Comatule,
by P. Herbert Carpenter, 187.

On the Green Colour of the Hair of
Sloths, by H. C. Sorby, 337.

On the Hebridal Argentine, by F.
Day, 78.

On the Land-Molluscan genus Durgella ;
with notes on its anatomy, and de-
scrip. of a new sp., by Juieut.-Col.
H. H. Godwin- Austen, 291.

On the Nostrils of the Cormorant (Pha-
lacrocorax carbo), by Prof. J. C.
Hwart, 455.

On the occurrence of the Norwegian
Argentina silus on the shore of the
Moray Firth, by Thos. Edward,
334.

On the specific identity of Scomber
punctatus, Couch, with S. scomber
Linn., by F. Day, 146.

On the supposed Stridulating-Organs of
Steatoda guttata and Linyphia tene-
bricola, by F. M. Campbell, 152.

On the Tusks of the fossil Walrus found
in the Red Crag of Suffolk, by H.
Ray Lankester, 144.

On two cases of incorporation by
Sponges of spicules foreign to them,
by 8. O. Ridley, 149.

Onchopora Sinclairei, Polyzoa paras.
on, 355.

Onesimus Edwardsii, 66.

Oniscia cancellata, 268; citharia, 266 ;
Denisoni, 268 ; grandis, 268.

Ophiocephalus, 34, 35; aurantiacus,
35; striatus, 34.

Ophiocrinus Hyselyi, 199.

Cphiolepis, 77.

Ophionyx, 73; armata, 77; scutellum,
ite

Ophiopholis, 77.
Ophioscolex, 143.

INDEX.

Ophiothrix, 73, 77, 412.

Ophiurid, n. sp., descrip. of, 74.

Orcynus brachypterus, 311; thynnus,
311.

Oribates, 387.

Osmerus hebridicus, 82.

Osphromenus, 35; olfax, 33.

Ostracion quadricornis, 316.

Otocysts and Otolites of Medusse, All-
man’s remarks on, (ftnote) 137.

Pachygrapsus socius, 86; transversus,
86.

Packard’s views, segm. of insects, 16,
17, 18.

Pammelas perciformis, 310, 317.

Pandalus borealis, 63.

Panopeus, 86.

Parasites of Elephants, Dr. T. Spencer
Cobbold, on, 333.

Pedicellina, 1, 2.

Pelamys sarda, 311.

Pentacrinus, 190; asteria, 210, 211,
215; briareus, 210, 215; caput-
medusz, (ftnote) 188; cingulatus,
211; decorus, 211; Fisheri, 211,
215; Jaegeri, 211; Maclearanus,
210; pentagonalis ferratus, 210;
pentagonalis personatus, 211; Sig-
maringensis, 210, 211, 215 ; Wyville-
Thomsoni, 210, 215.

Periophthalmus Schlosseri, 51.

Petaside, (ftnote) 132.

Petromyzon fluviatilis, 40.

Phalacrocorax carbo, nostrils of, 455.

Phascolosoma, sp. with paras. Polyzoa,

Pheidole megacephala, exp. on, 170.

Pholadomya, 146.

Phyllopoda (Greenland), 70.

Pilot-fish, 56.

Pinnotheres, 86; angelicus, 86; Ged-
desi, 86; Guérinii, 87; hirtimanus,
87; lithodomi, 87; maculatus, 87;
margarita, 87%; ostreum, 87.

Pipe-fish, 41.

Pleurococcus Bradypi, 340; Cholcepi,
340.

Pleuronectes flesus, 316.

Pleuronectide, habits of, 53; variations
in, 315.

Pleurotoma, 218; acanthodes, 413,
433, 435, 437; amena, 426; am-
phiconus, 409; anteridion, 399 ; ara-
neosa, 462; atractoides, 407; aula-
coéssa, 472; aureola, 450; Barklien-
sis, 429; biconspicua, 447; bico-
nus, 409; bolbodes, 402, 423, 424;
brachytona, 413, 415; brychia, 451 ;
bulbacea, 413, 418; carimata, 442 ;

INDEX,

cataphracta, 407; ceroplasta, 473;
chariessa, 458; chyta, 466; cir-
cinata, 395, 407 ; cireumvoluta, 465 ;
clara, 393; climacota, 413, 428;
compsa, 470; conoides, 409; coral-
lina, 413, 433, 435; corpulenta, 446,
447; decussata, 437 ; didyma, 404;
dimidiata, 398, 399; dyscrita, 448 ;
emendata, 404, 441; engonia, 405 ;
eritmeta, 413, 4382, 443; fluctuosa,
413, 416, 424; fuegensis, 417; go-
niodes, 388, 394; granularis, 429;
Griffithii, 410; gypsata, 413; ros-
trata, 414; harpularia, 429; hemi-
meres, 398, 399; hispidula, 437;
hormophora, 457 ; hypsela, 413, 433 ;
incilis, 413, 425; incincta, 438 ; in-
terrupta, 428; ischna, 403, 423;
Kaderleyi, 410, 412; Kennicottii,
395; lanceolata, 410; lepta, 388,
391; leucotropis, 395; levukensis,
432; lincta, 442; lithocolleta, 441 ;
lophoessa, 423; macra, 427, 439;
marmarina, 413, 429; micans, 443;
mitreformis, 405; modiolus, 442;
monoceros, 449; nivalis, 396, 398,
402, 403, 419; nodifera, 396; no-
dulosa, 412; nuperrima, 437 ; obesa,
407; oxytropis, 395; pachia, 460 ;
papalis, 405 ; papyracea, 450; paretoi,
410; patagonica, 417; paupera,
411; perparva, 469; perpauxilla,
468; pheeacra, 413, 423; planetica,
394; platamodes, 447 ; plebeia, 388,
395, 398; Powerii, 398, 399 ; prisca,

409; pruina, 453; pudens, 461;
utica, 443; pyrrha, 409, 410;
anieri, 404, 441; rhysa, 400;

rosaria, 428; rostrata, 394; rotun-
data, 388, 393; rugulosa, 431; sacra,
430; sanctijohannis, 412; Selysii,
412 ; septangularis, 432, 433 ; sigmoi-
deum, 443; silicea, 474; spicea, 413,
419; spirata, 407; staminea, 388,
391; sterrha, 413, 426; stirophora,
413, 422, 424; streptophora, 464;
Studeriana, 417; subtilis, 413, 430;
syngenes, 388, 396, 423, 442; taxilis,
433; tenuis, 400; tiara, 440 ; tmeta,
413, 424; tornata, 407; translucida,
444, 446; trilix, 388, 390; turgi-
dula, 433; ula, 413, 420; undata,
398; undatiruga, 400; unifasciata,
398; ventricosa, 409; zonata, 410.

Pleurotomide (Chall. Exped.), 388,
413, 457.

Plocamia, 488; clopetaria, 476, 479;
gymnazusa, 476, 478; plena, 476,
480.

LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XV.

DOF

Plocamianina of Sollas, 485.

Plocamium, genus of seaweeds, 477.

Pogonias, 50.

Polyergus, 170; rufescens, 174.

Polypholis echinata, 78.

Polyzoa, Ectoprocta, 2; Endoprocta, 2.

, Classif. of, 343; of N.-Polar
Exped., 231; of Chall. Exped., 341 ;
structure of the marine, 1.

Poronotus similis, 52.

Pristolepis malabaricus, (ftnote) 34.

Promachocrinus, 214.

Pulmobranchiata, reasons for use of
term, 165.

Pulmonifera, analysis of, 161.

Pyramidellidse (Chall. Exp.), 245.

Pyramis glabrus, (ftnote) 87.

Pyramocera, 85; fuliginea, 85.

Pyrula, 146.

Ranella affinis, 272; crumena, 272;
fijiensis, 270; granifera, 272; livida,
272; nobilis, 272; ponderosa, 272;
rana, 272; scrobiculator, 269; sub-
granosa, 272.

Raphidoglossa, term applied to certain
Gasteropods, 242.

Rhabdodictyon delicatum, 326, 328.

Rhaphitoma, subg. Pleurotoma,413,441.

Rhinoderma Darwinii, 39.

Rhizotrogus solstitialis, 15, 18.

Rhodosoma, 275.

Rhombus leevis, 315.

Rhopalocomus tuberculatus, 486.

Ridley, S. O., on cases of incorporation
by Sponges of spicules foreign to
them, 149; Sponges of the Order
Echimonemata, 493; on the genus
Plocamia, Schmidt, 476.

Rissoella, (ftnote) 87.

Rissoellidee, (ftnote) 87.

Rissoina, 98.

Rodriguez, extinct land-tortoises of, 58.

Salenia, 319.

Salticidee, 157.

Schizopoda (Greenland), 63.

Scizena aquila, 49, 84.

Sclerostoma clathratum, 333 ; sipuncu-
liforme, 333.

Scomber colias, 147, 148, 149; macu-
latus, 147; pneumatophorus, 148 ;
scomber, on the specific identity of
S. punctatus with, 146; scriptus, 147,
149.

Serupocellaria Delilii, 231 ; scabra, 231,
232.

Scutibranchiata, Dr. Macdonald’s re-
marks on, 241.

41

508

Sheat-fishes, 38.

Siluride, 33, 45, 49.

Siphodentalium honolulense, 87, 89.

Sloth, green colour of hair of, 337.

Solanocrinus, its relations to recent
Comatulz, 187.

—— (Goldfuss), 188, 189, 190; asper,
202; Bronniu, 204; costatus, 191,
192,196; Jaegeri, 190; list of genus,
187.

Solariella, subg. Trochus, 92.

Solarium, 95. .

Solea vulgaris, 316.

Solenoconchia (Chall. Exped.), 87.

Solenostomus, 41.

Sphyrzna parva, 78.

Sponges, incorporation of
foreign to them, 149.

——, on a Lithistid, and form of
Aphrocallistes from the coast of
Spain, 320.

Spongia bilamellatum, 493; cancellata,
496 ; nervosa, 496.

Steatoda albomaculata, 152; bipunc-
tata, 152, 153; castanea, 152; gut-
tata, 152, 153, stridulating-organs
of, 152; sticta, 152.

Stewart, C., on an abnormal Ambly-
pueustes griseus, 130.

Stickleback, 36, 37, 39.

Stridulating-organs of Steatoda guttata
and Linyphia tenebricola, 152.

Stromateus similis, 52.

Strongylus falcifer, 333 ; foliatus, 333.

Styela grossularia, 330, 331.

Suberites fuliginosus, 478.

Suberotelites mercutor, 478.

Supplementary note on Chitinous or-
gans in Cheilostomata, more par-
ticularly Cellepora, by G. Busk,
357.

Surcula, subg. Pleurotoma, 388, 450,
455.

Synthetic type of Ophiurid from the
N. Atlantic, Prof. P. Martin Duncan
on, 73.

spicules

Tabauus bovinus, 15.

Tedania digitata, 478 ; muggiana, 478 ;
nigrescens, 478.

Tegenaria domestica, glands in maxille
of, 155.

Telescope-fish, 41.

Temnopleurus, 319.

Terebra, 121.

Testudo inepta, 58; leptocnemis, 58 ;
yosmeri, 58; triserrata, 58.

Tetrodon, 49; nigripunctatus, 45.

Thalestris serrulata, 68.

IN DEX.

Thaumantiide, 134.

The parasites of Elephants, by T.
Spencer Cobbold, 333.

Therapons, 52.

Theridiide, 157.

Theridion hamatum, 152.

Thesbia, subg. Pleurotoma, 413, 443,
444, 453; nana, 446.

Thiolliericrinus, 209.

Thresher Shark, attacks of, on Whale,55.

Thynnus brachypterus, 311.

Tinker-fish, 36.

Torcula, subg. Turritella, 217, 229.

Torpedo hebetans, 47 ; marmorata, 47.

Tortoises, extmct, of Mauritius and
Rodriguez, 58.

Trachinus vipera, 54

Trachomeduse, 133;
(ftnote) 132.

Trachurus trachurus, 84.

Trachynotus pyriformis, 386.

Trichechus, 144; Huxleyi, 144, 145;
rosmarus, 145.

Trichecodon, 144;
Huxleyi, 144, 145.

Triforis, subg. Cerithium, 99; angus-
tissima, 102; gigas, 102; Pfeitteri,
102; scitula, 102; suturalis, 103.

Trigla pini, 49.

Triton brasilianus, 270; parthenopus,
270; philomele, 268 ; Quoyi, 270;
viperinum, 270.

Tritonidz (Chall. Exp.), 245.

Trochidse (Chall. Exped.), 87.

Trochus albugo, 90, 94; angulatus, 94;
arruensis, 90, 91; decoratus, 91;
euglyptus, 92; fulgens, 91; lamprus,
90, 98, 94; leaensis, 90; menkeanus,
91; nobilis, 92; philippensis, 90,
92; tumidus, 92; vernicosus, 94;
vitiligimeus, 94; zonatus, 91.

Tubulipora ventricosa, 240.

Tunicata, Alder and Hancock on, 275 ;
Herdman on new British, 274.

Tunnies, British, obs. on, 310.

Turritella, 250; accisa, 217, 220, 222;
adinirabilis, 217, 218, 227; austrina,
217, 218, 224; bicolor, 229; carlotte,
217, 218, 222; conspersa, 221, 229;
Cordismei, 217, 224; declivis, 230;
deliciosa, 217, 226; duplicata, 226;
Gunnii, 221, 230; Hookeri, 226;
incisa, 221; knysnaensis, 223, 226;
lamellosa, 217, 229 ; monilifera, 230;
pagoda, 221, 226; philippensis, 217,
223; runcinata, 217, 218, 222;
sinuata, 220; terebra, 226; tripli-
cata, 220, 226.

relations of,

Koninekii, 144;

| Turritellide (‘ Chall.’ Exped.), 217.

INDEX.

Uranoscopus scaber, 53.
Urnatella, 2.
Uropoda formicariz, 386.

Vera Cruz, Crustaceans from, 85.
Vesiculariide (Arctic), 240.
Voluta, 146.

Walking-fish, 34.

Walrus, fossil, as to the nomenclature
of, 144; tusks of four diff. kinds, 145,
and cause attrition of, 146.

—., , tusks found in Suffolk

rag, H. Ray Lankester on, 144.

Wasps, observ. on Ants, Bees, and,

509

by Sir J. Lubbock, Part VII., 167 ;
Part VIII., 362.

Watson, Rey. R. Boog, Mollusca of
‘Challenger’ Exped.—Part V., 87;
Part VI., 217; Part VII., 245; Part
VIIL., 388; Part IX., 413; Part X.,
457.

Wesmael on Myrmecocystus, 185.

Whymper, coll. of Crustacea made by,
in N.-Greenland seas, 59

Zaria, 218.

Zeus faber, 84.

Ziphioids, 146.

Ziziphinus, subg. Trochus, 91.
Zy godactylon greenlandica, 52.

END OF THE FIFTEENTH VOLUME.

2

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RUD LION COURT, FLEET STREET:

Linn. Soc. Journ. Zoot Von. XV Pl. 1.

DISSECTIONS THORAX OF BLOW-FLY.

AHammond del eb lith

Linn. Soc.Journ. Zoon Vor XV PLP

AFlammond del eb lith DISSECTIONS THORAX OF INSECTS.

Hanhart.imp.

PMDuncan. Linn. Soc. Journ. Zoor Vou. XV Pu.3

Berjeau hth. Hanhart imp.

POLYPHOLIS ECHINATA, Duxcan.

way JNWAAHdS VNILNEDYV :
“duar soag, useqwutyy “URL SLY" O

“Al Td ‘AX TOA 1007, ‘NENOP “00g 'NNIT pp keq'a

ues “oe
a

ale

soa
=f

ZoouVor,. XV. Pr.5.

Linn Soc. Journ.

Bell&Stewart.

Feg. i

A. formosius.

fig. 2.

: Hanhart imp.
ABNORMAL ECHINODERMS.

Berjeau hth.

PMDuncan. LINN.Soc. Journ. Zoo Vou. XV P.6.

Fig.

Benj eau lith. Hanhart imp.

Ha MIPHOLIS WALL CHI] Dzzean.

* Linn. Soc. Journ. Zoo, Vol.AV Pl. VIL.

F Day.

‘simp.

Mantern Bro’

C. Achilles. ith.

SCOMBER Levu (var S.PUNCTATUS Couch),

SCOMBER

Lubbock. Linw.Soc.JourRn. Zoon Vou. XV. P1.8.

} fre. &.

AHamomond lth. CAMPONO TUS INFLATUS.

Hanhart imp.

woe
Ra At
te

ay
bsitg

Fe se

PHCarpenter.

Berjeau hth,

Linn. Soc.Journ.Zoon Vou.XV Pull.

Sle ECW S) OW VAIN I DYOING NS! IPUNO Wing Sy,
& PEHENTACRINUS.

Hanhart imp .

PHCarpenter.

Berjeau lith.

Linn Soc.Journ.ZooL Vou.XVPul2 .

“CHALLENGER” SPECIES OF ANTEDON,
ACTINOMETRA,& PROMACHOCRINUS.

Hanhart imp.

Linw Soc. Journ.Zoon Vou. XVPu13.

tee

?

a

UE

NEN ONC MIC TOY Z, OA.

GBusk del.

:
ss

You.

.ZO00L

Linyn.Soc. Journ

XV.

abi

,Jath®

¥F. Huth

SP.

se

Tera

s
+

ig,

¥

EA AY ln

4-6. A. FUSIFORMIS

a coun

Linn. Soc.Journ. Zoou. Vou. XV, Px.15.

AW

HW

¥U/

il}

a

né

¥. Huth, Lith’ Edi

BG IX, MIG IN GLAU aa S

a

ASCIDIA VIRGINEA. 0.F. Muller:

Linn.Soc. Journ. Zoou. Vou. AV. Pu.16.

1-3 ASCIDIA ASPERSA. 0.F Muller.
TRIANGULARIS nsp. 8.A. SCABRA. 0.F.Muller.

Breve

Linn. Soc. Journ. Zo0o0u. Vou. XV,

Anan

Vi

if

AO

it
Hf

F. Huth, Lit Edin®

4-7, A.PATONI. n.sp.

“1-3.ASCIDIA SCABRA. 0.F Muller.

sete
add hn

as

Lh

Linn. Soc. Journ. Zoou. Vou. XV. Pull.

F Huth, Latht Edin?

WAHerdman del.

1-2. ASCIDIA MURICATA. Heller: 3.A. OBLIQUA. Alder.

4-5. A.DEPRESSA.Alder: 6-8. A.PLEBEIA. Alder.

Linn. Soc. Journ. Zoon. Vou. XV. aloe

o)

wo
ene ET
Rom See ale
: sb cesctetsay2 Sar HA RAID ASRS
Sobemaecnttve

F. Huth, Lith? Edin®

558: AE XG UA. sp.

1-4. ASCIDIA PLEBEIA Alder:

Linn Soc.Journ. Zoon. Vou. XV Pi. 20.

i csanjomanasn

D. assanmiia.

DURGELLA. Maslure & Macdonald. imp.

Linw.Soc.Journ. Zoo. Vou. X¥ i Al.

‘

D levicula

DURGELLA. has Macture é& Macdonald, imp.

is ‘SUdISSVUOD ‘UTE ‘WAMOLVULGOWION SASVNVD WII T EL

e buy

Linn Soc. Jour. Zoon.VOL.XV. PL. 23.

See

Lig.

rue ae ae G.Jarman se.
MASUS COLEOPTRATORUM : 4-7 GCRASSIPES.

St

Linn. Soc. Journ.ZooL Vou. XV.Pu.24.

PPMDuncan. dir.

Hanhart imp.

IAM shS UD) (SiR ON Cis eS WNL

i
|
’
a ao tel

ar 3
Pari,
1 ri ant

Bar
Me adhup ye

¥e
pace

ip
an

*

iy r 7
| Plicarpenter. Linn Soc. Journ Zoot Vou. XV PLS.

Hanhart mp F

eee alat), SPECIES OF SOLANOCRINUS
(ANTEDON & ACTINOMETRA)

Sura

pie

PHCarpenter. Linn. Soc. Jo URN. Zoot Vou.XV Pi 10.

| Berjeaulith.

SPECIES OF SOLANOCRINUS CANTEDON) anos Tee

d
;
a

PM. Duncan dir. Linn. Soc. Jougn. Zoou. Vou. xv. PL. 25.

Berjeau del, Ferrier fecit.

APHROCALLISTES SPECIES? AND SPICULA,

Linn.Soc. Journ. Zoot Vou. XV.Pu.Z6 .

GBusk del .

rey
| (PY i

\

imp .

Hanhart
CHTINOUSet rE NDACE S ser Clio OF CELEEPORA

Beryeau lith.

Eve peer nent ws

Linn. Soc.Journ.Zo on Vou. XV. Pu.27.

ae

L
ee
\ eS
= y,
PS
——— ~ Ee =
oY 215
oo
2
8 S
ot

4

Hanhart imp.

Berjeau lith.
| 5; ci CHMINOUS APPENDAGES SPECIES 0F CELLEPORA

ion, Wein, OW). Pi, 2S.

Journ. Z

a

INN. DOC

L

Sh ys

WK SE
Se hy
Ay

—V,

‘Ridley

Hanhart imp

Berjean hth.

1-6 ECHINODICTYUM BILAMELLATUM.

710 FE NERVOSUM.

Duncan & Ridley. Linn.Soc. Journ. Zoou Vou.XV. Pu.29.

anhart imp.

: H
STRUCTURAL DETAILS SPECIES OF DIRRHOFALUM.
ae EPLOCAMIA, Je.Scamidt)

| Beryeau lith

ny

Marox 30. Price 3s.

THE JOURNAL

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.
Vou. XV. ZOOLOGY. . No. 81.
OK a 2 Ae
CONTENTS. &

I, Anniversary Address of the ON Auiatay, ‘
M.D., LL.D., F.R.S.—Some Recent Additions to our
aogledee a the Structure of the Marine Polyzoa... 1

II. On the Thorax of the Blow-fly (Alusca vomitoria). By
Artuur Hamoonp, F.L.S. (Plates I. & IL.) ......... G

IIL. Instincts and Emotions im Fish. By Franers Day,
a! Cie a bac cet AE TR CR eV a al

TV. On the Extinct Land-Tortoises of Mauritius and Rodri-
guez. By Atrrep C. Happon, B.A., Scholar of
Christ’s College, aud Curator in the Museum of Zoo-
logy and Comparative Anatomy of the University of

Cambridge. (Communicated by Prof. A. Nuwron,
F.R.S.) (Abstract.)

VY. On asmall Collection of Crustacea made by Edward
Whymper, Hsq., chiefly in the N. Greenland Seas ; with
an Appendix on additional Species collected by the
late British Arctic Expedition. By Epwarp J. Mrurs,
PSS Bue esac he Se en a aie aa 59

LONDON:
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE:
AND BY
LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER,
AND
WILLIAMS AND NORGATE,
1880.

LIST OF THE OFFICERS OF THE
LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Elected May 24, 1879.
PRESIDENT.

Professor George J. Allman, M.D., LL.D., F.RB.S.

VICE-PRESIDENTS.
John Ball, M.A., F.R.S., M.R.1.A. Arthur Grote, F.G.S., R.A.S.
William Carruthers, F.R.S., F'.G.S. J. Gwyn Jeffreys, LL.D., F.R.S.

SECRETARIES.
Frederick Currey, M.A., F.R.8. | Prof. St. George J. Mivart, F.B.S,

; TREASURER.
J. Gwyn Jeffreys, LL.D., F.R.S.

COUNCIL.
Prof. G. J. Allman, LL.D., F.R.S. F. DuCane Godman, F.G.S., F.Z.8.
John Ball, M.A., F.R.S., M.R.L.A. Arthur Grote, F.G.S., R.A.S.
Thomas Boycott, M.D. Albert C. L. G. Ginther, M.A., M.D.
William Carruthers, F.R.S., F.G.S. E.R.S.
Frank Crisp, B.A., LL.B. Rev. George Henslow, M.A., F.G.S.
Rev. James M. Crombie, M.A., F.G.8. | J. Gwyn Jeffreys, Hsq., LL.D., F.B.S.
Frederick Currey, M.A., F.R.S. Robert MacLachlan, F.R.S.
William Sweetland Dallas. Prof. St. George J. Mivart, F.R.S.
ASSISTANT SECRETARY. LIBRARIAN.
James Murie, M.D., LL.D. | Richard Kippist, A.L.S.

ASSISTANT IN THE LIBRARY.
James West.

Correction of Error in the previous Number (80) of Journal, Zoology, and omitted
in the Errata at the end of the Volume (xiv.).

Page 735, fourth line from bottom, for “‘ figurinensis” read “‘ tigurinensis.”

ANNIVERSARY MEETING.

This takes place on Monpay, 24th May, at 3 p.m., when the President will
deliver his Annual Address, and the Officers and Council be elected. Fellows
are respectfully invited to attend.

The usual Meetings for Scientific business of the current Session, on Thursday
evenings at 8 P.m., are as follows :—

April 1st, May 6th, June 17th.
yellotias June 3rd,

Intimation of Communications intended to be read on any of these nights
ought to be forwarded early ; for inconvenience arises from too many papers
being crowded into the final Meetings, occasionally to the disappointment of
authors.

TRANSACTIONS (New Series).

There have been issued for 1879-80, and can be had by the Fellows on appli-

cation or forwarded by order (carriage being paid by the Fellow), the subjoined
four parts :—

Zoology, vol. i. part 8, and vol. ii. part 1. Botany, vol. i. parts 6 and 7.
Another part of Zoology and one of Botany are now in the press.

g SUOTOq I SeOp esuNsUE] ywyM OF, J PAOM SYA UO 4YSI[ Morqy oUO AUB UL ‘soIeD0UIYY oY} Jo oMeU

YSIsug ey} eut0deq 04 AToyL] OWTy OUO ye sem ‘DpgPY 10 ‘ypygy yeYA SUMa_S 4t soSessed oy}O WoIg ‘a704r

‘woshod

gsuvobo pooh st 4 4 »% (gmous sry wouf dn bumosb) ausoy asoym

‘sajouaoouyay 40 sppogy fo siaqunu yoatb punof aso viobueg uy

‘(POST pe) vipuy ‘wosag ‘ abounshyrg ‘svVHOUng ‘9T9T

‘(pazyosungnu gah 20w) *u ‘soraoouryar

SS

(pioA B Joy TOTZejonb AjTaxzee jo wewtoedg)

PHILOLOGICAL SOCIETY’S NEW ENGLISH
DICTIONARY.

Tue Council of the PartoLoGcicaL Socrmty ask help in completing the
materials for the new DicTIONARY OF THE ENnGLIisH LaneuacE for
which the Society has been so long preparing, and which is now being
edited by the President, Dr. J. A. H. Murray; the Delegates of the
Clarendon Press in the University of Oxford having undertaken the great
financial responsibilities of the work. It will extend to about 7000 quarto
pages of the size of M. Littré’s great French Dictionary, and will be com-
pleted, it is hoped, during the next ten years; a first part of 400 pages,
containing the letter A, will go to press in 1882. The plan of the Dic-
tionary embraces the Origin and History (formal as well as edeal) of every
word used in English since the 12th century, with particulars, as com-
plete as can be attained, as to the first appearance of every word, and
every new development of the signification of each word. ‘ These will be
illustrated by quotations furnished with complete references, showing the
written form, use, and construction of every word, century by century,
from its earliest known occurrence. These quotations have been collected
from the writings of authors of all ages by the voluntary work of Mem-
bers of the Philological Society and of the general public, to whom
appeals have from time to time been made to help in reading and ex-
tracting books. At the present moment more than 600 ladies and gen-
tlemen in Great Britain, America, and the British Colonies are generously
rendering their assistance.

For the investigation of the history of scientifie words (as to which
Dr. Johnson was avowedly incurious, but to which the new Dictionary
will do full justice) special help is asked from the Fellowsand Members of
the various Scientific Societies, who are most likely both to have personal
knowledge of such points, and to have access to the best sources of infor-
mation. Among other learned bodies, the Linnean Society has cordially
responded to this appeal, and recommended to its Fellows, Associates, and
Members, to render all assistance to this truly national work.

The general form in which this assistance is asked is that of short quo-
tations (with exact reference to book, author and date) for the early oc-
currence of any name of plant or animal which has been (in whole or part)
naturalized in English, and of early instances of every word of the special
terminology of the biological sciences. We want to know when and by
whom Armadillo and Wombat, Teak and Tulip, were first used in English ;
who invented (introduced, or translated) acinaciform, achene, marsupial,
mesoblast, parthenogenesis, biology, and all the other words of scientific
nomenclature. We are glad of notes as to the origin of such descriptive
names as Arrow-root and Adjutant, or the meaning of such adopted ones
as Gutta Percha.

Every communication ought to be on a separate leaflet, say half a small
sheet of thin note-paper, and arranged as on the example given on the
cpposite page (see back, p. 3) of the wrapper. They can be sent by book-
post (or a single one on a post-card) to Dr. Murray, Mixx Hix,
Lonpon, N.W., who will also supply any further information,

JULY 31. Price 3s.

THE JOURNAL

OF
THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.
Vor. XV. ZOOLOGY. No. 82.
ic TS |
CONTENTS, Xi . ‘Odj
I. Ona Synthetic Type of Ophiurid one ear

Atlantic. By Prof. P. M. Duncan, F.B.S., F.LS.,
cole an (Cede cs) BSD aA a Ca Me seen COs ai 73
II. On the Hebridal Argentine. By Francis Day, F.LS.
(Plate IV.)
II]. Description of a new Genus of Moth of the Family
Liparide from Madagascar. By Artuur Butter.
E.L.S., F.Z.8., &. (With a woodcut.) ............ 84.
IV. Notice of Crustaceans collected by P. Geddes, Hsq., at
Vera Cruz. By Epwarp J. Miers, F.L.S.,F.Z.8. 85
V. Mollusca of H.M.S. ‘Challenger’ Expedition.—Part V.
By the Rev. Roperr Booe Warsoy, B.A., F.R.S.E.,
BGS cee" (Wath a woodent) ) 0.2. ey) 87
VI. Note onan Abnormal (Quadriradiate) Specimen of Am-
blypneustes formosus. By Prof. F. Jerrrey Betz,

MAL EH ReMSi. (Plate, Vs im parts). eo) kee eG
VIL. Onan Abnormal Amblypneustes griseus. By CHAries
Stewart, F.L.S8. (Plate V.in part.) ............... 130

VIII. On Limnocodium Victoria, a new Hydroid Medusa of
Fresh Water. By Prof. G. J. Autman, M.D.,
LL.D., F.R.S., Pres. L.S8. (With 2 woodcuts.) ... 181

Erratum in p. 78, Prof. Duncan’s description of Pl. III.: fig. 4
should read fig. 4, a, 6, c; and fig. 5, a, 6, c, should read fig. 5

LONDON
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE,
AND BY
LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER,

AND
WILLIAMS AND NORGATE.
1880.

LIST OF THE OFFICERS OF THE
LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Hlected May 24, 1880.

PRESIDENT.
Professor George J. Allman, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S.

VICE-PRESIDENTS.

Frederick Currey, M.A., F.R.S. J. Gwyn Jeffreys, LL.D., F.RB.S.
Arthur Grote, F.G.S., B.A.S. Prof. St. George J. Mivart, F.R.S.

SECRETARIES.

B. Daydon Jackson. Edward R. Alston.
TREASURER.
Frederick Currey, M.A., F.R.S.
COUNCIL.

Prof. G. J. Allman, LL.D., F.R.S. William Sweetland Dallas.
Edward R. Alston. Prof. M. Foster, M.A., F.R.S.
George Bentham, E.R.S. Arthur Grote, F.G.S., R.A.S.
George Busk, F.R.S. B. Daydon Jackson.
Thomas Boycott, M.D. J. Gwyn Jeffreys, LL.D., F.B.S.
Frank Crisp, B.A., LL.B. Robert MacLachlan, F.R.S.

Rev. James M. Crombie, M.A., F.G.8. | Prof. St. George J. Mivart, F.R.S.
Frederick Currey, M.A., F.R.S.

ASSISTANT SECRETARY. LIBRARIAN.
James Murie, M.D., LL.D. | Office vacant.
ASSISTANT IN THE LIBRARY.
James West.

The Council meet once a fortnight during the Session, namely, on the same
Thursdays as the General (Scientific) Meetings (infra), but at 4 p.m.

LIBRARY COMMITYIEE.

This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually) and of the four
officers ex officio, in all thirteen members. The former are elected annually
by the Council in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The Com-

mittee meet at 4 Pp.m., usually once a month. The Members for 1880-81, in
addition to the officers, are :—

Jobn Ball, M.A., F.R.S., M.R.1.A. W. T. Thiselton Dyer, M.A., F.R.S.
George Bentham, F.R.S. Albert C. L. G. Giinther, M.A., M.D.,
George Busk, F.R.S. E.R.S.

William Carruthers, F.R.S., F.G.S. Prof. D. Oliver, F.R.S.

Prof. P. M. Duncan, F.R.S , F.G.S. Howard Saunders, F.Z.S.
A Book for insertion of Recommendations of Volumes to be added to the
Library lies on the table in the Society’s Rooms at the disposal of the Fellows.

LIBRARY AND READING ROOM.

These will be closed for cleaning and revision of the books from Monday,
9th August, till Saturday, 4th September inclusive.

EVENING MEETINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.
To BE HELD AT Buriineton House, Szssion 1880-81.
On Thursday Evenings, as undermentioned, the Chair being taken at 8 p.m.

1880. November 4 1881. February 3 1881. April 21
Ae 18 i 17 May
December 2 March 3 June 2
9 16 > 17 te) 16
1881. January 20 April 7

The Anniversary Meeting takes place on Tunspay, 24th May, 1881, at 3 p.m.

suopypny | ‘NODNIVIS (0 “H ‘NVNCGOD ‘C 4
NVYTHOV'LI asa wa “& SHTUVHO ‘LONSVILT ‘SRAUAAAL NAMD ‘£ “Oss ‘g dept

‘PG SG IShF 48 peyeys Apyooato0 oq 0} punos souvjeg oy} pu pourMexe Uleeq aALY s}UNODOv SuLoo10F oT,

T 9 S90GF I 9 s906F
G 6G GE Ree seee eens eee eee ASLO SUED, at} jo spuvy otf} M1 ooUBl[Vg
Il & VEOlF IL GL PI8L ——
gy ee ois Sag 00 ge Hreseeeseceeeeren coseeues gonwTT SHIBMOZ TOTO
(eo ect coe erence rec enc eee r OO Oreeuverececneceeseee qUou}SoAUT 0 GLO terereensaeceeeescoes> On GOTRIBO AdeIquy
G LIF Gn onpcvcccatcecesencsboceresecercosecsseeeses suyuig SnOoUtT[OOsIP{T O18 29 ieee ean et eee oe COE (C0 LOY
fe oy ees L OL LIG cree suonoesueay,

“ESA TE(Gy he Bo a Oe OD Seca SOUT —: suoyeoITqug §,A4a100g JO seTeg

OL SI POOF ee eer Serre ey 0 9 T68 ile/oisie{ejsis e}aie)oie\=)s]alofe:sialeleielexTrraCy iA queserd IOy

—! suorvorqng s Ayo100g jo sosuedxnp 0 O TG crt rrssssereesees gazed aorad Loz

g el Ge epee meget cers Serer wre <* GUO Lee pus SuIpuqyoog —-0 0 g Jo 0391p 0731,
0 9 GIT Ps 099 “OG BF Jo sonny jenuay
8 SI 6¢ O O GGG Vircreteetenceeneneeese cose ne<oeess “Strom TOM ULOQ)
9 } 8GF OO PL rere eee sees as ea, TOTES FEY
hG S@. ours Boaa ces RoR aes eae Heleeteeses SB) DUB STROOD 9 6 GIF CCU spun poysaauy Uo 4yse10}UT
9 LT SL Peewee reece eer eer se reese sears cee rsseseceeee amnjium 7 pur saredoyy y LI GV sevee DINO ODO DOB COO0000G 0341p TOA YseH Agog jo 6c
Gy Sea cesteveersestensreserscesesseccesaerseseerererss GOTIBINSUT PUR SOXU, (ie ie ov. aun so" yQT—Q/ eT avod snotaord oy} WOA, OOULTeg
SF Oi aes 2

“OSST ‘0g my 07 “GLQT ‘T hupr mous sruouling pum spdroooay

nereeecescouesso7T OFGF 0} tvok JsV] PUL “SET FEOF 0} poywnowv YJ QT Ul poesleoot SUOTINGIAWUOD TENUUB OUT, “PS “SGI OSLEF Mou st pus ‘OORTF
GIT UE sem 4x $ poyqnop useq svy [edo mG ‘solovSo] 10} OFAF posoaul puw poateoat os[e oA JT “poqSeAUL Uoeq eavy 07 tvedde suomisoduioo oyy fo
qaed ou suvok oay snotaoid oy} Sum “scl OZEF Poyseaur pur ‘Qgg]F peatovos odvy T eowyo Aut Jo saved oay oy} Sutanp yey} yaeunos Avur T ‘Ayoroog yy
jo outooUT 04} YstuTMTp ATsnortes ysnuT ‘poyseaur Joy JoS0qTv 10m AO} JI UOAS “YOUA ‘suOrzIsodui0 013 07 yoodser YM “6LY1 Ul “PT “SE OOLTF 4 OLST
Ul SP 9GLF Woay posvarour pry ory ‘sosuedxe uoryworqnd oy Jo UoYLpLUMI] op |euosvet oY} 07 sv ATTeIOOdsSe “poydope Moaq eAVY sUOTysedens oTGeNTeA
atey} pur ‘Ayor00g ay} Jo uoTisod yerouvuy org SuNVSysoaur «oy prounvg oyy Aq poyurodde osye sea oozqruuioy Twredg y “x sojdeyO ur muy ok 487
oY} YjIM eourpsooor ur ‘syuowAed pure s}dieoe1 oy} ueyeyopun ysonboa Aut ye ‘eouls sey ‘Arvjodoeg-quEysIssY oY} PUL “Pesnsu0o euILdE sJUNODOR SI
qsiddry “Ay ‘UVLIeIQIT Ol} JO SSOUT[I SUOT pUe oJeUNZLOJUN oY} 07 SUMO ‘OSE SYJUOM OATOMT, “PZ “SBT GGCF SI ofep Sty} 4B puey uo puB saoyuRq no
qe eouR[eq ot} pu “PE sz] OGLEF JO Teydwo poysoaut uv oavy om {4qQop wiosazoory opb crv oA ‘“SdoyVUt yuBJAod ut Om4—osvo oY} Sv ATIOMIIOY TET}
Areagy, oy} uo eaour Aqqvaopisuoo queds oavy om { pozoiaysor uoaq jou cavy suOIqvor{qnd «no ‘pred sorsepes Jo yuNOUE toyweTd OY} PUL ‘osnoF, WOysuTTANE,
0} [eAouIOL OY} UO JUonbesucs oanyztpucdxe ATrvoA JeUOMIppe oT} SB TOA SB ‘SeTJOIOOS OYIyUEINs Joy}O poyooye ATsnorinfur yue}xe sso] 40 JoyeoIs
B 0} SBYy YOUA ‘ootauMUIOD jo uoIssoidep oye] ON} Surpuvzsq}TjoN; ‘Mota Jo Julod perouvuyg ve ut Ay1edsoad suisvorout pue posverout syt UO Ayor00g o44
Surjemnyeasuoo Jo Aqrunyr0ddo oy} oye} J ‘s.uvok oA ysvy 04} aoy Surproy Jo amouoy ouy peg oavy T Yoram ‘Azo100g oy} Jo drystoansvery, oy} SuTUSIsEt NT

‘Tu0ddy, (SATUTATS NIA “f

li Sale

MEMBERSHIP AND PRIVILEGES.

Any Candidate for admission as a Fellow must be proposed on a
written Certificate, to be signed by three or more Fellows, from
their personal acquaintance with him, or knowledge of his cha-
racter or writings.

Fellows, on their election, pay an Admission Fee of £6, and an
annual Contribution of £3, which latter may be compounded for at
any time by one payment of £45 in lieu of all future contributions.

Fellows residing abroad, and not compounding, are required to
provide such security for the payment of their annual Contribu-
tions as shall be satisfactory to the Council.

The Fellows are entitled to receive, gratis, all Volumes, or Parts
of Volumes, of the Transactions and Journal, that may be pub-
lished after they shall have paid the Admission Fee; and they
may be supplied with any of the Society’s publications at a reduc-
tion of 25 per cent. under the common selling prices. Such
volumes as Fellows may be entitled to, or be desirous to purchase,
can be had on application at the Society’s Apartments or for-
warded by a written Order (carriage being paid by the Fellow);
but no volume can be delivered gratis to a Fellow whose yearly
Contributions are in arrear, nor can any be delivered unless ap-
plied for within five years from the time of publication.

Library.—This is open to the Fellows and their friends daily, be-
tween the hours of 10 and 4, and on Meeting-days at 7p.m. With
certain restrictions, Fellows are allowed to borrow Books. The
Council-room, which is also used as a Reading-room, is open daily
from 10 a.m. till 6 P.m., except on Saturdays, when till 4 p.m. only.

PUBLICATIONS.

Journals.—F rom Vol. IX. the Zoological and Botanical por-
tions of the Journal have been published separately, and each
consists of Hight numbers. From Vol. XIV. Zoology, and
Vol. XVII. Botany, the price of each separate number will be
3s. to the public, and 2s. 3d. to Fellows; and that of each volume,
when complete, 24s. to the public, and 18s. to Fellows.

Transactions.—The First Series of the Transactions, contain-
ing Botanical and Zoological contributions, is now completed in
30 Vols. Sets of the first twenty volumes will be supplied
to the Fellows at the reduced price of £20; or of the first
twenty-five volumes, with the General Index to the whole,
for £30. Any Fellow purchasing, at one time, ten or more
volumes, may obtain those from the Ist to the 20th at £1 per
volume, from the 21st to the 25th at £2 per volume; and single
volumes, or parts, to complete sets, may be obtained at the original
prices. The price of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is 8s. to the public, and
6s. to Fellows; to Vols. 26-30, 4s. to the public, and 3s. to Fellows.

The Second Series of the Transactions is divided into Zoological
and Botanical sections.

Vol. I. Zoology (2nd Ser.), contains eight Parts, and is illus-
trated by seventy-three plain and coloured Plates and twenty
Woodeuts. Vol. II., Part 1, is published, and Part 2 will be
issued in August.

Vol. I, Botany (2nd Ser.), contains nine Parts, eighty-five plain
and coloured Plates and six Woodcuts.

To facilitate scientific workers in obtaining any single paper published in the
Transactions without necessarily purchasing the entire Part in which it is con-
tained, a few copies of each memoir have been printed off separately for sale.
Most of these (from Vol. 26 onwards.) can still be had at the Society’s Rooms.

SEPTEMBER 3. Price 36s.

THE JOURNAL

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

Vou. XV. ZOOLOGY. No. 83.
ay ene
Ori” ES
CONTENTS. © MK /

UF Page
I. On an unusual Form of the Genus — iphotis fees :

By Prof. P. M. Duncay, F.R.S., F.D 2 Be Woekiate
ATI ae reer tec et ee “188

III.

IV.

V.

VI.

VIL.

VIII.

IX.

. On the Tusks of the Fossil Walrus found in a eeares, =

Crag of Suffolk. By E. Ray Lanxester, M.A.,

E.RB.S., F.L.S., Professor of Zoology and Compa-

rative ‘Anatomy in University College, London.

(LID SUTSENG | i Bal en Eu a MP ee ae el 144
On the Specific Identity of Scomber punctatus, Couch,

with S. scomber, Linn. By Francois Day, F.L.S.

(CE Miite, SITETAS eae SR e eae Ak oh atte seta ear acl 146

On two Cases of Incorporation by Sponges of Spicules
foreign to them. By Stuart O. Riprey, F.LLS.,
Assistant in the Zoological Department, British
NETISe tien he Ghee amateigales Veit sie cae 149

On supposed Stridulating-Organs of Steatoda guttata,
Wider., and Linyphia tenebricola, Wider. By F.
Maure Camppett, F.L.8., F.Z.8., F.R.M.S. (With
FA NWA OLCULS ED) SY Nar AGS AE SRE AKT Eis EN Ra, AES lar ee 152

On certain Glands in the Maxille of Tegenaria domes-
tica, Blackwall. By F. Mavte Campsett, F.L.S.,
E.ZS., F.R.MLS. (With 5 woodcuts.) ............... 155

Notes on Aplysia dactylomela. By G. E. Dozson,
M.A., M.B., F.L.S., &. (With 2 woodcuts.)

On the Natural Classification of Gasteropoda.—Part I.

By Dr. J. D. Macponap, R.N., FBS. oo... 161

Observations on Ants, Bees, and Wasps; with a De-
scription of a new Species of Honey-Ant.—Part VII.
Ants. By Sir Jonny Lussock, Bart., M.P., F.R.S.,
F.LS., D.C.L., LL.D., Vice- Chancellor of the Uni-
versity of London. (Plate VIII. and 5 woodcuts.) 167

LONDON:

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE,

AND BY

LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER,

AND
WILLIAMS AND NORGATE.
1880.

LIST OF THE OFFICERS OF THE
LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Hlected May 24, 1880.

PRESIDENT.
Professor George J. Allman, M.D., LU.D., F.B.S.

VICE-PRESIDENTS.

Hrederick Currey, M.A., F.R.S8. J. Gwyn Jeffreys, LL.D., F.B.S.
Arthur Grote, .G.S., R.A.S. Prof. St. George J. Mivart, F. B.S.

SECRETARIES.

B. Daydon Jackson. | Edward RB. Alston.
TREASURER.
Frederick Currey, M.A., F.R.S.
COUNCIL.

Prof. G. J. Allman, LL.D., F.R.S. William Sweetland Dallas.
Edward BR. Alston. Prof. M. Foster, M.A., F.R.S.
George Bentham, F.R.S. ~ Arthur Grote, F.G.S., R.A.S8.
George Busk, F.R.S. B. Daydon Jackson.
Thomas Boycott, M.D. J. Gwyn Jeffreys, LL.D., F.R.S.
Frank Crisp, B.A., LL.B. Robert MacLachlan, F.R.S8.

Rev. James M. Crombie, M.A., F.G.8. | Prof. St. George J. Mivart, F.R.S.
Frederick Ourrey, M.A., F.R.S.

ASSISTANT SECRETARY. LIBRARIAN,
James Murie, M.D., LL.D. | Office vacant.

ASSISTANT IN THE LIBRARY.
James West.

The Council meet once a fortnight during the Session, namely, on the same
Thursdays as the General (Scientific) Meetings (¢nfra), but at 4 p.m.

LIBRARY COMMITTEE.

This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually) and of the four
officers ex officio, in all thirteen members. The former are elected annually
by the Council in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The Com-

mittee meet at 4 P.M., usually once a month. The Members for 1880-81, in
addition to the officers, are :—

John Ball, M.A., F.R.S., M.R.LA. W.T. Thiselton Dyer, M.A., F.R.S.
George Bentham, F.R.S8. Albert C. L. G. Gunther, M.A., M.D.,
George Busk, F.R.S. FE.R.S.

William Carruthers, F.R.S., F.G.S. Prof. D. Oliver, F.R.S.

Prof. P. M. Duncan, F.R.S., F.G.S. Howard Saunders, F.Z.S.

A Book for insertion of Recommendations of Volumes to be added to the
Library lies on the table in the Society’s Rooms at the disposal of the Fellows.

EVENING MEETINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.
To BE HELD AT Buruincron House, Session 1880-81.
On Thursday Evenings, as undermentioned, the Chair being taken at 8 p.m.

1880. November 4 1881. February 3 1881. April 21
iB 18 MS 17 May 5
December 2 March 3 June 2
” 16 ” 17 ” 16
1881. January 20 © April Uf

The Anniversary Meeting takes place on TuzspAy, 24th May, 1881, at 3 p.m.

‘sJOpIpny | ‘NOLNIVLS ib = ‘NVWAOD ‘Cd wf
| NV THOVDLA “ad GSiwud L£ SHTAVHO ‘Waunsvoy SRALAAAL NAMD ‘£ ‘0881 ‘8 AeA
‘DG SG ISPF ye poreys APooatoo oq 0} punof oouvpeg oy} pus pouramexe uoeq eAvy syUNOVOY SuLose10j oy,

et

1 9 99007 pe es
Fe) pee a a a “-STayUBg oy] JO spuvy ey} ul courpeg |
IL € PeglF Us a ee
Ine ¥ 0 0 GQ titers oo sequrg: spavaoz uoTeTOg
0.0 Gal cies Hi eteeteceesrereereeets a TOUESOAUT 0 ZL 0 eas tereeereseeessonGopeqe Aawaquy
G LL on Shiota cieereusreceseereeerees ZuUtEy SNOOULT[ST]IL Ol Oe 0 ee es CUO Te
ey ee L OL LIG ccuuusees Heres suOMDRSARA,
@ Fl Sol.” 326 be teveeseerees BgamT —: SUOT}BoTTQug 8,A4e100G Fo seled
OT el TG eas eetee Sevavcooos iar iugte ay | (6) 9 168 ere eee sess vad quesetd IOF
aa snolyeorjqng s fyo100g jo sosuodxgy \| 0 0 Tg epee ene actos rs ceneseae garvok ord LOFT z
¢ eleg cceort Sea reece Hele CiauoTRg pur Surpurqyoog —0 0 € Jo ojtp OnE
OO BIL tresses pasunpoand sx00g 09 9 teres Qf ee Jo SUOTINGIAIWOD [eNUaW
8 ST 6S pls ceununeae es (OG CTSOFT: pur voy, Surpnyour) sosuodxgy kyog 0) 0 GaG sees Beer teeter eer r omnes tenes ““-suomisod mop,
0 p gGpoccuee Sana Htrtecsett YOTSSIULUIOD PUL SOTALTES O= OPAL eh OH LO [SS TUL NE
G6 RG eee SOME cece “SBI PUR BTLOQ 9 6 6LIF CCU spunyy peyseauy wo qseroquT
9 LI GL : sores oman pue saredey i ee YG eras arr ee Y wuody yseQ AVjeg Jo
69 31.” Hetero gguuansUy PUR Soxe OL GT L0G GLB T-SL81 twek snomesd ayy wots courreg
ed SF =

“ORST ‘oe 2dy on “ELST “T hnyir mouf sxusuling pwn szdvooe

Hireerreeeeesry Fac 07 avok sv] PUL “SET FEOF 0} poyuMoure Q/QT Ul posteoor SUOTNGIAQUOD TENUUB ONE “PB SGT OSLEF AOU St puw ‘O9S1F
GIT UE SVM 4t { poyqnop Uoeq sey yeyduo nQ ‘solowse] Toy OFQF poysoaur puw poatooor Ospe eavy T “Poysoaul weed avy 0} tvedde suomtsoduoo ey} fo
qaud ou sivok cay snoractd oy} SUING: “SGT OZGF poysoaul pur ‘Qgg|F peatedvot ede T Coyjo ku Jo saved ay oy} Supp yey} yxwunod Leut T ‘Ajorog oxy
fo outoout oy Ystuturp Aysnories ysnuT “poyseaut toyjesoyye exom Lop} JE WOAO ‘TOITTAL ‘suorjisoduroo ot} 03 yoodsot YILAA “6481 UE PT “Se OOLIF 0} 9181
UL "SP] YGLF woszy posvosoul pey yoryar ‘sosuodxe worjeorfqnd yy Jo WoepUAT] eT{VUOSvot Of} OF 8B Ayewodse ‘peydope esq eavy suorysedons ofqunzea
Trey} pue ‘Ajo100g ey JO Toryisod Terouvug oy} SuysYs0A Ur Toy TouNLD ey Aq poyutodde osye sem o0971mui0g [wnedg y “KX JeydeyQ ur aery edg 4sT
oT} UJI eourpiooov ut ‘syuowAed pure s}dieoet oy} voxeyLopun ‘sonboa Ata ye ‘ots sey ‘Atvjotoeg-jURISISSY OY} PUL “posNju09 etUwOEG s}UNODOG STy
qsrddry “ayy ‘UeMeAqry OY} JO ssoUT[ BuO] pue oyvungcoyun oy} 07 SuLMO ‘Ose SYJUOTI OATOALT, “PG SBL GEGF St YUP SIF YB PUBl| UO PuB sto UE mo
qe eouvred om} pur “ps ‘sZl OSLEF JO qeqidvo poysoaur ue oavy om {3qep wow cody OFIND et oA “S10}}BU queycodur OMjJ—osvo oy} sea ATO} UR
AxeIgt] oy} UO eaowa ATQVAoprsuos yuEds CALY OM { PozOITysoA Usoq JOU eAvy suonvorfqnd ano “pred soreyes Jo yunowe 10}V0IS OY} PuL ‘esnOH Uopsurpng,
0} [wAowet ey} WO Juonbesuos oanqrpuedxe ATavok YeuOTIppe olf} sv [TOA SB ‘SeIJOIOS OyT}UETOS 1oyJO Pooese Aysnopmfur queyxe ssef a0 «0yword
@ 0} SBY Torys ‘oosourui0s jo uoIssordop oyv] oYY SurpurjysyyLMjoN “MoTA JO Jurod [eIOUVUy v Ut Ayaodsoad Suisvoaour pure posvodour syt wo Ajorwog oyy
Suryenyeasuoo jo Ayrungaoddo oy} oye, 7 ‘saved aay qsey oyy 107 SuIppoy Jo tmouoY oy} PLY CAvty y YoryA “Aqoloog oy} Jo drystomsuedy, ayy Surusiser NT

‘osel ‘Ae war] ‘Avpuoyy ‘Suyooyy Aresioatuuy oyy ye pred ‘TuodHy (SAMUTIAL NAA “f "aq) 8 wauaAsvaUy, THY,
“ALHIVOS

MEMBERSHIP AND PRIVILEGES.

Any Candidate for admission as a Fellow must be proposed on a
written Certificate, to be signed by three or more Fellows, from
their personal acquaintance with him, or knowledge of his cha-
racter or writings.

Fellows, on their election, pay an Admission Fee of £6, and an
annual Contribution of £3, which latter may be compounded for at
any time by one payment of £45 in lieu of all future contributions.

Fellows residing abroad, and not compounding, are required to
provide such security for the payment of their annual Contribu-
tions as shall be satisfactory to the Council.

The Fellows are entitled to receive, gratis, all Volumes, or Parts
of Volumes, of the Transactions and Journals, that may be pub-
lished after they shall have paid the Admission Fee; and they
may be supplied with any of the Society’s publications at a reduc-
tion of 25 per cent. under the common selling prices. The
Journals are sent, post-free, to Fellows resident in Britain or to
agents in Britain of Fellows residing abroad. Such of the Trans-
actions as Fellows may be entitled to, or be desirous to purchase,
can be had on application at the Society’s Apartments or for-
warded by a written Order (carriage being paid by the Fellow) ;
but none of the Society’s publications can be delivered gratis to a
Fellow whose yearly Contributions are in arrear, nor can any be
delivered unless applied for within five years from the time of
publication.

Inbrary.—This is open to the Fellows and their friends daily, be-
tween the hours of 10 and 4, and on Meeting-days at 7p.m. With
certain restrictions, Fellows are allowed to borrow Books. The
Council-room, which is also used as a Reading-room, is open daily
from 10 a.m. till 6 P.m., except on Saturdays, when till 4 p.m. only.

PUBLICATIONS.

Journals.—The first VIII. volumes contain papers both on
Botany and Zoology, and each vol. is divided into Four parts at
3s. each, or 12s. per vol. From Vol. IX. the Zoological and Bo-
tanical sections have been published separately, and each con-
sists of Hight numbers at 2s., or 16s. per vol. From Vol. XIV.
Zoology, and Vol. XVII. Botany, each. separate number is 3s.
to the public, and 2s. 3d. to Fellows; or the volume, 24s. to the
public, and 18s. to Fellows.

Pransactions.—The First Series of the Transactions, contain-
ing both Botanical and Zoological congributions, is now completed
in 80 Vols. Sets of the first twenty volumes will be supplied
to the Fellows at the reduced price of £20; or of the first
twenty-five volumes, with the General Index to the whole,
for £30. Any Fellow purchasing, at one time, ten or more
volumes, may obtain those from the Ist to the 20th at £1 per
volume, from the 21st to the 25th at £2 per volume; and single
volumes, or parts, to complete sets, may be obtained at the original
prices. ‘The price of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is 8s. to the public, and
6s. to Fellows; to Vols. 26-30, 4s. to the public, and 3s. to Fellows.

The Second Series of the Transactions is divided into Zoological
and Botanical sections, one vol. of each being already published.

To facilitate scientific workers in obtaining any single paper published in the
Transactions without necessarily purchasing the entire Part in which it is con-

tained, a few copies of each memoir have been printed off separately for sale.
Most of these (from Vol. 26 onwards) can still be had at the Society’s Rooms.

November 20. Price 3s.

THE JOURNAL

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.
Vou KY. ZOOLOGY. No. 84.

a) ‘ ‘O
CONTENTS. <<, O/

SEN deposit
« . . Page
I. On the Genus Solanocrinus, Goldfuss, and its Relations

to recent Comatule. By P. Hersert CarpEenter,
M.A., Assistant Master at Eton College. (Plates
ONE GI Te ance ne en vien oae ay se eum. Oyo eal aa 187

II. Mollusca of H.M.S. ‘Challenger’ Expedition.—Part VI.
Turritellide. By the Rev. Roperr Boog Watson,
B.A., F.R.S.E., F.L.8S., &c. (With a woodeut.)...... 217

III. List of Polyzoa collected by Capt. H. W. Feilden in the
North-Polar Expedition; with Descriptions of new
Species. By Guoraze Busx, F.R.S. (Plate XITI,) 231

Errata. In Sir J. Lupsocx’s paper in Journal No. 83, p. 186,
top line, for “ incredible” read “ inevitable ;”’ and after “ Aus-
traliam ”’ in same page, line 15 from top, the note of interroga-
tion to be discarded.

LONDON:
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE,
AND BY
LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER,
AND
WILLIAMS AND NORGATE.,
1880.

LIST OF THE OFFICERS OF THE
LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Elected May 24, 1880.

PRESIDENT.
Professor George J. Allman, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S.

VICE-PRESIDENTS.

Frederick Currey, M.A., F.R.S. J. Gwyn Jeffreys, LL.D., F.RB.S.
Arthur Grote, #.G.S., R.A.8. Prof. St. George J. Mivart, F.B.S.
TREASURER.

Frederick Currey, M.A., F.B.S.
SECRETARIES.

B. Daydon Jackson. | Edward R. Alston.
COUNCIL.
Prof. G. J. Allman, LL.D., F.RB.S8. William Sweetland Dallas.
Hdward R. Alston. Prof. M. Foster, M.A., F.R.S.
Thomas Boycott, M.D. Arthur Grote, F.G.S8., B.A.S.
George Busk, F.R.S., F.G.S. B. Daydon Jackson.
Frank Crisp, B.A., LL.B. J. Gwyn Jeffreys, LL.D., F.RB.8.
Rev. James M. Crombie, M.A., F.G.8. | Robert MacLachlan, F.R.S.
Frederick Currey, M.A., F.R.S. Prof. St. George J. Mivart, F.R.S.
LIBRARIAN.

James Murie, M.D., LL.D.

ASSISTANT IN THE LIBRARY.
James West.

The Council meet once a fortnight during the Session, namely, on the same
Thursdays as the General (Scientific) Meetings (infra), but at 4 p.m.

LIBRARY COMMITTEE.

This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually) and of the four
officers ex officio, in all thirteen members, The former are elected annually
by the Council in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The Com-
mittee meet at 4 p.m., usually once a month. The Members for 1880-81, in
addition to the officers, are :—

John Ball, M.A., F.R.S., M.R.1.A. W.T. Thiselton Dyer, M.A., F.B.S.
George Busk, ¥.R.8., F.G.S. Albert Ginther, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.
William Carruthers, F.R.S., F.G.S. Prof. D. Oliver, F.R.S.

Prof. P. M. Duncan, F.R.S., F.G-S. Howard Saunders, F.Z.S.

A Book for insertion of Recommendations of Volumes to be added to the
Library lies on the table in the Society’s Rooms at the disposal of the Fellows.

EVENING MEETINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.
To BE HELD AT BurnineTon Houssz, Session 1880-81.

On Thursday Evenings, as undermentioned, the Chair being taken at 8 p.m.

1880. December 2 1881. February 17 1881. April 21
A 16 March 3 May 5

1881. January 20 , 17 , June 2
February 3 April 7 tO

The Anniversary Meeting takes place on TuEspAy, 24th May, 1881, at 3 p.m.

{ ‘NOLNIVIS ‘L ‘H ‘NVAG@OD ‘Cd ‘A
| ‘NVIHOVLIN ‘a HSGUUd “£ SHATUVHO “adnsvady, ‘SRAMAAHL NAMWD ‘£ ‘Ossl ‘8 Aepy
‘PG SG TSF 42 poyeys A[JoeA100 oq 07 punojz ooucyeq oy} ple peulitexe Useq oAVT S}UNODDY SULOseAOF OY,

‘S10; Ip nY

T 9 9067 IT 9 G90GF
is o I&P COR ee eer eerrne serreesss “GTOMUV ot} jo spuvy ety} ut ovuB[ eg |
IL 8 ¥E9IF ie SGN VST eee
leased 0 0 GQ cite os goauTg spaemog moeMOg:
0 0 Set Herereeenereeeereerererrreess quguTsoAUy | 0 ZL 0 Terseeseeeeeosereresesssonsopeqeg ALBIQIT
Gg LI AS eas pecan te aero “' Suuitg snoouvppeosipy OLs 19 tteeeeevsreeeceeetereeesesvoreess STBTINOL
1 8 Gl Re L OL LI@ ccc suomoesaeay,
Petieshie eS tee sQBTT —! suovoIfgng s,Aqat00g Jo sereg
OL el TCC Se wees spaN2GSOLHONO Teh BTL SY 0 9 168 treseecesveeserereeecoee mak quaosatd IOF
—: suovorqng sfy01009 jo sosuedx O2:02 1G) ee ereoddorrueaoy
@ &1 Ge SWanenetesgvingh ert tev eeaess ees *s<s* ASTON EIS pue Surpurqyoog. —9 0 € jo oujtp
0 9 Zit BEOOEDORHE Ge UOSOR SEGA at weQUCONSES ot hata ea a6 syoog 0 9 9 revaiereleferciepetaye 0 2 oF jo suoTNqI}U09,
8 SI 6¢ ++ (osuqsog pue voy, Sutpnyout) sostlod xa Ayeg 0) 0 ZG Poe ity oe SU RP Os OR GABODOHO CNS SOV b
9 a7 QGP Si eleuivicielulvictele civ bicelupuiac vviaveviclitcas ereensee WOIssLULTOK pue sorrepeg 0) 0 PLL Peer eee o cerns sree cceorcsesesesresevees Sony: § UOISsIUpYy
} 6 9G eens 9 6 (Ai Ey ae eo aap eee caeopenD spun, pejsoauy nao) solo} UT
9 Dit ral } 1 GP Sie(eWolais(eiulutselulalwisielelercie{eiete 0131p wmLoay yseQ A4I0q Jo 66
BS RL tetereeerresrrceeeseeeeeerenes gougansuy pUue Sexe], OL GT LOG TT GLST-SL8T awed snoracrd 04} Mody couepeg
Bele ee ge Ie PSPS ge

“OSST ‘08 udp 02 “GLQT ST Any mouf srusmling pun srdrooogy

trrsseeessesseserT Face 07 avok qv] PUL “SET FEOF 0} popMMowe Q/QT Ul peatoood SUOINGIAyUOD [enUUB ONT, “PY “SGT OSLEF AOU St pue ‘O9STF
GIST Ur svar 4r { perquop ueeq svy TeyIdvo InQ ‘selowde] OF OFF poseaul puv poalooos Osye CAvY T “poyseAT! Mood eAvy] OF qedde suorisodutoo at} fo
qavc ou sivok oay snoraocd on} SuLm “sGy OZEF poyseaut pur ‘ggg F pedtoser oavy J coo Aca Jo stvod oay on} Surmp yey} yxeutor Leur T ‘Ayeto0g 04}
Jo eutoout ou} Ysturmarp ATsnortes ysnut ‘poyseaut coyjosoqY o1om AoT[} JI UoAS ‘orm ‘suorpsoduros oT} 04 qoodsea UILAA ‘GLY L UL “PT “Se OOLTF 9} 91ST
Ul ‘SET 9GLF Wory pesvoadoul pry Yorqar ‘sosuedxe uoyworfqnd oy} jo UoIRIUMIT epqeuosved oy 04 sv ATTeIOedsa ‘po}dope meeq eavy SUOLJSasoNS ofquntea
ey} pus ‘Ajo100g oy Jo uoTISod yerouLuy oy SuyeSysorur roy pounvg oy} Aq payurodde osye sem oaqqrmmut0/ jeradg y “x toydeyqQ ur Mery odg 487
oY} YIM eourpooor ut ‘syuowAed pue s}dieoea oy veyeytopun ysonbea Aut 4x ‘oours suey ‘ArejoqEg-quLsIssy OY} PUB “posHju0s oUIBOEG s}UNODIG SIT
siddry “ayy “ULLIBIQUT et} JO SSOUT[I SUT pue oyeUNyLOJUN oY} 07 SUTMO ‘OSL SYJUOUM OATOMT, “PZ “SBI GEGF St Op Siqy ye pury UO pue stoxuEq IO
qe eouryeg ey) pur “ps sz] OLEF JO Teytdvo poysoaut ue oavy om $yQop uLOAF oatf O}IND ov oAA *sL0g}vUT JuLZLod MIL OaJ—osvO OT} SAL AjAOUAIOF ULT}
AxvIiqi, ey} Wo eaour ATquasprsuos jueds OAT OA { poyOLsot Uosq you avy smoyrorfqnd ano ‘pred setaeyes Jo yONOWL LoyVeLd oY} puL ‘osnoy] UOJSuTPAng,
0} [BAOWet ey} UO quenbesuoo eanqzrpucdxe ATAvod TeUOIpPpe oy} SB [JEM SB ‘SeTJEIOOS OYIJUETOS AoyJo poyoaye ATsnormlur yue}xe ssey AO To}eord
B 0} Sey YONA ‘sorourtod Jo uoIssetdep oyR] eT} Surpurjsyjimjoyy ‘“MeTA Jo guiod yerouvug e ur Apr1edsoad SUISsvetoUL PUB posvecOTI SzI WO AJOIVOg eT]}
Surjenyeasuoo jo Aqrungtoddo oy} eyey j ‘saved oay qsv] OY} A0y Surppoy Jo mouoy oy} pey oavy y orm “Aqoroog oy} Fo diysteansvory, oy} SuLUdIset NT

‘Oss ‘Ae WES ‘Aepuoyy ‘Sueozy Arestoatuuy oy} ye pvor “IuoaTY (sAWUaaTP NAH *f “U(() SMAMAsvAT, THY,
ee : sie ‘REMIOOS NVANNTT peenegeenreeine grea

ae ee

MEMBERSHIP AND PRIVILEGES.

Any Candidate for admission as a Fellow must be proposed on a
written Certificate, to be signed by three or more Fellows, from
their personal acquaintance with him, or knowledge of his cha-
racter or writings.

Fellows, on their election, pay an Admission Fee of £6, and an
annual Contribution of £3, which latter may be compounded for at
any time by one payment of £45 in lieu of all future contributions.

Fellows residing abroad, and not compounding, are required to
provide such security for the payment of their dnnual Contribu-
tions as shall be satisfactory to the Council. «27 -

The Fellows are entitled to receive, gratis, all Volumes, or Parts
of Volumes, of the Transactions and Journals, that may be pub-
lished after they shall have paid the Admission Fee; and they
may be supplied with any of the Society’s publications at a reduc-
tion of 25 per cent. under the common selling prices. The
Journals are sent, post-free, to Fellows resident in Britain or to
agents in Britain of Fellows residing abroad. :Such of the Trans-
actions as Fellows may be entitled to, or be desirous to purchase,
can be had on application at the Societys Apartments or for-
warded by a written Order (carriage being paid by the Fellow);
but none of the Society’s publications can be delivered gratis to.a
Fellow whose yearly Contributions are in arrear, nor can any be
delivered unless applied for within five years from the time of
publication. x

Library.—This is open to the Fellows and their friends daily, be-
tween the hours of 10 and 4, and on Meeting-days at 7p.m. With
certain restrictions, Fellows are allowed to borrow Books. The
Council-room, which is also used as a Reading-room, is open daily
from 10 a.m. till 6 P.m., except on Saturdays, when till 4 p.m. only.

PUBLICATIONS.

Journals.—The first VIII. volumes contain papers both on
Botany and Zoology, and each vol. is divided into Four parts at
3s. each, or 12s. per vol. From Vol. IX. the Zoological and Bo-
tanical sections have been published separately, and each con-
sists of Hight numbers at 2s., or 16s. per vol. From Vol. XIV.
Zoology, and Vol. XVII. Botany, each separate number is 3s.
to the public, and 2s, 3d. to Fellows; or the volume, 24s. to the
publie, and 18s. to Fellows.

Pransactions.—The First Series of the Transactions, contain-
ine both Botanical and Zoological contributions, is now completed
in 30 Vols. Sets of the first twenty volumes will be supplied
to the Fellows at the reduced price of £20; or of the first
twenty-five volumes, with the General Index to the whole,
for £30. Any Fellow purchasing, at one time, ten or more
volumes, may obtain those from the 1st to the 20th at £1 per
volume, from the 21st to the 25th at £2 per volume; and single
volumes, or parts, to complete sets, may be obtained at the original
prices. The price of the Index to Vols. 1-25 is 8s. to the public, and
Gs. to Fellows; to Vols. 26-80, 4s. to the public, and 3s. to Fellows.

The Second Series of igMsansacton is divided into Zoological
and Botanical sections, one vol. of each being already published.

To facilitate scientific workers in obtaining any single paper published in the
Transactions without necessarily purchasing the entire Part in which it is con-

tained, a few copies of each memoir have been printed off separately for sale.
\Lost of these (from Vol. 26 onwards) can still be had at the Society’s Rooms,

Marcu 25.

Price 3s.

THE JOURNAL

OF

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

Vou. XV. ZOOLOGY. No. 85
CONTENTS.
Page
i. On the Classification of Gasteropoda.—Part II

4 By
JouHn Dents Macponatp, M.D., F.RS.,

Inspector
Gen. R.N. ce G. E. eaten M.B.,
PES EY Beans

. 241
JI. Mollusca of H.M.S. ‘Challenger’ Expedition.— Part

VII. By the Rev. Rozert Booe Warson, B.A.,

BRUGES, Br I Se Soca eri Fo SUE OP) Lane Uk a ae RI

III. Notes on British Tunicata, with Descriptions of new
Species. I. Ascidiide. By W. A. Herpman, D.Sc.
Edinb. (Communicated by Sir Wrvitte THomson,
E.RS., F.U.8.) (Plates XIV.—XIX. and 3 woodcuts.) 274

LONDON:
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE
AND BY
LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER
AND

WILLIAMS AND NORGATE.
1881.

LIST OF THE OFFICERS OF THE
LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Elected May 24, 1880.

PRESIDENT.
Professor George J. Allman, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S.

VICE-PRESIDENTS.

Frederick Currey, M.A., F.R.S. J. Gwyn Jeffreys, LL.D., F.R.S.
Arthur Grote, F.G.S., R.A.S. Prof. St. George J. Mivart, F.R.S.

TREASURER.

Frederick Currey, M.A., F.R.S.
SECRETARY.
B. Daydon Jackson.

COUNCIL.
Prof. G. J. Allman, LL.D., F.R.S. William Sweetland Dallas.
Thomas Boycott, M.D. Prof. M. Foster, M.A., F.R.S.
George Busk, F.R.S., F.G.S. Arthur Grote, F.G.S., R.A.S.
Charles Baron Clarke, M.A. B. Daydon Jackson.
Frank Crisp, B.A., LL.B. J. Gwyn Jeffreys, LL.D., F.R.S.
Rev. James M. Crombie, M.A., F.G.S8. | Robert MacLachlan, F.R.S.
Frederick Currey, M.A., F.R.S. Prof. St. George J. Mivart, F.R.S.

LIBRARIAN.

James Murie, M.D., LL.D.

ASSISTANT IN THE LIBRARY.
James West.

The Council meet once a fortnight during the Session, namely, on the same
Thursdays as the General (Scientific) Meetings (¢nfra), but at 4 p.m.

LIBRARY COMMITTEE.

This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually) and of the four
officers ex officio, in all thirteen members. The former are elected annually
by the Council in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The Com-
mittee meet at 4 p.m., usually once a month. The Members for 1880-81, in
addition to the officers, are :—

John Ball, M.A., F.R.S., M.R.1.A. W. T. Thiselton Dyer, M.A., F.R.S.
George Busk, F.R.S8., F.G.S. Albert Ginther, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.
William Carruthers, F.R.S., F.G.S. Prof. D. Oliver, F.R.S.

Prof. P. M. Duncan, F.R.S., F.G.S. Howard Saunders, F.Z.S.

A Book for insertion of Recommendations of Volumes to be added to the
Library lies on the table in the Society’s Rooms at the disposal of the Fellows.

EVENING MEETINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIRTY.
To BE HELD AT Buruineton Hovss, Sussion 1880-81.

On Thursday Evenings, as undermentioned, the Chair being taken at & p.m.
1881. April 7 1881. June 2
16

” 1 ”
May 5
The Anniversary Meeting takes place on Turspay, 24th May, 1881, at 3 P.a.

LINNEAN SOCIETY.

ALTERATIONS OF BYE-LAWS.

The subjoined Alterations were balloted for and confirmed by the Fellows
present at the Special (Evening) General Meeting, 20th January, 1881.

Section 4 of Chapter VIII. was repealed, and the following sub-
stituted :—

“Hach voter, before he delivers his List or Lists, shall strike out the
name or names of those persons recommended for whom he does not
vote, and if more names shall be suffered to remain in any List than the
number of persons to be elected or removed, such List shall be rejected ;
and in case the names suffered to remain shall be less than the number
of vacancies to be supplied, those names only which shall remain in the
List shall stand as voted for.”

In Section 8, Chap. VIII., the following words shall be omitted,
“should contain more than the proper number of Names, or if any List.”

In Chapter XII., Section 1, the following words shall be omitted,
“»rovided that the position of the present Librarian elected by the
Society, be not hereby affected.”

In Chapter XIII., Section 5, after the words “shall be immediately
read and” the following words shall be added, “if approved by the
Fellows present.”

In Chaptes XIV., Section 5, after the words “ Vice-President” shall
be inserted “ or Chairman ;” and after the word “Society ” shall be added
‘Cand the terms of any such resolution shall also be forthwith commu-
nicated by circular to each Fellow having a known address in the United
Kingdom.”

The proposed repeal of Section 2 Chap. VIII. and the substitution of
the undermentioned New Bye-Law (as previously announced), were not
confirmed. The words which are underlined are those which have been
amended or struck out, and where interpolations have been made carets
(a) are here introduced ; compare text of proposed Bye-Law, p. 4, back
of wrapper.

“The Council, for the time being, shall annually at their First Meeting in
April, cause to be prepared two Balloting Lists, one of which (No. 1) is to con-
tain the names of Five Fellows whom they shall recommend to be removed
from the Council, and also the names of Six other Fellows out of whom the
Council recommend that the Five persons to be elected into the Council shall
be chosen ; and the other List (No. 2) is to contain the names of such Fellows
as they shall recommend to fill the offices of President, Treasurer, and Secre-
taries for the year ensuing ; which Lists shall be read at the Second General
Meeting in April in every year, and then fixed up in the Meeting Room and
Library of the Society for the space of fourteen days at least. And, if any one
Fellow, or more than one Fellow shall desire to substitute the name or names
of any other person or persons in the place of any name or names contained in
the said Lists either for removal from or for election into the Council, or for
filling the respective offices of President, Treasurer, or Secretary, such one
Fellow or more than one Fellow shall leave notice in writing at the house of
the Society of the name or names, they, proposed to be substituted, within
seven days after the said Lists shall have been read. Balloting Lists shall,
after the expiration of the said seven days, be printed according to the forms
(Nos. 1 and 2) in the Schedule, , in case no notice shall be previously left as
aforesaid ; but in case of any such notice or notices being so left, then the name
or names of the person or persons proposed to be substituted shall be added to
the Lists respectively proposed by the Council, according to the forms (Nos. 3
and 4) in the Schedule ; and such Lists , shall be transmitted to a cach Fellow

whose known residence shall be within the United Kingdom, at least one week
before the Annual General Meeting shall take place.”

1) IN IN ea AS SOC Baa

PROPOSED ALTERATIONS OF BYE-LAWS.

RESOLUTIONS OF COUNCIL, 17rm MARCH, 1881.

Tat the first paragraph as amended (infra) be read from the Chair
this evening (17th March), with a view of being put to the Society
for acceptance, and that it be stated from the Chair, that in the
event of the rejection of the proposed alteration, Chap. VIII.
Sections iv. and viii. be restored.

(To be offered for confirmation at the Meeting to be held on 21st
April, 1881.)

Section ii. of Chapter VIII. of the Bye-Laws shali be repealed,
and the following substituted :—

“The Council, for the time being, shall annually at their First Meeting in
April, cause to be prepared two Balloting Lists, one of which (No. 1) is to con-
tain the names of Five Fellows whom they shall recommend to be remoyed
from the Council, and also the names of Hive Fellows whom the Council re-
commend to be elected into the Council; and the other List (No. 2) is to
contain the names of such Fellows as they shall recommend to fill the
offices of President, Treasurer, and Secretaries for the year ensuing; which
Lists shall be read at the Second General Meeting in April in every year, and
then fixed up in the Meeting Room and Library of the Society for the space of
fourteen days at least. And, if any one Fellow, or more than one Fellow shail
desire to substitute the name or names of any other person or persons in the
place of any name or names contained in the said Lists either for removal from
cr for election into the Council, or for filling the respective offices of President,
Treasurer, or Seeretary, such one Fellow or more than one Fellow shall leave
notice in writing at the house of the Society of the name or names which he or
they may propose to be substituted, within seven days after the said Lists shall
have been read. Balloting Lists shall, after the expiration of the said seven
days, be printed according to the forms (Nos. 1 and 2) in the Schedule to the
existing Bye-Laws, in case no notice shall have been previously left as aforesaid ;
but in case of any such notice or notices being so left, then the name or names
of the person or persons proposed to be substituted shall be added to the Lists
respectively proposed by the Council, and the Lists as proposed by the Council
or altered (as the case may be) shall be communicated by circular to each Fellow
whose known residence shall be within the United Kingdom, at least one week
before the Annual General Meeting shall take place.”

ALTERNATIVE ALTERATIONS.

Sections iv. and viii. of Chapter VIII. shall be repealed, and the
following substituted :—

Sect. iv. “ Balloting Lists shall be delivered to every Fellow who shall apply
for them; and if any Fellow should not approve of the Persons therein named,
but be desirous of giving his Vote for some other Person or Persons, he will
strike his Pen across the printed Name or Names of the Person or Persons
of whom he may disapprove, and will write over against such printed Name or
Names on the blank Side left and prepared for the Purpose the Name or Names
of the other Person or Persons for whom he may be desirous to give his Vote.”

Sect. viii. “If any List should contain more than the proper number of
Names, or if any List of Officers should include the name of any Person not
being a Member of the Council, such List shall be set aside, and not taken any
account of by the Scrutineers in casting up the number of votes.”

SEPTEMBER 29. Price 3s.

THE JOURNAL

OF

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

Wore Vv. ZOOLOGY. No. 86.

CONTENTS.

I. On the Land-Molluscan Genus Durgella, W. T. Blan-
ford ; with Notes on its Anatomy and Description of
a new Species. By Lieut.-Colonel H. H. Gopwry-
Austen, F.R.S., F.L.S. (Plates XX. & XXT.)...... 291

II. Observations on the Life-histories of Gamasine, with

a view to assist in more exact Classification. By
Atpert D. Micuart, F.LS., F.R.M.S. (Plates

Page

DDSI Lo getoy De. C8 Th U LA) S A e Re AO NS pea gO IND 297
III. Observations on some British Fishes. By Francts
OVE MEY TU Sec altaya ti uimha ROU EL causto nb ogi Lena 310

1V. On the Apparent Retention of a Sur-anal Plate by a
young Kchinometra. By F. Jurrrey Brur, M.A.
(Communicated by Dr. J. Murrs, F.L.8.) (With a
SW OCCURS asi aemneene aaa cneu we cancun Guy Mera rasatlunua ae vets ols

VY. On a Lithistid Sponge and on a Form of Aphrocallistes
from the Deep Sea off the Coast of Spain. By Prof.
P. Martin Duncan, M.B. Lond., F.R.S., F.L.S., &e.
(lates NOUN Ca NONOV ere e a daNe e 320

VI. On Individual Variation in the Branchial Sac of Simple
Ascidians. By W-.A. Herpman, D.Sc., F.LS.,

VEO Oe ie emer as ae 399
P1416 332.
OND OW.
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE,
Seis $7
LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER,
AND

WILLIAMS AND NORGATE.
1881.

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.
ANNIVERSARY MEETING, TUESDAY, MAY 24rn, 1881.

Prof. Atuman, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.—There was a numerous
attendance of the Fellows.—The Treasurer presented his Annual Account,
see page 3 of wrapper.—Afterwards the Secretary (Mr. B. Daydon Jackson)
read his Report. Since the last Anniversary 11 Fellows of the Society
had died and 4 had withdrawn. Against this 37 new Fellows had been
elected, besides 1 Foreign Member and 1 Associate. During the past year
there had been received as Donations to the Library 106 volumes and 125
pamphlets and separate memoirs. From Scientific Societies in exchange
there had been received 96 volumes and 248 detached parts of publications,
besides 23 vols. of Donations from Editors of independent periodicals. Some
90 vols. had been purchased, viz. 80 separate and 63 serials equal to 10 vols.
The total additions to the Library being 315 vols. and 373 separate parts.
Framed water-colour sketches of Dr. Rob. Brown’s birthplace, his London resi-
dence, and of Sir Joseph Banks’s Library had been presented by Mr. R. Kippist.
The Society’s Collections and Herbaria had been duly examined and reported
on tothe Council as in good condition. After 50 years’ service Mr. Kippist
had resigned his position as Librarian to the Society, and the Council, in ac-
knowledgment thereof, had granted him a retiring pension.—Thereafter pre-
sentation of portraits of the late Mr. John Miers and of Prof. St. George Mivart
were made.—Prof. Allman then delivered his Anniversary Address, ‘‘ Recent
Advances in our Knowledge of the Development of the CrmnorHora.”—The
Secretary afterwards read Obituary Notices of the several Fellows, making
special mention of Mr. E. R. Alston (late Zool. Secretary), Mr. John Gould
(Ornithologist), Mr. Gerrard Krefft (of Sydney), Dr. Lauder Lindsay, and R.
A. Pryor, of Herts.——The Scrutineers having examined the ballot, then re-
ported that Mr. A. W. Bennett, Mr. F. Darwin, Prof. E. R. Lankester, Sir J.
Lubbock, and Mr. G. J. Romanes had been elected into the Council in the room
of E. R. Alston (deceased), Dr. T. Boycott, Prof. M. Foster, Dr. J. G. Jeffreys,
and Prof. Mivart, who retired ; and for Officers, Sir J. Lubbock as President,
F. Currey as Treasurer, B. D. Jackson and G. J. Romanes as Secretaries.

LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL.

PRESIDENT.
Sir John Lubbock, Bart., M.P., F.R.S., D.C.L., LL.D.

VICE-PRESIDENTS.

Prof. G. J. Allman, LL.D., F.R.S. Charles Baron Clarke, M.A., F.G.S.
George Busk, F.R.S., F.G.S8. Frank Crisp, B.A., LL.B.
SECRETARIES,
B. Daydon Jackson. | George J. Romanes, F.RB.S.
TREASURER.
Frederick Currey, M.A., F.R.S. (since deceased).
COUNCIL.
Prof. G. J. Allman, LL.D., F.R.S. Francis Darwin, M.B.
Alfred W. Bennett, M.A., B.Sc. Arthur Grote, F.G.S., R.A.S.
George Busk, F.R.S., F.G.S. B. Daydon Jackson.
Charles Baron Clarke, M.A., F.G.S. Prof. H. Ray Lankester, F.R.S.
Frank Crisp, B.A., LL.B. Sir J. Lubbock, Bart., LL.D., F.R.S.
Rey. James M. Crombie, M.A., F.G.8. | Robert MacLachlan, F.R.S.
Frederick Currey, M.A., F.R.S. George J. Romanes, F.R.S.

William Sweetland Dallas.

LIBRARIAN.
James Murie, M.D., LL.D.

ASSISTANT IN THE LIBRARY.
James West.

suopppny { ___NODNIVIS “GH
SVTIVG ‘S WVITTIM

“WadnsvaT, ‘KAVINO MOMACAWA

L OL SLOCF

(HOE CEG se rea DTD USOT JO spuvy om} ur eousyeg,

0.0 OFL cu reeesecesneveeseoveseees aTIOTTISOATIT
6 6, LO9TF
Gee Guue 2 e

Ze aoe ce tt eeeeeeeeseeeeercarerereeee goat

0 eT O9FF se aeeneees Soe ee sud

—: suorzeorgng sAjoro0g jo sosuedxgy

Il T QF Erefolatuteleteisivicteveievs erciviciviicioiniseccieraitinvercime eisicra AWeyecoyanents| pu Surpurqyoog.
(B50) SAC Gee eet sreveereseees SUIQULEG SNOOULT [OSTA
g g FOL OO ey bees peseyoand syood
8 GT 99 * (eseqsog pur vey, Surpnpour) sosuedx Aoq
0 F Scr UOFSSTUATLO) 8§,10}A9TTO PUL “ToIsuAg ‘sepreyeg
Te (Ce Sagoune se) pur s[v09
eee LO ena sores omar pues saredoy
An) a) Seuao 00 afionocsacsos008 aouvansuy pure sexe,
DS F

. ‘dS1¥0 MNVEa
aSHeud “£ SHTUVHO

"18ST ‘FT sey

‘JooXL109 PUNOF pUw psuLUIvXe UoEeq oALY S}UNODOY SuLOSe10} oy,

L OL €LO6F

GSS CPS a eee
0 0 OG 7 es mETGUEg “TI, Moay UOKeUOT [eedg
0 O 19 “TTT ttt SuOTIBOTTGNG spseMo7 sUOTeUOC:
0 Z T fe eceecreceaccoseceseres enso[eye9, ATeIQUT,
9 I GL eeesre ace see oe eee esese . ‘S[VUINOP
T OL LG) ce ts eeeeroeee STIOMORSUBAL,
—: suovortqug 8,4,01009 Jo soyeg
0 0 Gag BOOS CDEC OO UUGUODOOUGOOOOE jay) § quesetd. TOF
0 0 69 SOUOU COLO ULC O COU OOmOOUOOEE <i i vyay @ torad TOF.
re Oo 0) oe 10 ee 0 1D OT
0 FP SOS G GF Jo suorNgiyuoD jenuAy
0 0 OF ces eseerevtesses srroTpTsOdUIO,
0 0 O1@ cue Hiteereeeteeesereees S995 TOISSTUPY
OL F GGIF rr spungy poysaatr] Uo 4801090]
Poe Fe they ODT aorwo000000 Pape HomBACINOD. @YSraR | ‘AVTAL qs] ‘sioyuRg ye couepeg

TS8L “Wars Avy ‘Sepsony,
Surjooyy Arestoatuuy oy} ye poquesorg “TgeT ‘Lady WOE Supue rea oy} oy yunOD0R SUdUASVaay, THY,

‘ALGIOOS NVANNIT

EVENING MEETINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.
To BE HELD AT Buriinaton Houss, Session 1881-82.

On Thursday Evenings, as undermentioned, the Chair being taken at 8 p.m.

1881. November 3 1882. February 2 1882. April 20
3 a 16 May 4 -
December 1 March 2 June 1
is 15 fi 16 Pati)
1882. January 19 April 6

The Anniversary Meeting takes place on WEDNESDAY,
24th May, 1882, at 3 P.m.

Memoranda concerning Communications read before the Society.

The Council desire it to be understood that Authors are alone re-
sponsible for the facts and opinions contained in their respective papers.

It is to be noted that the sequence of the papers as printed in the
Society’s Journals do not, in all cases, absolutely follow date of reading.
Some communications require reconsideration of Council; and others de-
pend on exigencies and convenience in printing, illustrations, &c., which
may delay or expedite their publication. As far as possible, precedence is
given to papers in order of reading, especially when not very long or
complex in kind.

With contributions of a lengthened or technical character, or where
the author cannot be present at the reading of his paper, as in the instance
of Fellows resident abroad, the business of the Meeting and interest of
the writer will be greatly facilitated if an abstract for reading be sent
with the manuscript. All drawings for illustrations should be accompanied
by full descriptions.

MSS. &e. may be addressed to the President, the Secretaries, or Librarian, at
the Society’s Apartments, Burlington House, Piccadilly, London, W.

Specimens intended for exhibition, or diagrams, maps, and objects intended
to illustrate papers to be read, should, if convenient, be sent to the Society’s
Rooms previous to the hour of Meeting, and accompanied with any memoranda
concerning them.

THE LIBRARY AND READING-ROOM.'

The Library is open to the Fellows and their friends daily, between 10 a.m.
and 4 p.m., and on Meeting nights at 7 p.m.; and the Reading-room adjoining
from 10 a.m. till 6 p.m., except when Council is sitting and on Saturdays only
till 4p... With certain restrictions, Fellows are allowed to borrow Books.

LIBRARY COMMITTEE.

This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually) and of the four
officers ex officio, in all thirteen members. The former are elected annually
by the Council in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The Com-
mittee meet at 4 p.m., usually once a month. The Members for 1881-82, in
addition to the officers, are :—

John Ball, M.A., F.R.S., M.R.T.A. | Albert OC. L.G. Giinther, M.A., M.D.,
George Busk, F.R.S., F.G.S. E.R.S.

William Carruthers, F.R.S., F.G.S. Edward Morell Holmes.

Prof. P. M. Duncan, F-.R.S., F.G.S. Howard Saunders, F.Z.S.

W. T. Thiselton Dyer, M.A., F.R.S. Henry J. Stainton, F.R.S., F.G.S.

A Book for insertion of Recommendations of Volumes to be added to the
Library lies on the table in the Society’s Rooms at the disposal of the Fellows.

¥

Norz.—The Charter and Bye-Laws of the Society, as amended up to :

the 21st April, 1881, have now been reprinted; and any Fellow can have
a copy of the same on application.

OcroveR 4. Price 3s.

THE JOURNAL

OF

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.

ney. ZOOLOGY. No. 87.

CONTENTS.
Page

I. The Parasites of Elephants. By T. Spencer Copsoxp,
M.D., F.BS., F.LS., Foreign Memb. Roy. Agric.
Acadmiunms, (CAbstracy )ii ice ena cle) pean 333

II. On the Occurrence of the Norwegian Argentina silus
on the Shore of the Moray Firth, Banffshire. By
ONDA S EDWARD YAU Apo O08 ce SP Ne OAT phat 334

III. On the Green Colour of the Hair of Sloths. By H.C.
Sorpy, LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., Vice-Pres. Geol. Soc.

CWartls aowoodeutl) A oe et ae ween ing ost oor
IV. Descriptive Catalogue of the Species of Cellepora col-
lected on the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition. By Gzorez

Busk, F.R.S., Vice-Pres. L.S. (With 4 woodcuts.) 341
V. Supplementary Note respecting the Use to be made of
the Chitinous Organs in the Cheilostomata in the
Diagnosis of Species, and more particularly in the
Genus Cellepora. By G. Busx, F.R.S., Vice-Pres.

L.S. (Plates XXVI.& XXVIL.) . Bela AL Leta
VI. Observations on Ants, Bees, and we ee VuL
By Sir Joun Lusszocg, Bart., Pres. Linn. Soc., M.P.,

E.RB.S., D.C.L., LL.D. (With 5 woodcuts.) ......... 362
VII. Mollusca of H.M.S. ‘Challenger’ Expedition.—Part
VIII.—Pleurotomide.— By the Rev. Ropzrr Boog

Watson, B. A. BR. S.E. QiD) L. S., Aa eM aes BE) 382
LONDON:
SOLD AT THE socrerY’s APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE,
f AND BY. yi
LONGMANS, ‘GREEN, ‘READER, AND DYER,
AND

WILLIAMS AND NORGATE.,
1881.

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.
ANNIVERSARY MEETING, TUESDAY, MAY 24rx, 1881.

Prof. Auuman, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.—There was a numerous
attendance of the Fellows.—The Treasurer presented his Annual Account,
see page 3'of wrapper.—Afterwards the Secretary (Mr. B. Daydon Jackson)
read his Report. Since the last Anniversary 11 Fellows of the Society
had died and 4 had withdrawn. Against this 87 new Fellows had been
elected, besides 1 Foreign Member and 1 Associate. During the past year
there had been received as Donations to the Library 106 volumes and 125
pamphlets and separate memoirs. From Scientific Societies in exchange
there had been received 96 volumes and 248 detached parts of publications,
besides 28 vols. of Donations from Editors of independent periodicals. Some
90 vols. had been purchased, viz. 80 separate and 63 serials equal to 10 vols.
The total additions to the Library being 315 vols. and 373 separate parts.
Framed water-colour sketches of Dr. Rob. Brown’s birthplace, his London resi-
dence, and of Sir Joseph Banks’s Library had been presented by Mr. R. Kippist.
The Society’s Collections and Herbaria had been duly examined and reported
on to the Council as in good condition. After 50 years’ service Mr. Kippist
had resigned his position as Librarian to the Society, and the Council, in ac-
knowledgment thereof, had granted him a retiring pension.—Thereafter pre-
sentation of portraits of the late Mr. John Miers and of Prof. St. George Mivart
were made.—Prof. Allman then delivered his Anniversary Address, ‘“‘ Recent
Advances in our Knowledge of the Development of the Crenornora.”—The
Secretary afterwards read Obituary Notices of the several Fellows, making
special mention of Mr. H. R. Alston (late Zool. Secretary), Mr. John Gould
(Ornithologist), Mr. Gerrard Krefft (of Sydney), Dr. Lauder Lindsay, and R.
A. Pryor, of Herts—The Scrutineers having examined the ballot, then re-
ported that Mr. A. W. Bennett, Mr. F. Darwin, Prof. E. R. Lankester, Sir J.
Lubbock, and Mr. G. J. Romanes had been elected into the Council in the room
of E. R. Alston (deceased), Dr. T. Boycott, Prof. M. Foster, Dr. J. G. Jeffreys,
and Prof. Mivart, who retired ; and for Officers, Sir J. Lubbock as President,
F. Currey as Treasurer, B. D. Jackson and G. J. Romanes as Secretaries.

LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL.

PRESIDENT.
Sir John Lubbock, Bart., M.P., F.R.S., D.C.L., LL.D.

VICE-PRESIDENTS.

Prof. G. J. Allman, LL.D., F.R.S. Charles Baron Clarke, M.A., F.G.S.
George Busk, F.R.S., F.G.S. Frank Crisp, B.A., LL.B.
SECRETARIES.
B. Daydon Jackson. | George J. Romanes, F.R.S.
TREASURER. ;
Frederick Currey, M.A., F.R.S. (since deceased).
COUNCIL.
Prof. G. J. Allman, LL.D., F.R.S. Francis Darwin, M.B.
Alfred W. Bennett, M.A., B.Sc. Arthur Grote, F.G.S., R.A.S.
George Busk, F.R.S., F.G.S. B. Daydon Jackson.
Charles Baron Clarke, M.A., F.G.S. Prof. H. Ray Lankester, F.R.S.
Frank Crisp, B.A., LL.B. Sir J. Lubbock, Bart., LL.D., F.R.S.
Rev. James M. Crombie, M.A., F.G.S. | Robert MacLachlan, F.R.S.
Frederick Currey, M.A., F.R.S. George J. Romanes, F.R.S.

William Sweetland Dallas.

LIBRARIAN.
James Murie, M.D., LL.D.

ASSISTANT IN THE LIBRARY.
James West.

0 O OFT
6 6 TOOTF

i!

AtAWoODMare
—
re

iS

suonpny { ___ _NOENIVIS “L “H : ‘d81uO UNV
SVTIVG ‘8 WVYITIIM GSaeuad “£ SHTUVHO

‘“waunspelT, ‘“KAMTAO MOIMACHUA

L OL glzey

eereeeeereeeeeeevcvsmseupromteE OT] JO SPUR OY} UT eoUBTeg
a recente ene ae a ROA

aM \ SRT
0 ET O0fs. feaoe oe ge ears Surana
—! suorjyvorqng Ss Ayet00g jo sesuedxay
Treseereercseeecesverreeresevercereeees CIQUONIVIG PUG SUIPUIGYOoT
one e etc e cet n cence eee eeeeeeeeseneveeesseseces sunung snoaury][aostyyy
seereeeeee Noseqound syood
(e8vqsog pus vay, Surpnqour) sasuedxq Ay0g
UOISSIULMLO/) §.10}09|[0D pus ‘Moisueg ‘solIe[eg
seeteeseeenenesenneuesererssavecatenscenssenseresserene BBE) DUT B[BOC)
SEaS Tie ss ap n~ Venen te senators peRTuaT PU eILUOyy
seasscensctoreeresserseareensreveeneersten-eerns, aoteINSUT PU SOX I,

PCP Pewee eee ee OOO deere eraeerereneeresese sare
eee epee rer oesepese

Pecceeseesopeen

"ISSL ‘WIS Avyy ‘Aepsony,

L OL LOCF

el Se

Hoot SOO OHANOO

"1881 ‘FL ABW

‘7021169 PUNOF PUL PeUIUIvXe Tleeg oAVT SJUN0DDe SuLosea0F OUT,

—————————— eee ee
a

“seeseeTTBU UE ‘APT WOI, Uoywuoc Tewedy
ec cece reccccsce nee SuOT}BoT[qug Sp1BM0} SuOTyeuO”g
TteteeeeceveesereeaceoronGorequd Avexquy

Pe kt Sea eae eames EBUTO(®

ee cesesceccsons sereeees SUOTOVSUBIT,

—: suonrorfqnug 8,£40100g Jo seTeg
~avok queserd «oF

Pe eeseceeseecerreseseess GMa totad OF

—0 0 € jo 0431p ost,
Cocsseccccce 0 G oF jo SMOTINGIIJUO/ jenuay
Pgh ties deine ele riece steers nex ene cseat 2 SOM ISOM UIOG)

stene ce Raw ere ee ROOT: UOISsTUIpY

CGN ose ae eae asaine spun] poysoauy rao) 4Soto} UT
eo or oer sets escercescvcoscen O88T ‘ACT 48] ‘s1oyueg qv eouURleg

‘eutooyy Atesioatuy oy} ye poyesorg *TggT ‘Tady 40g Surpuo avo oY} 10F quNODOR suaUASvEU], HT,

“ALHINOS NVANNIT

EVENING MEETINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.
To BE HELD AT Buriinaton Hous, Szssion 1881-82.

On Thursday Evenings, as undermentioned, the Chair being taken at 8 p.m.

1881. November 3 1882. February 2 1882. April 20
i 17 16 May 4
December 1 March 2 June 1
Si ee » 16 » 1b

1882. January 19 April 6

The Anniversary Meeting takes place on WEDNESDAY,
24th May, 1882, at 3 p.m.

Memoranda concerning Communications read before the Society.

The Council desire it to be understood that Authors are alone respon-
sible for the facts and opinions contained in their respective papers.

It is to be noted that the sequence of the papers as printed in the
Society’s Journals do not, in all cases, absolutely follow date of reading.
Some communications require reconsideration of Council; and others de-
pend on exigencies and convenience in printing, illustrations, &¢., which
may delay or expedite their publication. As far as possible, precedence is
given to papers in order of reading, especially when not very long or
complex in kind. With contributions of a lengthened or technical cha-
racter, or where the author cannot be present at the reading of his paper,
as in the instance of Fellows resident abroad, the business of the Meeting
and interest of the writer will be greatly facilitated if an abstract for
reading be sent with the manuscript. All drawings for illustrations should
be accompanied by full descriptions.

MSS. &c. may be addressed to the President, the Secretaries, or Librarian, at
the Society's Apartments, Burlington House, Piccadilly, London, W.

Specimens intended for exhibition, or diagrams, maps, and objects intended
to illustrate papers to be read, should, if convenient, be sent to the Society’s
Rooms previous to the hour of Meeting, and accompanied with any memoranda
concerning them.

THE LIBRARY AND READING-ROOM.

The Library is open to the Fellows and their friends daily, between 10 a.m.
and 4p.m., and on Meeting nights at 7 p.m.; and the Reading-room adjoining
from 10 a.m. till 6 p.m., except when Council is sitting and on Saturdays only
till 4 p.m. With certain restrictions, Fellows are allowed to borrow Books.

' LIBRARY COMMITTHE.

This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually) and of the four
officers ex officio, in all thirteen members. The former are elected annually
by the Council in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The Com-
mittee meet at 4 p.m., usually once a month. The Members for 1881-82, in
addition to the officers, are :—

John Ball, M.A., F.R.S., M.R.1.A. Albert C. L. G. Giinther, M.A., M.D.,
George Busk, F.R.8., F.G.S. E.R.S.

William Carruthers, F.R.S., F.G.S. Edward Morell Holmes.

Prof. P. M. Duncan, F.R.S., F.G.S. Howard Saunders, F.Z.S. ;
W.T. Thiselton Dyer, M.A., F.R.S. Henry T. Stainton, F.R.S., F.G.S.

A Book for insertion of Recommendations of Volumes to be added to the
Library lies on the table in the Society’s Rooms at the disposal of the Fellows.

Nore.—The Charter and Bye-Laws of the Society, as amended up to
the 21st April, 1881, have now been reprinted ; and any Fellow can have
a copy of the same on application.

NoOvEMBER 3. Price 3s.

THE JOURNAL

OF

WaT TANNEAN SOCIETY.

Vou. XV. ZOOLOGY. No. 88.
CONTENTS.
Page

I. Mollusea of H.M.S. ‘Challenger’ Expedition Part
IX. Pleurotomide (continued). By the Rev. Roprrr
Boog Watson, B.A., F.R.S.E., F.L.S., &e............. 413
II. On the Nostrils of the Cormorant (Phalacrocoras carbo).
By Professor J. C. Ewart, M.D. (Communicated
by G. J. Romanus, F.RB.S., Sec. 1.8.) ......0...0....... 455
Lil. Mollusea of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger ’ Expedition —Part X.
Pleurotomide (continued). By the Rev. Roxprzrr
Booe Watson, B.A., F.R.S.E., F.L.8., &e. (With 2
WLCLOCE CENBUIES) Jc AN NUL Ein ULDAMAN ents SS DD a mea a 457
LV. On the Genus Plocamia, Schmidt, and on some other .
Sponges of the Order Echinonemata. By Sruarr
O. Riotzy, M.A., F.L.8S. With Descriptions of
two additional new Species of Dirrhopalum by Prof.
P. Martin Duncan, M.B. Lond., F.RS., F.L.S., &e.
(les OXON Vi i XO ee 476

Index, Titlepage, Contents, &ec. to Vol. XV.

SO 7a b58A

& LONDON”
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGION HOUSE,
AND BY
LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER,
AND
WILLIAMS AND NORGATE.
1881.

LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.
ANNIVERSARY MEETING, TUESDAY, MAY 24ru, 1881.

Prof. Atuman, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.—There was a numerous
attendance of the Fellows.—The Treasurer presented his Annual Account,
see page 3 of wrapper.—Afterwards the Secretary (Mr. B. Daydon Jackson)
read his Report. Since the last Anniversary 11 Fellows of the Society
had died and 4 had withdrawn. Against this 37 new Fellows had been
elected, besides 1 Foreign Member and 1 Associate. During the past year
there had been received as Donations to the Library 106 volumes and 125
pamphlets and separate memoirs. From Scientific Societies in exchange
there had been received 96 volumes and 248 detached parts of publications,
besides 23 vols. of Donations from Editors of independent periodicals. Some
90 vols. had been purchased, viz. 80 separate and 63 serials equal to 10 vols.
The total additions to the Library being 315 vols. and 373 separate parts.
Framed water-colour sketches of Dr. Rob. Brown’s birthplace, his London resi-
dence, and of Sir Joseph Banks’s Library had been presented by Mr. R. Kippist.
The Society’s Collections and Herbaria had been duly examined and reported
on tothe Council as in good condition. After 50 years’ service Mr. Kippist
had resigned his position as Librarian to the Society, and the Council, in ac-
knowledgment thereof, had granted him a retiring pension.—Thereafter pre-
sentation of portraits of the late Mr. John Miers and of Prof. St. George Mivart
were made.—Prof. Allman then delivered his Anniversary Address, “ Recent
Advances in our Knowledge of the Development of the Crenopnora.”—The
Secretary afterwards read Obituary Notices of the several Fellows, making
special mention of Mr. H. R. Alston (late Zool. Secretary), Mr. John Gould
(Ornithologist), Mr. Gerrard Krefft (of Sydney), Dr. Lauder Lindsay, and R.
A. Pryor, of Herts —The Scrutineers having examined the ballot, then re-
ported that Mr. A. W. Bennett, Mr. F. Darwin, Prof. E. R. Lankester, Sir J.
Lubbock, and Mr. G. J. Romanes had been elected into the Council in the room
of EK. R. Alston (deceased), Dr. T. Boycott, Prof. M. Foster, Dr. J. G. Jeffreys,
and Prof. Mivart, who retired ; and for Officers, Sir J. Lubbock as President,
F. Currey as Treasurer, B. D. Jackson and G. J. Romanes as Secretaries.

LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL.

PRESIDENT.
Sir John Lubbock, Bart., M.P., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S.

VICE-PRESIDENTS.

Prof. G. J. Allman, LL.D., F.R.S. Charles Baron Clarke, M.A., F.G.S.
George Busk, F.R.S., F.G.8. Frank Crisp, B.A., LL.B.
SECRETARIES.
B. Daydon Jackson. | George J. Romanes, F.R.S.
TREASURER.
Frederick Currey, M.A., F.R.S. (since deceased).
COUNCIL.
Prof. G. J. Allman, LL.D., F.R.S. Francis Darwin, M.B.
Alfred W. Bennett, M.A., B.Sc. Arthur Grote, F.G.S., R.A.S8.
George Busk, F.R.S., F.G.S. B. Daydon Jackson.
Charles Baron Clarke, M.A., F.G.S. Prof. EK. Ray Lankester, F.R.S.
Frank Crisp, B.A., LL.B. Sir J. Lubbock, Bart., LL.D., F.R.S.
Rev. James M. Crombie, M.A., F.G.8. | Robert MacLachlan, F.R.S.
Frederick Currey, M.A., F.R.S. George J. Romanes, F.R.S.

William Sweetland Dallas.

LIBRARIAN.
James Murie, M.D., LL.D.

ASSISTANT IN THE LIBRARY.
James West.

“sLOjUpny 1
\

‘NOLINIVEIS h “H
‘SVTIVd ‘S WYITIIM

‘dS1u0 NVA
HSauvad “£ SATHVHO

VEGF

daunspony, ‘“KAMINO MOMMA

L OL elear
OL 0 GeQ cures stoyuvg, aif) Jo spit orf) ut coueeg
0 0 QPL ees Sap cn asreneese Sceban quaunyseAuy
6 6 JOOLF
G S81 g9L

GG ene ce ScapanodansdtosGe soy] I

Meats ee suru g

— snorjvorqug sAye100g Jo sesuodxgy

i = oF ate ieteletstetnialeteletels AvonssoovunnnepodcasoudaD Srau0rye9g pue Surpurqyoog
fae ococ0opa0 Sa0n508 GaeOONE a0 Suurag snoourTeostyy
g re) FOT eee ees eee COCO iCOn ogi iii icici iii Chee easeenoe peseyoand syoog
> GE 00) eae era "+ (asvysog pur vey, Sutpnpour) sesuodxay A30g
Oem oop. “"** TOISSIUTULOG, §.A0}A9T[0D pur ‘Torsue g *sorIR[eg
TL @ TG treet teeters ‘sts BB) DUR STO
it) or eee emmyiumgy pue saredery
Gece “"* gouRINsUy PUR Sexe],
Ds F

"Iss Fr Ser

"J091109 PUNOF PUB PSllIMeXe UleEq sALY S}UNODDe SUIOSe10} OT,

L

g

OL SLEGF

BeCVel 5 eee
ORO 0G=S Sees “mea jue” “Ij, oa uoeuog [eroedg
0 0 19 “9 =" SUOTPVOTTGN SsplVMO} suOTyeUO
0 G T ceee Tertseweescsceses on goleqeg AreIquy
QT GL irirttirrtrersesesssesesseesenens speuanop
L OL GL ccc suogoesaeay,
—! suolvorfqng 8,A4e100g JO seyey
0 0 Ggg eee sec cccnsere DOSE OOOGn i iay, © queserd IOF
0 0 69 se ee cern sme e esses ccreee saivak sorted OF
=O Ot 3 Ca ont
0 F P ee ae 0 G GF JO suotngqiuyuoy jenuay
0 0° OF “oC Oe eee reer teeter eer sssseee acces . suorjisod wl0D
00 Ol ct" conoo0 trtteeeetereeeeeeeteees GQQiT TOISSTULPY
OLP aly “-"* puny peysoAUy UO Jse10qUT
A ikea seeeees Sere eset eset ers cece sees OSST ‘AVI 8] ‘g1oy ug 42 gounleg”
‘$F

nal

"ISS “Wars Aeyy ‘Aepsony,

‘SuUIOoW AIVSIOATULW OU} Ye popUeserg

“ISST ‘Iudy 130g Sutpuo ave 074 10} yUNODe gs YauASVaU], GH,

‘ALHIOOS NVANNIT

EVENING MEETINGS OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.
To BE HELD AT Buruineton House, Session 1881-82.
On Thursday Evenings, as undermentioned, the Chair being taken at 8 p.m.

1881. November 3 1882. February 2 1882. April 20
” 17 ” 1 6 May 4
December 1 March 2 June 1
” 15 92 16 Beh
1882. January 19 April 6

The Anniversary Meeting takes place on WxEpnzspay,
24th May, 1882, at 3 Pm.

Memoranda concerning Communications read before the Society.

The Council desire it to be understood that Authors are alone respon-
sible for the facts and opinions contained in their respective papers.

It is to be noted that the sequence of the papers as printed in the
Society's Journals do not, in all cases, absolutely follow date of reading.
Some communications require reconsideration of Council; and others de-
pend on exigencies and convenience in printing, illustrations, &c., which
may delay or expedite their publication. As far as possible, precedence is
given to papers in order of reading, especially when not very long or
complex in kind. With contributions of a lengthened or technical cha-
racter, or where the author cannot be present at the reading of his paper,
as in the instance of Fellows resident abroad, the business of the Meeting
and interest of the writer will be greatly facilitated if an abstract for
reading be sent with the manuscript. All drawings for illustrations should

be accompanied by full descriptions.

MSS. &c. may be addressed to the President, the Secretaries, or Librarian, at
the Society’s Apartments, Burlington House, Piccadilly, London, W.

Specimens intended for exhibition, or diagrams, maps, and objects intended
to illustrate papers to be read, should, if convenient, be sent to the Society’s
Rooms previous to the hour of Meeting, and accompanied with any memoranda

concerning them.

THH LIBRARY AND RHADING-ROOM.

The Library is open to the Fellows and their friends daily, between 10 a.s.
and 4p.m., and on Meeting nights at 7 p.at.; and the Reading-room adjoining
from 10 a.m. till 6 p.m., except when Council is sitting and on Saturdays only
till 4 pa. With certain restrictions, Fellows are allowed to borrow Books.

LIBRARY COMMITTEE.

This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually) and of the four
officers ex officio, in all thirteen members. The former are elected annually
by the Council in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The Com-
mittee meet at 4P.mM., usually once a month. The Members for 1881-82, in

‘addition to the officers, are :—

John Ball, M.A., F.R.S., M.R.I.A. | Albert C. L.G. Giinther, M.A., M.D.,
George Busk, F.R.S., F.G.S, F.R.S. ;
William Carruthers, F.R.S., F.G.S. Edward Morell Holmes.

Prof. P. M. Duncan, F.R.S8., F.G.S. Howard Saunders, F.Z.S.

W.'. Thiselton Dyer, M.A., F.R.S. Henry T. Stainton, F.R.S., F.G.S,

A Book for insertion of Recommendations of Volumes to be added to the
Library lies on the table in the Society’s Rooms at the disposal of the Fellows.

Notre.—The Charter and Bye-Laws of the Society, as amended up to
the 2ist ie 1881, have now been reprinted ; and any Fellow cau have
a copy of the same on application.

=e

ona.
nin ee

hf
+